I Hi I ^ -HEBREW ANB ENGLISH LEXICON, OF THE OLD TESTAMENT, INCLUDINO THE BIBLICAL CHALDEE, FBOM TEE LATIN OP WILLIAM GESENIUS, r.ATI PRCriBBOB OF THIOLOOT IN THI UNIVBRSITT OF HAXLa-WlTTSMBIRO. BY EDWARD ROBINSON, Professor in the Union Theological Seminary, Ne-w-Tork. WITH 00EEE0TI0N8 AND LAEGE ADDITIONS, PAETLY FTJENISHED BY THE AUTHOB IN MANUSOEIPT, AND PAETLY CONDENSED FEOM HIS LAEQEE THESATJEIIS, AS COMPLETED BY EOEDIGEE. EIGHTEENTH EDITION. SKVIBED AND 8TEBX0TTPKD. ^TJHIVERSITY] PUBLISHED BY CROCKER AND BREWSTER, ! 51 WashlngtoQ-strset. 1865. I Entered, according to act of Congress, In the year 1854^ Ij CEOCKEE AND BEEW8TEE, the Clerk's office of the District Court of the District of Massachnsettak .^T*^ PEEFACE, qi^. BY THE TRANSLATOR. William Gesenitjs, the author of tliis work, was bom at Nord- ^ hausen, Feb. 3d, 1786 ; and died at HaUe, Oct. 23d, 1842, aged 56 years 8 J months. His life was devoted to the illustration of the Hebrew language ; first, its Lexicography, and then its Grammar and the inter- pretation of the Sacred Writings. The works of Gesenius in the department of Hebrew Lexicography were the following, arranged chronologically. Hebrdisch-deutsches Handworterhuch des Alien Testaments, 2 vols. 8vo. Leipz. 1810-12. The first volume was published at the age of twenty-four, in the same year in which the Author became Professor of Theology at Halle. Translated and published in England by Chris- topher Leo : A Hebrew Lexicon, etc. 2 vols. 4to. Cambr. 1825. Neues Hebrdisch-deutsches Handw'drterbuch, einerf'dr Schulen urn- gearbeiteter Auszug, etc. 8vo. Leipz. 1815. Translated and published in this country by J. W. Gibbs : A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old Testament, etc. 8vo. Andover 1824. Hebrdisches und Chalddisches Handw'drterbuch uber das Alte Testa- ment, 8vo. Leipz. 1823. A new and improved edition of the preceding, introduced by a valuable Essay on the Sources of Hebrew LexicogTaphy. This essay was translated and printed in the Biblical Eepository, 1833, p. 1 sq. The same work, 3d edit. Leipz. 1828. This edition received many improvements, especially in the Particles. Of each of the editions of the above Manual three thousand copies were printed. Thesaurus philologicus criticus Linguce Hebrcece et Ohaldcece Veteris Testamenti, Tom. I. Fascic. 1. Lips. 1829. The printing was completed two years earlier ; and this number was presented to Niemeyer, to whom it was dedicated, on the day of his Jubilceum, in April 1827. Lexicon Manuale Hebraicum et Chaldaicum in V. T, Libras, 8vo. Lips. 1833. iv PREFACE. Hebrdisches und Chalddisches ffandwdrterhuch, etc. Leipz. 1834. A new edition of the German Manual, conformed to the preceding Latin edition. Thesaurus philologicus, etc. Tom. I. Fascic. 2. Lips. 1835. Tom. II. Fascic. 1. ib. 1839. Fascic. 2. ib. 1840. Tom. III. Fascic. 1. ib. 1842. This last Part includes the root nniO and its derivatives ; and here the Author's labours terminated. The completion of this great work, in another Part, was intrusted by Gesenius at his death to his friend and colleague Eoediger. The above works are aU distinguished by accurate and thorough research, and by a skilful and judicious use of the materials collected, which placed the Author in the first rank of modern philologists. In them was first exhibited a complete specimen of what may be termed the Mstorico-logical method of lexicography ; which first investigates the primary and native signification of a word, and then deduces from it in logical order the subordinate meanings and shades of sense, as found in various constructions and in the usage of difi"erent ages and writers ; which, in short, presents a logical and historical view of each word in all its varieties of signification and construction. This is doubtless the only true method ; and it was ably followed out by Passow in his admirable Greek Lexicon. Of all the labours of Gesenius above enumerated, it will be seen that, with the exception of the present work, only the two earliest have been translated into English. The work of which the present volume is a translation, was com- menced by the Author in the year 1827 ; and was at first intended to be nothing more than a Latin version of the German edition. of 1828, for the use of foreign students unacquainted with the German tongue. But about this time, the views of comparative philology, especially in respect to the Indo-European languages, developed by Bopp and Grimm in various works, and applied to the Hebrew and its kindred tongues by Hupfeld, Ewald, and others, appear to have given a new direction, or rather a new impulse, to the studies of Gesenius ; and these pur- suits, together with official duties, caused a suspension of the Thesaurus^ and also protracted the completion of the Latin Manual until the close of 1832. At the same time the character of the latter was greatly changed ; and it became a new and independent work, drawn chiefly from the materials collected for the Thesaurus under the influence of these more extended views. The work thus exhibited a great advance upon the previous labours of the Author ; both in the wider range of scientific principles, and in the skill and tact of their practical application. The main point of distinction was, and is, a more careful and thorough investigation of the PREFACE, primary signification of the Hebrew roots ; the reference of whole fami- lies of triliteral roots to single biliteral ones, which are mostly onomato- poeetic ; and the illustration of these latter from the analogy of the Indo-European tongues, viz. the Sanscrit, Zend, Persian, G-reek, Latin, Gothic, German, English, and other kindred dialects. Here it is found, that the Hebrew and the Semitic dialects generally, in their primary elements, (not in their grammatical structure,) approach much nearer to the great family of Eastern and Western languages, than has usually been supposed. From a similar comparison of other languages is also given a more full and complete exposition of the power and use of the Hebrew particles and pronouns. From all these sources, the Author was able, both in the Latin Manual and especially in the later Parts of the Thesaurus, not indeed to obtain a new basis for Hebrew Grammar and Lexicography, but certainly to enlarge and strengthen the old one by new courses of solid materials and a new and firmer cement. The same remarks apply to the tenth edition of the Author's smaller Hebrew Grammar, published in 1831 ; and reprinted in the eleventh and twelfth editions, in 1834 and 1839, without great change. The thirteenth edition, bearing extensive marks of further progress, was published in lS42. Four subsequent editions have been since revised and published by Roediger. To Gesenius unquestionably belongs the high merit of having given an impulse and interest to the cultivation of Hebrew Literature, fai beyond any thing which has been felt since the days of the Buxtorfs. At the commencement of his labours, Hebrew learning in Germany, as elsewhere, was at a very low ebb. In the autumn of 1829, the writer was present at the opening of his course of Lectures on the book of Genesis. He then stated, as illustrating the progress of this branch of literature, that he was now about to lecture on that book for the tenth time in course ; that when twenty years before he had commenced his career in Halle with the same course, the number of his hearers was but fourteen ; and that he had then felt gratified, inasmuch as his colleague, the celebrated Vater, had lectured on the same book the preceding year to a class of only seven. This statement was made to a class of more than five hundred hearers. But among the thousands who had been his pupils, many of whom were now devoting their lives to Hebrew and Oriental learning ; and also among others who had been led on by his example and instructed by his labours ; it would .have been strange indeed, had there arisen none to penetrate further than he into some of the various departments and recesses of Hebrew philology. And it was perhaps, in our days, a singular meiit in Gesenius, that he was among the first to admit and adopt, with full acknowledgment, every valuable VI PREFACE. suggestion, from whatever quarter it might come ; and also every result which would bear examination, however contrary it might be to his own previous views. The following sentence is doubtless a fair and candid exposition of his creed and practice on this point : " Unwearied personal observation and an impartial examination of the researches of others ; the grateful admission and adoption of every real advance and illustration of science ; but also a manly foresight and caution, which does not with eager levity adopt every novelty thrown out in haste and from the love of innovation j all these must go hand in hand, wherever scientific truth is to be successfully promoted."* To the sincerity of this language the following pages bear ample testimony, as do all his later works, in the frequent referencels and acknowledgments to the works of Winer, Ewald, and others. If therefore it be true, that others have in various respects made advances upon the earlier works of Gesenius, it may be said without hesitation, that these advances bear no proportion to those which he made .upon himself, in the present work as compared with former editions of his Manual, and in the later numbers of the Thesaurus as compared with the first. The master of a wide and useful movement in the human mind has now for twelve years been removed from the sphere of hfs labours ; but those labours and their fruits live, and will long live, after him. Let the present state of the study and interpretation of the Bible, and especially of the Old Testament, be compared with what it was forty years ago, when Gesenius commenced his career, and it will be seen that in no department of theological or philological learning has the advance been more rapid and great. The study of the Hebrew Scrip- tures is no longer an isolated pursuit, repulsive from the want of scien- tific helps, and the jargon of unmeaning technical terms. Indeed, it may be safely afiirmed, that, at the present day,, the lexicography and grammar of the Old Testament stand upon a higher step of scientific philology, than do those of the New.f Out of Germany and Denmark, the influence of this movement in behalf of the Hebrew has been perhaps most perceptible in this western hemisphere. The good sense and ardour of Prof Stuart early led him to adopt the philological principles and results of Gesenius, and to apply them zealously and successfully in the wide field of his own labour. His Hebrew Grammar, first published in 1821, was founded on those ' principles ; and the successive issue of six editions testifies to the spirit awakened, and the results produced, by his efforts in this department * Pref. to Heb. Gram. edit. 11, p. 7. f For a fuller account of the life, character, and labours of Gesenius, the reader is referred to the Bibliotheca Sacra, 1843, p. 361 sq. PREFACE. VU of theology. This was followed in 1824 by Prof. Gibbs' translation of the Hebrew and German Manual of Gesenius, which removed many of the difficulties still remaining in the way of the student. The publica- tion of Hahn's Hebrew Bible in 1831, and the Latin Manual of Gesenius in 1833, furnished great additional facilities ; and large numbers of both these works were constantly imported. The translation of this Manual by the writer first appeared in 1836, in an edition of three thousand copies ; which were all sold at the end of six years. The later editions comprised six thousand additional copies. Meanwhile the public received the excellent Hebrew Grammar of Nordheimer in two volumes, 1839-41, of which the first volume was reprinted ; and likewise Prof Conant's translation of Gesenius' Hebrew Grammar, Bost. 1839, Lond. 1840. Of this last a new edition, revised and conformed to the seventeenth edition of the original, as published by Roediger, is speedily to appear. When it became necessary in 1841 to prepare a second edition of the present work, Gesenius wrote proposing to furnish his own correc- tions and additions, made during an interval of several years while carrying at least four fasciculi of his Thesaurus through the press. The arrangement was entered into ; and the corrected copy of the first portion of the Latin Manual, extending to the end of the letter Eeth (n), was transmitted in April 1842. It was a transcript of his own copy prepared for a new edition of the same work, which he expected to put to press near the close of the same year. The portion sent covers nearly the whole of the first two fasciculi of the Thesaurus, which were completed in 1827 and 1835 ; and comprises all his emendations to those two earliest parts of his great work. With these his own revision of the Manual ceased. The remainder of the copy was received after his death. It contained, however, for the most part, only short hints and references, noted down by the Author for future use ; but not wrought out by him and incorporated into the work. ' The labour therefore devolved upon the Translator of carrying out the remainder of the Lexicon in the same spirit, by conforming it to the latest views of the Author as exhibited in the Thesaurus. Under these circum- stances it is a gratifying fact, that the Author was spared to revise just those earliest portions of the work which stood most in need of correc- tion, and as to which there is yet no printed record of his latest views ; while in the remaining portion, the Translator had only to follow those Parts of the Thesaurus which had recently appeared, and of course required comparatively very little correction. His efibrt was to make the new edition a condensed copy of that great work ; and perhaps the conformity is most complete in those portions not revised by the Author himself. A large number of the articles, especially the most important, had to be entirely rewritten Vm PREFACE. In preparing for a third edition, as tlie author of the Thesaurus now rested from his labours, and the completion of that work by Roediger was supposed to be near at hand, the publishers concluded to stereotype the present volume, and thus give it a more correct and permanent form. This was accordingly done, as far as to p. 1032 inclusive ; with the exception of pages 623-634. But the expected final Part not having appeared, the remaining pages of the third and fourth editions, in 1849 and 1850, were issued in letter-press. In the final revision for the plates of the third edition, the Trans- lator made numerous minor corrections ; and occasionally added new information from later sources ; the latter always preceded by a bracket, and followed by the letter R, The most important change of this \m(i was in the article ^3. Great care was taken to secure the utmost correctness. The pages were first read over by Mr. W. W. Turner, the extent and accuracy of whose learning, as a Hebrew scholar and general philologist, are well known ; and the last proofs always passed under my own eye, and were laboriously compared throughout with the originals. Various corrections in the work itself, and much of the mi- nute filing, were contributed by Mr. Turner ; and occasionally a remark added at his suggestion is distinguished by the letter T. The errors since discovered during the five years in which the volume has been in use, have been mostly corrected in the plates. A few corrections and some additions, which could not well be made in the plates, are given in the Addenda. From various unforeseen causes, the sixth Part of the Thesaurus, prepared by Roediger, was not published until 1853, nearly eleven years after the decease of Gesenius. This Part completes the Text of the Thesaurus ; and shows in itself throughout, that the work could not have been entrusted to abler hands. The leading features of the preceding portion of the work are of course retained ; though the com- parison of the Indo-European tongues is somewhat less prominent. The general tone of the investigations manifests perhaps a deeper philosophical spirit. In now completing the present volume in its permanent form, in accordance with this concluding Part of the Thesaurus, the Translator has only followed out the same principles as in the former portion. The more important articles have all been rewritten ; while most of the others, have been corrected and enlarged. For the accuracy of the printing in these pages, he alone is responsible. The great efi'ort of the Translator has at all times been, to make the work a condensed and faithful transcript of the latest views and labours of its distinguished Authors, as comprised in the pages of the Thesaurus. Indeed, it is not too much to say, that the present volume v^,xhibits PREFACE. IX the only full summary of the latest labours and results of Gesenius in the department of Hebrew Lexicography. No other work yet pub- lished, of whatever pretensions, not even the later edition of the Latin Manual itself, bears a like close relation to the Thesaurus and to the later views and corrections of its Ai^thor. The beginning of Part VI, published by Koediger, corresponds with the middle of p. 1033 of this work ; but the subsequent pages by no means cover merely the same ground with that Part. The order of the Thesaurus is etymological ; that of the Lexicon, alphabetical. Hence the Part in question comprises only those roots which come after "into , with their derivatives. But in the present volume, many of these deriv- atives are found under the letter "Q, pp. 623-634 ; while, on the other hand, a large proportion of the articles under the letter n are derived from roots which occur before iniD. These last, of course, were all prepared by Gresenius. Wherever the name of Gesenius appears in the text, the citation of it is by Koediger. The preparation and printing of the Thesaurus were thus spread out over more than a quarter of a centurj'. In the long period of his own labours, as is said above, the principal Author made constant pro- gress in his studies ; and thus naturally was led to change his views on various points. In respect to new expositions of various passages, which Gesenius had formerly been led to propose, it was his own remark, that the older he grew the more he was inclined to return in very many cases to the long-received methods of interpretation. He has often done so in the later portions of the Thesaurus, as compared with the first two Parts ; and these changes are incorporated in the present volume, partly from his own pen. Occasionally, Koediger also has given an exposition of a particular passage, differing from a pre- ceding one by Gesenius. Hence, in a few instances, the same passage will be found differently explained in different parts of the work. In most of these cases, if not in all, a reference is made from one place to the other, either in the text or in the Addenda. The Translator has added nothing of his own ; except an occasional remark or reference, always with his signature. Nothing more seemed to be necessary ; since the work is purely philological, and rarely pre- sents an allusion to theological views. E. KOBINSON. Union Theological Seminary, New- York, October, 1854. FOR THE STUDENT. The following are the full Titles of works by the Author (and one by the Translator) often referred to in the following pages : Thesaur. Lehrgh. or Lgh. Heh. Gr. Geach. der Heh. 8pr, Comment, on la. Monumm. Phoen. Bihl. Res. in Palest i. e. Thesaurus Philologicus criticus Linguae Hebrcece et CJicUdcece V. T. See Pref. p. iii, iv. " Lehrgebdude der Hebrdischen Sprache, Leipz. 1817. " Hebraische Grammatik, 14th edition, revised by Roediger, Leipb 1845. English, with the same divisions, Hebrew Grammar, etc by M. Stuart, Andover, 1847 ; also by T. J. Conant, N^w-York, 1847. The same work, 17th edition, Leipz. 1854. English by T. J. Conant, New-York, 1854. " Geschichte der Hebrdischen Sprache und Schrift, Leipz. 1815. " Der Prophet Jesaia, ubersetzt und mit einein Commentar begleitet, 4 Theile, Leipz. 1820-21. The first Part, containing the Trans- lation, was reprinted separately in 1829. " Scripturoi Lingua:que Phcenicioi Monumenta quotquot supersunt, 4to. Lips. 1837. " Biblical Researches in Palestine, Mount Sinai, and Arabia Petrcea,'^ byK Robinson andK Smfth. 3 vols. Boston, 1841. Lond. 1841. The references to this work were made by Gesenius in all those parts of the Thesaurus and Manual prepared by him; after its publication. In the other parts they have beenr added by the Translator. ^A new and enlarged edition of thift. work is soon to appear ADDENDA. The student is requested to mark the following Addenda in the proper places. Page 27. col. 1, before Art. ^^i< add this article : n5';\ii^, see nsi-i&t. " 32. " 2, 1. 3 from bott. for ' q. d. etc' read : lit. soothes it, keeps it within himself " 38. " 1, 1. 25 sq. read: ksatrapa, pr. protector (representative) of the regal power, viceroy ; Lassen in Zeitschr. f. d. Morgenl. VI. p. 18. " 38. " 1, 1. 6 from bott. read : khysydrsd, rex pius, Lassen in Zeitschr. f. d. Morgenl. VI. p. 124. It is certain, etc. " 66. " 2, 1. 3 from bott. after to say; add: but see in lat IL Note.' Comp. " 69. " 2, 1. 3, add at the end : See more in r. p^:$ . '* 84. " 1, 1. 15, after 166, add : Irby and Mangles p. 478. " 104. " 2, bott. after [41]. add : In v. 6 [21] written ^y^^i^l q. v. " 144. " 1, 1. 22, for come among us, read : fall upon us round about. " 150. " 1, 1. 20, foi wounded, read: hurt, broken; 151. " 1, 1. 2, for Keri, read : Kethibh ; " 170. " , 1, 1. 16 from bott dele : Nah. 2, 3. " 183. " 1, I. 3 from bott. add : See r. bB\a Hiph. p. 1102. " 191. " 2, after Art. '^r'^'^a add this article : ^r^ (garden, r. "|3a) Ginath, pr. n. m. 1 K. 16, 21. 22. " 211. " 1, 1. 12, read : to speak ; see more in r. *iat II. Note. " 216. " 2, before Art. H'lin add this article : D'^S'l^'l , see in '^'nsi^ . " 222. " 2, 1. 4 from bott. after other, add : But see in r. Tj^ri no. 1. 285. " 2, I. 11 from bott. add : See Biblioth. Sac. 1848, p. 684. " 333. " 1, 1. 7 from bott. after m. add : emphat. & \ 01' THB The name Aleph, like those of the other letters, is of Phenician origin, and signifies ox, bullock, i. q. Heb. C]bx . So Plutarch. Q,u8est. Sympos, IX. 2 : Aleph iri put before the other letters Siu roig *Poivix(xg o'vim xalfZv xhv (iovv. The name is derived from the form of this letter in the most ancient alphabet, re- presenting the rude outline of a bullock's head, still found in the remains of the Phenician dialect: 2?^^' As a numeral it denotes unity or 1 j and with two points above (St), 1000. Of all the Hebrew gutturals Aleph has the softest pronunciation, being ut- tered with a slight breathing from the throat or rather lungs, like the Greek spiritus lenis, and the French h \x\ habit, homme, which we are apt to neglect, because we cannot give them correctly. And since by a sort of common usage in languages, especially in those of the Semitic family, (comp. Ewald in Heb. Gram. 31,) the stronger and harsher letters in the course of time become by degrees softened and give place to smoother ones, we hence see why in AranifBan, in the later Hebrew, and in Arabic, the stronger gutturals n and S are softened into 5<. E. g. baj^nn , V^^zf ; b-'-J|5n, V^/|, Vjj3i<; li^x Jer. 52, 15 for ")i^v? multitude, etc. JBut, vice versa, X sometimes passes over into rt and 5 ; and in general, these letters, being very similar in pro- nunciation, are very often interchanged with one another. Comp. T^'^v} in the later Hebrew for the common Tf '^^ ; ^'^^X ear of grain, comp. Syr. Viirjffi Lower; nxs and nn3 , nxb and nnb ; also oax and' C5^ to be sad ; ^^X and "i^i:? to turn Cboth of then also in Ethiopic); bxa and 1 bra to pollute ; nxn and n5n to abhor ; N^'a and raa to suck in, to drink ; cjtna suddenly, from rn? a moment, etc. Where Aleph is to be still more soft- ened, it passes over into the quiesc^nts ^ and "^ , as nnx and "in"! to make one ; qbx ^ "I's' * to learn ; Dtt'n , D-^-n , buffalo ; "il'a for "ika a well. Hence it comes, that many verbs XS3 accord in signification with verbs is , comp. Heb. Gr. 76. 2 ; e. g. ^J'lJJ and t\% ; ttJax , Syr. w*J , to be sick. In respect to t\iQ forms of words it may be notea: a) That X without a vowel at the beginning of a word is often dropped by aphaeresis, as 13n3X , S|3n3 , we ; n:^N later 'tt) , who, which, what ; inx and "n one, Ez. 33, 30; Diniion for' D^nJiDxri Ecc. 4, 14 ; comp. Lehrgeb. p. 135, 136. b) But also at the beginning of words, a prosthetic K is often prefixed, comp. Lehrgeb. p. 139. See o-^n^anx , n^s^x , nyqasnx, *(i3"}nN. This is done chiefly, where a word otherwise begins with two consonants separated in pronunciation only by a movable Sheva, as Sint , ?'i"iTX. the arm; bbtlJX Aram, biao grape (in which both forms occur) ; also ni-isx for nils progeny; v|"i3iX for r]Ha the fist; jif^X for -sn a gift ;' ntsx for 27)3 false. Comp. Gr. x^^^ ^^^ ^X^k yesterday and also similar examples in the transi- tion from Latin to French, as spiritus esprit ; status, etat. In the Syriac man- ner X is also added before the letter "^ ; as ^'J"^ and '^'^J'^X Jesse, 1 Chr. 2, 12. * 2^5 rn. constr. "^ax, c. sutf. Tinx t;^3X, C313X, 1 pers. "'sx (from 3X); Plur' riax . constr. ni3X , c. suff. ''nbx D3"^nbx , cnhx and on^nnx, father It is a primitive word, see note ; and i common to all the Semitic dialects, Aralx 3M r. :e >*: ol , constr. y I , ^1 , LSI , Chald. and Syr. S2K, U=>]. 1. In a proper sense, Gen. 19, 31 sq. 44, 19. 20. al. ssepiss. But t'jc word fathnr often has a wider sense ;^ see Fesselii Adv. Sacra VI. 6. E. g. 2. i. q. forefather, ancestor, 1 K. 15,11. 2 K. 14, 3. 15, 38. 16, 2. al. E. g. a grand- father. Gen. 28, 13. 31, 42. 32, 10. 37, 35; a o-reat-grandfather, Num. 18, 1. 2. 1 K. 15, 11. 24. al. Is. 43, 27 x-jn I'luix^n t;"^::5< collect, thy first forefathers sinned. Very frequent in Plur. nizx fathers, i. G. forefathers, Gen. 15, 15. Ps. 45, 17. For the phrase nizs<-^5< qcx3, see un- der rjD&j . 3. i. q. the founder, author, i. e. first ancestor of a tribe or nation. Gen. 10, 21. 17, 4. 5. 19, 37. 36, 9. 43. Josh. 24, 3. Here we may refer Gen. 4, 21 the fa- ther of all such as handle the harp and the pipe, i. e. the founder of the family of musicians, the inventor of the art of music. 4. Of the author or maker of any thing, espec. a creator ; Job 38, 28 hath the rain a father 7 i. e. creator. In this sense God is called the father of men, their Creator, Is. 63, 16. 64, 7. Deut. 32, 6 ; comp. Jer. 2, 27. Here too may be referred Job 34, 36 ni^X inn^ "^nx , Vulg. mi pater, probetur Jobus, i. e. my Father, let Job be tried ; but the sense is lan- guid. Others not unaptly make "^SX i. q. 'i^X wo! The above tropical senses come from the notion of source, origin; others are drawn from the idea of paternal love and care, the honour due to a father, etc. E. g. 5. i. q. a nursing-father, benefactor, as doing good and providing for others in the manner of a father. Job 29, 16 I was a father to the poor. Ps. 68, 6 a father to the fatherless. Is. 22, 21 a father to the inhabitants of Jerusalem, spoken of Eliakim the prefect of the palace. Is. 9, 5 ^'J "lax the everlasting father of his people, i! e. the Messiah ; comp. pater patHce among the Romans. By the same mecaphor God is called ihe father ol'the righteous and of kings, and these also are called his sons, 2 Sam. 7, 14. 1 Chr. 17, 13. 22, 10. Ps. .89, 27. 2S. 6. For a master, teacher, from the idea of paternal instruction, 1 Sam. 10, 12 Hence priests and prophets, as teachen sent with divine authority, are saluted with the title of father, out of respect ar.d he not r, even by kings, 2 K. 2, 12. b. 13. 6, 21. 13, 14. (comp. 8, 9.) Judg. 17, IC be unto me a father and a priest. 18, 19. So the Rabbins are called ni^x fathers ; much as we use the honorary appellation of fathers of the church, the holy fathor i. e. the pope. 7. Spec, father of the Jang, in a similar sense, i. e. his chief adviser and prime minister, whom the modern orientals call Vizier. Gen. 45, 8 nip-^sb 2xb "S^s^q^T and hath made me a father to Pharaoh. So Haman is said to be dtvjfQoc n(xT>]Q to Artaxerxes, Sept. Esth. 3, 13 ; comp. 1 Mace. 11, 32. Comp. also Turkish viLUt Atdbek, father-prince, and Lala father, spoken of the Vizier ; see Ja blonsky Opusc. ed. te Water, T. I. p. 206. Barhebrsei Chron. Syr. p. 219. 1. 15. Some of the ancient interpreters un- derstand the same by the word rj"^^S< Gen. 41, 43 ; explaining it father of the king,ov of the land, kingdom; so Luther. 8. As expressing intimate relationship, close alliance. Job 17, 14 "^nx^;^ rr^^b nnx "^sx to the grave I said, thou art my'father ; and in the other hemistich, to the worm, thou art my mother and my sister; comp. Ps. 88, 19. 9. In Arab, and Ethiopic, the name father is also put trop. for possessor, and is spoken of one who excels in any thing, and is distinguished for it, e. g. |Li ^1 father of odours, i. e. an odoriferous tree. So in Heb. only in pr. names, e. g. mbuiax father of peace, i. e. pacific. Note. The grammatical form of thit? noun may be said to follow the analogy of verbs rib, as if for nnx, Lehrg. 118. Still it is no doubt primitive ; since both 2X father and ex mother imitate the simplest labial sounds of the infant; as also nuTiixg {TranTinCw), papa, pappus, aims, Turk. Gb. Besides the usual form of the constr. "^x there is also an ancient form nx , or also 2X , (like "i^ , DD*i;i ,) found only in compound proper names, as nn^2X , nibrnx , ^n:'::^< ; al- though even in these the form "^^X is alpo often employed, as r|l;^"^2X, ^]S^35<. nu^ 3 ^z^ Once in Gen. 17,4. 5, the form SX stands alone, in ordfer to render the etymology of onnsx more distinct and obvious. 255 Chald. m. c. suff. 1 pers. "^nx ; r|^3N , ^"i^25< ; plur. ,n3X , the letter n being inserted (comp. ri^i^), father, i. q. Heb. iSN, Dan. 2, 23. Ezra 4, 15. 5, 12. Perh. for grandfather, Dan. 5, 2. ^i? m. (r. 2^5<) greenness, green, ver- dure, of a plant. Job 8, 12 iaxn ^syi? while yet in its greenness, i. e. yet green and flourishing. Cant. 6, 11 bnsn "^ax tfie greens (green things) of the valley ; Vulg. poma, after the Chaldee usage. Arab. ^^1 green fodder. ni5 Chald. (r. 2as$)/rwi7, c. suff. }na:i^, the Dag. forte being resolved into Nun, Dan. 4, 9. 11. 18. In Targg. often for ""iB . * ^?? in Heb. not used ; Chald. Pa. 23i< to bear fruit, espec. early ripe, pre- cocious fruit. Syr. >.iLOoi to blossom. In Arab, and Heb. it seems to have signifi- ed to bd green, verdant, to sprout, etc. see the deriv. ax greenness, a^^ax green ear. The primary idea would seem to be that of protruding, sprouting with impetus, comp. Engl, to burst forth, to shoot. Germ, treiben, whence ax pr. young shoots ; so as to have affinity with the roots nax , ax"i , anx , which express de- sire, eager impulse ; see anx . ^^??^ Abagtha, Pers. pr. n. of a eu- nuch of Xerxes, Esth. 1, 10. It seems to be i. q. xn^a , and may be explained from the Sanscr. bagadiUa ' a fortuna datus' ; from baga fortune, the sun. (Bohlen.) * "5? fut. 'iaX-, and at the end of a clause "Jaxi. 1. Prop, to lose onesel * fo be lost, to wander about, espec. of a sueep wander- ing from the flock and lost ; Arab. Jo! to flee away wild into the desert, to lose oneself in the waste. So "lak ti'iD^ a sheep lost and wandering, Ps. 119, 176 ; comp. .Ter. 50, 6. Ez. 34, 4. 16. Of men, Is. 27, 13 "inTi\s 7*^X3 D-^naxn who are lost in the land of Assyria, i. e. wander as exiles. Deut, 26 5 lax ^anx a wander- ing Syrian. Also of things e. g. of t;treams which lose themselv -"s in the desert. Job 6, 18. Metapli. of wisdom become extinct, Is. 29, 14. Hence 2. to perish, to be destroyed; Syr. Samar. id. The Arabic in this sense has the kindr. S\S . Spoken of persons and other living things as perishing. Ps. 37, 20. Job 4, 11 ; sometimes with bs^ f'lxri Deut. 4, 26. 11, 17. Josh. 23, 13. 16. Also of a land or houses which are laid waste, Jer. 9, 11. Am. 3, 15. Metaph. of hope, desires, vows, as failing, being dis- appointed, Ps. 9, 19. 112, 10. Prov. 10, 28. 11, 7. Ez. 12. 22. Constr. with \ of pers. 1 Sam. 9, 3. 20 ; seq. l^a Deut. 22, 3. Job 11, 20 cnsia nax Di:^ their refuge per- isheth. Jer. 25^ 35. Ps. 142, 5. Ez. 7, 26 D^3;r.T73 n'l's^ -naTS naxn T\yT\ the laio shall perish from the priest and counsel from the aged, i. e. shall forsake them, comp. Jer. 18, 18. 49, 7. Hence Deut. 32, 28 nss -lax ""ia a nation whose counsel is perished, void of counsel, Vulg. consilii eaters. Jer. 4, 9 Tj^isn ab nax*" the heart of the king shall perish, i. e. for fear and terror. Job 8, 13 qsn P^j5ni naxn and [so] shall the hope of the im- pious man perish. Ps. 9, 19. 112, 10. Prov. 10, 28. 3. to be ready to perish, i. e. to be wretched, miserable. Part, nax one wretched, miserable, unfortunate. Job 29, 13. 31, 19. Prov. 31, 6. Pi el *iax 1. to lose, pr. to let be lost, to give up as lost, Ecc. 3, 6. 2. to make wander, to scatter a flock, Jer. 23, 1. 3. to cause to perish, to destroy ; Ecc. 7, 7 r^3n^ a^-rx nax"^ a gift destroyeth i. e. corrupteth the 7nind. Seq. p , to de- stroy out of any thing, Jer. 51, 55. Spec, a) Of things, to destroy, to lay waste, 2 K. 19, 18. Num. 33, 52. Deut. 12, 2. )in nax to waste one's substance, Prov. 29, 3. b) Of men, to destroy, to kill, to put to death, Esth. 3, 9. 13. 2 K. 11, 1. 13, 7. Hi PH. T'axn i. q. Pi. to destroy, to cut off, as men and nations, Deut. 7, 10. 8, 20 ; sometimes with the addition of c:^*r! a'i|5'3 Lev. 23, 30 ; Ci^ian nnnis Deut. 7, 24 ; also of a land, to lay waste, Zeph. 2, 5 ; of hope. Job 14, 19. Very rarely the quiescent X in 1 pers. fut. is dropped, as n'l'^ax for n-i'^axx Jer. 46, 8. Deriv. 'lax ';'^ax . nnj^ inK *1?&$ Chald. fut. nnx:; , to perish. Jer. 10, 11. Aph. ^ain , flit, 'inln'; , inf. nnain , to destroy, to cut of, Dan. 2, 12. 18^ 24. HoPH. "il^n, after the Heb. minner, Dan. 7, li. "^5^ m. 1. one wretched, unfortu- nate ; see r. ^^X no. 3. 2. Participial noun, destruction, Num. 24, 20. 24. See Lehrg. p. 488. ^^-^^ f' (Tseri impure) 1. a thing lost, something" missing, Ex. 22, 8. Lev. 5, 22. 23. 2. 1. q. 'ji'nax place of destruction, abyss, i. e. Sheol, Hades, Prov. 27, 20 Chethibh. "jT^nS m. 1. destruction, Job 31, 12. 2. place of destruction, abyss, nearly synon. with bix^ , Job 26, 6. 28, 22. Prov. 15, 11. I^IS^ m. verbal of Piel for 'j'lai^ , hence without Dag. lene in i, destruction, slaughter, Esth. 9, 5. "j^Zli^ constr. "I'lax id. destruction death, Esth. 8, 6. * n^^ fut. nnxi , pr. to breathe after, to desire ; comp. the kindred roots H1X , zx;', ::xn, also -nx, zzn, Lat. aveo. Hence 1. to he willing, inclined, disposed ; to will, always with a negative partic. ex- cept Is. 1, 19. Job 39, 9. Constr. c. infin. either simpl. Deut. 2, 30. 10, 10. 25, 7. Is. 30, 9 ; or with b , which however be- longs rather to prose, Lev. 26, 21. 2 Sam. 13, 14. 16. Exod. 10, 27 t:nV3 nnx ^h he would not let them go. Job 39, 9 T^-iZV =^'1 nnx-^fl will the buffalo be will- ing to serve thee ? Also c. ace. Prov. 1, 25 ; absol. Is. 1, 19 cnr7s\r!i si3it, comp. Lehrg. p. 374 note r, and Is. 15, 4. 17, 1. 59, 13. So Abulwalid vdiom we do not hesitate to follow. Kimchi, who is followed by most interpreters, makes it an exclamation of pain. O! wo! like "^ix and "^"iri. Comp. Gr. tupui. Arist. Pac. 1066. D^nX m. (r. DSX) by Syriasm /^)r tjsinx , whence constr. CIX Is. 1, 3 ; plur. D"^p^2X ; a stall, stable, barn, where cat- tle are fed Job 39, 9 ; and fodder stored Prov. 14, 4. The signif stall is also ap- propriate in Is. 1,3 ; where however Sept. rai< ^nj^ and Vulg. render prcesepe, i. e. crib, manger, which both here and in Job I. c. is not less apt and probable. Comp. 2 * Arab. ^J, Chald. K;;"i^fit , stall and crib. So D13X is also used in the Talmud. "ri^J a root of doubtful signif. peril, i. q. r|3i< , TjDn , to turn, to turn about. Hence nnnijl f: once, Ez. 21, 20 ann rnn a turning of the sword, i. e. a sword turning itself^ perh. glittering, i. q. snn r^ertn^ Gen. 3, 24. But more proba- bly it should here read : i'ln nn^ia the slaughter of the sword ; and this con- jecture is supported by the Sept. trcpdyia ^oficpalag, Chald. t^S'^n "^^Lay? , and the words of the text which follow, ah ! it is made bright, it is sharpened for slaugh- ter, naiab ; comp. v. 14. 15. The Greek words acpayiov, acpayri, are elsewhere often put for the Heb. nnia , nnnia , nha . ainiranij} (r. n-J2, by transp. for nnw, ^-A-b to cook) m. plur. melons^ Num. 11, 5. Corresponding is Arab. w 6 w A.jLfaL3 by transp. for AjuJo from ^-aId to cook, to ripen ; like Gr. ninbiv melon, squash, from ninTw, comp. baJa . The Hebrews prefixed the prosthetic !!< . From the above Arabic word comes the Spanish budiecas, French pastiques. ^'^'^. Pi"- 1^- ^' "^^h the mother of Heze- kiah, 2 K. 18, 2. In the parallel passage 2 Chr. 29, 1, she is called more fully and correctly n*3X , which is also read in some copies in 2 K. 1. c. "jinb^-^nS!?; (father of strength, i. e. strong, from r. v,..>Aft prsevaluit) Abi- albon, pr. n. of one of David's officers, 2 Sam. 23, 31 ; called also ^X-i^x 1 Chr. II, 32. b^^'inii (father of strength, i. e. strong) Abiel, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 11, 32, see -lin^^-^ax . b) The grandfather of king Saul, 1 Sam. 9, 1. 14, 51. In the genealogical table in 1 Chr. 8, 33. 9, 39, Ner is said to have been the grandfather of Saul ; but according to 2 Sam. 14, 5, he was his uncle. The true descent was as follows 1* Abiel A Kish Ner I I Saul Abner. ^9^'^'?^ (father of gathering, i. e gatherer,) Abiasaph, pr. n. of a Levite of the family of Korah, Ex. 6, 24 ; called also CjO^nx 1 Chr. 6, 8. 22. 9, 19. ^'^^^ m. (r. ainx) an ear of grain, a green ear, Lev. 2, 14. Ex. 9, 31 rriis'^ri ^^^^(a) the barley was in the ear; comp. for the syntax Cant. 2, 13. tU'ih a'^nsii the month Abib, i. e. of green ears afterwards called l&'^a Nisan, be- ginmng with the new moon of April, or according to the Rabbins, of March ; the first month of the Heb. year, Ex. 13, 4. 23, 15. Deut. 16, 1. ^?5*'?^ (whose father is exultation) Abigail, pr. n. f. a) The wife ofNabal and afterwards of David, 1 Sam. 25, 3. 14 ; called also by contr. ^S'^S&t v. 32. 2 Sam. 3, 3 Cheth. Comp. Arab. jS| for (jiol what? b) A sister of David, 1 Chr. 2 16 ; called also b^^ni^ 2 Sam. 17, 25. n*^"?^: (father of the judge) Abidan^ pr. n. of a phylarch or chief of the tribe of Benjamin in the time of the exodus. Num. 1, 11. 2, 22. 2?'7*'"?^ (father of knowledge, i. e. knowing, wise) Abidah, pr. n. of a son of Midian, Gen. 25, 4. rJli|J (i. q. iin^ax whose fatlier ia Jehovah) pr. n. Abijah. 1. Masc. a) The second son of Sam- uel, 1 Sam. 8, 2. b) 1 Chr. 7, 8. c) 1 K. 14, 1. d) 1 Chr. 24, 10. Neh. 10, 8. e) i. q. ^2 , a trace of which Bochart (Phaleg 2. 24) finds in Theophrast. Hist. Plant. 9. 4 ; where the name Mah prob. refers to the same wandering tribe in the vicinity of the modern Mecca, which Strabo calls MiivuloL, Mincei. jb'59''2K (father of the king, or father king) in pause T|^"0'^3X, Abimelech, pr.n. a) Of several kings in the land of the Phi- listines at different periods of time. Gen. 20, 2 sq. 21, 22 sq. 26, 1 sq. Ps. 34, 1. The same king who in Ps. 1. c. is called Abi- melech, in 1 Sam. 21, 11 bears the name of 'iJiax Achish; and hence the former might seem to be a common title of these kings, like the sLi (^[ji Padishah (Pater Rex) of the Persian kings, and rajJlji Atdlik (father, pr. paternity) of the Khans of Bucharia. b) A son of Gideon, Judg. 8, 31 sq. 9, 1 sq. 2 Sam. 11, 21. c) 1 Chr. 18, 16, where the true reading is prob. T]^.^.^ns< , as in 2 Sam. 8^ 17. ^^P"?^: (father of nobleness, or noble father) Abinadab, pr. n. m. a) A son of Jesse, 1 Sam. 16, 8. 17, 13. b) A son of Saul, 1 Sam. 31, 2. c) 1 Sam. 7, 1. d) 1 K. 4, 11. 0?-*^^^^ (father of pleasantness or grace) Abinoam, pr. n. of the father of Barak, Judg. 4, 6. 5, 1 . "*5'^r^^ (father of a light) Abiner, pr. n. m. 1 Sam. 14, 50. Elsewhere ^3265 Abner, q. v. nri^'iSK (father of help, like Germ. Adolf, from Atta father and Holf help) Abiezer, pr. n, m. a) A son of Gilead, Josh. 17, 2 ; also meton. of his descend- ants, Judg. 6, 34. 8, 2. Patronym. is ^^tsrj ^2^5 the Abi-ezrite Judg. 6, 11. 24. 8, 32. An abridged form is '^.tSJ'^X lezer, Num. 26, 30 ; and the patronym. '^:t^^6? ib. b) One of David's warriors, 2 Sam. 23, 27. 1 Chr. 11, 28. 27, 12. ^I'^DiJ m. subst. (r. "i^x) one strong, mighty, only in the formula 2'pS5;;' '^''2X, ^Jj^'nb'i ^*2X, the mighty One of Jacob, of Israel, spoken of God, Gen. 49, 24. Is. 1.24. *T^3^ adj. (r. ^2i<) 1. strong, mighty^ spoken of persons, and often as subst. one strong, a mighty one, Judg. 5, 22. Lam. 1, 15. Jer. 46, 15. Ps. 76. 6 2b '^'^'^2i< the strong of heavt, stout hearted. Poetically xax i^oxrr put : a) I '3S bas For abullock, Ps. 22, 13 T^n '^'n'^Six strong ones of Dashan, i. e. bulls of Bashan. 50, 13. Metaph. for princes Ps. 68, 31. b) For a horse, only in Jeremiah, as 8, 16. 47, 3. 50, 11. Comp. Heb. Gram. 104. 2, note. 2. powerful, potent, noble, Job 24, 22. 34, 20. D^"i^2iX Dnb food of nobles or princes, i. e. of superior quality, rich and delicate, Ps. 78, 25 ; comp. Judg. 5, 25. D^sHn T^SJt chief of the herds- men 1 Sam. 21, 8. 3. sb "I'^ax stout of heart, i. e. obsti- nate, wilful, perverse^ Is. 46, 12. Comp. -r? Pin- D'}*'3fif| (father of altitude) Abiram, pr. n. m. a) Num. 16, 1. 12. 26, 19. b) 1 K. 16, 34. iTH'^lifl (father of error) Abishag, pr. n. of a concubine of David, 1 K. 1, 3. 2, 17. :?11^n&|| (lather of welfare) Abishua, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 8, 4. b) 6, 4. 5. 50. Ezra 7, 5. . n^tj*'n^i{ (father of the wall) Abishur, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 28. 29. ''iC^nifl (father of a gift, see ^t) Abi- shai, pr. n. of a son of David's sister and one of his chief officers, the brother of Joab, 1 Sam. 26, 6 sq. 2 Sam. 2, 18. 24 ; sometimes also written "^^SX 2 Sam. 10, 10. Diblj-'ISI (father of peace) Abisha- lom, pr. n. of the father-in-law of Reho- boam, 1 K. 15, 2. 10. But in 2 Chr. 11, 20. 21, it is written nibuJ2X. ^Itl^niJ (father of abundance, for nn'^nx) Abiathar, pr. n. of a son of Ahi- melech the priest, and a faithful friend of David, by whom he wls made high- priest along with Zadok, but was de- posed by Solomon, 1 Sam. 22, 20 sq. 23, 6. 30, 7. 2 Sam. 15, 24. For 2 Sam. 8, 17, see r|b^.^n5< . * *=!?? prob. to roll, to roll up or wind, to entangle. Kindr. roots are "^3 , JU , to entangle, to be entangled, intricate, Tjaa to well or boil up, as a fountain, T|30 to interweave, to braid; also the harsher isn ^ ^1 , 10 turn. Once HiTHP. to roll itself together, to be rolled up, spoken of smoke rolling up- wards in a dense column ; Is, 9. 17 "juis r^xa isaxn'il so that (the thickets) shall roll upwards as the mounting up of smoke; comp. Syr.Vulg. Syr. ^]z\ is explained by the grammarians as i. q. to b'^' proud, to walk proudly, perh. pr. to roll oneself forwards,' in the manner of a corpulent man. ! ^?^ fut. bnx'i, to mourn, seq. b5 over any thing Hos. 10, 5. Am. 8, 8. Arab. Syr. id. The primary idea seems to be, to be languid, to go with the head hanging down, as do mourners ; comp. the kindr. roots bax, b^X, also nb^, bna, bB3, all which are from the bilite- ral stock bal,fal, and include the idea of falling, sinking ; comp. aqxiXkco, fallo, Germ, fallen, Engl, to fall. It is trans- ferred also from the dress and manner of mourners to the voice and to lamen- tation, see bnx. Poet, of inanimate things. Am. 1, 2 Disirrrixa sbnx tlie pastures of the shepherds mourn. Is. 24, 4. 7 "isy nbb^ax tiji-iin bax the new wine ' VAT T : : \ - T (i. e. the grapes) moumeth, the vine lan- guisheth. 33, 9. Hi PH. b-inxn to cause to mourn, to make lament, Ez. 31, 15 ; of inanimate things. Lam. 2, 8. HiTHP. pr. to show oneself as mourn- ing, hence to mourn, i. q. Kal, but chief- ly in prose, while Kal is more usual in poetry. Gen. 37, 34. Ex. 33, 4 ; with b.X or b? of pers. 1 Sam. 15, 35. 2 Sam'. 13, 37. Deriv. bnx I. bnx. Il.bnjJ, Arab. Juf and jul to be moist, wet, sc. with the moisture of grass ; hence Syr. V2il grass. Kindr. a - is b52, J^, to water, hn^ to flow. Hence bax II. I. bnjj adj. (r. bax I) mourning, Gen. 37, 35. Lam. 1, 4 nibnx )i'^lt "^3^^ the ways of Zion are mourning, i. e. they mourn. Constr. b^J< Ps. 35, 14. Plur. constr. "^bsx Is. 61 , 3, with Tsere impure; comp. Arab, (i-^^* n. blJJ m. (r. bnx II,) prob. a grassy place, pasture, meadow, Arab. Jol fresh and long grass, sea-weed. So 1 Sam. 6, 18, unless instead of n^San bsi^ it should read rnb'iaH "i^N which the con- text in V. 14. 15, seems to demand, and which is expressed by Sept. and Syr. It is frequent in geographical pr. names : a) ri3?^"n'^2 bns Abel Deth-Maachah i. e. situated near Beth-Maachah q. v. [now called AMI el-Kamh^ a town on the west side of the valley leading from Merj 'AyAn to the plain of the Huleh, west of Paneas and Dan ; see Biblioth. Sac. 1846, p. 213 sq. R.] 2 Sam. 20, 14. 15. 1 K. 15, 20. 2 K. 15, 29. Else- where Di^-bnx ilfteZ-maiw 2 Chr. 16, 4, comp. 1 K. 15, 20. Also simpl. bsij 2 Sam. 20, 18. b) c^aian bns* Abel-shittim (acacia- meadow) Num. 33, 49 ; a place in the plains of Moab, prob. the same which in Num. 25, 1. Mic. 6, 5, is called simpl. c) oi^a'ns b35< Abel-keramim, (mea- dow of vineyards) Judg. 11, 33 ; a village of the Ammonites, according to Euse- bius still rich in vineyards in his day. d) nbinia bix (meadow of dancing) Abel-meholah, a village of Issachar, not fer from Scythopolis, the birth-place of the prophet Elisha, Judg. 7, 22. 1 K. 4, 12. 19, 16. e) n'^'^^-q bsN Gen. 50, 11 (meadow dT the Egyptians) Abel-Mizraim, name of an area or threshing-floor near the Jordan. Here prob. we should read with other points, and pronounce b^K D';>'i:i?9 , i. e. mourning of the Egyptians ; see the context. b^^ m. (r. biij I,) c. sufF. "^h'nii, mourning, lamentation, Esth. 4, 3. 9, 22 ; espec. for the dead, Gen. 27, 41. bnx T-n^ mourning for an only son, Am. 8, 10. Jer. 6, 26. Mic. 1,8 n35>^ ni3i3 b::&n -j^x the leaden weight. 4, 10 i^'^'ian "lax . Also a plum- met^ Is. 34, 11 A-e shall stretch out upon it the line ofwasteness inh ''33X') and the plummet of desolation^ i. e. as if all things are to be destroyed by line and rule ; as to the sense, comp. Am. 7, 8. 6. Sometimes a stone serves as a de- signation in geographical names, e. g. a) "Its "jax (stone of help) Eben-ezer, set up by Samuel at Mizpeh, 1 Sam. 4, 1. 5, 1. 7, 12. b) bTSM, pr. i. q. n{]yvv^i. Only in Part. pass. Prov. 15, 17 ; of geese, 1 K. 5, 3 [4, 23]. Deriv. D^l^X, Dnzx^. n5^35'IIK plur. fem. Mains, pustules rising in the skin, Ex. 9, 9. 10. It is a verbal from Chald. r. S-ia, Pilp. S2S2, to boil up, to swell up ; hence Syr. I A .v^-s ^v.^ pustules. The Heb. pre- fixes &< prosthetic. Comp. ?i3, 3?33. Y?? obsol. root, perh. i. q. "j^is . to be white ; whence Chald. N5c:2X tin. Hence the two following : *}^15^ Abez, pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Issachar, perh. so called from tin, Josh. 19, 20. l^liC (perh. of tin) Ibzan, pr. n. of a judge of Isi ael, Judg. 12, 8. 10. R. 735$ . * P?^ not used in Kal, prob. to pound, to beat small, to bray, from the force of the onomatopoetic syllables p3 . "3 , .'S , pS3 , which like p" , "T , (see pp^ , "^^^ ) express the idea of pounding, beating small; comp. n::3 to distil, psi, "^3. "C^t: , also nriyi^, nriyimt. Germ, pochen, boken, espec. Erz pochen. Hence p3X dust, n|?3X . NiPH.'p3x: Gen. 32, 25.26; denom. from p3X dust, recipr. pr. to dust each other sc. by wrestling, and hence to wres- tie, seq. dS. So in Greek, naXalsiv, avuTtaXauLV, avyxoviovad^ai, from TiaXt}, xovig. This rather unusual word seems to have been chosen by the writer here, by way of allusion to the torrent p22 v. 23. p3JJ m. dust, spec, such as is fine and light, comp. in r. pax ; easily driven by the wind. Is. 5, 24 ; or raised by horses in running, Ez. 26, 10. Hence distin- guished from *.a^ thick and heavy dust, Deut. 28, 24. Poet, the dust of God's feet, for the clouds, as if trodden of God, Nah. 1, 3. Comp. pTvq. np5^ f id. whence bain npnx powder of the merchant, i. e. aromatic, Cant. 3, 6. " "'5? 1. pr. to strive upwards, to mowit, to soar, see Hiph. and the deriv. "n5< and irnax . Perhaps kindr. with ^"ZV , na? , comp. Pers. ^\ eber, vnig. super, all which express the idea of above, over, passing over, transcending ; see in "is:^ . 2. Trop. of any force or irig/Eia, to be strong, mighty, see deriv. ^"^^x , 'niSJi . Hiph. to mount upwards in flight, to soar, as the hawk, Job 39, 26. Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2. 11^ m. a wing feather, pinion, as the instrument of flying, soaring, e. g. of the eagle, Is. 40, 21 ; the dove, Ps. 55, 7. Dis- tinguished from the wing itself, Ez. 17, 3. nnn^ f id. Job 39, 16 [13]. Ps. 68, 14. Poet, ascribed to God, Deut. 32, 11. Ps. 91,4. D^O?^ pr- n. Abraham, the founder of the Jewish nation, son of Terah, born in Mesopotamia, which he left to wander through the land of Canaan with his flocks in the nomadic manner ; see Gen. c. 12-25. In the book of Genesis as far as to c. 17, 5. he is called C'ni5< ' father of altitude,' Abram. But in that place, where a numerous posterity is promised him., by a slight change of name he is called onnax 'father of a multitude,' (comp. Arab, (u^n a great number, multitude.,) or as the context explains it ts-^ia "(i'art nx .So c^J^qJ* "^in'bx the God of Abraham, i. e. Jehovah, 2 Chr. 30, 6. Ps. 47, 10. cnnnx >"^7 the seed of Abra- ht m, i. e. the Israelites, Ps. 105, 6. Is. 10 41,8. Mic. 7 In the same sense simpl. Drj'^^SS J'nni? a^ word cried by the heralds before the chariot of Joseph, Gen. 41, 43. Were it a Hebrew word, it might be infin. absol. Hiph. from r. T|"^^ , for the regular Tp.^n , (comp. dSTrx for D"5'iJD Jer. 25, 3,) here supplying the place of the imperat. i. q. bow the knee; Vulg. clamante prcecone, ut omnes coram eo genua fleeter e7it ; and so Abulwalid and Kimchi ; comp. Lehrg. p. 319. More prob. the word is of Egyptian origin, but changed and inflected by the Heb. writer so that, although foreign, it might yet have a Heb. sound, and be referred to a Heb. etymology ; comp. on , nti)^ , ini?'1& . The true form of the Egyptian word which lies hid in T|t)^!?, i^ P^'o^* *^^^^^ ^^peK afrek, i. e. let every one bow himself in an opt. sense ; so Jablonsky Opusc. ed. te Water Tom. I. p. 4. Copt. Vers. John 8, 8 ; or better ^nepeK or ^npeK, aperek, aprek, i. e. bow th head, Rossii Etymologise ^gypt. s. v.- See also in 35< no. 7. 'TlJni^ see '^^'^2^^. DibtJDi^ (lather of peace, i. e. pacific) Absalom, pr. n. a) The third son of Da- vid, by Maacah, 2 Sam. 3, 3, celebrated lor his rebellion against his father ; for an account of his life and death, see 2 Sam. c. 13-18. As to the sepulchre near Jerusalem which in modern times has borne his name, see Bibl, Res. in Palest. I. p. 519, 520. b) i. q. Ql^^^n^i q. v. * i^jij obsol. root, Arab. L^l to flee. Hence fi^SJJ (fugitive) Agee, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 23, IL * TuiJ obsol. root, Arab. _.! to bum, to flame, as fire. Hence the two foil, pr. names. riJlS! and y^'i^, (Num. 24, 7) Agag, pr. n. of Amalekitish kings. Num. 24, 7. 1 Sam.i 15, 8. 9. 20. 32. '^^JN; Agagitc, gentile n. of Haman,j Esth. 3, 1. 10. 8, 3. 5. Josephus explains] it \^Y^Aualr^y.lxr^Q. Ant. 11. 6. 5. * "^5? o^sol. root, Chald. to bind, to tie, comp. ^3!!<, "Ji^^j and the remark under r. n^3 . In Arabic some of its derivatives are used trop. of arcJied work, edifices of arched and firmly compacted struc- ture, in reference to the firm coherence of all their parts ; comp. Tnx and ^^3^5 no. 4. Hence n^SX f. 1. a band, knot, rrjia nnux bands of the yoke, Is. 58, 6. 2. a bundle, bunch, tied together, e. g. of hyssop, Ex. 12, 22. 3. a band of men, troop, 2 Sam. 2, 25. Comp. bsn. 4. an arch, vault, e. g. of the heavens, Am. 9, 6. Comp. Germ. Gat, Gaden, story of a building, from the verb gaden, gatten, which implies a binding; see Adelung Lex. h. vv. Ti^ij; m. a nut, Cant. 6, 11. Syr. and Arab, '^y^^- , M^' ^^^^* ')T ' '^^ Heb. word seems derived from the Per- sian, prefixing it prosthetic. Comp. in lett. X. n^.ilij Agur, pr. n. of a wise man, the son of Jakeh, nj?^ , to whom the 30th chapter of Proverbs is ascribed, v. 1. If the name be symbolical, like Koheleth, it may denote an assembler, one of the assembly, sc. of wise men, i. q. nBD5 b?3 Ecc. 12, 11. R. ^ax. T|''^^^ f a small coin, piece of money, penny, so called from the idea of collect- ing, from r. *>is< ; as Lat. slips in the phrase stipem colligere. 1 Sam. 2, 36. In the Maltese idiom, agar denotes the same. [Or p&rh. pr. hire, wages, from r. *iaK no. 2, comp. Syr. I^i-^l Is. 23, 1^ ; then money, 1 Sam. 2, 36, where too Syr. ].^j.^] . T.] Sept. Vulg. o^oXoQ, num- mus. Rabb. fTna q. v. -^^^ obsol. root, pr. to flow together, to be collected, as water, kindr. with r. ^^5) which is also used of the rolling waves; comp. in "SX. Arab. J^l Conj. II. to make flow together, hence to collect water ; J^Lo standing water, a pond, reservoir ; comp. also "'ax . Hence ^y^ , Job 38, 28 Vq '^ax the reservoirs 11 \j:^ of the dew^ I. e. in the heavens ; comp. in V. 22 the storehouses of the snow and hail. Vulg. Chald. Syr. give it by drops of the dew, q. d. globules, comp. bSa ; but the former is better. Q?^?^ (two ponds) Is. 15, 8 Eglaim, pr. n. of a village in the territory of Moab, the ^AyalXflfi, of Eusebius, called by Jo- sephus ^'ylyalXa, Ant. 14. 1. 4. 0-*^ obsol. root ; in Arabic : 1. Mid. A, to bum, to be hot, comp. D^n , on;; . Hence "ji^ax no. 1. 2. Mid. E, to be warm, spoiled, dead, as water ; hence na5< and liaax no. 2. 3. Mid. E, to loathe, to abhor, and Chald. nax to be pained, sad, to grieve ; hence oax . 35^5 m. (r. nax no. 2) absol. Is. 35, 7 ; constr. 41, 18. Ps. 107, 35 ; plur. D^aax, constr. "^pax . 1. stagnant water, a pool, marsh. Is. 35, 7. 41, 18. 42, 15. Ps. 114, 8. Spec, of the pools of stagnant water left by the Nile after its inundation, Ex. 7, 19. 8,1. 2. i. q. 'P'^as^ , a reed, cane, Jer. 51, 32, with which Ibrtifications (stockades, pa- lisades) were constructed. Hence R. Jonah explains it strong-holds ; comp. 1L^\ the marshy lair of the lion, then a refuge, strong-hold. 0?^ adj. once in plur. constr. dS3 ''^ax sad, sorrowful in mind, Is. 19. 10. R. oax no. 3. jiia^i^ , lb.)i^ , m. (r. taax) 1. a caldron, heated kettle, Job. 41, 12 [20]. Others translate the words VlTsasi n^iSS nn3 05 a boiling pot and a (burning) reid. See the root no. 1. 2. a reed, bulrush, growing in marsh es, from oax marsh, and the ending "ji, Is. 58, 5. For Is. 9, 13. 19, 15, comp. ncs . Hence 3. a rope made of reeds, a nish-cord, like Gr. (r/otroc, Job 40, 26 [41, 2]. Comp. Plin. H. N.' 19. 2. ^ ^% * "^^^ obsol. root ; Arab. jjvs>f i. q. . ,j.^ (see "la"!) to tread with the feet, to stamp, to beat ; then to wash clothes, to fidl, as a washer or fuller by treading them in a trough. Hence )^ m. pr. a trough for washing gar- ments, XoviTiQ, from root "jai* q- v. then any laver, basin, bowl ; constr. )li^ Cant. 7, 3. Plur. nisax Is. 22, 24. Ex. 24, 6. Arab, and Syr. ioL^I^; ^^^ ^^ D'^B^'^ m. plur. (r. qsa) a word found only in Ezekiel, hosts, armies, Ez. 12, 14. 17, 21. 38, 6. 9. 39, 4. It corresponds to the Chald. C]5, ^^, idng ; hence pr. w?mg-s of an army, comp. D^BiS Is. 8, 8. The Arabic and Chaldee have the same trop. use of the word wings ; comp. Comment, on Is. 1. c. * ^5^ fut. "^hx^ 1. to gather, to col- lect, e. g. the harvest, Deut. 28, 39. Prov. 6, 8. 10, 5. Comp. ^JiS. no. 3, and -i:*; ; also Gr. aydQM. The primary idea seems to be that of scraping together, comp. *it!5 By softening the letter i we have bax and bbs , which denote the rolling; and flowing together of water. 2. In the kindred dialects it has the signif to gain, to make profit, from the idea of scraping together ; and hence to hire for wages ; see J^'!)?^? . Deriv. nsx , STiiax , pr. n. ^X , and according to. most bia'isx. i5"^,aiil Chald. Stat, emphat. Kn^Si< , a letter, epistle, i. q. Heb. r^iix q. v. Ezra 4, 8. 11. 5, 6. C]i"l^i5 m. (for 5Ti"ia , Aleph. prosthet. 'from r. rina no. 2) the fist, Ex. 21, 18. Is. 58, 4. So Sept. and Vulg. in both pas- sages ; the Rabbins also use this word in the same sense. b^nSii; m. Ezra 1, 9 CjOS , irr; ''Vj'iaN; Sept. Vulg. Syr. basins, chargers of gold, of silver. In the Jerus. Talmud this word is said to be compounded from lax to collect, and nbw a lamb, and basins are so called, because the blood of lambs is collected in them. But there is here no mention of blood. It seems rather a quadriliteral formed with N prosthet. and denoting slaughter-basin, for ^M'na , biia , see under letter "i ; and this is prob. i. q. bl3j5, buS]?, (comp. Zab. bwa for ^'^p,) from V^uo to slaughter, JiaiJ to cut the throat. Some also hold it to be i. q. Gr. xaQtalog, xaQtalXog, which in the Sept. signifies a basket, fruit-basket, whence 12 nt^ Arab. xJlbli, Rabb. ^^*^"J1? , Syr. fzoli^i^ ; and it might perhaps in Ezra I. c. be understood of baskets of the first- fruits. But this Greek word itself seems rather of Semitic origin, from the verb b'2^ to plait. rriSS f plur. ni-nax, a word of the later Hebrew, a letter, epistle, espec. spoken of royal letters and edicts, writ- ten by public authority and transmitted by a public courier, uyyugog, to those to whom they were directed, 2 Chr. 30, 1. The word comes most prob. from an obsol. form *iax , which denoted one hired, spec, a letter-carrier, courier, from r. ^5S< no. 2 ; and was adopted by the Greeks under the form uyya(jo<,\ see Lex. N. T. h. v. Neh. 2, 7. 8. 9. 6, 5. : 17, 19. Esth. 9, 26. 29. Lorsbach, in - Staudlin's Beytr. V. p. 20, supposes it lo I be derived from the Persian ; comp. mod. j Pers. ^ JojUol engdriden, to paint, to write, whence ^Axj\ engdreh, any writ- ing. ^2? m. vapour, mist, rising from the earth and forming clouds, so called be- cause it surrounds the earth like a veil or covering, from r. "TiX no. 1. This etymology is also supported by the Ara- bic, in which 5LjI (from r. ol mid. Ye, to surround, comp" in 'TiX no. 1) is any thing which protects and strengthens as a bulwark, bark, a veil, also the atmo sphere. Corresponding is also Chald. ^-x vapour. Gen. 2, 6. Job 36, 27. tyT]^ see niTix . * -^l^? by transpos. i. q. lax'n q. v. to pine away, to languish. Found only in Hi PH. causat. inf ^"'ixb for ^-^ixn^ 1 Sam. 2, 33. Comp. espec. Deut. 28, 63. bxa'lN (perh. miracle of God, from G o ^ voOl miracle) Adbeel, pr. n. of a son of Ishmael, Gen. 25, 13. "i^K obsol. root, Arab. J I i. q. JJ6 to befall any one, as misfortune ; whence 2f 4>l misfortune. Hence i'nN and ^^^ Adad, pr. n. of an Edomite, 1 K. 11, 17 ; called also i^iri. Hadad, v. 14. m&^ 13 "ni< * nlij obsol. root, prob. i. q. riTiJ and iTiS to pass. Hence )'^1^ . i^^fi? pr. n. Iddo, Ezra 8, 17. R. TiX . Di"I^ see zhi(. 11"!!$ m. (r. 'j'lX q. v.) with suff. and in plur. defect. "^a^N; , a^^^x ; with pref. 'pxs , ''34x1 , 'laHxb ; master, lord, do- minus. Spoken a) Of an owner, pos- sessor, 1 K. 16,21 owner of mount S/iom- ron, i. e. Samaria. Hence of the owner and master of slaves, Gen. 24, 14. 27. 39, 2. 7 ; of kings as the lords of their sub- jects. Is. 26, 13 ; of a husband as lord of the wife, Gen. 18, 12, comp. bra and Gr. xvQio? ywaiAoq, Germ. Eheherr. Also of God as the owner and governor of the world, Josh. 3, 13 y-ixn-bs Tini<, Lord of the whole earth ; hence called Kdi s^o/r,v inxn Ex. 23, 17, and with- out art. 'linx Ps. 114, 7 ; comp. "^anx in next art. b) Of a ruler, governor, Gen. 45, 8. So "^s^X my lord ! an honor- ary title of address to nobles and others to whom honour and reverence are due ; e. g. to a father Gen. 31, 35, a brother Num 12, 11, to a royal consort 1 K. 1, 17. 18 ; espec. to kings and princes, as Tj^arj -lanx 2 Sam. 14, 9. 1 K. 3, 17. In respectfully addressing a person, the Hebrews, instead of the second personal pron. thou, were accustomed to say my lord, and instead of the first person, thy servant, thy handmaid, Gen. 33, 8. 13, 14. 15. 44, 7. 9. 19 l"i'3a?.-Pfi< bxttj 'px my lord asked his servants, i. e. thou didst ask us. In a style of still stronger adu- lation, this mode of speaking is also used in the case of an absent person, as Gen. 32,4. Plur. o'^^^^^ masters, lords. Is. 26, 13 with a verb plural ; and so c. suff. '^-, *?4^. i. e. my lords Gen. 19, 2. 18. Elsewhere the plural forms D''3^&^, "i34s, c. suff. ?]"^ , T^ , D?"^ 5 etc. are always plur. excellenticR, and of the same signif as the sing. Gen. 39, 2 sq. Hence joined with an adj. in the sing, number, as Is. 19, 4 n^p? 0''?'^!i^ CL hard master, cruel lord. Gen. 42, 30. 33 Y^-^'^ ^t^^- ^^^^ of the land. ^i^S'iX thy master 2 K. 2, 3. 5. 16. Ps. 45, 12; I'-'aSx his master Gen. 24, 9. 39, 2. 3. 40, 7. Job 3, 19. Dcut. 10, 17 D-^anxn -"sSk Lord of lords, I e. Je- 2 hovah. Ps. 136, 3. Spoken of idols, Zeph. 1, 9 ; comp. b?3 . Note. This word is wanting in all the kindred dialects, except the Pheni- cian, where it is applied to princes, kings, and gods, see Monumenta Phoenic. p. 346 (comp. "Adoiv, ^'Adiavig,^ Hesych. xvQiog) ; and perhaps the Chaldean, where a vestige of it seems to be pre- served in the pr. n. "("iNba . ''J^^ Lord, the Lord, spoken every where xt i'^oxtiv of God, chiefly (in the Pentat. always) where God is submis- sively and reverently addressed ; as in the formulas "^anx ''a Ex. 4, 10. 13. Josh. 7, 8; "^a^N X2^ Neh. 1, 11, comp. Gen. 15, 2. 18, 30-32! Ex. 34, 9. etc. Then also where God is spoken oi; 1 K. 13, 10. 22, 6. 2 K. 7, 6. 19, 23. Is. 6, 8. 8, 7. Fre- quently other divine nanies are added ; as T^in'^^ 'nx (which the Masorites write JT)'"'.: T^H)Is. 40, 10. Jer. 2,22; \3^X a-^n^xri Dan. 9, 13. As to the ending '^- grammarians differ in opinion. Many regard it as a plural form put for the sing, as spoken of the divine majesty {pluralis excellentice), i. q. cs^x, the Kamets being put for Pattah to distin- guish it from "'aSx my lords; see Grain. 86. 1. c. lOe. 2. h. Others consider ' i. q. ' , and make it strictly a suffix plural ; so that "^anx is pr. my lords, then as plur. excell. my Lord, and at last, the force of the suffix being by de- grees neglected. Lord, the Lord, o Kv Qiog. Comp. Syr. wj^ and Fr. Monr sieur. This latter view seems prefer- able, for the following reasons : a) Thb words of Ps. 35, 23 ""a^xi ^Tbx . 16, 2. b) The ancient usage of the Pentat. where it is for the Voc. my Lord ! c) A similar usage in possessive pronouns, afterwards neglected, in the Phenician names of gods, as ''a^x "Adwng, inbra BixaXiig, for which see Monum. Phcenic. p. 400. Heb. Gr. 119. 6. n. 4. d) ^axx never has the article, and so nouns with a suffix. To all this it might be an swered : a) That "^a^x is plural. But in one place only is it coupled with a plural. Gen. 19, 2 ; in the two remaining passages it is singular, my Lord ! Gen. 18, 3. 19, 18. /5) That God twice calls himself ''aSx, Is. 8, 7. Job 28, 28. Bui IIU^ 14 mn this arose from the superstitious practice of the Jews, who never pronounce ^j'^'? in the sacred text, but always substitute for it "^sSn ih reading ; whence in writers of a later age this latter word was some- times received into the text itself; Dan. 9, 3. 7. 8. 9. 15. 16. 19. See in nilT; . D^'ni'li5 (two mounds or tumuli) Ado- raim, pr. n. of a city of Judah, 2 Chr. 11, 9. Comp. "Adw()a, //mqu, Jos. Ant. 8. 10. 1. ib. 14. 5. 3. Now k.i> Z^^ira, a village W. of Hebron; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 2 sq. Vr&li< see Ci'n^iSyt. Vl^: Chald. adv. of time, at that time, thereupon, then, i. q. Heb. TtJ, it!Ji, q. v. Dan. 2, 15. 17. 19. ')'::!S2 pr- in that time, thereupon, immediately, Dan. 2, 14. 35. 3, 13. 19. 21. 26. )':^^ )^ from then, ince that time, Ezra 5, 16, i. q. Hebr. ^'^'^^ adj. (r. "nix) 1. large, great, mighty, e. g. mighty waves Ps; 93, 4 ; of a large ship Is. 33, 21. 2. mighty, powerful, of kings Ps. 136, 18 ; of nations Ez. 32, 18 ; of gods 1 Sam. 4, 8. 3. a chief, a prince, plur. chiefs, nobles, pHnces, 2 Chr. 23, 20. Neh. 10, 30. bsb C-i'^'riX a princely botbl i. e. precious, Judg. 5, 25. )^^r\ ^n^'nx chiefs of the flock i. q. shepherds, C^SJ""!, Jer. 25, 34 sq. 4. splendid, glorious, Ps. 8, 2. 5. Trop. of moral qualities, noble, ex- cellent, excelling in piety and virtue. Ps. 16, 3 the saints wha are in the earth, D2 "^l^Bn-bs '^y^'iS^'l and the excellent [of the earth] all my delight is in them, i. e. I delight in them alone. '^^f'l''^ Persian, Adaliah, pr. n. of a son of Haman, Esth. 9, 8. DjK to be red, ruddy; Arab. mid. E and O, and Ethiop. id. also to be beau- tiful. Once in Kal, Lam. 4, 7 their prin- ces .. . are whiter than milk, dsi^. si^'iij t3"'3'i3Q/Q they are more ruddy in body than corals. Whiteness and ruddiness belong to the description of youthful beauty ; hence it is not correct to refer l'3'7i< in this passage to the idea of dazzling whiteness, as Bochart has done in Hie- roz. II. p. 688, and Ludolf in Comm. ad Hist. -Ethiop. p. 206 ; although the Romans do indeed use purpureus of any shining whiteness, Hor. Od. 4. 1. 10; comp. Voss ad Virg. Georg. p. 750. But these writers would hardly have fallen into this opinion, had they not been anxious to make out for CS'^SS the signi- fication oi^ pearls. PuAL Part. D'nX'Q made red, dyed red, Nah. 2, 4. Ex. 25^ 5. 35, 7. 23. Hi PH. to be red, pr. to make oneself red, to redden. Is. 1, 18. HiTHPA. to be red, e. g. wine in a cup, to blush, to sparkle, Prov. 23, 31. Deriv. D'lK '^'JX ; comp. also Dn . 0*7^ m. 1. a maw, a human being, male or female, pr. one red, ruddy, as it would seem. The Arabs distinguish two races of men ; the one red, ruddy, or perh. copper- coloured, which we call white; t) ther black. This word has neither c .struct nor plural form, but is very oflen collect, for men, mankind, the human race, Ger 1, 26. 27. 6, 1. Ps. 68, 19. 76, 11. Job2\ 29 ; o'liJ-^S all men Job 21, 33. Some times put in the gen. af\er adjectives, as fi^ij ''3'i'^r^ ihe poor of men, among men, i. e. poor men. Is. 29, 19, comp. Hos. 13, 2 ; so with S intervening, as cnjts D^naa Prov. 23, 28. Spec, a) For other men, the rest of mankind, opp. to those in question, Jer. 32, 20 bx'^b'^a Dii^n^ in Israel and among other men. Judg. 16, 7. 18, 28. Ps. 73, 5. Is. 43, 4. b) Of common men, men of low degree, opp. to those of higher rank and better character; so Q'^I^S like (common) Twcn, Job 31, 33. Hos'. 6,' 7. Ps. 8^ 7. So in antith. with ^"^X men of high degree, nobles, Is. 2, 9. 5, 15 ; D'^'nb Ps. 82, 7, comp. Is. 29, 21 ; and in Plur. ^ii-^X ^33 Ps. 49, 3. Prov. 8, 4. c) Of slaves* like ^53, Num. 16, 32. d) Of soldiers, like Engl, men. Is. 22, 6. Comp. \!3iN no. 1. 1. 2. a man, not a woman, i. q. ttJ'^K . Ecc. 7, 28 one man [worthy of the name] among a thousand have I found, but a woman among them all have I not found. 3. any man, any one. Lev. 1, 2. With a negative, no man, no one. Job 32, 21. Comp. ;2J'iS< no. 3. 4. Adam, pr. n. a) Of the first man, Gen. 2, 7 sq. At least in these passages fi'ifi< assumes the nature of a proper name in a certain degree, designating I D^K 15 the man as the only one of his kind ; comp. V?3fl Baal, the lord xax i^ox. )a*^SIi Satan. Lehrg. p. 653, 654. Hence Sept. "Adafx, Vulg. Adam, b) Of a city- near the Jordan, Josh. 3, 16. 5. o'ii<"'|2 , with art. nni|, and .|5|, the sixth month of the Syro-Macedonians. Perh. from Pers. ^61 fire. "^tlfi? Chald. id. Ezra 6, 15. "T^i? see ^v5<'*i^n . ^'l^ m. pr. largeness, amplitude ; hence 1. a wide cloak, mantle, i. q. rin'n&< ^ Mic. 2, 8. 2. greatness, splendour, whence Zech. 11, 13 ">I^'?n *>12< splendour of the price, i. e. the splendid price, ironically. "Tnij! Chald. (r. "i'i3 II ) area, threshing- floor, pr. a wide open place, Dan. 2, 35. v' r s - of Syr. p?l, Arab. nJoi. Hence some refer it to Arab, s Jo .excidit granum ; but in Arab. \ Jol the nd seems to be for dd. ^ I'^'^T^'?'^^ Chald. plur. m. chief-judges, Dan. 3, 2. 3. Compounded from "'iN i. q. "li^. greatness, comp. '^"nx no. 3; and 'p"]T5 judges, comp. "lU . ^^n"?^ Chald. adv. Ezra 7, 2. 3 right- ly, diligently, carefully, Vulg. diligenter. Prob. it is a Persian word, perh. i. q. Pers. (OuwwNtJ recte, vere, probe. *|i2*1'li|| m. only in Plur. t3'^3i3")'iK 1 Chr. 29. 7. Ezra 8, 27, i. q. r'^^"?^ daric, a Persian coin of pure gold, com- mon also among the Jews while they were under the Persian dominion. The X is prosthetic; comp. in Mishna "I'iS'^'^ and Syr. |ja-a>9? . Th<3 etymology is not certain, although vre can hardly doubt that the word is kindred to the pr. n. Z>aHi/5, tti']^"i"n . Others make it either: a) Dimin. from "C"^ , daric, daQitjxtji:, if the common reading is correct in Strabo XVI. p. 5874; or b) A compound from Mj king (Darius) and j^O appear- ance, figure. The daric was equal in value to the Attic ;^^'o-oDc, which, ac- cording to our mode of reckoning, was worth nearly 1^ German ducats, or about three Spanish dollars ; see Boeckh Staatsh. der Ath. I. p. 23. The coin usually bears the image of an archer with a'tiara. Darics of gold and silver are extant in the Museums of Paris and Vienna. See Eckhel Doctr. Num. P. I. Vol. III. p. 551. ^^'S'^^^ (contr. for Tj^^.^ "^nx splen- dour of the king) Adram,nvelech, pr. n. a) An idol of the Sepharvitee or Sip- TJJ^ 17 nrii^ parenes brought from Mesopotamia to Samaria, 2 K. 17, 31. b) A son of Sen- nacherib king of Assyria, who aided in slaying his father, Is. 37, 38. 2 K. 19, 37. ^^7? Chald. i. q. SJ-n^ , the arm, with K prosthetic, Ezra 4, 23. Hebr. siiT . In the Targums with Patah y'n'liSJ . Hence "^^^l? (strong, mighty) Edre% pr. n. a) The former metropolis of Bashan, situated in the territory of Manasseh, Num. 21, 33. Deut. 1, 4. Josh. 12, 4. Called by Eusebius 'Adgaix, by I^tolemy "Adga, by Arabian geographers cn\ Zer'a, now Lc\4> Defk. [According to Euseb. and the Peut. Tables, it lay 24 Rom. miles from Bozrah on the way to Capitolias and Gadara. See Reland Palsestina p. 547. Bibl. Res. in Pal. III. App. p. 152. R.] b) A city in Naph- tali, Josh. 19, 37. ^y^^ 1. Fem. of adj. ^"^^X , large, great, mighty, (comp. '^"^h^ , f. na^TT ,) Ez. 17, 8 n'n'nx "jsa a large vine, i. e. full of branches and leaves. Comp. "i''"n&? no. 1. 2. Subst. a wide cloak, mantle, pallium, 1 K. 19, 13. 19. 2 K. 2, 13. 14. Jon. 3, 6. 1:^3 d n"i"nj< a Babylonish mantle Josh. 7, 21, i. e. variegated with figures, having the figures of men and animals interwo- ven in colours ; comp. Plin. H. N. 8. 48. So i:Pb n'^'^lX a hairy mantle, shaggy with hair, or (according to some) of fur, Gen. 25, 25. Zech. 13, 4. 3. splendour, glory, Zech. 11, 3. * '^^? i. q. ^^^ , to thresh, once inf. absol. Is. 28, 28 JiSUJii'i^ mii< threshing he threshes it. * ^l!^ and !^1^ fut. nnx;; and snx'i , 1 pers. snx Prov. 8, 17 and nns Hos. 14, 5 ; inf 3nx Ecc. 3, 8, also nsrJX q. v. 1. to breathe after, to long for, to de- sire, c, ace. Ps, 4, 4. 40, 17. 70, 5 ; seq. *3 Ps. 116, 1. This sense of breathing after belongs to the syllables 3n , sn , and with the letters softened 35< , 15< ; . ss ^ comp. the roots Pnti ; nan , ,_>::>. to de- sire, to love ; nix and nnx to desire, to be willing. 2. to love, in which signif it is kindr. 2# with nss , a/aTtaca. With ace. Gen. 37_ 3. 4. Deut. 4, 37 ; rarely c. b Lev. 19, 18. 34. 1 K. 5, 15 ; c. 3 Ecc. 5, 9. 1 Sam. 20, 17 i3fii< idss n3ni< he loved him as he loved his own soul. Part, ahk a friend, loving and beloved, intimate, different from ?'n a companion, Prov. 18, 24. Esth. 5, 10. 14. Is. 41, 8 ^arij< orj'^ai? 3?nT the seed of Abraham my friend. 3. to love to do any thing, to delight in doing, seq. infin. c. h , Hos. 12, 8 pttJ5>b nnx /le loveth to oppress. Is. 56, 10. Jer. 14, 10. NiPH. part, nnxs lovely, amiable, wor- thy of love, 2 Sam. 1, 23. Pi EL part. ar;ir^i< (dholka), with He parag. ribn X ; ' Plur. D^^briK Syriasm for u^^.^i^ Lehrg. p. 152, 572 ; with pref O'^bnxa Judg. 8, 11. Jer. 35, 7. 10 ; constr. "^in&j' c. suff. I'^brjk , Tj-'bnwS , V "TJ < 1. a tent, tabernacle. Gen. 9, 27. al. 'isiTa hnk tabernacle of the congregation or of assembly, comm. tabernacle of the covenant, i. e. the movable and portable sanctuary of the Israelites in the desert, described Ex. c. 26, comp. c. 36 ; also called simply bnkn 1. K. 1, 39. As to the distinction in the tabernacle,between bri K and 13^^ , the former {^^^) denoted the exterior covering, consisting of twelve curtains of goats' hair, which was placed over the proper dwelling ("5 Jt:) i. e. the twelve interior curtains or hang- ings which lay upon the frame-work; see Ex. 26, 1. 7. 36, 8. 14. 19. 2. a dwelling, habitation, house. Is. 16, 5 Ti'n bnk the habitation of David. 1 K. 8, 66. Jer. 4, 20. Lam. 2, 4. Poet. Ps. 132, 3 '^n'^n bnka ndn c&< / will not enter the dwelling of my house. 3. Spec, the temple, Ez. 41, 1. 4. Ohel, pr. n. ofa son of Zerubbabel, 1 Chr. 3, 20. ^^0^ Oholah, Aholah, pr. n. of a harlot, used by Ezekiel as the symbol of Samaria, Ez. 23, 4 sq. Put for }nbln5< (Mappik) i. e. she has her tent, her own tabernacle, temple. nibri^i; see in tJ'i^fJX . n^'ibnfij (tent of his father) Aholiab, pr. n. of an artificer, Ex. 31, 6. 35, 34. nn'ibnSJ OhoUbah, AhoUbah, pr. n. of a harlot, used by Ezekiel as the symbol of the idolatrous kingdom of Judah, Ez. 23, 4 sq. lit. my tabernacle is in her, rJ3 for na . Comp. nbnx . ntli^'bnjj (tent of the height) Aholi- bamah, pr. n. ofa wife of Esau, Gen. 36, 2. 14 ; also of an Edomitish tribe, v. 14. n^bnif:^ Num. 24, 6. Prov. 7, 17, and InibnaH Ps. 45, 9. Cant. 4, 14, Plur. a spe "l 19 nix cies of odoriferous tree growing in India, called by the Greeks liyaXXoxov, later ^vhiXoi], in modern times lignum, aloes^ also lignum paradisi, and lignum aquilce, ExccBcaria Agallocha Linn. See Diosc. lib. 1.21. The Heb. as well as the Greek name is derived from the Indian name of the tree, Sanscr. agaru and aguru (the r being softened into Z), also agarukam. See Celsius in Hierobot. T. I. p. 135- 170. Gildemeister de rebus Indicis, Fasc. I. p. 65, 66. The Portuguese aloo would seem to have heard the name under the form agulu or the like ; since they call this wood aquilce lignum. "'G? a doubtful root ; hence perhaps "jT^ri^ pr. n. m. (perh. i. q. "liirt moun- taineer, comp. Arab, joj)^) -4aron, the elder brother of Moses. Ex. 6, 20. 7, 7 ; and the first high-priest, Ex. c. 29. Lev. c. 8. "ji^viX ^^2 sons qf Aaron Josh. 21, 4. 10. 13; poet, linnx n^a hoiise of Aaron Ps. 115, 10. 12. 118, 3, put for the pi-iests in general. So Aaron for any high-priest Ps. 133, 2. "1^ 5 constr. ix , a noun after the form i::, ij?, from r. Hlij to will,. to desire. 1. Subst. will, desire, appetite, once Prov. 31, 4 Cheth. "isia ix D^atib^ 7ior for princes the desire of strong drink. Keri is^ "^X (to say) where is strong drink ? 2. free-will, choice, and hence constr. ix as a Conjunction, implying the power of freely choosing this or that, or, either; comp. Lat. vel, apoc. ve, from velle. "f Arab. .| . Deut. 13, 2 nsiTS ix mx the sign or the wonder. Job 3, 15. 2. K. 2, 16 nix';.nn "inxa ix D^^inrr "inxa upon some mountain or into some valley. Re- peated i. q. sive sive, whether or. Lev. 5, 1 'S^') ix nxT ix whether he hath seen or known. Ex. 21, 31. Sometimes it is intensive, i. q. or rather, 1 Sam. 29, 3 who hath been with me now these many days, D''2aj nt ix or rather these years. of ' c So Arab, .f , which they explain by Ju Sometimes also ellipt. for "'D iX or (be )f ) that, or (it must be) that, with fut. sub- junct. where we may properly render or else, unless perhaps. (Comp. Arab. | c. fut. nasb. ellipt. for ^%^^t< wh:ch ^ s is explained by ^%| ^f| unless.) Is. 27, 5 I would burn them all together, pm^ ix i-ty^a or else let them lay hold of my refuge, i. e. unless they take hold etc. Lev. 26, 41. Ez. 21, 15 [10]. Hence 3. As a conditional particle, pr. if one choose, i. q. if, if perhaps, but if Sept. idv, comp. Lat. sive, in which lies also of the si conditional. So Arab. ! is often explained by the Grammarians by ^% I . With fut. 1 Sam. 20, 10 who shall tell me t^tp^ rj-iax ?13?rna ix if thy father an- swer thee any thing harshly? Sept. iav, Vulg. si forte. (Winer attributes to this passage more than the context will bear, in endeavouring to make out a disjunc- tive sense, ad Sim. Lex. p. 26.) Ex. 21, 36X!in nas lid ^s rnis ix but if it be known, that the ox was wont to push, Sept. iav 8s, Vulg. sin autem. Lev. 4, 23. 28. 2 Sam. 18, 13. Without a verb, Gen. 24, 55 let the maiden abide with us "lib::? ix D"^^"^ some days, if perhaps ten, q. d. ten days if she choose; Sept. tiut^ag (had dixa, Vulg. dies saltem decern. In this example the primary sense o^ choice remains ; nor can it be well explained : multos dies, aut saltem decem. ^i^^fi5 (prob. will of God, from IX, ix, r. nix) Uel, pr. n. Ezra 10, 34. * ni5< or 21^^ obsol. rootj'i. q. Arab. v>|| for ^^j.l. 1. to come back, to return; also to come to one's senses, resipiscere, whence <^Ul resipiscens. 2. to go down, to set, e. g. the sun. 3. to come by night, espec. in order to 9,af get water. Conj. V, VIII, id. **->L>f a water-carrier, aquarius. Hence in He- brew: ^1^5 , plur. ninix masc. comp. for the gender of the plur. Job 32, 19. 1. a leathern bottle, pr. a water-skin, for carrying water, see r. aix no. 3. Spoken of skins for wine, Job 1. c. rinX3 ypa*] o'^^^n like riew bottles, which burst, i. e. like skins full of new wine. 2. vsxQOfiavTig or vexvofiavjig, i. e. a nii^ 20 tna^ necromancer, sorcerer, a conjurer who professes to call up the dead by means of incantations and magic formulas, in order that they may give response as to doubtful or future things ; comp. 1 Sam. 28, 7. Is. 8, 19. 29, 3. Deut. 18, 11. 2 K. 21, 6. 2 Chr. 33, 6. Plur. nisit Lev. 19, 31. 20, 6. 1 Sam. 28, 3. 9. Is. 8, 19. 19, 3. Spec, put a) For the divining spirit, the foreboding dejnon, python, supposed to be present in the body of such a conjurer ; comp. Acts 16, 16. So Lev. 20, 27 ttJ-^X nix Dnn n^f^^i ^3 n^s^ ix a man or a woman in whom is the spirit of divina- tion, Eng. 'familiar spirit.' 1 Sam. 28, 8 nixn "^h xr* i52D|? divine unto me by the foreboding spirit ; whence such a sorce- ress is called nifi< nbra n\^x a woman in whom is a divining spirit, 1 Sam. 28, 7. 8. b) For the dead, the shade or spirit evoked. Is. 29,4 T^blp ynx^ Sixs ri"^r|^ and thy voice shall be like a shade out of the ground. The LXX usually render nin'&t by eyyaaiQifiv&oL, ventriloquists, and correctly ; since among the ancients this power of ventriloquism was oflen mis- used for the purposes of magic. As to the connection between these two signifi- cations of bottle and necromancer, it prob. arose from regarding the conjurer, while possessed by the demon, as a bottle, i. e. vessel, case, in which the demon was contained. Hence n'llli^ (water-skins) Oboth, pr. n. of a station of the Israelites in the desert, Num. 21, 10. 34, 43. It must be sought in the desert on the eastern skirts of Idumea, not far from Moab. b^nii5 1 Chr. 27, 30, Obil, pr. n. of an Ishmaelite. who had charge of the cam- els of David. It signifies pr. chief of the camels, like Arab. JGI and JjoI fi'om Jo! camel The form b'^nisi is for bmi< , as rp ^irn for Ti^in Ps. 16, 5. b2'M^ and ^?^, m. (r. Vn"^) a stream, river, only in Dan. 8. 2. 3. 6. * l^J}^ and 1**^! obsol. root. 1. to bend, to inflect, Arab. (SI mid. Waw ; then to turn, to turn about or over, to stir, see eubsl. n^iX, ni^iJ< ; also to put around, to surround, see ^!St . Corresponding is Heb. 'n^2>. Hence 2. to load, to burden, to press down with 9 ^ weight ;' vfhencQ d^} heavy, burden- ed t,:^ " 9 '^^ some, H5*I a load, weight, 4>tUo mis- fortunes, evils, calamities, by which one is weighed down ; see T^!^ . ^^ --.^ 3. i. q. 511 for Jot, to be strong, ro- bust ; Conj. II, to strengthen, to aid, Jo I and t>j strength, might, force ; whence Heb. ^X^ . Comp. n\^;5 and other verbs which also connect the notions of weight and strength. I^X m. pr. a woodenpoker, with which a fire is stirred, see r. ^^5t no 1 ; hence any burnt wood, a f re-brand, Zech. 3, 2. Am. 4, 11. Is. 7, 4. Syr. and Chald. id. Others make it i. q. t^j-fr wood. nnii5 plur. pr. turnings, turns, see r. 1W no. 1 ; then circumstances, reasons, 9 ^^ causes of things. Comp. v^^^jaw cause, from r. nSD to turn about; JL&. way, manner, cause, fl-om JLi , ^^H , to turn oneself; Germ, um for wegen; b^53 be- cause of^ from bba . Found only in the formula ninijA-b? Lq. ^n-i b?, "i-nn-n b?, for the causes, i. e. on account of, be- cause of, propter. Gen. 21, 11. 25. 26, 32. Ex. 18, 8 ; c. suff. ^T^i'ik b? on my ac- count, Josh. 14, 6. ni^x ni^b<-b3 b? for all these causes that, for this very cause that, Jer. 3, 8. In some editt. is found 2 Sam. 13, 16 ni"ix bx, which has arisen from combining two readings, niniit-bi< and ni'Tis< b?. 1 . n^i2s not used in Kal, pr. to bend, to inflect ; comp. kindr. f\)'$^ . Hence 1. to turn aside, to take lodging, to lodge, to dwell; i.q. Arab, ^^.f Conj. I, II ; (^^i->o a lodging, dwelling. See deriv. "'K . 2. i. q. Arab, ^l] to incline, to have a bent, i. e. to desire, to long for, to wish ; see Pi. Hithpa. and comp. ^BH. Kindr. roots are Snnx , Lat. aveo, Arab. ^^^ , I Sanscr. aw, to desire. " 9j r nii^ 21 Pi el. JiiiH i. q. Kal no. 2, to desire^ to long for, ascribed mostly to the soul, U3S3 . Prov: 21, 10 SJ'i nnJ|&< 5'^"^ ^S3 ^Ae soul of tJie wicked desireth evil. Deut. 12, 20. 14, 26. Job 23, 13. 33, 20. 1 Sam. 2, 16. 2 Sam. 3, 21. Mic. 7, 1. Without ttJsa Ps. 132, 13. 14. Is. 26, 9 rpn^?x ''TiJsa nb']|2 mi/ soul even / desire thee in the night; comp. Tj'nas for /, with 1 pers. Gen. 44, 32. HiTHPA. ri35'^ [or if] ^perhaps it yield, strangers shall devour it. Jer. 21, 2. C3 ___ ^ CS In like manner Arab. Jju and Jld perhaps, is pr. whether not, ellipt. As to its origin, for ^\ , and its various forms and use, see De Sacy Gramm. Arabe 1. 867, and note. More nearly corre- sponding are the Talmudic particles X^aai and Jt^b**":; pr. whether not, annon, then whether perhaps, if perhaps, fortasse ; e. g. Pirke Aboth 2, 4 ' ne dicas : cum otiosus fuero, discam, fortasse (ntstti) non eris otiosus.' Berach 2, 1. 9. Also fji^a what if? perhaps, which is put for Heb. ibtiM Is. 47, 12. II. '^^^fi^ pr. n. Vlai, Eulceus, a river flowing by Susa in Persia, and emptying itself into the united stream of the Eu- phrates and Tigris, called by the Greeks Choaspes, now Kerah. Dan. 8, 2. See Hdot. 5. 49. Plin. H. N. 6. 27 or 31. R. K. Porter's Travels, Vol. II. p. 412, and Map. Db^i^^ Db^, (Kamets impure,) Plur. d'^5abs<, (r. bix no. 3,) pr. the anterior part, front ; hence 1. vestibule, porch, portico, 1 K. 7, 6 sq. Ez. 40, 7 sq. Spec, of the vestibule or porch erected on the eastern front of the temple of Solomon, Gr. o ngovnoq, 1 K. 6, 3. Joel 2, 17 ; more fully obMX nin-i 2 Chr. 15, 8. 29, 17. The altitude of this porch is said (2 Chr. 3, 4) to have been 120 cubits, while the height of the temple itself was only 30 cubits, and its length 60 cubits, 1 K. 6, 2. This would give to the porch the form of a tower, unless there is here an error in the text. Perhaps for nii;i335", nxTa we may read with Meyer and others d"i-',^S miai< twenty cubits. 2. Adv. pr. in front, and therefore (Op- posite, on the contrary ; hence trop. as a strong adversative particle, but, but yet, nay but, nevertheless, ov ^rjv aXXa, as Sept. well. Job 2, 5. 5, 8. 13, 3. Often also dblKI , Sept. ov fxr]v da aXXa, Gen. 48, 19.' Ex. 9, 16. Job 1, 11. 12, 7. 33, 1. Where two adversative propositions stand one after the other, the Hebrews repeat the adversative particle, as in Engl. e. g. dbsiiti db^it Job 13, 3. 4. Comp. "isi ^3.* Once m Job 17, 10 it is written dbj^ , where some Mss. falsely read dbx . It may be worth inquiry, whether this particle also, as well as "'bsix, may not be compounded from l&t i. q. ix an, whether, and db i. q, 1-^^^ J aJ , not, in the ellipt. sense, [wh( knows] whether not, i. q. but perhaps^ This conjecture would seem to b( supported by the Syriac word i^^o] which according to the ancient Syrian lexicographers signifies ' annon, fbrtasse.' 3. Ulam, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 7, 16. b) 8, 39. 40. ^^5^f: (r. ^\s) 1. folly, very often in Proverbs, as 5, 23. 12, 23. 13, 16. 14, 17. 18.29. 15, 2. 14. 21. 2. Impl. impiety, wickedness, comp. nb33 . Ps. 38, 6. 69, 6. 3. Perh. the first place, high rank, power, from r. bsi5< no. 3. Prov. 14, 24 nbljX o'^b'^bS rib^x the precedence of fools is folly, i. e. high honour is to them only a source of foolish actions. There would seem to be here a paronomasia or play upon the twofold signification of r^.)3!5< . "^^^^ (perh. eloquent, talkative, Syr. lioJao] , r. "1535*) Omar, pr. n. m. Gen. 36, 11. p^ obsol. root. 1. Pr. to be no- thing, not to be, i. e. having a negative power, like X^ia and kindred forms, as Qb, xJL^, to hinder, 53^, l^ia ; the same power which in most languages is expressed by the letter n; comp. Sanscr. na, no, an and a privative; Pers. au, Ij ; Zend, and Copt, an; Gr. vr) in v^TTiog, vrjf^fQTijg, and ocvsv ; Lat. ne, nemo, non, also in priv. prefixed to ad- jectives ; Germ, nie, nein, and vulgar ne, also ohne and un prefixed to adjec- tives; Engl, no, nay, not, and un, in privative ; also Greek avalvofiat. Less frequently the negative power is ex- pressed by the kindred letters m, comp. Sanscr. ma, Gr. /t^' ; and I, comp. ikh , ^^5 !^^) ''rlj ^^, ^^, ^^5J. Hence 'J':5<, ')''&< nothing, not, "ilX nothingness. From the idea of nothing come the following tropical senses : 2. to be vain, empty, fruitless ; and hence to be false, worthless, wicked, see i;jx no. 1, 2, 3. Comp. in Engl. ' to be nothing worth,' 'there is nothing in him;' Lat. 'homo nequam.' 3. to be deficient in strength, debilitat- ed, exhausted. Arab, ^t mid. Ye, to be weak, exhausted ; ^^j weariness, trou- ble, sorrow. Hence "j^x no. 4, D'^sxn labours. 4. to be light, easy, facile; since 23 r things light and easy are to us *)'^!X'3, Engl, as nothing. Comp. )^'n to be hght, easy. Hence )i^ I, faculty (facility) of doing any thing, ability, power. 1!}^ m. (r. ')!!I5< no. 1) c. suff. Tjaix, Wii^ Jer. 4, '14. Ps. 94, 23. Plur. DisiK Prov. 11, 7. 1. nothingness, vanity, also a vain and empty thing. Is. 41, 29. Zech. 10, 2. Spec, of the nothingness of idols and of every thing pertaining to idolatry (comp. bnri) 1 Sam. 15, 23 ; and so put for an idol, idols. Is. 66, 3. Hence in Hosoa the city ^iJ^'n'^a house of God, as being given to idolatry, is scornfully called lljlij-nia hmse of idols, Hos. 4, 15. 10, 5. Here too are to be referred : a) r\?p3 JliJ plain ofAven (idols), Amos 1, 5, i. e. a certain valley in the vicinity of Damas- cus, perh. Heliopolis of Syria, b) l^ifit Aven for "jix i. e. Heliopolis of Egypt Ez. 30, 17 ; bat with the notion of an idolatrous city. Spec. 2. nothingness of words, i. e. false' hood, deceit, Ps. 36, 4. Prov. 17, 4. 3. nothingness as to worth, naughti- ness, wickedness, iniquity, comp. r. )*) no. 2. Num. 23, 21. Job 36, 21. Is. 1, 13. jix "^n?:, iix "iT^isx, wicked men, Job 22, 15. 34, 36. "jlfij "i^^s's workers of iniquity, evil doers, 3lV3. 34, 8. 22. Plur. o"'Dii< Prov. 11, 7, prob. for Xi^ ^^}.^^ as in Sept. Chald. Syr. Arab.' ' " 4. toil, trouble, evil, calamity, i. q. ba^ . Ps. 55, 4 they cast calamity upon me. Prov. 22, 8 he that soweth iniquity shall reap evil, calamity. Ps. 90, 10. Job 15, 35. Hab. 3, 7. Spec, sorrow, pain. Gen. 35, 18 "^SiU^'l^ Ben-oni, i. e. son of my sorrow, caix dnb bread of sorrows i. e. the food of mourners, which was reckoned unclean, Hos. 9, 4; comp. Deut. 26, 14. Note. As *)15^ with suffixes coincides as to form with )i^ , care must be taken not to confound the two words. I. X^^ m. (r. ')*l^5 no. 4) faculty, ability; hence 1. strength, power, Job 18, 7. 12. 40, 16. Spec, of manly vigour, power of procrea- tion, lixn n^aixn tJ\e first-fruits or first- ling of one's strength, the first-born, Gen. 49, 3. Deut. 21. 17. Ps. 105, 36. Plur n-^Dix Is. 40, 26. 29. Ps. 78. 51. lis 2. wealth, substance, Hos. 12, 9. Job 20,10. 3. On, pr. n. m. Num. 16, 1. II. y\^ Gen. 41, 50 and f^ 41, 45. 46, 20, On, the domestic pr. n. of an ancient Egyptian city, in Ez. 30, 17 written l^i* q. V. no. 1. b. Called also by the He- brews, prob. as a translation of the Egyptian name, ti2^ n-^Si Beth-shemesh, i. e. house of the sun, Jer. 43, 13; by the Greeks Heliopolis, city of the sun ; by the Arabs ^JJ^ ,jj^ Mm Shem^, i. e. fountain of the sun. Coptic UJil which signified light, and spec, the sun, as there seems hardly a doubt ; comp. OTem, OeJil, OTCWmi, light, lumi- nary ; see Peyron Lex. p. 273. The city stood on the eastern side of the Nile, a few miles north of Memphis ; and was celebrated for the worship and temple of the sun, and for its obelisks, one of which remains to the present day; Diod. Sic. I. 85. Hdot. 2. 59. Near the ruins of the ancient city is a fountain still called 'Ain Shems, in the adjacent modern village of Matariyeh. Comp. Descr. de I'Egypte, Antiq. V. PI. 26, 27. Bibl. Res. in Pal. I. p. 36, 37. isiS (strong, for lisis) Ono, pr. n. of a city in Benjamin, Ezra 2, 33. Neh. 7, 37. 11, 35. 1 Chr. 8, 12 ; with a valley or plain of like name, Neh. 6, 2. ni^Dii? f plur. 2 Chr. 8, 18 Cheth. for ni*5X ships, with Vav as mater lectionis redundant. Djii^ (strong, stout) Onam, pr. n. m. a) Gen. 36, 23. b) 1 Chr. 2, 26. Ijij!^ (id.) Onan, pr. n. of a son of Judah, Gen. 38, 9. 46, 12. Num. 26, 19. TS^"^ Uphaz, pr. n. of a gold country, Jer. 10, 9. Dan. 10, 5. It seems to be corrupted out of ""^Six ; since the letters n and T are also elsewhere interche^nged, comp. pt2 and p'^3 lightning, ysd and 'y-is? to boast. TBii5 , "l5Di , "\^i5 , pr. n. Ophir, a celebrated region, abo%nding in, gold, which the seamen of Solomon in com- pany with the Phenicians were accus- tomed to visit, taking thqjr departure from the ports of the Elanitic gulf, and 24 Sni^ bringing back every three years gold. precious stones, and sandal-wood, also silver, ivory, apes, and peacocks ; 1 K. 9, 28. 10, 11. 2 Chr. 8, 18. 9, 10 ; espec. 1 K. 10, 22, where Ophir is to be understood, although not expressly mentioned. The gold of Ophir is frequently mentioned in the O. T. as Job 28, 16. Ps. 45, 10. Is. 13, 12. 1 Chr. 29, 4; once also -i"'B'i&< itself is put for gold of Ophir Job 22, 24. As to the geographical situation of Ophir, there is the greatest diversity of opinion among commentators. Yet among modern interpreters, the best hesitate only between two regions, viz. Jridia, and some part of Arabia. Thai Ophir is to be sought in India, was the opinion of Josephus (Ant. 8. 6. 4), and among the moderns, of Vitringa, Reland, and others ; and this view is supported by the following arguments : a) The countries of India abound m the arti- cles of traffic above mentioned; and se- veral of these, as ivory and sandal-wood^ are found only in India ; also the words for apes and peacocks correspond en- tirely with the Indian words for the same on the coast of Malabar, and are doubt- less derived from these latter ; see qip , D'i'3Pi . b) The LXX have everywhere (except once in Gen. 10, 29) for n-nsix put 2ov(fiQ, 2:ov(pHQ, 2m(fiq, Swcfflg, -2'o)- qxxgd, 2b)(pr,Qd. But COqxp , according to the ancient Coptic lexicographers, (whose authority, however, is not very great.) is the name for India, c) There exists in India a district from the name of which both the names Ophir and So- phir may be readily explained, viz. 2ov- ndgix, the Ovnnaga of Arrian, (Sanscr. Uppara upper,) situated in the hither Chersonesus where is now the celebrated emporium of Goa, and mentioned by Ptolemy, Ammianus, and Abulfeda. Of not less weight are the arguments brought in favour of Arabia; which view is supported among the moderns by Michaelis (Spicil. II. p. 184 sq.) Gos- selin, Vincent, Bredow (Histor. Unters. II. p. 253), T. C. Tychsen, Seetzen in Zach's Monatl. Corresp. XIX. p. 331 sq. and others. It is said : a) That Ophir, in Gen. 10, 29, is enumerated among other regions mhabited by the descend- B']^ 25 *m ants of Joktan ; all of which, so far as known to us, are to be sought in the southern part of Arabia, and especially between Sabssa and Havilah, both of which are rich in gold ; although it can- not be denied that Ophir, even if more remote and situated in India, might have been referred, in this genealogical list of nations, to the colonies of the Joktanidae. b) Of the articles of traffic above men- tioned, only certain ones, indeed, as gems and apes, are now found in Arabia ; and in modern times no gold whatever is found there. But that formerly certain districts at least of Arabia abounded in gold, and that too native and IxnvQog, is testified not only by the writers of the O. T. e. g. Num. 31, 22. 50. Judg. 8, 24. 26. Ps. 72, 15 ; but also by Diod. Sic. 2. 50. ib. 3. 44, 47, (comp. in taiS ,) by Agatharchides ap. Phot. Cod. 250, by Artemidorus ap. Strab. 16. 4. 22, and by Pliny H. N. 6. 28, 32. The authority of all these witnesses cannot well be im- peached; since the mines may have been exhausted or wholly neglected, as in Spain ; or the globules of native gold formerly found in the sand may have failed, c) Ophir is expressly mentioned as an island of Arabia by Eupolemus ap. Euseb. Prsep. Eva'ng. IX. 30 ; and at the present day there exists a place called el- Ophir in the district of Oman, a lew miles from the city Sohar towards the interior. However it may be as to the respec- tive merits of these two hypotheses, (for we cannot here exhaust the discussion,) they are both far more probable than that which assigns Ophir to the eastern coast of 4/^ca, making it to comprise Nigritia and the Sofala of Arabiaji writers, now Zanguebar and Mozam- bique, where there is a gold district call- ed Fura ; an opinion held by Grotius, H let, D'Anville, Bruce, Schulthess, and omers. "jSii^ m. (r. ')Bi<) constr. ')S1i<, plur. B''Sai&<, a wheel, Ex. 14, 25. al. Prov. 20, 26 "jSix onib? n^a^l and tumeth over them the wheel sc. of the threshing- sledge, i. e. he crushes them in pieces ; Bee in ^^I'n . Y*1K 1. to press on, to urge, to hasten anyone, Ex. 5, 13. Comp. Chald. y:iVi Kindr. both in sound and signif are the roots Y^i<, y^\i Y^h comp. nii^io. 2. Intrans. to urge oneself^ to hasten, to make haste, Josh. 10, 13. Prov. 19, 2. 28, 20.' With "iia , tohastenfrom, i.q. to with- draw oneself, Jer. 17, 16 nsSia ^T\^i< n!* ^^;)'!)*<, for nyn ni%ia, I have not with- drawn myself from being a pastor (pro phet) after thee. 3. to press close, i. e. to he strait, narrow. Josh. 17, 15. Hi PH. i. q. Kal no. 1, to press on tb urge, to hasten ary one; c. inf et b, Is. 22, 4 ; with a of pers. Gen. 19, 15. ' ^21X m. constr. n^ix,plur. nii:2'X. R. "i:?x. 1. Pr. what is laid up, a store, stock, 6. g. of fruits, produce, provision, 2 Chr. 11, 11. 1 Chr. 27, 27; espec. of gold, silver, and otker precious things, treas- ure, e. g. of the treasures of the temple 1 K. 7, 51 ; of the king 14, 26. 15, 18. "IS1X n^a treasure-house, treasuryj Neh. 10,39. 2. i. q. "i^lit 'a a store-house, gamer, Joel 1, 17 ; a treasury 2 Chr. 32, 27. '"^ to be or become light, to shine, to be bright. Gen. 44, 3 ; also of the eyes of a fainting person when he recovers 1 Sam. 14, 27. 29. Prset. impers. lix it is light 1 Sam. 29, 10. Imperat. "''nix , Is. 60, 1 shine, be bright, i. e. be sur- rounded and resplendent with light. NiPH. -listi , fut. "mx;] , i. q. Kal, 2 Sam. 2,32. Job 33,^30 -lixb for ^ixnb to hecoTne light, to be made light, to dawn. Part. 11X3 , bright, splendid, glorious, Ps. 76, 5. HiPH. "T^xn I. to lighten, to make light, to illuminate, c. accus. Ps. 77, 19. 97, 4. 105, 39. a) 's ^}y^ -i^xti to enlight- en the eyes of any one, which before were dark, dim, i. e. to recall him as it were to life, Ps. 13, 4 ; hence to refresh, to glad- den, Prov. 29, 13. Ps. 19, 9. Ezra 9, 8. Comp. Ecclus. 31, 17. b) 's ^33 i^xn to light up one's countenance, to cause n to shine, i. e. to cheer, to enliven, Ecc. 8, 1. Comp. synon. "ir|3 II. So of one's own countenance, T^3Q . "T^xn to cause his face to shine, spoken, espec. of God as regarding men with a serene and propi tious countenance, Ps. 80, 4. 8. 20 ; c. bx Num. 6, 2 ; bs Ps. 31, 17 ; a Ps. 1 19. ^1i^ 26 135; h 118,27; nx Ps.67,2. Once omit- ting D^3Q Ps. 118, 27. c) Trop. to en- lighten, i. e. to impart knowledge and wisdom, Ps. 119, 130. 2. to give light, to shine, absol. Gen. 1, 15; c. dat. Ex. 13, 21. Is. 60, 19. 3. to light, i. e. to kindle, to set on fire, Mai. 1, 10. Is. 27, 11. Comp. ^^IX fire. Arab, jj to kindle. Deriv. ^ix, ^^IX, n^nix, pr. names ""niii* nn^^iix, also ^to," .Tisixa, V5<^. ^1^ m. (once f. Job 36, 32 ; see Lehrg. p. 546) light, Gen. 1, 3. 4. 5. Job 3, 9. 12, 25. The diflf. between it and "ilN^ is apparent from Gen. 1, 3 comp. v. 14. 16, i. e. "ilx is light as universally diffused, e. g. the light of day and of the sun, while ^15<^ is pr. a light, luminary, which gives light, and therefore admits the plural, which ^IH does not, except in one exam- ple Ps. 136, 7. where a^^ix is poetically put for n'l^Jia. Spec, a) day-light, morning-light, dawn, Neh. 8, 3 ^lixJi-'j^ di'sh n^^nia ^Vfrom day-light until noon. Job 24, 14 -11x5 with the light, at dawn, b) light of the sun, also the sun itself^ Job 31,26.37,21. Hab.3,4. Is. 18, 4; comp. (paog for the sun Odyss. 3. 335. Also light of day, the day, Ecc. 12, 2. D'^S^'i lix light of the wicked, i. e. their day-itime, put for the night. Job 38. 15. c) i. q. lightning. Job 36, 32 -lix h&3 D-^QS-b? he covereth his hands with light, i. e. lightning, q. d. his hands are red with lightning. Job 37, 3. 11. 15. 6.) the light of life, life. Job 3, 16.20 ; more fully mst tJ^^n Ps. 56, 14. e) Metaph. light as the emblem of^ welfare, prosperity, hap- piness ; either so that the proper sense of hght is retained. Job 22, 28. Is. 9, 1 ; or trop. for prosperity itself^ Job 30, 26. Ps. 97, 11. In Is. 10, 17 Jehovah is called the light of Israel, as the author and source of prosperity and happiness to them ; comp. 60, 1. 3. f ) light for know- ledge, instruction, doctrine. Is. 49, 6 *iii< D^ia a light of the Gentiles, i. e. an en- lightener, teacher. 51, 4. 2, 5 let us walk in the light of Jehovah, see v. 3. Comp. Prov. 6, 23/or the commandment (of God) is a lamp, and the law is light, g) -lix 013D light of the countenance, i.e. a serene and cheerful countenance. Job 29, 24 11>^ (comp. Ps. 104, 15). Prov. 16, 15 ''3B 'niKa T]ba in the light of the king^s countenance, i. e. when his countenance is cheerful and pleasant. Ps. 4, 7. 44, 4. ^^i5 m. 1. i. q. 'ni&< , light, and hence in Plur. D'<^ii5t a) lights, i. e. region of light, the East, Orient, Is. 24, 15. Comp. Hom. TiQog rj(o TjsXiov re, II. 12. 239. Od. 9. 26. b) lights, metaph. for revelations, revela- tion, spoken of the sacred lot of the He- brews, Urim, Num. 27, 21. 1 Sam. 28, 6; oflener more fully D'^anni D^nxn Urim and Thummim, light and truth, i.e. reve- lation and truth, Ex. 28, 30. Lev. 8, 8 ; once n-i^ixi or^ian Deut. 33, 8. Sept. well, driXwoig xal aXrj&eitx, Luth. Licht und Recht. These sacred lots, which the high-priest alone might consult in mat- ters of great moment, were worn in his breast- plate, as appears from Ex. 28, 30, where bx "ins is to put into ; comp. Deut. 23, 25. Num' 4, 10. Ex. 25, 21. What they were, was already matter of dispute in the time of Philo and Josephus. The latter supposed that the augury was taken from the twelve gems which deco- rated the exterior of the breast-plate, and from their degree of splendour; Jos. Ant. 3. 8. 9. But Philo teaches that the Urim and Thummim were two small images inserted between the double folds of the breast-plate, one of which symbolically represented revelation, and the other truth; Tom. II. p. 152. ed. Mangey. In this case, the Hebrews perhaps imitated a similar custom of the Egyptians, among whom the supreme judge wore suspended from his neck a small image of sapphire, as the symbol ofiruth ; see Diod. Sic. 1. 48, 75. -ilian. V. H. 14. 34. 2. light of fire. Is. 50, 11 ti< isiNS. Hence ibrfre itself^ i. e. flame, blaze, Is. 44, 16. 47, 14. Ez. 5, 2. Comp. -lix Hiph. no. 3. 3. Ur, pr. n. a) Of Abraham's native city, more fully d^-nba ^^x Ur of the Chaldees, Gen. 11, 28. 31. 15, 7. Neh. 9, 8. A trace of it seems to have remained in the Persian fortress Ur, situated between Nesibis and the Tigris according to Am- mian. 25. 8. But wr as an appellative may perhaps have signified a fortress, castle; so at least Pers. L^l castle 'I'li^ 27 tfi^ Zend and Sanscr. vara, fortiification, comp. Sanscr. pura a fortified city, after the analogy ofpunar, Pracrit. unar, etc. See P. Benary in the Berliner Jahrbb. 1841. p. 146 sq. b) m. 1 Chr. 11, 35. nnii5 f. 1. light, Ps. 139, 12 ; metaph. of welfare, happiness, Esth. 8, 16. 2. Plur. ninix greens, green herbs, 2 K. 4, 39. The idea of^ brightness, splendour, is often transferred in the Semitic tongues to verdure and flowers ; comp. Y^l, Arab. jl*j| lights and flowers. Comp. also Samarit. ni<"' Gen. 1, 11. 12, lor XllJ^. herb. So Is. 26, 19 ni-iix b'J "^3 Tibii for as the dew of herbs is thy dew, i. e. God's quickening influence will raise the dead to life, as the dew of heaven refreshes plants. Comp. Ecclus. 46, 12. 49, 10. Others render dew of light, i. e. of life, the vivifying dew, comp. "^ifit d. ni*l1 by transp. for niTnx q. v. stalls^ cribs, 2 Chr. 32, 28. '^*?'l^ (fiery, or perh. an abridged form for n^nsix) Uri, pr. n. m. a) Ex. 31, 2. b) Ezra 10, 24. c) 1 K. 4, 19. bi^'i'l^X (flame of God) UHel, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 6, 9. 15, 5. 21. b) 2 Chr. 13, 2. ^J*?^*^ (flame of Jehovah) Uriah, pr. n. m. a) A Hittite, the husband of Bath- sheba, treacherously slain by order of David, 2 Sam. 11, 3. b) A priest in the time of Ahaz and Isaiah, Is. 8, 2. 2 K. 16, 10. inj'ni^^ (id.) Urijah, pr. n. of a prophet slain by order of Jehoiakim, Jer. 26. 20 sq. tJ^i^ see ^'irii^nrj under O^'^fit. . * Jn'lS^ or tl^i^ a root not used in Kal. NiPH. nixs, fut. 1 plur. nix3, 3 plur. inTit;) , to consent, 2 K. 12. 9 ; with dat. of pers. to consent unto any one, to gratify him, Gen. 34, 15. 22. 23. In Arabic this sense is found under the form ^*| i. q. nnx to come, Conj. Ill ^11 . Heb. nnix , whence seems to have arisen the new root nix ; unless by changing the points, instead of niN5 , sinix^ , we prefer to read m'&^: , !inij<'^ , which forms may then be referred to Poel ofr. f^^l!!$ I. fVli^ ^ plur. nini^ , comm. gend. comp. R:ng. Gen. 9, 12. Ex. 4, 8 ; plur, Ex. 4, 9. Josh. 24, 17. Contr. for nIX from ni5$ III, comp. ibf or abf sign, for iiu| from 1. a sign, Chald. TiJ, Syr. jz), plur. f ioi| . Ex. 12, 13. Josh. 2, 12. Gen. 1, 14 QinsJiTa^Ji ninxb r^l^) and they shall bo for signs and for seasons, i. e. by Hen- diadys, for signs of seasons. Then 2. an ensign, flag, military standard, espec. of each single tribe, Num. 2, 2 sq. diflferent from bw the banner of three tribes together. 3. a sign of something past, a token, memorial, Ex. 13, 9. 16. Deut. 6, 8. Hence a memorial, monument, Is. 55, 13. Ez. 14, 8. 4. a sign of something ftiture, a por- tent, omen, rvnog tov ^sXXovTog Rom. 5, 14, i. q. nsia . Is. 8, 18 lo ! I and the children whom Jehovah hath given me are signs and portents in Israel from the Lord of hosts, i. e. through the names divinely given us, which are all of good omen, (viz. n'j^\lj'i salvation of Jehovah ; bxiiaias God with us, 7, 14. 8, 8 ; Shear- Jashub 7, 3,) Grod has made us types of future things to prefigure ftiture deliver- ance and prosperity. Comp. 20, 3. Ez. 4,3. 5. a sign or token of any thing in itself not visible or discernible ; e. g. the token of a covenant, as circumcision, Gen. 17, 11 ; the sabbath, Ex. 31, 13. Hence a token, argument, proof. Job 21, 29; comp. Lat. signum Cic. de Invent. 1. 34, Gr. Texfii^Qiov, (TrjfiHov, Sept. Job 21, 29. So of the prophetic sign or token of the truth of a prophecy, viz. when God or the prophet as his interpreter foretells some minor event, the ftilfilment of which serves as a sign or proof of the ftiture ftilfilment of the whole prophecy; Ex. 3, 12. Deut. 13, 2. 3. 1 Sam. 2, 27-34. 10, 7-9. 2 K. 19, 29. 20, 8. 9. Is. 7, 11-14. 38, 7. 22. Jer. 44, 29. 30 ; comp. Mark 13, 4. Luke 1, 18. 2, 12. Comm. on Is. 7, 10. 1 1. Finally, a wonder, prodigy, miracle, as a sign of the divine power, i. q. rsi^, Deut. 4, 34. 6, 22. 7, 19. 29, 2. 34, ll" II. niK or ini^ o-nly c. suff*. ^nix , ^nj<_ etc. i. q. PX I, pron. demonstr. commonly as sign of the accus. ti$ demonstr. part, originally of place i! ecce ! Then 1. Part, demonstr. of time, at that time, then, Chald. )''!'1^_ . Spoken : a) Of time past, Arab. 61^, Gen. 12, 6. Josh. 10, 12. 14, 11. With prcet. 1 K. 8, 12. 2 Chr. 6, 1. 8, 12. 17 ; also with flit, in prseter sense, Josh. 1. c. Ex. 15, 1. Deut. 4, 41. Comp. Lehrg. p. 773. b) Of a future time, then, thereupon, after that ; with fut. in fut. sense, Ps. 96, 12 ^132'^'; Ti< then shall they rejoice. Sometimes also with prset. in a fiiture sense, where a future precedes, Judg. 5, 11. Ex. 15, 15. 2. Part, illat. then, for thence, there- fore, on that account, Jer. 22, 15. Ps. 40, 8. 69, 5. 3. With pref t5'"iQ bx since I came unto Pharaoh. Gen. 39,' 5. Note. Fuller forms from ti< are '^Ti< q. V. and Chald. "'^'ix . The latter seems lo have come (by softening the letters) from ']'''^rj, rt!"''!) here, also there; so that its ending appears to be plural, while in fact it is not so ; comp. "i^'is for jn'is . See, for these particles and their etymology, Hupfeld in Zeitschr. f d. Kunde des Morgenl. II. p. 434. * ^J^ and HT?^ Chald. to light, to kindle; comp. Arab. \T to be hot, to light a fire. Part. pass. njX by Syriasm for ntx Dan. 3, 22; inf. itya for ^l^-q, c. Buff. ^^};q 3, 19. * ^I^ obsol. root, whence 3'itx q. v. ^3T^ pr. n. m, Ezhai, 1 Chr. 11, 37. * ^I^ Chald. i. q. 'i^tx to go away, to depart. For the interchange of d and I, comp. daxQvov, lacryma, and see under lett. h no. 2. Hence Dan. 2, 5. 8 K^^^^ N'n'15^ "1313 the word has gone out from me, i. e. what I have said is ratified and can- not be recalled ; comp. 9, 23. Is. 45, 23. The Heb. intpp. as Saadias and Tanchum of Jerus. have long ago well compared the Talmudic phrase n^m':^h X^tx abiii in sententiam suam, i. e. to follow one's opinion. As to the grammatical form, tfitx is part. fem. from masc. 'i^fSt, after the format y:,^i? 15. !I11T!J5 m. (by Syriasm for 2'iTX ,) vaam- noQ, hyssop, much used by the Hebrews in their sacred purifications and sprink- lings, Ex. 12, 22. Lev. 14, 4. 6. 21. 49. Ps. 51, 9. 1 K. 5, 13. Like the names of many other oriental plants, that of hyssop also seems to have come to the Greeks from the oriental languages. Under this name the Hebrews appear to have comprised not only the common hyssop of the shops, but also other aro- matic plants, espec. mint, wild marjoram, etc. Some derive it from 2TK. which " " they regard as i. q. vj\ to be hairy, shaggy; but the plants above named hardly admit this epithet. liTi5 m. by Syriasm for ^itx . R. i. a girdle, belt. Is. 5, 27. Jer. 13, 1 sq. 2. a hand, bond, chain. Job 12, 18. \n\g. funis. ^T^ i. q. 'f^ 5 adv. at that time, then, thereupon. Ps. 124, 3. -4. 5. Similar is Chald. 'i^'ix . See in TN , note. n^St^ f (verbal of Hiph. from r. ^3t in the sense of sacrificing Is. 66, 3 ; comp. Hiph. no. 1. b,) a memorial, a rem em.- brance-qfering, Sept. fivi]fi6(Tvvov, Vulg. memoriale. This' name was given to that portion of the vegetable oblation (nniTo) which was burnt with frankin- cense upon the altat ; the sweet odour of which ascending to heaven, was sup- posed to commend t/ie person sacrificing to the remembrance and favour of God. Lev. 2. 2. 9. 16. 5,^12. Num. 5, 26. In Lev. 24, 7 the frankincense sprinkled upon the shew-bread, is also called * ^TU? fut. ^tx*- , whence 'VTtn for bts ''bTXtn Jer. 2, 36; prob. to roll, to roll together; hence 1. to spin, from the rolling or twist- ing of the thread. So Talmud, btx , whence njj^ix weaver, Arab. J^h. Conj. I, IV, J-yh something spun, Syr. and Chald. '^li., bT3?, id. comp. kindr. btD to spin, to flow, both from the idea of rolling. See Pual. 2. Intrans. to roll off, i. e. to go away, to depart, espec. quickly, suddenly; comp. Germ, sich trollen, Engl, to troll, Gr. vEm to spin, and Mid. viofini to go away, to flee. So in Chald. and Syr. Comp. Arab. Jy^ to put away, to re- move. Prov. 20, 14 where c. dat. pleon. lb, like ib rp.r}. Jer. 2, 36. Metaph. to be gone, to fail, as water Job 14, 11 ; food 1 Sam. 9, 7 ; power Deut. 32, 36. Pual Part, bjiix^a something spun, thread, yarn, Ez. 27, 19. Deriv. btx . V V ^T Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 2. 1. to go away, to depart, Dan. 6, 19. So also in Syr. and Samar. 2. to go any where, to take a journey, Ezra 4, 23. 5, 8. 15. ^T^ departure, see in "jSX no. 6. b. ' jl? in Kal not used, pr. accord- ing to the probable conjecture of Simo- nis, to be sharp, acute, pointed; whence Itk the ear, (which espec. in animals might be so called from its pointed shape,) and "(tx, W^ilifi arms, pointed weapons. Comp. oczotj, axovoo, and axrj, acies, acuo. Kindr. is perh. "i^l^ q. v. HiPH. rtJtn denom. from )lk, q. d. to make ears, i. e. to point or prick up the ears, ivcoTl^eaS^ai, a Greek word peculiar to the Sept. version, Arab. |^<3I id. Hence, to give ear, to hear, to listen, ab- sol. Is. 1, 2 ; c. accus. Gen. 4, 23. Job 33, 1 ; b Job 34, 2 ; bx Ps. 77, 2 ; bs Prov. 17, 4 ; 1? Num. 23, 18, both of person and thing. Spec, of God, to hear and answer, Ps. 5, 2. 17, 1. 39, 13. 54, 4. Job 9, 16; of men, to hear and obey, c. dat. Neh. 9, 30. Ex. 15, 26. Put. 1 pers. "pf!? for "-pTi^i^ Job 32, 11 ; Part, l-^ta for "ptxa Prov. 17, 4. Deriv. see in Kal, and the four after "itx . 3=* 29 pti> * II. "jTiJ, i. q. Arab. ^C. , to weigh, to poise; whence ts'^iTX^ balances. Found only in Pi EL. "(t^i to weigh, trop. to ponder, to consider, Ecc. 12, 9, where it is fol- lowed by synon. ^jsn . Rabbin. )1i< to be weighed, proved. "jT^J m. (r. Its* I) furniture, implement, pr. weapon, arms, comp. Chald. ^itN arms, and see r. ITij I. Deut. 23, 14 and thou shalt have a little spade ?^3ti< b? among thy furniture ; where many Mss. ' read ^"^sifJ* b5 among thy implements, which is preferable. The same sense of both utensil and weapon exists in the word ''bs . if^ f dual d73ti< (used also for plur.) constr. "^Sti^, the ear, from r. "jm I. G of- 6 .' ^ Arab. ^O] , jjOt, Ethiop. liHl, Chald. "{l^i^, &li<, contr. N3ilit;jSyr. |j?| , p?| . Comp. Gr. ovg, Lat. audio. Ex. 29, 20. Lev. 8, 23. al. Phrases of which this word makes part, see under the verbs nb^, nii3 Hiph. nns, JTns. So *^3bS5 "^Stija ^zy} to speak in the ears of any one, i. e. before any one, in his presence and hearing. Gen. 20, 8. 23, 16. 44, 18. Ex. 10, 2. So Is. 5, 9 \3tN3 Jiin"! in mine ears (said) Jehovah, comp. 22, 14. 'S ^3Ti<3 dTii: to put or lay up in the ears of any one, i. e. to rehearse so that one may hear with the ear and lay up in his mind, Ex. 17, 14. S^ir T^Sti^a to hear with one^s ears, emphat. Ps! 44, 2. Job 28, 22. trnXtj 1:75^ (ear of Sherah, or She- rah's corner) Uzzen- Sherah, pr. n. of a small city founded by Sherah the daughter of Ephraim, 1 Chr. 7, 24. ^1in"niDTiC (pr. ears i. e. summits of Tabor) Aznoth-Tabor, pr. n. of a city in Naphtali, Josh. 19, 34. "^Pf^ (auritus) Ozni, pr. n. m. of a son of the patriarch Gad, Num. 26, 16. ^J??^ (whom Jehovah hears) pr. n. m. Azaniah, Neh. 10, 10. ^3*^1??^ m. plur.* (r. p3t) manacles, chains for the hands, Jer. 40, 1.4; i. q. D'')3t with Aleph prosthetic, which sora Mss. omit in v. 1. nT5< 30 ni^ * ^I^ fot. itX':! Jer. 1, 17, c. suff. ^D^tx^ Job 30, 18, to gird, to bind around; also to gird oneself, to be girded. Arab. \\| to be strong, robust, but doubtful whether also pr. to be girded; Conj. II to gird, Conj. Ill to strengthen, to aid. Kindred roots, which all have the force of binding around or together, girding, surrounding, are ^OX, "i^i$ [^^^J, ^^^j -i-j^ , ^tr ; nian , *,nn , ^"la . Spoken : a) Of a garment with which one is girded, c. ace. of pers. Job 30, 18. b) With ace. of the member girded, Job 38, 3 ^'^^*!! ^?'"'!^ gird up now thy loins. 40, 2." Jer.^1, 17. c) With ace. of the girdle or garment with which one is girded, only trop. 1 Sam. 2, 4 b-^n sntij they gird on strength. NiPH. part, "fjxs girded Ps. 65, 7. Pi EL to gird, with ace. of pers. and also of the girdle, Ps. 18, 33. 40 '^3"^?5 L^( ; Syr. )-] , Chald. nx . It follows partly the analogy of verbs fib , and partly that of verbs i'^ ; comp. Lehrg. 118. Spoken in a less exact sense of half-brothers, e. g. those born to the same father, but of different mothers. Gen. 42, 15. 43, 3. Judg. 9, 21 ; or vice versa those born of the same mother, but by different fathers, Judg. 8, 19. These, where there is need of greater definite- ness, are called ^X'^a, Di<~'|3, Gen. 49, 8. 43, 29. Sometimes emphat. of full brethren, by both the father's and mother's side, Gen. 42, 4. 44, 20. Comp. Gen. 49, 5 D-^nx "'lb" V^^^. Simeon and Levi are true brethren, i. e. not only by birth but also in disposition. The word brother is employed by the He- brews in other and wider senses, e. g. 2. a relative, kinsman, in any degree of blood. Gen. 14, 16 Lot his brother, pr. his brother's son. 13, 8. 29, 12. 15. 3. one of the same tribe, contribulis. 2 Sam. 19, 13 ; e. g. of the Levites, Num. 8, 26. 16, 10. Neh. 3, 1. 4. a fellow-countryman, popularis, Judg. 14, 3. Ex. 2, 11. 4, 18. Spoken also even of kindred nations, e. g. of the Edomites and Hebrews, Gen. 9, 25. 16, 12. 25, 18. Num. 20, 14. 5. an ally, confederate, spoken of allied nations, as the Tyrians and Hebrews Am. 1, 9 ; or those of the same religion Is. 66, 20, 6. a friend, associate ; so of the friends of Job 6, 15, and perh. also 19, 13 ; of Solomon, whom Hiram calls his brother, 1 K. 19, 13. Comp. Neh. 5, 10. 14. 7. any one of the same nature, afe low-man, i. q. i"^ , Lev. 19, 17. Henc preceded by 11J'^S<, one the other ; Gen^ 13, 11 "T^nN hv-o ^^s ^n^S^l and thex separated themselves one from the othei 26, 31. This formula is applied also inanimate thmgs of the same kind in th masculine gender, just as ninj< riBJ n5< 31 ni< are used in the same sense for things feminine, e. g. Ex. 25, 20 d^ft< Dn^3a!| "."^nx-bi* and their faces (i. e. of the Cherubim, shall look) one towards an- other. 37, 9. 8. Trop. as expressing likeness of dis- position, habits, etc. Job 30, 29 I am a brother to jackals, i. e. I cry and howl like them. Prov. 18, 9. Deriv. rin5< , nin5< , and pr. n. nxnx , lanx, ^^inx, '^nx bBh^nfi<. * 11. njj interj. expressing grief] com- plaint, onomatopoetic, ah ! alas ! c. dat. Ez. 6, 11. 21, 20. Hence the Arabic verb l,L&.t to cry ah, ah, ah! repeatedly; see below in nti5J . g III. Tl^ f. Arab. ^1^, a large pot, a portable furnace or stove,in which fire was kept in the king's winter-apartment, Jer. 36, 22. 23. At the present day the Orientals sometimes make use of such pots or furnaces instead of fireplaces, for warming rooms ; they are called in Per- sian and Turkish, KyjJS tannur. They have the form of a large pitcher ; and are placed in a cavity sunk in the middle of the apartment. When the fire has burnt down, a frame like a table is placed over the pot, and the whole is then covered with a carpet ; and those who wish to warm themselves sit upon the floor and thrust their feet and legs and even the lower part of their bodies under the carpet. R. nnx II. n&5 Chald. a brother; plur. c. sufF. r\'r\i< Ezra 7, 18. n^^ only in plur. U^tjk , pr. bowlings, shrieks ; hence howling animals, doleful creatures, (coiiip. ""X II,) prob. howlets, owls, Is. 13, 21. The word is onomato- poetic, like Lat. ulula. Germ. Uhu, Schubut, Fr. hibou. See n5< II, and r. nnx. ^ lljn!s5 (father's brother) il^a6, pr. n. m. a) A king of Israel r. 918897 B. C. noted for his uxoriousness and idolatry, 1 K. 16, 28.-22, 40. b) Jer. 29, 21. "jSrii^ (brother of the wise, or for l^nj* brotherly) Ahban, pr. n. of a man of the Jibe of Judah, 1 Chr. 2, 29. ^HJJ a verb derived from the numeral ^^^^ , not used in Kal, its place being there supplied by ^^^ to make one, to unite. HiTHPA. to unite oneself, to collect one- self. Ez. 21, 21 '''inxnii pr. unite thyself [three-edged sword,] i. e. ravage with all thy force united ; or, as the parallel- ism permits, collect thyself i. e. attend ! The suggestion of C. B. Michaelis is not to be contemned, who regards the four first words of the verse as spoken in the character of a military chief: " Conjunge te, dextrorsum ! [aciem] strue, sinis- trorsum !" i. e. Fall together, right ! to your post, left ! ^^ constr. ^nx (and so before T^ Lev. *13, 2 ; before -i^5 Gen. 32, 23 ; also Gen. 48, 22. 2 Sam. 17, 22. Zech. 11,7,) fern. nni< for n^nx, in pause nnx ; a cardinal numeral having the force of an adjective, one; unus,a,um. Arab. tX^I, f. ^Jo.-!, Eth. AihJ?. ahadu, Chald. and Syr. "in, ,-i. The same radical letters are found in the Pehlvi advek one ; and except the third rad. Daleth, in Sanscr. eka. and Pehlvi j'eA:. Gen. 42, 13 fin. Ex. 11, 1. Deut. 1, 23. 32, 30. Josh. 12, 9 sq. Spec, also 1. one, i. q. the same. Gen. 40, 5. Job 31, 15. 2. As ordinal,, the first, primus, a, um, but only in enumerating the days of the month. Ezra 10, 16. 17 ttiVrib "ins ni-ia on th first day of the month, tti'i'nb 'inx.a on the first of the month Gen. 8, 5. 13 ; comp. (xia Twv aa^^ajbtv Acts 20, 7. In enumerating years the construction is nnx na^, as sometimes in Engl, the year one, two, etc. for the first year, Dan. 9, 1. 2. Ezra 1, 1. In other passages, aa Gen. 1, 5. 2, 11, ^nx retains its common signif. as a cardinal, and the numbers follow each other as in Engl. one,secondj third; Lat. umis, alter, iertius, Sueton. Octav. 101. 3. .some one. any one, Lev. 13, 2. Deut. 12, 14. 2 Sam. 7, 7. c^rf ^nx one of the people. Gen. 26, 10. ' 1 Sam. 26, 15. nnx T^x, xb, no one. Num. 16, 15. 1 K. 8, 56. Ps. 14, 3. Hence often 4. i. q. the indef. art. a, an, one, espec. in the later Hebrew. 1 K. 20, 13 X-^33 T^^ 32 inn irij* a prophet, a certain prophet, ngocfri- TrjgTig. Dan. 8, 3 "ITIX ^^K a ram. 1 K. 19, 4. Also where '^^5< precedes ; e. g. aili;^ ^nx aholyone, a certain angel, rig ay/slog, Dan. 8, 13. Sometimes also in the earlier books, as Ex. 29, 3. 1 Sam. 1, 1 ; seq. gen. as ninisn "inx one of the cisterns, i. e. a cistern. Gen. 37, 20 ; comp. > Job 2, 10. 5. one only of its kind, i. q. only, alone, soZe, Job 23, 13. Ez.7,5. Cant. 6, 9. Arab. 6 tX^I. unique, incomparable, Jols>. id. A. Schultens ad Job 1. c. et 9, 5. 6. Repeated, nnx nnx, one ano- ther, unus alter, Ex. 17, 12. 18, 3. Also thrice, 1 Sam. 10, 3. 13, 17. 18. ' In like manner distributively, Num. 13, 2 aJ'^Jt ^ri& 1. a sister, Arab. v.:>-&f , Syr. |^ for I'kll , Chald. rm. , id. Pr. a sister of foil blood, i. e. of both the same father and mother ; but spoken also less accu- rately of a half-sister, e. g. one born to the same father but of a different mother, ofionajQia, Gen. 20, 12. 2 Sam. 13, 2. 5 ; or one born of the same mother by a different father, o(iofit]TQia, Lev. 18. 9. 11. 20, 17. The word sister is also em- ployed by the Hebrews in other and wider senses ; e. g. 2. a relative, kinswoman, Job 42, 11. So Gen. 24, 60, where the mother and brother say to Rebecca, t\j^ ^isnhx thou art our sister. 3. a countrywoman, one of the same tribe or country, popularis, Num. 25, 18. 4. an ally, a confederate city or state, tiz. 16. 46. 23, 31. 5. Af\;er rtl^'it , one the other, spoken also of inanimate things of the fem. gen- der. Ex. 26, ^five curtains were coupled PTnh&<-b5< r^'m. one to another, v. 5. 6. 17. Ez. i, 9.' 3, 13. 6. Metaph. sister is said of any thing with which we are intimately connect- ed ; Prov. 7, 4 say unto wisdom. Thou art my sister. Job 17, 14. Comp. other words expressing relationship, espec. 1!S no. 8. ni< no. 8. 7. As a term of endearment addressed to a spouse, Cant. 4, 9 sq. Comp. Tibull. 3. 1. 26. * fnj} fut. tni<-' , rarely inx:; 1 K. 6, 10. Ecc. 7, 18. 1. to lay hold of, to take, to seize, espec. with the hand. Arab. d^\ , Chald. and Syr. '^HX, ,-i.f. Constr. with ace. of pers. or thing. Ps. 56, 1. Judg. 12, 6 ; often also c. 3 , Ex. 4, 4. Job 23, 11. 2 Sam. 20, 9 and the right hand of Joab took holdofAmasa^s beard. Metaph. ascrib- ed also to terror, fear, (like Xu^^dvFip,) Ex. 15, 14 riubs "is'::^ tnx b^n terror hath taken hold on the inhabitants of Philistia. v. 15. Ps. 48, 7. But also vice versa one is said as in Engl, to take fright, i. q. to be affrighted ; Job 18. 20 "i5\y 51TP1S D'^r'^'ip the ancient ones took fright were affrighted, for : ' terror seiz- ed upon them.' 21, 6. Is. 13, 8 n^i"^:? -,:iTnx^ u^h^n^ they (the Babylonians) take hold of pangs and sorrows, for ' pangs and sorrows seize upon them.' 2. to take, to catch, e. g. in hunting, fishing, Cant. 2, 15. 3. to hold, to holdfast that which one has taken hold of, c. ace. 1 Chr. 13, 9. 2 Chr. 25, 5 ; 3 Gen. 25, 26. Metaph. c. ace. Job 17, 9, comp. xQmib} Rev. 2, 25; c. a Job 23, 11. Part. pass, with active signif Cant. 3, 8 n'nn-^Tnx hold- ing the sword. Comp. on this deponent use of passive participles, Lehrg. p. 309, 310. Heb. Gram. 49. n. 2 ; also comp. for this same verb Syr. |'"| holding Ethiop. Ti-J-H ehuz, taken, held, also holding. 4. to hold or fasten together, to join, and in Pass, to be joined, to adhere. Many verbs of taking and holding thus pass over to the notion of joining and tri>^ 34 ^nj^ adhering, these ideas being closely al- lied ; comp. isb and np3 in Hithpa. and E%Ofiai Tivog to hold or depend from any thing, fx^fxEvog joined with any thing ; also aiQBO}, whence Lat. TuBreo. Ez. 41, 6 n'lan *iip3 oinnx r^tV] xbi that they might not he joined to the wall of the temple, i. e. inserted in it. 1 K. 6, 6. Hence 5. to make fast, to shut, e. g. to bar, Neh. 7, 3. So Syr. ^f . 6. to join together timber, to cover with timber, beams, boards, etc. conta- hulare. 1 K. 6, 10 and he covered ths house with cedar-wood. Comp. UJBtn Hab. 2, 19. 7. to take out or away, sc. from a larger number ; whence Part. pass, taken out, taken, sc. from a lot or portion, (like sy- non. "isba,) Num. 31, 30 and from the half which belongs to the children of Is- rael, shall thou take one [part] "^ TiiHiJ D^^^nn taken from fifty, v. 47. 1 Ch/. 24, 6 tnx tPiNi ^t^^b twx nnx ::N-n''2i *iani!>'n^ '^1!^'^) Ahilud, pr. n. of the father of Je- hoshaphat, 2 Sam. 8, 16. 20, 24. 1 K.4,2. U^tf^ see n&<. tniti'^ni^ (brother of death) AMmoth, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6, 10 [25] ; for which in ' the parallel passages stands t^na . tfbig'iny: (brother of -the king) AM- melee,:, pr. n. m. a) A priest dwelling at Nob, father of Abiathar, and the inti- mate friend of David, 1 Sam. 21, 2. 22, 9. Ps. 52, 2; and on this account put to death by Saul. Different from him ap- parently is b) Ahimelech the son of Abiathar, one of the two high priests in the time of David, 2 Sam. 8. 17. 1 Chr. 24, 3. 6. 31. But Korb, in Winer's Theol. Journal IV. p. 295, very plausi- bly conjectures that in 2 Sam. 8, 17 in- stead of ' Ahimelech the son of Abia- thar,' it ought to read Abiathar the son of Ahimelech; from which error he supposes the reading in 1 Chron. 1. c. to have flowed. I'Q'^n^^ (brother of a gift) Ahiman, pr. n. m. a) One of the Anakim Num. 13, 22. Jov'h. 15, 14. Judg. 1, 10. b) 1 Chr. 9, 17. 1^?^''lrii^ (b -other of anger) Ahimaaz, pr. n. m. a) .' Sam. 14, 50. b) A son of Zadok the high-priest in the time of David, 2 Sam. 15, 27. 36, 17. 17, 20. 18, IS sq. The same person seems intended in 1 K. 4, 15. Ijn^ (brotherly) Ahian, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 19. ^"Jpl^: (liberal or noble brother) Ahinadab, pr. n. m. 1 K. 4, 14. D?3''l7^ (brother of pleasantness) Ahinoam, pr. n. fem. a) 1 Sam. 14, 50. b) 1 Sam. 25, 43. 27, 3. 30, 5. 2 Sam. 2, 2. 3, 2. faO'^ni^ (brother of support or help) Ahisamak, pr. n. m. Ex. 31, 6. 35, 34. nri^'^niS^ (brother of help) Ahiezer, pr. n. m. a) A phylarch or head of the tribe of Dan, Num. 1, 12. 2, 25. 7, 66. b) 1 Chr. 12, 3. DjJ'^n^ (brother of the enemy) Ahi- kam, pr. n. of the father of Gedaliah, whom the Chaldeans made governor in Judea, 2 K. 25, 22. Jer. 39, 14. 40, 5 sq. QTH^ (brother of the high) Ahiram, pr. n. m. Num. 26, 38. Patronym. i- ibid. ^T^^: (brother of evil) Ahira, pr. n. m. of a phylarch or head of the tribe of NaphtaU, Num. 1. 15. 2, 29. 7, 78. 83. 10, 27. 'nntD^'nbi: (brother of the dawn) AM- ^hahar, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 10. '^?'^n^ (brother of the singer, or for ^\a^ inx brother of the upright) ^Ais^r, pr. n. m. 1 K. 4, 6. ^bBrr^nifJ (brother of foUy) Ahithophel, pr. n. of an early friend of David, who conspired with Absalom against him, 2 Sam. c. 15-17. ^^^^ (fatness, fertility) Ahlab, pr. n. of a place in the tribe of Asher, Judg. 1, 31. R. sbn. ^^Hi^ Ps. 119, 5, and "^'^Tl^ 2 K. 5, 3, a particle of wishing, O that ! would God ! with fut. Ps. 1. c. without verb 2 K. 1. c. It is commonly derived from r. nbn Pi. D'laa n^n to stroke one's face, to caress, to court. But not improb. it may be compounded from nsj and "^b i. q. sib . 'ibni^ (O that!) Ahlai, pr. n. m. andf. 1 Chr. 2j 31 ; comp. 11, 41. bn^ S6 ^m rrabrii^ f. Ex. 28, 19, the name of a gem, Sept. Vulg. afis&varog, amethyst; but Josephus gives it by axdTrjg, agate, though there seems to be some confusion in the order of his words. The form is that of a verbal of Hiph. from r. D^n to dream ; perhaps because it was worn as an amulet to induce dreams. A similar superstition is also the ground of the name aixi&varog, this stone being re- garded as a charm against drunkenness. Comp. Braun de Vestitu sacerdot. Heb. II. 16. fc^ri'DHi^ Ezra 6, 2, Achmetha, i. e. Ecbatana, the ancient metropolis of Media, the summer residence of the Per- sian kings. The ancient orthography of this name is traced by Lassen (Ind. Biblioth. III. 36) in the Sanscr. apva- dhana, i. e. liinocnuaia, / the Sanscr. p passing over sometimes into a guttural and sometimes into s. The correspond- ing modern name is Ispahan. ^^W)^^ pr. n. m. Ahasbai, 2 Sara. 23, 34. Prom tn^n tnonx I take refuge in Jehovah. Li V ^0 be after, behind ; to stay be- hind ; hence, to stay, to delay, to remain, in Kal once, 1 pers. fut. ^H!s;i Gen. 32,5. Arab. -&.t Conj. II, to defer, to delay. V y J' V V Syr. Aph. and Shaph. j^o] and \ *n 4> id. * PiEL 'nnx, plur. ^i^nx for ^^ni< Judg. 5, 28, fut. ^nx-i . 1. to delay, to retard, to hinder any one. Gen. 24, 56 ; to delay, to defer any thing Ex. 22, 28. Also ellipt. Deut. 7, 10 he will not delay (punishment) to him who haieth him. 2. Intrans. i. q. Kal, to stay, to delay, to linger. Judg. 4, 28 why linger the paces of his chariots? Ps. 40, I'd "bi< *inj^ Ex. 34, 14 ; without bx id. Is. 42, 8 -5q'] )n ""nnx he that rebtiketh a man after me (i. e. after my precepts) shall fnd favour, b) Of time, after. Gen. 16. 13. 17, 8. With inf after thai, after^ Gen. 5, 4. 3. Conj. "I'ix ''nnx after that, Deul. 24, 4. Josii. 9, 16. 23, 1 ; rarely with -idx oVnitted, Lev. 25, 48. Once nisxs '^'nnx Josh. 2, 7. 4. js-i-inx pr. after so, after it had so happened, i. e. afterwards. Gen. 6, 4. 15, 14. 23, 19. 25, 26. al. Comp. Syr. ^h'h^ and ^oi hh^ . With iiax added it becomes a conjunction, i. q. "i^ix '^'[^rix after that, like Lat. posteaquam for post- quam, Deut. 24, 4. 2 Sam. 24, 10. In the later Hebrew we find also nXT '^'inx after this, afterwards. Job 42, 16. Ezra 9. 10. Comp. Chald. nan 'nnx Dan. 2, 29. 45. 5. With other prepositions : a) '^"im^ , once ""nnj^ ")P 1 Chr. 17, 7, pr. from after, from behind, from going or following after ; chiefly used of those who abandon a person or party whom they have before followed. Num. 14, 43. Deut. 7, 4, 2 Sam. 20, 2. Also at or on the back, behind, after, (comp. "i^ no. 3. h,) Josh. 8, 2. Ex. 14, 19. Jer. 9, 21. Of time, after, Ecc. 10, 14; and in Neh. 4, 7 b ''^nxia , in the same sense. Hence jD '^'^nx^ pr. after so, i. e. afterwards, 2 'Sam.'3J 28. 15, 1. b) "''^nx-bx after, with verbs of mo- 4 tion. 2 K. 9, 18 ''nqx-bx 2b turn thee, after me, behind me, 2 Sam. 5, 23. c) '^'^dX"^? i- q. '^"::nx, Ez. 41, 15. Comp. bs no. 3. b. "^ns* Chald. plur. constr. '^'nnx, after, Dan. 2, 29; but by Hebraism. The pure Chaldee preposit. is *in3 . l'i"^n^, fem. M3'"inx, fi-om "inx with the adj. ending 'p. 1. hinder, hindermost, loiter, opp. to foremost, former, (iVi^i^n ,) Gen. 33, 2. Ex. 4, 8. Deut. 24, 3. "p'^nxn o^n the hinder sea, i. e. western, the Mediterra- nean, Deut. 11, 24. 34, 2. Joel 2, 20. 2. after, later, following, as "|iini< "n'n Ps. 48, 14. "(i-inx Di-' after time, future, Prov. 31, 25. Is. 30, 8. Plur. D'^iHnx those after, posterity. Job 18, 20. 3. the last, latest, Neh. 8, 18. Is. 44. 6 / [Jehovah] am the first, and I the last. Job 19, 25. Fem. njnnx adv. last, the last, Dan. 11, 29. Also !i3"inxa Deut. 13, 10. 1 K. 17, 13, and njnnxb Num. 2, 31. Ecc. 1, 11, ai last, last. H'^rii? (for nx'nnx, after the brother,) Aharah, pr. n. 1 Chr. 8, 1 . 'r?7^^ (behind the breast-work so. born) Aharhel, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 8. ^yit^ Chald. constr. see "inx Chald. ^*^^)i Chald. adj. fem. another, alia, Dan. 2, 39. 7, 5. 6 ; for the common n"''nnx , the T\ of the fem. gender being dropped by apocope, like '^^K'^ for n'lCX'n , iisbia for n^iDb^ . T^T}^ Chald. adj. (fi-. in nnx) Dan. 4, 5 "p'^n^"'^? P^* ^^ ^^^ ^^^^i ^^ last, at length ; the i? being pleonastic, see ^? Chald. A. 2. keri "innx . f^^'^n^ f (r. "inx) 1. the last or extreme part, uttermost part Ps. 139, 9. Oftener of time : a) the end of a pe- riod, Deut. llj 12; the end, event of any course of things, latter state, final lot. Job 8, 7. 42, 12. Prov. 5,4 r^y2 nn^-inx her end is bitter, i. e. the final lot of those whom the adultress seduces ; comp. 23, 32. Sometimes of a happy end or result Prov. 23, 18. 24, 14. b) after-time, the future, espec. in the pro- phetic formula Q*^^*"! n'''inx2 in future time, in the last days. Is. 2, 2. Gen. 49, 1. Mic. 4, 1. Num. 24, 14. Dan. 10, 14. nr:u^ 38 "t:^ 2. Concr. those ttho come after, de- scendants, posterity, Ps. 109, 13. Am. 4, 2. 9, 1. Dan. 11, 4. TPyri^^ Chald. f. i. q. Heb. n^^nnj^ no. 1. b. Dan. 2. 28. IvP^ Chald. adj. another, alius, Dan. 2, iir " ri''2*lhi$ adv. (r. "nnx) backwards. Gen. 9, 23. 1 Sam. 4, 18.' Comp. ^.inij . D'^rS-l'^CnX m. plur. Esth. 3. 12. 8. 9. 9, 3. Ezra 8. 36. satraps: the governors or viceroys of the large provinces among the ancient Persians, possessing both civil and military power, and being in the provinces the representatives of the sovereign, whose state and splendom* they also rivalled. Single parts or sub- divisions of these provinces were under procurators or prefects. rinQ ; the sa- traps governed only whole provinces. See Brisson de regio Pers. principatu I. 168. Heeren Ideen T. I. p. 489 sq. ed. 4. The genuine form of this name, which has lately been found in the inscriptions of ancient India, is ksairapa i. e. warrior of the host ; see Benfey in Gott. Gel. Anz. 1839. p. 805 sq. Lassen Zeitschr. f d. Morgenl. III. p. 161. To this harsher form corresponds the Greek ilaTQanrjg, i^aix^Qomrig, (Boeckh " Corp. Inscr. no. 2691. c,) whence arose by degrees the softer aaTQantjg. The "(- is appended. Comp. D'^a'nriL'rjibt. 1"^:&n'^Tnx Chald. m.plur. i. q. Heb. Dan. 3, 2. 3. 27. 6, 2. 3. ^"1"^!]^^ Ahnsuenis, the Hebrew form of the name Xerxes, as it would seem. It is found Esth. 1, 1, and often in this book ; also Ezra 4. 6, where the order of time would require it to be un- derstood of Cambyses; and further in Dan. 9, 1, where it stands for Astyages, the father of Darius the Mede. The true native orthography of the name Xerxes has recently been brought to light from the cuneiform inscriptions ; where it is written kh-sh-y-d-r-sh-d, which seems to correspond to the modern Persian sLwoum i. e. lion-king; since it is cer- tain'that for the softer pronunciation of g and sh, as uttered by the modem Per- sians, the ancient Persians had far harsh- er sounds, as in the words khshayathiya i. q. Shah king, khshattap i. q. Satrap. From this ancient harsher form, the Hebrews, by prefixing their prosthetic Aleph. made ^ini^nx Ahashverosh, and the Greeks Ziqhrt?. See St. Martin in Journal Asiatique III. p. 85. Champol- lion Precis du Systeme hieroglyph! que, Tableau general, Tab. 7. 2. p. 24. Las- sen ub. d. Keilschrift p. 165 ; also in Zeit- schr. f Kunde des Morgenl. VI. p. 124 sq. -irJnx Esth. 10, 1 in Chethib, for ^''iriOni^ (prob. mule-driver, a name of Persian origin, see next art.) pr. n. m. Ahashtari, 1 Chr. 4. 6. D''2'nPCrii5 plur. m. mules, Pers. jlxwwl estdr, Juwwl ester, a mule, Sanscr. apca- tara. Esth. 8, 10, where it is rendered definite by the addition sons of mares. The "(- is appended, as in casn'nzJnN . fiHi^ see "infiji. t355 subst. m. (r. uisx) 1. a gentle sound, murmur, whisper, and plur. CiiX concr. mutterers, whisperers, i. e. vtxQO- fiarinq, necromancers, ventriloquists, im- itating artificially the supposed murmur or thin voice of the shades or manes, Is. 19, 3. See under SiK . 2. a going softly, gentle motion ; whence often adverbially. ai< , DXb . ::Nb , softly, gently, slowly, e. g. of the still slow gait of a mourner, 1 K. 21. 27 ; of water gently flowing. Is. 8, 6. So ^isx^ pr. in my slow gait, slowly, at my convenience, Gen. 33. 14. Also of the manner of act- ing and speaking ; 2 Sam. 18, 5 "^b axb ^rsb (deal) gently with the young man f(yr my sake ! Job 15. 11 -^" '^^\ *=7^ and words gently (spoken) towards thee, "^? a root not in use ; Arab, to he fast, firm; Conj. II, to make fast, to confirm .Hence ^^^ m. the southern buckthorn, Chris f thorn, Bhamnus paliurus Linn, so called from the firmness of its roots, Judg. 9, 14. 15. Ps. 58, 10. Arab, jdsl , i. q. the more usual ^j-fc . l^tJX m. (by Syriasm for IIU&J , r. l^x) thread, yam, of linen or cotton ; in ChalJ| t:-J5^ 39 'fi< sinew, string. Once Pro v. 7, 16 tapes- try^ coverings, of Egyptian yam. which was distinguished for its firmness and beauty. Comp. Celsii Hierob. I. 89 sq. A. Schultens compares Gr. o^oyiy, od^o- vtov. linen cloth. ^5? a root not in use. 1. i. q. ^1 to utter a gentU sound, to muiynur, spoken of the sighing of the camel when weary ; also of the rambling of the bowels when one is hungry, rgv^sir. See Comment, on Is. 19, 3. ' 2. to go softly, gently, see ax no. 2. / D J to shiU, to close, to stop, e. g. j the mouth, the ears, Pro v. 17, 28. 21, 13. [ n-iTS-jJit r^^.y^n Ez. 40, 16. 41, 16. 26, ? windows closed, sc. with bars or lattices, f which being let into the walls or beams ' could not be opened and shut at pleas- ure. Sept. &vQl8fg 8ixTV(OTal, Symm. Toltxa/, Comp. IK. 6, 4. Kindr. isArab. ,^t to cover a window with a curtain. Hipo. id. Ps. 58, 5. * "jtiJJ obsol. root, perh. to bind, to bind 6 >^ together, kindr. with Disx . Arab, i^wof tent-cords. Hence "J^ax . * "'^^ fut ^i-JX-n, to shut, to close, once Ps. 69, 16. Arab. Jof to shut in, to enclose. Kindred roots are "<:25< , ~::n , -^r . Hence the two following: "^^ (shut up, bound, perh. dumb) r, pr. n. m. a) Ezra 2, 16. Neh. 7, - : . b) Ezra 2, 42. Neh. 7, 45. ^^^ m. adj. (r. "n^x) shut up, bound, '.. e. impeded. Judg. 3, 15. 20, 16 "lax "" -? T impeded as to his right hand, . who cannot use the right hand free- \y. and hence i. q. left-handed. Arab. _b! Conj. V, to be impeded ; comp. cX& to bind, to tie, transferred also to I the tongue, like Engl, tongue-tied. ^5 , constr. "^bt 1. Interrog. adverb, where? c. suff. ns^x where art thou? Gen. 3. 9. "i'St where ie he ? Ex. 2. 20. C^x where are they? Is. 19, 12. More freq. with He parag. n^x q. v. This particle seems to have arisen by drop- ping the Nun from '"IX II, (q. v. in "j'^xia whence ?) and this again seems to have been originally the same as the nega- tive "(7X I ; just as many other negative words have also passed over to an in- terrogative power ; comp.Lat. ne, Gel-m. nicht wahr ? Engl, not so ? Hence i'X pr. he is not there, not present, i. q. ^SS/ix , comp. Job 14, 10 ; and interrog. is he not there ? q. d. where is he? In this way VX no. I and II become closely related. Comp. Heb. Gram. 150. no. 1 ult. In Arabic j^l has passed over into an in- terrog. pron. who ? f auf ; and the same also is Eth. AJK. Comp. Germ, wo? Engl, who ? 2. As a mere sign of interrogation, put before adverbs and pronouns in order to give them an interrogative power ; just as "^dx gives them a relative sense. Comp. Germ, wovon ? for von welchem ? Engl, wherefore ? i. q. for what ? Hence a) nt ""X , which? what? but always with reference to place (except in Ecc. 11, 6), 1 K. 13, 12 T^tn r^n^ m -"X what way went he ? (Or perh. i. q. Lat. ubi vice ? quorsum via? see under M-ra "^X in lett b.) 2 K. 3, 8. 2 Chr. 18, 23^ Job 38, 24. Also without interrogation, Jer. 6, 16. Ecc. 11, 6. Elsewhere i. q. where? (from nt here.) Job 28, 12. Esth. 7, 5. Sometimes written in one word, nt^x, q. V. b) WT3 'X from what ? whence ? (from nra thence.) Gen. 16,. 8. 1 Sam. 30, 13. Jon. 1, 8 nnx us nst-q ix from what people art thou ? 2 Sam. 15, 2 ''X nnx 1^? nV2 from what city art thou ? strictly Lat. ' undenam populi ? undenam urbis V as Plaut. unde gentium ? Odyss. 1. 170 Tto&sv avdgbiy. c) rxib "'X where- fore ? why? from rxtb therefore, Jer. 5. 7. Note. With certain other particles "ix is joined more closely, so as to coa- lesce with them into one word, as Tj'^x , ns^x , nb-^x , nb^x , q. v. The same use of this particle is faimd in Syr. jLla^] in what way? how? } ''^ -| whence? ill] who? Chald. "pn-'X who then? n'l-'X id. Eth. h^'b where ? how ? In Prov 31, 4 Keri lad "^x n''3t'-ib^, render: nor for princes [to say], Where is strong drink? See in IX no. 1. I. ''^ contr. for ''^X, (as ^'s for '^13, '''i for ""Tn , comp. Lehrg. p. 510,) m. perhaps 5^ 40 n^i< fern. Is. 23, 2 ; plur. n-i^N, once ')'^"^5< Ez. 26, 18. R. nii<: I. 1. Pr. habitable ground, dry land, opp. to water, the sea; rivers ; see the root no. 1. Is. 42, 15 c^^xb mnn3 "^niab /uJi/Z TwaAre ^Ae rivers dry lands ; comp. 43, 19. 60, 2. Hence 2. terra maritima, land adjacent to the sea, sea-coast, whether on the shore of the main land, or an island ; like the East-Indian Dvipa, which signifies both coast and island. Spec, a) the coast, the sea-coast. Is. 20, 6. 23, 2. 6. Ez. 27, 7 niribx -^^s the coast ofElishah, i. e. of Peloponnesus or Greece, b) an island, Jer. 47 ,4 '"riES "'k the isle of Caphtor, i. e. Crete. D'in3''^.'K the isles of Chittim, Ez. 27, 6 Jer. 2, 10 ; comp. Esth. 10. 1. where en "I'x are put in antith. with the main land, continent, c) Plur. C^^X very often for coasts, maritime regions, espec. be- yond sea, as in Jer. 25. 22 is added by ivay of epexegesis e^n -i2?3 -'rx "'itn . Hence genr. of coasts and islands far -emote, Is. 24. 15. 40, 15. 41, 1. 5. 42. 4. 10. 12. 49, 1. 51, 5; espec. those of the Mediterranean Ps. 72, 10. Dan. 11, 18, which also are called more definitely D*n ^:^x Is. 11, 11, and o-^ian -^fx Gen. 10, 5. Zeph. 2, 11. In Ez. 27." 15 the Indian Archipelago is to be understood. II. ''i? contr. for ''^X (r. n^ II, see in "X I ) pr. a howling, vailing cry. Hence 1. Concr. the howler, i. e. the jackal, Arab. ^^1 ^\, piur. ^^| v:yLb, son, daughters of howHng. Pers. JUbi, whence Germ. Schakal, Engl, jackal. So called from its nocturnal cry or howl, which resembles the scream of a child. Damiri ap. Bochart. Hieroz. I. p. 843. Found only in plur. D-*x, Is. 13, 22. 34, 14. 2. Interj. i. q. 'li^t ah ! alas ! wo ! c. dat. Ecc. 10, 16. 4, 10 ib '^x , which seve- ral editt. read in one word, ib'^x wo to aim ! III. ''i? adv. not, non. found Job 22. 30, and in the pr. names ^i22-'^N (inglorious) Ichabod 1 Sam. 4, 21, and h^i^n, Jeze- bel. It is much more freq. in Rabbinic, espec. as prefixed to adjective forms with a privative signification, like Engl, m, tm, in the same usage ; and also in Ethiopic, where A is prefixed also to verbs. It is doubtless an abridged form from )'^i< , see r. "j^X, 'fX ; like the Greek and Sanscr. a priv. from an. I'^^D'^^ (inglorious) Ichabod, pr. n. 1 Sam.* 4, 21. See in "'X III. ~_V ^^ ^^ ^^ adversary, enemy, to any one ; to persecute, to hate. The primary idea is prob. to be sought in breathing, blowing, pnffing at or upon anyone, which is often referred to anger and hatred, Germ, anschnauben. Kin- dred is snx, in which the ideaof 6reaY/i- ing after passes over into that of desire and love. The finite verb occurs only once, Ex. 23, 22 ; but very freq. is Part. I'^ix as subst. an adversary, enemy. Gen. 22, 17. 49. 8. al. Sometimes it retains the construction of a participle, 1 Sam. 18. 29 l^^TK ni^-ix an enemy to David. Fem. ra;;ix collect, enemies, Mic. 7, 8. 10. Comp. Lehrg. p. 477. Deriv. -T>x , and nn'^K f (contr. for nz^X, as n^*x for n^a'^s) enmity, hostility, Gen. 3, 15. Num. 35. 2i. ^^"'^ m. pr. a load, harden, by which one is oppressed, crushed ; from r. 'iJiX no. 2. Hence 1. misfortune, calamity, Ps. 18, 19. Job 21, 30. 2. destruction, ruin, Job 18, 12. 21, 17. 30, 12. bx 'i^X destruction from God, Job 31,23." n;i? f (for n^^X , r. mx ll)^T. cry, cla- mour ; hence 1. As the name of a clamorous bird of prey, unclean. Lev. 11. 14. Deut. 14, 13 ; also keen-sighted, Job 28, 7. Sept. and Vulg. sometimes ndture. sometimes kite. The opinion of Bochart is not im- probable, Hieroz. II. p. 193 sq. that it is the species o^ falcon called by the Arabs ^J ydyu, i. e.falco cBsalon. called also smi7'le, emerillon, Engl, merlin. Or perhaps the Heb. word is a general term for hawk, falcon, etc. whence in Lev. and Deut. 11. cc. is added nr-cb . 2. Ajah, pr. n. m. a) Gen. 36, 24. b) 2 Sam. 3, 7. 21, 8. ^.^^ i. q. *^l!$ where? with n^ parag. as nsn from in , Gen. 3, 9. 18. 9. al. Also without interrogation, Job 15, 23 he wan- der eth about for bread^ n-jx where-ever it may be. 11" SI pr. n. Job, an Arab of Uz or Ausitis, distinguished for wealth and also for piety and virtue, but tried of Grod with the heaviest calamities. Besides the book of Job, he is also mentioned in Rz. 14, 14. 20. Sept. /LI , from r. nix , vol , to return, to convert, comp. Cor. Sur. 38. 40-44 ; but see against this, Thesaur. Ling. Heb. p. 81. col. 1. b^T'^SI f. (pr. non-cohabited, i. e. uXo- Xoq Plat. p. 249. B, Lat. iniacta, chaste, comp. Agnes ; an appropriate female name, and not to be estimated from the character and conduct of Ahab's queen ;) Jezebel, Isabella, pr. n. of a notorious woman, the daughter of Ethbaal king [ of Tyre, and wife of Ahab king of Israel, I infamous for her idolatry and cruel per- t secution of the prophets. 1 K. 16, 31. [ 18, 4. 13. 21, 5 sq. 2 K. 9, 7 sq. T^r^ where 7 Job 38, 19. 24. Com- pounded from the interrog. part. ''I* j ''K q. V. no. 2, and nt here. j T^ how ? apoc. from ns-^K , Gen. 26, 1 9. Without interrogation, Ruth 3, 18. 2 K. 17. 28. Often as an exclamation of pain or grief, h,ow I Ps. 73, 19. Is. 14, 4. Ecc. 2, 16. ns^X from ''&5 no. 2, and ns i. q. trs so, here. 1. how ? in what way ? Deut. 1, 12. Without interrogation, Deut. 12, 30. 2. whzre? Cant. 1, 7. 3. Often as an exclamation of pain or grief, how ! like '^''X , Is. 1, 21. Lam. 1, 1. ro'^i^ (id.) where, not interrogative, once 2 K. 6, 13, where Keri has is^N id. HDrJs^ (Milel) how 7 Cant. 5, 3. Esth. 5. b From "'J* and HDS i. q. ns , nb , so. ^''i? see r. b^X. ^t*^ m. 1. a ram, so called from his twisted horns, q. d. rolled up ; see r. bix . 41 y^^ Gen. 15, 9. Plur. d'^b^x Ex. 25, 5, and n^'bx Job 42, 8. Hence intens. b*i< q. v. 2. A term of architecture, . referring, as it would seem, to a projection in a la- teral wall, serving as a post or column, i. e. a pilaster ; either from r. b^iK no. 3, or like Lat. aries, capreolus, Germ. Bock, used for a buttress. 1 K. 6, 31. Ez. 41, 3. Plur. O-'b'^x, Ez. 41, 1. 40, 10. 14. 16. 38 ; comp. v. 26. 31. 34. 37. The ancient versions render it sometimes posts, some- times columns. See Boettcher's Proben alttestamtl. Schrifterkl. p. 302. bj*? m. a stag, hart, male deer, Deut 12, 15. 14, 5. Is. 35, 6. . Plur. dV Cant. 2, 9. 17. Always masc. but in Ps. 42, 2 j[ined with a fem. in the manner f comm. gend. thus denoting a hind, which elsewhere has the specific name nb*s< , nb^st. Chald. and Syr. id. Arab. Jut wild goat, mountain-goat, chamois. Eth. "JP A , by which orthography the affinity of the roots b^ii^ and bw is distinctly con- firmed. As to the etymology, b^x is a sort of intensive of b'l'X , therefore pr. a large ram or bu^k, and nb^X a large she- goat, or the like. Indeed the Hebrews would seem to have called all the va- rious species of deer and antelopes, which in part are furnished with twisted horns like the ram, by the general name of large rams or wild rams ; just as the Germans call the same animals Berg- ziegen, wilde Ziegen, and the Latins caprece, from their general resemblance to a goat, capra. Sept. every where EXnq)OQ. bj^ m. strength, might, once Ps. 88, 5. R. bsiK no. 2. ^'^^ m. (r. b!i&<) plur. ^"^Y^ , pr. strong, stout, mighty. 1. Plur. the mighty, the powerful, the nobles of a state, city, Ex. 15, 15. Ez. 17, 13. 2 K. 24, 15 Keri. 2. a strong, stout, mighty tree, like dQvg, spec, the oak, terebinth, and sometimes also the palm, i. q. nbx , iibx , which is more usual. Sing, once Gen. 14, 6 in the pr. n. "I'lXQ b'^x , Sept. tsqs^iv&oc t% 2 "pxi DJib for there is no bread here, nor water. 1 "Sam. 9, 4. 10, 14 and we saw I'^i* "^3 that they were nowhere. Gen. 2, 5. Num. 20, 5. Gen. 5, 24 of Enoch : n-in'bx irx npb ^3 n33\s{i . 1 K. 20, 40 sisrjt itJirr) lo ! he was not, i. e. he was gone. So of death, Ps. 39, 14. 4. Sometimes it may be rendered without, i. q. 'pKn ; but the examples strictly fall back under no. 2 ; e. g. Joel 1, 6 strong and without number, pr. ' and there is no number.' Deut. 32, 4. 5. With prefixes : a) "pi^S pr. in not, in there not being, in defect of: a) i. q. 'when there was not,' Prov. 8, 24 'j'^XS ni^l'nn when there were no deeps, i. e. be- fore the floods were yet created ; comp. a-iDS . /?) Often i. q. xbs, without, Ez. 38, 11 n^in -pxs without a wall. Prov. 5,23. 11,']4. b) 'i'^i<3 as nothing, nothing wanting, i. e. almost, well-nigh, Ps. 73, 2. Comp. M?r3 little wanting, i. e. almost; see c) ""'Sib a) For ""px ^^.i^}>. to whom there is no, nothing, Is. 40, 29. Neh. 8, 10. /5) For ni'^n Jtbb so that there should be no, etc. Ezra 9, 14. d) )^i<'0 pr. from there being no i. q j^i^ 44 'J'^X , but intensive, none, not one j see on this idiom in *j^ 1. b. 2. Jer. 10, 6. 7. 30, 7. So n'^aii )^i<'q I q. StJi'^ 'pi<, Is. 5, 9. 6, 11. 50, 2. Note. The absol. form y]i< stands only at the end of a clause ; while the constr. "pX everywhere depends on something following ; e. g. Num. 20, 5 'j'lX D"!^ there is no water, for which might also be said c^a 'j'^x . II. I'^S^ adv. ofinterrog.-MJ^ere? Arab. g. ^%^\ ; found only with "i^ prefixed, 'j'^X^ whence? Gen. 29, 4. Nah. 3, 7. al. Ori- ginally this was the same with the negat. "(';'X I, and passed over into the interrogative sense ; hence by apoc. "^i^ . 'X, ^K III. See in ^H no. 1. Heb! Gram. 150. 1. fin. V^ 1 Sam. 21, 9, i. q. "px , but inter- rogatively for I'^xn "^jr^see^t^^ntt. ^?*'^, rarely J^?^, f an ephah, a measure of grain, containing three seahs, nxG, or ten omers, '^'OSi, Ex. 16, 36. According to Josephus, Ant. 8. 2. 9, the ephah contained 72 sextarii, equal to the Attic (liquid) metretes, or 1993.95 Paris cubic inches, about 1 ^ bush. English ; see Boeckh Metrolog. Untersuch. pp. 259, 278. This is also confirmed by other testimony ; so that there is doubt- less an error in another passage of Jose- phus, Ant. 15. 9. 2, where the ephah seems to be equal to 96 sextarii, or the Attic medimnus. 1 Sam. 17, 17. Zech. 5, 6 sq. Judg. 6, 19. Ruth 2, 17. Also ns^&il n^X a double ephah, one just, the other false, Prov. 20, 10. Deut. 25, 14. Am. 8, 5. The origin of this word is to be sought in the Egyptian lan- guage ; where the Heb. ns''N corre- sponds to CWSTTS measure, spec, of corn, modius, fi-om r. CWll , HIl , to number ; whence Sept. olcpi Arab, auo* , an Egyp- tian measure. See Rodiger in Allg. Encyclop. art. Epha. Thes. Ling. Heb. in Append. ^^''^ (fi-om 'IN and iiQ here) where 7 Is. 49, 21. Ruth 2, 19 ; hcywl what kind of? Judg. 8, 18. In an indirect inquiry, Jer. 36, 19. . q. N1SX, q. V. c. suff. i^'iji, 'qi^'^6?, rna'^N Plur. ts'^ai-'ji only thrice, Ps. 141, 4. Prov. 8, 4. Is. 53, 3 ; instead of which the com- mon usage has substituted CiiTr:it (from obsol. sing. tti:N), constr. ""^J?!*^ c. suffi '^'^'?? , t=r!'''i^?^? ; also as periphrastic plur. tlS^S 1.33 , comp. no. 6. 1. a man. Spec, a) a male, opp. to a female ; Gen. 4, 1 / have gotten a man with the Lord, i. e. a man-child. 1 Sam. 1, 11. So even of brutes. Gen. 7,2; comp. 1, 27. 6, 19. So Lat. vir of beasts, Virg. Eclog. 7, 7. b) a husband, opp. to a wife, Ruth 1, 11. Gen. 3, 6. 29, 32. 34. With suff. sis-^'rax our men, i. e. our husbands, Jer. 44, lb. So Gr avr,Q II. 18. 291 , Lat. vir Hor. Sat. 1. 2. 127. c) As opp. to an old man, one of manly age, vigour, 1 Sam. 2, 33. d) Emphat. of manliness, warlike valour, comp. Hithpa. below. 1 Sam. 4, 9 c^dixb ii-^rti siptnnn be strong, and be ye men! 1 K. 2. 2. Comp. Hom. II. 5. 529. e) a man, mor- tal, opp. to God, Job 9, 32. 12, 10. Is. 31, 8 ; espec. in plur. Gen. 32, 29. Is. 7, 13. Comp. Hom. nonijQ ard^ajv re ^smv ts, Opp. to beasts, Ex. 11, 7. Gen. 49, 6. f) Joined in apposition with other sub- stantives, as bi^D aJijt a man a eunuch i. e. a eunuch Jer. 38, 7 ; "inb ^ir^x a priest Lev. 21, 9,' espec. with gentile names, e. g. '''irs aJ\y a Hebrew Gen. 39, 14. Comp. Gr. avdQEg rahXaloi, uv- d()sg 'raQarjXixm, Acts 1, 11. 3, 12. g) Witlf genit. of a city, land, people, it de- notes a citizen, inhabitant, etc. e. g. ttj-'it bx'niz:'^ a man of Israel, i. e. Israelite ; bN'nt:^ "iirsx l Sam. 7, 11 ; n^sin"! '^;r3S5 2 Sam. 19^ 42 ; also ^"^^ffi "^tlJsx Gen. 24, 13. In this signif the sing, aiiist is mostly put collectively, as bs<'iiai aJ^x fbr "^ilisx ^^TT^ Josh. 9, 6. 7. 10,^24. Judg. 7, 8/8, 22. ai. h) With genit. of a king, leader, military chief; master, etc. the men of any one, for his companions. foUoxcers, soldiers, his people, 1 Sam. 23, 3. 12. 24, 5. 8. 28, 1. Once perhaps spoken of relatives and near friends, like Syr. ,Il^ d^\, e. g. Ez. 24, 17. 22, where ts^tlJDX tsnb the bread of men, is the foo which relatives and fi-iends were accua ton>ed to send to mourners, i) So toi D^n'biS! ^a-iit and with art, b'^n'^xnoJ'^N !l a^^ 45 n^i^ man of God, i. q. servant and minister of God ; spoken of angels Judg. 13, 6. 8 ; of prophets 1 Sam. 2, 27 ; of Moses Deut. 33, 1 ; of David 2 Chr. 8, 14. k) With genit. of an attribute, quality, vir- tue, vice, etc. it denotes one possess- ing that attribute or quality; and in this way the Hebrews form a peri- phrasis for an adjective ; e. g. "^xh IJ'^x a man of form, i. e. handsome ; D"'?3'n Il5"'5< a man of blood, bloody ; 33^ "''^?^ intel- ligent see in -b no. 1. e ; oii"n 'I'JJsx men of name, famous. Gen. 6, 4 ; comp. tl3i5 n^'ixn a husbandman. Gen. 9, 20. 1) Collect, for Tnen, i. e. soldiers, troops. Is. 21, 9. Comp. nnx Is. 22, 6. m) OJ-^X marks also a man of rank, a great man, noble, as opp. to onx a man of low con- dition ; see in onx no. 1. b. n) As joined with numerals, we find after numerals below ten 0"^!t53X, as d^^3X mrboJ Gen. 18, 2 ; between ten and twenty some- times TlJ'^X , Num. 1, 44 ; and above twen- ty always ttJ'^x, 1 Sam. 14, 14. 22, 2. 18. al. saep. 2. Wiih HX or "Sn, one another; see nx and ?n . 3. Put for any man, i. e. one, some one, any one, Gen. 13, 16. Ex. 16, 29. Cant. 8, 7. So Syr. ^.aJ] for rig, e. g. |-?Q -aj1 a certain Jew. Plur. D"'1IJ3X men, certain men, like Syr. ^^1aJ| , 1 K. 20, 17. Jer. 37, 10. 4. each, every one. 1 K. 20, 20 ^13^5 "i^zi'^X d-^X and they slew every one his man. lli^xn tt)"^x this and that man, each and every one, Ps. 87, 5. Esth. 1, 8. Once like V3 prefixed to another subst. Gen. 15, 10 ^inr"] nxnpjb i^na-^^X in'^l and laid each part of each (animal) one over against the other, where iina-ttJix is i. q. i-inn-bs , but the sacred writer puts tt)"'X foi Vs in order to correspond with the following ^iSi?"!- So too uJ^x l-'Hij Gen. 9, 5. 5. Impers. like Germ, man, Ft. on, Engl, one, plur. men, e. g. one says, men say, etc. 1 Sam. 9, 9 Ks bx'ib'^a c^rSb T23"'X "^^^^ formerly in Israel men said thus, i. q. it was said. 6. OJ'^X 'isa sons of men, as a peri- phrastic plur. for men simply, Ps. 4, 3; like Q'lX iDa , see CiX no. 5. Sometimes emphat. for the noble, the high, opp. to d'lX ^53, Ps. 49, 3. Prov. 8, 4 ; see no. 1. m, and D'^X no. 1. b. Note. As to the etymology, we hold ^''X to be a primitive word ; yet soft- ened from the harsher form ^3X (^3X) q. V. whence also liTZJX for nd3X, and plur. d'"lJ3X . In like manner the Arabic has ..tLlol and ,.LL}|. Deriv. -pttj^x , pr. n. nintli-^X , n!l32-!l3^X , also ^^ denom. verb, only in Hithpal. tt3tlJixnin to show oneself a man, ardgl- ^^(T&a'i; Is. 46, 8 TiJdxnn show your- selves men, be men, i. e. be wise, cast away the childish trifles of idolaters. Chald. ^'ttSxnrj and ;;L;i^, and Jacob was scarce gone out when Esau his brother came 171. Judg. 7, 19. So Lat. tantum quod^ Cic. ad Fam. 8. 23, ^^ tantum quod ex Arpinati veneram, cum mihi a te litterse redditse sint." Vellei. 2. 117. * "15^ obsol. root, i. q. ^15^, 'iSJ*, to bi7id; then to strengthen, to fortify a city. Hence ^3^ (fortress, castle) Accad, pr. n. of a city built by Nimrod, Gen. 10, 10. Sept. UqxoiS, comp. pia^'n and p^^.'^"^ . The Targums and Jerome understand Nesi- bis a city of Mesopotamia. njDi< (;for ntS , Aleph. prosthet. r. Sts) pr. falsehood, deceit, but every where concr. for 3tDj< bn3 a deceitful brook, a failing torrent, soon drying up and dis- appointing the hope of the traveller, Jer. 15, 18. Mic. 1, 14. Opp. "jn^X a per- ennial stream. Comp. Lat. fundus men- dax Hor. Carm. 3". 1. 30. I'lfDi^ (i. q. nTDK) Achzib, pr. n. a) A city on the sea-coast of Asher, be- tween Acco and Tyre, Gr. f]cdippa.now called ez-Zib. Josh. 19, 29. Judg. 1, 31. b) A city in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 44. Mic. 1, 14. Comp. n-^TS and nnts . "iTDi^ m. (r. ^tS) pr. violence, but every where as concr. violent, Lam. 4, 3. Job 30, 21. Of poison, violent, deadly, Deut. 32, 33. Once in a good sense for bold, brave, Job 41, 2. Hence "''iTlDi^ fierce, cruel, Prov. 5, 9. Jer. 6, 23. Also cruel, terrible; Prov. 17, 11 a terrible messenger, who brings fatal tid- ings, as of a sentence of death. Is." 13, 9. Jer. 30, 14. n^'^nTD^ f. (from '^^tS!* with the end- ing M, see Heb. Gram. 85. 6,)^erce- ness, cruelty, of wrath Prov. 27, 4. nb'iDJj^ f. an eating, a meal, 1 K. 19. 8. R. b=55 . ipij (r. 12:dx) Achish, pr. n. of a king of the Philistines in Gath. 1 Sam. 21, 11. 27, 2. 1 K. 2, 39. * -^^^'inf. constr. hbif. , with pref. bb^b , bbxla, c. sufF. ?ib2N, iiax; fut. bajt"', in pause b55 , DSn bax , to eat up or devour a people, the poor, spoken of rulers or no- bles who consume the wealth of a peo- ple by. oppression and extortion, Ps. 14. 4. Prov. 30, 14. Hab. 3, 15. Comp. drjfio^o- gog ^aadsvg II. 1. 231. So also to devour thefiesh of a people id. Mic. 3, 3. Else- where to eat, to devour, is i. q. to consume in war, by slaughter, Hos. 7, 7. Is. 9, 11. Dut. 7, 16. Jer. 10, 25. 30, 16. 50, 7. 17. 51, 34. Comp. Judith 5, 24. h) to eat or devour the words of any one, i. e. to receive them greedily, to listen eagerly; Gr. q)a/slv qrifiaxa, dicta devorare, Plaut. Asin. 3. 3. 59. So Jer. 15, 16 ^xs-33 obsxi ^''"]3'7 thy words were brought to me. and I did eat them, i. e. devoured them eagerly, made them wholly mine. (Comp. ad Carm. Samarit.4. 16.) Hence is to be explained the vision of the roll or volume given to the prophet to be devoured, Ez. 2, 8. 3, 1 sq. comp. Rev. 10, 9. 10. 2. to devour to consume^ oftcD spoken b.1. 48 nsx of inanimate things, e. g. fire, Num. 16, 35. 21, 28. 26, 10. Job 1, 16. al. With 3 Zech. 11, 1 ; comp. ignis edax, Virg. ^n. 2. 758; nuvrnq nvg sa&lsL II. 23. 182. Also of the sword, 2 Sam. 2, 26. 18, 8. Deut. 32, 42 ; of famine and pesti- lence Ez. 7, 15 ; of deadly disease Job 18, 13; of the wrath of God Ex. 15, 7 ; of a curse Is. 24, 6 ; of heat and cold Gen. 31, 40; of ardent zeal Ps. 69, 10. 3. i. q. to enjoy any thing, e. g. good, good-fortune, c. 3 Job 21, 25 ; the fruits of good or bad actions, sensual pleasures, Prov. 30, 20 ; comp. 9, 17. So Lat. vesci voluptatibus Cic. Fin. 5. 20. 4. Perh. to taste^ to have the sense of taste, Deut. 4, 28. 6. to eat off, \. ^. to take from, to di- minish. Ez. 42, 5 the upper chambers were shorter, nsn^ c^P^nx ^bai^ ^'^ for the galleries took away from them, i. e. occupied part of the space. NiPH. b3K3, fut. bsx;:, to be eaten, Ex. 12, 46. 13, 3. 7 ; also of what m,ay be eat- en, to be fit for food, Gen. 6, 21. Metaph. to be devoured by fire, Zech. 9, 4. ^^ ^ PiEL bsx i. q. Kal, like Arab. (jS}. to eat up, to consume. Job 20, 26 ''nbrxn t'X a fire consumes him, for inbSNP) . The Dagesh forte extruded is com- pensated by the long vowel Kamets ; though some Mss. read sinbssn. See Lehrg. 72. n. 2. p. 251. PuAL to be consumed, with fire Neh.. 2, 3. 13 ; by the sword Is. 1, 20. Hi PH. b^sxri, fut. b^35<^, once 1 pers. Ij-^SIN Hos. ii, 4 ; inf ^-^sn for b^sxr; Ez. 21, 33 ; pr. to make eat up or consume, e. g. the sword Ez. 21, 33. Spec, to give to eat, to feed with any thing, with two ace. of pers. and thing, Ex. 16, 32. Num. 11, 18. Deut. 8, 16. Is. 49, 26; with "j^ of food, Ps. 81, 17. Deriv. the four following, and '^^'^35<, ^ssa, rtsx^, nbbx^, nVsia . bDiJ Chald. fiit. bax'i , i. q. Heb. to eat, to devour. ''^ '^H'i^ii^ ^?^ pr- to eat the pieces of any one, to eat him up piece- meal, metaph. for to slander, to accuse falsely, to inform against, Dan. 3. 8. 6, 25. So in Targg. T^'^^V ^=i< for Heb. \>'^^ , b'13'n Tl^fi . Syr. f^^i ^Jf for Gr. dia^dUco Luke 16, 1 j whence part.^^l lit- diabolus, Arab, ^j^j jvi J51 id. See also in Chald. y^p?. "55^ m. c. suff. 'ibsK 1. an eating, devouring, i. e. act of eating, Ex. 12, 4 ibsx ^t^h d'^i< every one according to his eating. 16, 16. 18. 21. Job 20, 21. 2. food, spec, a) grain, fruits, pro- duce, provision. Gen. 14, 11. 41. 35 sq. 42, 7 sq. 43, 2 sq. 44, 1. b) prey, meat, of wild animals. Job 9, 26. 39, 3. 32. [38, 41. 39, 29.] bDiJ or bSiJ pr. n. m. Ucal, Prov. 30, 1 ; see in bx^n^Jt. f^^?? f (r. bax) food, Gen. 1, 29. 6, 21 ; so of tlie meat or prey of animals Jer. 12, 9; food i. e. fuel of fire Ez. 15, 4.6. ]?? adv. pr. inf. absol. Hiph. from r. ,!13, for "(Sr:, )^'sn ; frmly, Josh. 3, 17. 4,3. Chald. rsn, "^zn. Others, i. q. (3 with X prosthetic. 1. Strongly affirming, surely! truly! of a certain truth ! Gen. 28, 16. Ex. 2, 14. Jer. 8, 8. 2. Adversat. but, yet, Ps. 31, 23.. Is. 49, 4. 53, 4. R?V 1- ^^ load up a beast of bur- den, pr. prob. to bend, to make bow down under a load, kindr. with t]S3 q. v. Arab. c-ost II, to bind fast the pack-saddle ; IV, to put on the pack-saddle. See de- riv. qsx . Hence 2. to impel to labour, to urge on, like Syr. waaf . Once Prov. 16, 26 C)3I< ^^ silT'Q 1"*^:^ for his mouth urges him on, i. e. his hunger drives him to labour. The construction with "by is to be ex- plained fi-om the primary signif of lay- ing on a load. 5)5^ m. a load, burden; hence me- taph. weight, dignity, authority, like ni33. Job 33, 7 "iss"^ xb r^-^hv "^edxi audi my dignity shall not weigh heavy upon thee. So Chald. Syr. But Sept. ) ;^f/^ (lov, and so Kimchi, regarding risx i. q. wi3 in the similar passage Job 13. 21. The former sense is to be preferred. * *IDH a root not in use, i. q. Arab, .S\ Conj. V, to dig, espec. the earth j OS 49 is whence S \ , 80 \ , a pit, ditch. Kindr. roots are n-nS, n^is, "'iJip, ^;?3. Hence *^|^ m. a digger^ husbandman^ Jer. 51, 23. Am. 5, 16. Plur. o-^-iSX , c. suff. DS'^'iSit 2 Chr. 26, 10. Joel 1, U. Is. 61, 5. Chald. id. Syr. and Zab. i'^\ . Arab. lj|. Perh. from the same stock may- come Gr. uyqoqy Lat. ager^ Goth, a/cr. Germ. Acker^ whence Engl, acre as a measure of land. * 12355^ a root not in use, Syr. h^\ to he angry. Hence ttJisij. vjT^SJ!? (feiscination, r. paSlD) AcJishaph, pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Asher, Josh. 12, 20. 19, 25. ' ^? a negative word, like the kindr. xb , xb , "^^ , i^^ , "'b . 1. Subst. nothing, nought. Job 24, 25 who will bring my speech to nought ? 2. Conj. in the sense oC prohibiting, dehorting, deprecating, i. e. of wishing that not, that something may not be done. Joined always with the future, viz. with fut. apoc. where this exists, and- with 1 pers. paragog. Ex. 16, 29 ttJ^K 5<^r^^ let no man go out. 1 Sam. 26, 20. In 2 pers. Gen. 22, 12 T^n^ n^Trn-b5< stretch not forth thine hand, ixn^n-bx/ear ye not 43, 23. Jer. 7, 4. In 1 pers. Ps. 25, 2 ni^isx'bx let me not be ashamed, i. e. God grant that I may not be put to shame. Rarely is it separated from the verb, Ps. 6, 2 'an''2'in r,Qi<3-bK not in thine anger reprove me. Also in impre- cation. Gen. 49, 4 'nnin-bs< excel thou not ! thou shall have no privilege. In entreaties X3 is added, Gen. 13, 8 &t5"bx ^nn let there not be now, I pray thee. 18, '3. 30. 32. The partic. &/ lett. G. Buttm. Gr. Gram. 148. 5. Once, 1 Sam. 27, 10 D'i'sn nna^B-bx ye have then not made any incursion in these days? The reply is : A^o, for on every side dwell the Hebrews, my countrymen. Deriv. perh. b">bx, since the assumed root bbx I, is quite doubtful. ^X Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 3, but found only in the biblical Chaldee, Dan. 2, 24. 4, 16. 5, 10. * II. ^H the Arabic article, i. q. Heb. bfn. prefixed to a few Hebrew words in the O. T. which are either of Arabic origin, or at least have been received through the Arabic into the Hebrew ; see OJ^n^bi^, D-'aTabx , Tii^bx , npbx . Kindred is the demonstr. pron. plur. bx , nbx , q. v. I* ^S? m. 1. Particip. of the verb bsix , b-'K , no. 2, strong, mighty, a mighty one, hero, champion; comp. b"';^ no. 1. (See note.) Sing. Ez. 31, 11 n'^ia bx the mighty one, hero, among the nations. i. e. Nebuchadnezzar ; Sept. aqx^v i^vatv. (Many Mss. read ora b^X, and so espec Babylonish copies.) Is. 9, 5 -liaa bx the mighty hero, i. e. the Messiah. Is. 10. 21 of God. Kindred to this is the phrase in Plur. Ez. 32, 21 D-^nia^ ^bx (23 Mss. ib-ix) pr. the mighty among the heroes, i. e. the mightiest heroes, comp. Lehrg. p. 678. So Job 41 , 17 Q-^bx , where many Mss. and editions read Q'^b"'!^ . 2. strength, might, power, comp. bx-iax bs 60 bi< So in the phrase '^'i^ h^h ;ij^ it is in the power of my hand, in my power, e. g. Gen. 31, 29 nr?"! d3^^ ni^rb in;; bxb a:;] . Prov. 3, 27. Mic. 2. 1 ; also negatively, Deut. 28, 32 rj-i^ bxb "px nothing is in the power of thy hand, thou canst avail nothing. Neh. 5, 5. The b here indi- cates state or condition. Some, with a very slight perception of the nature of this phrase, understand bx of God, and render : my hand is for God, i. e. instead of God, comp. Job 12, 6. Hab. 1, 11 ; also Virg. ^n. 10. 773 Dextra mihi Deris, etc. Those passages are indeed paral- lel among themselves ; but have nothing to do with this phrase. See in Piibx . 3. God, the Mighty One. the Almighty. In order to illustrate how far the Hebrew usage in respect to the names of God, as b^5 , C'libx , T^ir^*^^ , n'l , is synonymous, we note here the following in respect to this word : a) In prose, when spoken of God v.ax HoyjiVy it never stands alone, but always either with an attribute, as ji^bs b!!< , ''ni;? bst , e niJT^^ Ps. 104, 16, ti^ni 14 Gen. 13, lo! So bx ^'n'ln mountains of God Ps. 36, 7. Comp. uXg 8la, dla ylaxedalfiiov. See in a-'nbx no. 6. Plur. c^^bx 1. mighty ones, heroes , see above in Sing. no. 1. 2. gods, in a wider sense, spoken oi Jehovah and also heathen gods, Ex. 15 11, comp. 18, 11. Dan. 11, 36 o^^bx bx God of gods, i. e. the supreme God. Also n-ibx ^33 Ps. 29, 1. 89, 7, sons of the gods, by an idiom of Heb. and Syriac syntax, poet, for sons of God, i. e. angels. Note. Following the example of most etymologists, we have above referred bx to the root bnx ; but to speak more accu- rately, bx would seem rather to be a primitive word, yet adapted in a certain measure to an etymology from bnx, so that to the mind of the Hebrew it always presented the idea of strength and power. However this may be, we may note in respect to Semitic usage : a) That from G S S the word bx (Arab. jL>r J^, and JO as from a root or stem are ibrmed several other derivative words, e.g.nbx to invoke Grod, espec. in an oath ; f^bx , xJj , to wor- ship God; also wbx, nbx, sSl, God; comp. ouo) to be a father, ]Zaii] fathers, from v-s] . b) That in Hebrew, besides bx , which follows the, analogy of verbs ^S, there are two other forms follow- ing the analogy of verbs nb, viz. bx , 'bx , which are usual in pr. names, comp. c-^p^ibx, a"'ir^bx, 'nbTS'^bx. etc. Among the Phenicians, ^J/yi, "/Aoc, was used jcaTe^oxtjv of Saturn; see Monum. Phoenic. p. 406. II. bi< pron. plur. i. q. Hibx these. Lat. hi, hce, hcec, found only in the Pentateuch and in 1 Chr. 20, 8. Kindred is the form of the art. bn , Arab. J| . III. bi5 ^ only in constr. ^^ . almost al- ways with Makkeph, (without Makk. 2 Sam. 8, 7. 1 K. 7, 34,) rarely and poet in Plur. constr. '^bx Job 3, 22. 5, 26. 15, 22. 29, 19, (comp. Arab. Jl ,)pl"r. c. suff. ''bx, ^-^bx, T^bx, sii-^bx, D^''l?^, dn'^bx and ^^i^, , once nn'^bx Ez. 31. 14, poet, i^'^bx Ps. 2, 5 ; pr. a subst. implying motion and direction to or towards a b 61 is place, but in common usage always passing over into a preposition. A) Prep, signifying in general to tend or verge to or towards a place, whether one reaches and so enters that place, or not ; whether spoken of motion or direc- tion of the body, or of the mind, thoughts, attention, etc. i. q. to, into, towards; Lat. ad. versus, in; Germ, zu, gen; Greek TiQog, elg. It differs from b , which is abridged from it, chiefly in being more commonly used in the physical and pro- per sense ; see under b . Spec. 1. Of motion to a place, to, unto, to- wards ; espec. with verbs of going, "^^rt , ^bx obtD nsnb their heart is upright toward him. 2 Sam. 3, 8. Comp. Ex. 14, 5. 4. Denoting also the reaching or at- taining to any term, limit, object er)en to, usque ad, i. q. IS . Jer. 51. 9 his judgment (punishment) reacheth ti'^'q^vy'hif. even unto heaven, inifi "Vx even unto his mouth Job 40, 23. Metaph. Hos. 9, 1 rejoice not, Israel, b'^S.'^X even unto joy. Job 3, 22. To these latter examples may not unaptly be applied the remark of the Arabian Grammarians, that ^\ includes what is of the same kind, but excludes what is of a difterent kind ; see Cent. Reg. p. 44, 45. Here belongs also the use of bx : a) As denoting measure, e. g. n^x-bx Gen. 6, 16, even to a cubit, a cubit long ; comp. Gr. dg iviaviov till the completion of a year, a year long ; eig TQirriv ri(i(Qav, Bast. Ep. Crit. p. 12,13. Schaef Ellips. p. 108. b) Compounded, )p-?x even mit of. Job 5, 5 D-^S^rTa-bxi ^tr^i and takethiteven out of the thorns, i. e. thorn-hedges which enclose fields, etc. Comp. the like use of h Deut. 24, 5 ; also 1? Judg. 4, 16. In Arabic we may compare J^ utique ex. Cor. 26, 41, pr. adeo ex. Indeed J seems to have been derived from this signification of bx. 5. As implying the entering or passing into a term, limit, object, into, tc, i. q. the fuller Tifin'hii. Deut. 23, 25 Tj'ibs-bwS |nn xb thou shall not put (grapes) into thy vessel, nnnn-bx xi3 to come into the ark Gen. 6, 18. 7, 1. 8, 9 ; n';'2n-bx into the house Gen. 19, 3. 2 Sam. 5, 8 ; D^n-bx (to cast) into the sea Jon. 1, 5 ; y ixn-bx into the landDent. 11, 29. Hence,where spoken of a number or multitude, it may be rendered am,eng, i. q. the fuller "{"'^"bx . Jer. 4, 3 sow not a"iiip-b5< among thorns. 1 Sam. 10, 22 lo, he hath hid himself o^bsn-bx among the baggage. 6. As we have seen above (no. 1) that bx is used to denote giving, so also it expresses an adding, superadding, (comp. bj^. Ci^pin 1 K. 10, 7,) to, i. e. in addition to, together with, besides ; comp. Gr. snl Totai besides these, and Arab. Jl for ^ Cor. 4, 2. Cent. Reg. p. 43. ha 52 bm Lev. 18. 18 nor shall thou take a wife nnlnx-bx to her sister. Lam. 3, 41 Xtaa bN-bj<" D'ic3-bN iisnnb let lis lift up our heart with our hands unto God ; Sept. 71* xeifjbti^, Arab. jo . After a verb of oining together, Dan. 11, 23. But the prep, by is more frequent in this sense. 7. Metaph. of regarding, having re- spect to any thing ; hence a) in respect to, as to, Ex. 14, 5 ; comp. Gr. fig fisv 7(ivT(x. b) on account of because of propter. Ez. 44, 7 D3^ni::3?'in-b3-bx be- cause of all your abominations ; comp. V. 6 where in the same connection is read "^ , and v. 11 where it is 2 . 2 Sam. 21, 1. 1 K. 14, 5. 21, 22. So Vi< nja to weep on account of for any one, 2 Sam. 1, 24; bx pnb, bx nnsn Judg. 21, 6. c) about, concerning, of after verbs of speaking, narrating, as "iriN Gen. 20, 2, ^3^ Jer. 40, 16, ^Bp Ps. 69^ 27 ; also of hearing Ez. 19. 4. bx nr^r^lj tidings about any thing 1 Sam. 4=, 19. (Comp. in N. T. ug Acts 2, 25. Eph. 5, 32.) See ajso 1 Sam. 1, 27 ^n^^snn mri "^rrn-bx for {concerning) this child I prayed ; where bx marks also the end or object of the prayer. 8. Metaph. also of a ride or norm, ac- cording to, secundum ; as *^S"b5< accord- ing to the commandment Josh. 15, 13. 17, 4 ; Ti-i"^^ according to the certainty, for certain, 1 Sam. 26, 4 ; ribinsn-bi< ad tibias Ps. 5, 1. 80, 1. So too after verbs of likeness, as S^^'n, b^'^5, q. v. 9. When put before prepositions de- noting rest in a place, bx gives to them the signif of motion or direction to, to- wards that place ; h y?,n^ without, out of doors, but h y^n-q'bii to without forth without Lev. 4, 12, comp. foris and fo- ras; '3 between, "p3~bi< m between Ez. 10, 2. 31, 10. Comp. "^r^nx-bN, n^372-bx, h 3|;s?3-bN Josh. 15, 3, HDrbN;, rnn-bx'. B) Less frequently and in a less accu- rate use of language, but yet in many certain and definite examples, hif. as Prep, is used also o^rest or delay at, on, in a place ^o which one has come : comp. b lett. B, and also Gr. nc. eg, for sv, as 4' do^ovg ^BVdv Soph. Aj. 80, oYya8s judrfiv, see Passow Gr. Lex. fv no. 6. Bernhardy Gr. Synt. p. 215, 216. So in common Engl, to home, to bed ; Germ, zu Hause, zu Leipzig ; comp. vice versa also )'^ at a place, no. 3.^h. In all this, however, the idea of motion is not wholly lost, viz. a motion which preceded. Hence spec. 1. at, by, near, inh^ri'hii. nd;; to sit at table. Germ, zu Tische sitzen, 1 K. 13, 20 ; comp. eg S-govovg I'^ovio Od. 4. 51. Jer. 41, 12 a'^a'n c^-bjt irx ^ix^ia^^ they found him by the great waters near Gi- beon, comp. 2 Sam. 2, 13. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 136, 138. 1 Sam. 17, 3 the Philistines stood by a mountain on this side ; where the same sense would be given by ^n^!-';^ , see )^ no. 3. h. "bx n^'is at the hill Josh. 5, 3. Ez. 7. 18 nria D^SB-bs-^iS. shame shall be on all faces ; comp. just after, cri'^irx'n-bra . Here does not belong Gen. 24, 11 T^'2'^^ n^,i2 ^X2-bi<...c^^.n, which Wiiier inaccurately renders : bibendum dedit ad puteum aqucB. hut which strictly sig- nifies, ' he made them kneel down to the well of water,' a verb of motion. 2. in, at, as in the phrase of Sophoc. ig do/iiovg /usrsiv. Deut. 16, 6 "^N'CIS; "^3 npen-px natn D;^...C'iprn but in the place which Jehovah shall choose . . . there shalt thou sacrifce the passover. (Sa- mar. Cod. Cp^i.) Ps. 5, 8. 1 K. 8. 30 hear thou in thy dwelling-place iia hea- ven. Here by a slight change it might be : ' let our prayers come up into hea- ven ;' but as the words now stand, bx follows a verb of rest. Gen. 6, 6 ^Strn'^l 13b"bx it grieved him at his heart, he felt grief in his heart ; not, as Winer renders, ' it grieved him to his heart ;' since 3^rnn as being intrans. does not express the idea of penetrating into the mind. Hence also 3. bx as sometimes put before parti- cles denoting rest in a place, does not always change the sense ; comp. above in A. 9. 1 Sam. 21, 5 rnn-bx h'r^ tnb "px '^'^1 there is 7io common bread under my hand, b^^-bx for hr\-Q q. v. Note. Other significations have been ascribed to bx. which are foreign to its true power; e. g. with, appealing to Num. 25, 1. Josh. 11, 18, see in A. 1, 3, but comp. in no. 6 ; also hy, with, Jer. 33, 4, etc. ;} o ?:S irabic than Hebrew, viz. ^jw-jjfl , which le Camoos p. 742 explains by JooLiI e. concretum, spec, congelatum. See 1 bi< II. D"'lQ^5bS see D^a^bj* . : - \ - 'TlblJ (whom God loveth, Theophilus) ^Idad', pr. n. m. Num. 11, 26. 27. nij'nbjj (whom God calls, see n:?n) ^Idaah, pr. n. of a son of Midian, Gen. 5, 4. *>^5? a root not in use, Arab, aut 3 worship God, to adore; mid. Kesra J he astonished, affrighted. See note nder bi< I ; comp. nib^l . * n555j I. pr. to he round, rotund ; ence to he thick, fat, gross ; kindr. with . bl&t, comp. espec. h^i< abdomen, belly, *s. 73, 4. Arab. j| to have thick but- Dcks, of a man ; to have a fat tail, of a heep. Hence n!^^i<. II. Denom. from ^x I, where see note ; ir. to call on God, to invoke God ; hence ^^ ^^-^ 1. to swear, Arab. ^| for lj| Conj. IV, f, pr. to call on God as a witness, to af- irm by God. 1 K. 8, 31. 2. to curse, Judg. 17, 2. Hos. 4, 2. 3. to lament, to wail, pr. to call on God 3r mercy, like Engl. ' God have mercy !' oel 1, 8. Note. It may perhaps be worth in- [uiry, whether this root be not strictly >nomatopoetic, like 'bh'^ , bbsj ; and then he signification which we have here put ast (no. 3), would be the primary one. Hi PH. to cause to swear, to bind by an )ath, c. ace. 1 K. 8, 31. 2 Chr. 6, 22. L Sam. 14, 24. Put. apoc. bi<>n from ihtk-^ for nbx^ 1 Sam. 1. c. Deriv. nbx and nbxn . nbij f. Kamets imjpure, from nb&t no. [I, for nbXJJ , which again is for rixbfi< , mbfct Arab. sJt, see Lehrg. p. 509. ^ 5# 1. an oath. M^l^3 ^^'is to come into or under an oath, i. e. to take an oath, Neh. 10, 30 ; hence nbxn t^inri to put to an oath Ez. 17, 13. ' So "^nix my oath, i. e. sworn to me, Gen. 24, 41. 2. an oath of coveyiant, a sworn cove- nant, Gen. 26, 28. Deut. 29, 11. 14. Ez. 16, 59. 3. an imprecation, curse, execration^ Num. 5, 21. Is. 24, 6. nbx-nsn^ an oath of cursing, i. e. joined with curses. Num. 5, 21. S^^x^ T^ln to be for an execration Jer. 44, 12V42^ 18. Plur. ni^sx curses, execrations, Num. 5, 23. Deut. 29, 11. n^i? f an oak, Josh. 24, 26, i. q. "ji^X . R. bbx III. - T ^^^ f (r. biix) i. q. b^X no. 2, a strong hardy tree, spec, a terebinth, Pistacia Terebinthus Linn, a tree common in Palestine, long-lived, and therefore often employed for landmarks and in designa- ting places, Gen. 35, 4. Judg. 6, 11. 19. According to Pliny (16. 12) it is an ever- green ; but this is contrary to the fact. The ancient versions render it sometimes a terebinth, and sometimes an oak ; see more in Thesaur. p. 50, 51. Hence the word would seem to have been taken in a broader signification, for any large and durable tree, like Gr. dgvg. The modern name is aJsj hutm ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 15. ^^^ Chald. m. emphat. X?i^i< , i. q. Heb. nibx a god, generally Dan. 3, 28. 6, 8. 13 ; stat. emphat. spec, of Jehovah Dan. 2, 20. 3, 32. With a prefix, nbx^. 2, 19; but also with suffix contr. rinbj<3 Dan. 6, 24. Plur. "J^ribx gods Dan. 2,'ll. 5, 4. 11. 23. ')^^bx *i2 a son of the gods Dan. 3, 25. ^f^ pron. demonstr. plur. comm. ^^ese. Lat. hi, hce, hcec, employed in common usage as the plural of nt this. The simple form is bx q. v. which is less frequent ; the ending n .. has a de- monstrative power, comp. T\tt] . Arab. i^l, jl, %, fem. 1,S|, Ethiop. "hA- hi, "h A. hse, Chald. "p^X .It refers both to what follows, Gen. 2, 4. 6, 9. 11, 10; and also to what precedes, Gen. 9, 19. 10, 20. 29. 31. Usually put after the noun, as n|xii Di'n3'nf7 Gen. 15, Ij rare- rht< 54 ibb^ ly before the noun, where it is detxTinMg, Ps. 73, 12. Comp. nt. Sometimes it IS thrice repeated, Is. 49, 12. Like nt it refers also to space, <^^^?'"'? i. q- "^J ^? Lev. 26, 18. Some suppose rr^x to be ased also for the Sing, as 2 Chron. 3, 3. Ez. 46, 24. Ezra 1, 9 ; but these passages are uncertain. See on this pron. Hup- feld in Zeitschr. f. d. Morgenl. IL 161. n'bij , D-n'biC , see ?nib&^ . ' ^>^ Chald. see, lo, behold ! i. q. il^5< q. V. Dan. 2, 31. 4, 7. 7, 8. Comp. under lett. b . '^^^ if, although, a particle of the later Hebrew, Ecc. 6, 6. Esth. 7, 4. Syr. o^l . According to Hupfeld (Zeitschr. f d. Morgenl. II. 130) it is i. q. ^b with the demonstr. "JJ^ prefixed. ?|Tlb^ m. a god, God, with pref and suff. Pi%. Dan. 11, 38, in'bsb Hab. 1, 11. Arab, sill , xJl , c. art. xJJI the true God, Syr. fcru^ , Chald. t\\^_ . In uni- son with Aramaean usage, the form of the singular is employed only in the poetic style and later Hebrew ; while the pluralis majestaticus v. excellentice, C"'t-|''bi< , is the common and very frequent form. Sing. 1. a god, i. e. any god, Dan. 11, 37. 38. 39. 2 Chr. 32, 15. Neh. 9, 17. So in the proverbial phrase, Hab. 1, 11 inb&^'b inb ^t this his strength is his god, spoken of a self-confident person who contemns God, and trusts to the strength of his own hand and sword. Comp. Job 12, 6 inijn tiibx x^nn -n'^sst who carries his god in his hand, i. e. his sword, weapons. Comp. Virg. .^n. 10. 773 Dextra mihi deus, et telum . . . Nunc adsint. 2. More comm. God, the true God xt floxr^v, for ni'^i^ni , ^\ , Deut. 32, 15. Ps. 50, 22 ; and often in the book of Job. Constr. with an adj. sing. Deut. I.e. and plur. Job 35, 10. Plur. D^'n'bK with pref contr. c^n-bxa, A) In a plural sense : 1. gods, deities, in general, true or false. S'^'i^'a ^n'bx the gods of the Egyptians Ex. 12. 12. ^22^ irib5< strange ov foreign gods Gen. 35, 2. 4. Deut. 29, 18. D^TT'in B'^n'bx new gods 32, 17. Sometimes in the language of common life, both Jehovah and idols are included under this common appel- lation; as Ps. 86, 8 among the gods there is none like unto thee, O Lord ! Ex. 18, 11. 22, 19. But elsewhere the attribute of deity is expressly denied to idols, and ascribed to Jehovah alone, as Is. 44, 6 besides me there is no god. 45, 5. 14. 21. 46, 9. Idols are even called D'^n-bx-stb no-gods 2 Chr. 13, 9. 2. Once of kings, i. q. D'^nb?* ""S^i, Ps. 82, 1 ; espec. v. 6. Note. Many interpreters, both an- cient and modern, assign also to cnb^? the signif angels, see Ps. 8, 6 ibique Sept. et Chald. 82, 1. 97, 7. 138, 1 ; and also judges, Ex. 21, 6. 22, 7. 8. For an examination and refutation of this opin- ion, see Thesaur. Ling. Heb. p. 95. B) In the sense of the Sing, spoken o^one God ; see on this pluralis majes- tatis s. excellentice, Lehrg. p. 663, 664. Heb. Gram. 106. 2. b. Construed with verbs (Gen. 1, 1. 3 sq.) and adjectives singular, as "in D'^n'bx 2 K. 19, 4. 16 ; p^^:? D^-^b&t Ps. 7, 10. 57, 3. 78, 56. Construed with a verb plural only in certain formulas, retained possibly from the usage of polytheism, in which C^l^bx may perhaps be translated in the plural and understood of the higher powers or intelligences. Gen. 20, 13 ^nx iis'nn ^""H^^ q- d. the gods caused me to wan- der. 35, 7. Ex. 22, 8. 32, 4. 8. 2 Sam. 7, 23. 1 K. 19, 2. Ps. 58, 12. Comp. Com- ment, de Pent. Sam. p. 58. Hence 1. any god, deity. Deut. 32, 39 there is no god besides me. Ps. 14. 1. So where the divine nature is opp. to the human, Ez. 28, 2. Ps. 8, 6 thou hast made him but little less than a god; comp. Heb. 2, 7. 2. an idol-god, god of the heathen. Ex. 32, 1 make us a god, i. e. an idol. 1 Sam. 5, 7 Dagon our god. 2 K. 1, 2. 3. 6. 16. So of a goddess, 1 K. 11, 5. 3. the God of any one, is the god whom one worships, his domestic and tutelary god, -d^tbg eTti^Mfjioc. Jon. 1, 5 they cried every one unto his god. Ruth 1, 16. Gen. 17, 7. 8. 28, 21. So the God of Israel is Jehovah, hence very often called bx^b": ^nbN Ex. 5, 1. Ps. 41, 14 , lbs 55 i!!S =p5? 'T^S P^- 20, 2. 46, 8 ; and connect- ed 'ribx riin-^ Ps. 18, 29, Tl^nis nini in - v: T ; 3 1 V .-: t ; Deuteronomy more than 200 times. 4. More rarely followed by a genit. expressing that over which the deity presides, or which he has created ; e, g. ynxni oi^a^'n ^^^^^ Gen. 24, 3; ^n'^x nixakVi the God of hosts, I e. of the celestial hosts, Am. 3, 13. So with an attribute of God, as "j^K '^*i'^^,.the God of truth Is. 65, 16. 5. D^il"^i< is put for a godlike shape, apparition, spirit, 1 Sam. 28, 13, where the sorceress says to Saul, T see a god- like form ascending out of the earth. 6. With the art. Q'^n^xn, GOD, xar i^o/riv, the one true God; Arab. aJUl irr the well known formula xJUl ^1 xJl ^ 'there is no god but God.' Comp. Ps. 77, 14. Deut. 4, 35 cn'^xn xnn nin"^^ ^s /or Jehovah he is the true G'ocZ. 1 K. 18, 21 if Jehovah be God, follow him; if Baal, follow him. v. 37. Deut. 7, 9. Hence o'lnbxn very freq. lor Jehovah, Gen. 5, 22. 6'; 9. 11. 17, 18. 20, 6. 17. al. esepiss. But the same is also C^H^X without the art. Josh. 22, 34 ; and this is very often used both in prose and in poetry for nlrr) , with scarcely any dis- tinction ; either so that both names are employed together, or the use of one or the other depends on the nature of the formula and a certain usus loquendi, or on the taste and usage of particular writers. Thus we find constantly o^nbx '^33, and on the other hand nin^ n^d^a , n^n"^ Di<3 ; while in other instances the usage is pro- miscuous, as nini ^3? and D'ih''bj5-)3 , see under d^X, ")3, etc. Note. Some interpreters also sup- pose D'^n^X to be spoken of owe king, for Dinbx-^a, (see as to the plural in A. 2 above.) and ^hey appeal chiefly to Ps. 45, 7, where they translate : Qinbx r|jiSXi\^ to become add, sour, as milk, Cr NiPH. n^i<5 trop. to be corrupt, in a moral sense, Ps. 14, 3. 53, 4. Job 15, 16. IJO?? (whom God bestowed) Elha- nan, pr. n. of one of David's warriors, who according to 2 Sam. 21, 19 slew Goliath ; see under pr. n. ^"nnh . The one mentioned 2 Sam. 23, 24 does not seem to be a diifferent person. S^**^^ (to whom God is father) Eliab, pr. n. m. a) A phylarch or chief of Zebulun, Num. 1, 9. 2, 7. b) Num. 16, 1. 12. 26, 8. c) A brother of David, 1 Sam. 16, 6. 17, 13. 28. d) 1 Chr. 16, 4. ^^'^^^^ (to whom God is strength) Eliel, pr. n. m. a) Of two of David's warriors, 1 Chr. 11, 46. 47. 12, 11. b) A phylarch of Manasseh, 1 Chr. 5, 24. c) A phylarch of Benjamin, 1 Chr. 8, 20. d) ib. V. 22. e) 15, 9. 11. f ) 2 Chr. 31, 13. ^C'?''^^ (to whom God cometh) Eli- athah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 25, 4 ; in v. 27 written nin^^6<. m b^ ni'^b^ (whom God loveth) Elidad, pr. n. of a phylarch of Benjamin, Num. 34, 21. ^^T i? (whom God knoweth, i. e. careth for) Eliada, pr. n. m. a) A son of David, 2 Sam. 5, 16, for which 1 Chr. 14, 7 r'7:i!?2>3 . b) 1 K. 11, 23. c) 2 Chr. 17,17. "" n;bX (r. n^5< I ) i. q. Arab. Iljf the fat tail of the common species of oriental sheep, ovis laticaudia Linn, the smallest of which according to Golius, himself an eye-witness, weigh ten or twelve pounds, p. 146. Comp. Hdot. 3. 113. Diod. Sic. 2. 54 ; and other writers quoted by Bo- chart in Hieroz. P. I. p. 494 sq. See Russell Nat. Hist, of Aleppo II. p. 147. Ex. 29, 22. Lev. 7, 3. 8, 25. 9, 19. 3, 9 the whole tail let him. take off near the back-bone. 5^;^ and W^X (my God is Jehovah) Elijah, Elias, pr. n. m. a) A celebrated prophet, the chief of the prophets in the kingdom of Israel during the reign of Ahab. distinguished by many mira- cles, and received up into heaven, 2 K. 2, 6 sq. But comp. 2 Chr. 21, 12. The Jews expected him to reappear before the coming of the Messiah, Mai. 3, 23 [4, 5]. b) 1 Chr. 8, 27. c) Ezra 10, 21.26. ^^ r ?, (whose God is He, i. e. Jehovah) Elihu, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 26, 7. b) 1 Chr. 27, 18. c) i. q. K^ltli^K lett. a. ^^n^ib^lil (id.) Elihu, pr. n' m. a) The son of Barachel the Buzite, a friend of Job and the fourth disputant against him, Job c. 32-35. Sometimes written tin-i^N Job 32, 4. 35, 1. b) 1 Sam. 1, 1. c) 1 Chr. 12, 20. '^i'^^'in^ipij (towards Jehovah are my eyes) Elihoenoi, pr. n. m. a) Ezra 8, 4. b) 1 Chr. 26, 3. ^5'^?'^''^^ (id.) Elioenai, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 3, 23. b) 4, 36. c) 7, 8. d) Ezra 10, 22. e) 10, 27. Xan^bx (whom God hideth) Eliahba, pr. n. of one of David's warriors, 2 Sam. 23, 32. 5^'?'^'^'?^ (God his recompense, from O^a. Conj. Ill to recompense,) Eliho- reph, pr. n. m. 1 K. 4, 3 bfi^ yb^ (r. Isbx I ) 1. Adj. of nothing, nought, empty, \ ain, 1 Chr. 16, 26. Ps. 96, 5. Plur. the nought, i. e. idols. Lev. 19, 4. 26, 1. Comp. ban . 2. Subst. nought, vanity. Job 13, 4 ^""bx >^^s'"l physicians of nought, nothing worth, i. e. empty comforters ; comp. Zech. 11, 17. tjb'D'ibx (God his king) Elimelech, pr. n, of Ruth's father-in-law, Ruth 1, 2. 2,1. )'^^^ and y>i^ Chald. pron. demonstr. plur. comm. these, Lat. hi, hce, hcec, i. q. Heb. n|s . Dan. 2, 44. 6, 7. qO^bX (whom God hath added) Elia- saph, pr. n. m. a) A chief of the tribe of Gad, Num. 1, 14. 2, 14. b) 3, 24. '^JT^^: (Grod his help) Eliezer, pr. n. m. a) A man of Damascus, whom Abra- ham before the birth of Isaac had intend- ed for his heir. Gen. 15, 2. According to V. 3 he was a servant born in his house, ve.ma. b) A son of Moses, Ex. 18, 4. c) 1 Chr. 7, 8. d) 27, 16. e) 15, 24. f ) 2 Chr. 20, 37. g) Ezra 8, 16. 10, 18. h) 10, 23. i) 10, 31. '^^^''bx (perh. contr. from '^r^i'^^x) Elienai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 20. 0?''b^ (i. q. DX^Kx, Sij'^bx) Eliam, pr. n. m. a) The father of Bathsheba, 2 Sam. 11, 3; for which 1 Chr. 3,5 bj<''535. b) 2 Sam. 23, 34. TS'ibX (God his strength) Eliphaz, pr. n. m. a) A son of Esau, Gen. 36, 4 sq. b) A friend of Job and one of the disputants against him. Job 2, 11. 4, 1. 15, 1. al. bs*ibj< (whom God judgeth, from b^S) Eliphal, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 35. '^nbS'^pi!! (whom God makes distin- guished) Elipheleh, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 15, 18. 21. UbS^bijI (God his deliverance) Eliphe- let, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 3, 6. 14, 7 ; for which 14, 5 ubsbx . b) 2 Sam. 23, 34. c) 1 Chr. 8, 39.' ' d) Ezra 8, 13. e) 10, 33. "l^22^bX (God his rock) Elizur, pr. n. m. Num. 1, 5. 2, 10. 7, 30. 35. 10, 18. "{SS'^bjs^ (whom God protects) Eliza- phan, pr. n. m. a) Num. 3, 30 ; for 67 ^bi^ which "iS^Vs^ Ex. 6, 22. Lev. 10, 4. b) Num. 34,'25. ^1?'^'?^ pr. n. m. Elika, 2 Sam. 23, 25. The etymology is unknown. ^'^PtI'^ (whom God hath set up) Eli- akim, pr. n. m. a) A prefect of the pa- lace under king Hezekiah, 2 K. 18, 18, 19, 2. Is. 22, 20. 36, 3. b) A son of king Josiah, set upon the tlirone by Necho king of Egypt, who also changed his name to D^p^-iiTi (whom Jehovah hath set up) Jehoiakim, 2 K. 23, 34. 24, 1. Jer. 1, 3. 1 Chr. 3, 15. c) Neh. 12, 41. 2^^ '^'^b^ (God her oath, q. d. worship- per of God, comp. Is. 19, 18^) pr. n. f. Elisheba, Elisabeth, Ex. 6, 23. Sept. ^EXiaa^h, as Luke 1, 7. ^^"'bX Elishah, pr. n. of a region situ- ated on the Mediterranean, whence pur- ple was brought to Tyre, Gen. 10, 4. Ez. 27. 7. Most prob. Elis, a district of the Peloponnesus, (comp. Cod. Samar. in which it is written ^"^bst without n ,) the name of which seems to have been em- ployed by the Hebrews as an appellation for the whole Peloponnesus ; as not un- frequently whole countries, espec. if re- mote, are designated by the names of single provinces ; comp. "f^l . The pur- pura, or shell-fish producing the purple dye, was found not only in Laconia (Hor. Od. 2. 18. 7), but also in the gulf of Co- rinth and the islands of the ^gean sea : comp. Bochart Phaleg III. 4. Others understand by naj^bx , Hellas ; see Mi- chaelis Spicil. Geogr. Hebr. T. I. p. 78. ^If^'biH (God his salvation) Elishua, pr. n. of a son of David, 2 Sam. 5, 1/ 1 Chr. 14, 5. 3"'t3^bjJ (whom God restoreth) Elia- shib, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 3, 24. b) 1 Chr. 24, 12. Ezra 10, 6. c) Neh. 3. 1. 20. 12, 10. d) e) Ezra 10, 24. 27. 36. 5^'aiC'ibK (whom God heareth) Eli- shama, pr. n. m. a) 2 Sam. 5, 16. b) Num. 1, 10. 2, 18. c) 2 K. 25, 25. Jer. 41, 1. d) 1 Chr. 2, 41. e) 2 Chr. 17, 8. 5^'^bs; (for 3)'ij;i "^bx God his salva- tion) pr. n. m. Elisha, a celebrated prophet, the disciple as well as the com- panion and successor of Elijah, and dis- tinguished by many miracles. He flour bt< 58 !abi^ ished in the kingdom of the ten tribes, in the ninth century B. C. 2 K. c. 2-13. In N. T. 'MKTaalog Luke 4, 27. I2St5''bjJ (whom God judgeth) Elisha- phat, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 23, 1. "injb^ see r^n5<'l!^^^. ^l^^i? Chald. pron. plur. these, i.q. Heb. n^X. Dan. 3, 12. 13. 21. 22. Ezra 4, 21. 5, 9. al. In Tjr lurks the sufF. 2 pers. (tibi), as in Tj"!!, T^^, Arab. Jl j. ' ^^v ^ verb not in use, to be no- thing; to be empty, vain; comp. under "i^ix no. 1. It is comm. derived from the particle bit I, merely in order to form ii'^^N , but is quite doubtful ; see in bx fin. 1 J . 5515 to wail, to howl, onomatop. i. q. bb*!, and Arab. J| Camoos p. 1391. Comp, Gr. aXaXa^eiv. Hence "^^^^ . *III. ^^^ kindr. with h^i<, nbx I, pr. to roll, then to be round, swelling, thick ; whence tihi< , "ji^X , an oak, thick tree. '^bbJiC interj. expressing grief^ wo! alas ! Gr. ilsUv, only with "^b , Job 10, 15. Mic. 7, 1. R. bVx II. * ^2? in Kal not used. 1. to bind, to tie, see Piel and n^bx . 2. Pass, to be bound sc. as to the tongue, i. e. to be mute, dumb ; see Niph. and the nouns nbx , Q^K , *^3bbs . Comp. Engl. tongue-tied, Gr. dea/iog trig yXtaaaijg Mark 7, 35, also (pt/iovo-i^at, Pers. ^^^JuaU ijW) to bind the tongue, i. q. to be silent, dumb. 3. to be lonely, forsaken, widowed, since solitary persons remain silent, mute; comp. Arab. j^Jo to be mute, also to be unnlarried. Hence are derived "J^^l*, Niph. 1. to be mute^ dumb, Ps. 31, 19. 39, 3. 10. Is. 53, 7. 2. to be silent, to keep silence, Ez. 33, 22. Piel. to bind sheaves. Gen. 37, 7. Deriv. see in Kal. no. 1, 2, 3. Dbx . dumUe.., sacn.e. Ps. 58, 2 l^i'na'npi p'l^i. ab5i Bi^^n do ye indeed decree dumb justice? i. e. do you really at length decree justice, which so long has seemed dumb ? So commonly ; but it may be worth inquiry, whether Dbx should not be dropped, having arisen perhaps from a careless repetition of Siiax . This being dropped there arises the sense which the parallelism requires : do ye indeed decree justice 7 Maurer gives to Db&5 the signif! o^ league, law, 6 *>^ from the sense of binding ; as JJl& league, from ^pJS hgavit. Ps. 56, 1 rsi"' f^prrn dbx the silent dove among stran- gers, (i. e. perh. the people of Israel in exile, comp. "liin Ps. 74, 19,) prob. the inscription of a song or poem, to the tune or measure of which Ps. 50 was to be sung. Comp. the remarks under nbi;x . 135i^ m. adj. mute, dumb, pr. tongue- tied, see r. obi< no. 2. Ex. 4, 11. Is. 35, 6. Ps. 38, 14. Plur. D'^a^K Is. 56, 10. ^T ^ porch, see Bb>ix . Once fiibst but Job 17, 10 in some editions ; see in nb^ix no. 2. U^yc^^ m. plur. 1 K. 10, 11. 12, and by transpos. D'^lSI-lbi!^ 2 Chr. 2, 7. 9, 10. 11, almug-trees, a kind o^ precious wood, brought along with gold and precious stones in the time of Solomon from Ophir, and employed for ornamenting the temple and palace, and for making mu- sical instruments ; according to 2 Chr. 2, 7 growing also on Lebanon. It seems to correspond to Sanscr. nncata simpl. mica (so Bohlen), with the Arab. art. Jt, lignum Santalinum, Pterocar- pus Santaliorus Linn, red sandal- wood, still used in India and Persia for costly utensils and instruments. Or it may be compared with the Malabar word malajaga, a name of the same wood ; so Hoffmann. See Celsii Hiero- bot. I. p. 171 sq. Many of the Rab- bins understand corals, and so the singu- lar ai^bx is used in the Talmud ; but these are not wood, a'':i2? ; although were the Talmudic usage ancient this wood might have been so named from its resemblance to coral, q. d. coral-wood. Kimchi : fjijj\ , i.q. b'lTXin Brazil-wood. STaby; f. plur. bi and ni , a bundle, sheaf, 'of grain. Gen. 37, 7. Ps. 126, 6. R. db;i< no l.~ "inittb^ Gen. 10, 26. 1 Chr. 1, 20, Al- modad, pr. n. of a son of Joktan, i. e. of a d) 59 people and district of southern Arabia. Assuming an ancient error in transcrip- tion, 1 for 1, i. e. "iinabx, we might compare Morad, t>|*jo or 4>tjjo jc^' the name of a tribe inhabiting a moun- tainous region in Arabia Felix, near to Zabid. ?fbl25i5 (perh. king's oak, for n^i< 'n^'in) Alammelech, pr. n. of a place in the tribe of Asher, Josh. 19, 26. T'^T^ ni- adj. forsaken, widowed, Jer. 51, 5. R. nbx no. 3. I^lbi^ m. widowhood, trop. of a state deprived of its king. Is. 47, 9. R. nbx no. 3. I. nj^bi^ fa i^ic?oii7, Arab. iJut\\ , Syr. f;^:^?f. Gen. 38, 11. Ex. 22, 21. al. Metaph. of a state deprived of its king, Is. 47, 8 ; comp. v. 9 and 54, 4. R. obij no. 3. II. niD^bx f. piur. Is. 13^ 22, paZace^, i. q. n'i37a'ni<, which latter is read in some Mss. The letter "i is here softened into b, as is very often done ; comp. in jla-i&t. Others retain the idea of a widow, and understand trop. desolate palaces. n^Slabfii^ plur. D-^nsia^bx icidowhood Gen. 38, 15. Metaph. of the condition of the Israelites in exile, Is. 54, 34. R. cb!!< no. 3. ''D'a^i^ m. a certain one, some one, 6 dslva, pr. one kept silent, whose name is not mentioned, from r. D^K no. 2. Al- ways preceded by "'sbs q. v. i^^ Chald. i. q. 'j'^^N these, q. v. ^^.t^^ (God his delight) Elnaam, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 46. 1^?f ^ (whom God hath given, comp. irj?'i"', q- d. Theodore, Diodate) Elna- than, pr. n. m. a) The grandfather of king Jehoiakim, 2 K. 24, 8 ; perhaps the same mentioned Jer. 26, 22. 36, 12. 25. b) Three Levites in the time of Ezra, Ezra 8, 16. "lObfiJ Gen. 14, 1. 9, Ellasar, pr. n. of a country or district in the vicinity, as it would seem, of Babylonia and Elymais ; since it is read between "lya^ and nb'^s . S]55S Symm. and Vulg. Pontus. Targ. Hie^ ros. 'rm\t\ Is. 37, 12. But the Assyro- Babylonish name of its king, Tji"""}!^, would seem to indicate some province of Persia or Assyria ; comp. Dan. 2, 14. ^blj (whom God applauds, from 'i^SJ, comp. Job 29, 11,) Elad, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 21. ^7't : ^ (whom God puts on, i. e. fills with himself, comp. ^nb Job 20, 14,) Eladah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 20. ^'T^bi? , in some Mss. ^ts^bx (pr. God is my praises, i. e. the object of my praise) Eluzai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 12, 5. *lJiPbX (whom God helpeth) Eleazar, pr. n. m. a) Ex. 6, 23. 25. 28, 1. Lev. 10, 6 sq. Num. 3, 2. 4. 32. Deut. 10, 6. Josh. 14, 1. al. b) 2 Sam. 23, 9. 1 Chr. 11, 12. c) 1 Sam. 7, 1. d) 1 Chr. 23, 21. 24, 28. e) Ezra 8, 33, comp. Neh. 12, 42. f) Ezra 10, 25. Sept. 'J^ksd- Cccg. From 'EXsaCoiQog was afterwards made by contraction the name JtaQaQog. ^5??^2!? and r^bl^bs (whither God as- cends) Elealeh, pr. n. of a town or large village in the tribe of Reuben, near Heshbon, where ^there are still ruins called JLjlII el-Al. See Burckhardt's Travels in Syria etc. p. 365. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 278. Num. 32, 3. 37. Is. 15, 14. 16, 9. nij^bij (whom God made, i. e. cre- ated, Job 32, 10,) Eleasah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 39. b) ib. 8, 37. 9, 43. c) Jer. 29, 3. * Cl^JSj or Cl^iJ fut. i\hi<'^ Prov. 22, 25, Arab, v^iil ; to join together, to asso- ciate, Arab. Conj. I, III, IV; whence qb5< a thousand, a family. Kindred senses are : to be accustomed, wonted, to learn, Prov. 22, 25. Syr. Chald. id. Hence qi^x . nbx ox. R. Pi EL to cause to learn, to teach, like Syr. *-a!:^| , with two ace. of pers. and thing. Job 15. 5. 33. 33; with ace. of pers. only. Job 35, 11, where Part, ^ssba for liskxia , comp. -ai:lLo . Hi ph. denom. from T\hif. , to brings forth thousands, Ps. 144, 13. Arab. vaJI mille fecit. t|bs 60 5^^^ I. an ox or cow, as tame and wonted to the yoke; comm. gend. like Gr. ^ovg, Lat. bos, Germ. Rind, Engl, heeve ; see t\^^ no. 3. Only in plur. n'^sbx oxen Ps. 8, 8. Prov. 14, 4; fern. A:me'Deut. 7, 13. 28, 4. The sin- gular is found only in the name of the first letter of the alphabet, Aleph, Alpha. 2. a thousand, Arab, ^^t, Syr. ^a^] id. but Eth. iiA.^ a myriad, ten thou- sand. Perh. pr. 'conjunction of num- bers.' The nouns enumerated for the most part follow the numeral word; some in the singular, as Tli'^it Judg. 15, 16 ; others in the plural, 2 Sam. 10, 18. 1 K. 10, 26. Deut. 1, 11; and others again promiscuously, as *31S 1 Chr. 19, 6, and D'^'?33 29, 7. Rarely and only in the later Hebrew does the noun pre- cede, 1 Chr. 22, 14. 2 Chr. 1, 6. Comp. Lehrg. p. 695, 697, 699. The construc- tion is different in the phrase C|D3 rjbx a thousand (shekels) of silver, for which see Lehrg. p. 700. Not unfrequently it is put for a large round number, Job 9, 3. 33, 23. Ps. 50, 10. Dual d'^Bb&i two thousand Judg. 20, 45. 1 Chr. 5, 21. Plur. cisbx thousands, e. g. t3^?^it ^^^^ Ex. 38, 26. Put also for an indefinitely large round number, S^sa'n '^S^N thou- sands of myriads Gen. 24, 60. 3. a family, i. q. nna^?a q. v. as the subdivision of a tribe (^32^, HBTa) Judg. 6, 15. 1 Sam. 10, 19. 23, 23. Spoken of a city, Bethlehem, as the residence of such a family, Mic. 5, 1. 4. Eleph, pr. n. of a city of Benjamin Josh. 18, 28. ^?^. 5 ^?^. ) Chald. a thousand, Dan. 5, 1.' 7, 10. t:bBb^ see C3bB^bi<. bi^SbiJ (God his wages, comp. b?b, n^rs , wages) Elpaal, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. Sj'll. 12. 18. * Y^? in Kal not used, i. q. 7IK q. v. Pi EL Yfj^ to urge, to press any one, Judg. 16, 16. More frequent in Syriac and Zabian. jBSbiJ see ISS^^^i*. D^pbs i. q. Arab. (^aII , with the art. retained, the people, populace; see in ip^ bx II. Prov. 30, 31 to t3!ip^i< t^b^ a king with whom is the people, i. e. who is surrounded by his people, in the midst of his people. See Pococke ad Spec. Hist. Arabum p. 207. Arab. ^y3 people seemsf to come from the idea ol living ; comp Samar. Cip to live, Heb. D^p*^ what lives, and n;sn people, from tX^V^ to live. Sept. 8r,^riyoQ(x)v iv s&vei. The Heb. intpp. regard o^ip^J* as a compound fi-om bx part, of negation, and D^ip to rise up, (comp. nl^'b^i Prov. 12, 28,) and trans- late : a king against whom there is no rising up, i. e. who cannot be resisted. But this does not accord with the con- text. npjjbjj (whom God created) Elkanah, pr. n. m.' a) 1 Sam. I, 1 sq. 2, 11. 20. b) Ex. 6, 24. c) 2 Chr. 28, 7. d) 1 Chr. 12, 6. e) 1 Chr. 6, 8. 10. 11. 20. 21. 15, 23. ''TSpbiJ gentile n. Elkoshite, spoken of Nahum the prophet, Nah. 1, 1. Sept. and Vulg. without 0, 'EXasaaTog, Elce- saiu^. As to a place Elkosh there are two opinions ; one, that of the ancient fathers, makes it a town of Palestine and spec, of Galilee, see Hieron. Prooem. ad Nahum ; the other, that of the ori- ental Jews, regards it as the village iji*iLl| el-Kush, near Mosul. Both are very doubtful; see Thesaur. p. 1211. B. "^b'^J^biJ (perh. God its race or pos- terity) Eltolad, pr. n. of a place in Ju- dah. Josh. 15, 30. 19, 4. See ^i^in. ^g^^^ and J^pP^biJ (God its fear) Eltekeh, pr. n. of a Levitical city in the tribe of Dan, Josh. 19, 44. 21, 23. Ipnb^ (God its foundation) Eltekon, pr. n. of a place in the tribe of Judah, Josh. ]5, 59. * ^55^ f constr. tsx , c. suff. "^Sax ; plur. 1. a mother, Arab. jl and jl^, Eth. 2i?i "Hi^ father and mother, pa- rents, Judg. 14, 16. Ps. 27, 10. Esth. 2, 7. 'i53i<",2 the son of my mother, my womb- brother, Gen. 43, 29. Poet, "^^x "'ia i. q. my brethren, genr. Gen. 27, 29. Cant. 1, 6. With less exactness mother is also DK 61 Di^ put for di step-mother Gen. 37, 10 ; comp. 35, 16 sq. the latter being more accu- rately called 3X n^Jx Lev. 18, 11. But mother has often a wider sense, e. g. 2. i. q. a grandmother 2 K. 15, 10 ; also of any female ancestor, Gen. 3, 20. 3. Metaph. for a benefactress, Judg. 5,7. 4. As expressing intimate relation- ship, close alliance, Job 17, 14; see in nx no. 8. 5. Of a nation or people, as opp. to the children i. e. individuals born of it. Is. 50, 1. Jer. 50, 12. Ez. 19, 2. Hos. 2, 4. 4, 5. 6. Tin'nn n5< , the mother of the way, i. e. hivium, place where a way divides, pr. the source, beginning, head of the way, Ez. 21,26 [21], i.q. o'^D'n*!?! -^Dia aJxi ibid. Arab. *( root, beginning of a thing ; but ^. JaJl l! the highway. 7. i. q. niax , mother-city, metropolis, i. e. any large and important city, al- though not the capital. 2 Sam. 20, 19 bxib'^a ox"i "i"'^ a city, even a mother in Israel So on the Phenician coins of Tyre and Sidon; comp. Arab. *! me- tropolis ; also Gr. iitittiq Callim. Fragm. 112, and mater Flor. 3. 7. 18. Ammian. 17.13. 8. Metaph. of the earth, as the com- mon mother of all, Job 1, 20. Note. This word is without doubt primitive ; and like n5< (see p. 2. n.) im- itates the earliest sounds of the lisp- ing infant; comp. Gr. //w^^ua, ua^^ri, lia^ifiaia, y,ata, Sanscr. md, ambd, Copt. mau, Germ. Engl. Fr. Mama, Germ. Amme. Deriv. fem. is n53&* , used only in tropical significations. In Arabic there is a denom. verb *f to be a moth- er ; then, to be related, to set an exam- ple, to teach. * Qi^ mostly with Makkeph, a particle demonstrative, interrogative, and condi- tional; the various significations of which are distinguished in the more copious o* a . Arabic by various forms, as *f, ^J, , Egypt, mahi. The mode of enumerating cubits is as fa! lows : a^niawH two cubits Ex. 25, 10. 17 m^ax tbt 27, 1, and so on up to ter cubits ; in the later Hebrew 'iJbd mE> 2 Chr. 6, 13. With numbers above ten. in the earlier Hebrew n^X D-iTSpn Gen 6, 15, in the later niax D-i^sian Ez.'42, 2 or n"''lbr ninx 2 Chr. 3, 4. Further, i : is joined with numerals of every kind both in the early and later Hebrew, by means of 3 , as S^tfflXa 3?2"iX lit. four by the cubit, i. e.four cubits; njaxn nx^a a hundred cubits Ex. 27, 9. 18. 36, 15! 38 9. The common cubit of the Hebrews (2 Chr. 3, 3) was reckoned at 6 palms, or 18 inches ; though some without good reason make it only 4 palms, or 12 inqhes. A larger cubit of seven palms, kmann- kaiarog, is mentioned Ez. 40, 5. 43. 13, which agrees with the royal cubit of the Babylonians (Hdot. 1. 178) and Egyp- tians ; see Boeckh Metrol. Untersuch. pp. 212 sq. 265 sq. Metaph. Jer. 51, 13 thine end is come, the measure of thy rapine, i. e. the time when God will set bounds and measure to thy iniqui- tous gain. 3. i. q. D!!jk no. 7, a metropolis. 2 Sam. 8. 1 and David took the bridle (bit) of the metropolis out of the hand of the Phi- listines, i. e. he subdued the metropolis of the Philistines. Comp. the Arabic proverb : I give thee not my bridle, i. e. do not subject myself to thee ; see Schult. ad Job. 30, 11, and Hariri Cons. IV. p. 24. See also Gesch. der Hebr. Sprache p. 41. 4. a foundation, Is. 6, 4 c^E&n nsx the foundations of the thresholds. Comp. CijUof 5 (wjL^i , roots, beginnings. 5. Ammah, pr. n. of a hill^ 2 Sam. 2, 24. ni255 Chald. f. plur. "pJax, a cubit, ulna, Dan. 3, 1. Ezra 6, 3. Syr. jlof, ]L:^] f plur. ,^i>Sr| . ^"'3^ i. q. n^'^x q. v. terror. TVB^ f (r. B^x) a people, nation, ' '' Gaf tribe, Arab, auof a people, Aram, xn^ax r^m 64 I'L^o] id. Found only in Plur. ni^X Gen. 25, 16. Num. 25, 15 ; also D^53X Ps. 117,1. Syr. fzaliT- niQiJ Chald. f. id. Dan. 3, 29. Plur. r^ax , emphat. x^^5< , Dan. 3, 4. 7. 5, 19. 7. 14. Ezra 4, 10. 1. I'T'O!^ m. 1. an architect, builder, opifex, (r. "^x no. 1. b.) i. q. "jisij q. v. Prov. 8. 30 spoken of the hypostatic wis- dom of God as the architect of the world. The word seems not to have admitted the form of the fem. gender, any more than the Lat. artifex, opifex, whence Plin. II. 1 artifex omnium natura. duinct. 2. 15 rhetorica persuadendi opi- fex. Others understand son or foster- child, from r. "|?3X no. 1. a. 2. Amon, pr. n. a) The son and successor of Manasseh, king of Judah, r. 644-642 B. C. 2 K. 21, 18-26. 2 Chr. 33, 20 sq. b) 1 K. 22, 26. c) Neh. 7, 59, for which Ezra 2, 57 "^rx . II. li'QiJ i. q. fnr^ , a multitude of people, .Ter. 52, 15. R. n^n . III. V"'^? Amon, pr. n. of the supreme god of the Egyptians, -worshipped at Thebes with great pomp, Jer. 46, 25, see 'f "25< i<3 ; called by the Greeks "Afi/xoiv, Amm.on, and compared by them to Jupi- ter, see Hdot. 2. 42. Diod. Sic. 1. 13. On Egyptian monuments he is usually depicted with a human body and the head of a ram ; and the name is there written Amn, more fully Amn-Re i. e. Amon-Sun ; see the fig\ires as given in Thesaur. p. 115. Comp. also Kosegar- ten de Scriptura vett. u33gyptiorum, p. 29 sq. Wilkinson's Mann, and Gust, of the Anc. Egyptians, Second Ser. I. p. 243 sq. 1^'52^^ m. (r. "-{q^) by Syriasm for -(^iisx , Jaithfulness, fidelity, Deut. 32, 20. Plur. D^?^'2J< id. Prov. 20, 6 a^s^'^K ^'ifi< a man of fidelity, faithful. np^'aS! f (r. I^n) 1. firmness, sta- V'uily. Ex. 17, 12 nj^rx i^n"; ^h':] and his (Moses') hands were firm, steady, lit. firmness. < <.. security, Is. 33, 6. Arab, ^^volj ^tol,id. 3. faithfulness, fidelity, espec. in ful- filling one's promises ; so of God, Dent. 32, 4. Ps. 36, 6. 40, 11 ; of men, Plur. nisi^X Prov. 28, 20. Also faith, trust, confidence of men towards God, Hab. 2, 4. Ps. 37, 3 ; see in nrn no. 2. }*"TaJJ (strong) pr. n. Amoz, the father of the prophet Isaiah, Is. 1, 1. 2, 1. 13, 1. 20, 2. 'I'aif Ami pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 57. It seems to be a corrupted form for "ji^x Neh. 7, 59. D'^'Qi? see c^^s^x. pD'^'Qift (faithful) Aminon, pr. n. i. q. "(isax, a son of David, 2 Sam. 13, 20. f'^'aX m. (r. 7^!!<) adj. strong; mighty, Job 9, 4. 19 ; more fully as joined with fi's , Nah. 2, 2. Abstr. strength, might. Is. 40, 26. Ti^if m. (r. ^^i$ q. v. no. 1, and Hithp.) the top. summit, e. g. of a tree. Is. 17, 6 "i^^X \r5<^2 in the highest top. Also of a mountain Is. 17, 9 ; see under art. nn>iT5. 5"JiJ or ^'Q^ to languish, to droop, pr. to hang the head, kindr. with b^x q. V. In Kal part. pass, of a drooping heart, Ez. 16, 30. PuL. ^^^X only in poetry. 1. to lan- guish, to droop, as of plants. Is. 24, 7 ; hence of fields Is. 16, 8. Nah. 1. 4; of a sick person Ps. 6, 3, where ^^"'^x seems to be for ^^^XX ; so Maurer. 2. to mourn, to lament, Is. 19, 8 ; so of a land laid waste Is. 24, 4. 33, 9 ; of walls thrown down Lara, 2, 8. Hence in prose bb'aii m. languid, feeble, Neh. 3, 34. * d"5^ obsol. root, perh. i. q. CTsa , dTSS* q. V. to join together, to collect, to of congregate. Arab, ^f to be near, relat- ed. Hence the noun n^ax i. q. dSJ a people, and lI)'Qi5 Amam pr. n. of a place or city in the southern part of the tribe of Judah. Josh. 15, 26. * l.^p^ 1. pr. to prop, to stay, to support, a) Spec, with the arm. to bear or can^ a child, Num. 11, 12. Lam. 4,5. Part. "j^X, nmSayoiyoq, a I^H 65 :)2^ nursing-father, one who carries a child on his arm and takes care of it. Num. 1. c. Is. 49, 23 ; also a foster-father, Esth. 2, 7. 2 K. 10, 1. 5. Comp. bsbs, Arab. ^jLo sustentavit, aluit. Fem. ry^k a nurse, Ruth 4, 16. 2 Sam. 4, 4. b) ^o found, to build up, kindr. with n32 , "jnx ; hence )'Ci<, "ji^i^, architect, ns^ax a pil- lar, prop. 2. Intrans. ^o stay oneself, to be stayed up, supported; hence to be firm, stable, such as one may safely lean upon, me- taph. to be faithful. Part. pass. d'^3^^x the faithful^ niaxol, Ps. 12, 2. 31, 24. Comp. r^^-cXi Is. 26, 3. .Arab. ^| to be faith- ful, J\jo| to lean upon and trust in any one, Jw^l to trust, to be secure. NiPH. 1. to be supported, i. e. to be borne in the arms as a child. Is. 60, 4. Comp. Kal no. 1. 2. to be founded, i. e. to be firm, sta- ble, sure, e. g. of a house 1 Sam. 2, 35. 25, 28. 2 Sam. 7, 16. 1 K. 11, 38; of a firm place, where a nail holds fast. Is. 22. 23. 25 ; of a firm and stable condition ; 7,9. j 3. to be durable, lasting, permanent, fc e. g. of waters which never fail (opp. ' njsx) Is. 33, 16. Jer. 15, 18 ; of diseases Deut. 28, 59 ; of a covenant Ps. 89, 29. 4. Metaph. to be faithful, trustworthy, mre, such as one can lean upon ; so of a servant I.Sam. 22, 14. Num. 12, 7 ; a messenger Prov. 25, 13 ; a witness Jer. 42,5. Is. 8, 2; of God Deut. 7, 9. Is. 49, 7. Hos. 12, 1. Ps. 78, 8 >!<-Pi< HDTSiO &Loi .Part, pass, "i^^'ri'a faithful, trustworthy, Dan. 6, 5. 2, 45. Syr. .^L- Olio. I'QiJ m. an architect, artist, workman, Cant. 7, 2 ; see r. "j^N no. 1. b. Syr. jlleol, Chald. "i^lN, id. To this Ara- maean form inclines the orthography "i^X omman, which Kimchi and Judah Ben Karish read in their Mss. "jiaS (r. )-qi< no. 2) 1. Adj. verbal/rm; 9 ^ metaph. faithful; Arab. j>jyot, Syr. |j.Iio] . Abstr. i. q. faithfulness, fidelity ; as 'iP'^? ^^['^^ the God of faithfulness Is. 65, 16. Comp. Rev. 3, 14. 2. Adv. amen, i. e. verily, truly, cer- tainly, Jer. 28, 6. l^X"} )^^i< Ps. 41, 14. 72, 19. 89, 53. Its proper place is, where one person confirms the words of another, and adds his wish for success to the other's vows and predictions, amen, so be it. Sept. well, yivono. 1 K. 1, 36. Jer. 11, 5. Num. 5, 22. Deut. 27, 15 sq. Neh. 5, 13. 8, 6. 1 Chr. 16, 36. yi2)^ m. (r. "i^jj) faithfulness^ verity^ Is. 25, 1. :i^ 66 T^wS ni'O!^ f. (r. "(^ij) 1. a covenant^ pr, a confirmatiorij surety, Neh. 10, 1. Arab. s^ ^^ 2. Something Jixed^ appointed^ i. e. aw allowance^ portion, i. q. ph, Neh. 11^ 23 ; spoken of a daily allowance lor the subsistence of the singers. 3. Amanah, pr. n. ofa perennial stream (comp. Is. 33, 16) which rises in Anti- Lebanon, and waters the territories of Damascus, 2 K. 5, 12. Hence also that part of Anti-Lebanon bore the same name, Cant. 4, 8. The Greek name was Chysorrhoas ; now el-Darada. T\T/yt^ f pr. supporting -, hence a pillar, colum?!, plur. risrkn 2 K. 18, 16. R. "j^ax. '^f''9^ ^- (^' 1^^) 1- ^ hringing-np, tutelage, Esth. 2, 20. 2. verity, only as adv. verily, truly, in- deed, Josh. 7, 20. Gen. 20, 12. 112'52b5 (faithful) Amnon pr. n. m. a) The eldest son of David, by Ahinoam, slain by his brother Absalom, 2 Sam. 3, 2. 13, 1-39 ; once Tir%:i< q. v. b) 1 Chr! 4, 20. 02^ ^5 adv. (from )'qi< with the adv. ending D_ ,) verily, truly, indeed, Job 9. 2. 19, 4. 5. Is. 37, 18. ^3 D:^i< true that, it is true that. Job 12, 2. Ruth 3, 12. DJia^ id. Gen. 18, 13. Num. 22, 37. * Y"^^ fut. y^.^'l, to be alert, active, Jirm; kindr. with y^n, D^n, to be sharp, eager. Hence of the feet, to be strong in the feet, to be swift-footed, comp. Piel no. 1, ybx , and the Arabic usage. Trop. of activity and alertness of mind, a firm and undaunted spirit, 2 Chr. 13. 18; opp. r33 and S^'3 to have the knees sink, to befeeble-minded. With "i^a to be stronger than, to prevail over any one, Gen. 25, 23. Ps. 18, 18. 142, 7. pm y^^) be strong and of good courage, i.e. brave and undaunted, Deut. 31, 7. 23. Josh. 1, 6-18. Arab. (jojI to be active, fleet, of a horse ; whence \jo^\ i. q. I^bx, a fleet horse. Piel 752K \. to make firm, to strength- en, pr. sinking knees, faltering feet. Job 4, 4. Is. 35, 3. Trop. to render alert, to encourage, Deut. 3, 28. Job 16, 5. 2. to strengthen, to make strong. Is. 41, 10. Ps. 89, 22. 2 Chr. 11, 17. Prov. 31, 17. 24,5. 3. to restore, to repair a building, i. q. PIT] , 2 Chr. 24, 13. Also to found, to set fast, Prov. 8, 28. 4. to strengthen, i. e. to harden the heart, to make obstinate, Deut. 2, 30. 15, 7. 2 Chr. 36, 13. 5. to set fast, i. e. to appoint, to choose. Ps. 80, 18 whom thou hast chosen for thyself, comp. v. 16. Is. 44, 14. Hi PH. intrans. to be alert, of good cour- age, undaunted, Ps. 27, 14. 31, 25. HiTHPA. 1. to be alert, active, c. infin. to do any thing with alacrity, eagerly. 1 K. 12, 18. 2 Chr. 10, 18. 2. to make oneself strong, of conspira tors, 2 Chr. 13, 7. 3. to make oneself firm, i. e. to resolve firmly, to be resolute, Ruth 1, 18. Comp. p;tn. beriv. Y^l^^ , 7^^ , and the five fol- lowing : T^JJ plur. D''2Si2i<, active, spirited, fleet, of horses Zech. 6, 3. It is read also in v. 7, where the context demands G ^ G J^ D'^H'iX red. Arab. (jojI and \jOyi\ ac- tive, fleet, of a horse. " f ?i< m. strength, Job 17, 9. <^?''?^ f strength, protection, i. q. t^ts , Zech. 12, 5. R. 7^N. *^Tfyi^ (strong) Amzi, pr. n. m. a) iChr. 6, 31. b)Neh. 11, 12. n^Slai?! (whom Jehovah strengthens) Amaziah, pr. n. m. a) A king of Judah, son of Joash and father of Uzziah, r. 838-811 B. C. 2 K. 12, 22. 14, 1 sq. 2 Chr. 25, 1 sq. Written also ^n^}^5Jt 2 K. 14, 1. 9. 11. b) A priest of the gold en calf at Bethel, hostile to Amos, Amos 7.10 sq. c) 1 Chr. 4, 34. d) 6, 30. * ^'2^\ inf absol. "^i^N, constr. ^bi<, c. pref 'ibxS Deut. 4, 10, *iS!*l,with Aleph dropped r,!in^"i Ps. 139, 20. 1. to say, very freq. The primary idea is to bear forth, to bring out to light, and hence to utter, to say ; comp. Xb5 , k::3 , '1^3 , and Gr, cfrjfil. Hence Hithpa. q. V. also ^^-ax top. summit, and '^^.^i* "i)::x 67 n)JJ5^ pr. mountaineer. It differs from '^S'n to speak, in that "la'n is put absolutely, while "i^X is foil-owed by the words spoken ; e. g. Lev. 1, 2 ^J^y*!?"- ^33-bx ^s^ Dn"'b-X ni^XT speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them. etc. 18, 2. 23, 2. 10 ; or also Ex. 6, 10 "bx nin-i "la^"^! "ibxb niaD and Jehovah spaice unto Moses, saying, i. e. in these words. 13, 1. Also c. accus. Jer. 14, 17 "nx Qii-^bx ni^aXT ^?'1 "'^''5'^ ^'^^ thou shall say unto them this word. Gen. 44, 16 i^X3-n^ what shall we say 7 41, 54 qoii "i^ax *iu:x3 according as Joseph had said. 22, 3 to, the place Q^n'bjt ib ">^j< TiJx -i/^/iic/t God had said unto him. Rarely with ''S, Job 36, 10. In a few doubtful ex- amples, and only in the later Hebrew, "^X seems to be put absol. for ia^ ; e. g. 2Chr.2, 10 "bx nb'ii^i ^nss onin ip.fi<^] nb'5UJ and! Huram said (spake) by letter, and sent it to Solomon; but here the very words follow, so that the clause and sent it to Solomon is parenthetic, and ">^5<*5 refers to the words of the letter. 2 Chr. 32, 24 ib -i73j<*-r and he (God) said unto him, i. e. spake to him ; but here we may also render : and he promised him, since after verbs of speaking', showing, etc. the object i7 is very often omitted ; see Lehrg. p. 734. This remark also throws light upon the vexed passage in Gen. 4, 8 : and Cain said (it) unto Abel his brother (i. e. he told him that which God had said to him in v. 7), but it came to pass when they were in th^ field, etc. Samar. and Sept. insert mirn nsba, disX&Mfisv ek to Tisdlov. The person to whom one says any thing, is put with bs 2 K. 22, 8 ; by; Gen. 3, 16. 13, 14 ; and b Gen. 3, 17. 20^ 5. 6. But both these latter particles, although more rarely, serve to mark the person of, concerning whom one speaks, e. g. bx 2 K. 19, 32. Jer. 22, 18. 27, 19 ; b, Gen.' 20, 13 ^b ^n^x say of me. Ps. 3, 3. 71, 10. Judg. 9, 54. The person of whom is also put in the ace. Gen. 43, 27 your father, the old mail nn"}^x -i!rj< whom ye said, i. e. spoke of v. 29. Num. 14, 31. Deut. i, 39. Ps. 139, 20. Spec, a) to say to or of any thing this or that, i. q. to call it so or so, to term, to name, Is. 5, 20. 8, 12. Ecc. 2, 2. Part. pass, ^i^i^x called, named, Mic. 2, 7. Comp. Niph. no. 2. b) to say is some- times i. q. to exhort, Job 36, 10 ; to pro- mise, 2 Chr. 32, 24 ; to tell, to declare, Ex. 19, 25 ; and hence to declare c. ace. i. q. to proclaim, to laud, Ps. 40, 11. Is. 3, 10. Such examples are for the most part readily determined by the context. 2. i2b3 -lajij Gen. 17, 17. Ps. 10, 6. 11. 14, 1. Is. 47, 8, (Arab. gjJJ ^ JU. u^^ ^ JLi* ,) also innbb ^px Hos. 7, 2, iab-bx Gen. 8, 21, and simpl. "i^x, to say in or to one's heart or self, i. q. to think, to suppose, to wish, to purpose ; see in sb no. 1. f Comp. mn, n^ia, Arab. Jo , Gr. q)rifil in Homer and the tragic writers. Forster relates that among some of the savages of the Pacific ocean they use the phrase to speak in the belly for to think. 1 Sam. 20, 4. Gen. 44 28 and I thought, Surely he is torn in pieces. Ex. 2, 14 -"QX nnx ^3;i'inbr! thinkest thou to kill me 7 Sept. (xt] aiBlflv fisav dbkei^; ; 2 Sam. 21, 16, Sept. duyonio. 1 K. 5 5 [19J. 1 Sam. 20, 4. Absol. Ps. 4, 5 com- mune with your own heart upon your bed. So simpl. n^x Ps. 16, 2. 31. 15 116, 11. etc. ' ^ 3. ^oco?7imancZ, like Arab. ^1, chiefly in the later or silver age of the Heb. tongue; c.infetb, Esth. l,17x-'nnb i^X "^ndiTX he commanded to bring in Vash- ti. 4, 13. 9, 14. Also followed by ) and a finite verb, Neh. 13, 9 ^"ifi:?^^ n'i^i^ nin^ the truth of Jehovah, often put for his true doctrine, the true religion. ^ 25. 5. 26, 3. 86, 11. 4. good faith, uprightness, integrity. Ex. 18, 21 y:^n "^xsb ptsx ^mi< men of integrity, not eager for gain. Neh. 7, 2. Judg. 9, 16. 19. Opp. r'l:-) Prov. 8, 7. Spec, of a judge, uprightness, justice ; Ps. 19, 10 the judgments of Jehovah are upright, just. Is. 16, 5. Prov. 29, 14. Also sincerity, opp. to hypocrisy. Josh. 24, 14. 1 Sam. 12, 24. 1 K. 2, 4. Is. 10, 20. tinri'ai^ f (r. nn^ to expand) plur. constr. rinn^x, a sack, Gen. 42, 27 sq. 43, 18. 21. 22.' '^ri'52i< (true, veracious) Arnittai, pr. n. of the father of the prophet Jonah, 2 K. 14, 25. Jon. 1, 1. '^Dn'aiJ Chald. f (for n-^-) strong, mighty, Dan. 7, 7. R. in^ q. v. 1^ interrog. adv. contr. from. "pN 11, pr. l&^ 70 ri5i^ where 7 l&J^ whence ? 2 K. 5, 25 Clieth. Then, where 7 whither 7 1 Sam. 10, 14. Also of time, *|5<"1? ^mtil when? how long 7 Jobs, 2. Hence ^JiJ , with n local j but Milra Deut. 1, 28. Ps. 139, 7. 1. whither 7 also without interrogation Josh. 2, 5. Neh. 2, 16. Pra?gn. Is. 10, 3 DS'iina !i3t^n nax whither will ye (carry and) leave your wealth 7 2. where 7 Ruth 2, 19. ' 3. Of time, n3!!<"lS until when7 how long 7 Ex. 16, 28. Ps. 13, 2. Job 18, 2 )^h'q'b i:23j5 iJin^bn nsx"^? Aoi^ Zowg- ere ye make an end of words 7 4. Without interrogation, Jn3X1 nsx hither and thither, any whither, 1 K. 2, 36. 42. 1^ i. q. Ilfit Heliopolis, *q. v. ^5^5 Chald. pron. 1 pers. /, Dan. 2, 8 ; oftener n:i< 2, 23. 3, 25. 4, 6. As genit. Dan. 7, 15. ' ^1^^ Milel (read dnna, not onna) in- terj. of entreaty, compounded from fti* and N3 , pr. ah now ! ah I pray thee ! With an imperat. Gen. 50, 17 ; or fut. apoc. as Opt. Neh. 1, 5 ; elsewhere ab- eol. Ex. 32, 31. Dan. 4, 4. Written also r.SX Milel, 2 K. 20, 3. Is. 38, 3. Jon. 1, 14. ^ T ^ * njij (for n.DX, Arab. S|) i. q. n:i< , P3X , "Si^ , onomalopoetic, to sigh, to groan, Is. 3, 26. 19, 8. Hence the noun n^iSX , Gr. avla (^aviaio, avid^w), and 11, UN in Kal not used, to ap- proach, to come to meet, to be present. Arab. ^] to be in good time, ^]^ fit time. Conj. V, X, to delay, to be pa- tient, pr. to take time. IV, to retain. . Pi EL to cause to meet, to let fall in with, spoken of God, Ex. 21, 13. PuAL pr. to be made to meet, i. q. to be brought upon, to befall, e. g. evil, ca- lamity, sent from God, Prov. 12, 21. Ps. 91, 10. HiTHPA. to seek occasion against any one, c. ^ 2 K. 5, 7. Deriv. ''3X , n*3X , n5< II (for ^3^5 ), "tJJJ whither? when? see "jij. ^i^. Chald. /see it3X. ^I^S see in &<2i< . ' T T IT ''l^^ we, pron. i. q. ^ansN, once Jer. 24, 6 Cheth. This unusual form, which is found also in Rabbinic, is derived from "iSN, as ^snsx from ^aax ; and from it come the suffixes ^is, !i3 , ^3. In Keri is read the common I3n3it, but most prob. 13!J< is the genuine reading. 1^3^ Chald. pers. pron. 3 plur. i. q. Heb. Drt , they, Dan. 2, 44. Fern. ^Sfi^ they, 7, 17, and in this passage strictly for sunt, they are. The more regular fem. form would seem to be "pSS; ; but "p2i stands in all the editions, so e. g. Ex. 1, 19 Onk. The form "i^SS^ comes from "i^nsx, and "pSN or "psx from ,r^^^<, the demonstrative syllable "N (ecce !) being prefixed. So also in the Talmud, ^nsx i. q. 63X ships of Tarshish Is. 23, 1; spoken genr. of any large merchant- Bhips (see in Oi-^ia^n) 2 Chr. 9, 21. Ps. 48, 8. Is. 2, 16. ni^aj? ^\^3fi< ship-men^ sailors, 1 K. 9, 27. n^Di^ f. sighing, mourning, Is. 29, 2. R. nax I. D^'^Dii^. (sighing of the people) pr. n. m. Aniam, 1 Chr. 7, 19. M?? m. lead, Lat. plumbum, i. q n'las' ; hence for a plumb-line, plummet^ Am. 7, 7 "^aK n^in a wall of the plumb- line, i. e. built by rule, plumb, v. 8 I will lay the plumb-line to my people Israelj i. e. I will destroy utterly as if by rule and measure ; comp. Is. 34, 11. 2 K. 21, 13. This word appears to be primitive ; at least the Arabic verb dUil to be gross, unwieldy, dull, is prob. a denom. derived from lead. pr. to be leaden. Correspond- ing is Arab. \iJlj| , Syr. |2aJ| . Eth. by transp. f2i^, also Armen. lu&nr^. anak, which comprehends both black and white lead. ''P-^ (Milra), in Pause with a change of tone ''33 X (Milel), 1 pers. pron. of both genders, /, i. q. '^ax . This is the pri- mary and fuller form, and is in general more rare than the shorter one ; yet in the Pentateuch it is more frequent, while in some of the later books, as the Chroni- cles and Ecclesiastes, it wholly disap- pears. The Phenicians have the same form written "]3X , see Inscr. Citiens. 2, 1 3, 1, in Monumenta PhoenicisB ; the an- cient Egyptians and Copts also have it written ANoK, ANoG ; while Aram. pf, xaj^, Arab. Ol,Eth. Ai, accor'' more nearly with the form ''ax . Note. The striking resemblance of the Hebrew personal pronouns to those of the ancient Egyptian language, ap- pears from the following table ; in which the capital letters are those found in the ancient writing, and the small vowels are inserted from the Coptic. Pron. sep. Suffix, 1. ANoK 2. m. eNToK K 2. /. eNTO T 3. m. eNToP P 3. /. eNToS S A, I 13i< Plur. 1. ANaN N 2. eNTOTeN TeN 3. eNTSeN SeN This table shows clearly the follow- ing points : a) All the Egyptian sepa- rate pronouns are compounded, by pre- fixing to the proper kernel of the pronoun the prosthetic syllable an, ant, ent,which. must have had a demonstrative mean- ing, and served to give more body and force to the pronominal word, b) This prosthetic syllable, at least an, is fovmd in the Hebrew pronouns of the first and second persons : 1. an-oki, an-i. 2. an- ta (sometimes an-ka), f an-ti, an-t. Plur. 1. an-ahhnu. 2. an-tem, an-ten. The third pers. has it not in biblical Hebrew ; but the Talmud frequently ha-s JinSN Ae, ipse; Plur. "^SN for liHiX. c) The demonstr. prosthetic syllable an, in, (IX,) has a clear analogy to the Heb. demonstr. "jfi , ecce ! lo ! and may originally not have been prefixed to the third person in Hebrew, because this could not be pointed at as present. But we clearly find the same syllable in the Nun epentheticum (so called) inserted in the sufiixes of verbs future ; and there is therefore scarcely a doubt, that this Nun belongs strictly to the pronoun. For a fuller exhibition of the pronouns, see Heb. Gram. pp. 293, 294, edit. 13. Leipz. 1842. * ]7^ in Kal not used, Chald. IS^s to be grieved, to be sad, to mourn. Arab. jji to groan, to sigh. HiTHPo. X3'i!! K-- 6 ^- hence also the neck, (^^lC. From its slender neck, a she-goat or kid is called in Arab. ^'ULc q. d. long-neck, in Heb. perhaps anciently p35 , pSK , comp. ^^JjL^ to have a slender neck. From the goat, is derived the word for roe, i. e. I'pS^ ; comp. Lat. caprea from capra. NiPH. i. q. Kal no. 1. Ez. 9.. 4. 24. 17 p5 73 DC5< D'n p.3!!jln sob in silence, i. e. forbear to cry out. Hence nj?ji5 f. constr. ripSJ* 1. a shriek, cry, mourning, Mai. 2, 13 ; of captives Ps. 79, 11. 102, 21 ; of the wretched Ps.12,6. 2. Lev. 11, 30, a species of reptile, prob. of the lizard genus, having its name from the moaning cry uttered by some species of lizards. Sept. and Vulg. mus araneus or shrew-moiLse. See Bo- chart Hieroz. I. 1068 sq. * IZJDJi^ i. q. tU , Syr. ^ , (comp. Gr. voaog.) to he sick, ill at ease; found only in Part. pass. ttj^3x, f nili^Si, ill, des- perate, incurable, fatal, of a disease or wound, Jer. 15, 18. Mic. 1, 9. Job 34, 6. Trop. of grief Is. 17, 11, like nbin , nbns ; of a day of calamity Jer. 17, 16 ; of a malignant disposition Jer. 17, 9. Ni PH. to be very sick, 2 Sam. 12, 15. Hi^ m. a primitive word, not used in the sing. pr. a man, vir, and then man in general, homo. Instead of it the He- brews used the contracted and softened form d''5< a man, comp. Gr. ug for evg, gen. hog; and also the prolonged form ^I3i< t homo. Prom this primary form comes fem. Ti^i^ for )m233i< a woman, and T t: ' plur. Oi^Jit men. The signif of sick- ness and disease, which lies in the root Uiwj , is derived from another source, the primary syllable itJS ; and has no con- nection with this substantive root. T? Chald. and tJSS! Dan. 2, 10, stat. emphat. Nffijx Dan. 2, 38, and Xl^^ti 5,21, also x^isx 4, 13 Cheth. man, homo, and collect, men, mankind, Dan. 4, 29. 30. So in ttjax -)S i. q. axs-ja son of man, i. e. man, homo ; Dan. 7, 13 lo ! 0)3 "i3S one like the son of man came with the clouds of heaven^ i. e. the king of the fifth empire, the Messiah. From this passage in Daniel was derived the appellation of the Messiah which in the times of our Saviour was the most common of all, viz. Son of man. Besides the N. T. traces of it are found also in the apocry- phal Book of Enoch, written about the time of Christ's birth, but before the death of Herod the Great. See c. 46, ed. Oxon. Plur. KttjS.H i33 Dan. 2, 38. 5, 21. Plur. dia335< after the Heb. form, Dan. 4, 14 nP\!X Chald. i. q. Heb. nnij q. Pron. 2 pers. Sing. m. thou, Dan. 2, 29 31. 37.- 38. 3, 10. 5, 13. 18. 22. 23. 6, 17 21 Cheth. This forfh is a Hebraism peculiar to the biblical Chaldee, instead of the usual PI3X, Pix, comm. gend. and for that reason not acknowledged by the Masorites, who everywhere regard n as redundant, and substitute in Keri Fi3X. I'lt^DX Chald. ye, pron. 2 pers. plur. Dan. 2, 8. In the Targg. id. also l^PiX . ^?^ (prob. physician) Asa, pr. n. m. a) A king of Judah, son of Abijam and grandson of Rehoboam, who died afler a reign of 41 years, 914 B. C. 1 K. 15, 9 sq. 2 Chr. c. 14-16. b) 1 Chr. 9, 16. nO^ obsol. root, i. q. Arab. j< j|, (t and D being interchanged, see under T,) to be hurt, injured, and trans, to hurt, haj^i, injure. Hence Tiox and !>tbJ< . ^^lOiC m. (r. T^^D) pr. a vessel for hold- ing ointment, an oil-fask, 2 K. 4, 2. pOiJ m. (r. nojj) hurt, harm, mischief, done to any one, Gen. 42, 4. 38. Ex. 21, 22. 23. "^^Oi^ m. (r. IGX) plur. D-^-iaox, a band, bond, Ecc. 7, 26. "l!l0^5n n-^Si Jer. 37, 15 the house of bonds, i. e. prison. "I^CiJ Chald. id. Dan. 4, 12. Ezra 7, 26. jTj'^pfcjl m. (r. t(o^) collection, ingatlier- ing of fruits, Ez. 23, 16. 34, 22. Formed afler the analogy of the like nouns "T^^l^ , "^'^pi? m. (r. ^Dfi<) plur. Q'^'^'^bN , one bound, a captive, prisoner. Job 3, 18. Ps. 68, 7. It differs from ".^IDJ* , in that the latter retains the force of a participle, while """"OX is a substantive; see Gen. 39, 20. "I'ipX m. (r. ^DX) 1. id. Is. 10, 4. 24^ 22. 42, 7. 2. Assir, pr. n. m. a) Ex. 6, 24. 1 Chr 6, 7. b) 1 Chr. 6, 8. 22. * DDK obsol. root, i. q. D*ib, ob^ to put, to set, to lay up ; comp. Aram. "Jbx, ^1 , (a and 3 being interchanged,) to heap up, to lay up, whence |!lxc] and jZolIttf a heaping up, provision, &^j!3t:x store-houses. Hence ^c 74 fpK W^^^^^ plur. store-houses, Deut. 28, 8. Prov. 3, 10. In the East these are often under ground, an^d are now called Mat- mUrdt, ^sy^hjo. * '?^ obsol. and doubtful root, Aram. to lay up, to hoard, see in fiG&j. Hence !lJDi5 pr. n. m. Asnah, Ezra 2, 50. It is an appellative, signifying either store- house, or thorn-bush i. q. Chald. fi<3GX , Heb. n3D. *^&5DiJ Asnappar, Sept. 'Aaaiva^paQ, Vulg. Assenaphar, pr. n. of an Assyrian icing or satrap, who is said to have led out colonies into Palestine, Ezra 4, 10. Bohlen compares Sanscr. Sendpa, leader of an army ; see also S'^'^HSD . riSDJJ Asenath, Egyptian pr. n. of the daughter of Potiphar priest of Heliopo- lis, the wife of Joseph, Gen. 41, 45. 46, 20. The LXX, whose authority is con- siderable in Egyptian pr. names, write it ^AaBvi&, Ms. Alex. 'A(Tivvi&, which may be written in Egyptian thus, ^C-ilGlT she is of Neith, i. e. belongs to Neith the Minerva of the Egyptians (^C she is) ; like Asisi, ^C-HCG she is of Isis, i. e. devoted to her. A different expla- nation is given by Jablonsky in Opusc. II. 209. Panth. ^gypt. I. 56. For the goddess Neith, see Jablonsky 1. c. and Champollion Pantheon Egyptien no. 6. * H??5 imper. qbj<, nsGX Num. 11, 16, plur. siBDK Ps. 50J 5; fut. ^bvt.^^, in plur. et c. sufF. *iBDi<:], ^?D&^^, rarely with !!t quiescent or dropped t\'o\ PlC)^;], ClGfi< 1 Sam. 15, 6. 2 Sam. 6, 1. Ps. 104,29. Pr. to scrape, to scrape together, kindr. with the verbs v)iD (whence fiS^D whirlwind), t^BO, also CjD^, and the harsher fiDn q. v. Hence 1. to collect, to gather, as fruits Ex. 23, 10 ; ears of grain Ruth 2, 7 ; money 2 K. 22, 4. Also to gather together, to assem- ble men, a people, nations, Ex. 3, 16. Num. 21, 16. 2 Sam. 12, 28. Constr. with ace. to which is sometimes added bx of pers. or place to or at which ; Gen. 42, 17 "laaia-iix tank C]b5<^l and he ga- thered them together into prison, i. e. put them all together in prison. 1 Sam. 14, 52. 2 Sam. 11, 27. Gen. 6. 21 ; also ^5 2 K. 22, 20. Hence 2. to gather to oneself, to take,to receive, i espec. to one's hospitality and protection, Deut. 22, 2. Josh. 20, 4. nS'n^'O 'b t]DX 2 K. 5, 3 sq. to receive one from leprosy, i. e. to restore a leprous person, so that he is again received into the society and intercourse of others. 3. to gather up, i. e. to contract, to draw up or back, to withdraw. Gen. 49, 33 he gathered up his feet into the bed. 1 Sam. 14, 19 r^^^^ C]bx withdraw thy hand, i. e. desist. Joel 2, 10 the stars Dnas ISDN withdraw their brightness, i. e. shine no more. Hence 4. to take back or away, espec. that which one has formerly given. Ps. 104, 29 "y^^'^y] onn C)ph thou takest away their breath, they die. Job 34, 14. Gen. 30, 23 '^ns'in-rx o^n-bx qox God hath taken away my reproach. Is. 4, 1. 10, 14. 5. to take out of the way, to destroy, Judg. 18, 25. 1 Sam. 15, 6 iB5 r,BDN "iS lest I destroy tJiee with them. Ez. 34, 29 35'^ "'SJiDX taken away by famine, con- sumed. Jer. 8, 13. Zeph. 1, 2. Comp. the roots nso, Cj^iD. 6. to bring up the rear, to be a rear- ward, agmen claudere, as collecting and bringing together the stragglers, Is. 58 8. Comp. Pi. no. 3. NiPH. 1. to be collected, gathered to- gether, assembled, with ^X of place. Lev. 26, 25 ; b 2 Chr. 30, 3 ; b?" 2 Sam. 17, 11 ; though more commonly b? in this phrase signifies against, Gen. 34, 30. Ps. 35, 15. Also i?-ba< tlDXS Gen. 49, 29, 1'lpinx-^N Judg. 2, 10, and simpl. P]DN.3 Num.' 20, 26, to be gathered to one'' s people, fathers, etc. i. e. to depart into Sheol, Hades, where the Hebrews supposed all their ancestors to be congregated. The being gathered to one's people or fathers, is ex- pressly distinguished both from death and from burial, Gen. 25, 8. 35, 29. 2 K. 22, 20. Different are those passages in which tl^?ll?3 denotes the gathering of the dead slain in battle for the purpose of burial, Jer. 8, 2. Ez. 29, 5. Job 27, 19. 2. to be received, comp. in Kal no. 2, e. g. a leprous person, i. q. to be restored^ as healed. Num. 12, 14. Reflex, of a sword, Jer. 47, 6 jnii up thyself into thy scabbard t]t^ 3. to be taken away, to depart, to perish, Is. 16, 10. 60, 20. Jer. 48, 33. Hos. 4, 3. PiEL 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to collect, to gather, Is. 62, 9. 2. to receive in hospitality, Judg. 19. 18. 3. i. q. Kal no. 6, to bring up the rear, to be a rear-ward, Num. 10, 25. Josh. 6, 9. 13. Is. 52, 12. PuAL pass, of Piel no. 1, to be collected, gathered together, Is. 24, 22. 33, 4. HiTHPA. to gather themselves together, to be assembled, Deut. 33, 5. Denv. Cl'^ox , and the six here follow- ing. C|9^ (collector) Asaph, pr. n. m. a) A Levite, the chief of David's singers, 1 Chr. 16, 4. 5 ; in a later age celebrated also as a poet and prophet, 2 Chr. 29, 30 ; to whom twelve Psalms (50, 73-83) are ascribed in their titles ; and whose pos- terity, C|OX '.aa , in the times of Ezra and Nehemiahstilloccupied themselves with sacred poetry and song. 1 Chr. 25, 1. 2 Chr. 20, 14. 29, 13. Ezra 2, 41. 3, 10. Neh. 7, 44. 11, 22. b) 2 K. 18, 18. Is. 36, 3. c) Neh. 2, 8. ^ibij (after the form oSx) only in Plur. C^BDX collections, i. e. stores, store-hou- ses, i Chr. 26, 15. 17. n^"5^'fl "^BDX the store-chambers of the gates, Neh. 12, 25. ClDi^ collection, ingathering, harvest, espec. of fruits. Is. 32, 10. 33, 4. Mic. 7, 1. "'^5^. f a gathering together, assem- blage. Is. 24, 22 pleon. nsDX ^ISSX they are gathered together with a gathering, i. e. in one gathering, all at once. riDDi^ f. only in Plur. m'epx . assem- blies, congregations, espec. of wise and learned men to dispute on divine things. Ecc. 12, 11 niSDX "'^^a masters of assem- blies, i. e. members, associates of such assemblies, i. q. D'^^sn in the other clause. InArabiciooUuJi l->L^?I ; though the Arabian consessus, k:uLouLo, are a dif- ferent thing from these Jewish assem- blies. [Others : masters of collections, i. e. compilers, composers of books ; so Kimchi. T. D'^BDi^ seeCibi<. 5^9?^?^ ^' pr- collected, adj. dimin. used in contempt for a mixed multitude, rabble, vagabonds, scraped together from 75 X>^ every quarter and following the Israel- ites in their exodus ; with art. Ci&SDxn Num. 11, 4, Aleph being quiescent. The same is called in Ex. 12, 38 nn r:";? . KinBDif (Milel) Chaid. adv. diligently, carefully, speedily, Ezra 5, 8. 6, 8. 12. 13. 7, 17. 21. 26. Sept. ijiids^iov, sTii^drJi^, sTolfKog, Vulg. studiose, diligenter. The etymology is doubtless to be sought in the Persian language, comp. &<'^]'!!']i< ; but in respect to the root and signification there is little certainty. Bohlen, Symb. p. 21, regards it as from ^0^5^ \\ from wisdom, i. e. wisely, diligently. Kose- garten prefers with Castell to compare t , wholly, perfectly. I^WUm and ^^wAjm fc^riBDi^ Pers. Aspaiha, pr. n. of a son of Haman, Esth. 9, 7. Prob. Sanscr. Asvaddta, Pers. soljuu^l, 'ab equo datus,' (i. e. by Bramah under the form of a horse,) comp. Gr. 'Aanadfjg. So Benfey, Pott. *"*?? fot. -ibx:j and "ibs|^, c. suff. 1. to bind, to make fast, to bind to any thing, kindr. with itx and other roots of binding, which see in art. "ntij . Chald. 0. ntsx, Syr. ^f Arab.^^t, Eth. AAZ, and hUJl, id. E. g. an animal, Gen. 49, 11 ; a victim, Ps. 118, 27 ; a sword upon the thigh, Neh. 4, 12 ; a person with cords, Ez. 3, 25. Hence 2. to bind, to put in bonds, Gen. 42, 24 ; espec. in fetters, chains, Ps. 149, 8. Jer. 40, 1. 2 K. 25, 7. Part. ->1DS$ one bound, a captive, prisoner, Ps. 146, 7 ; metaph. of a captive to woman's love, Cant. 7, 6. 3. to put in prison, to hold in confine- ment, although not bound, 2 K. 17, 4. 23, 33. Part, -i^iox a prisoner, Gen. 40, 3. 5. Is. 49, 9. D'^n^DJ^n n^a thehouse of pri- soners, i. e. prison, Judg. 16, 21. 25 ; contr. ^ ^ * Q o^ tii'n:ion n''2Ecc.4,14. Arab. Ill id. ^\ captivity. 4. to make fast animals to a cart or vehicle, i. e. to harness, to yoke. 1 Sam. 6,7 nVssa ni-isn-rj< Dtn-nox;] and yoke th kine to the cart. v. 10. Also with ace. of the vehicle, to harness a chariot, Gen. 46, 29 ; or absol. 1 K. 18, 44 1^) "bx har- ness thy chariot and go down. 2 K. 9, 27 "Its 76 a 5. Pr. to hind on, to join; hence '^tsN n7;rib^n-ri< to join battle, to begin the fghi 1 K. 20, 14. 2 Ghr. 13, 3. 6. idE3-b:y "\&X ^^i< to bind a binding (interdict) upon oneself, i. e. to bind one- self by a vow of abstinence from the use of any thing otherwise lawful, Num. 30, 3 sq. Different from *i^3 "i'i3 to vow a vow, which implies something to be per- fermed. Chald. l&x to prohibit, to for- bid, Syr. Ij-Ao ^1 to bind and loose, to prohibit and permit. NiPH. 1. to be bound, Judg. 16, 6. 13. 2. to be kept in prison, Gen. 42, 16. 19. PuAL to be made captive in war, Is. 22 3. Deriv. the two following, and "i^&X, "i"'pi<, "T^sx, n-nb^, Qi-io-i'S. "^9^ and *^5i5 m. pr. a binding, pro- hibition, interdict ; hence a vow of absti- nence, Num. 30, 3 sq. See in r. "^DX no. 6. The absol. state is every where "^SS^ , but c. suff. t=T;&x, plur. n^"iDX, Num. 30,6.8. 15. "^9?i Chald. a prohibition, interdict, Dan. 6, 8 sq. 1'T^n"nDS pr. n. Esar-ho^ddon, a king of Assyria, the son and successor of Sennacherib. 2 K. 19. 37. Is. 37, 38. Ezra 4; 2. Before his father's death, he had been made viceroy over the province of Babylonia, with regal honours. See Berosus in Eusebii Chron. Arm. T. I. p. 42, 43, where he is called ^Aaofjddv, as also in Sept. 2 K. et Is. 1. c. elsewhere :^(xxc8uv, ^'a^fi^doroQ Tob. 1, 21. This name was perh. in ancient Assyrian equivalent to i4^/iro-(/^7?a,Pers. xj|t> jOl ' gift of fire,' which comes near to Asor- dan. Bohlen. "^^^9^ Esther, Pers. pr. n. of a Jewish virgin, before called Hadassah, H&'iSn , Esth. 2, 7, who became the wife of Ahasuerus (Xerxes) and queen of Per- sia. The etymology is correctly given in Targ. sec. ad Esth. 2, 7, as i. q. Pers. SvUCwtf sitdreh, star, also good fortune, happiness, Zend, stara, Sanscr.s^H nom. std for stdr ; whence in the occidental languages. Gr. aar^fj, Lat. aster. Germ. Ster7i, Engl. star. See Lassen Ind. Biblioth. III. 18. In Syr. put for the star of Venus, (see Bar Bahlul Ms.) and we recognise the same Persian name in the Heb. n'nPiOJ:^ , for which see in its place. This name therefore was parti- cularly appropriate to the character and circumstances of Esther. ^^ Chald. St. emphat. 6 . 4. two persons, as if dual from Sing. v)S< in the signif of face, person; comp. TiQoaamov, 0*^33 , and Syr. |^] . 1 Sam. 1, 5 D'^QX rnx ns^ a portion of two per- sons, i. e. a double portion. See more fully in Thesaur. p. 127. Others, Tie gave to Hannah one portion in anger, i. e. with sadness, in a sad and sorrow- ful spirit ; words signifying anger being sometimes transferred to express the idea of grief, sadness. 5. Appaim, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 30. 31. 7# '?V ^^^- ^2^v5 ^^ gird on, to put on sc. the high-priest's ephod, liBN , Ex. 29, 5. Lev. 8, 7. Deriv. the two following, and TiBX . ^^^ (i. q. "Tisx ephod.) pr. n. m, Ephod, Num. 34, 23. ^^^^, f 1. Inf of r. ^SX, a girding on, putting on, sc. of the ephod, Ex. 28, 8. 2, a covering, overlaying of a statue with gold, plating, Is. 30, 22, i. q. "'^s:? . Idols of wood were often thus overlaid with plates of gold or silver, nsgi^Qvaa, nsgidgyvga, Ep. Jer. 6, 34. 17?^ i- q- Syr. jJylf a palace; Dan. 11, 45 ia'iBX "^hjn,^ his palace-like tabema- < ^ cles. It is i. q. Arab. ^^tXi a high tower, castle, fortress, with Aleph. pros- thetic followed by Dag. forte ; comp. 'ji-'-iBX , also n^ , Chald. d^x , n'nx , blood ; ja , "i^x , 'ax , ^ garden. R. )'2^ q. v. * "^S^, imp. siBX for ^IBX Ex. l6, 23; fut. MBX"^, once sinshl 1 Sam. 28,24; to cook, spec, to bake, e. g. bread or cakes in an oven. Chald. Syr. id. Arab. if ^^m, whence ^^tLfjo oven, furnace. In the occidental languages comp. Gr. I'lpai, onrdb), TisTiTO), Lat. epulce, epulari. Gen. 19, 3. Lev. 26, 26, Is. 44, 15. 19, With two ace. of the material and of that which is prepared from it ; Lev. 24, 5 m'^n rTii::s o^nt: ?nnx n'^BX'i and bake [of] it twelve cakes; comp. Lehrg, 219. Part, nsx a baker Gen, 40, 1. t]"iBxn ^It) chief of the bakers, chief-baker, an officer of the Egyptian court, Gen, 40, 2 sq. The same dignity exists among the Mogols. NiPH. to be cooked, baked, Lev. 6, 10. 7, 9. Plur, nrsxtn Lev, 23, 17. Deriv. HBXTS ,' D^S'^Bln . TiSi^ an ephah, see f^B'^i^? . 1fi&5 and ^"iSi^ ^ Aleph paragog. like IS'i , xia'n ; pr. hre, hie, and of time, now; but always a particle postposi- tive, which gives emphasis to the pre- ceding word, like the Greek enclitics TTOTs, Ttbig, 710V, Lat. tandem. It is sub- Joined : a) To interrogative pronouns. T2 78 bz^ and adverbs, Engl, now, Gen. 27, 33. Ex. 33,^ 16 !!ipyi< n-Q i . Trop. for misfortune, calamity, Is. 8, 22. Plur. nibBX Is. 59. 9. b 79 bbSN (judgment, r. bbs) Ephlal, pr. n. m.'lChr. 2, 37. "l^V obsol. root. prob. to turn, to re- volve, like fi3Q . Hence -iSiX awheel, and 15^5 m. time, season, from the idea of turning, revolving, see r. "(BX ; comp. lin, nsipri, neQlodog, and other words which denote a year, many of which signify pr. a circle, as annus, whence an- nulus a ring, Gr. iviavxog. Hence Prov. 25, 11 r3Ei<-b? ^n^ "in^ a word spoken in its times, i. e. in due season, timely. (On the form T^3S&< for 1"'3SJt see Lehrg. V .TIT T T -I O p. 575.) So among the ancient intpp. Symm. Vulg. Abulwalid, who rightly s I = compares Arab, jo*-^' time. Or. if we may take ")2ij^ as i. q. "iSiit a wheel, the phrase l"'3Si<"b? might be rendered upon its wheels, as a proverbial expression implying quickness, celerity in replying. So Syr. V^ and Un^, '^^-^j '^'^ rota, i. e. quickly, rapidlj'. '^S^ to cease, to fail, to have an end, Gen. 47, 15. 16. Ps. 77, 9. Is. 16, 4. Kindred perh. is DGQ. Hence ^?S pr. cessation, a coming to an end; hence A) Subst. m. \. an end, extremity. Y"}^^ ^OBSt the ends of the earth, poet, and hyperbol. for the remotest regions, Ps 2, 8. 22, 28. al. 2. Dual o'^DBX pr. the extremities i. e soZes of the feet; e. g. Ez. 47, 3 C^DBN ^a waters of the soles, i. e. not deep, not rising above the soles. Comp. &Q Chald. Syr. Vulg. ankles. B) Adv. 1. no more, no further, i. q ^ir -px , Is. 5, 8. 54, 15. Am. 6, 10. Deut 32, 36. Also, none besides, Is. 45, 6. 46, 9. Once with "113? 2 Sam. 9, 3 ; and so with Yod parag. ^13? -^GBS^ Is. 47, 8. 10. Zeph. 2, 15 ^13? '^CBSi ''3X / am, and there is none besides. With prep. t3BX2 i. q. 113? V^3, with no more ; Job 7. 6 nip^Pi DBX2 with no more of hope, i. e. without hope. Prov. 14, 28. Also for "f X3 Dan. 8, 25. 2. nothing, nought, Is. 41, 12. 29. DBX2 for nothing, i. e. without cause, Is. 52. 4. ^^}^'9. of ov from nothing, i. e. something from nothing, Is. 40, 17; see yq 1. b. 3. 3. Adv. of restriction, limitation, no- p2i^ thing but, only. Num. 22, 35 comp. v. 20. 23, 13. 4. Conj. "^3 GBJSt pr. only that, i. q. nevertheless, but yet, Num. 13, 28. Deut. 15, 4. Am. 9, 8. D"^!!)^ D5D^ Ephes-Dammim. pr. n. of a place in the tribe of Judah, 1 Sam. 17 1 ; for which 1 Chr. 11, 13 0^53^05. 2?BJ5 found only once, and prob. a wrong reading for DBK ; spoken of the nothingness of idols, Is. 41, 24 DDbs'Q S^S^Pj where the other clause has yi'^'Oi . Some of the Rabbins regard 3;bx as being i. q. i^3?By; viper ; and ren- der, ymir work is worse than vipers ; but wholly against the context, in which idols are said to be altogether nought. Better therefore with Vulg. Chald. Saad. to replace OBX''? , which is read in the similar passages Is. 40, 17. 41, 12. 29 ; and is also very frequent in these chapters. ni^SiJ comm. (f Is. 59, 5) a viper, adder, any poisonous serpent, Joel 20, 16. Is. 30, 6. 59, 5. Arab. ^\ . R. nsB q. V. ^j?^ i. q. S?^ , to surround, to en- compass, but only poetic, c. ace. Ps. 18, 5. 116, 3. 2 Sam. 22, 5. Jon. 2, 6 ; b? Ps. 40, 13. It is not contracted in flexion, whence siBBN , "^ssiBB.x . * ps? in Kal not used. 1. to hold, to contain, i. q. pm , P'^trtrt Hiph. no. 1. b ; see P''B!!< no. 1, and Hithpa. 2. to be firm, strong, see P'^B5< no. 2 ; the idea of holding, espec. of holding firmly, being often transferred to strength. Arab. (Sj| to overcome, to conquer ; (Uil to excel (pr. to prevail, to be strong) in '^ liberality, in eloquence, etc. (oJl ex- cellent, pre-eminent. Hithpa. to contain oneself, i. e. to with- hold or refrain oneself from giving way e. g. to affection Gen. 43. 31. 45, 1 ; to grief Is. 42. 14 ; to anger Esth. 5, 10; to conscience 1 Sam. 13, 12. So Gen. 45, 1 and Joseph could not refrain himself. Is. 63, 15 =ipB5a, the latter Swftjbo i. e. cap, helmet. The same word exists in Syriac, fjsikiao i. e. the turban or tiara of the priests and bish- ops. Others make it by transpos. i. q. ^NQ. ornament of the head. tll&K m. the young of birds, a brood, Arab, ^wi, comp 84^^ nn^Q. Deut. 22, 6. Ps. 84;^. R. JTiB to break forth, to sprout, as plants ; in Arab, also of the young of animals. 'jl'^'llSJ!^ m. a sedan, lifter, a portable couch or palanquin, once Cant. 3, 9, i. q. fna^ in v. 7. Sept. cpoQuov litter, comp. Athen. 5. 5; Yulg. ferculum. Talmud. "li^'iQX and x;>'i^5 bed ; and so also Syr. jl^os. The root is frns, Chald. X-iD^ to be borne along, to run, comp. JTnQ no. 2, Gr. (psQco, Lat. fero ; like currus from currendo, tQoxoi from jqs/hv, (poguov ferculum from cpsgsiv ferre. 0?t!?? (perh. double land, twin-land, comp. D'^'i}!^) pr. n. Ephraim. 1. The youngest son of Joseph, and founder of the tribe of Ephraim, "^sa d'inB5$ Num. 10, 22, and simpl. tD'^'iBN Josh. 16, 10 ; the territory of which lay almost in the middle of the Holy Land, Josh. 16, 5 sq. In this tract was ^rt d'^'nBX mount Ephraim, or the mountains of Ephraim, Josh. 19, 50. 20, 7. 21, 21. Judg. 2, 9. 3, 27. Different is the forest of Ephraim 2 Sam. 18, 6, which ac- cording to the context is to be sought beyond the Jordan, comp. 17, 24-29 ; prob. so called from the slaughter of the Ephraimites, Judg. 12, 1 sq. 2 Scim. 13, 23 Q':']Bi< D^ at Ephraim, i. e. in the territory of Ephraim. ^H 81 b2r 2. The kingdom of Ephraim, i. e. of the ten tribes, or Samaria, so called be- cause the tribe of Ephraim was the most important, and also because the family of Jeroboam the first king was of that tribe, 1 K. 11, 26. So espec. in the pro- phetical books. Is. 9, 8. 17, 3. 28, 3. Hos. 4, 17. 5, S sq. 9, 3 sq. Is. 7, 2 Syria rest- eth Q'^'!'B5< b^ upon Ephraim, i. e. the Syrians are encamped in the territory ofEphraim. When the land of Ephraim is meant, it is fem. Hos. 5, 9 ; when the people, masc. Is. 7, 8. Comp. nn'nsx no. 2. i^.'^OnSi^ Chald. plur. Apharsites, pr. n. of a people from which a colony was sent to Samaria, Ezra 4, 9. Hiller under- stands the Parrhasii, a tribe of eastern Media ; better the Persians themselves, see in 0*^3 . The Aleph is prosthetic, as in the two names here following. X.'^DD^Bi5 Ezra 5, 6, and .':?np-lBiii Ezra 4, 9, Chald. plur. Apharsachites, Apharsathchites, pr. n. of two Assyrian tribes otherwise unknown ; unless per- haps they are to be regarded as one and the same. Not improb. the Par to mm- 1^ 83 j"iU< g\e. Arab. o>l to tie a knot, II id. aUs! a knot. 2. to lie in wait, to lie in ambush. Arab. Cjn! to be cunning, astute, III to act cunningly, pr. intricately. Verbs of knitting or weaving, also of twisting, spinning, sewing, are often transferred to wiles and plots, opp. to upright and open dealing; comp. bns, 1^^, Gr. Solov V. fiijxiv vcpalvEiv, xaxd v. doXov Qamsiv, nectere iTisidias v. scelera, suere dolos, Germ. IVug spinnen, Engl, to weave plots. Constr. c. h Ps. 59, 4. Prov. 24, 15. Josh. 8. 4 ; ace. Prov. 12, 6; b? Judg. 9, 34. Elsewhere also to watch, to reconnoitre in ambush, Judg. 9, '32. 21, 20; c. inf et b Prov. 1. c. Ps. 10, 9. Part, n-nix , n-nixn , a lier-in-wait, often collect, liers-in-^ait, an ambush, a band of soldiers placed in ambush. Josh. 8, 14. 19. 21. Judg. 20, 33 sq. Hence with plur. Judg. 20, 37. PiEL i. q. Kal, c. b? 2 Chr. 20, 22 ; absol. Judg. 9, 25. Hi ph. to lay wait, to set an ambush, fut. n'n^l for n-ix^T , 1 Sam. 15, 5. Deriv. 3"i&< , 's-ix , naix , n3-i5< , n-ii<^ , and pr. names S'^X , ?!?3'ni< . ^"^l^f; (ambush) Arab, pr. n. of a city in the mountains of Judah, Josh. 15, 52. Hence prob. the gentile n. ''3'^J* Arbite 2 Sam. 23, 35. ^'!?^ m. 1. a lying-in^wait, ambush, of wild beasts. Job 38, 40. 2. Place of lying-in-wait, covert, lair of wild beasts. Job 37, 8. ^'^^ m. c. suff. is*!!*, wait, insidious attempts, plots ; Jer. 9, 7 D^ia^ i21*>p3il 'ia'nij and in his breast fie layeth his wait, his plots. ^^^^^ see bi<3^i? n'lSl in n^a no. 12. d. nnnx m. (r. nnn) a locust, Ex. 10, 4 sq. Lev. 11, 22. Joel 1, 4. Ps. 78, 46. Spoken also of a particular species, prob. the gryllus gregariu^ or common migra- tory locust, Lev. 11, 22. Joel 1, 4. On ihe various species of locusts, see Bo- chart Hieroz. II. 447. ^^'^^ f i. q. S'ii< , Plur. constr. n'ia'nj* ; only is. 25, 11 ninifi^ 03) 'ini5 to pluck. 3. to gather, to collect, see Ethiop. above ; hence "pix . Deriv. see in no. 2, 3. *II.n^iJ i.q. Arab, ^^t, ^5^!, to bum, to inflame, \\ to kindle ; kindr. with Heb. ^'7^5 ^tl^j and the occidental areo, ardeo, uro. Hence ^l?"''^!?^ no. 2, hearth or altar of God. ^"IN; Chald. also ^^ q. v. lo ! behold! Dan. 7, 6. 7. 13. Not found in other Chaldaic books ; but kindred with it are in Chald. and Talmud, "^-iri lo, '^nx lo, then for, because, (like Chald. "(f] lo, if) and D^iX because; also Samar. xbn lo, then for, because. This demonstra- tive force exists elsewhere likewise both in the syllables h^, hr\, (see bri, bx, n^X , it^n , ^^'^ , Arab. Jl ,) and also in n^<, nn, (comp. ji^oi, x^^n, Nsn, here, in this place,) so that it is hard to say, which form is the more ancient and I'li^ 85 n5< primitive. Commonly *i"!S5 is held to be by transposition from nx'i see ye. '^^'!^^ (for I']'! Aleph. prosthet. prob. wandering, place of fugitives, from r. ^!i"i q. V.) Arvad, Aradics, a Phenician city situated on a small island near the coast, founded according to Strabo by fugitives from Sidon, Strab. 16. 2. 13; see the etymology above. Ez. 27, 8. 11. The Arabian geographers write it 0\^\ Buwdd, which is now the name of the island. See Rosenmiiller Bibl. Ge- ogr. II. i. p. 6 sq. W. M. Thomson in Miss. Her. 1841, p. 98. The gentile n. is "^-il-jj^ Arvadite Gen. 10, 18. 1 Chr. 1, 16. TT^^ (perh. i. q. ^iiy wild-ass) Arod, pr. n. m. Num. 26, 17. 'Gentile n. "''li-iK Arodite Gen. 46, 16. R. Tix . nj'lij and ^^^^ f after the form riirsn, Plur. absol. ' ni-ix 2 Chr. 32, 28, (by Syriasm for niinx, as W^hrii^ for "'^n!$^ j) plur. constr. nnx 1 K. 4,^26 [5, 6] and ri^^.v 2 Chr. 9, 25.' R. rrix I. 1. a crib, manger, rack, whence cattle in a stall pull out their fodder, see the root nnx L 2; hence for stall stable, 2 Chr. 32,28. Arab. ^^[ stall, ^^\ crib. By transpos. n'i-i'i&{ 2 Chr. 32, 28. 2. a stall of horses, i. e. a certain number which usually stood in one stall, or were harnessed to one vehicle ; per- haps two, as this was the number har- nessed to a chariot, Engl, a pair, span, team. 1 K. 4, 16 [5, 6] and Solomon had n^D!iO n'l^x &ibx D'^janx forty thousand stalls [pairs?] of horses. f^'^^ adj. (denom. from 'T'nj5<) of cedar, cedrinus, Ezra 27, 24. Others explain it frm, stable ; comp. r. T'njt . ^^^"^^ and ^^^^, f in some copies also s^S'^x , but against the Masora, see J. H. Michaelis ad Jer. 30, 17. R. ^^x . 1. a long- bandage, applied by a physi- cian in order to heal a wound, see the root no. 1. E. g. b nati^x nnbs the band- age is applied to any one, i. e. his wound is healed, Jer. 8, 22. Neh.4, 1 [7]. 2 Chr. 24, 13 ; also in Hiph. h n^!l-^)! rtbsri to apply the bandage to any one, i. e. to heal his wound, Jer. 30, 17. 33, 6. Every- where metaph. of the restoration of 8 the state Jer. 1. c. or the repairing of the walls 2 Chr. Neh. 11. cc Hence 2. a healing, health; trop. welfare, prosperity, Is. 58, 8. Arab. xXjxI heal- ing of a wound. TQT^i^ Arumah, pr. n. of a city near Neapolis, Judg. 19, 41 ; perh. the same with HTSJn 2 K. 23, 36. Vr^mi^^ 2 K. 16, 6 Cheth. a corrup- tion for n"'^i"i^^ 5 which is read in Keri ; see in cSx . ft T^'^^ and 1"^^ comm. gend. (m. 1 Sam. 6, 8. f 4, 17. 2 Chr. 8, 11,) an ark, chest, in which things to be preserved are collected, from r. nnx I. 3. Arab. t^\\\ and ^\\\ a wooden chest, espec. a coffin. Spoken of a money-chest 2 K. 12, 10. 11 ; of a mummy-case or coffin Gen. 50, 26 ; but most frequently of the sacred ark, in \^rtiich the two tables of the law were deposited, called more fully nmsrj -pix the ark of the law Ex. 25, 22. 26, 33; n)r\'^^ n-i-ia lin&t Deut. 10, 8. 31, 9. 25 ; n-i^an ,in5<' Josh. 3, 6. 4, 9 ; lii^t nirri l Sam. 5, 3. 4. 6, 8 sq. ^}T^^.. 2 Sam. 24, 20 sq. Araunah, pr. n. of a Jebusite, written in v. 16 Cheth. na'nix , in v. 18 Cheth. n;3']N ; in 1 Chr. 2l' 18 sq. "JJ-JX Oman. Tj a root not in use, Arab. \J to contract oneself, to shrink together, hence to be compact, firm ; \. J firm, stable, \ J a tree firmly rooted. Hence A. Schul- tens and many after him derive Part, pass. TS11X madefast,firm,Ez. 27, 24. But most of the ancient versions here render n^Tix made of cedar, cedrini, as a denom. from fix, after the form mn: brazen, see Lehrg. p. 512 ; and to these we do not hesitate to accede. Hence Tinxj for Tin.Sia, and T'lif m. plur. D'^nx, constr. '^ni<, a cedar, so called from the firmness of its roots, which is common to all trees of the pine genus, Theoph. Hist. Plant. 2. 7. It is the cedrus ccmiferi, or pinus cedmcs, known as the cedar of Lebanon, a tree uncommonly tall, Is. 2, 13. 37, 24. Am. 2, 9; and wide-spreading Ez. 31, 3;; formerly very frequent on Mount Leba- n 86 n non Ps. 29, 5. 92, 13. 104, 16, but now greatly reduced in number; Bibl. Res. in Pal. III. p. 440. The wood is odorifer- ous, without knots, and exceedingly dura- ble ; and was therefore much used in the temple and the royal palaces for orna- mental work, and espec. for the wainscot and ceiling. Hence put for cedar-work^ wainscoting, 1 K. 6, 18. Arab. \s] , which is still in use among the inhabitants of Lebanon; Ethiop. ACTH, Aram. &<3"55<, ll^l . There is therefore no ground for understanding fnx to be^^e pine, and not the cedar, according to Celsius in Hierob. I. 106 sq. 1T^^ f. denom. from T^.X, cedar- work, e. g. wainscoting, Zeph. 2. 14. The fem. has the force of a collective, as in ns? wood, Lehrg. 477. * ! ^'^? to go, to icalk, to he on the way, as finite verb once Job 34, 8. Chald. nnst id. Similar is Gr. egx^f^^^h ^"d softer forms from the same stock are ^bn, Tj!iti. Part, nt]^ ^ wayfarer, tra- veller, Judg. 19, 17. 2 Sam. 12, 4. Jer. 14, 8. Plur. Jer. 9, 1. Fem. nn^b< col- lect, a company of travellers, espec. of merchants, a caravan, avvodla, Gen. 37, 25. Is. 21, 13. See Lehrg. p. 477. Comp. Deriv. "n-ns nn-iix. 11. njcs to decree, to appoint, i. q. pj^n, whence nn^Ni. q. pin, something appointed, fixed. Corresponding is Arab. *f to appoint a time; whence \^\\ a set time, era, epoch, a-0 to date a letter, \3 a chronicle, annals. Perh. kindr. a with r. "qt!? q- V. rrnij (perh. for n'ns wayfaring) ilra^, pr. n. m. a) Ezra 2, 5. Neh. 7, 10. b) 1 Chr. 7, 39. tr^*^ , plur. nin'ns , constr. mn'iN ; c. BufF. '^nh'ifij , ?]'^nh"i!!< , bs^H^jj , in place of which sometimes in Mss. and editions 'nrriN, r^^nrrix, onrrnji, see J. H.Mich, ad Job 13, 27; comm. gend. e. g. masc. Prov. 2, 15, comp. Job 6, 18. 19 ; fem. Prov. 15, 19 ; a poetic word, a way, path, road, {.(i-'Ti^'Tl' Chald. n'nfi<, Syr. J--90I , Samar. VSHIA id. Gen. 49, 17. Judg. 5, 6. Ps. 19, 6. n^sn nin-nit the paths of the seas Ps. 8, 9, comp. vygu xshv&a Hom. II. 1. 312. D^-^n nnjt the path of life i.e. to life or happiness Prov. ' 5, 6. Hence: a) Metaph. way i. e. manner of life and conduct, i. q. Tj']'?. So ^pUJ V^'y^ false way, i. e. false and deceit- ful conduct, life, Ps. 119, 104. nirrix nirri the ways of Jehovah, i. e. a way of life pleasing to God,Ps.25, 4. 119, 15. Is. 2, 3. The idea of a way is often pre- served, as Prov. 4, 14. 8, 20. b) i. q. mode, manner. Gen. ]8, 11 ni'iJib b'yn D^d33 n'lx rriiab it ceased to be with Sarah after the manner of women, by euphemism for the menses, comp. 31, 35. c) The ways or paths of any one, i. q. his condition, lot. Job 8, 13. Prov. 1, 19. Comp. in Engl. ' the way it goes with him.' d) Poet, rrnx is put for a way- farer, traveller. Job 31, 32. Plur. nin-nx stTsn the travellers of Tema, the cara- vans. Job 6, 19. JTli^ Chald. plur. c. suff.- T^nm.x^ Snnn'ijj, i. q. Hebr. ways, i. e. metaph. counsels of God, Dan. 4, 34 ; affairs, destinies of any one, Dan. 5, 23. nn'l^ f company of travellers, cara- van j see under r. nnx I. mn^lJSI f (r. n-nx II ) an appointed por- tion of food or provision, an allowance, delivered out daily or at fixed times, 2 K. 25, 30. Jer. 52, 34. Hence genr. a por- tion of food, Tneal, Prov. 15, 17. Jer. 40, 5. ''"IS5 m. plur. C!'''i'i&< 1 K. 10, 20, else- where ri^^ 1 K. 10, 19. 2 Chr. 9, 18. 19, a lion, q. d. the puller in pieces, the render (see r. nnsj I. 2). Num. 24, 9. 1 Sam. 17, 34 sq. 2 Sam. 23, 20. al. ^"^53 ni'i'iN ayoung lion Judg. I4r, 5; nii'njsi i-lii a lion's whelp Jer. 51, 38. Trop. as the emblem of strength and valour, Num. 23, 25 ; of fierceness and cruelty, Prov. 28, 15. See Bochart Hieroz. I. 715 sq. Syr. Uf. bi^'^'^if; m. compounded from '''nj< and I. lion of God, i. e. lion-like champion, hero. a) Collect. 2 Sam. 23, 20 ''3TS SSjin ^J^"^^!?!? two lion-like champions of Moab; see '^5$'nN and "^-ix 1 Chr. 11, 22. ^^i^ Comp. Arab. xjj\ Jua^I and xjj| viiJy lion of God, an epithet of heroic war- riors ; also Pers. I Jc^ ^juit Shin khoda lion of God. Spoken \)f Jerusalem, Is. 29, Iv 2, q. d. city of heroes, which should never be subdued ; though others refer this passage to no. 2. Hence b) As pr. n. m. Ariel, Ezra 8, 16. II. hearth i. e. altar of God, comp. 5s| hearth, fire-place, from r. n"i5< II ; spoken of the altar of burnt-offerings, Ez. 43, 15. 16. '^'!J'^'!^^: Aridai, Pers. pr. n. of the ninth son of Haman. Esth. 9, 9. Comp. 'Aqi- dalot; i. e. the strong, from Pers. art, ard. Perh. from Airyadao 'digna dans' (Benfey). or Arydday 'donum Arise' (Bohlen). Comp. the next article. Xri"'''^^ Aridatha, pr. n. of the sixth son of Haman, Esth. 9, 8. The etymo- logy like the preceding article. ^I?*?^ i. q. "^i^l?, with n- parag. comp. G])I< and niax ; more frequent than ''"ix, but used only in the sing. aZz'on, Gen. 49, 9. Deut, 33, 22. Judg. 14, 8. al. Spoken of a powerful and cruel enemy. Is. 15, 9. Jer. 4, 7. Is. 21, 8 r\-^,^^ ^"^Pr^^ and he cried as a lion. Comp. Rev. 10, 3. n:^nX Chald. id. Dan. 7, 4. Plur. emphat. 5:^-J I el-Mdjeb. Num.21, 13 sq. 22, 36! Deut. 2, 24. 36. 3, 8 sq. 4, 48. Is. 16, 2. al. See Burckhardt's Travels in Syria, etc. p. 372. Also Comment, on Is. 16, 2. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 204. n^D'lfifl see rtai-ny;. )r*}^ (active, nimble, see r. X]i<) Ar- nan, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 21. 1D"li5i (id.) Oman, pr. n. of a Jebusite, on the site of whose threshing-floor Solomon built the temple. 1 Chr. 2, 15. 2 Chr. 3, 1. Comp. HDl^X. ^"^^^ Chald. St. emph. 6t5^5< . 1. the earth, i. q. Heb. y^^., 2J and S being in- terchanged, see under S . Dan. 2, 35. 39. 3, 31. al. 2. the ground, and as adv. low, he- low. Dan. 2, 39 after thee shall arise another kingdom ~3"0 X^nx lower than thee, inferior to thee. Comp. Chald. ^snx, 'X^nx, low; rnb^a for r'lxba at the lowest part, below. Hence n^iyn^ Chald. f. the ground, the low- est part, bottom of a pit, Dan. 6, 25. ^S'7^ (prop, support, i. e. a strong city , for nB"i from r. "iS"i ,) Arpad, pr. 89 n. of a city and region of Syria, not far from the city Hamath, with which it is often coupled, governed by its own kings, and to be distinguished from ^:>^ q. V. 2 K. 18, 34. 19, 13. Is. 10, 9. Jer. 49, 23. [More prob. the same with ^;"?^ Arvad, i. e. the island Ruw^d, with its territory on the adjacent coast ; which was contiguous to that of Ha- math. The interchange of S and T (like S and l) is not unnatural. R. '^^9?'^^ Arphaxad, pr. n. of the third son of Shem, and denoting at the same time a people or region of country, Gen. 10, 22. 24. 11, 10-13. The con- jecture of Bochart is not improbable (Phaleg. 2. 4), that it is the province 'AQ^ajia/tiig, Arrapachiti^, in northern Assyria near Armenia (Ptol. 6. 1), the primitive country of the Chaldeans; see Comment, on Is. 23, 13. Josephus, Ant. 1. 6. 4, ^AQ(f>u^(xdr,g ds rovg vlv XixXdal- ovg yaXov^ivovg ^AQCfa^adalovg (avofiaffev. Bohlen ad Gen. 1. c. compares Sanscr. Aryapakshatd ' (a land) by the side of Asia ;' comp. Borussia i. q. Po-rus, near the Russians. Y-? a root of uncertain signif Arab. Qof ^JO^! low, inferior ; but this is derived rather from the primary idea earth. T*?^ comm. gend. (rarely masc. Gen. 13, 6. Ps. 104, 6. Is. 9, 18 ; or when the earth is put for its inhabitants. Is. 26, 18. 66, 8.) c. sufF. ""isnit, c. art. ^^xn, sf He loc. f^^'^X, the earth, Arab. it^)1j Chald. Xl^^X , Syr. ^I^^f . Spec. 1. tJie earth, orhis terrarum, opp. to the heavens; Yl^'^'^- ^1^^'^ Gren. 1, 1. 2, 1. 4, and D'^^^ijl fnx Gen. 2, 4, the heavens and the earth, the whole uni- verse. Synecd. for the inhabitants of the earth. Gen. 9, 19. 11, 1. 19, 31. 2. the earth, land, opp. to the sea. Gen. 1, 28. 3. a land, country, Ex. 3, 8. 13, 5. Gen. 21, 32 D"inT2J^s y-ix . Ruth 1, 7 yyt. rri^inT . So the land of any one is either the country subject to him, as the land of Sihon Neh. 9, 22 ; or consecrated to any one Jer. 2, 7. 16, 18 ; or in which one dwells Deut. 19, 2. 10. 28, 12 ; or was born, q. d. one's father-land Gen. 24, i. liznj^ 90 TC^.fi< 30, 25. Num. 10, 9. Is. 8, 9. Comp. yn Tirog Acts 7, 3 ; and the words D?, "I'^S, t::''^ . Absol. Y^,i< and f"?.^?! often de- note Palestine xt s^o^ir Joel 1, 2 ; and so in the formula ynx ',3^ , d'i'i , Ps. 37, 9. 11. 22. 29. 44, 4. Prov. 2, 21. 10, 30. Synecd. for the inhabitants of a land. Is. 26, 18 ; spec, of wicked inhabitants Is. 11,4; comp. uris&i no. 1. b. 4. land, i. e. a piece of land, a Jield, Gen. 23, 15. Ex. 23, 10. Of the fields or country around a city, Josh. 8, 1. 5. the ground, with He local n^'nx (Milel) to the ground, as n^-j5< ^r^T\'6^^ Gen. 33, 3. 37, 10. Henoe poet, forrep- tihs, as crawling upon the ground, i. q. j^-iNH ir^"! . as Job 12, 8 Y^.^\ H^^ speak to the ground, i. e. to the reptiles crawl- ing thereon ; followed by ' the fishes of the sea ;' comp. Gen. 9, 2. 1 K. 5. 13. 6. earth, i. e. the element, earthy par- ticles, scorifB of metals. Ps. 12, 7 silver purified in a work-shop y'^i<\ as to the earth, i. e. from its dross, scorise. Plur. niii'nx lands, countries, regions, Gen. 26, 3. 4.' So ni:"^xn the lands, often espec. in the later Hebrew put xt ^^o/r,v for heathen lands, foreign coun- tries, comp. D'l'sx , n-iis. ; e. g. nin'^sn ^^v iJie nations of the (heathen) lands 2 Chr. 13. 9. 17, 10. r.i:"^xri ridbizr: the king- doms of the (gentile) \ands 1 Chr. 29, 30. 2 Chr. 12, 8. 17, 10. The originf this usus loquendi is apparent from the fol- lowing passages in Ezekiel, 5, 6. 11, 17. 12, 15. 20, 23. 22, 15. 20, 32. 22, 4. Note. He paragogic in nrs'nx is for the most part local : but sometimes also ii. is merely a poetic form, so that S^^'^sx does not differ fi-om y^wS , e. g. Job 34, 13. 37, 12. Is. 8, 23; comp.' n^"?b for ^^b. Hence S:jn (earth) Arza, pr. n. m. 1 K. 16, 9'. " pni$ Chald. Stat, emphat. Xj^^X , i. q. Jts'nx, the earth, the letter "S being changed into the harsher p, Jer. 10, 11. Freq. in the Targums. * ^^55 ftit. '^X'J, imp. >i^ix Judg. 5, 23, with He parag.n'nx Num. 22, 6, to curses corresponding is Arab. J^ to abhor, to detest; and still more nearly Gr. aQa, ccijrwfiai. Constr. c. ace. Num. 22, 6. 23, 7. Mai. 2, 2. Judg. 5, 23. Job 3, 8 nil I'n'nx cursers of the day, i. e. a class of magicians who were thought to render particular days unfortunate by their imprecations. Gen. 3, 14 cursed art thou from every beast, i. e. all beasts shall avoid thee as infamous and ac- cursed. Deut. 27, 15 sq. 28, 16 sq. NiPH. pass. Part, n^-ix? Mai. 3, 9. PiEL "inx, part. "I'lXa 1. i. q. K.-J, to curse, Gen. 5, 29. 2. to cause a curse. Num. 5, 22 D'^^^! D'^'n^XTan the waters causing a curse, i. e. which cause destruction to the adulterous and perjured woman who drinks them. HoPH. fut. 'nx^'' pass, to he cursed, Num , 22,6. I Deriv. n"iX^. T : '^'^'^^ pr. n. Ararat, a region or pro- vince near the middle of Armenia, be- tween the Araxes and the lakes Van and Oroomiah, 2 K. 19, 37. Is. 37, 38 ; still called by the Armenians Ararat, mpmnium ; upon whose mountains, Wiix ^'nn, the ark of Noah rested, Gen. T T-: T 3 I ^ 8, 4. It is sometimes taken in a wider sense for Armenia itself, Jer. 51, 27. That it is the name of a region, and not strictly of a mountain, is affirmed also by Moses Chorenensis ; see Schroeder Thes. Ling. Arm. p. 55. Mosis Choren. Hist. Arm. ed. Whiston, p. 289, 308, 358, 361. For an account of this region, see Morier's Second Journey, p. 312. R. K. Porter's Travels Vol. I. p. 178 sq. Smith and Dwight's Researches in Armenia, Vol. II. p. 73 sq. The root is Sanscr. Aryavarta, ' terra sancta ;' Bohlen, Ben- fey, etc. ^_^ in Kal not used, but as is noted by Manger ad Hos. 2, 21, pr. i. q. b*!!? , 1)^^^ , to erect, to build, whence ^"13? a bed or couch, with a canopy. 60- Thence also (j^v^ a bed-fellow, hus- band or wife, \j^^y^ one betrothed. Hence PiEL to";;!!;? to betroth a woman, pr. to make her a spouse ; c. ace. niax b'",x Deut. 20, 7. 28, 30 ; and m^'X \h bnx Hos. 2, 21. 22. 2 Sam. 3, 14. The price paid for a wife is put with 2 2 Sam. I. c. PuAL 13'^X, fem. in Pause !^^^i<, tobfi 11:1^ 91 ir>t^ betrothed, Ex. 22, 15. Deut. 22, 28. Part. ri^-^'m-o Deut. 22, 23. 25. 27. Chald. Dnji T T : ' : Pe. and Pa. id. * 123'njJ obsol. root, i. q. Arab, ^psm to desire, to long- for. Hence m^'lill f. desire, longing, Ps. 21, 3. Sept. 8ai]ai<;, Vulg. voluntas. XnT^OTn-|i5 Ezra 4, 8. 11. 23. 6, 14, npT2Jnrin 7, 1. 7, xrnJJwnnK 4^ 7^ Artaxerxes, pr. n. of several Persian kings ; in Greek written 'Aqin^iq^rig, by the Armenians uapinmol^ii Ardashes, by the modern Persians -juiwJsl, usJuS^i^S, Ardeshir ; by the ancient Persians, in the inscriptions of Nakshi- Rustam in Niebuhr's Reisebeschr. II. tab. 27, according to De Sacy, 'nntrnp'ix Artakhshetr, ArtakJishatra ; whence by interchanging the letters r and s, and by transposition, arose the form Artakh- sharta and the Heb. Artakhshast, Ar- takhshasta, as above. Comp. Lassen in Zeitschr. f d. Kunde des Morgenl. VI. p. 160. This name is compounded from the syllable art, strong, mighty, (comp. the pr. names ^AQio^viQriq, ^AQza^a^rif;, ^Aqtu- q>SQvi]g,) and "inwn, which in the ancient usage denoted king, like the Zend and Sanscr. ksatra. Nor yet is Herodotus to be taxed with error in rendering it mighty warrior (6. 98), comp. ksatra ' soldier ;' since kings also were warriors. See Lassen Keilschrift p. 36. Two kings of this name are mentioned in the O. Test, a) Pseudo-Smerdes Ezra 4, 7. 8. 23 comp. 24, who not improb. took the name of Artaxerxes on his accession, b) Artaxerxes Longima- nus. in whose seventh year Ezra led out a colony into Palestine, Ezra 7, 1. 7.* 11. 12. 21. 8, 1 ; and from the twentieth to the thirty-second year of whose reign Nehemiah was governor of Judea, Neh. 2, 1. 5, 14. 13, 6. See more fully in Thesaur. p. 155, 156. *^?^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. lDi< to J hind. Hence the two following : ^^*^^^ (whom God hath bound sc. by a vow) pr. n. m. Asareel, 1 Chr. 4, 16. bi^'intei^ (vow of God) pr. n. m. As- rjel. Num. 26, 31. Josh. 17, 2. 1 Chr. 7, 14. Patronym. is ^^5!<1^5< Asrielite, * ^^? c. sufF. iiBX Job 18, 5, nypi< Is. 50, 11, comm. gend. (rarely masc. Job 20, 26. Ps. 104, 4. Jer. 48, 45 ; comp. on the gender of words signifying Jire, Lehrg. p. 546 note,) Jire, comp. Chald. ^^X, NnuJx, fire, fever, Syr. jzLiCf fe- ver, Ethiop. tkfl^ fire, Arab. auLol . which however is rarely used. The branches of this very ancient stock are widely spread throughout the languages of Asia and Europe ; comp. Sanscr. ush to burn, Pehlv. and Pers. i^\ , perh. Lat. cBstus, Germ, heitzen, heiss. Spec 1. the Jure of God, often for the lightning 1 K. 18, 38. 2 K. 1, 10. 12. 14. Job 1, 16 ; comp. Ex. 9, 23 and Pers. ,jUdwwl (jiiJt Trop. for the dinger and wrath of God, (comp. Virg. ^n, 2. 575 exarsere ignes animo, subit ira, etc.) Deut. 32, 22 "iQXri "^H'lp ;i:x a fire is kindled in mine anger. Jer. 4,4. 15, 14. 21, 12. Lam. 2, 4. Ez. 22, 21. In like manner^re is put for ardour in men, q. d. burning zeal or passion, Jer. 20, 9. Ps. 39, 3. 4. 2. Poet, fire for war, e. g. to be con- sumed by fire, i. q. to he consumed, wasted by war. Num. 21, 28. Jer. 48, 45. Judg. 9, 15. 20. Is. 10, 16. 26, 11. Ps. 21, 10. So T23J< nnj? to kindle a fire, metaph. to kindle a war, to excite the tumult of war, Is. 50, 11. The same figure is frequent in the Arabian poets ; comp. Comment, on Is. 7, 4. 3. Trop. for destruction, ruin, of any kind, both of men and things. Job 15, 34. 20, 26. 22, 20. 31, 12. Is. 1, 31. 30, 30. 33, 11. 14. 4. heat scorching, of the sun, Joel 1, 19,20. 2,3.5. 5. afiashing, brightness, splendour, e.g. of armsNah. 2. 5. IIJX ^^^2^ stones of fire, glittering gems, Ez. 28, 14. 16; comp. Stat. Theb. 2. 276 arcano florentes igne smaragdi. Deriv. i^i2ti< , q. v. t[^&5 Chald. St. emphat. &ITS5< , id. Dan 7, 11. ^i< 92 nm ^^ tlj|], there is, there are, 2 . 1. q Sam. 14, 19. Mic. 6, 10. Arab. ^j^X', Chald. n-^sx, '.n^!!<. "^^ (^dsh) Chald. plur. "j^^Xj/oMWc^a- tions,EzT3,4:, 12. 5, 16. R. laiajt. Arab. ^^ ^^^p obsol. root, perh. i. q. v..>Cwl, ^,,^;,,Xg^^. , SisJn, ifo mingle, to compute. Hence bai^i? (for^xa^^N sententiaDei)yls/i- hel, pr. n. of a son of Benjamin, Gen. 46, 21. 1 Chr. 8, 1. Hence patronym. ''ba^s? Ashhelite Num. 26, 38. latpij (i. q. "(iaain) pr. n. m. Eshhan, Gen. 36, 26. l?STSi5 (I adjure) pr. n. m. Ashbea, 1 Chr.' 4, 21. bl^SlSSl Eshhaal, pr. n. of a son of Saui, iChr. 8, 33. 9, 39 ; i. q. nuJ3-tt)-^K p. 45. * TOi} obsol. root, j. q. Chald. and Syr. ^^5<, ^] , to pour, to pour out, Hence the two following : "^^^ m. an outpouring. Num. 21, 15 D''^n2?i "itlix i. e. places where the tor- rents from the mountaifis are poured out, or flow down, into the valleys and plains below, q. d. ravines. !TlS! f id. oz/:poMrm^ of torrents, a low place or ravine at the foot of a moun- tain where a torrent flows down, Josh. 10,40.12,8. nabsn ni^ttix the ravines of Pisgah, for the foot or base of the mountain, Deut. 3, 17. 4, 49. Josh. 12, 2. 3. Comp. A.JM foot of a mountain or hill, from ^*-ww to pour out. "li'ntOiC (strong-hold, castle, for nHaJ from 'T]^) pr. n. Ashdod^ Gr. "A^wtoc, one of the five principal cities of the Philis- tines, (assigned to the tribe of Judah Josh. 15,47,) Josh. 11,22. 15,46. 1 Sam. 5, 1. Is. 20, 1. It was a key of Pales- tine towards Egypt ; comp. Is. 1. c. and Hdot. 2. 157. A village still stands upon its site, called Esdud ; see Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 374 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 368. The gentile n. is *ini^i2Jj<. fem. n^-. and this latter adver- bially, in the dialect of Ashdod, Neh. 13. 24. **7^ obsol. rooj;, i. q. Arab. Lwwt for 1. to prop, to support, i. q. tt3lJ3i< . 2. Metaph. to heal, to cure. Deriv. niajx and pr. n. n^m"!. ^^^ fem. i. q. '6\f,, fire, as in Chald. Jer. 6, 29 Cheth. n-iB> dniaxa hy their fire the lead (is consumed). Keri an TTNt: consumed by fire. niBfi^ m. constr. ri^X , plur. constr. i\^^X , a sacrifice, offering, so called from the fire ip^) which consumes it, as nvQu from nvQ, q. d. the sacred fuel to be burn- ed before God, with Ti parag. like "i"!?); , '^!]*1? ; ^'^.1 ^.^n- Spoken of every kind of sacrifice and offering, and once even of those not burned. Lev. 24, 7. 9. Most freq. in certain ritual formulas, as n^^j< niiT'b nh"'3 n'^'i a sacrifice of sweet odour unto Jehovah Lev. 1, 9. 13. 17. 2, 2. 9. 3, 5. nimb rns5< nhi? n^nb Ex. 29, 41. Lev. 8, 21 ; eliipt. nin^b "nm. a sacrifice to Jehovah sc. of sweet odour Lev. 2, 16. Ex. 29, 18. 25. Plur. I^'^n']^ i^rjs sacrifices of Jehovah, i. e. offered to him. Lev. 2, 3, 10. r\W^ (for n^35<, fem. of the form \!J3X), constr. n^'iji (fem. of the form ttJ-^X , for P^IJ"'5<) which is sometimes also put for the absol. Deut. 21, 11. 1 Sam. 28, 7. Ps. 58, 9; c. suff". ''Piirx, ?|niiJN, inm , etc. once ^irptf. Ps. 128, 3 ; Plur. once mTl'5< Ez. 23, 44, elsewhere always D-^tt): (for D*^^^32!it by aphseresis, from sing. nffi25<), constr. ''ItJs, c. suff". ^m, I'^tlij, 1. a womnan, female, of any age or con- dition, married or unmarried. Cant. 1, 8 d^dsa >^B!J1 O tTiou fairest among wo- men! 5, 9. 6, 1. Gen. 31, 35 ""b 01^2:3 r^'^'i the way of women is upon me, i. e. I have what is usual with women, the menses. 2 Sam. 1, 26 thy love to me was . . .pass- ing the love of women. Job 42, 15. Of unmarried females Gen. 24, 5. Is. 4, 1. Spec, a) As the name of the sex, and thus applied to animals, a female, Gen. 7, 2 ; so lj?it. femina, Frenchfemelle, Gr. /I'VTj in Aristotle. See ^'"X no. 1. a. With the artic. collect, women, the fe- male sex, Ecc. 7, 26. b) a wife, opp. IITH 93 "im to a husband, Gen. 24, 3. 4. 25, 1. 26, 34. 28, 1. 34, 4 sq. ?]^Sfi<. nirx thy father's wife, i. e. i% step-mothr, Lev. 18, 8. 11. Comp. 1 Cor. 5, 1. Frequent in the phrase H^xb ib nj^b to to/ce to oneself a woman/or a wife, Gen. 4, 19. 6, 2. Spo- ken also of a concubine, Gen. 30, 4 ; of one betrothed. Gen. 29, 21. c) As a term of reproach for a man who is weak, cowardly, effeminate, Is. 19, 16. 3, 12. Jer. 51, 30. Nah. 3, 13. Comp. Horn. ^A/Dcudeg ovx cV ^Axaioi. Virg. ^n. 9. 617. d) Joined in apposition with va- rious nouns, e. g. nait n\t'5< a harlot Josh. 2 1 ; ttJsb^Q n^\s a'concuhine Judg. 19, 1 ; ns^bx nVx a widow 1 K. 7, 14; tim nx-'n: Judg. 4. 4 ; n'^bx^t!'^ 'x Lev. 24, lo'. e) With genit. of an attribute, instead of an adjective, e. g. h^n n^:x a capable woman Ruth S, 11 ; D^3^'7^ ntl3N a con- tentious woman Prov. 27, 15 ; ci^njT nt3x a prostitute Hos. 1,2. f ) Emphat. of a true woman, such as she should be, Ecc. 7, 28 ; see D'lX no. 2. comp. in bx'ib'^ no. 1, and the saying of Diogenes, ' I seek a man.' 2. Followed by ninx or P'lS'i , one. an- other ; altera, altera; see under these words. 3. every one, Ex. 3, 22. Am. 4, 3. Note. InChaldeethe wordforiz^owiaw is xnx, St. emph. Krn5<, Nnnsit, piur, res. Syr. fzijf, plur. fij . Arab. SfyoK 5!yo, plur. 5^w*o, (j1-**o, - ' " . , ""f *^ f ^-*aO ; also -e^' woman, plur. vioi* Ethiop. A'Jfl^ awes^ (not a7iset) which also is put for plur. women. n^^5(: see niujx. T T ]^tJ^ m. (r. I^X) darkness, obscurity, only Prov. 20, 20 Keri T^l^n "(ibxa ; in Cheth. ^^n "(itlj^xa. The Targ!' gives the like orthography in Chaldee, "^"^X nii^ or "^1t5^f m. only c. suff. inii'lJx , plur. c. suff. 1'^'^^X, R. "iTl^X. 1. a step, going-, Prov. 14, 15. Ps. 40, 3. Metaph. in reference to virtue and piety, e. g. to follow the steps of Jeho- vah, Job 23, 11 ; also one's steps are said to slide and fall, Ps. 37, 31. 73, 2. Comp. ^ya . 2. 1. q. "i!iu.'5^ , as if cakes prepared with fire. The same word occurs in Pseudo-Jon. Ex. 16, 31, where i;!^^Tr5< is for Heb. n^niBi ; also in the Mishna, Nedarim 6. 10, where C^Tli-^rx denotes a kind of food prepared from lentiles, prob. cakes made from boiled lentiles. tjl?^ m. a testicle, Lev. 21, 20. Syr. jlX] and Ethiop. 2^fl^1:- id. The form is for n^;!3x from r. T\y^, (as ^^X, ^jJjuS, from Lljo,) Ethiop. fl^P to in- dicate, to inform, whence jft^lR index, informer. So in Lat. testis, testiculus. VSTpi^ plur. ni^3^&< and nibs^N as if from np^^'N , comp. 'ji'aiN j masc. Num. 13, 23. 1. a bunch, cluster, pr. the stem or stalk of a cluster, Lat. racemus ; spoken of berries or flowers hanging in clusters like grapes, e. g. of dates. Cant. 7, 8 ; of the flowers of the henna, alhenna, Cant. 1, 14 ; but chiefly of the vine, either fully with IBsri 7, 9; a^SS? Num. 13, 23. 24; or absol. Is. 65, 8. Mic. 7, 1. Once Gen. 40, 10 Vsuix is distinguished from 335 , and denotes the stem, racemus, strictly so called, e. g. n-^ass n^^n'^^rx ^h^^^ri , i. e. and its stems (the cluster-stems of the vine) ripened the grapes, the berries, i. e. shot forth ripe grapes. Correspond- ing is Arab. JlX-jl , JLCi^, palm- branch, Ethiop. A/lMA^agrape, avine, whence the verb fl^A to bear grapes ; Syr. and Chald. |3a^, ^^^I'^P , a grape, cluster. Among all this variety of or- thography, the etymology is doubtful. Perhaps Vsuix may be for Vsbit, from bsiu, JjCw, to bind, to braid, to plait, q. d. a braid of grapes ; comp. 335 . 2. Eshcol, pr. n. a) Of a valley abounding in vines, in the southern part of Palestine, Num. 13, 23. 24. 32, 9. 'Dm 95 dirx Deut. 1, 24. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. 1. p. 316. b) Of a man, Gen. 14, 13. 24. "^5^^^ Ashkenaz, pr. n. of a people and region in northern Asia, sprung from the Cimmerians (^a) Gen. 10, 3, and situated in the vicinity of Armenia Jer. 51, 27 ; unless perhaps it was a pro- vince of that country itself A similar form is taSffiX. The modern Jews un- derstand by it Germany, and even call this country by the Heb. name ; a rare specimen of ignorance in geographical matters. ^5T m. for ->3tt5 , Aleph prosthet. a gift, present, Ez. 27," 15. Ps 72, 10. R. "idt:: II, i. q. *i3b, to hire, to reward. ^?^5 obsol. root, Arab. J3't and ^ 9f- - ,'^ JJ| i, q. Jwol to strike deep root, to be deeply rooted, aLli'l a root, stock, origin. Hence ^ blCi? (Kimchi biax) i. q. Arab. j3*l , a tamarisk, myrica, Tainarix orientalis Linn. 1 Sam. 22, 6 bTrxn rnn under the tamarisk-tree. 31, 13, the parall. passage to which in 1 Chr. 10, 12 has nbxn nnn under a terebinth or tree generally. Then perh. any large tree, (Hke nbx , '[ibs,) and collect, trees, a wood, grove, Gen. 21, 33. An accurate description of the tree Jot is given by J E. Faber, in Fab. and Reiskii Opusc. med. ex mo- numm. Arabum, p. 137 ; see also R. K. Porter's Travels II. p. 311. * D?? Lev. 5, 19. Num. 5, 7, also dirj^ Lev. 4, 13. 5, 2. 3. 4. 17 ; fut. Dtti&t'^ 1. to fail in duty, to transgress, To he guilty, Engl. Vers, to trespass. Arab. -.f -^f 6,-rf |V^*ud. jvjf causat. reum judicavit, aUI and ^\J\^ fault, guilt, a mulct, comp. Ethiop. 5lUJ

MZ^^ for give7i of iniquity , whose i3B J "inxias / have borne chastise- ment, I will offend no more. For another sense of this phrase, see above in no. 2. a, b. NiPH. Uttas 1. to be lifted up, elevated exalted^ pass, of Kal no. 1. Is. 40, 4 'ba J^TTD 698 pirs N*^:'^ X"'^ every valley shall be exalted, * i. e. filled up. 52, 13. Part. &t^3 lifted up, elevated, lofty, Is. 2, 2. 12-14. 6, 1. 30, 25. 57, 7! 15. Jer. 51, 9. Reflex, to lift up oneself, Ez. 1, 19-21. Ps. 94, 2 lift up thyself, arise, thou Judge of the earth. 7, 7. Prov. 30, 13. Dan. 11, 12. 2. ifo be borne, carried, Ex. 25, 28. Is. 49, 22 ; to be carried away, 2 K. 20, 17. PiEL N"i;3 2 Sam. 5, 12, and 5<"^3 1 K. 9, 11. 1. to I ft up, to exalt, 2 Sam. 5, 12. Esth. 3, 1. 5, 11. Hence h t:E3 n'^: i. q. Kal no. 1. g, to long for any thing Jer. 22, 27. 44, 14. 2. to help, to aid, comp. Engl. ' to give one a lift,' Esth. 9, 3. Ps. 28, 9. Ezra 8, 36. Is. 63, 9. Espec. with gifts, c. 2 I K. 9, 11. Ezra 1,4. Hence 3. to make or offer gifts, c. b 2 Sara. 19, 43. 4. to take or carry away, i. q. Kal no. 2, Am. 4. 2. HiPH. i<^':sn l. Causat. of Kal no. 4. d, to cause to bear sin, guilt, i. e. to let bear the punishment of one's sin. Lev. 22, 16. 2. With ^ii. to put upon, to apply to, e. g. ropes to a city 2 Sam. 17, 13. HiTHP. &<"^3rri and c<'JS2n Num. 24, 7. 1. to be elevated, exalted, c. b above any thing 1 Chr. 29, 11. 2. to lift up or exalt oneself, i. e. a) to rise up in strength Num. 23, 24. 24, 7. 1 K. 1, 5. b) to be proud Ez. 17, 14. Prov. 30, 32. With b? to exalt oneself above any thing, Num. 16, 3. Ez. 29, 15. Deriv. ifbs , nx^tos , nx'ja? , xi^a , x^a:?, rtxia^, Pfia"^br nj^ i<'^t2 let death deceive them i. e. surprise and destroy them suddenly; in Cheth. ''^'^. NiPH. to be deceived, Is. 19, 13. Deriv. "lix^a. * n. i^^J i. q. n^-3 II, to loan on usury, c. a to any one, Neh. 5, 7. Is. 24, 2 12 X^a "iirxs n\L;33'a5 ;Ae /oaner (bor- rower), so he that loaneth to him, the creditor. So part, absol. Kd3 (for rnr3) I Sam. 22, 2 a creditor. HiPH. ^0 e:rac^, trop. to vex, as a cre- ditor, with a of pers. Ps. 89, 23. Deriv. fi3, ib. Syr. t^ id. Arab. ^1a*o , Eth. quadril. f fhfiP with H inserted, id. NiPH. to be forgotten, to be given over to oblivion; Is. 44, 21 "sdsn ^b thou shall not be forgotten of m^, for ""b JT^iri. Kimchi ^IW2 mrsn. But Targ. and Jarchi make Niphal i. q. Kal, and then we may translate be notforgetfxd of rrie ; but not so well. PiEL. to cause to forget, with two ace. Gen. 41, 51 ""S^'s for ^ri'3 to corre- spond with the pr. n. n\23^ . HiPH. n^r\ i. q. Piel ;' Job 39, 17 God hath caused her (the ostrich) to forget wisdom. 11, 6 k7iow rtlbx r|b n^;2-^'2 '^y.S'Q that God for thee hath caused to be forgotten a portion of thy iniquity, i. e. has remitted a part of thy guilt. Deriv. nuij , n^ttis , and pr. n. n\23i3 . 1 J . niDj fo loan, on interest, usury, spoken like the Engl, both of borrowing and lending, i. q. 53t^ nip''T2:o which mutually kissed each other, i. e. of which one reached to and touched another, i. q. t^nini^-bx niasi ninrih 1, 9. Comp. Ps. 85, 11. Deriv. fil^'^ttJs. * II. p"^D to bend ahow; Eth. (DA* id. Kindred are ttJp"; , ttjpi , Uilp to set a springe, whence najp bow. 1 Chr. 12, 2 riTIJp ''p'tSa Complut. hifivovrsg to^ov, Vulg. tendentes arcum. 2 Chr. 17, 17 l^^!) ndp "^p^S bending the bow and shield, by zeugma. Ps. 78, 9 the chil- dren of Ephraim ntljp ixjii ipttJia bend- ing and shooting the bow ; Sept. ivid- vovjsg xal (SaXXovjeg to^ov, Vulg, inteti- dentes et mittentes arcum. Deriv. pcia . Note. The signif commonly assigned to pira II, is thtxt of arming oneself and then this is connected with that of kiss- ing by an assumed primitive notion of fixing, adjusting, comp. Ez. 3, 13. But the context requires the meaning above given ; and all the ancient versions and the etymology confirm it. The signif of kissing is therefore plainly different from p^3 II; and is perhaps onoma- topoetic, like the words for kissing in many other languages, as Germ, kvssen. Engl, to kiss, Gr. xvio (in Hom. xmabi, xwaa, xvaaai) ; Pers. ^yj , Germ, and Swed. Puss, Engl, bms, comp. Lat. basium, Ital. bacio ; Germ. Schmatz, Engl, smack. See Thesaur. p. 924. pi?? m. also pt^J Ez. 39, 9. 10; in pause paJ3 . R. pm II. 1. a weapon, collect, weapons. Job 20, 24. 39, 21. Ps. 140, 8. In a wider sense, arms, weapons and armour, 1 K. 10, 25. (2 Chr. 9, 24.) 2 K. 10, 2. Ez. 39, 10. In Ez. 39, 9, it is mentioned along with various kinds of weapons and armour. 2. an armoury, arsenal, Neh. 3, 19 ; see in "i?^ no. 2. i?J obsol. root, Arab. --wwJ, to tear in pieces with the beak, as a bird of prey ; 1^^3 702 ^n2 ^MJuo , -,-vwJL beak of a bird of prey. Hence T.5 m. in pause ^^i ; plur. tai'naSs , 9 o constr. '^';3^3, an eagle; Arab. -jwwJ) Syr. fj-*J, Ethiop. l^lC, id. So Ex. 19, 4. Deut. 32, 11. ^ Sam. 1, 23. Job 9, 26, al. As there are many species of eagles, the "i^3 , when distinguished from others, seems to have denoted the chief species, the golden eagle, /^t/aat- fxog, as Lev. 11, 13. Deut. 14, 12. The word however seems to have had a broader acceptation, and, like the Gr. uBTog and Arab. _wj (see Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 312 sq.) sometimes com- prehends also a species of vulture, espe- cially in those passages where the "itJi is said to be bald Mic. 1, 16, and to feed on carcasses Job 39, 27-30. Prov. 30, 17. (Matth. 24, 28.) The former would seem to mark the vultur barbatus Linn. To the eagle itself, which often sheds its feathers as the serpet its skin, are to be referred the words of Ps. 103, 5, so that thy youth is renewed like the eagWs. But the same fact is not alluded to in Is. 40, 31. See Bochart Hieroz. 1. c. with Rosenm. annotations T. II. p. 743 sq. ^tD5 Chald.plur. 'j^'i^i , an eagle, Dan. 4, 30. '7, 4. * ^^^5 ^0 dry up, to fail, as the tongue from thirst Is. 41, 17 ; trop. of the strength Jer. 51, 30. So Kimchi, who assumes this root for these two exam- ples and Niphal. But these two pas- sages are better referred to r. n^3 1. 1, where see. NiPH. id. to be dried up, as water, by transpos. i. q. tr^ Niph. no 2. Is. 19, 5 c^na D"X3 ^r^'SI . This form might also be referred to a root nni^ . Ethiop. iUJ'l' destryxit, delevit. lir^TfiS m. Hebr. and Chald. an epistle, letter^ Ezra 4, 7. 18. 23. 5, 5. 7, 11. Its origin seems to be from the Persian ^JOiiuO nebishten^ ^jJCw3 newishten, . .wuwj newisten, to write ; the sibilant and labial being trfemsposed. * ^jHp obsol. root, prob. to tread, to rrample, like Gr. axsi^ta, whence S">r3 a beaten path. On the primary syllables tab, tap, and pad^,, pat, as imitating the sound of treading, see above in b^S , m'n i. q. d'^S'^ns , Ezra 8, 17 Cheth. * nlnj only in Pi el nni to cut in pieces, e. g. an animal sacrificed Ex. 29, 17. Lev. 1, 6. 12. 8, 20 ; a dead body Judg. 20, 6. Hence ninS m. plur. D'^H'^^ J ^ piece of flesh Ex. 29, 17. Lev. 1, 8 sq. Judg. 19, 29. Ez. 24, 4. yt}": m. and ^^3^? f plur. n^T^\ and nin-^ni . R. an; . 1. Adj. trodden, see in nni , e. g. r\)^, nn^n? a trodden way, beaten path, Prov. 12, 28. 2. Subst. a foot-path, by-way, a poetic word Job 18, 10. 28, 7. 30, 13. 41, 24. Ps. 78, 50. 142, 4. al. Plur. fern, in-^a nin'^ni the paths to his hou^e Job 38, 20. Is. 58, 12. Prov. 3, 17. al. n'^rtlp m. plur. (r. in;) Nethinim. i. e. the given, the devoted, pr. name of the Hebrew UiJodovXoi or servants of the temple, temple-staves, who were under the Levites in the ministry of the tem- ple, 1 Chr. 9, 2. Ezra 2, 43. 58. 70. 8, 20. Neh. 3, 31. 7, 46. 60. 73. 11, 3. 21. etc. For the origin of the name, comp. Num. 8, 19. The Nethinim would seem to have been partly Canaanites reduced to servitude (Josh. 9, 23. 27), and partly perhaps captives taken in war; they were instituted or at least regulated by David, Ezra 8, 20. Cheth. once n-^Siin; Ezra 8, 17. l^p^riD Chald. id. iVei/iimm,Ezra7,24. * TjiHj , only in fut. riP!-: , kindr. with TjO; , to pour intrans. i. e. to be poured out, to overflow, pr. of water Job 3, 24 ; elsewhere metaph. e. g. of roaring Job I. c. of anger, c. 3 2 Chr. 12, 7. 34, 25. Jer. 44, 6 ; hs 42. 18 ; of curses Dan. 9, II, divine punishment ib. v. 27. Niph. T\r\^ only in Praet. 1. i. q. Kal, to be poured out, as water, rain, Ex. 9 33. 2 Sam. 21, 10. Metaph. of angei 2 Chr. 34, 21. Jer. 7, 20. Nah. 1, 6. 2. ^0 be made to flow, to be '^netted Ez. 22, 21.24, 11. bw 703 in3 HiPH. "q^nn , fut. rp ni , inf. once 7\^tr\^t} Ez. 22^ 20. ' 1. to pour out or forth Job 10, 10 j money 2 K. 22, 9. 2 Chr. 34, 17. 2. to makejlow, to melt, Ez. 22, 20. HoPH. T^nri pass, of Hiph. no. 2, E^. 22, 22. Deriv. Ti^tnii . * jHJ obsol. root, Aram. '^^ i. q. Heb. "ini , to give. Hence pr. n. 'jib'^tn . y^^ , 1 and 2 pers. ''Fina , inrnS (once nniri 2 Sam. 22, 41, as "in for 'I'lf Judg. 19, 11), plur. sisnj , onni . Inf. absol. jins ; constr. twice )h: , "",1^5 Num. 20, 21. 'Gen. 38, 9; usually nn ,* with pref nnb , and with tone retracted ib nnb Gen. 15, 7 ; c. suflf. "^rnPi , inn . Imper. "jn , "jn , Gen. 14, 21 ; c. He parag. ii3n often emphat. Ps. 8, 2, see no. 2. aa. Fut. )W] , "i-p , 1 pers. plur. "'jn? Judg. 16, 5. 1. to give; Chald. Sam. id. Syr. '\iJ only in fut. The primary idea seems to be that of reaching out the hand, present- ing, from the radical syllable ifan, whence jan to extend, 'jn'J to prolong, tisn to give. The same is found in the Indo- European tongues, with t softened to d, and the final n mostly dropped, although vestiges of it are not wanting; e. g. Sanscr. da to give, Gr. dooj, dldcafii ; Lat. da-re, but with n preserved donum, dono, earlier also dan-it, dan-unt, Enn. Pacuv. Comp. too Egypt, 'j^, T^<5., Tej> TH5> TO TOJ to give, which in hieroglyphic writing is expressed by a hand extended and presenting some-- thing. Construed pr. with ace. of thing and h of pers. Gen. 24, 35 l^S ib-,n^1 ^p5at 29. 28. 33. 30, 6. al. ssepiss. With bx of pers. Gen. 18, 7. 21, 14. Is. 29, 11 ; rarely ace. of pers. Josh. 15, 19 ynx ^3 ^inna 33;?! for thou hast given me a south (dry) land. Judg. 1, 15. Jer. 9, 1. Is. 27, 4. Also with ace. and n3> , i. e. to give to be with me, to give as a com- panion. Gen. 3, 12 ; ace. of thing and 3 of price Joel 4, 3. Ez. 18, 13. Absol. to give, i. e. to be liberal, munificent, Prov. 21, 26. Ps. 37, 21. Spec, in phrases : a) '^^ "(HS to give the hand sc. to the victor, see ^'J no. 1. lett. e ; but 3 i"j;i -(ni see ib. lett. b. b) 's '1^3 'ini to give into the hand of any one, to deliver into his power, see in 1"^ lett. aa. /5. Sept. TraQadldajfii elg /cT- glcg xivog. Ex. 23. 31. Num. 21, 2. 3. 34. Deut. 1, 27. al. Not much different is 's "^35]^ "jni to give up, to deliver over, in the presence of any one, Sept. nagudl- SmfiL svatTTiov Tivog, the former phrase being used more of persons, and this of things, e. g. a land, region Deut. 1, 8. 21. 2, 31. 33. Judg. 11, 9. 1 K. 8, 46. al. So too simpl. ina c. dat. to give up, to de- liver over, e. g. to the sword Mic. 6, 14 ; to slaughter Is. 34, 2; to death Ps. 118, 18 ; to wasting Mic. 6, 16 ; one's back to the smiters Is. 50, 6. But 's n^ b? )r\2 is to commit to any one in charge, see ^"^ no. 1. ee ; and so too b? "na to deliver the kingdom to any one, Dan. 11, 21. c) "iiaT^^a "jna to give in ward, to put in prison, Lat. in custodiam dedit, Gen. 40, 3. Comp. Gen. 39, 20. Jer. 37, 14. d) "^"iQ ina to give fruit, i. e. to yield, as a tree, the earth. Lev. 25, 19. Ps. 3,3. Ez. 34, 27 ; comp. Gen. 4, 12. 49, 20. e) t(y! "jna to give i. e. turn the back, see in C]"]5>. Contra, 3 G'^as 'jPa to give i. e. set the face against, see in npQ (n-^as) no. 1. f But bi< 's ^as "jna to turn the face of any one towards any thing. Gen. 30, 40 ; see in nas no. 1. e. f ) "ih "jna to give favour, to grant grace, Ps. 84, 12 ; with b of pers. Prov. 3, 34. But 'S5 '.r?3 'a '",n "jna to give one favour in the eyes of any one, see in "jn no. 1. b. The same constructions are found with D'^'ann 'a .Job 36, 3 p-i:i inx ib^bb I will give right to my Maker, do justice to him, show that he is right ; comp. I39T2J73 "jna in V. 6. g) b (tS") ^133 "jna to give honour praise, to any one, Ps. 68, 35. Jer. 13, 16 ; affection, love. Cant. 7, 13. Also, tc give, grant, to any one his wish, desire, hope, Ps. 21, 3 comp. 5. 20, 5. 140, 9. Job 6, 8. In a bad sense to give (cause) pain, sorrow, Prov. 10, 10. h) Impers. in^, yp^^l. Germ, es gibt, es gab, put for there is, there appears, there arises, etc. Gen. 38, 28 and it came to pass when Tamar travailed, in^l n^ lo there appeared a hand. Job 37, 10 from the breaihof the Lord ^'^'^"^l there is (ariseth )yro5^, ice. Prov. 13, 10 ")i'iTa nST2 ",n7 through pride there is contention. n] 704 ps i) The phrase 'jP}'^ ^fi has a twofold use : a) Who will give me or show me this or that ? i. e. no one will or can give or show me. implying a negative ; see in ^a no. 1. e. Job 31, 31 IP}"] ^-Q satoa i Job 9, 18. Num. 20, 21. With dat. of pers. 2 Chr. 20, 10. Ps. 55, 23. bb) to give forth, to utter, as a voice, Bee bip ; words Gen. 49, 21 ; slander Ps. 50, 20 ; impious words Job 1, 22 ; odour Cant. 1, 12. 2, 13 ; a miracle, i. e. to show, to work, Ex. 7, 9, comp. ^Ldovai (TTjfjela Matt. 24, 24. A bolder figure is tj'tn "r3 to give forth a sound by striking the timbrel, i. e. to strike the timbrel Ps. 81, 3. cc) to give for a price, i. e. to sell, Gr uTTodldoficti, Prov. 31, 24. 0pp. r\ph to buy, see npb no. 2. a, c. dd) to teach, comp. nj^b no. 2. Prov. 9, 9 give to a wise man (instruction), and he will be yet wiser. ee) Perh. to give back, to requite ; Ps 10, 14 Tj^^a nnb to requite it with thy hand; or, retribution is in thy hand, power. ff ) With ace. of pers. to give up or over, 1 K. 14, 16. 2. to put in any place, to set, to lay, to place, Sept. rl^rmi. Gen, 1, 17 and God set them (tsnx ''\P^y^) in the frma- ment of heaven. 9, 13 / have set ("^Pni) my bow in the clouds. So of persons 2 Sam. 11, 16. Of things that are set up or out, as a statue Dan. 11, 31 ; a table Ex. 26, 35. 30, 6, or other sacred vessels V. 18, 40, 5-7. 1 K. 7, 38 ; the ark upon a cart 1 Sam. 6, 8 ; a monument Ez. 26 8 ; and genr. of things pup, placed, laid up in any way, e. g, a stumbling-block Ez. 3, 20. Lev. 19, 14. 26, 1. Ps, 119, 1 10 ; corn in cities Gen. 41, 48. So of things sprinkled, as incense Ex. 30, 6. Lev. 2, 1 ; or poured, as water, oil, Ex. 30^ 18. Lev. 2, 15. Num. 19, 17 ; comp, Ex. 12, 7. Of sharp things, as a hook, awl, to put in, to fix, to bore, Ez. 29, 4. Deut. 15, 17. Construed according to the place where a thing is put : a) With 2 in a place, as Ez, 1. c. Deut. 1. c. b) With bx into a place ; Deut. 23, 25 [24] "inn ^ib rj';>b3-!3N thou shall put none into tiiy sacA:.'Num', 4, 10. Ex. 25, 21. So too Ex. 28, 30 thou shall put into the breast-plate the Urim and Thummim. Lev. 8, 8; see in ^^ix p. 26. c) With b? on or upon a place, as fire upon the the altar Lev. 1, 7. Num. 16, 18 ; a mi- tre, helmet, upon the head, Ex. 29, 6. 1 ^Sam. 17, 38. etc. Lev. 8, 7. Ex. 34, 33. Num. 4, 6, 2 Chr. 10, 9. Metaph. God is said to put his spirit upon any one Is. 42, 1. Also to put upon, i. q, to apply, as a ring upon the hand Gen, 41, 42. Ez. 16. 11 ; the rings of the ark Ex, 25, 26 comp. 12, 28, 14. Num. 15, 38 ; bloou upon the horns of the altar Lev^ 4,7. 18, or upon the tip of the ear Lev. 14, 14. Further, to put, to set, in special senses : aa) to set, to place, to plant, e, g. the branch of a tree Ez, 17, 22 j a people T^ 705 5r\3 and a land Ez. 37, 26. Prov. 12, 12 ^^le wicked desireth the prey of evil men, ",11)7 tjipji-ns dnaJT 6m^ ^Ae root of the righteous God planteth firmly ; comp. v. 3. Here belongs the vexed passage Ps. 8, 2 Jehovah, our Lord, how glorious thy name in all the earth ! b? ^jnln MiPi -DTit ti^iiq^'n which glory of thine set thou also above the heavens ! i. e. let thy glory, thus manifested here on earth (v. 3), be also acknowledged and celebrated throughout the whole universe. The form naPi is here as elsewhere imper. c. He parag. bb) With ace. of pers. and b^ofpers. or thing, to set one over any pers. or thing, Gen. 41, 31. 43. Deut. 17, 15. But with ace. of thing and b? of pers. to lay upon, to impute guilt to any one, to lay on him its punishment ; Jon. 1, 14 lay not upon us ( ^3'^^.5 "tnn'bjt ) innocent blood, i. e. the death of Jonah, comp. Deut. 21, 8. Ez.. 7, 3 and 1 will lay upon thee all thy abominations, cause them to return upon thy own head ; comp. v. 4. 8.9. cc) ''SS^ )T\^ to set before any one, e. g. laws 1 K. 9, 6 ; judgment to be exer- cised Ez. 23, 24. dd) b nb ins to set one's mind upon, to give heed to any thing, i. q. b5 nb d^b, Ecc. 7, 21. Also stronger, to set one's mind upon doing any thing, to apply oneself to doing, Ecc. 1, 13. 17. 8, 9. 16. Dan. 10, 12. ^ ee) 'S3 ^b-bx nn'n "jna to put a thing into one's heart, spoken of God, Neh. 2, 12. 7, 5. Also isb-bw^ ina , iv (pgsal &sl. vai, to lay to heart, to consider, Ecc. 7, 2. 9, 1. 3. to make, like ta'ib, n^^, Arab. Jul^. Lev. 19, 28 ns-i^ijaa !i:nn ^b lanizj ye shall make no incision in your flesh. Also 2 ^iVQ 'nj to make or cause a blem- ish in, to injure any one Lev. 24, 20. Spec. a) to make i. e. to constitute one as any thing, with two ace. Gen. 17, 5 SX T^Tiris a^is ",i?2n the father of many na- tions will I make thee, Ex. 7, 1. Lam. 1, 13. Ps. 69; 12. 89. 28 ; ace. and b of the predicate Gen. 17. 20. 48. 4. Is'. 42, 6. Ter. 20. 4. b) 3 nsn "^T^i to make a thing as Bome- thing else, like, similar to any thing. Is. 41, 2 ia-in ^B:$3 ipi"! he will make their sword as dust. ^z. 16, 7. Hence to hold as, to regard and treat as or like something else ; 1 K. 10, 27 ri&3rj-ni< "itn^l d'^saxs and he made silver as stones. 21, 22. ' Gen. 42, 30 ta^ba'nxjD sidKs itn^l he held us, treated us, as spies. (Comp. 'habere pro hoste' Liv. 2. 20.) Ez. 28, 2. 6. With "^SBb of judgment merely, to regard or count as such an one. to judge to be such, etc. 1 Sam. 1, 16 count me not as a wicked woman. Comp. Gr. TL&ECF&ai for vofii^uv, rjysta&ai, Passow h. v. A. no. 5. NiPH. ini pass. ofKal. 1. to be given to any one, c. b Gen. 38, 14. Ex. 5, 16. Is. 9, 5. 35, 2. Often to be given up, to be delivered over, c. "i;^3 Job 9, 24. Jer. 32, 24. 25. 36. 43. 46, 24. al. ' So of a law, to be given, Esth. 3, 14. 2. to be set, placed, Ecc. 10, 6. 3. to be made, c. a Lev. 24, 20 ; as anything. Is. 51, 12. HoPH. only fut. )r\'^ . 1. i. q. Niph. no. 1, to be given, 2'k. 5, 17. Job 28, ]5. 2. i. q. Niph. no. 2, to be put, placed ; 2 Sam. 18, 9 and he was placed (sus- pended) between the heaven and the earth. Lev. 11, 38. Deriv. d^rns , '^n-q , njri^ , nn^ , also the proper names "^iPa, n^sn'^, n^nriTa, \ nnR^ , and the four here following. 1^13 Chald. found only in the fut. inr , "",Pi37 , inf "iFiia , i. q. Heb. to give, Ezra 4, 13. 7, 20 ; c. b Dan. 2, 16. 4, 14. 22, 29. The other tenses are taken from the verb nn^ .Hence NSnia . - : T : - 1^? (given sc. of Grod) Nathan, pr. n. a) A prophet in th-e time of David. 2 Sam. 7, 2. 12, 1. 1 K. 1, 8. Ps. 51, 2. b) A son of David 2 Sam. 5, 14. c) 2 Sam. 23, 36. d) and e) 1 K. 4, 5. f) 1 Chr. 2, 36. g) Ezra 8, 6. h) 10, 39. ^^''^'lO? (placed i. e. appointed by the king) Nathan-melech, pr. n. of a court officer of Josiah 2 K. 23, 11. b^!)ri3 (given of God) Nethaneel, pr. n. Gr. Na&avar'jX, Nathanael. a) Num. '1, 8. 2, 5. b) Several other persons only once mentioned respectively, 1 Chr 2, 14. 15. 24. 24, 6. 26, 4. 2 Chr. 17, 7. 35 9. Ezra 10, 22. Neh. 12, 21. 36. Dm: 706 imD S^;5S^? and ^"Cr^? (given of Jeho- vah) Neihaniah, pr. n. m. a) The son of Asaph 1 Chr. 25, 12. b) 2 K. 25, 23. 25. Jer. 40, 8. 14. c) Jer. 36, 14. d) 2 Chr. 17, 8. &i]5 to iear up the ground, fo 6reaA: up, proscindere terram ; kindred with yT\i and '^ini. Once Job 30, 13 sions 'in3"'n5 ^^,ej^ tear up my path, mar and destroy it. Four Mss, read here, by a gloss, 'l^f?^. * ^T}? i. q. ^ni , /5 ftrea/c ow^ the teeth ; the y being changed into S in the Aramaean manner. NiPH. pass, sirro Job 4, 10. The an- cient Heb. intpp. refer this form to r. srib q. V. Y-T ^^^' T^"? io tear or break down, to destroy, e. g. houses, buildings, Lev. 14, 45. Judg.' 8, 9. 17. 2 K. 23, 7. Is. 22, 10; walls Jer. 39, 8. 52, 14; a city Judg. 9, 45 ; a statue 2 K. 10, 27 ; an altar Deut. 7, 5. etc. Also to break out the teeth Ps. 58, 7. Trop. of persons, to destroy, Job 19, 10. Ps. 52, 7. NiPH. pass, to be thrown down, broken down, destroyed, Jer. 4, 26. Ez. 16, 39 ; rocks Nah. 1, 6. PiEL i. q. Kal, Deut. 12, 3 ; elsewhere only in Chron. as 2 Chr. 31, 1. 33, 3. 34, 4. 7. 36, 19. PuAL i. q, Niph. once prset. Judg. 6, 28. HoPH. i. q. Niph. and Pu. once fut. Lev. 11, 35. Py^ to tear away, to pluck off, e. g. a ring from the finger Jer. 22, 24. Trop. in a military sense, to draw away, to cut off sc. from a place, c. "i^ Judg. 20, 32 ; see Niph. and Hiph. Part. pass, p^ina castrated Lev. 22, 24. Arab. (JJL> to strip off the skin ; i^^sX^ to tear out the locks ; >iS^ to tear or break out a tooth, to tear as an eagle his prey. The idea o^ tearing seems to belong to the sylla- ble ra . Hence pT^;:^ . PiEL to tear up or off, e. g. bands, to break, burst, Judg. 16, 9. Ps. 2, 3. 107, 14. Jer. 2, 20. 5, 5 ; c. ^??3 Judg. 16, 12 ; a yoke Is. 58, 6 ; to tear the breasts, to wound, Ez. 23, 34; to tear out roots Ez. 17,9 HiPH. trop. to cut off from a place, see in Kal, Josh. 8, 6. Also c. b% pluck out, to separate, for any thing, Jer. 12, 3. HoPH. pnsrj i. q. Niph. no. 3, Judg. 20, 31. Niph. pW , fut. pnS"^ X.tobe torn off, broken, e. g. of a string, cord, Is. 5, 27. Jer. 10, 20. Judg. 16, 9. Ecc. 4, 12. Is. 33, 20. Metaph. Job 17, II my coun- sels, purposes, are broken off, i. e. ren- dered vain. 2. to be torn out or away, e. g. from a tent Job 18, 14. Praegn. Josh. 4, 18 and when the soles of the feet of the priests were plucked up from the muddy chan nel and placed upon the dry land. 3. Metaph. to be separated out, Jer. 6, 29. In a military sense, to be cut off from, c. yq Josh. 8, 16. Deriv. from Kal is pJnj m. in pause pr;!^ , a scall, mange, scab, in the head and beard, Lev. 13, 30 sq. Concr. pnsfi y^i v. 31 and pns v. 33 one affected with the scall; comp. 3?W no. 2. * "^rij fut. ^r)"! 1. to tremble, e. g. the heart, to palpitate Job 37, 1. Onomato- poetic, like Tgita, TQifoa, tremo. 2. i. q. Arab. 3 to fall with a sound or noise, in allusion to the sound or rat- tling of dry leaves in falling; whence Chald. and Syr. ^iHa , jiU to fall, as leaves, fruit, etc. See Chald. and Hiph. no. 2. Pi EL to spring up and down, to leap, i. e. to move by leaps, spoken of the locust Lev. 11, 21. Other verbs of trembling are also transferred to the idea of leaping; seeii'^n, ^^"nn , Hiph. fut. apoc. inv imp. "^nn 1. Causat. of Kal no, 1, to make trem- ble Hab. 3, 6. 2. i. q. Aram. Aph. pr. to shake off the foliage of a tree, hence to shake off a yoke Is. 58, 6. Also D'l^^GN n^rin to shake of the yoke of captives i. e. to loose, to set free captives Ps. 105, 20. 146. 7. Poet. Job 6, 9 ''35Si2-'l Ti^ ^n^ Oh that God would let loose his hand and cut me off; here the hand of God, when not exerted, is figuratively re- garded as bound, and when ex nded. nw 707 as set free. For ^ri?l 2 Sara. 22, 33, see the root "i^n . ^1]^ Chald. and Syr. /o/aZ/ of, as the foliage or fruit of a tree, see the Heb. no. 2. Aph. to shake Deleaves, Dan. 4, ll. Hence "^0.? m. nitre, Lat. nitrum, Gr. viiQov, XItqov, pr. the natron of the moderns or Egyptian nilre, a mineral alkali, gather- ed from the celebrated natron lakes, (different from n"'i3 vegetable alkali,) which mingled with oil is still used as soap, Jer. 2, 22. With an acid it effer- vesces, and loses its strength ; hence Prov. 25, 20. Prob. so called, because it thus leaps or effervesces. See Hassel- quist's Reise p. 548 Germ. J. D. Michae- lisde Nitro 10. Wilkinson Mod. Egypt and Thebes, I. p. 382 so. Lond. 1843. * ^?!]5 fut. din^ , inf. OJins , pr. to tear up, to pluck up a plant, see Hoph. Arab. yiJ3 to pull up e. g. thorns ; Syr. ^^2U to tear up, also in pieces. Hence a) Trop. to root out, i.Q.to drive out, to expel, sc. a people from a land (opp. S'MS) Deut. 29, 27. 1 K. 14, 15. So in the phrase ttjinx &nra3 / will plant them and 7iot pluck them up, i. e. I will give them a fixed dwelling, and will not drive them out, Jer. 12, 14. 15. 24, 6. 42, 10. 45, 4. al. h) to root out, i. e. to tear down, to destroy, e. g. cities Ps. 9, 7 ; idols Mic. 5, 13. NiPH. pass. 1. to be plucked up, ex- pelled, as a people, Jer. 31, 40. Am. 9, 15 ; to he overthrown, as a kingdom. Dan. 11,4. 2. i. q. n^3 (Is. 19, 5), to he dried up, spoken of water Jer. 18, 14. Hoph. Zo 6e torn up, plucked up, Ez. Samech, the fifteenth letter of the Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral denot- ing 60. The name T\^.'o denotes fulcrum, support, which accords well with the Phenician form of this letter ; see Mo- numm. Phcen. p. 39. As to the sound of G, it seems to have been pronounced anciently as a softer sibilant than ia, which latter before the introduction of the diacritical points was not distinguished from TIJ, see Lehrg. p. 17, 18. Hence it comes, that very many roots are constantly written .n one and the same manner, either with 0, as nno, -1^0; or with i!5, as n^b, D^ib ; and also that others when written with D differ entirely from the similar ones written with b , as bsD to be fool- ish, bab to view, to understand ; ^30 to shut up, iDiz: to hire; D^'i and iU^'n ; "ilD and "into; riEO and nsto. By 3e- grees however this distinction in the pronunciation was lost, so that the later Hebrew not unfrequently puts D for tt) and vice versa; e. g. G?3 and brs vex- ation ; ^^^n once for :;^ian Job 24, 2 ; "ino and Sri'ito ; "i3& for i?b Ezra 4, 5 j W^ato for W^ab folly Ecc. 1, 17; aJiD anda^lto; D^na and (b'lB; bB"! and toS"!. The Syriac employs only the letter Samech ( Jff) ; the Arabic only Sin (im) ; the Chaldee imitating the Syriac often substitutes D for the Hebrew to, as "ikto Chald. nixq leaven, ^ato Chald. nao to expect. For the Heb. to the Arabs usually put J^ , while for D they put mostly ^jm , as ^^^ J^ to adore, ^DX ^\ to bind, "lOa -aaO sour grapes, n&3 Lww5 to cover ; more rarely ji, . as ".ro S^XCw winter, Tj^b d)U^. In the Hebrew itself, and in Aramae- an, is frequently interchanged : a) With the thicker to, as li^'np and ji^^ito coat of mail, D33 Aram. to33 to collect, nso and nsto to pour, etc. comp. bbo, "T&G, and the like. That the Ephraimites pronounced to like Samech, we know from Judg. 12, 6. b) With T and 1^ ; see under these letters, c) With dentals ; as "fD Chald. l^M mire; comp. t]^0 and ?]^n, Vpg and h'bt^. rifi^D 708 nno *niJD obsol. root. Arab. jLw, to extend, to expand; then perhaps to measure, comp. ^"yo . Hence tain measure for grain, according to the Rabbins the third pari of an ephah, nB"'X : i. e. nearly 1^ peck English ; according to Jerome on Matt. 13, 33, a modius and a half. Gen. 18, 6. 1 Sam. 25, 18. Dual D-^nuSD for n':ni'^ , ^3Q73 ; 1 Sam. 17, 30 ib:i51303 3 .3 3 ..... _ .. .. T T their houses shall be turned over {trans- ferred) to others; comp. in Kal Num. 36, 7. 2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to surround, Judg. 19, 22 ; with b5 , in a hostile sense. Gen. 19, 4. Josh. 7, 9. PiEL 220 i. q. Kal no. 4, to turn, i. e. to change, 2 Sam. 14, 20. Po. nsiD 1. i. q. Kal no. 2, to go about in a place, c. 3 Cant. 3, 2 ; c. ace. to go about or over a place i. e. in it Ps. 59, 7. 15 ; to go round a place Ps. 26, 6 ; with b5, in a hostile sense Ps. 55, 11. 2. i. q. Kal no. 3, to encompass, to sur- round, Jon. 2, 4. 6. Ps. 7, 8 ; with two ace. of pers. and thing with which Ps. 32, 7. 10. Espec. in order to protect and defend, Deut. 32, 10. Jer. 31, 22 "135 33iDn n3;53 a woman protects a man. Comp. II. 1. 37 og Xgvarjv cificpi^i- ^rjxag. Hiph. Alt. 3&1 and SS"" turn Ex. 13, 18. Trans, to turn, 1 K. 8, 14 T'^^"^^5 T^b^n 35^1 and the king turn- ed his face. 2lj 4. 2 K. 20, 2. 1*^3^? 30n "|T3 to turn away the eyes from any one Cant. 6, 5. Trop. br 'b 3b 30 rn to turn the heart or mind of any one towards a person or thing Ezra 6, 22, comp. 1 K. 18, 37 ; and so without 3b, 2 Sam. 3, 12 bx^b-i-bs-ni^ ?i^bN 3onb to turn all Is- rael unto thee. Hence also to transfer, with b of-pers. to whom, 1 Chr. 10, 14 n-^inb n3!ib53n-rfi< 30?T and transferred the kingdom to David. With bx of place, i. e. to or into any place, 1 Sam. 5, 8. 9. 10 ; ace. of place 2 Sam. 20, 12. 2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, ' to cause to go about,' ]. e. to lead about, around, e. g. a man Ez. 47, 2 ; an army Ex. 13, 18 ; walls, to build around 2 Chr. 14, 6. i2D 710 5:iD 3. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to turn, i. e. to change ; 2 K. 23. 34 i^ailJ-nx 2&^5 ^"'P'^'i^'? w^ changed (turned) his name to Jehoiakim. 24, 17. 4. Intrans. a) i. q. Kal no. 1, to turn oneself 2 Sam. 5, 23. b) i. q. Kal no. 2, /o go about in a place, c. ace. Josh. 6, 11. c) i. q. Kal no. 3, to surround, in a hos- tile sense, Ps. 140, 10. HoPH. rGW , fut. n&!i"' 1. to he turned^ to turn intrans. e. g. a door on its hinges Ez. 41, 24 ; the roller of a thresh- ing-sledge, Is. 28, 27. 2. to he surrounded, Ex. 28, 11. 39, 6. 13. 3. to he turned, changed, Num. 32, 38. Deriv. n2D , naG3 , n"2D , 1^12 , no^ia . T.J T'' -t' -~J niap f. (r. 330) a /wrn, course of things, as from God, 1 K. 12, 15 ; i. q. n2D3 2 Chr. 10, 15. T'2'0 m. (r. nnG) 1. Sing, as subst. a circuit 1 Chr. 11, 8. Hence S-^as^ from or m a circuit, round ahoul, on every side, Job 1, 10. Ez. 37, 21. Josh. 21, 42. al. ssep. Sept. xi'xAoi^cy. So b 3''3&ia jTrom round ahout any person or thing Num. 16, 24. 27. Accus. 2^20 as adv. round about, circum, Gen. 23, 17. Ps. 3, 7. 12, 9. Job 10. 8. 18, 7. al. ssep. and so after verbs of motion Is. 49, 18. 60, 4. S'^aD 2*in& circumcirca, round ahout, Ez. 40, 5 sq. h n'^no as prep. round ahout, around any thing, e. g. 31^53^ 2'^20 round ahout the tabernacle Ex*. 40, 33. Num. 1, 53. al. Once c. genit. Y'}^'*1 2'^2D round ahout the land Am. 3, 11.' ' 2. Plur. m. D'^a'^nG a) Of persons, those round ahout, neighbours, Jer. 48, 17. 39. b) Of place, pZaces round ahout, circumjacent, the environs, Jer. 33, 13 o^^^"""? '?''rP? ^^ i^^ environs of Jeru- salem! Ps.'76, 12. 89, 8. 97, 2. c) As prep. c. sufF. round ahout, around any one ; Ps. 50, 3 "ik^a n^Sbs I'^a'^no it is very tempestuous round ahout him. Jer. 46, 14. Lam. 1, 17. 3. Plur. f nin'^aD a) circuits, circles, orbits, which one runs through. Ecc. 1,6 nii^n a\a Tinia-^ab b:?i and the wind retumeth upon its circuits, begins anew the circuit of its courses, b) i. q. D*'a''ao no. 2. places round ahout, circumjacent, the environs, Num. 22, 4. Dan. 9, 16. Neh. 12, 28. Ps. 44, 14. 79, 4. c) In st. constr. as a prep, round ahout, around ; Num. 11, 24 ^r)iaiU. Arab, -u** to examine a wound. 3. to look for, to await ; also to hope, to trust ; see Buxt. no. II. Often in the Targums for Heb. tijip , niaa . Syr. jjoa Pa. to hope. Once in O. T. Dan. 7, 25 rrjj^lJnV "lap'^l and he hopeih, irusfeth, to change, etc. Sept. Alex. nQOffde^sTiu. 4. to judge, to suppose, to think, Buxt. no. III. Syn Pe. Aph. id. 5. to understand, Buxt. no. IV. Deriv. from no. 3 is 0?'^?P (two-fold hope) Sibraim, pr. n. of a Syrian city between Damascus and Hamath, otherwise unknown, Ez. 47, 16. nniD Gen. 10, 7 (21 Mss. Knab) and i^nnO 1 Chr. 1, 9, Sabtah pr. n. of a peo- ple and region of the Cushites; see in d!i3 no 2. There is little doubt that it corresponds to the Ethiopian city 2a^cit, 2a^u, Sa^al, (see Strabo XVI. p. 770 Casaub. Ptolem. IV. 10,) situated on the 5. W. coast of the Red Sea, not far from the present Arkiko, in the vicinity of which the Ptolemies hunted elephants. Among the ancient intpp. Pseudojona- than gives it by ""BtlTao , for which read ''!J<'i73D i. e. SembritiB, whom Strabo 1. c. p. 786 places in the same region. Jose- phus, Ant. 1. 6. 2, understands those who dwelt upon the Astaboras. i5Dr\nD Gen. 10, 7. 1 Chr. 1, 9, Sab- teca, pr. n. of a people and region of the Cushites, probably in Ethiopia, like the preceding; see in UJ^ia . Targ. ^X^iat Zingitani, in the eastern parts of Ethio- pia. On Egyptian monuments the word SDTK or Sabatoca appears as the pr. name of the Ethiopians ; so that i2 , and also for Judg. 3, 22, see in ^^3 no. 1, 2, and note, p. 143, 144. Gen. 2, 21 nsnnn "iba isp'^l and God closed up the flesh instead thereof i. e. in place of the rib. Instead of the ace. we find ot^ier constructions: a) With -'^52 around, round about ; see in ^53 no. 1. a. b) With b? Ex. 14, 3 "isnjsn'cn^^?? ^:g the desert hath shut them in, lit. hath closed upon them,. Job 12, 14 tti^N-br ^^p"^ he shuttetfh up over a man sc. a subterra- nean prison, c) With riX"i):?b pra^gn. Ps. 35. 3 draw out the spear nxnp;^ niiDi '^B'l"! and shut the way against my pursuers; here many interpreters take "^ib or "liSD as subst. i. q. Gr. auyaqiq a battle-axe Hdot. 7, 64, comp. Arab. X^ a wooden spear; but this is unnecessary.^ d) Absol. Is. 22, 22. Josh. 6, 1 n-i5D^!i n^5b ini*iil and Jeri- cho had shut its gates and was fast shut up, where Kal seems to refer to the closing of the gates, and Pual as intens. to their being fastened with bolts and bars ; Vulg. Jericho autem clausa erat atque munita ; Chald. ' et Jericho erat clausa foribus ferreis et roborata vecti- bus seneis.' Part. pass. ~^3& shut up, closed, Ez. 44, 1. 2. 46, 1. Hence also precious, whence "i^iao afiT precious gold, i. e. pure, unadulterated, 1 K. 6, 20. 21. 7, 49. 50. 10, 21. 2 Chr. 4, 20. 22. 9, 20. Vulg. aurtim purum. Chald. aurum bonum. Others less well, aurum dendroides, from -:^ tree, i. e. native gold, shooting out in the form of a tree. NiPH. pass, of Kal to be shut, of doors or gates Is. 45, 1. 60, 11 ; shut up, of persons, Num. 12, 14. 15. 1 Sam. 23, 7 Reflex, to shut oneself up, Ez. 3, 24. PiEL *ir.G i. q. Hiph. no. 2, to deliver sc. into the power of any one, pr. ' lo n^o 713 ^no shut up in the power of any one ; c. 1^3 1 Sam. 17, 46. 24, 19. 26 8 ; absol. 2 Sara. 18, 28. Comp. (Tv/Tthlco Rom. 11, 32. Gal. 3, 22. Diod. Sic. 9. 19. PuAL to be shut up, e. g. a city Josh. 6, 1 see above in Kal lett. d. Is. 24, 10. Jer. 13, 19. HiPH. ^'aOrt 1. to shut up e. g. a house Lev. 14, 38 ; a person Lev. 13, 4. 5. 11.21. 26. al. 2. rDa . "^^9 Chald. to shut, to close, Dan. 6, 23. Syr. ^ id. '^''*)J0 m. rain, heavy rain, Prov. 27, 15. Chald. fc^'^'^'^SD , Syr. fj^, Samar. ^^P^ 5 id. Some refer this noun to to Arab, ^f to fill with water, to pour out water into the gutter. Better from r. IS * *ija -:^ to sweep away, to bear off; Arab. spec, to wash away the earth, as a torrent ; )5)l^ torrent ; hence by prefixing the sibilant "I'^'^^iO . Comp. Chald. l^a^iD i. q. ba^a ; jj.^ i. q. T^ai ; see more in Lehrg. p. 862. 10 m. (r. ^"ib) stocks, Lat. nervus, i. q. nSQinTa q. v. a wooden frame or block in which the feet of a person were shut up. Job 13, 27. 33, 11. Syr. ifla , Chald. iti^G id. T ; - G9 'J? obsol. root, Arab. JuL, to stop, to shut up by a bar, bolt, etc. Hence "70 . Vl'9 in- (f. no) a shirt, shift, a wide under-garment of linen worn next the body, Judg. 14, 12. 13. Is. 3, 23. Prov. 31, 24. Sept. (7t>'5w>'. Chald. id. Syr. jJoji? in the Peshito for Gr. aovdd- ^lov Luke 19, 20, for Xevtiov John 13, 4. 60* *^J? obsol. root, perh. i. q. Q'^^i5^ C]"!^, Chald. to bum, to consume with Jire. Hence 0*19 Sodom, Gr. 2:6do^a, pr. n. of a city in the vale of Siddim near the south end of the Dead Sea, which with three others was destroyed in the time of Abraham and submerged in the Dead Sea. Gen. 10, 19. 13, 10. 18, 20. 19, 15. Is. 1, 9. al. Hence vines of Sodom, which were probably degenerated and inferior, (comp. the apples of Sodom Jos. B. J. 4. 8. 4,) are put Deut. 32, 32 as the emblem of a degenerate state ; comp. Jer. 2, 21. Also judges of Sodom, i. q. unjust and corrupt judges, Is. 1, 10. The name may signify burning, conflagration, (r. D'lD ,) as being built on a bituminous soil and therefore perhaps exposed to fre- quent fires ; comp. the name /faraxtxau- p-ivri given to a part of Phrygia. Or it may be i. q. '*^^y^, field, vineyard, q. v. On the site and catastrophe of Sodom, see Bibi. Res. in Palest. II. p. 601 sq. * V? Arab. ^tX*w i' q. Jju^ (see lett. h) to loosen, to let one^s garmenl 9 ^ s ' - hang loose; whence ^jojuw, jjlju*;. s ^ -- joJUw, a sail, wide garment. Deriv. "j-ino . * ^5? obsol. root, Chald. ">^G often in Targ. for Heb. Tj"!!^ ? to set in a row, to arrange in order. Hence nn'iia. ji-i^D^, and TlO m. order, plur. d^'n'iD Job 10. 22. Chald. id. Syr. fjji^id. 'J? obsol. root, prob. to go round. in a circle, to be round ; kindred with ^nn, ^Ji'n, q. V. Samar. i. q. "iHb to sur- round. Talmud. ".riO a wall, fence. Hence "inD, "inb, ninniD. '^3'? m. roundness ; once Cant. 7, 3. *in&n las a basin of roundness i. e. a round basin or goblet. Syr. \\aijc G o . Arab. . ^ , the moon, so called from its round form ; comp. D'^sinnb . *^nO m. a tower i. e. a round tower, cattle, fortress ; Syr. (Zj-i^jw, arx, pala- tium. Hence '^'^bn n-^n the tower^ K'lD 714 mc house, hoitse of the fortress, spoken of a fortified prison, Gen. 39, 20-23. 40, 3. 5. KiO So, pr. n. of an Egyptian king contemporary with Hoshea king of Israel 2 K. 17, 4 ; Sept. :S(ad, ^ovd, 2o^Uy ^ea- /?, 2ov^ih Vulg. Sua; the Sevechus of Manetho, the second king of the Ethio- pian (XXV) dynasty in Upper Egypt, successor of Sabaco and predecessor of Tirhakah, ni^nnpi. According to Eu- eeb. 12, he reigned 14 years. The name SBTK or SaBaToK on Egyptian mo- numents is regarded by Rosellini as Ethiopic ; corresponding to which, is Egyptian Sevech and Seve (H^D , xio). According to Champollion the name Sevech denotes an Egyptian deity repre- sented under the form of a crocodile, the XQoiog (Saturn) of the Greeks ; Pan- theon de I'Egypte no. 21, 22. On the jiccordance of sacred history with that of Egypt in that age, see Coram, on Is. I. p. 596. ^ \,J^0, twice jVtS 2 Sam. 1, 22. Job 24, 2 ; fut. at?';' Mic. 2, 6 like verbs ys, Lehrg. p. 407; to go off from, to draw back, to depart, espec. from God, c. 1^ Ps. 80, 19 ; absol. 53,4. Part. pass. Prov. 14, 14 "zb a^iD drawn back in heart from God, a backslider ; comp. Ps. 44, 19. NiPH. 5iDD, once ai'bD 2 Sam. 1, 22, fut. iJlO"^ , inf. absol. 5103 , to draw back, pr. to be made to draw back, to be turn- ed back; e.g. of a retreating enemy, often with "iinx added, Ps. 35, 4 si^b") nsnijl "ninx let them be turned back and put to shame. 40, 15. 70, 3. 129, 5. Jer. 46, 5 ; of others Is. 42, 17. 50, 5. Once of a weapon, 2 Sam. 1, 22 aiba. With nirr^ '^'nriNTa to draw back from Jehovah, to make defection from him, i. q. Kal, Zeph. 1, 6. Is. 59, 13; and so without these words, id. Ps. 44, 19. 78, 57. HiPH. ^"^^f^, in the Rabb. manner for rt'^on (comp. in n^a , r^ilD , )'>h), once fut. a^'ia^ Job 24, 2, apoc. a&t! ; to remove, to put away; Mic. 6, 14 M'^isn ^"b) nstn thou shalt put away thy goods, but shalt not save them, i. e. shalt put them away for safety. Spec, to remove a landmark, border, Deut. 19, 14. 27, 17. Hos. 5, 10. Prov. 22, 28. 23, 10. Job 24, 2 Jiria^ ; also Hos. 5, 10 in some Mss. HoPH. Stsn, i. q. Niph. to be turned away, turned back, with "iini!< , trop. Is. 59, 14. Note. Most lexicographers assume also a root 503, to which they refer Hiph. and Hoph. 5"'on, aon ; inf Niph. ai03 : also fut. Kal 50^ . But this is un- necessary. Denv. :!10, 5'^p, rb. * II. ^^D to hedge about, to enclose i. q. Heb. T^^iU, Syr. ^, Chald. 5^0. Part. pass. Cant. 7, 3. y^O Ez. 22, 18 Cheth. i. q. 5^0 scoria. ^Di^O m. (r. ^50) pr. prison; then cage of a lion Ez. 19, 9. Sept. xrjfxog, Vulg. cavea. "liO m. for TiO*! (r. "iD^) 1. consessus^ divan, a circle of persons sitting toge- ther, an assembly ; either of friends in familiar conversation Jer. 6, 11. 15. 17; or of judges in consultation, a council, and hence of God consulting with those above Ps. 89, 8. Job 15, 8. Jer. 23, 18 ; also of wicked men plotting together Ps. 64, 3. in, 1. Gen. 49, 6. Ez. 13, 9. 2. familiar converse, intercourse, inti- macy, Ps. 55, 15. Job 19, 19 -^-lio ^n^ my confidants, familiar friends, nin^ ^io converse with Jehovah, i. e. his favour. Ps. 25, 14. Prov. 3, 32. Job 29. 4. Syr. fjott, Arab. i^\y*M, id. 3. deliberation, considtation ; Prov. 15, 22 TiO "i"^i<3 without deliberation, opp. Di^tSJi-" ::'ia ." Ps. 83, 4. 4. a secret, whence ^io (nh) nVa to reveal a secret, Prov. 11, 13. 20, 19. 25, 9. Am. 3, 7. '^I'lD (for n^'iiO confidant of Jehovah) Sodi, pr. n. m. Num. 13, 10. From lio , * n^? obsol. root, perh. to veil one- self; comp. nit ^^^ to hide, ^^J tc clothe oneself, j^j vesture, external ap- pearance. Hence nio^ , no . * in^D i. q. nno to wipe away, tc sweep away. Hence pr. n. lin^D and the two here following. n^D Suah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 86. nn^D f. (r. mo) i. q. ''HO , sweepings filth, dung. Is. 5, 25 ^n^OS Sept. w t:iD 715 51% xoTiQia, Vulg. quasi stercus^ Targ. Kn"inb3. Kimchi here regards the let- ter 3 as radical, so that nn^&3 would be from r. PlDS ^-a*o to sweep out. But 3 ofcompar. could here hardlybe omitted. 'I'piD (for '^Jib , r. r\'da) Sotai, pr. n. ra. Ezra 2, 54. Neh. 7, 5?! * "^^^ to anoint, spoken only of anoint- ing the body after washing or bathing, and thus differing from ntt3, which is used only of anointing for consecration; kindr. with "T^GS I. Perhaps the primary idea of "^^ID may have been that of wip- ing, rubbing; comp. Hib, Gr. aco/Hv. With ace. of pers. 2 Chr. 28, 15, and a of the oil Ez. 16, 9. Intrans. to anoint oneself, Ruth 3, 3. Dan. 10, 3 ; ace. of ointment (comp. ntt3^ Am. 6, 6), Deut. 28, 40 Tj^on ^h ",7aa5T bjit with oil thou shalt not anoint thyself. Mic. 6, 15. 2 Sam. 14, 2. Sept. xqIoj, aXsLcpb). HiPH. to anoint oneself 2 Sam. 12, 20. Biit Part. Tj^oa Judg. 3, 24 is i. q. "r^O^ covering, from Tj3D. Deriv. rpOX. n^pS^a^O Chald. f Dan. 3, 5. 10. 15, and Mem being dropped H^aB'^b v. 10 Cheth. Syr. pJos, , prob. a double pipe with a sack, bagpipe. It is the Greek word avficpbivia (see Polyb. ap. Athen. X. 52. p. 439. A. Casaub. Isidor. Orig. Ill, 21 extr.) adopted into the Chaldee tongue, just as at the present day the like instrument is called in Italy sam- pogna and in Asia Minor sambonya. The Heb. intpp. well 35^5. See the tract on Hebrew musical instruments entitled D-^-QSn "^abia in Ugolini Thes. Vol. XXXII. p. 39-42. Thesaur. Heb. p. 941. ^.?!)P pr. n. Syene, a city in the south- ern extremity of Egypt, on the Nile, situated directly under the tropic of Cancer. Copt. COV^J-Jl) which Cham- poUion (I'figypte sous les Phar. I. 164) explains opening, key, sc. of Egypt, from OVeJl to open, and C^ a participial formative. Arab, j^lj-w^l AswAn. Ez. 29, 10. 30, 6, in both places in ace. to Syene. The Ti is prob. only for n local; but was not so taken by the punctators. * D*D obsol. root, to leap, to bound, i. q. biit) ; in Zabian spoken of the leaping and springing of horses ; Nor- berg. III. p. 298. 3. Hence D^O m. 1. a horse, so called from his leaping; Aram. XDiD, jljcojo id. Gen. 49, 17. Prov. 21, 31. Job 39, 18. al. Sing, often collect, horses, war-horses cavalry, Ex. 14, 9. 23. Deut. 17, 16. 1 K. 18, 5. al. The Egyptians excelled in their cavalry, Ex. c. 14. 15 ; also the Canaanites Josh. 11, 4. Judg. 4, 3. 7 sq. 5, 22. 28 ; the Assyrians and Chaldeans Jer. 6, 23. 8, 16. 50, 37. Hab. 1, 8 sq. But the Hebrews appear to have had little taste for cavalry. Is. 30, 16. 36, 8 ; notwithstanding the efforts of Solomon 1 K. 4, 16. 9, 19. 10, 26; and therefore placed the more confidence in Egypt, Is. 31, 1. 36, 9. Jer. 4. 13. The war-horse is described Job 39, 19 sq. Meton. a horseman Zech. 1, 8. 2. a swallow, so called from its swift and cheerful flight, uno xou (xyuXXfa&ui mBQvysaaiv (comp. II. 2. 462), Is. 38, 14 and Jer. 8, 7 Cheth. where Keri CD . So Sept. Theod. Jerome. The Rabbins render it a crane. See Bochart Hieroz. T. II. p. 602 sq. nO^D f, a mare, the female horse, Cant. 1, 9 ; Sept. rj Xmroq, which the Vulg. renders as a collective, equitatum. But the comparison of a bride to cavalry could hardly be elegant. "ip^D (horseman) Su^i, pr. n. m. Num. 13, 11. *?^0 obsol. root, Chald. SJ^nox to come together, to convene. Hence 6<5'^D. * Cj^O fut. 5]*id;i 1. Pr. to sweep or snatch away, to carry off ; kindr. with t]pi< and nSD . Hence ns^D , 2. to make an end of, to destroy, see Hiph. but in Kal intrans. to have an end, to perish, Is. 66, 17. Esth. 9, 28. Here too we may refer !|BD Ps. 73, 19 Mi lei, and !iBDl Am. 3, 15 Milra on account of Vav conversive. Syr. and Chald. id. Hiph. to sweep away, to make an end of to destroy ; Zeph. 1, 2. 3 v]Dl< qbx / will utterly sweep away ; also Jer. 8, 13 OB^GN Cibx , I will utterly sweep them away; where the infin. absol. pleo qiD 716 niD nastic in both passages is from the l''n'il pBtoa ^n-ib-i-jQ .usually thus rendered : if there be anger (from God, if God be angry), beware lest he drive thee forth with chastisement ; then great ransom cannot turn thee away sc. from punishment. But such a meaning of H'^Dn is not elsewhere found, and is not accordant with its usual ascertained signification. Others : beware lest one seduce thee with abundance ; and let not great ransom (wealth) turn thee away ; here pS"i3 may indeed be abundance, i. q. pBb Job 20. 22 ; and ?;n''&'i-|Q may be taken impersonally ; but "i53"n"|! can hardly be put for wealth in general, and nsn is not accounted for. See Thesaur. P.V45, 946. T^^O m. 7r| Xsyofi. Gen. 49, 11 . a gar- ment, clothing, usually regarded as by aphseresis for n^iDS (r. f^^S), which the Sam. Cod. gives in full; see the author's Comment, de Pent. Sam. p. 33, and Lehrg. p. 136. Better to take it as con- tracted from rip (r. niD , as rps from r. riDS) a garment ; comp. fTiDa veil. So Aben Ezra. Thesaur. p. 700, 941. * ^ti? 1. i. q. Arab. ^^^ , to drag, (0 draw along upon the ground, e. g. a dead body 2 Sam. 17, 13. Jer. 15, 3 J will send . . . 2n&b Q^nbsn-ny; the dogs to drag them about. 22, 19. 49, 20. 2. to pull or tear in pieces ; whence ^^^9 ^' ^ tearing in pieces. Jer. 38, 11. 12 mnn&n ^iba old torn clothes, rags, clouts. ^tJV io sweep away, to wipe of, only in Piel ^n^np Ez. 26, 4. Arab. LS? id. Syr.T^a*io a broom, brush, Chald. nnp to wash. Kindred roots are ^tlb (whence "iriD , fiHO) and C]nD . Hence ^'n'O m. sweepings, offscouring, trop. for any thing worthless, Lam. 3, 45. Comp. Gr. TiEQiipijfia id. 1 Cor. 4, 13. Chald. n'^n^ dung. tb'^riD Stt. Xsyofi. 2 K. 19, 29, for which in the parall. passage Is. 37, 30 is found D'lniia , that which grows of itself the third year after sowing ; on which compare Strabo XI. 4. 3. p. 502 Casaub. Comp. O'lSD. Sept. ^ K. 1. c. T uvareXXovTUy Vulg. qucB sponte nascuntur. The ety- mology see under b'^nw . H -9 ! pr- io scrape, i. q. C]f]T23 ; also stronger, to scrape away, to sweep away with violence, as rain which sweeps all before it, *inb ^laa Prov. 28, 3. Arab. \^a^ to scrape i. e. shave 9 G^ ^ the head ; oL^ and XftA^ a violent sweeping rain, torrent. 2. to bear down, to cast down, to the ground. Syr. q<^w id. Hence NiPH. to be prostrated, overthrown, Jer. 46, 15. Others : to be swept away, from Kal no. 1. * "^t!? fut. ^nD"? . 1. to go about, to travel around in a land, to migrate as nomad es, with ace. of country Gen. 34, 10. 21. With bx to go about or migrate into a land, Jer. 14, 18. Kindred is ^rro q. V. Chald. "ind very freq. in the Tar- gums for Heb. 320 . Syr. spec, to travel about as a mendicant. In the Arab, verbs ^f and _^ the notion of going about is very doubtful, and is not sup- ported by the usus loquendi. 2. Spec, to travel around, to traverse countries as a merchant, in order to buy or sell ; hence to trade, to traffic, f/nno- Qsvofiat. Gen. 43, 34 fi-nnpn y1xr^-n^t1 and ye may traverse the land sc. to buy grain, to traffic in it. Part "inb a trader, merchant, 'ffxTiogog, Gen. 23, 16. 37, 28. E z. 27, 21 . 36. r,bl3r| ^"^nb the king's tra- ders, who made journeys in order to pur- chase wares for him, 1 K. 10, 28. 2 Chr. 1, 16. Also of traders by sea Prov. 31, 14. Is. 23, 2. Ez. 38, 13. Fern. rrnnb a female trader, merchant. Ez 27,; 12. 16. 18. Metaph. to have cnmmcrc^^ intercourse, with any one, Is. 47, 15. I Aramaean and Arabic the idea of traffick '1 nno 719 ro ing is expressed by the kindred verbs PiLP. "^nnno to move about rapidly, e. g. of the heart, i. e. to palpitate strong- ly, Ps. 38, 11. Deriv. '^n&a and the five following. "^riD m. constr. "ino 1. a mart, em- porium, Is. 23, 3. 2. What is gained from traffic, profit, wealth, Is. 45, 14. ino m. profit, gain, from merchandise Is. 23, 18. Hence of any gain, profit, Prov. 3, 14 Cl03-"^n&^ ^rnnb ai-j is /or A^r (wisdom's) g-am is better than that of silver, i. e. to gain her is better than to gain silver. 31, 18. 5T)nD f (r. 'nnb) traffic, merchandise, for concr. merchants, Ez. 27, 15 n"ihD "^"^T 5 ^' ^^,^p^ . Sept. /Tj Ufgaiov. O'^p a swallow, Jer. 8, 7 Keri for D^IO no. 2. q. V. X'ID'ip (battle-array, comp. Syriac jZjjaljo; perh. for tcn^iDIG, from r. "i"^D i. q. >Lww to spring upon, to make an on- set) Sisera, pr. n? m. a) A military commander under Jabin king of the Ca- naanites, Judg. 4, 2 sq. Ps. 83, 10. b) Ezra 2, 53. Neh. 7, 55. ^^'^P (congregation, as in Syr. and Chald. r. S^iD) Sia, pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 47 ; for which xn^'^P Siaha Ezra 2, 44, which latter seems to be a corruption made up from the two forms iiV^Q and nriD. Comp. q"^D"^B5. n^pb'ip Dan. 3, 10 Cheth. for niafeiaiid t: J t: J q. V. "i V mid. Yod, to boil up, to effer- vesce, comp. Arab. Xjm to spring up, to effervesce as wine ; to rage, as anger, a fever; Heb. ixb and iNttJ to ferment, T^a to boil up, to ferment. Hence "T^P m. Jer. 1, 13 ; fem. Ez. 24, 6. 1. a pot, pr. for boiling, and then genr. 2 K. 4, 38 sq. Job 41, 32. Ez. 11, 3. 7. 24, 3. 6. al. ^bsri -,^D Ex. 16, 3. Jer. 1, 13 nsiS3 '^'^p seV in r. ns3 no. 2. Ps. 60, 10 ^^n-i T'p D.^i?3 Moab shall be my pot (basin) of washing, i. e. my wash-pot, wash-basin, in contempt for I will use her as the meanest vessel.' Plur. rin'^p pots Ex. 38, 3. 1 K. 7, 45. 2 K. 25, 14. aL n^D 721 ^DO 2. Plur. D^n'^D and nli'^D Ps. 58, 10. Am. 4, 2. a) thorns, briars^ so called from the idea of springing up, efferves- cing, in allusion to the luxuriant and redundant growth of wild plants; comp. i\ -i^-; and art. n5:> no. 2. Is. 34, 13. Hos. 2, 8. So in the paronomasia Ecc. 7, 6: -I'^on rnn C^^^^sn bip3 as the crack- ling of thorns under a pot. Poet, a thicket of thorns or briars is an emblem of wick- edness ; Nah. 1, 10 D-isip Q^n^p-n? inter- woven like to thorns^ see in r. X20 , also 'i? B. 2. c; comp. Mic. 7, 4. Ez. 2,^6. Diffi- cult is Ps. 58, 10 DD^n'-i-'p !iiip;i D'luja *i::5< before men marked your thorns^ lo a thorn-bush ! i. e. swiftly and unexpected- ly the wicked grew up; but, whether quick or burning^ God will storm it away, i. e. God will destroy them with the same swiftness. Others here take niT^p as pots, i. e. before your pots can feel the thorn-bush (fire of thorns Ecc. 7, 6) God will sweep it away; the figure being taken from travellers in the desert, who build a fire which the wind sweeps away, b) hooks for fishing* from their resem- blance to thorns, Am. 4, 2 ; comp. tnin . Note. In former editions I have re- ferred D'^'O'^^ thorns to the root IID, as denoting pr. recedanea, degenerated or wild parts of a shrub, comp. "iSijn ,"'n!iO Jer. 2, 21. But it is better to refer both significations of "I'^p to the same origin. ri'^P see r. WtJ. ^9 III. an. Xsyofi. a multitude of peo- ple, Ps. 42, 5. So all the versions and intpp. and so the context requires, al- though in assigning the etymology there is a great diversity. There can be little doubt that it is pr. a thicket of trees, a thick wood, here poet, for a dense crowd of men, from r. T(30; comp. Tp no. 2. Comp. also "i^ll of" a hostile troop, Is. 10, 18. 19. 34. ^b m. (r. "r^sp) c. suff. iSG , once Is^lO Ps. 76, 3 in some editions. 1. a booth, hid, Ps. 27, 5. Poet, for a tabernacle, dwelling. Ps. 76, 3. 2. a covert of trees, as the lair of wild beasts, Ps. 10, 9. Jer. 25, 38. HjD obsol. root, i. q. nab to look upon. Hence pr. n. nSD"^ . 61 mSD f (r. Ti^p) constr. nsb, plur. ni3D .' 1. a booth, hut, made of green boughs and branches interwoven, as a shelter from the sun Gen. 33, 17. Jon. 4, 5. Is. 4, 6 ; or for a watchman in a garden or vineyard, Is. 1, 8. Job 27, 18 ; or for the Jewish festival of booths Lev. 23, 34. 42. Nah. 8, 15-17 ; whence the festival it- self is called ni3pn an the festival of the booths, feast of the tabernacles, Lev. 23, 34. Deut. 16, 13. al. Once by way of^ contempt of a small ruined house, Engl. hut, Am. 9, 11. Elsewhere also of tents for soldiers, 2 Sam. 11, 11. 1 K. 20, 12. 16. Poet, of the dwelling of God Ps. 18, 12. Job 36, 29.-2 K. 17, 30 nisa niSG the booths of the daughters, usually ta- ken for booths in which the maidens prostituted themselves in the Babylo- nian manner ; see Hdot. 1. 199, and art. niljnp. Perhaps it should read nisD m'a3 the booths in high places, conse-^ crated to idols; see in n?32 no. 3. 2. a covert, as the lair of the lion, Job 38, 40. ni3D (booths) Succoth, pr. n. 1. A town in the tribe of Gad, Josh. 13, 27 ; on the east of the Jordan Judg. 8, 5. 1 K. 7, 46. For its origin see Gen. 33, 17. m"30 p-? Ps. 60, 8. 108, 8, the valley of Succoth, in which the town stood, perh. part of the valley of the Jordan, el-Gh6r. 2. The first station of the Israelites in the desert, on the Egyptian side of the Red Sea, Ex. 12, 37. 13, 20. Num. 33,5. 3. Succoth-benoth, see in T^^o no. 1. tTQO f (r. t]30) i. q. nss, a tent, ta- bernacle, which the idolatrous Israelites constructed in the desert in honour of an idol, like the tabernacle of the cove- nant in honour of Jehovah, Am. 5, 26 ; see on this passage in art. )^^'2. Comp. the axTjvrj isgd of the Carthaginians Diod. Sic. 20. 65. Q^i^i^D (dwelling in booths) Sukkiim, pr. n. of an African people mentioned- along with the Libyans and Ethiopians,. 2 Chr. 12, 3. Sept. Vulg. Troglodytes^ who dwelt along the coast of Ethiopir , and also in Arabia. % 12& 722 T|5i? Ex. 33, 22; fut po 1. to interweave, to weave, to interlace, espec. boughs and branches as a screen or to form a booth or hut, n30 ; hence to hedge, to fence, see Hiph. Kindred roots are T\^^, '^^^ 11, "PJ II. In Kal poet. Ps. 139, 13 ^^K 'ji:^^ ^33&Fi thou hast woven me in my mother^s womb, comp. Job 10, 11. Since booths as well as hedges were built for the protection and security of men, and also of gardens and vineyards, hence T|?^ is 2. to cover, i. e. a) to shelter, to pro- tect, to cover by way of protection, pr. as boughs and trees, with two ace. Job 40, 22 [17] i^l?^ C^^X^ ^^Sp"? ih lotus-trees cover him with their shade. With h Ps. 140, 8. b) Genr. to cover, with ace. of covering and b? , to cover over, Ex. 40, 3. 33, 22 ; ace. impl. 1 K. 8, 7 isb^T "li-it^m-'b^ D'^s^isn and the cherubim cov- ered the ark, ht. they covered over the ark. Ex. 25, 20. 37, 20. 1 Chr. 28, 18. Absol. Ez. 28, 14. 16. Intrans. to cover oneself, to hide. Lam. 3,44 Ijsn nisp. v. 43. Part. T|2b pr. covering; hence a shed, mantlet, vinea, used in besieging cities, Nah. 2, 6. Hiph. T^PD) ^ut. conv. "^^D^l, i. q. Kal. 1. to hedge in,to fence around, Job 38, 8 ; c. ^52 3, 23. 2. to cover, c. ^? Ex. 40, 21. Also to protect, c. b? Ps. 5, 12, h Ps. 91, 4. 'npri r^an 1 Sam. 24, 4 and Judg. 3, 24, to cover the feet, an euphemism for to ease oneself, to satisfy a call of nature ; so correctly Josephus Ant. 6. 13, 4, the Talmudists Buxt. Lex. Talmud. 1472, and so Sept. nixQaaKSvaaaa&ai i. q. wtto- axevdaaa&ai, uvuansvaaaad^ai. At least, in accordance with Kimchi's opinion, it is to void urine, which among Asiatic nations the men also do in a sitting pos- ture, covering themselves with the folds of their wide garments. Others : to lie down for sleep ; so Syr. 1 Sam. 1. c. and also Josephus (inconsistently) Ant. 5. 4. 2 ; but in that case no such circumlocu- tion was necessary. See Muntinghe in Diss. Lugdd. p. 1160. J. D. Michaelis Supplem. p. 1743. Pi LP. T;p3p to inflame, to incite, to arouse ; Is. 9, 10 rs^jyo-] l"S';x-ni<1 and his (Ephraim's) enemies God will arouse. 19,2D':'^^^S t]'^'::,^^ '^^'yopp IwHl arouse the Egyptians against the Egyptians. So Sept. Targ. Syr. Vulg. and this is well illustrated from the Talmudic usage by Abulwalid ; see Thesaur. p. 951. Others with Schultens, to cover with arms, to a ^ arm ; comparing Arab. viX-tiw id. Deriv. T^O , Tp (T^), ^5D , c^-^SD , piisp, t\'o'Q , nsp^ , r\0'\'o , pr. n. niso , nrsQ . ^?b, see r. rp_r2 no. 2, Part. rODD (enclosure) Secacah, pr. n. of a town in the desert of Judah, Josh. 15, 61. ^59 ^^ ^^' '^ot used, to be foolish ; well to be distinguished from the verb ^3b to look at, which has nearly the same sound. Corresponding are bp3 no. 2. b. Syr. Aph. Vlio] to act fool- ishly, impiously, Chald. ^SpN id. PiEL to make foolish, i. e. vain, fruit- less, ^o/rws^ra^e, e.g. counsel 2 Sam, 15, 31. Is. 44, 25. Comp. bbin. Hiph. to act foolishly, with iiUS Gen. 31, 28 ; simpl. 1 Sam. 26, 21. Aram. Aph. id. NiPH. ]. to act foolishly, pr. to show oneself foolish, 1 Sam. 13, 13. 2 Chr. 16, 9. 2. to do wickedly, 2 Sam. 24, 10. 1 Chr. 21,8. Comp. b-ips ; bna , etc. Deriv. the three following. ^3? m. foolish Jer. 4, 22. 5, 21. Ecc. 2, 19. 7, 17. Syr. Un^ id. '?? T^- folly, concr. fools Ecc. 10, 6. n^bDp n (r. b2D) folly, found only in Ecclesiastes, c. 2, 3. 12. 13. 7, 25. 10, 1. 13. Once n^sb id. Ecc. 1, 17. Syr. id. i55 fut. D;y "(SG"^ ]. Pr. i. q JjJCww , to dwell, c. ace. pers. with whom. 2. to be familiar with any one, io as- sociate with, from the idea of dwelling together in the same tent or house. Hence Part. "20 an associate, compan- ion, friend, e. g. of a king Is. 22, 15. Fem. rzzb a female friend, attendant, 1 K. 1, 2. 4. Comp. Hiph. Hence 3. With h and h'S of pers. to do kind- ness to any one, to benefit, Job 22, 2. 35 ^:dd 723 rto 3 ; absol. 15, 3. Intrans. to profit, Job 34, 9. 4. i. q. Arab. ^^^SL, Conj. I, IV, V, to he poor, needy, see Pual and 'j3t3^ , n!i53D?3 . Many have despaired of find- ing an accordance between this signifi- cation and the others ; but it probably comes from the notion of being- seated, which is kindred with that of dwelling. The idea of being seated is closely con- nected with that o^ sitting down, of sink- ing from languor and debility ; comp. Jou to sit, Conj. IV pass, to be com- pelled to sit, to be lame ; Jots weak- (2 ^' ness in the camel's foot ; j^ Juti" a weak, feeble man ; also sedere and sidere. Arab. ^lySi^ and Heb. ISO therefore are pr. to he sunk in one's affairs, to be ruined, comp. T|^^, Tj?^. NiPH. i. q. Chald. Ithpa. to he endan- gered. Ecc. 10, 9 whoso deaveth wood is endangered thereby. This significa- tion is foreign from the other meanings of the verb ; but it may be perhaps a denominative from 'j"'^b knife, axe, q. v. and hence to cut oneself, to be wounded, as Vulg. vulnerahitur. Pual part. "(30^ impoverished, see Kal no. 4. Is. 40, 20 n^^-in |30^n he that is impoverished by an oblation, i. e. who has little to offer. HiPH. "I'^SDn 1. to acquaint oneself with any one, c. C3> Job 22, 21. Also with any thing, and hence to know, c. ace. Ps. 139, 3 nnsson '^a'^^'^s all my ways thou knowest, art acquainted with. 2. to be accustomed, to be wont, c. inf. et h Num. 22, 30. Deriv. "SO^, '^^32073. 1. "'-5 i"^ ^^^ "ot used, i. q. to shut up, to close. Chald. id. Syr. Arab, j-aiff, -X!a** , id. NiPH. to be shut up, stopped, Gen. 8, 2. Ps. 63. 12. PiEL i. q. "i5D and ^""^GJn , to deliver up or over. c. T^^ Is. 19, 4. II. "15? i. q, -isb q. V. to hire, Ezra 4, 5. ~?Y ^" ^^^ "ot used, to be silent, kindred with a;?^ to rest. Arab. oJCwm Conj. I, IVj id. Samar. to attend. HiPH. to keep silence, once Deut. 27, 9. Sept. (TKxma, Vulg. attende. 50 m. (r. ^^&) pr. a slender rod, e. g. of willow, osier, from which baskets were woven ; hence a wicker-basket, bread- basket. Gen. 40, 17. Ex. 29, 3. 23. Num. 6, 15. al. Plur. D-^^G Gen. 40, 16. 18. Comp. aaviov, xavlag, xdvaargov, canis- trum, pr. a basket woven from reeds, from xdvi] canna, a reed. Chald. N^O, !J<^^^ , c 6 55 S 5; Syr. jLo, Arab. ILIm/ id. J^Lww a basket- maker. fi5|P (twig, basket) Silla, pr. n. of a town near Jerusalem, 2 K. 12, 21. * JJ<^0 pr. i. q. n^D, bbo no. 1, to lift up ; spec, to suspend a balance, comp. xtoa Job 6, 2, and hence to weigh ; comp. Lat. pendeo and pendo. Once in Pual pass, to be weighed; Lam. 4, 2 TS3 D'^X^p^n who are weighed with fine gold, i. e. are comparable to pure gold. Deriv. pr. n. xnio, N^^p, si^p. "^^9 dna^ Xf/6fi. in Piel ^^p to spring up, to leap up, to exult, Arab. ' JlLo ' the horse so leaps that the stones give forth sparks.' Job 0, 10 this is still my comfort, s\ti , pr. to lift up, to raise. Hence 1 . to suspend a balance, to weigh, see Pual. Comp. in 5U Wady Musa. The city was subdued by the Romans under Trajan, and restored by Adrian. Its remains still exist, consisting of splendid sepulchres and temples exca- vated in the rock, an amphitheatre, etc. They were first visited by Burckhardt m 1812. See Burckh. Trav. in Syr. p. 421. Irby and Mangles' Travels, p. 415 eq. Laborde Voyage de I'Arabie Petree, fol. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 514 sq. 573 sq. ^^f? obsol. quadril. root, lo swal- low down^ to consume, as in Chald. Hence DybO m. a species of locust, winged and esculent. Lev. 11, 22. Sept. ujrdxrjg, Vulg. attacus. Vj59 in Kal not used. Some mod- ern intpp. assume for it the primary idea of slipping, sliding^ comparing Arab. ^_fT) V to oint, to smear, also to slip away, to pass away, Germ, schlupfen, Engl, to slip, and kindr. pbn i. q. Gr. At(jpco ; whence in Piel to make slippery a way (Prov. 19, 3), and then to cause to fall, e. g. a cause, acfaXUiv dUt]v (Ex. 23, 8); so A. Schultens ad Prov. p. 203. Fasi in Jahn's Neue philol. Jahrbb. IV. p. 168. But this is not confirmed by any exegetical tradition, either of the ancient versions or of the Rabbins. All these give the idea to pervert, to wrest, and then to subvert, to overthrow, 1. q. r^sin , n|i5 , either directly or indi- rectly ; Gr. axohoM, Vulg. subvertere. So too the Chald. though not freq. as rr^P}px to be distorted, wry, as the mouth, Targ.Esth. 6, 10 ; Cl'^bb perverse of lip, Targ. Prov. 10, 10. It is safer therefore to rest in this view. PiEL t^D , fut. q^D': , part, q^b^ . 1. to pervert, to wrest, e. g. a) The words of any one (comp. T|7 Jer. 23, 36) ; Ex. 23, Sfor a gift (bribe) blindeth those that see, and perverteth (Ti^&'^l) the words of the righteous ; Vulg. subvertit, Sept. XvfialvsTui. Deut. 16, 19. Prov. 22, 12. b) The way or conduct of any one, i. q. to make perverse, Prov. 19, 3 ; comp. Lev. 3, 9. 2. to subvert, to overthrow, to destroy persons (comp. TjBf^ Prov. 12, 7) ; Job 12, 19 qlt:'! C'^3n'l^^'^ and overthroweth the mighty ; Sept. aaxEaxQufj^. Prov. 21, 12. 13, 6 righteousness keepcth the upright in the way, nxwn Ci^Dn ^:?^"ii but wickedness overthroweth sin i. e. concr. sinners. Hence tj^D m.perverseness, Prov. 11, 3. 15, 4. * P^9 or Pt^P Chald. to go up, to as- cend, Dan. 7, 3. 8. 20. Plur. ^pbo Dan. 2, 29. Ezra 4, 12. Fut. pS": see in r. pD5 .In Targg. often for Heb. nbs . Syr. Sam. id. ^^29 obsol. root, Arab. v::JLgw to rub of, to strip of husks, etc. whence G j" , oaJ^ pearl-barley, grits. Talm. npo to cut chips of wood, "pfiVp chips; Chald. n^lD, XFibs'.D , fine meal, flour. Hence ^^b f (but with m. Ex. 29, 40.) c. suff. t^ri^O Lev. 2, 2 :fne meal, four, the finest and purest, Sept. atfilduXic, Lev. 2, 1 sq. 5, 11. 6, 13. Num. 8, 8. 1 K. 5, 2. 1 Chr. 9, 29. Ez. 16, 13. 19. al. nhb C'lsn wheaten four Ex. 29, 2. By ap- posit. nbb niyp^ Gen. 18, 6. . Chald. id. see in r. nbo . DO see d'^Jap . ^35 ^iSiaD Samgar-Nebu, pr. n. of a Babylonian military commander, Jer. 39, 3. Perh. ' sword of Nebo,' i. e. of Mer- cury; from Pers. ^aA^^w swor4, and lai q. V. ^" '-Vt ' quadrilit. vine-blossom, oi- vav^tj. Cant. 7, 13 nriQ "jESn nmo ex "I'liipfi whether the vine puts forth, and its blossom opens. 2, 13 "T^^p c'^2Ern the vines are in blossom,, v. 15 "T^^p "^''^'^S our vineyards are in blossom (comp. Ex. 9, 31 braa npmJBn). Symm. oit'dv&ij. Sept. xvgnl^o), nvTiqiafiog. Chald. id. in Targ. for Heb. naa Is. 18, 5. Syr. |?,.iflio id. see Is. 17. 11 Peeh. Zab y2o 727 i^5D also of other blossoms, as of hemp, see Norberg Lexid. p. 159. Some of the Rabbins understand by this word not the blossom but the young grapes just out of the blossom, see Surenhusii Mishna T. I. p. 309; so the Vulgate Cant. 7, 13, and also Kimchi, but the former sense is to be preferred on account of Cant. 2, 13 and 7, 13. This qaadril. is formed apparently from CD aroma, fragrance, and *i'in s J^ to burst forth as a blos- som. See more in Thesaur. p. 959, 960. * "^^^ fut. Tj^&'i 1. to place or lay upon any thing, to impose, so as to rest or be supported upon any thing. Chald. ^lap id. to lean upon, be supported ; Ithp. to trust in. Syr. id. also of reclining at table. Ethiop. fl^Hi to recline upon, to lean upon. Kindr. is T]^n . Spec. ^? 'i!! M^G to lay the hand upon any thing, pr. so as to lean upon it. Ex. 29, 10. 15. 19. Lev. 1, 4. 3, 2. 8. 14.' So too Lev. 24, 14. Num. 27, 18. Deut. 34, 9. But Am. 5, 19 n^sn-br iii r.^sDI and leans his hand upon the wall. Intrans. to lean or rest upon any thing. Ps. 88, 8 TjnTsn nD?2b "^b? thy wrath lieth heavy upon me. 2. to uphold, to sustain, to support, pr. to let lean upon c. ace. Ps. 37, 17. 24. 54^ 6. Ex. 30, 6 o'^'n^TS ^s^b they that up- held' Egypt, the allies of Egypt. Is. 59, 16. 63, 5 ; c. b Ps. 145, 14. Part. pass. Tj^'ao upheld, propped, i. e. firm, un- moved, Ps. 112, 8. Is. 26, 3. With two ace. to sustain one with any thing, i. e. to bestow upon him, to give bountifully ; Gen. 27, 37 i^PistsG iri'^nT la-i corn and new wine have I bestowed upon him. Ps. 51, 14. 3. lo draw near, to approach, c. bx Ez. 24, 2. Syr. id. This signification connects itself with that of leaning up- on, being contiguous, etc. corap. Rabb. I^G to hang together, be connected, near, "j'^^D near. NiPH. to be supported, upheld, c. b? Judg. 16, 29 ; to stay oneself to rest upon, Is. 36, 6. 2 K. 18, 21. Metaph. 2 Chr. 32. 8. Ps. 71, 6. Is. 48, 2. PiEL. to stay, i. e. to refresh, c. 3 Cant. 2, 5. Deriv. nD-^ab, pr. n. nn^iaTaoi and 'in^p'aD (Jehovah sustains him) Se- machiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 26, 7. * P/JD obsol. root, of which the sig- nif is not known. In Heb. we may compare r. blUT: II to make like, to be like ; also nbli image ; and in the Indo- European tongues perh. Lat. simile, Gr. ofialog. Hence ^"530 and ^^0 m. in pause b^G , a like- ness, image, Ez. 8, 3. 5. Deut. 4, 16. 2 Chr. 33, 7 br)D?n bDS a statue of likeness, i. e. a sculptured likeness, carved image. V. 15. * D'JD obsol. root, Arab. ^ to smell; G 9 ^ ri t "'' any thing fragrant. Hence 0*^120 m. plur. aromatics, spices, Ex. 30, 34. d'^^ao n-ibp fragrant incense Ex. 30, 7. 40, 27. Lev. 4, 7. 16, 12. Num. 4, 16. al. Syr. ^iaa aroma, cpuQfxuxov. * 1 uD in Kal not used, (comp. kindr. "i^T ,) to mark off, to designate. Talmud. "Jiap, whence "i^'^D mark, sign. It is sometimes improperly compared with the Gr. at]p,aiv(o, in which v does not be- long to the root. NiPH. part. "^03 marked off, designat- ed, e. g. a place.' Is. 28, 25 p^DD r^-^^'m and (sows) the barley in the appointed place i. e. in the field marked off. So Targ. Saad. Kimchi, and this interpre- tation is to be preferred. Others, fat barley, from the root ^^y'^MJ i- q. '\^P, to be fat ; but this is repugnant both to the laws of syntax and to the context ; see Comm. on Is. in loc. The signification millet in Sept. Theod. Aqu. Vulg. is merely conjectural. '^ I/Jo to stand erect, to bristle, cpQla- (Teiv. a) Pr. of hair, see Piel and "i^D ; hence of a person in terror, to shudder, Ps. 119, 120 "^nbs "173&, Symm. 6(j&oxqi- Xu. b) Of bristling points ; whence "iTOOa any thing pointed, a nail, and |... , Chald. "i^G , to fasten with nails Piel id. to stand erect, e. g. the hair Job 4, 15. Hence "liaD m. bristling, oq&o&qiI Jer. 51, 27, an epithet of the insect pbv ^J*? obsol. root, perh. i. q. HDb lo be i^5D 728 ri3^D thorny^ bristling; kindr. are N3b, Syr. iJjfl, to hate. Hence nssiDD and T^i^^D (thorny) Senaah, pr. n. of a town of Judah Ezra 2, 35. Neh. 7, 38. With the art. Neh. 3, 3. t2?DpD pr. n Sanballat, the satrap of the king of Persia in Samaria. Neh. 2, 10. 4, 1. 6, 1. 2. 12. 14. 13, 28. He was a Horonite, from Horonaim, a town of Moab. The name appears to be of Per- sian origin. Bohlen compares t>!^Lu * lauded by the army,' and Sanscr. send- balat 'giving strength to the army.' * njD obsol. root, prob. to be thorny, bristling; kindr. with N3D, and perh. with ")3d to be pointed. Hence nsp in. 1. a thorn-bush, bramble, Ex. 3. 2 sq. Deut 33, 16. Syr. jlli id. Arab. LLl and \Jum senna, folia sennse. Chald. and Talmud. wS^:D id. 2. Seneh. pr. n. of a pointed rock (Thorn-rock) opposite Michmash ; in pause ri3D (as 03':) in pause Bsd) 1 Sam. 14,' 4. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. 11. p. 116. nsD^ perh. palm-branch, i. q. <^303t5 ; see in nsD-n^'^p, art. n;>np5 lett. e. R. n^f^Dp, c. art. ni, to prop, to uphold, to support, Chald. and Arab. Jouw id. With ace. Ps. 18, 36. Is. 9, 6. Prov. 20, 28. Then to sustain, to aid, to strength- en, Ps. 20, 3. 41, 4. 94, 18. Spec. 2b ^ro to stay (strengthen) the heart, i. e. to refresh oneself with food, see -b no. 1. a. Gen. 18. 5 D3Sib nrp strengthen your heart, refresh yourselves with food. Ps. 104, 15. With two ace. Judg. 19, 5. 8 ; ace. impl. 1 K. 13, 7 "T^^'p refresh thyself. Deriv. irpia . 'l^P Chald. to aid, to help, c. h Ezra 5, 2. ' * riiJD 7ra| Xfyo^. i. q. Arab, jc**** to run, to rush, spoken also of tempests ; see Thesaur. p. 962. Ps. 55, 9 T^sb nn a rushing wind. Cl'^i^P m. (r. r,rr:) l. a cleft, fcssiire ; rb&n r)"rc) the cleft of the rock Judg. 15, 8. 11. Plur. 2"'rb&n ^B-^JID Is. 2, 21. 57.5. 2. a branch, bough, Is. 17, 6. 27, 10. See MBrp. Both these significations are also united in Arab. ^Lot^. * H?9 '0 divide, i. q. Arab, ^.^^jui the letters q and 3 being interchanged. Hence rp3:-p,nErD,nB?D. fl^o 729 -SO PiEL ?]?C5 as denom. from t)''S& no. 2, to disbranch, to lop the boughs of a tree, Is. 10, 33. Deriv. the three in Kal, DiBSb , n&SJ-iD, and 5^?? adj. verbal (of the form bap) di- vided, i. e. a man of divided mind, who has no sure faith in regard to divine things, but is driven hither and thither, a doubter, skeptic, axsmixog, plur. Q'^S^'O Ps. 119, 113. Sept. nagavofioL, Vulg. iniqui. nS?0 f. (r. C]?D) i. q. t]^^D, and only in plur. nisSG branches, Ez. 31, 6. 8. Comp. nQ?'iO '. nS2?9 f (r. riSD) plur. D'^aSJD , divided opinions, parties ; 1 K. 18, 21 ''na 15 D'^sr&n "'n^-b? d^npQ onx , Vulg. us- quequo claudicatis in duos partes, i. e. how long do ye hesitate between the two opi- nions, the worship of Jehovah or Baal ? * '^?? fat. "iSG-i, kindr. with "i^b and ISTT q. V. 1. to be violently agitated, tossed, e. g. the sea by tempests Jon. 1, 11. 13. Trop. of adversity Is. 54, 11. Comp. Pi. 2. Act. to rush on as a tempest, spoken of a ibe Hab. 3, 14. NiPH. to be agitated, jdisquieted, of the heart, 2 K. 6, 11. PiEL "i3?D to toss about, to scatter, e. g. a people, Zech. 7, 14. Po. intrans. to be driven, scattered, by a tempest, as chaff Hos. 13, 3. Deriv. the two following. ^)?0 m^ a storm,, tempest, Am. 1. 14. Jon. 1, 4. 12. Jer. 23, 19. 25, 32. al. nniJO f a storm, tempest, Is. 29, 6. 40, 24. 41,' 16. Zech. 9, 14. Job 38, 1. Ps. 107, 29. al. Also -T^rtJ nil Ps. 107, 25, ni-^D n^n Ez. 13, U. 13, a storm-wind. Once rin:?D in many Mss. 2 K. 2, 1. ^jD m. (r. ClSD) plur. D^QD, also niSp, niap ; c. suff. ^Bp . . 1. sill threshold, Judg. J 9, 27. 2 K. 12, 10. al, seep. Chald. and Sam. id. Syr. Vktt atrium. 2. a dish, basin, bowl, Ex. 12, 22. Zech. 12,2. Plur. c^ap Jer. 52, 19, niQp 2 Sam. 17, 28, map 1 K. 7, 50. al. 3. Saph, pr. n. to. 2 Sam. 21, 18 ; for which 1 Chr. 20, 4 "^ap Sippai. ^5 obsol. root, Talmud, in Pe. and Aph. to feed an infant, to give to eat. Hence Kiaoa . '5 ^^t. 'iSp'^ to smi7e the breast, as a gesture of mourning ; hence to mourn, to lament, chiefly for the dead, with h of the dead/or whom one mourns, 1 K. 14, 13. Jer. 16, 6. Gen. 23, 2 ; b? 2 Sam. 11, 26. Zech. 12, 10 ; ^3sb 2 Sam. 3, 31 ; absol. Jer. 4, 8. 16, 5. Ecc. 12, 5 ; for a public calamity Is. 32, 12 (c. b^). Jer. 49, 3. Joel 1, 13. Mic. 1. 8. Zech. 7, 5. It is often so applied as to include the voice of mourners, i. q. to wail, Mic. 1, 8 iTiapJt / will wail .... I will make a wailing (IBDia) like the jackals. Jer. 22, 18 they shall not lament for him, saying, .4^ my brother ! 34, 5. Still the primary signification seems to be that of beat- ing, i. q. Lat. plangere, and not excla- mation ; as in the Gr. ccpad-a^M, and this the Sept. expresses in several passages hy xonrsiT&ai, as 1,3. 32, 12 D-^nab "n-^y^i'^S they smite upon the breasts sc. the wo- men, comp. Nah. 2, 8. (Comp. Lat. plangere pectora, ubera.) There is here no difficulty in referring the particip. d'^nsb to the women, since they are expressly mentioned, though at a consi- derable distance previously, viz. in the beginning of v. 11, nissx'ij ITjn ; see Heb. Gramm. 144. n. 1. NiPH. to be mourned for, lamented, Jer. 16, 4. 25, 33. Deriv. "lap^ . ^^^ fut. s^ap"^ 1. to scrape, to scrape off. Kindr. are 7\^0 , Clpx , tp^ . Arab. \Jlm to sweep away, as the wind dust; oLww a scattering wind. Spoken if of the beard, to shave. Is. 7, 20. Hence a) to take away life Ps. 40, 15 ; or per- sons from life, to destroy, Gen. 18, 23. 24. Deut. 29, 18. b) Intrans. to be taken away, to perish, Jer. 12, 4. 2. i. q. vjp^ q. v. to add, only in imperat. siSp Is. 29, 1. Jer. 7. 21, and inf nisb Is. 30, 1. Also, to add to any thing, to aug- ment, (see qp"; no. 2,) c. b? Num. 32. 14. NiPH. 1. to be taken away, to be de- stroyed, to perish, Gen. 19. 15. 17. Num. 16, 26. Prov. 13, 23 ; espec. in war, 1 Sam. 12, 25. 26, 10. 27, 1. 1 Chr. 21. 12. 12D 730 iSD 2. Pass, of Hiph. to he scraped toge- ther ; Is. 13, 15 every one found shall be thrust through^ S'^ns Va-^ f^sosn-^ai and every one scraped together (seized, caught) shall fall by the sword; Sept. o'lrtviq (TvvTjyfisvoi sial. Hiph. to scrape together, to heap up, c. h^ upon any one, as calamities Deut. 32, 23. Sept. awd^oi. I^Bp' m. (r. ibid) pr. a covering with boards, wainscot, ceiling, of the temple, 1 K. 6, 15. * n2D and HBW , see Piel and nQ\U. 1. to pour, to pour out ; Arab. >^, o_w to pour out, as blood, water, tears. In the derivatives it includes the shedding of blood, nBb53 ; the inundation of wa- ter, n"'ED no. 1 ; the falling of seed, ^"'t^'o no. 2; the falling off of hair. Pi. tiBb, rnED, rnQD^. 2. to anoint sc. by pouring oil upon a person ; comp. "qbS , Syr. s^-^jo to pour, Aph. to anoint as bishop. 1 Sam. 2, 36 risnsrt rnx-bx N3 ^snsp anoint me (put me), I pray thee, into one of the priests^ offices. Hence 3. to spread out, as water poured out is spread ; Ethiop. A4tjh to expand, to spread. See Pu. and art. nnBG^ cush- ions. 4. With h^ to pour upon, i. e. to add, to adjoin ; see Niph. and Hithp. In this way the signif o^ adding together or ad- joining found in these conjugations, is readily reconciled with the certain one of pouring. Niph. to adjoin oneself to another, c. Vs ; see Kal no. 4. Is. 14, 1 bs WBb31 -P?;!^ r'^2 and shall adjoin themselves to the house of Jacob, add themselves to it. Parall. J^^^?- Sept. iiQoaxE&r^aiTai. Piel PIBG and ns':: 1. to pour out strong drink; Hab. 2, 15 ?]n^n HBD^ who pourest out thy glow,. sc. of wine as heating and intoxicating. Targ. Cibj . 2. to make flow out or fall off sc. the hair by disease, scab. etc. hence i. q. to make bald, the head Is. 3, 17 ; comp. in Kal no. 1. PuAL to be poured out, i. e. to lie pros- trate ; so of the poor of the people. Job 30, 7 ^nsD-^ binn nnn under the thorn- bushes they he prostrate, stretched out. Hithp. to adjoin oneself, i. q. Niph. c. 2, 1 Sam. 26, 19 they have driven me out this day ^"^ r^VriiS tXBT^ZTyqfrom ad- joining myself to the inheritance of Je- hovah, from abiding in it. Targ. and Vulg. habitare. Deriv. see in Kal no. 1. ^^^? f. sctirf scab, mange, so called from the flowing or falling off of the hair. Lev. 13, 2. 14, 56. Comp. Piel nsb in r. nsD. ^'^P Sippai, see fjo no. 3. ^'0 m. (r. nSG) pr. 'what is poured out,' effusum. Hence 1. an inundation, flood, plur. Job 14 19. 2. the self-sown, what grows of itself i. e. grain produced spontaneously from the self-sown kernels of the former year, without new seed. Lev. 25, 5. 11. 2 K. 19, 29. Is. 37, 30. Comp. OJ^no. Sept. T UVTO^UXU. nj^'ipD f (r. "jBD) a ship, spec, with a deck, once Jon. 1, 5. Syr. and Arab. id. ^^ISD rn. (r. iSD) sapphire, a species of gem of a cerulean hue (Ex. 24, 10. Ez. 1, 26. 10, 1), so called from its beauty and splendour; Ex. 28, 18. 39, 11. Job 28, 6. 16. Plur. C'^'^'^BD Cant. 4. 14. Is. 54, 1 1. Syr. lllaa? , Chald. "i-^fiD , i^B^Q, Gr. aancptiQog. * 53D obsol. root, prob. i. q. Jki^ww, bs^ , to be low, depressed. Hence ^BD m. a dish, bowl, found only in Judg. 5, 25. 6, 38. Comp. rjD no. 2, id. Chald. Talmud, id. * II? fut. I'SD-:, once "'? Deut. 33, 19; pr. to cover, comp. the kindred ')BS. Hence 1. to cover with beams or rafters, to roof with two ace. 1 K. 6, 9. 2. to caver with boards' to wainscot, to ceil, 1 K. 7, 3. 7. Jer. 22, 14. Hagg. 1,4. 3. to cover over, i. e. to hide, to pre- serve ; only Part, pass, "^IBG hidden, pre- served ; Deut. 33, 19 ^in 'S^ir-J "^SBb, see in r. -(^'J Kal. Deut. 33, 21 "^3 xVl ",!iBD pph^ ^P^n OttJ he saiv that there the portion of (assigned by) the lawgiver wan preserved ; here 'i^EO does not agree in gender with nr^n to which ri2D 731 ISO it belongs, comp. Gen. 49, 15 ; see Lehrg. p. 721. Deriv. "i^iDD, nrSD. Vj?^9 ^ ^oot of uncertain signif. whence qo threshhold, dish. HiTHPo. rjSiriDn denom. from t(0, to stand or wait on the threshold, Ps.84, 11. * I. P??, rarely P?'^ see Hiph. and psb ; fut. pQD'i ; to strike, to smite with the hand so as to make a noise, to clap; iomp. Engl, to spank. Arab. iaJu*j and laJuo id. Spec, a) T}"^^"^? 'o to smite upon the thigh, a gesture of self- reproach, Jer. 31, 19; 'T;'n;;-bi< Ez. 21, 17. Comp. II. 12. 162. ib. 15. 397. Od. 13. 198. b) D7B3-ri< pSD to smite the palms tog-ether, to clap the hands, in indigna- tion Num. 24, ]0 ; in derision, c. hs Lam. 2, 15. Job 27, 23 where 31 Codd. have b instead of D. Also without D^DS Job 34. 37. c) to smite in chastisement, spoken of God, Job 34, 26. Hiph. P"'B^n c. a, to strike hands with any one, Is. 2, 6. This may refer to covenants, or to traffic and other in- tercouYse. Deriv. p^2 . * 11. pSD and p3b 1 K. 20, 10. 1. to vomit, to vomit forth, Jer. 48, 26. Syr. Pa. id. 2. to be enough, to suffice, 1 K. 20, 10. Chald. pQD , Syr. v-oLs , id. The pri- mary idea, whence have arisen both significations, seems to be that o^ abun- dance, redundancy. Hence p^D m. c. sufF." "ipso, sufficiency, abun- dance, Job 20. 22. * '^S? , fut. ibD'i 1. Pr. to scratch, to scrape. Chald. *iSp to scrape, to shave ; Syr. Pa. j.Lw id. Ethpa. to be shaven, ."PS' shorn; "^SG Ij-ajfl a barber; Arab. Jum to scrape, to sweep, whence Jlm a rasp. From the idea o^ scraping may come that o^ polishing, and hence oi" sparkling, see "1^30, "is?l3 ; but this is not certain. 2. to write, pr. to scratch or grave in letters ; comp. ygacpu) to write, also -HS, cr3, which all come from the idea of cutting in, graving. It is less usual than ans, and is found only in Part, "isb a writer, scribe, Ps. 45, 2. Jer. 36, 3 ; no)? ^Bbrt a writer''s ink-horn Ez. 9, 2. 3. Spec, a) Tj^.^n '^^P the king''s scribe, secretary, an officer of state who wrote the royal edicts, etc. 2 K. 12, 11. 2 Chr. 24, 11 ; so XMT e^o/i^v isbn the scribe 2 K. 18, 18. 19, 2. 22, 3. 8 sq. ] Chr. 24, 6. Is. 36, 3. 37, 2 ; also without art. "sb 2 Sam. 8, 17. 20, 25. 1 Chr. 18, 1*6. Sometimes several scribes are mention- ed, 1 K. 4, 3. Esth. 3, 12. 8, 9 ; comp. Jer. 36, 23. b) a military scribe or tri- bune, who had charge of the conscription and muster-rolls, muster-master, 2 K. 25, 19. Jer. 52, 25. 2 Chr. 26, 11. Is. 33, 18. So prob. Jer. 37, 15, as having charge of the public prison. Genr. of a mili- tary leader, Judg. 5, 14. Comp. Arab. Jo to levy a conscription, XjuuS an army so levied, c) In the later books, a scribe, yQapf^nisig, one skilled in the sa- cred books and in the law, 1 Chr. 27, 32. Jer. 8, 8. Ezra 7, 6 Ezra was a scribe ("isb xsin) skilled in the law of Moses. So as a title of Ezra, Neh. 8, 1 sq. 12, 26. 36. Ezra 7, 11. Syr. fj^j Arab.^ v^^jbT, id. 3. Fut. "ibp7 , to count, to number, perh. by marking down or checking each one ; Gen. 15, 5. 41, 49. Lev. 15, 13. 28. Deut. 16, 9. Ps. 48, 13. 139, 18. So to number one^s steps, i. e. diligently to observe him, Job 14, 16. 31, 4 ; to number a peo- ple, to enrol, Ps. 87, 6. NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 3, to be num- bered 1 Chr. 23, 3. Often an^ ^SS-: xb it shall not be numbered for multitude, i. e. shall be innumerable, Gen. 16, 10. 32, 13. 1 K. 3, 8. 8, 5. Jer. 33, 22. Hos. 2, 1. PiEL not), fut. "iSO^ 1. i. q. Kal no. 3, to count, to number, Ps. 22, 18. 40, 6. Job 38, 37. 2. to recount, to narrate, to tell, to de- clare, Job 15, 17. Jer. 23, 28. With ace. of thing and b of pers. Gen. 24, 66. 29 13. Ex. 18. 8. Judg. 6, 13. Ps. 48. 14. Job 12, 8. al. bx of pers. Gen. 37, 10 ; "^Stxa Ex. 10, 2 ; h of pers. and b:^ of thing Joel 1, 3 ; bx of thing. Ps. 2. 7 ph-bx nneox / will declare concerning the decree. 69, 27. Often spec, to recount with praise, to celebrate, e. g. the name of God Ex. ^SD 732 "ISO 9, 16. Ps. 22, 23 Oi of pers.) 102, 22 ; also his praises Ps. 9, 15. 78, 4. Is. 43, 21 ; his glory Ps. 19, 2. 96, 3 ; his works and deeds Ps. 73, 28. 107, 22. 145, 6 ; his wondrous acts Ps. 9, 2. 26, 7. 75, 2. Job 28, 27 then did God see and declare it sc. wisdom in and through hfs works. 3. Absol. to declare, i. q. to speak, to discourse; Is. 43, 26 p-^^n ",5^b ^SD speak, that ihou mayest be justified. Ps. 64, 6. 73, 15. PuAL pass, of Pi el no. 2, to be recount- ed, told, Hab. 1, 5 ; b of pers. Is. 52, 15. Job 37, 20 ; ^ of pers.' and thing Ps. 22, 31. Deriv. ri^SO, n-i2D, n-nsb, T'BD, *iB&73 , and the four here following. "^SD Chald. m. 1. a scribe, secretary, who accompanied the satrap or govern- or of a province, Ezra 4, 8. 9. 17. 23. See Hdot. 3. 128. 2. a scribe, yQafx^ccisvg, skilled in the sacred books and the law, Ezra 7, 12. 21. See r. -iBD Kal no. 2. c. '^5'? m. (r. ^D) c. suff. ^^^p, plur. D^'IBtJ, constr. "^"lED. 1. writing, Syr. Ig-axff, i. e. a) The art of writing and reading; Is, 29, 11. 12 "iB&fi ^ni"* acquainted with writing, able to read and write. b) Kindof writing ; Dan. 1, 4 D^nba "(i^zib^ ^bd //je writing (letters) and language of the Chaldeans. V. 17. 2. a writing, whatever is written, as a bill of purchase or sale Jer. 32, 12 sq. a 6?7/ of accusation, memorial, i oh 31, 35 ; a bill of divorce Deut. 24, 1. 3 ; es- pec. an epistle, letter, 2 Sam. 11. 14. 2 K. 10, 6. Plur. Qi-iBp letters, epistles, 1 K. 21, 8. 2 K. 10, i.' Esth. 1, 22 ; also as in Engl. Utters for a single epistle, 2 K. 19, 14. Is. 37, 14. 39, L So Syr. f^aio for sing, to ^'i^hov Heb. 9, 19. 3. a book, as written; Syr. ||-aiff, G o Arab. Ju^, id. Ex. 17, 14. Deut. 28, 58. 29, 20. 26. 1 Sam. 10, 25. Job 19, 23. al. Books were anciently written on rolls, comp. Is. 34, 4 ; hence more fully r!b.^^ nBC? roll of a book Jer. 36, ?. 4. Ez. 2, 9'. Oilen with genit. of the contents, as "^Bts i-rninn ^Ae book of the law Josh. 1, 8. 8, 34. 2 K. 22, 8 sq. 2 Chr. 34, 14 ; ^BD n^'nan the book of the covenant Ex. 24, 7. 2 K. 23, 2. 21 ; ta-'sb^rt ^Bb the book oj the kings 2 Chr. 16, 11.' 24, 27 ; nsG ^'^^ni "^"D^"^ ^^fi ^oo/c of chronicles, an- nals, see "in-n no. 2 ; nfb'r '^nn'n "^BD the book of the acts of Solomon 1 K. 11, 41 ; "rr^n 'S ^Ae 6oo/c of the upright, see in nia^ no. 2. Also d^x ri^jbin ibd the book of the genealogy of Adam Gen. 5, 1 ; D"''?n 'd ^/le 600A: of the living, i. e. of those destined to life, the book of life which is with God, Ps. 69, 29, comp. Dan. 12, 1. Rev. 20, 12. 15 ; called also the book of God Ex. 32, 32. 33. Ps. 139, 16. But "i^ ^BD the book of Jehovah Is. 34, 16 is the sacred book, the collection of sacred books, oracles ; and so too Di'iBDIi Dan. 9, 2 can only be the sacred books, scriptures, into which the writings of Jeremiah had already been received. Further, "iB& xt i^oxrjv Is. 29, 18, and *1B& rh^Vi Ps. 40, 8, the book of the law ; like Arab. v>ljjCt the Scriptures, Kor. 2. 50. Pococke Spec. p. 156, also the Kor^n. ^.SD Chald. m. plur. r':iBD, a book, i. q. Heb. "i?&, Dan. 7, 10. Ezra 4, 15. "iBp m. 1. a numbering, census. 2 Chr! 2, 16. R. ->ED. 2. Sephar, pr. n. of an Arabian city coupled with Mesha Gen. 10, 30; for which passage see in N^^. There can be little doubt, that *^Bp is the earlier s\jih Dhafdr or Zafdr, Bochart Geogr. Sacr. II. c. 30 ; now called by the natives Isfdr, s[Jl^\ , sLftjwwl ; an ancient mari- time city, the seat of the Himyaritic kings, situated in Hadramaut not far from the port of Mirb^t ; where its ex- tensive ruins are still seen. See F. Fresnel in Journ. Asiatique, Ser. 3. T, V. p. 516 sq. Niebuhr Arabien p. 236. Plin. H. N. VI. 23 or 26. ^"iSp Sepharad, pr. n. of a region to which exiles were carried from Jerusa- lem, Obad. 20. Syr. Chald. and the Rabbins, by conjecture. Spain. Jerome says: "Nos autem ab Hehrspo, qui nos in Scripturis erudivit, didicimus Bospho* rum sic vocari ; et quasi Judgeus, ista| inquit, est regio, ad quam Hadrianufi captivos transtulit." That the district Sepharad is indeed to be sought some- where in the region of the Bosphorus. "ISO 733 n^D has recently been confirmed by a paleo- graphic discovery. In the celebrated cuneiform inscription containing a list of the tribes of Persia (Niebuhr Tab. 31 iett. I), after Assyria. Gordyene, Arme nia, Cappadocia, and before Ionia or Greece, is found the name CPaRDa, as read both by Burnouf and Lassen, and this was recognised also by De Sacy as the itist? of Obad. 20 ; see Burnouf Memoire sur deux Inscr. cuneiformes, 1836. p. 147. It was therefore a district and people of western Asia Minor, or at least near to it. [In his later researches Lassen identifies it with Sardis ; Zeit- schr. f d. Morg. VI. p. 50. Rawlinson reads it Sparta ; Inscr. at Behistun p. i. R. rnt/q f (r. ISO) a hook, i. q. "iSO , Ps. 56, 9. ' nnbO f (r. -IBD) number, plur. nr'BD Ps. 71,15. n^j'i^SDD 2 K. 17, 24. 18, 34. 19, 13. Is. 36, 19. 37, 1 3, Sepharvaim, pr. n. of a city of the Assyrian empire, whence colonists were brought into the territory of Samaria ; prob. Sipphara in Mesopo- tamia (Ptol. 5. 18) situated on the east bank of the Euphrates above Babylon. The gentile noun plur. is dl-isp Se- pharvites 1 K. 17, 31. rriBO (scribe, r. ")S0 , with a fem. end- ing as a name of office, see Lehrgb. p. 468.) Sophereth, pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 57 ; and with the art. Ezra 2, 55. -^ 12 ? to stone, to pelt with stones, a species of capital punishment among the Hebrews, as to which see the decisions of the Rabbins in C. B. Michaelis Dis- sert, de judiciis pcenisque capitalibus 5, in Pott Syll. IV. p. 185. The signi- fication of stoning, however, would seem hardly to be the primary one, especially since in Piel it has also the sense to free from stones. The origin seems to lie in the root ^p.^. J^*? to be weighty, heavy, whence the obsol. form bpD stone, so called from its weight, and from this the denom. verb "bpti to stone, Piel id. and to free from stones. Constr. withacc.ofpers. Ex. 19,13.21.28!lSam. 30, 6. 1 K. 21 10. al. Often with the 62 word la^snwSS added, Deut. 13, 11. 17, 5. 22, 24. al.' Comp. syn. D^'n . NiPH. pass, to be stoned, Ex. 19, 13. 21, 28 sq. Piel 1. i. q. Kal to stone, to pelt with stones. 2 Sam. 16, 6. 13. 2. Priv. like Engl, to stone, i. e. to free from stones, to gather out the stones Irom a field, Is. 5, 2 ; with inx^ added 62, 10. Comp. Heb. Gramm. 51. 2. c. PuAL pass, to be stoned, 1 K. 21, 14. 15. "ID m. adj. (r. ^no) f i^^iD . 1. refrac- tory, rebellious, Jer. 6, 28. See in r. *i'nO no. 1. 2. evil, spoken of the countenance, i. e. sad, sullen, angry, 1 K. 20, 43. 21. 4. 5. See the root no. 2. * ^y^ obsol. root, Chald. ::'iD to be refractory, rebellious ; whence S"!? m. (for n^D, of the form bajs) refractory, rebellious ; Ez. 2, 6 C'^^'nD ""S T|nix caiiSD"! though they be rebels and thorns toward thee ; Targ. "pn^jD^, Syr. . i^g w. Some of the Rabbins have rendered 0"^^"^ briers, and Castell in Heptagl. nettles, (comp. t)'^b to singe, to burn,) but the common interpretation is properly defended by Celsius in Hie- rob. II. p. 222. ^rrV? Chald. quadrilit. to cover, as with agarmentj flesh, fat, see Buxtorf col. 1548. Derived perh. from Chald. hzQ to bear, as ^3"^? from ^33. Hence 1'^bano Chald. m. plur. (Kamets im- pure) sarabala, a kind of garment : ei- ther long and wide trowsers, such as are still worn by the Orientals ; or cloaks, mantles ; Dan. 3, 21. 27. The former meaning, trowsers, is supported by Dan. 6 9 11. cc. Arab. jUwjww plur. Jo.jw^ , Pers. by transpos. >|JmCw id. whence Gr. aaQa^dija, aaqa^aXXa, Lat. sarabara saraballa Isid. Orig. 19, 23, Span, zara- guelles. Portug. ceroidas, Hungar. schal- wary, Pol. scharmvari ; see Fr^hn ad Ibn Foszlan p. 1 12 sq. Pott Etymol. Forsch. I. p. Ixxx. The other meaning, mantles, is supported by the usage of the Gemara in which ^S'^O is often put for cloak ; by the Arabic form JUjuww, which is de- no 734 ^nD fined in the Camoos to be a long shirt, or coat of mail, or any other garment ; and by the Syr. . I\^| 4> which is ex- plained by Bar Bahlul to mean cloaks, mantles. There can be little doubt that b3"}0, JLwwwj U^t-^1 are Semitic words, from r. b3"iD ; and altogether different from Zend, sdravdro, Pers. sl-Lw, Gr. (Ta^u^aga, Arab. JLwww, i. e. Persian trowsers. Hence, while the context affords no clue to determine the meaning, the orthography with 2 fa- vours the latter, cloaks, mantles. I'l^'nC (perh. Pers. iuJ ^ prince of the sun) Sargon, pr. n. of a king of Assyria who preceded Sennacherib, 716-714 B. C. Is. 20, 1. Comp. 2 K. 18, 7. Jer. 37, 38. *'^^'0 obsol. root, Syr. ?^ to fear, to tremble; hence T^? (fear) Sered, pr. n. m. Gen. 46, 14- Patronym. '^'n'lD Sardite Num. 26, 26. f^^? f (r. ^*ID) pr. a going off, turn- ing away. Hence 1. defection from Jehovah, apostasy, Deut. 13, 6. Is. 1, 5. 31, 6. 59, 13. Jer. 28, 16. 29, 32. 2. transgression of law, fault, crime, Deut. 19, 16. 3. cessation, remission, of chastise- ment, Is. 14, 6. n'lD (recessio, r. "^b) Sirah, pr. n. of a cistern 2 Sam. 3, 26. ^ j9 1- 'o pour forth, to diffuse, to spread, i. q. Arab, ^y^, see Diss. Lugdd. p. 700 sq. Part. pass. Jni'^0 poured forth, trop. contended, stretched, upon a couch, Am. 6, 4. 7. Arab. ^yM VII. id. Intrans. part. fem. Ez. 17, 6 ^nt!^ '^r'.'-t ci spreading vine. 2. to hangover, spoken of a curtain Ex. 26, 12. Part. pass. ti^"iD hung over, hang- ing over, V. 13. Ez. 23^ 15 Q-^^sini: ^n^i^o hanging down with turbans, wearing long turbans hanging down from the head. NiPH. to be poured out; metaph. Jer. 49, 7 D^^sn nn'nM is their wisdom poured out? i. e. spilled, lost; comp. Is. 19, 3 and Jer. 19, 7. Hence ^'^O m. superfluity, redundance , concr. superfluous part, remainder, Ex. 26, 12. P''*?P i. q. Ti'^y-^ 5 o- coat of mail, Jer. 46, 4.* 51, 3. 0'^'?? m. (r. D-nD) constr. C^^b; plur. 6ip"''nD, constr. 'D''"}D, once "^O"^"^ Gen. 40, 7 ; c. suff. "I'^O^-iD Gen. 40, 2 ; a eunuch, one castrated. Is. 56, 3. 4. Syr. )juu^X0. Such persons oriental monarchs were accustomed to set over their harems, Esth. 2, 3. 14. 15. 4, 5 ; and also to em- ploy them in various offices of the court, Esth. 1, 10. 15. 2, 21. 6, 2. 7, 9; comp. Gen. 40, 2 7. 2 K. 20, 18. Is. 39, 7. Dan. 1, 7 sq. Joseph. Ant. 16. 8. 1. So ts^pintsn nn Dan. 1, 3, o-'p^^&n -ib v. 7 sq. the chief ov prince of the eunuchs, who had charge of the king's sons, as at the present day in Turkey the Kislar Aga or chief of the eunuchs has charge of the Sultan's children, called Itshoglan. Hence according to some, genr. a mi- nister of court, court offcer, though not castrated. Gen. 37, 36. 39, 1. But these passages determine nothing; because many eunuchs are not wholly impotent, and sometimes live in matrimony, Ter. Eun. 4. 3. 24. Juv. 6. 366 sq. Churdin Voy. III. p. 397. Of the other passages of the O. T. there are not a few where the proper sense is obviously to be re- tained, as Jer. 38, 7. 41, 16. 1 Sam. 8, 15. 2 K. 24, 12. 15. Is. 39, 7. On the other hand, there is no passage where the proper sense is not appropriate, as 1 K. 22, 9. 2K. 8, 6. 9, 32. 20, 18. 23, 11. 25, 19. 1 Chr. 28, 1. Jer. 34, 19. 52, 25. Sept. constantly svvoixog, twice anudtxrv, Vulg. eunuchus. See more in Thesaur. p. 973. tj*^9 or t<3'^G Chald. only in plur. "I'^S'ip , a high officer of the Persian court, a minister, president, spoken of the three highest ministers, Dan. 6, 3. 4. 5. 7. 8. In Targg. 5<3"J0, "S'^O, plur. Ta-JD. is put for the Heb. ^iDiitJ prefect, magis- trate, as Gen. 41, 41. Esth. 2, 13. The etymology is uncertain, but seems to come from Zend sara (para) head, and suff. kci ; as Sanscr. sirastha chief prefect, from siras head i. q. sara,; Ben- fey Monathsnamen p. 193. 735 "ino T}^ only in plur. D''?"^t3, constr. "^ri^. 1. a^les, 1 K. 7, 30. Syr. jjji? id. Chald. t52"i?5 wheel. The etymology is uncertain. 2. Metaph. princes, lords, a word pe- culiar to the five chiefs of the Philistines, Josh. 13, 3. Judg. 3, 3. 16, 5 sq. 1 Sam. 5, 8. 11. 6, 4. 29, 6. al. Comp. Arab. G ? ' v>JaJ> axis, pole ; metaph. prince, q. d. tlie axis round which a people revolve. ^!!}9 obsol. root, prob. i. q, kindr. tJ-illi (denom. from xay^) to root out, to extirpate, spec, the testicles, and hence, to castrate, Syr. and Chald. y^-pU, 9 DnO, to castrate. Hence O'^'^O fjuJ^yjM one castrated (pr. extirpated), a eu- nuch ; and also the secondary verb jjwww impotens ad Venerem fuit. ^I?*!^? f. (r. C]5D) a bough, branch, i. q. riB^p, the letter "i being inserted, Ez. 31, 5. Syr. ^al^jjs germinavit. * rp? in Kal not used, i. q. Cinia to burn, to consume with fire. Syr. V Pi EL part. t\'S^'0_ lit. the burner sc. of the dead, he who kindled the funeral pile, Am. 6, 10. This was usually done by the nearest of blood ; comp. Gen. 25, 9. 35, 29. Judg. 16, 31. But 23 codd. Kennic. and several of De Rossi ex- hibit q-i^J^i. TSlp m. Is. 55, 13, a species of plant growing in the desert, Engl. vers, brier, Sept. Theodot. xoVu^a, Vulg. urtica, i. e. nettle. This last, the nettle, accords well with the etymology, whether we regard 'i3"ip as from r. ISO to smite, with 1 inserted ; or, better, as made up from CT^D to burn, and ^SD to smile, to sting. Simonis compares Syr. |j-aK? white mustard ; and this has recently been again brought forward by Ewald ill his Heb. Grammar. But this is from the Pers. Jouuv white, and cannot well be regarded as contracted from TQ'nD . UV once Hos. 4. 16 ; elsewhere only in the participle. 1. to be refractory, rebellious, intract- able, pr. of refractory and unruly ani- mals ; kindr. with "i^lO. Part. "I'^iD, f. ST^'^b, nnnb, refractory, stubborn, perverse, of an untamed heifer Hog. 4, 16; of a disobedient son Deut. 21, 18. 20. Is. 30, 1; of a lewd woman castmg off all restraint Pro v. 7, 11 ; of men disobedient towards God. Hos. 4, 16. 9, 15. Is. 30, 1. 65, 2. Plur. n-i-i-,-; the rebellious, spec, of gentile nations, who reject God, Ps. 66, 7. 68, 7. 19. As- cribed also to the heart Jer. 5, 23 ; to the shoulder, see in vjns no. 1. Parono- masia is found Is. 1, 23. Hos. 9, 15. Jer. 6, 28 D'l-nb '^D rebellious of the rebel- liov^, i. e. most rebellious. b: - 2. to be bad, evil, i. q. Arab. Hence ip no. 2. Deriv. "^D. * nlnD obsol. root, Arab. LCii, Syr. Aph. ^jo| , to winter, though these per- haps are denominatives. Hence lino m. (form like nns) winter, Cant. 2, 11, where Keri lino is probably a corrupted form after the analogy of the suff. r^. Chald. -.nb , tijnp. Syr. foii, r" Arab. EULw plu. Hyui. id. ^l^nO (hidden, r. ^nG) Seihur, pr. n. of the phylarch or chief of the tribe of Asher, Num. 13, 13. *Dt]D, once Dnb Lam. 3, 9; fut. DPiD"^, imper. Drip. 1. to stop up, to obstruct, as fountains 2 K. 3, 19. 25. 2 Chr. 32, 3. 4. Metaph. Lam. 3, 9 "'n^sn tityii he stops my prayer, shuts it out. Chald. onp to shut up, Arab. mJomj id. The primary syllable is nn, c-J, whence Chald. D^p, nrj, dCJ^ia, Syr. Arab. >nSn^, Ija , to stop a well, Heb. can to close up, to finish ; and with a guttural prefixed I3^!!<, own, cnn, opn. 2. to shut up, to keep secret, Dan. 8, 26. 12, 4. 9. Part. pass. DtrS hidden, kept secret, Ez. 28, 3. Ps. 51, 8.' NiPH. to be stopped, repaired, e. g. the breaches of a wall, Neh. 4, 1 [7]. PiEL. i. q. Kal no. 1, Gen. 26, 15. 18. '\j'^ fut. 'ilnp^, to cover, to veil, see Hiph. no. 1, and *inp no. 1 j then to hide ^no 736 nno to conceal. Chald. '^ro id. Syr. hhjo hhsa veil, hiding-place, se- III, to hide ; JLww and nULw veil, JJm shield. In Kal once intrans. to hide one- self, fut. 'nnD': Prov. 22, 3 Cheth. where Keri inb?" ' NiPH. 1. to he hid, to lie hid. Job 3, 23 to a man nnn&5 is'rn ^ilJx ^o whom ^?s way is hid, who knows not how to escape from calamities. With "{O (xa- kvTcrea&ai ano rtvoq, comp. "i^a no. 3. b) to be hid from any one Ps. 38, 10. Is. 40, 27. Gen. 31, 49 when we shall be hid from one another, when we shall be far distant from one another. Ps. 19, 7. Job 28. 21. With ^r^p , Hop. 13, U repent- ance is hidden from mine eyes, i. e. is unknown to me. Is. 65, 16 ; "'33^3 (Lat. occuUari a conspectu alic. Plant.) Deut. 7, 20 ; ^2E^^ Jer. 16, 17 ; nas^ Am. 9, 3. Part. plur. f ni"iriD3 hidden things, se- crets, Deut. 29, 28 ; spec, hidden sins, i. e. unconsciously committed, Ps. 19, 13. Followed by another verb, it may be rendered by an adverb, secretly, like Gr. XixrS^avb) : Num. 5, ] 3 nx^::3i nnno: and she be secretly defied. 2. Reflex, to cover oneself; Is. 28. 15 n;?^;2 "3"nnD3 we have covered ourselves up in lies, wrapped ourselves in them. Hence, to hide oneself Jer. 36, 19. Zeph. 2. 3 ; with 3 of place, or t3':3, 1 Sam. 20, 5. 19. 24. Jer. 23. 24. Job 34, 22 ; ',73 Ps. 55, 13 ; ^3Qp Gen. 4, 14. Job 13. 20. Of God as hiding himself Ps. 89, 47, i. q. T13Q "^"^nGn ; see Hiph. no. 1. b. PiEL to hide a person for protection. Is. 16. 3. PuAL part. fem. rntnC)^ hidden, secret, Prov. 27, 5. Hiph. 1. to cover, to veil, espec. the face. Ex. 3, 6. With 1^ from any per- son or thing ; Is. 50, 6 / covered not my face from reproach and spitthig. Is. 53, 3 ^S:273 C^SS "^^^3 as one covering his face from us. sc. for shame, as affected with an evil jlisease ; '^t^'O'q part, of ihe Chald. form for >''r>p'? which is read in 4 Mss. Others : as onefro^, whom men hide their faces, taking the part, as im- personal ; this gives a good sense, but tlie construction is less easy. Spec. Jehovah is said to cover or veil his face, rsQ ^^n&n , also Q-^SQ "I'^npn Is. 59, 2, comp. Job 34, 29 ; e. g. a) Where he is said not to regard human affairs Ps. 10,11; c.'i^jPs. 51,11 cover (^npn,q.d. turn away) thy face from my sins, i. e. regard them not, forgive them, b) In token of displeasure ; opp. T'SQ *i''5 T/jAaf is mjiVA, the Al- mighty will I not conceal^ i. e. what is in his mind, how he is disposed. 9, 35 &tb *in535 "'rbx "(2 not so am / with myself i. e. not so disposed in mind sc. that I should fear. Num. 14. 24. Also of pur- pose, intention ; Job 10, 13 rXT ^d 'psn*; "^BS / know that this is with thee, that such is thy purpose. 23, 14. Of that which one knows, is acquainted with ; Ps. 50, 11 the beasts of the field are with me, in my mind, i. e. I know them all ; parall. Ti^nv Job 15, 9. Of one's opin- ion, judgment, e. g. bx ns pn^ to be just with God. i. e. in the view of God, Job 9, 2. 25, 4 ; comp. Lat. " apud me multum valet hsec opinio," Arab, j^ JuLa 'with me' i.e. in my opinion. In the later Hebrew more fully written "^ab C5 , 'azb c5 , like the Gr. ^noL (pQiair, Lat. apudanimum statuere, proponere ; Ecc. 1,16 "^ab CS '^n'^S'n I communed with my heart, thought within myself Deut. 8, 5. Ps. 77, 7. 2 Chr. 1, 11 ; so of purpose 1 Chr. 22, 7. 28, 2. 2 Chr. 6, 7. 8. 24, 4. 29, 10 ; of that which one knows Josh. 14, 7. 1 K. 10, 2. 2 Chr. 9, 1. d) Also with men is often said for among them, ni the midst of them, as Gr. iJ,t&' kTuiQOiv, jxsi uvdQonji, Lat. apnd exercitum, for in exercitu ; comp. Germ, mit, which comes from the same root with Mitte and Gr. (usni, also Engl. mid, amid, amidst. Is. 38, 11 ^nt"' W b'ln with (amid) the inhabitants of the world. 2 Sam. 13, 23 ta'J'^BX D5 in the midst of Ephraim. e) Metaph. notwithstanding, comp. a in B. no. 2. e. Arab. jo De Sacy Gr. Arabe L 1094. ed. 2. So nt c5 i. q. in Engl, with this, for all this, i. e. not- withstanding, Neh. 5, 18. Note. In many of its significations 6S accords with PN II ; and hence Ewald proposes to derive the latter from Di? , i. e. J^'?? 1 contr. n5 , which is then changed to PK , Krit. Gramm. p. 608. But that both their origin and primary force are different, is sufficiently shown above. 3. With "(^ prefixed, C5:q (Arab. JoL& i^wo), spoken of those who go from a person or place with, at. by whom or which they previously were, Fr. d'avec. Similar is rxi3 p. 586. Spec. a) from with, from one's vicinity, neighbourhood, after verbs of going away, departing, Gen. 13, 14. 26, 16 ; of dismissing Deut. 15, 12. al. natan crig from near the altar Ex. 21, 14. Deut. 23, 16. Judg. 9, 37. Job 28, 4. b)/rom erne's house, de chez quelqu'un, comp. C^ no. 2. a. ir'^B C^ia from the liouse of Pharaoh Ex. 8, 8. 25. 26. 9, 33. 10, 6. 18. c)from one's power, i. e.from any one, after verbs of receiving, taking, 2 Sam. 3, 15; of demanding Ex.22, 13; of buy- ing 2 Sam. 24, 21. Often of God, from whony as the author and cause any thing proceeds ; Ps. 121, 2 7ny help Com- eth nin^ crp from Jehovah. Is. 8, 18 we are signs and wonders to Israel CJa rii.Ti from Jehovah, i. e. sent by him for this intent. 7,11. 29,6. IK.2,33. 2 Chr. 10, 15. Arab. JOL^ ^^%jo ex jussu, ex voluntate alic. d)from one's mind, heart, etc. 1 Sam. 16, 14 the spirit of the Lord departed biNtB U'S'qfrom with Saul, from his mind and heart. Hence of a judgment or opinion proceeding from any one. Job 34, 33 doth God retribute ^i^^'a according to thy mind/? 2 Sam. 3, 28; of purpose or intent Gei\. 41, 32. 1 Sam. 20, 33. e) from among, comp. tS no. 2. d. I'Tix urq Ruth 4, 10. Oy Chald. i. q. Heb. with, cum, of ac- companiment Dan. 2, 18. 43. 6, 22. 7, 13 one like the Son of Man came C5 N^iauJ ''.::? with the clouds of heaven; comp. /uT 7Tvoi[jg urepoio Od. 2, 148. In a hostile sense, with i. e. against Dan. 7, 21, see Heb. CS no. 1. c Of time during which any thing is done, comp. the Heb. no. 1. g ; i<^V - ^^ Eng. by night, Dan. 7, 2; so Arab. JuJUl JoLfc . Also ^^) 1^ nr with all generations, i. e. so long as the genera- tions of men shall endure, Dan. 3, 33. 4. 31. I n:;33? 793 112^ I. T'2'$ fut. ^735'^ 1. to stand ; Chald. and Talm. to stand up, see in G ^ no. 4. Arab, and Eth. more freq. 4>Ujt Dci. Also with '^SSjb, once '^3Q-ri$ 1 K. 12. 6 where 2 Chr. 10, 6 "^SEb , to stand before any one Gen. 18, 22; usually i. q. to serve, to minister unto him, e. g. to a king or leader Deut. 1, 38. 1 K. 1, 28. 10; 8. Dan. 1, 6. Jer. 52, 12 ; comp. '^^^ T^b^rt bs'^i^a to stand in the king's palace Dan. 1, 4. So to stand before Jehovah, to act as his servant and minister, e. g. of the priests and Levites Deut. 10, 8. Judg. 20, 28, comp. Ps. 134. 1; the pro- phets 1 K. 17, 1. 18, 15. 2 K. 5, 16. Jer. 15, 19. Also i. q. to enter upon a ser- vice or ministry. Gen. 41.46. Once 'i^S ^SSb of sexual intercourse Lev. 18, 23. 67 2. to stand, i. e. to stand firm, to per- sist, to endure, opp. to fall, to perish. Ecc. 1, 4 nn^2? cbirb yn.sri the earth standethfor ever. Ps. 102, 27 they (the heavens) shall perish, but thou endurest. Ps. 33, W the decree of Jehovah stand- ethfor ever. 19, 10. Ill, 3. Ex. 18, 23. Am. 2, 15. Hos. 10, 9. Hence, to con- tinue, not to die, Ex. 21, 22 ; of things, not to perish, Jer. 32, 14. Also 1^5 msnbaa to stand firm in battle Ez. 13, 5. With "^asb to stand before anyone, i. e. to bear up against him, to resist him, Ps. 76, 8. 130, 3. 147, 17. Nah. 1, 6; more rarely c. "^asa Josh. 21, 44. 23, 9 ; naa Ecc. 4, 13 ; "iP Dan. 11, 8 ; simply Dan. 11, 25. 32. With a to persist, to perse- vere in any thing, Is. 47, 12. Ecc. 8, 3. 2 K. 23, 3; once c. ace. Ez. 17, 14 to keep the covenant and n*i725b to stand to it ; comp. Esth. 3, 4 whether Mordecai's matters would stand, i. e. whether he would persist in that course. 3. to stand, i.e. to stand still, to sfop^ opp. to go on, to proceed. 1 Sam. 20, 38 haste, 1b5n bx stop not. Gen. 19, 17. 45, 9. Jer. 4, 6. Of things, as the sun stand- ing still in his course Josh. 10, 3 ; oil no longer flowing 2 K. 4, 6 ; the sea becom- ing calm Jon. 1, 15. Hence a) to stay^ to remain in a place, c. 2 2 K. 15. 20 j rs , b? of pers. Gen. 45, 1. 2 Sam. 20, 11 ; absol. Ez. 9, 28. Of things, Dan. 10, 17. Jer. 48, 11, 'Ecc. 2. 9. Often to remain in any state, condition, c. 3 Lev. 13, 5. 37. b) With ")P to stop from doing any thing, to leave off, to desist. Gen. 29, 35 r'lbp "ibSfpil and left bearing. 30, 9. 4. to stand, i. e. to stand up, to rise up, to arise, i. q. D^p ; Sept. avhTrjfii. Lev. 19, 16 :;5-) n^ b? nbsn xb nor shall thou rirse up against the blood of thy neighbour. Elsewhere only in the later Heb. e. g. of one who rises up to speak 2 Chr. 20, 5. 24, 20 ; or for help Is. 47, 13. Dan. 12, 1 ; of a new king or prince Dan. 8, 23. 11, 2. 3. 20. Ecc. 4. 15 ; of one who rises from the dead Dan. 12, 13. Of things, to arise, e. g. deliverance Esth. 4, 14 ; war 1 Chr. 20, 4. Dan. 11, 31. With b?, to rise up against any one, Dan. 8, 25... 11, 14. 1 Chr. 21, 1. 2 Chr. 20, 23 ; comp* Ezra 10, 15. Once, to stand forth, i. e. to exist, to be ; Ps. 33, 9 nbs^T m:: &{!irt he (God) commanded^ and it stood forth*. ^12:p 794 n^a:? 5. Pass, of Hiph. no. 1, to be set, con- stituted, appointed ; Ezra 10, 14 "^^^5;^ 5i3"''nb i<3 let now our rulers he appointed. Hiph. ^"^'asn, fat. ^""055;: 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to make stand, to set, to place, e. g. a person (or thing Ex. 24, 11) in any place, with 3, b? , "'S&b . accord- ing to the nature of the case ; Gen. 47, 7. Lev. 14, 11. 16, 7. 27, 8. 11. Num. 3, 6. 5, 16. 18. 30. Is. 21, 6. Ps. 31, 9. al. Hence to set up, e. g. statues, idols, 2 Chr. 33, 19 ; a house, to build up. 2 Chr. 24, 13. Ezra 2, 68. 9,9; doors Neh. 6, 1. 7,''i.'=^^R^^ to set up, to constitute, to appoint, e. g. a) To any office, to set over any charge, 1 K. 12, 32. 1 Chr. 15, 16. 2Chr. 11, 22. 19,8. 31,2. Esth. 4, 5. al. b) to appoint, to establish, c. ace. 2 Chr. 30; 5 ; ace. and dat. of pers. 2 Chr. 38, 8 (in 2 K. 21. 8 -,n3). Ps. 30, 8. 105, 10 ; hv of pers. Neh. 10, 33. 2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to make stand Jirm, i. e. to establish, to maintain, to preserve, 1 K. 15, 4. 2 Chr. 9, 8. Prov. 29, 4 ; to preserve alive Ex. 9, 16. Trop. to confirm, i. q. c*p, 2 Chr. 35, 2. Dan. 11, 14 to confirm the vision sc. by the event. 3. Causat. of Kal no. 3. to make stand still, to settle, to compose, sc. the features, 2 K. 8, 11. A\so to set oneself, to stand, to stand still, 2 Chr. 18, 34; parall. in 1 K. 22, 35 is Hoph. 4. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to cause to arise, to raise up. Job 34, 24 ; a prophet Neh. 6, 7; an army Dan. 11, 11. 13; a wind Ps. 107, 25. Horn, to be set, placed, Lev. 16, 10; to remain 1 K. 22, 35. Deriv. lr>>, >T^^S, ^1235, *in?a, fT. T 1 J . la^ ait. Xfyofi. in Hiph. but of doubtful authority; Ez. 29, 7 ft^^^ri^ t3'i2n^"b3 Dl^, which is manifestly for 'iai tn'iSJTarn'i and thou madest all their loins to shake, tremble, comp. Ps. 69, 24. Syr. id. Sept. avvixXaaag, But whether the letters are thus transposed by some special usage of the language, or merely by a corruption in this one passage, is uncertain. In any case this form is pro- bably to be reckoned among the many licences or barbarisms in the language of Ezekiel. TIJ!? prep. i. q. C5, found only with sufT. of 1 pers. ''1S5 i. q. "^25 vnth me Gen. 21, 23. 31, 5; 6^ or with me, in my house, etc. Gen. 29, 19. 27. Other examples see under C3> . This form has no connection with the root ni:5 to stand, but belongs rather to an obsol. root 1S i. q. ^SS to bind, to connect, and corresponds to the Arab. JuL&. See in mz^ no. 1. ^^5? m. (r. n^cs) only c. suff. ''n?:^ , a word of the later Heb. i. q. D^p^ . a stand, i. e. place where one stands, Daa 8, 17. 18. 10, 11. Neh. 8, 7. 9, 3. 13, IL 2 Chr. 30, 16. 34, 31. 35, 10. "1^? , see in ^!ia. ^'7'?? f a station, domicil, Mic. 1, 11. R. nr5 .' n^^ obsol. root, with the idea of society, companionship, communion, like r. D5 . Deriv. n''B5 . - T T nia:? f (r. dtsS) l. Pr. subst. a ga- thering, conjunction, communion ; found only in constr. ras Ecc. 5, 15, elsewhere r5a55b , c. suff. "^ns^b ; once niasb Ez. 45, 7 ; always as Prep. i. q. C5 , viz. a) together with, i. e. bij, at, near, Ex. 25, 27. 28, 27. 37, 14. 39, 20. Lev. 3, 9. b) Spec, of persons or things which move along parall. to and near each other, so as to be over against each other; 2 Sam. 16, 13 and Shiniei went along on the hilVs side inasb over against him (the king), aiid threw stones ir533?b over against him, i. e. he kept along by the side of the king's train, and threw stones and cast dust, not directly at the king, comp. v. 6. Ez.40, 18. 42, 7. Also of things which take place at the same time ; Ez. 1, 20 and the wheels were lifted up cnasb together with them, i. e. at the same time with them. v. 21. 3, 13. 10, 19. 11, 22. Comp. D5 no. 1. g. I Hence 1 c) equally with, like, even as; 1 Chr. 24, 31 these cast lots on'^nx rssb even as their brethren. 26, 12. lb. Neh. 12, ' 24. Ecc. 7, 14. Emphat. Ecc. 5, 15 n5S5*b3 altogether as, in all points like as ; comp. nis-bs Job 17, 3. d) along with, i. e. besides, Ez. 45, 6 comp. V. 1. 48, 13. 18. 21. '\'^y 795 b^^ 2. Ummah, pr. n. of a town in Asher, Tosh. 19, 30. 1^12? m. (r. 1^5) plur. n'^nsiB^ , C'la?, constr. 'ia5. \ ~ 1. a column, pillar, Judg. 16, 25. 26. 1 K. 7, 2 sq. issn inas ^/je coZumTi of cloud Ex. 33, 9. 10, and aSxn i:ifl5 ^/le column of fire 13, 22. The pillars of heaven, i. e. loftj- mountains. Job 26, 11 ; of the earth Job 9, 6. Ps. 75, 4. 2. a stand, platform, elevated place for standing, 2 K. 11, 14. 23, 3. jiia:? i. q. "^ar-'ia (comp. Gen. 19, 38, viz. son of my kindred, i. e. born of in- cest ; from 05 no. 1. a, with the syllable ji added, as Ti7P from D^p? , li^^xn from tt562^ 796 tl2'$ Is. 53, 11 itlSBa h-q'^-qfrom the travail i. e. sorrow of his soul. In Num. 23, 21. Is. 10, 1, it is sometimes rendered iniquity, fault, i. q. "jlX ; but the signification, sorrow, miser]/, may well be adopted in both. 2. Amal, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 35. ^"Q? m. adj. (r. ba5) plur. D"^^^?. 1. labouri7ig, toiling, with severe ef- fort and exhaustion ; often put with personal pronouns for a finite verb, Ecc. 2, 22. 4, 8. 9, 9. Hence a labourer, workman, Judg. 5, 26. Prov. 16, 26. 2. sorrowful, wretched. Job 3, 20. 20, 22. ? Amalek, pr. n. 1. The Ama- lekiles, a very ancient people Gen. 14, 7. Num. 24, 20, who inhabited the regions on the south of Palestine between Idu- mea and Egypt, comp. Ex. 17, 8-16. Num. 13, 30. 1 Sara. 15, 7; also to the eastward of the Dead Sea and Mount Seir, Num. 24, 20. Judg. 3, 13. 6, 3. 33 ; and who appear likewise to have settled down here and there in Palestine itself, whence the mount of the Amalekitcs in the territory of Ephraim Judg. 12, 15; comp. 5, 14. They often waged war with the Israelites ; the latest mention of them is during the reign of Hezekiah 1 Chr. 4, 43. In the genealogical traditions of the Arabians, the (^jjvA^c. , (^JjJUx , are reckoned among the aborigines of that country. See Reland Palaestina p. 78-82. D'Herbelot Biblioth. Orient, p. 214. J. D. Michaelis Spicileg. Geogr. Hebr. ext. T. I. p. 170-177. Ejusd. Supplem. p. 1927. Ersch and Gruber's Rncyd. art. Amalek, Vol. III. p. 301. The gentile n. is "'p?^^? Amalekite. with the art. collect. Gen. 14, 7. Judg. 12, 15. 2. A grandson of Esau, the founder of an Arab tribe. Gen. 36, 16 ; comp. v. 12. * ^"s? 1. pr. to bring- together, to cmigregate, to conjoin ; whence o? a people. tS with, by. n^QS" conjunction. Arab, j^ to be common, to be in com- mon. This root is very widely spread both in the Semitic and Indo-European languages. In the former comp. n^a to collect, whence &S, ^53573 ; CIS to cumu- late ; and preserving the guttural casj. n^5 , en kinsman, father-in-law. In the latter comp. Lat. cum^ con, cumulus, cunciue, (from cungo i. q. jungo.) Gr. xoivog (xi;yc'), yufiog, and with the pala- tal letter either softened into an aspirate or changed to a sibilant Sanscr. sam, Pers. ^, Gr. lificc, o/^og, o^iov, (with d or I subjoined as a third radical ofitXog, ofiadog, comp. Heb. Tb5, Lat. simul,) avp, h'vog, Moesogoth. sama, saman, Fr. ensemble, Dan. sam, Anglosax. samod' with, Germ. sammt,zusam)nen, sammeln. Comp. also, for the Slavic languages, Dorn uber die Verwandtschaft des Per- eischen und Gr. Lat. Sprachstammes p. 183. 2. to shut up, to close ; hence to hid^, to conceal ; trop. to overshadow, to surpass, ' Ez. 31, 8. Impers. Ez. 28. 3 ciiro-bs rp73^5 6nn'i'i?3 2'in'in deep and broad do they make the pile thereof. Metaph. P'^p^n nnb to turn deeply i. e. far away, to depart widely, Is. 31, 6. Hos. 5, 2. Deriv. p^5, p'n'S, p^?, p-q:;^ P'^ps, Ci-^pT?^ , pr. n. pi^5 . P''?? adj. deep, profound, only in plur. ronstr. nEb "'p^S a people deep of lip, i. e. of obscure speech, using a foreign language which cannot be understood, Is. 33, 19. Ez. 3, 5. 6. pb:j adj. (r. p^5) f. n;305 , plur. Q'^p^?, rip^? . ^ ' ^^ 1. deep. e. g. waters Prov. 18,4. 20, 5 ; a pit 22, 14. 23. 27 ; the plague of lep- rosy as deeper than the skin Lev. 13, 3 eq. Plur. f nlpp^ or ^^'^p'Q^ deep things Job 12. 22. ' * '"^ 2. Metaph. unsearchable, not to be found out, Ps. 64, 7. Ecc. 7, 24. Job 11, 8. p'Q? m. (r. p5) c. sufF. ^'pTSS, plur. Cp^J J a valley, pr. a long low plain, 67* /?ai9-i'? zoTiog, (see the root in Hiph.) adapted to the culture of grain Job 39, 10. Ps. 65, 14. Cant. 2, 1 ; and also con- venient for battles Job 39, 21. So Num. 14, 25. Josh. 8, 13. Judg. 7, 1 sq. 1 K. 20, 28. Jer. 48, 8. al. With art. p^sn once poet, for 'Jerusalem Jer. 21, 13; elsewhere of a valley or plain before mentioned, Judg. 1, 19. 34. 5, 15. 7, 1. S. 12. Plur. C'^p^? seems once to be put for the inhabitants of valleys, 1 Chr. 12, 15 they put tofight nip^arn-bs all (them of) the valleys ; unless perhaps we may read D"p35n-b3 all the Anakim, just as in Jer. 47, 5 for Qp^5) rr^^^t it is better with Sept. to read cpjr n'^'^X'r (Aske- lon) the remnant of the Anakim, comp. V. 4 ; see also Josh. 11, 21. It differs in usage from the words of kindred mean- ing nr;?2, ^i, bn3, in that each of these words is applied only to certain particu- lar valleys or plains. So too pi25 is used of the following valleys : a) ^^^??^ P? the Valley of Elah, \. e. of Terebinths, south-west of Jerusalem, leading out from among the hills to the gr^at plain, the scene of David's triumph over Goliath, 1 Sam. 17, 2. 19. 21, 10. See 6ibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 349, 350. b) 5t32 pr2> the Valley of Baca, i, e. of Weeping, see in xsa no. 1. c) nana p^5 the Valley of Berachah. i. e. of Blessing, south of Bethlehem. 2 Chr. 20, 26. Now Wady Bereikiit. i:iJ^X?r? ; ^^^ BihI. Res. in Palest. II. p. 189. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, p. 43. d) "n^ari p^5 the King's Dale, perh. towards the Dead Sea, Gen. 14, 17. 2 Sam. 18, 18. e) t:\XB-i p735 the Plain of Rephaim, i. e. of the Giants, beginning near the valley of Hinnom, south-west of Je- rusalem, and stretching off as a plain south-west on the right of the road to Bethlehem, Josh. 15, 8. 18, 16. 2 Sam. 5, 18. 22. Josh. 17, 5. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 323, 324. f) c^-nia p^3) the Vale of Siddim, see inn-^^b. g) y^:p p^5 the Vale ofKeziz, pr. n. of a city of Benjamin Josh. 18, 21. Other valleys take their names from adjacent towns, as lisJar.a p?3j> near Gi- beon Is. 28. 1, comp. Josh. 10, 11 ; msD '5 p:^^ 798 Pe. 60, 8 ; ^XS-^P '5 , see p. 393 ; "."iisn 's Gen. 37, 14; -liS^X 'r the Vale of Ajalon, near that city. Josh. 10, 12 ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 63. Also from per- Bons. as ::Bdin^ '5 the Valley ofJehosha- phat, JoeiX 2. 12; see p. 386. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 396. p^5? m. (r. pr5) depth. Prov. 25, 3. Chald. K)^B!i?, Syr. |^ai, id. * *^'5? in Kal not used. Arab. -4^ to overwhelm with water ; Conj. II, III, to rush upon, to assault vehemently ; Conj. VII, VIII, to be overwhelmed, submerged. Hence to Heb. 1B5 , so far as we can judge from the verb and its derivatives, may be ascribed the follow- ing significations : 1. to heap together, to accumulate, kindr. with i^n no. 3. Hence '^.3', n-^cs , Pi. -i5 . 2. to orerwhelm any one. to ru8h upon, us Arab. Conj. II, III. See Hithpa. 3. to overwhelm any thing, to sub- merge ; comp. "ittH. Hence pr. n. Pi EL denom. from i^j, to heap t(f^e- ther, to gather up grass or grain as cut. Ps. 129, 7 wherewith tl^e mower Jilleth not his hand, i?t3 "issni nor the gath- erer his arm. HiTHPA. "iB5nn, to rush upon any one, to lay hands upon violently, c. 2 ; . comp. bQ3rn and bbisnn c. br Gen. 43, 18. So of a female slave who has been her Ttiaster's concubine, Deut. 21, 14 thou shall not sell her ... ^arrn xbi iHS 7wr shall thou lay hands upon her sc. to chastise her. Of a slave stolen, Deut. 24, 7 if one steal a man of Israel "layrn'i "i-irri "ia and lay hands on him and sell him ; comp. Gen. 1. c. Others by con- ject. to make merchandise of any one. Deriv. ">a5 , n">c5J , pr. n. n-ib5 , i-i^r . **^'a:? Chald. m. wool, i. q. Heb. -iTsrj; , Dan. 7, 9. "^"d^ m. (r. ^^5) 1. a handful of grain, a s/ieo/. Lev. 23, 10-13. Deut. 24, 19. Job 24, 10. Plur. D-^-iTSS Ruth 2, 7. 15. Sept. dgayfiu. Targ. St'npJir id. 2. an omer, a measure of things dry, equal to the tenth part of an ephah, or 3^ quarts (see Ex. 16, 36) ; Ex. 16, 16. 18. 22. 32. 33. Not to be confounded z:y with the *ic"n . which contained ten ephahs. n^'J25 (prob. submersion, r. "^^5 , comp. DHD conflagration) Gomorrah, Sept. lofio^^u, pr. n. of one of the four towns in the vale of Siddim, submerged in the Dead Sea. Where all are enumerated. Gomorrah is put second. Gen. 10, 19. 14, 2. 8. Deut. 29, 22 ; but oftener only two are mentioned, Sodom and Gomor- rah, Gen. 13, 10. 14. 10. 11. Is. 1,9. 10. Jer. 23, 14. 50, 40. Zeph. 2, 9. al. ^yQ:P 1. q. n^-iiSJ perh. pupil of Je- hovah, comp. Arab. -4,ft untaught, in- experienced) Omri, pr. n. a) A king of Israel, r. 929-918 B. C. the founder of Samaria, 1 K. 1< 16 sq. 2 K. 8. 26. Mic. 6. 16. Sept. "jifii^^i. b) 1 Chr. 7, 8. c) 9, 4. d) 27, 18. Wyoy (kindred of the Lofty One i. e. of God) Amram. pr. n. m. a) The father of Moses Ex. 6, 18. 20. Num. 3, 19; whence patronym. ''P'^^? Amramite, Num. 3, 27. 1 Chr. 26, 23.' b) Ezra 10, 34. tey, seeinGiaS. iCte^ (burden, r. toiaj) Amasa. pr. n. m.' ' a) 2 Sam. 17^^ 25. 'l9, 14. 1 Chr. 2, 17. b) 2 Chr. 28, 12. *^OT5 (burdensome, r. toT35) Amasai, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 6, 10. 20. b) 15, 24. c) 2 Chr. 29, 12. iCM:? pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 13; prob. a wrong orthography arising out of the two forms ^^'^5 and "^D^JS. Comp. D"'ptt5''B3 and Kn-p . * 21^ obsol. root of uncertain signif. Talmud, to conjoin, whence Simonis de- rives 235 cluster; but as :33? signifies rather berry, this etymology is unapt. Better therefore 235 to roll up or toge- ther, to become globular, like 223 whence 2si3 (globule) star ; comp. also ";: to roll up, S and 5 being interchanged. Hence pr. n. 2^25 . and the two following. 155 (q. d. grape-town) Anab, pr. n. of a town on the mountains of Judah south of Hebron, Josh. 11, 21 (where some edit. 235). 15. 50. Still called ^ Andb, v_>U. ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II p. 194, 195. n:^ 799 ny ^r? m. (r. ^35) Deut. 32, 14, c. suff. iwa:? V. 32, elsewhere only plur. C^S^?. , cont^tr. "^ssr (Dag. euphon.) Lev. 25, 5; a grape, plur. grapes, i. e. the berries, not the clusters ; B'^333? being distinguished from Vsdx cluster, as Gen. 40, IQsibitlJam c^^3? fi-'r'bsrx , see in Vs'rx no.' l! NutTK 13, 23 0^233 bb^rx dusters of irrapes. Hence 33P on Deut. 32, 14, and a'^s:? D'n iAc 6/oori of grapes i. e. icine Gen. 49, 11; so Num. 6, 3. Deut. 23, 25. Hos. 3, 1. Gen. 40, 11. Num. 6, 3. al. Chald. n35 id. Arab. gjj^ a grape. t grapes, ^3!J in Kal not used, to live deli- caiehj and effeminately; Arab. Axr to del ight, to entice, spoken of females who draw attention by ogling and other co- quettish gestures. PuAL /o be delicate^ tender^ part. fem. nsjr^ Jer. 6, 2. HiTHP. 1. i. q. Pu. Deut. 28, 56. 2. to delight oneself to rejoice in any thing, espec. ""^ b? Is. 58, 14. Ps. 37, 4. Job 22, 26. 27' 10; c. )^ Ig. 66, 11; also to enjoy oneself c. b? Ps. 37, 11 ; a Is. 55. 2. 3. In a bad sense, to sport over any one, i.e. to mock, to deride, c. bs Is. 57, 4, Deriv. i13?r) aad the two following. ^2? adj. f J^ro^ , delicate, soft^ effemi- nate, Deut. 28, 54. 56. Is. 41, 1. "yp m. delight, pleasure, Is. 13, 22. 58,13. R.535. *"^2^ to bind on, only twice in the verb, .Job 31, 36. Prov. 6, 21. Hence ^ o Bubst. nis'ir^ . Kindred are JuLt with, by, and Heb. n533?. *I.n3^ fut. nssv conv. irn; pr. a verb ^b i. q. Arab. ^JLfr . 1. to chant, to sing ; Arab. ,^xfr Conj. II, V, id. &LXt song. Syr. Pa. wdl to sing. Comp. Lat. cano, Pers. ^^ Jof.^ to sing, to call, to read ; old Germ, han to sing, whence Hahn cock. a) Pr. Ex. 15, 21 and Miriam sang unto them; Vulg. prcBcinebat. I Sam. 18, 7. Ezra 3, 11. With b to sing of any one, to celebrate in song, 1 Sam. 21, 12. 29, 5. Num. 21. 17. Ps. 147, 7. In all these passages the LXX have $^/w, implying to strike up. to begin to sing. Comp. Piel. b) i. q. 10 cry aloud, to shout, which is often expressed by words implying sing- ing, as Lat. ' actor canit, cantat,^ i. e. de- claims, cries aloud ; ' gallus canit,^ comp. Engl, chanticleer. Ex. 32, 18 there is a shout of battle in the camp, . . . b^p -px nisy bip naj^bn nisr bip -pxi n-i!ina ris? T2tO irsx not the shout of victory, not the outcry of defeat, but the voice of singing do I hear; hence it appears that the signif. to sing belongs more to Piel. Of the shouting of soldiers in battle Jer. 51, 14; of the wailing cry of jackals Is. 13, 22. 2. to strike up with the voice, to begin to speak, to speed:, which approaches nearly to n35 i. e. f^M(>^o), in no. 1. a. Dent.2i,7^^^2V^^^:y'\andthey shall speak and say. 26, 5. 27, i4. Job 3. 2 ni'x -553 lT3fct5 fhen spake Job and said. Cant. 2, 10. Is. 14, 10. Zech. 3, 4. al. ssep. comp. Gen. 31. 36. With ace. of pers. to speak to any one Zech. 1, 11. So Chald. h35 very freq. in the book of Daniel, see below ; and hence in N. T. anoxQlvopai id. Matt. 11,25. 22, 1. 28,5. al. see the Lexicons. 3. More freq. to answer, to resporul; pr. of one who answers to another calling (^"^'P), q- d. ' to call back,' which the He- brews did by the word "'Ssn . So Job 19, 16 ?i35^ vth) TixniD ^-narb / called to my servant, but he answerethnot. 5, 1. Prov. 1, 28. Hence of men who answer when God calls. Is. 50, 2. 60.4. 66, 12. Jer. 7, 13. Job 14, 15. Of God as answering the cries and invocations of men, after p5-J , pST , Job 35, 12. Is. 46, 7. Mic. 3,4; rn Job'30,20; fi<7p? Is. 58, 9. Jori. 2, 3. Ps. 22, 3. 91, 1 p. al.' So the phrase 13 n3>l , see in ^^15 I. 1 ; also ttJsi n:v to answer with fire 1 K. 18, 24. Mostly simpl. to answer, to reply to one speak- ing; construed: ) Absol. Prov. 15, 28. 26, 5; very often in the formula: h??! n^px^l l^rj'^^X and Abraham answered and said Gen. 18.27. 31.36.43. 40, 18; or with "ibxb Gen. 41. 1 6. 42, 22. al. /J) With ace. of pers. u/usl/jofjirjei rird, Job hd:? 800 n:y 1, 7. Gen. 23, 5. 45, 3. 1 Sam. 28, 15. al. y) Ace. ofthing irj7A- which one answers, Job 15, 2. 32, 17. Prov. 18, 23 ; or to which. Job 40, 2 the reprover of God ^l-??"! l^t him answer this. Hence d) With two ace. of pers. and thing, 1 Sam. 20, 10. Mic. 6, 5. Ps. 119, 42. Jer. 23, 37 ; comp. Job 9, 3. Spec, to answer is also said : a) Of those who respond to the re- quests or entreaties of any one, who hear and grant his requests ; hence often of God as listening to the prayers of men, i. q. to hear and answer, 1 Sam. 9, 17. Ps. 3, 5. 4, 2. 13 4. 20, 10. 27, 7. 34, 5. 118,21. Is. 30, 19. al. saep. comp. above in no. 3. Sept. uaaxovo}, inaxovo). With an adjunct of place whence one hears and sends help, Ps. 20, 7 ""aTSia !in35;i iTL'^;^ he will hear (and help) him from his holy heavens. So of the place whence one calls, Ps. 22. 22 '^:n"'D^ C^n "'3"^i573 hear me calling /ro77i the horns of the wild buffaloes, comp. Jon. 2, 3; com- monly taken as constr. prsegn. hear (and deliver) me from the horns of the buffaloes. [The parallelism here requires the latter interpretation. R.] On this animal see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 206. With ace. of pers. and 3 of thmg, to answer with any thing, Ps. 65, 6. Also with ace. of thing, Ecc. 10, 19 Vsn-nx n35^ qosn money an- swereth with all things, i. e. imparts all, procures all. Hos. 2, 23. 24. b) Of God as answering by an oracle, to give response, to announce future things; so after fi^-n;? Jer. 33, 3; bxtd 1 Sam. 14, 37. 28, 6. ' So genr. Jer. 23^ 35. 42, 4. Gen. 41, 16 "px n:^"^ o'^n'^x riy^S Diss; God responds the peace of Pharaoh, i. e. announces to him pros- perity ; comp. Deut. 20, 11. 1 Sam. 9, 17. Trop. Job 20, 3 ""sas:; *^P3^2^ nsn my spirit from my understanding re- sponds to me, i. e. my spirit, in which is wisdom, suggests to me what to say. c) In a forensic sense, to answer, i. e. a) Of a judge giving his response or sen- tence. Ex. 23, 2. /5) Of a witness an- swering the inquiries of the judge; hence to bear witness, to testify, Deut. 19, 16. 31, 21. Job 16, 8 ; c. 3 concerning any one. i. e. either for any one Gen. 30, 33. 1 Sam. 12, 3 ; or also against any one 2 Sam. 1, 16. Ex. 20, 16. Num. 35, 30. Deut. 19, 18. Is. 3, 9. Jer. 14,7. Job 15, 6. Ruth 1, 21. al. ssep. comp. 3 T'^n. More fully 3 nr nsr Ex. 20, 16. Deut. 5, 18. With ace. of that which one testi- fies, Deut. 19, 16. 18. d) Further, to answer is likewise i. q. to contradict, Sept. utiaTioxglvofiai, Job 16, 3 ; with ace. of pers. 9, 14. 15. 32 ; to refute, Job 31, 35 behold my words ! "''no ''?5?- "ff^oy the Almighty answer me, i. e. reftite my accusation ; ace. of thing Job 32, 12. Also to give account, with ace. ofthing Job 33, 13; comp. 9, 3. 4. i. q. Arab. .^^ to signify, to intend, to aim at; hence nasa, "pjq, also "|5"^ pr. purpose, intent, aim. NiPH. 1. to be answered, i. e. a) to be heard and answered Job 19, 7. Prov. 21, 13. b) to be refuted Job 11, 2. 2. i. q.'Kal no. 3, to answer, c. b Ez. 14, 4. 7. PiEL to chant, to sing, i. q. Kal no. 1 where see. Ex. 32, 18 see in Kal no. 1. Ps. 88, 1. Is. 27, 2. Deriv. na^T?, -,5^, -jS^, and pr. n. n-^aJJ-rDS, niras, n*nha. 11. .-^ for 135, a verb ^; comp the derivatives. ".33? , ni35 . 1. to bestow labour upon, to exercise oneself in any thing, c. 2 Ecc. 1, 13. 3, 10. Syr. ws Ijl:^, Ar^b. ^a curse ha- buitrem; ^JLfr lassus fuit. Spec. perh. to till the ground, subegit terram, whence nssia , n^35r , furrow. 2. to labour, i. e. to siffer, to be afflict- ed, oppressed, humbled, Ps. 116, 10. 119, 67^ Zech. 10, 2. Hos. 5, 5. Is. 25, 5 {135: crs-i-ir -)-xJT the song of the tyrants shall be brought low, suppressed. With ,a , 31, 4 ri3:j Kb taoirnr!! and will not be depressed at their multitudes, will not lose courage. NiPH. 1. to be afflicted. Ps. 119, 107. Is. 53, 7 ri353 x^ni and he was afflicted. 2. Reflex, to humble oneself before any one, to submit to him. c. "^ssa Ex. 10, 3, where m35b is for m33>nb . T - T : PiEL nS5 , flit. nsS'^ , to ojypress, to afflict, to hztmble, Sept. raTteiv6(a, xaxow. So of single persons as oppressed and afllicted, Gen. 16; 6. 31, 50. Ex. 22, 22. Ps. 89, 23 n^ 801 w 119, 75. Job 30, 11; also whole nations Gen. 15, 13. Ex. 1, 11. 12. Num. 24, 24. Deut. 26, 6. 2 K. 17, 20. Ps. 90, 15. Is. 60, 14. Nah. 1, 12. al. Referred to the body, Judg. 16, 5. 19 ; to the mind, Deut. 8. 2. So Ps. 105, 18 iban ^332 siss they afflict his feet with fetters. 102, 24 God affiicLed (weakened) my strength in the way, mid-way of my life. 88, 8 thou hast afflicted (overwhelmed) me with all thy waves. Job 37, 23 ris?") &, rtw, n5, 13^, "i;?, ",73^, n:s5^, P"'?:;^, n-^3rn, also V- " I. ^f^, or i5J5 Chald. plur. I^^ ; part. n:5 , plur. ,\35 , i. q. Heb. nsr I. '' I. to begin to speak, to speak, mostly with ^^x, as "113X1 bx^sn nyj Daniel spake and said Dan. 2, 20. 3, 9. 14. 24 28. 4, 16. 27. 5, 7. 10. 13. 6, 17. al. So with b of pers. Dan. 2. 15. 3, 9 ; Wi^^ 6, 14: also "i^X being omitted c. h 2, 47. 2. to answer, after a question, e. g, ns^ "173X1 Dan. 2, 5. 7. 8. 26. 3, 16. 25. 6, Is'. uTc. Dnj5^ 2, 10. 27. II' "^r? Chald. to he oppressed, afflict- ed, i. q. Heb. nss II. 2. Part. n3S> , plur. "C^ys, the afflicted 'DQ.n.'^,2i. n:? ^wa/i (r. n35 I or II), pr. n. a) A son of Seir, and also an Edomitish tribe descended from him, Gen. 36, 20. 29. b) A son of Zibeon and grandson of Seir, Gen. 36. 2. 14. 24. In vs. 2. 14, Anah is called the daughter of Seir ; but from v. 24 it obviously should read "ia son, with the Samar. and Sept. W m. adj. (r. 7\V$ II) sing. Num. 12, 3 where Keri i'^3S ; plur. D"''i35, constr. 1133) . " > - 1. Oppressed, afflicted, wretched, but everywhere with the accessory idea of humility, meekness, i. e. the humble, the m^.ek, who prefer to suffer wrong rather than do wrong, comp. espec. Ps. 25, 9. 37, 11. 69, 33 ; and who therefore enjoy God's favour, Ps. 10, 17. 22, 27. 34^ 3. 147,6. Is. 29, 19. Am.2,7.al. ViXJn "'iss Ps. 66, 10. Is. 11, 4. Zeph. 2, 3. Chald. -,135, -,ni3S, Syr. Cal^, id. Hence 2. Simpl. meek, once Nuna. 12, 3. Sept. n^avg. Note. In five passages Keri has C^ISP for Cheth D^-nss;, Ps. 9. 13. 10, 12. ProV. 3, 34. 14, 21. 16, 19. Vice versa, twice Keri has n'^*:^ for Cheth. 01135, Ps. 9. 19. Is. 32, 7. " '' 1^3? (bound together, r. 335) Anub, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 8. ^5?? pr. fem. of 13!^ , used as abstr. 1. humility, modesty, Prov. 15, 33. 18, 12. 22, 4. Zeph. 2, 3. 2. As attributed to God, mildness, clemency, Ps. 18, 36. *y}}^ f. i. q. ni;s> no. 2, mildness, clem- ency, of a king Ps. 45, 5. p'12?, see in p3S no. 2. ' tr\^ f*- (r. !13 II) affliction; Ps. 22 25 "^35 ni35) the affliction of the afflicted. Others, following Sept. Vulg. Chald. "::? 802 523:? render it the cry of the afflicted, comp. *is*ittj in the other member : but fi35 is never used for the wailing cry of the miserable, see the root no. 1. b. ""i^ m. adj. (r. n35 II ) f n^3S> Is. 10, 30, plur. t3"i^35 , constr. "^^35 , afflicted, dis- tressed, wretched, from whatever cause : whether poverty, see below in lett. a ; the oppression of the wicked, persecu- tion, extortion, Is. 3, 14. 15. 10, 2. Job 36, 6. Ps. 12, 6; solitude, abandonment, as orphans, exiles, strangers, Lev. 19, 10. 23, 22. Is. 58, 7. Ps. 25, 16. Zech. 7, 10 ; or wars and the harassing of enemies. Is. 14, 32. It sometimes takes also the ac- cessory idea of innocence and piety, Ps. 22, 25. 34. 7. 35, 10 ; and sometimes that of meekness, e. g. as opp. to pride Ps. 18, 28, or as coupled with m-^ riDi Is. 66, 2 ; but this idea belongs more to 135. Hence spec, a) poor, needy, Deut. 24, 12. 14. Ip. Job 24. 9. Prov. 31, 20. b) humble, lowly, meek, Zech. 9, 9. Sept. 7i{)a'vg. Put often with synonymes, as (i^ZHl ''35 Ps. 37, 14. 40. 18. al. dni -^r^ Ps. 82, 3 : ^"11 'S^ Zeph. 3, 12, comp. Is' 26, 6 ; "^351 ^"n^ Ps. 25, 16 ; ^i) "^35 Lev. 19, 10. 23^22; sxbl 'SS Ps. 69,'30;'n-'>3S C^-isina Is. 58, 7. Sing, as collect. Ps. 10, 2. 9. 14, 6. . With genit. crn -^^SS Ps. 72, 4. Is. 10, 2. 14 32 ; 'B -"'o? the poor of any one, i. e. his poor brethren, fellow-citizens, Deut. 15, 11 ; "'^ "^."^3? the poor of Jehovah, whose hope and help is God, Ps. 74, 19. Is. 49, 1 3. Sept. usually m(t)x6g, nivTjg, sometimes ransivoCtTiQuvg. Chald. 'sy, K"'33), id. See in "'35 note. ^ft m. (r. n35 II ) in pause ''ar , c. suff. '^s^ , affiiction, distress, misery, of what- ever kind ; so both of persons and of na- tions Ex. 3, 7. 17. 4, 31. 2 K. 14, 26. Ps. 44, 25 ; whether from the oppression of enemies or of the powerful Gen. 16, 11. 31, 42. Ps. 9, 14 ; or from calamities in- flicted of God Job 10, 15. 30, 16. 27. 36, 8 ; or from any other cause, 1 Sam. I, 11. Ps. 25, 18. 31,8. 107.41. 119, 50. 92. 153. Lam. 1, 7. 9. 3, 19. al. '^'iV ^33 i. q. 0-1^35 Prov. 31, 5. ^3? cnb bread of affliction, i. e. the unleavened bread eaten with the passover, Deut. 16, 3. "^P^ (for ri25^ depressed, r. njs II) Unni, pr. n. m.' 1 Chr. 15, 18. 20.' Neh. n;p$ (whom Jehovah answers, r. n35 I ) Anaiah, pr. n. m. Neh. 8, 4. 10, 23." 1"^?? Num. 12, 3 Keri for 13 q. v. D'^?? (contr. for d-'S^r fountains) Anim^ pr. n. of a town in Judah, Josh. 15, 50. Perh. the mod. ^.yiti\ el-Ghuwein, di- min. ' little fountain ;'" it being coupled in Josh. 1. c. with Anab and Eshtemoh; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 625. i;*?^ m. (r. n35 II) a word found only in Ecclesiastes. 1. labour, toil, Ecc. 3, 10. Hence bu- siness, employment, comp. n35 II, no. 1. Ecc. 2, 26. 1, 13 r-n ",^32? an evil business profitless, in which there is little good. 2. thing, affair, as in Chald. Ecc. 4, 8 S"^ 1^35 an evil thing. 5, 2 '(^3 ah much ado ; in the other member is C^nan a'"^ many words. 5, 13 r-n TJi^.^ by some evil event, untoward accident. 2, 23 m^^ DS3 vexation is his affair, his portion. 8, 16 i\2'Z obsol. root, Arab. i^J^ to be deep and hard to pass, e. g. sand ; also 0^ l.y,to shut a gate ; t^sxc gate. Hence Q.?i? (two fountains, for the dual in 0-; see Lehrg. p. 536) Anem. pr. n. of a city of Issachar 1 Chr. 6, 58 [73] ; for which in the parallel passages, Josh. 19, 21. 21, 29, is D'^S5-'j"'5 fountain of gardens see p. 773. b. D'^ttJlT Gen. 10, 13. 1 Chr. 1, 11, Ana- mim, pr. n. of an Egyptian tribe which cannot be made out ; see Bochart Pha- leg. IV. 30. Mich. Spicil. I. p. 160. The- saur. p. 1052. tfblSd? Anammelech, pr. n. of an idol of the Sepharvites or Sipparenes, 2 K. 17, 31. The name seems to be made up from 035 i. q. *jLo image, statue, 5 and 3e being interchanged, and Tj^^a king ; or, according to Hyde de Rel. vett. Per- sarum p. 131, from j^JL^ herd, and 7\^^, i. e. the group or constellation Cepheus, which the Orientals call iV>^l v...^5^l3 stars of the flock, and ^JUL^L -d*J| the shepherd and his flock. The first part of this name occurs also in the name 'EvefisaaaQ, Tob. 1, 2. 13. 15. 16. \::p 803 p^y |-^ in Kal not used, pr. prob. to cover, like the kindr. "jsa, "jsa. Hence j;^ cloud. PiEL denom. from "jj!?, io cloud, i. e. to make or gather clouds, Gen. 9, 14 : where ^3333 is for 'SSSa, see Heb. Gr. 10. n. PoEL ".315, fut. -(Sis^ Lev. 19, 26, part. ,:ir^ , plur. c-'SsrTS Deut. 18, 10. 14, with- out the n also D^izy Is. 2, 6. Jer. 27, 9 ; once f .-1335 for n33i3?p (though it can also be Kal), to act covertly, to use covert arts, to practise magic, sorcery, Lev. 19, 26. Deut. 18, 10. 14. 2 K. 21, 6. 2 Chr. 33, 6. Is. 2, 6. 57, 3. Jer. 27, 9. Mic. 5, 11. Several of the ancient versions understand by it some special kind of divination, e. g. Sept. xXrjdovi^oinai ; Vulg, observans somnia, also augurans, divinans ; Sjrr. sometimes fascinans oculis, as if 'Sis were derived from "il^ . But it seems rather to imply some kind of divination connected with idolatry. Comp. the roots wh , 'onh II. See The- saur. p. 1053. Deriv. the five following. 15? m. (r. 'iSS) constr. J3r , plur. D'^33S. 1. a cloud, collect, clouds, so called as covering the heavens; Arab, jo*-^ clouds, iuLLc a cloud. Gen. 9, 13. 14. 16. Job. 7. 9. 26, 8. 9. Ps. 97, 2. 105, 39. al. ^?'?|? ')5^ 'i'^ O' day of clouds and dark- ness Joel 2, 2. Zeph. 1, 15. Ez. 34, 12. jSS n!i535 a pillar of cloud, see in lis? . Once plur. CSSJ clouds Jer. 4, 13. A numerous army is compared to a cloud Ez. 30, 18. 38, 9 ; a morning cloud is the emblem of transientness, Hos. 6, 4 ; comp. Job 7, 9. 2. Anan, pr. n. m. Neh. 10, 27. 1?I? Chald. a cloud, plur. constr. "^335 Dan.'7, 13. ^555 f (r. "(SS) noun of unity corres- ponding to collect. 135 , a cloud Job 3, 5. Theod. well awvicfia. Comp. n^3X . '^^T? (apoc. for n^335) Anani, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3,24. ^^P?? (whom Jehovah covers i. e. protects, r. "SS) Ananiah, pr. n. a) A man Neh. 3, 23. Gr; Uvavlag. b) A town in the tribe of Benjamin, Neh. 1 1, 32. H-? obsol. root, prob. to cover, like S:]33, comp. Cj^S, C]5i?, espec. ?^2^. Hence the four following. 5)5? m. a branch, bough, Ez. 17, 8. 23. 31, 3. Mai. 3, 19. Constr. f'? Cl3 Lev. 23 40. PIur.c.sufr.niS3rPs.80,ir. Syr. ]\^\ branch, (q1\ mane. C]?? Chald. id. c. suff. ''niss? Dan. 4, 18. 5|35 (r. C135) a branch, bough, once c. suff. C3D33> Ez. 36, 8. ?C?? m.fullofbrancheEz. 19, 10. R. C|35. * P.3? to adorn with a necklace or collar, from the primary idea of choking, throttling, which is expressed by the kindr. roots p3i< , p3n , where see. Arab. rSJlx IV to ornament a dog with a col- lar, (gJtC neck, Germ. Nacken'^ Upper Germ, die Anke, Engl. neck. Once trop. Ps. 73, 6 nixa "i^npSS pride surroundeth them like a neck-chain, i. e. clothes their neck, the collum resupinum being to the poet the seat of pride. Hence p3^. HiPH. P'^35n prob. to lay upon the neck or shoulders in order to bear. Deut. 15, 14 of a manumitted slave, p^sjrt '^y\ ^3X:t^ ib p"^35n thou shall lade him liberally out of thy flock, etc. Sept. Vulg. dabis viaticum. Others apply here the signif of giving, as if pr. to adorn with a neck-chain and so with gifts. PJ5 m. La collar, neck-chain, neck- lace, Cant. 4, 9 ; plur. D'^ and ni Prov. I, 9. Judg. 8, 26. 2. p35 Anak Josh. 15, 13, once pi3S Josh. 21, 11, (pr. long-necked, a giant, comp. Arab. (^JJL&f long-necked,) pr. n. of a son of Arba (rs'nx), the progenitor of a race of Canaanites celebrated for their great stature, called ps? "^33 the sons of Anak Num. 13, 33, also psrri 133 Josh. 15, 14 ; p3rn ^yh'] Num.' 13, 22'. Josh. 15, 14; n"^p35 33 Deut. 9. 2; D''p3? Anakim. Deut. 2, 10. 11. 21 .Tosh. II, 2L 22. 14, 12. 15. The seat of the tribe before the invasion of the Hebrews was in the vicinity of Hebron, Josh. 11, 21. They were nearly extirpated by the Hebrews, so that only a few re- "is:? 804 bs:? mained afterwards in the cities of the Philistines. Compare the interpreters and critics on Jer. 47, 5. "11?? (i. q. "i5D , uvr,Q ?) Aner, pr. n. a) A Canaanite, Gen. 14, 13. 24. b) A Le- vitical city in Manasseh, ejf ewhere T|3?n, 1 Chr. 6, 55 [70] ; wheifer^rob. also' it eh(MiId read r|3?P) or Tijr . * 123 ^ fut. Tr:r;^ . fo impose a fine, to amerce; found elsewhere only in the Rabbinic dialect. The primary idea seems to be that o^ imposing, comp. the Icindr. Dr5, i^Bjf ; or better that of ur- ging, comp. D3X. With b Prov. 17, 26 ; with two ace. to amerce one in money Deut. 22, 19. 2 Chr. 36, 3 where it is money exacted by war ; in wine Am. 2, 8. Impera. Prov. 21, 11 fb-rjsa when they amerce the scomer, sc. the judges. NiPH. to he amerced. Ex. 21, 22 ; genr. to he punished Prov. 22, 3. 27, 12. Deriv. is UTsi?. 115J? Chald. m. a fine, mulct, Ezra 7, 26. t25w2? m. a fine, mulct, exacted from any one, 2 K. 23, 33. Prov. 19, 19. 1^21? (an answer sc. to prayer, from r. n:, Hke ras from r. MSS) Anathy pr. n. mVjudg. 3,31. 5, 6. ri.;?, see raiJSp. 482. rilrj5 (answers sc. to prayers, n ser- vile being retained, see Lehrg. p. 528) Analhoih, pr. n. a) A city of the priests in Benjamin Josh. 21, 18. 1 K. 2, 26. 1 Chr. 6, 45. Neh. 11, 32 ; the birth-place of the prophet Jeremiah, Jer. 1, 1. 11,21. 23. 32.7. 9; three Roman miles from Jerusalem towards the north-east, Je- rome in Jer. 1, 1, comp. Joseph. Ant. 10, 7. 3. Now liLiLt 'AnAta; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 109. Gentile n. 'nhs:^ Anethothite 2 Sam. 23, 27. b) Of men : a) 1 Chr. 7, 8. /5) Neh. 10, 20. f"i^rri2!? (answers from Jehovah) An- thothijah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 24. C^C!? m. (r. 005) pr. ' what is trodden out,' and so put for new wine, the pro- duct of the same year, like new wheat. Joel 1, 5. 4, 18. Am. 9, 13; intoxicating Is. 49, 26. Also from pomegranates Cant. 8, 2. C C > /o tread down, to tread in pieces, Mai. 3, 21. Chald. XD, Pa. inf nxS5 to tread grapes. "1?1J a fictitious root, whence some de- rive ^"^^^1 Is. 15, 5 ; but see r. IW no. I Pilp. D'^iftSy see in art. "^ES . Hii^ obsol. root, Arab. Lac to cover the earth with herbage ; Syr. \sL, to flourish. Comp. Ti^S , tjar . Hence 'fi^ Heb. and Chald. "??, see in fiB''5. ''SS? m. plur. CXS? for Q'^'^fi^ (comp. Lehrg. p. 575. Heb. Gr. 9L 6. 6), houghs, foliage of trees, Ps. 104, 12. 'S^ Chald. id. Dan. 4, 9. 11. 18.-Syr. \sQ^ branch, top of a .tree, }.^^a^ foliage. ^5% in Kal not used, pr. to swells to become tumid, whence bcr tumulus, hill. Arab. Jcic to have a tumor or hernia. PuAL to be tumid; metaph. to be in- flated, elated, proud, Hab. 2, 4 ; see in art. "t^^ no. 1. HiPH. to act tumidly, i. e. proudly, presumptuously. Num. 14, 44 sib"Q?*5 '^ai mbsb they acted presumptuously in going up, i. e. they w^ent up presump- tuously, neglecting God's warning. The same is expressed in Deut. 1, 43 thus: ri'^T^n sibsinn iiTni. Hence ^B3? m. a hill, 2 K. 5, 24. Mic. 4, 8 j-i^S ra bsi? the hill of the daughter of ^ion, i. e. Mount Zion. Is. 32, 14. Spec, with the art. bcrn Ophel. pr. n. of a hill or ridge on the east of Mount Zion. sur- rounded and fortified by a separate wall 2 Chr. 27, 3. 33. 14. Neh. 3, 26. 27. 11, 21. Josephus 'Oflu B. J. 6. 6. 3. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. ^94. 2. Plur. c^bsr (D"bs5 ) tumors, he- morrhoids, in Cheth. Deut. 28, 27. 1 Sam. 5, 6 sq. Arab. Jac tumor in ano viro- rum vel in pudendis mulierum ; see Schroeder Origg. Heb. cap. 4. p. 54. 55. , H. A. Schultens ad Meidanii Prov. p. 23. Keri has instead xj^ it cn^riiJ q v j jSJ' 805 ^3:? )?? obsol. root, Arab, and Syr. to become mouldy ; hence ''??? gentile n. Ophni, Ophnite, once Josh. 18, 24, where '?B5n ("iS3) is a town of Benjamin. D*B?B:? m. dual, (r. :]!I5, Pilp. q?B5, Heb. Gr. 54. n. 4.) only constr. ''BSB^j c. suff. i''Q5E5, the eye-lashes, pr. the flying, the fluttering, Job 16, 16. Like the eyes there is ascribed to them sleep Ps. 132, 4. Prov. 6, 4; weeping Jer. 9, 17; sight Ps. 11, 4. Prov. 4, 25; pride Prov. 30, 13; beauty 6, 25. Poet. "^BSBS in the eye-lashes of the dawn^ for the rays of the morning sun Job 3, 9. 41, 10. Comp. ufiEQuq ^XicpaQov Soph. Antig. 103. 104. The Arab poets compare the sun to an eye. to which they ascribe eye-lashes, ^ju^^mJ\ ^,^JS>\y^^, see Schult. ad Job p. 61. [Better, D^D^B? for the eyelids with the eyelashes as a whole, like hat palpebr, and pr. n. iB^ , fTlE^, -il'-lBi^ T?"]B?- "^5? m. (r. -iB^) constr. -iB5, c. suff*. I^BJ, plur. ni^iBSJ, constr. ninB5. 1. dust, dry earth, Gen. 2, 7. 26, 15. Arab. Jlc id. Put also for clay, mire, with which walls are cemented or built Lev. 14, 42. 45 ; rubbish Hab. 1, 10. Ps. 102, 15 ; Jine dust as driven by the wind, i. q. P2X , Ps. 18, 43 ; and which mourn- ers cast upon their heads Josh. 7, 6. Job 2, 12. Lam. 2, 10. Ez. 27, 30; ^nxn ns? ' '68 the dust of the earth Ex. 8, 12. 13. Is. 40. 12. Am. 2, 7. Hence "^SS hs_ upon the dust or sand, where the ostrich leaves her eggs for warmth. Job 39, 14; then upon the earth, in orbe terrarum. Job 19, 25. 41, 25 ; upon the ground 22, 24. Is. 47, 1 ; or also in the grave, sepulchre, Job 20, 11. 21, 26 ; for which is also said "isrb 7, 21. "^s:^ 1^^ to go down into the dust, i. e. into the sepulchre, Ps. 22, 30. 1B5 ^2^^^ those who dwell in the dust, the dead. Is. 26, 19 ; ib:p HTanx 'i3tD'^ id. Dan. 12, 2 ; n;!^ -nss the dust of death, i. e. the grave, Ps. 22, 16. -^ES-bx rs^iu to return to dust Gen. 3, 19. Ps. 104, 29; -)B5 55 id. Job 34, 15. Hence ia? pui' for the dead as dissolving into dust, Ps. 30, 10. Ecc. 12, 8. Also "IBS bsx to eat dust, spoken of the serpent Gen. 3, 14 comp. Is. 65, 25; to lick the dust, hy- perbol. of those who prostrate them- selves in the dust, Mic. 7, 17; but trop. Lam. 3, 29 to put the mouth in the dust, is to bow in silence and await God's help. "'BXl 1B5 dust and ashes, a pro- verbial expression for the lowness and frailty of human nature. Gen. 18, 27, comp. Ps. 103, 14. Spoken also of a multitude, Num. 23, 10 ap5^ -iB5 the dust of Jacob, i. e. a people like the dust of the earth innumerable, comp. Gen. 13, 16. Plur. ri-iES lumps, clods of earth ; Prov. 8, 26 ban nTnB5 OJx-i the first clod -fthe earth. Job 28, 6 ant ninas lumps of gold in mines. " "^?? (i. q. Ju^ a calf; young animal) Epher, pr. n. m. a) A son of Midian Gen. 25, 4. b) 1 Chr. 4, 17. c) 5, 24. "^53^ m. (r. *iE5) a fawn, i. e. a young deer, roe, gazelle. Cant. 2, 9. 17. 4, 5. 7, 4. 6 - G" ' 8, 14. Arab. JiC. and Jit. young of the wild goat, Steinbock. "0?? (female fawn) Ophrah, pr. n. a) A town in the tribe of Benjamin Josh. 18. 23. 1 Sam. 13, 17; fully Mic. 1, 10 fTjBrb n^2 (house of the fawn). [Perh. the mod. Tayibeh, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. IT. p. 124. Biblioth. Sac. 1845; p. 398 sq. Prob. i. q. lins^. 2 Chr. 13, 19, where see. R. b) A town in Ma- nasseh Judg. 6, 11. 8, 27. 9, 5. c) A man 1 Chr. 4, 14. -is:? 806 ii2:p r'"^?^(rawn-like) Ephron, pr. n. a) A city on the border of Benjamin 2 Chr. 13, 19, where Keri T?"]B^.. [It was the ^EcfQuifi of John 11, 54, and prob. identi- cal with "^"^Sr lett. a, where see more. Bibhoth. Sai' 1845. p. 398. R. b) A mountain on the confines of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Josh. 15, 9. c) A descendant of Heth, a Hittite Gen. 23, 8. 25, 9. V^^^, (the two fawns) see lines lett. a. triSb f (r. "isr) in pause n-iBS> Num. 31. 22, lead, so called from its whitish colour, comp. f]^3, -vJJ. Ex. 15, 10. Rz. 22, 18. 20. 27, 12."Zech. 5, 7. al. r'nsi'n -,2i< the leaden weight Zech. 5, 8. nny job lO, 22, see in ns-^^ . T? m. (r. n^5) c. suff. Is? ; plur. ' t-'llS, constr. "^rJ?^, c. suff. I^S^. 1. a tree^ Eth. 0^ id. Arab. Loi a staff, rod, also a bone ; comp. Gr. o^og branch, oaxioVy Sanscr. asthi, Lat. hasta, Germ. Ast. For the idea wood the Arabs of\en employ the kindred form t>x. Chald. rx and i , rn^5 , y'2^'S> . Also in mind, in Kal trans, to pain, to afflict, to grieve, 1 K. 1, 6. 1 Chr. 4, 10. Part. pass, f Is. 54, 6. NiPH. -:??3 , to he pained : a) In bo- dy, to hurt oneself, with 3 of instrum. Ecc. 10, 9. b) In mind, to he afflicted, . grieved Gen. 45, 5. 1 Sam. 20. 3 ; c. bi< 1 Sam. 20, 34; ^5 2 Sam. 19, 3. Piel. 1 . to form, to fashion, comp. Kal no. 1, Job 10, 8. Sept. tnkuodv fie. 2. to pain, to afflict, to grieve, comp. Kal no. 2, Is. 63, 10. Ps. 56, 6. HiPH. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to lahour; and thence to serve an idol, to worship, like synon. 135 ; Jer. 44, 19 fnn^:i3rnb to wor- ship her sc. the queen of heaven ; Vulg. ad colendum earn. Others to fashion her i. e. her image ; comp. Kal no. 1. 2. i. q. Piel no. 2, to grieve, i. e. to provoke to anger sc. God, Ps. 78, 40. HiTHP. 1. to grieve oneself Gen. 6, 6. 2. to he angry, wroth. Gen. 34, 7. See Hiph. no. 2. Deriv. n:5) nnss? and n3:SSB. T T V T - T - ^22? Chald. part. pass. D'^^IS grieved afflicted, Dan. 6, 21. ^?? ^' (r- 2?^ no. 1) only in plur. t3*'a^5, constr. "^aSJ, images, idols, } Sam. 31, 9. 2 Sam.'s, 21. Hos. 4, 17. 8, 4.1s. 10, 11. Mic. 1, 7. al. SS5 m. (r. 3S5) 1. an earthen ves- sel, ras fettle, Jer. 22. 28. See the root in Kal no. 1. 2. lahour, hard and painful, toil, tra- vail, Prov. 10, 22. Plur. B^n^r lahours; D">3Ssn nnb the hread of lahours i. e. obtained by labour Ps. 127, 2; genr. what is obtained by labour Prov. 5, 10. With suff. dD'^asiS your lahours, i. e. those which you exact from your ser- vants. Is. 58, 3 ; see in t:53 . 3. pain, e. g. of a woman in travail Gen. 3, 16 ; comp. Engl, lahour id. Also pain of mind, anger ; Prov. 15, 1 *^?'=T 2^5 a word of anger, i. e. spoken in an- ger, bitter, harsh. ^^i^ m. (r. S^^) c. suff. ^3:iS 1. an image, idol, i. q. 3^^, Is. 48,5'. Ps. 139, 24 3^> 'r^'n'n idol-way, i. e. idol-worship, idolatry. 2. lahour, sorrow. Is. 14, 3 ; pain of a woman in travail 1 Chr. 4, 9 n!i3? 807 '^y pn^y m. (r. n^5) constr. linss^ . 1. labour, hard and painful, toil, tra- vail, Gen. 3, 17. 5, 29. 2. /)am, sorrow J Gen. 3, 16 Tj^l^^^ ^aSin'Ti f^y sorrow and thy pregnancy, Hendiadys for 'the sorrow o/" thy preg- nancy.' nn^? f. (r. 2X3) in pause nsas, con- str. nn^IS? as if from a form !i2-2^ ; plur. constr. "m"3S2?, c. sufF. cniasis.^ 1. an idol, plur. onisss i. q. o^as? ; Pel. 16, 4 many are their idols, etc. [But as m'-S? elsewhere signifies only sor- rows, it is better so to take it here, as Engl. Vers, many are their sorrows, etc. R. 2. pain, as of body Job 9, 28 ; of mind Ps. 147, 3 nniaasb dana he bindeth up their sorrows, i. e. heals the wounds of their minds. Prov. 10, 10. With 3^ 15, 13. * ^^^ obsol. root, to cut, to cut down; Arab. Jco-t to cut, to cut down a tree. Hence '^'^^'^ axe. n^^ I. to make fast, firm ; and hence to close, to shut, e. g. the eyes, Prov. 16, 30. Arab. Uki IV, id. Eth. DA(D to shut a door. 2. Intrans. to be hard, firm ; Arab. ^^ fut. /, to be obstinate, stubborn ; Conj. VIII, to be or grow hard ; comp. in 7?^. Deriv. I'?, n: I, ns5, and pr. n. ^25 m. (r. ns5>) Lev. 3, 9, the back- bone, spine, according to Onkelos and Arabs Erpen. or else according to Saa- dias a'nd Bochart in Hieroz. I. p. 497, 9 9 O ' tl 06' coccygis, Arab. \jcjuaju\ , i. e. the lower joint or vertebra of the spine. In either case so called from its hardness and firmness; see the root. Arab. I.0& is the thigh-bone ; plur. wing-bones of birds. I. nS!^ fem. of 75 , collect, wood, i. q. c^XS . spoken of building materials, tim- ber, Jer. 6, 6 ; of fragrant wood, ^'33 n:2^ Prov. 27, 9. II. ns:? f. (for n^S-^, r. 7?^) constr. nsr , c. sufF. "^n^^ ; plur. see in no. 4 ; counsel, i. e. 1. purpose, plan. Is. 19, 3. 29, 15. Jer 18, 23. Hos. 10, 6. Job 5, 13. 21, 16. Ps. 14, 6. 33, 10. 11. al. ri:i5> nb^ to execute counsel, to carry out a purpose. Is. 30, 1. Spec, of the divine counsels, purposes, ^1 n^S Is. 5, 19. 14, 26. 19, 17. Jer. 49, 20. Ps! 107, 11. Is. 46, 11 ^1:23: d^x the man of my counsel, whom I use as an instrument for executing my purposes. Also emphat. nS5 id. Job 38, 2. 42, 3. 2. counsel which one gives or takes, advice, 2 Sam. 16, 20. 1 K. 1, 12. al. Ps. 119, 24 ">n:i? i^rsi* my counsellors. Tj^n 'e3 n^3."3 to walk in the counsel of any one, to live according to his advice, Ps. 1, 1. 2 Chr. 22, 5. Of prophetic warnings, predictions, Is. 44, 26 ; comp. 41, 2S and y?;j no. 2. b. 3. counsel as a quality of mind, i. e. deliberation, prudence, wisdom, espec. of God Is. 11, 2. Prov. 8, 14. 21, 30. Jer. 32, 19 ^^^,^ ^^^ the great in counsel, i. e. of great' wisdom. 1 Chr. 12, 19 n^5a upon advisement, advisedly. 4. Plur. nis?, once c. suff. "^"^nar Is. 47, 13 ; counsels Deut. 32, 28. Is. 25, 1 ; deliberations Is. 47, 13; anxious cares Ps. 13, 3. D^S:? m. adj. (r. DS5) plur. D''a*i:5, 1 . strong, mighty, powerful, of a people Gen. 18, 18. Num. 14, 12. Deut. 9, 14. 26, 5. Joel 2, 2 ; of kings Ps. 135, 10 ; of waters Is. 8, 7. Plur. c-^aJiX?^ the strong, the mighty, i. e. warriors, heroes, Prov. 18, 18. Is. 53, 12 ; once the strong menv- bers of a lion, i. e. the claws, teeth, Ps. 10, 10 a''fi<3^H iiasi^sra bs3 the unhappy fall into his mighty fangs ; but others understand the whelps of the Hon. Arab. great. 2. .strong in number, numerous. Num. 32, 1. Ps. 35, 18. Am. 5, 12. See the root, Kal no. 3. nn5 li^iS^ (back-bone of a man, r. nsj:^) Ezion-geber, pr. n. of a sea-port of Idumea on the Elanitic gulf of the Red Sea, not far from Elath (see nib-'X), Num. 33, 35. Deut. 2, 8 ; whence the ships of Solomon sailed to Ophir 1 K. 9, 26. 2 Chr. 8, 17 ; and where the fleet of Jehoshaphat was lost 1 K. 22, 49. 2 Chr. 20, 36. The Greek name was BsQfvlxr) bt^ 808 ]:i^ Jos. Ant. 8. 6. 4. Written in Arabic j^*jui2-fr ''Asyun. [A similar name sitill exists in connection with a small Wady north of ' Akabah.(jLydiJI el Ghudydn; but no traces of the city have yet been found. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 250. Burckh. Travels in Syria p. 511. R. * b^? in Kal not used, Arab. JJiD I, V, to be at leisure, idle; Conj. II, to leave, to neglect. The primary idea seems to be that of laxness, languor, comp. bnn , JJa-^ , also bb^ . NiPH. to be slothful, remiss, Judg. 18, 9. Deriv. the three following. 532i? m. adj. verbal, one slothful, a sluggard, Prov. 6, 6. 9. 13, 4. 15, 19. 20, 4. al. R. b^^.' ^^?? f (r. b:i^) sloth, indolence, Prov. 19, 15. Dual Q^rnb^r double slothful- ness, i. e. great, excessive, Ecc. 10, 18 ; referring perhaps to the languor and sloth of both hands. n^bs:? f. sloth, indolence, Prov. 31, 27. R. b:i^. * Dl^y 1. pr. ^0 bind up, to bind fast, to tie up, e. g. the eyes, Is. 33, 15 ; see Pie). Arab. (V-wax IV, to tie up a leather bottle or skin ; more commonly to bind up. Kindr. are U-q:L , -a , (^^^), also n::x, onn. From the idea of bind- ing up (see "isa, "i^'l^), comes 2. Intrans. (once mid. E, ^la^.^ Ps. 38, 20.) to be strong, mighty, powerful, Gen. 26, 16. Ps. 38, 20 ; to become strong, etc. Ex. 1, 7. 20. Dan. 8, 8. 24. 11, 23. Arab. ^Jh. to be great, of great mo- ^i^ t. - ment, ^.\h fr greatness, *-;yiL& great. 3. to be strong in number, to be nume- rous, many, Ps. 38, 20. 40, 6. 13. 69, 5. 139, 17. Is. 31, 1. Jer. 15, 8. 30, 14. l6. See n^^^ no. 2. PiEL c^^ 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to shut up the eyes of any one. Is. 29, 10. 2. Denora. from d2C3J , to gnaw or craunch the bones, Jer. 50. 17. Comp. nnj . HiPH. to make strong Ps. 105, 24, Deriv. Q^:is , ni^ss;ri, and the five here following Dlt:^ f but with masc. Ez. 24, 10. Ps. 22, 18 ; in pause o:5 , c. suff. "^ri^S ; plur. D"i72:^s; , constr. ^^:i^_ , c. suff. ''a^5 ; also plural ni7::2S', constr. m^S? , c. sufF. 1. a bone, so called from its hardness and strength, comp. the root no. 2 ; Arab. p>^^. . Gen. 2, 23. Ex. 12, 46. Num. 9, 1 2. Job 30, 30. ^"^^^^ '^^^^^ my bone and my flesh, see in 'nba no. 4. Plur. t3'^aS5 constr. "^X]:!? Ps. 6,^3. 31, 11. 32, 3 ; once of the bones of the dead Am. 6, 10. Of- tener plur. m'^S?, Ps. 22, 15. 18. 42, 11. 51, ]0. Is. 38, 13. Job 4, 14. Prov. 14, 30; mostly of the bones of one dead (comp. rS'i'^, ni33), Ex. 13, 19. Josh. 24,32. 2 Sam. 21, 12. 13. 14. 2 K. 23, 14. 18. 20. al. 2. a body, bodily form. Lam. 4, 7. 3. With genit. it is used instead of the pronoun self, self-same, ipse, comp. synon. C^.a no. 3, and Arab. ^^wyC- eye, ipse, self; but only of things^ e. g. D:i5>a ntn Di'^n m the self-same day, that very day. Gen. 7, 13. 17, 23. 26. Lev. 23, 21. 28. al. Ex. 24, 10 n'^^^'n cii^S as the heaven itself the very heaven. Job 21, 23 iaPi c^5J2 in his very wholeness, in the midst of health and prosperity. 4. Azein, pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Simeon, Josh. 15, 29. 19, 3. 1 Chr. 4, 29. DSb m. (r. D^^) c. suff. ^a:?^. 1. strength, Deut. 8, 17. Job 30,' 21. 2. Collect, the bones, body, i. q. D:i5 no. 2, Ps. 139, 15. n^SlJ f. (r. c:S) constr. r^^^. 1. Strength Is. 'iO, 29. 47, 9. 2. number, multitude, Nah. 3, 9.* ITQ^ii? (strong, r. D'i5) Azmon, pr. n. of a place on the southern border of Pa- lestine, Num. 34, 4. 5. Josh. 15, 4. ni'a^:? r plur. (r. C^y) strong de- fences, bulwarks, trop. of arguments with which disputants defend their cause, Is. 41, 21; comp. Job 13, 12. Talmud. Ciss'nx to dispute, to contend with argu- menls; Arab. aL4..dX defence, guard. 1*^? obsol. root. prob. of a like tbrce with 0:25 , ns:? , to be hard,flrm, strong Hence ^:? 809 lp5> 125? uTt. Xsyofi. 2 Sam. 23, 8, prob. a s ? spear; comp. Arab. ^^vo-fc branch. See this passage in full under art. X^^,^ . * "^^^ fut. ^bss^ , more rarely "nbJ?.:! 1 K. 18, 44. 2 K. 4, 24. 1. to shut up, to close. The primary- idea lies in surrounding, enclosing; with a fence, wall ; comp. the similar roots ^^n , "i:2X , nTK , and the remarks there made. Arab. V)^ to prohibit, to re- fuse; V|g^ to hold back, to restrain, like the Heb. no. 2. E. g. to shut up the heavens, so that it cannot rain, Deut. 11, 17. 2 Chr. 7, 13 ; the womb, so as not to bear. Gen. 16, 2. 20, 18 (where it is con- strued with ira q, V. no. 1), comp. Is. 66, 9. Also to shut up in a place Jer. 20, 9 ; espec. in prison 2 K. 17, 4. Jer. 33, 1. 36, 5.39,15. With "13513, 1 Chr. 12, 1 *isi:rs p^lXi^ "^5 5^ shut out from the presence of Saul, not permitted to see Saul's face; others: shut up at home because of Saul, through fear of him, comp. -.ox IV to keep oneself at home. For the phrase 2!iTSi nii:3 , see in nt:^ no. 1. a. 2. to hold back, to hinder, to detain a person anywhere, 1 K. 18, 44. Judg. 13, 16 ; c. b 2 K. 4, 24 ; c. 2 Job 12, 15 ->':3Jn 0*1 IS a he holdeth back, withholdeth, the waters. 4, 2 "p^^3 ^bjr to withhold words. 29, 9. 1 Sam. 21, 6 iisb-nnss? mrx wo- men have been kept from us. A pecu- liar formula not unfrequent in the later Hebrew is n's i::^ . to retain strength, to be strong, Dan. 10, 8. 16. ^1, 6. 2 Chr. 13, 20;. c. b to have strength for any thing, to he able, 1 Chr. 29, 14. 2 Chr. 2, 5. 22. 9 ; and so n*3 being omitted 2 Chr. 20, 37. 14, 10. 3. coercuit imperio, i. e. to rule, to reign, c. 3 1 Sam. 9, 17. 4. to collect, to heap up, i. q. ^il^X q. v. hence i:2:^_ wealth ; to assemble persons, see Niph. no. 3, and STiSS . NiPH. 1. to be shut up, e. g. the hea- vens 1 K. 8, 35. 2 Chr. 6, 26. 2. to be restrained, hindered, stayed, Num. 17, 13. 15 [16, 48. 50]. 2 Sam. 24, 21. 25. Ps. 106, 30. 3. to be assembled (from the idea of constraining, compelling, see fT^^?), espec. to a festival, fT^^S . 1 Sam. 21, 68* 8 nitri ^)th ns^b assembled before Je- hovah. Deriv. the three following, and '^'t^'O ^^^ m. (r. 1^5) treasures laid up wealth, riches, i. q. nil^iit . Judg. 18, "* ^S?S ttj'ii'' . . . 'j'^!>5 no possessor of wealthy comp. ^23 no. 4 ; Vulg. magnarum opum ; Sept. Vatic. xXtjQovofiog izud^w* '&7](javQovg. Several ancient intpp. give it by dominion, rule, see "ns:^ no. 3. But the expression refers to a people, and not to a ruler. "I?3^ m. (r. ^:pj 1. a shutting up, closure. Prov. 30, 16 cn'n 'nS2> the shut- ting up of the womb, i. e. a barren womb. 2. constraint, oppression, vexation, Ps. 107. 39. Is. 53, 8. nn?? f. (r. n^S no. 4) 2 K. 10, 20. Is. 1, 13. Joel 1, 14; elsewhere ^'^??! , in pause n'5^3> 2 Chr. 7, 9; plur.' c. suflf. DD-ini-iS?'^ an assembly, Jer. 9, 1 [2] d'^^aa r\"|:25 an assembly of wicked men. Usually, the assembly, congregation of the people for celebrating public rites nuv^yvQiq, Joel 1, 14. 2 K. 10, 20. Am. 5, 21. Is. 1, 13; espec. as held on the seventh day of the passover, and on the eighth day of the festival of taberna- cles, i. q. ttSVp H-np^ , Lev. 23, 36. Num. 29, 35. Deut. 16,^8. 2 Chr. 7, 9. Neh. 8, 18. Comp. Arab. xt|^ assembly, more fully ^|4^| ^-j day of assembly, i. e. Friday, as a festival or holyday of the Muhammedans. Tken and Michaelic find the primary idea in restraint from labour J see Iken Diss, philol. theol. p 49 sq. J. D. Michaelis Suppl. h. v. The contrary is shewn by Jer. 9, 1 [2l * ^12? fut. 3p?tl Jer. 9, 3 ; c. suff, 'iSSpSJ:: Gen. 27, 36." 1. Prob. to be high, like a vault, mound, or the like; kindr. with -3]? 325 . Hence 'i'pv hill, 3pr heel. 2. Denom. from 3p:^ , to take, or seize by the heel; Hos. 12 4 "nx 3p:? -(^r.; l^riK in the womb he took his brother bh the heel ; comp. Gen. 25, 26. So Arab. G * v^^^JLt has meaningsborro wed from ...jLi. heel, e. g. to hit in the heel. Spec, iz order to trip or throw one down ; hence np3? 810 bv^ 3. Trop. to circumvent, to deceive, to defraud, Gen. 27, 36. Jer. 9, 3. Chald. 3|?3J to lie in wait for, pr. to follow at one's heels, to track. Comp. Iip^ no. 3, np:^ no 2, J-tsp?:? . PiEL to leave behind, pr. at one's heels, e. g. the lightnings behind the thunders Job 37, 4. Arab. s^^aJLc to leave behind, to defer, to procrastinate ; Chald. S3? to delay. Deriv. n^:^ nnpiy , and pr. n. S^J?? , -P? m, (r. ap^ no. 1) constr. np2> Gen. 25, 26 ; plur. Q'^apr , constr. "^apr Cant. 1, 8, *inp? Dag. euph. Gen. 49, 17, and ninp^ iPs. 77, 20; c. suff. ^Sp?, 1. the heel of the foot; Arab. v^/At, Syr. |!sua. , id. Chald. X^J^S? id. also end of a thing, a) Of men Gen. 3, 15. 25, 26. Ps. 41, 10. Job 18, 9. Meton. steps, foot- steps ; Ps. 56, 7 Jintlli'i inp3> ^/i^y a/^a/cA my AeeZs, i. e. my steps ; so Cant. 1, 8, and mnp2? Ps. 77, 20. 89. 52 they have reproached the footsteps (m'apr) of thine anointed. Comp. UpS no. 3. To make bare the heels of a woman, to show her disgrace, the heels of a modest woman being covered by her train, Jer. 13, 22. b) Of a horse, the hoof Gen. 49, 17. Judg. 5, 22. 2. Metaph. the rear of an army. Josh. 8, 13. Gen. 49, 19. 3. Adj. verbal from the root no. 3, a lier-in-wait, tracker, Ps. 49, 6. 3p? m. (r. 3p:^ no. 1) fem. n3;?S . 1. a hill, acclivity, Is. 40, 4. Arab. aUJLC , ^Akabah, a steep pass. Ethiop. 2. Adj. fraudulent, deceitful, e. g. the heart. Jer. 17, 9. 3. Adj. denom. from ap5 no. 1. a. Hos. 6, 8 fi-^TS nai55 tracked with blood, i. e. full of bloody footsteps, the traces of blood. This adj. 3pr , f n3p5 , imi- tates those which mark colours and the like, e. g. CtSx , ^*p3 , ^ps . ^)?? m. (r. nps) 1. the end, the last s * of any thing; Arab. v.,,Jlc, Chald. &^^P^. Hence as adv. even to the end, ever, for ever, Vs. 119, 33. 112. 2. recompense, reward, wages, as the end and result of labour ; comp. Xoi- a&ri'ia reward, from loiadoq last. Ps. 19, 12. Prov. 22, 4. Hence np2)-b5 Ps. 40, 17. 70, 4, and npSJ Is. 5, 23^ as Prep. pr. in reward of, \. e. on account of because of propter. Also with a relat. particle as Conjunct, e. g. "ttix 3|^? Gen. 22, 18. 26, 5, and "^3 3p25 Am. 4, 12, yropterea quod, because ; and so simpl. 3p5> Num. 14,24. Deut. 7, 12. 8,20. nnfplj f or better S^?!?? ^. fraud, craft, subtiliy, 2 K. 10, 19. R. 2pS no. 3. nSj?? see in 3pS . * ^E? fut. ^ps;:^ , to bind. Gen. 22, 9. Chald. id. Arab. Juic nexuit, nodavit. Kindred roots are ^5^ , ^35< , q. v. Hence "^P? adj. plur. D"''^p?., banded, i. e. marked with bands or stripes, striped ring-streaked, comp. i2n no. 3 ; espec. on the feet, piedfooted, white-footed, Gen. 30, 35. 39. 40. 31, 8. 10. 12. Symm. Xsvxonodeg. Saad. S-LS^ white-footed, from J^ band, fetter. '^p? see D-'SJnn 'ips rr^a in art. n"^? no. 12. ii. * ijj? obsol. root, Arab. [jis. to re- tain, to detain. The primary idea seems to lie in compressing; see pis?, pi:. Hence nps?3 . "'p? f oppression Ps. 55, 4. R. p^3) . n^pi? (insidious i. q. Sp?!)) Akkub, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr." 3, 24. b) 9, 17. Ezra 2, 42. Neh. 7, 45. 8, 7. 11, 19. 12, 25. c) Ezra 2, 45. * ^E? in Kal not used, to twist, to wrest, to pervert. Chald. bps to per- vert ; Syr. \-a:s part, perverse. Arab. JuLfr to bind together sc. the feet. PuAL part. ^)5S>^ perverted, Hab. 1, 4. Deriv. the two following. ^p^P? m. adj. (r. ^P^) winding, crooked, only plur. Judg. 5, 6 f"''in'nx ni^p^ps; winding ways, i. e. devious anj unfrequented, by-paths. So withou subst. ni^pbps? id. Ps. 125, 5. Syr Vll^L* id. I bp:? 811 ^p:? t^)"^^: adj. (from a lost sabsL nsi^S) and adj. ending "ji) winding, tortuous^ epithet of a serpent Is. 27, ]. R. bjDS. IE? obsol. root, perh. i. q. b;?S and Aram. 0)^5 , to twist, to wrest. Hence Ipi?! Akan, pr. n. m. Gen. 36, 27 ; for which "ii;??'^ Jaakan, 1 Chr. 1, 42. See also "|i??'2 ^33 niixs p. 110. 'jl^ 1. to pluck up, to root out, e. g. a plant, Ecc. 3, 2. Syr. and Chald. id. The primary syllable is ip with the idea o^ digging, digging out; comp. the kindr. roots ^^p, *.p3 ; also *113, JT^S, '^^^s. Hence ^ ' , 2. i. q. Arab. Ji^ and Jld , ^o be ste- rile, used both of male and female, but pr. to have the testicles extirpated^ comp. under the root Gt!^' NiPH. to be rooted up. destroyed, e. g. a city Zeph. 2, 4. Pi EL to hamstring, to hough, e. g. a horse, i. e. to cut the sinews of the hind feet, by which the animal is rendered wholly useless and unable to stand. Josh. 11, 6. 9. 2 Sam. 8, 4. 1 Chr. 18, 4 ; of a bullock Gen. 49, 6. Sept. viv^oaonuv. This was often and is still done in war by the victors, when unable to carry off with them the horses captured. Arab. liLfr id. Deriv. the six following. '^P? Chald. to pluck up, to root out. Ithpe. pass. Dan. 7. 8. "Ij?? m. adj. (r. np5) f rT^i^S, rr\^^., sterile, spoken of both male and female ; for the primary idea see the root no. 2. Of a male Deut. 7, 14; of females Gen. 11, 30. 25, 21. 29, 31. Deut. 7, 14. al. Syr. and Arab. id. *^I?? m. (r. ips) 1. pr. a rooting up, concr. a plant rooted up and transplant- ed to another soil. Hence metaph. of a person sprung from a foreign family re- sident in the Hebrew territory, Lev. 25, 47. 2. Eker, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 27. ^!?^ Chald. m. a stump, trunk of a tree, Dan. 4, 12. 20. ^"^1?? m. plur. D'la'^ipS 1. a scor- G ^ - pion Ez. 2, 6. Arab. vj JLft id. Syr. j.'^i nS id. Comp. Gr. axogjilog, the guttural being changed to a sibilant, as in bp^ axoXiog. As a quadriliteral it seems to be compounded from "ipS Jl& to wound, and 3p^ heel. See also t3'^3'ii5?-nb?5^ p. 598. 2. a scourge, armed with knots, points, etc. 1 K. 12, 11. 14. 2 Chr. 10, 11. 14. So Lat. Scorpio according to Isidorus, Origg. 5. 27, i. e. ' virga nodosa et aculeata.' Ilnjp!^ (eradication, r. ipS ; conjp. Zeph. 2, 4) Ekron, pr. n. of one of the five chief cities of the Philistines, situ- ated in the northern part of their terri- tory. Josh. 13; 3 ; assigned first to the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 45, and then to Dan, Josh. 19, 43, but occupied by nei- ther. Josh. 15, 11. 19, 43. Judg. 1, 18. 1 Sam. 5, 10. 2 K. 1, 2. al. Sept. '^xxa- g(ov, ^Ayiaqtav. Now ^*Lfr ''Akir, a large village ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 23. Gentile n. 'Si^p? Ekronite Josh. 13, 3. 1 Sam. 5, 10. * "^!2? not used in Kal, to twist, to pervert, to wrest. Arab. imAC- and ijaJic id. This signif of twisting or bending lies both in the syll, p^ , as ]-r>s to bend or twist back, "ips?, JJi^. |-oaik nexuit. bpS, Dps "^ak^, u,g.o.fc ; and also in the syll. ^p,asaJ!ip, Hip;;. PiEL to pervert, Mic. ^, 9. So to per- vert one^s ways, i. q. to act perversely, Is. 59, 8. Prov. 10, 9. HiPH. to declare perverse, i. e. guilty, parall. with S^ttJnn. Job 9, 20 though / be perfect, "^s^pS^l he will declare me perverse, guilty ; here '^S^pS?^ is for ''S^T^?!, Heb. Gr. 52. n. 4.' NiPH. pass, to be perverted, perverse. Part. D^?'^''^ ^i^?5 ivhose ways are per^ verse, Prov. 28, 18. Deriv. tips, waipS, D-'iapSTD. tjj?!? m. adj. (r. ttipS) plur. D-'^pS, constr. "^^pS . 1. perverse ; TlJpS 2^^ a perverse mind Ps. 101, 4 ; and vice versa nnb-irips a man of perverse mind Prov. 11, 20. 17, 20. T'nsb ^pS one perverse of lips i. e. speaking falsely Prov. 19, 1. Absol. false, deceitful, Deut. 32, 5. Ps. 18, 27. Prov. 8, 8. 2. Ikkesh. pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 23, 26 I2:p3? 812 nns? n^t?]^!? f. (r. tlip^) with riB, perverse- wess of mouth, i. e. false speech, deceit- fill words, Prov. 4, 24. 6, 12 ; comp. 19, 1. I. *^^ m. (r. "iiy I) actVy, spec, as forti- fied, whence plur. D'^'^^ used as plural of l"!^ q. V. In sing, only as pr. n. "i^ Ar, Num. 21, 15. Deut. 2, 29; fully ^i 3X173 Ar Moab Num. 21, 28. Is. 15, l\ also SXI^a n"i3J c% of Moab, Num. 22, 36, i. e. the metropolis of Moab, situated on the southern bank of the Ai;non; Gr. "AiiEoTiolK; (which some neglecting the etymology have interpreted Urhs Mar- tis), Abulfeda oLo and iOwJt ; still called Rahba. See Reland Palsestina p. 577. Burckhardt's Trav. in Syria, p. 374. 377. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 569. Twice put for the country of Moab, Deut. 2, 9. 18. II. "ly m. (r. "("^S) an enemy ; c. suff'. ^;:^ 1 Sam. 28, 16. Plur. n^-nS Is. 14,21. Ps. 139, 20. "^^ Chald. i. q. Heb. no. II, an enemy, Dan. 4, 16. "^^ (waking, r. ^!13> I) Er, pr. n. a) A son of Judah, Gen. 38, 3. 46, 12. b) 1 Chr. 4, 21. Another "i? see in r. "i!is 1. 1. I^J? 1. Pr. a) to interweave, to braid; comp. n'lfij to knot, to braid, Egypt. opS constringere ; hence n'i5 woof. b) to mix, to mingle, as Syr. ^i^, Chald. 2'ns ; see Hithp. no. 1, a-iS no. 2. 2. to exchange commodities, to barter, to traffic, by exchange of merchandise, Ez. 27, 9. 27. Hence sn^??. . 3. to become surety for any one, with ace. of pers. pr. to exchange vjiih him, to stand in his place. Chald. Syr. Sam. id. E. g. a) to be surety for one's life, to pledge oneself for the life of an- other. Gen. 43, 9. 44, 32. b) For an- other's debt, to give security for the payment, Prov. 11, 15. 20, 16. 27, 13; c. h Prov. 6, 1 ; ^)p\ 17, 18. Poet. Job 17, 3 Tj'si^ '^?5'?^ ^6 surety for me with thee, i. e. in the cause which I have with thee. Is. 38, 14 ^l-iy^ be surety for me, O Lord ! i. e. take me under thy protec- tion. Ps. 119, 122. Deriv. nans? , na^s^n . 4. to pledge, to give in pledge, with ace. of thing; Arab. Ov^ Conj. II, IV, to give a pledge. Neh. 5, 3. Metaph. iab-nx lyj to pledge his life, i. e. to ex- pose it to pressing danger. Jer. 30, 21. Deriv. 'jin'nS . Hithp. 1. to mingle onself to inter- meddle, with 2 of thing, Prov. 14, 10. 2. to intermingle in social life, to have intercourse with any one, spec, to be familiar with, c. S pers. Ps. 106, 35 ; h Prov. 20, 19 ; D^ 24, 21 ; by marriage', c. 2 Ezra 9, 2. Also to make an en- gagement, c. PN with any one, sc. by way of wager, 2 K. 18, 23. Is. 36, 8. Deriv. 2"i5) T \- - T \-: )i='??, a-;?? I, ir.^i^? 1. to be black; Arab. v>*-ft id. v_,^wi jet-black, crow-black. Hence 2'n2' raven. 2. Trop. to be or grow dark, to draw towards sunset or evening, Judg. 19, 9. Metaph. Is. 24, 11 HHTab-bs nnns) all joy IS darkened, gone down. Syr. ^.^'^ the sun sets, )^i^ sunset; Eth. U^H the sun sets ; Arab. L->vft id. whence .^ ^^*Juo, the Occident, west. HiPH. to do at evening ; Inf ^'n??! ' doing at evening,' as adv. eveni?ig, at evening, 1 Sam. 17, 16. Comp. nsdn in the morning. Deriv. n-nS) , a-ns , n'nb, n'^sa II, nn-nSJa . *IIJ. nn;j or n;i^, i. q. a-nn, to be arid, sterile. Eth. by transp UflZ^ id. Hence ^2'^S' , and pr. n. 2"^? Arabia. * IV. n'n:j fut. :i^55^ 1. intrans. to be sweet, pleasant, (perh. well tempered, well mixed? comp. no. 1. 1. b.) with b of pers. e. g. sleep, Prov. 3, 24. Jer. 31, 26 ; a desire accomplished Prov. ]3, 19; sacrifices, gifts, Jer. 6, 20. Hos. 9, 4. Mai. 3, 4 ; c. hs Ps. 104, 34. Ez. 16, 37 t^'l*':!? ^3"]^ ^^.i?^ io whom thou hast been, pleasant. Comp. adj. D'nS sweet. 2. From the notion of sweetness is derived perhaps the signif of sucking, \ comp. y^^ , n^^ . Hence nSs gad-fly ' as sucking the blood of men and beasts ; comp. Arab, s-^y^ which in *he Camoos, p. 125. 1. 11. is explained by Jl^I comedit. Deriv. S-nS, sH^. a^:? 813 ni:? ^"^^ Chald. Pa. to mix^ to mingle. Part. pass. -'^^?: mixed, Dan. 2, 43. Ithpa. pass. Dan. 2, 43. 2"!?? m. adj. (r. n'nS IV) siceef, pZea- sant, Prov. 20, 17. Cant. 2, 14. 11*^? m. (r. D'nS IV ) a species of fly, gad-Jly, exceedingly troublesome to man and beast, so called from its sucking the blood; see the root no. 2. Ex. 8, 17. IS. 20. 25. 27 [21. 22. 24. 29. 31]. Ps. 78, 45. 105, 31. Sept. xvv6fj,via dog-Jly, which Philo describes as so named from its impudence, Phil, de vita Mosis, T. II. p. 101 ed. Mangey. The Rabbins al- most unanimously interpret it of a mix- ture^ conflux of noxious insects, as if from 2n^ I, to mix ; and so Aqu. ndfi- uvux. Jerome omne genus muscarum, Engl, divers sorts ofjiies Ps. 11. cc. But that 315 denotes some certain species of insect is clear from Ex. 8, 17. 18 [21. 22]. Oedmann (Verm. Sammlungen II. p. 150) understands by it the hlatta ori- entalis, Dutch and Germ. Kakerlacke, Engl, cockroach, which however devours things rather than stings men, contrary to the express words in Ex. 8, 17. "^^y, 2 Chr. 9, 14. Jer. 25, 24, and ^^ Is. 21, 13. Ez. 27, 21, pr. n. Arabia, s ^^ ijw.. so called from being arid and sterile; see r. 3"i^ III. The gentile n. is ^3-i2> Arab, Arabian, Is. 13. 20. Jer. 3. 2, of nomadic tribes in both passages; also ^^y_ Neh. 2, 19. 6, 1 ; Plar. C-in-i? Arabs, Arabians, 2 Chr. 21, 16. 22, 1, and D^S^nn? 2 Chr. 17, 11. The name Ara- bia among the Hebrews did not include the vast peninsula to which geographers have given this name, but only a tract of country not very extensive, on the east and south of Palestine as far as to the Red Sea ; perh. the same assigned by ancient writers to the Ishmaelites, see in bxSJ^HJ^. Hence in Jer. 25, 24 this name is coupled with other Arabian tribes. So too Eusebius, of the Midi- anites : xeiiai sJisxEiPa lij? ^Aqa^iat; ngbg roiov if i(ji]jiioi tmv ^agfxxrjvuiv t^? iQV&Q(xg d^ahmaag in itvmoXag. The Arabia of the N. T. extended no fur- ther, Gal. 1, 17. 4, 25. See Comm. on I-s. 21, 13. yy?. m. (r. nns I ) also yy$ see in no. 2. 1. the woof, weft, in weaving. Lev. 13, 48-59. See the root no. 1. a. 2. Simpl. n'ns Ex. 12, 38. Neh. 13, 3, elsewhere c. art. ^'i^fi, pr. mixture, see the root no. 1. b ; hence concr. a mixed multitude, mingled mass, of strangers and foreigners who follow a migrating people or an army. So of strangers who joined themselves to the Israelites Ex. 12, 38. Neh. 13, 3 ; of Solomon's foreign troops, auxiliaries, 1 K. 10, 15 n'l^rr '^Db^a ; or those of Egypt Ez. 30, 5. Jer. 25, 20. 24 where ni5)n ''3^73 and ' V V T - : - SnS '3?^ are coupled; also those of the Chaldeans Jer. 50, 37. Sept. ijil^ixrog, avfifiiXTog. Vulg. promiscuum valgus, viUgus. Chald. ')'^2";il'i5 id. Comp. also 6 r Arab. v>J>-^ stranger; though this per- tains to r. n'n5 II. nn:^ m. (r. 3^5 II ) but f 1 Sam. 20, 5 ; in pause nn5 Gen. 24, 63 ; plur. D'^^-i? , constr. ^3'!? see in no. 2 ; also niins Jer. 5, 6. Dual see below. For n-:55n c. art. mixture, see in 3"!5 no. 2. I. evening, even-tide, see the root no. 2. Gen. 1, 5. 8. 13. 19. 23. Lev. 23, 33. al. 3*]y r^ns"!: the evening sacrifice Dan. 9, 21. Ezra 9, 4. At evening, in the evening, is n'i53 Gen. 19, 1. 29. 23. Ex. 12, 18. al. Poet, nn^^ Gen. 49, 27. Ps. 59, 7. 15. 90, 6. Job 4.' 20; and so in the later books 1 Chr. 16, 40. 2 Chr. 2. 3. Ezra 3, 3. Ecc. 11, 6 ; ace. ^'^,'$, Ex. 16, 6; sns nr^ Gen. 8, 11. 24, 11. Zech. 14, 7 ; Di^ 3nS evening of the day. at evening, Prov. 7, 9; 3"i2J m'ssb at the turning of evening, towards evening, Gen. 24, 63. Deut. 23, 12. Also "^^XT 3125 evening wolves, see in nxT ; and so Plur. once rvinn^ 2XT Jer. 5, 6. '^p.a 3-iSJ evening and morning, vvx&rjfisQov, a day and night, i. e. the civil day of 24 hours, Dan. 8, 14. Dual dS'i^ the two evenings, only in the formula dS"i5rt "pa between the two evenings Ex. 16, 12. 30, 8, as marking the interval of time during which the paschal lamb was to be killed Ex. 12, 6. Lev. 23, 5. Num. 9, 3. 5, and the even- ing sacrifice offered Ex. 29, 39. 41. Num. 28, 4. This, according to the opinion of the Karaites and Samaritans, as also '^TJ 814 nn:? Aben Ezra (which moreover is favoured by Deut. 16, 6), was the interval between sunset and dark. , But the Pharisees and Rabbinists (comp. Jos. B. J. 6. 9. 3) held the first evening to commence with the declining sun, Gr. dslXtj n^ma, and the second evening with the setting sun, Gr. dsUrj oipla ; hence according to them the paschal lamb was to be killed from the ninth till the eleventh hour, Jos. 1. c. A third opinion is that of Jarchi and Kimchi, who hold the two evenings to be the time before and after sunset, so that the sunset divides them. Of all these the first is best supported. The Arabs have the like expression ; and also the Syrian church ; see Thesaur. p. 1065. 11. Only in plur. t3'n'is;, constr. ""n-iSJ. willows, osiers, perh. so called from their 9 ^o > ash-coloured leaves. Comp. vj>Juo one having white eyelashes, ^y^- white- ness of the eyelashes, silver, also a wil- low. Syr. |^.j^, plur. )^'^> id. Is. 44, 4. Job 40, 22. Ps. 137, 2, where the salix Bahylonica Linn, is to be under- stood, with pendulous boughs, the em- blem of^rief and mourning, Engl.iceep- ing-willow. Is. 15,7 n'^n'nSrt bns the Brook of Willows (comp. Job 40, 22) in Moab, i. e. ^^jwwc:*.^! (54>L Wady el-Ahsy, which forms the boundary between the district of Kerak or Moabitis, and of Je- b&l or Idumea; see Burckhardt's Tra- vels in Syria, etc. p. 400. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 488, 555. The more an- cient name. was *Tnt Zered, q. v. yy^ m. (r. n^_^ II) plur. u-^iy . 1. a raven, so called from its black colour. Chald. U^^"!*!? , Syr. j-ojol^, Arab. l->Iv^. Correspondmg in sound are Sanscr. kdrawa and kurawa, Lat. corvus, old Germ, hraban, whence Rabe, Engl, raven. Gen. 8, 7. 1 K. 17, 4. 6. Is. 34, 11. Ps. 147, 9. al. Sometimes it would seem to have a wider sense and to comprehend kindred species of birds, espec. the crow, see Lev, 11, 15. Deut. 14, 14. 2. Oreb, pr. n. of a prince of the Midi- anites, Judg. 7, 25. 8, 3. Ps. 83, 12. From him the name was transferred to a rock beyond Jordan, Judg. 7, 25. Is. 10, 26. nnn:^ f (r. n'n^ in ) c. n loc. nnn-^r ; plur. nin-n? , constr. nin^l? . 1. an arid trad, sterile region, desert, Job 24, 5. 39, 6. Is. 33, 9. 35, 1. 6. 40, 3. 41, 19. 51, 3. Jer. 2, 6. 17, 6. 50, 12. 51, 43. Sept. sgrjiiog, also u^ajog, uTitiQog, yri dupbjaa. With the art. ^!5';?7 the Arabah, as pr. n. for the low desert tract or plain of the Jordan and Dead Sea, shut in by mountains, and extending from the lake of Tiberias to the Elanitic Gulf; see Josh. 12, 3 ni^ss c^j-is ri2nn5. Deut. 1, 1 q^D hi^ ^^i?,^ in the Arabah over against the Bed Sea, i. e. at the opposite end or part. 2, 8. So Deut. 1, 7. 3, 17. 4, 49. 11, 30. Josh. 12, 1. 3. 8. 8,14. 11,2.8.16. 15,2. 2 Sam. 2, 29. 4, 7. 2 K. 25, 4. Jer. 39, 4. 52, 7. Ez. 47, 8. Hence the Dead Sea is called the Sea of the Arabah Deut. 3, 17. 4, 49. Josh. 3, 16. 12, 3. 2 K. 14, 25. [The Greek name for this tract was AvXojv, described by Eusebius as extending from Lebanon to the desert of Paran ; Onomast. art. AvXmv. Abulfeda speaks of it under the name el-Ghdr )aJ|, and says correctly that it stretches between the lake of Tiberias and Ailah or 'Aka- bah. At the present day the name el- Ghdr is applied to the northern part, from the lake of Tiberias to an offset or line of cliffs just south of the Dead Sea; while the southern part, quite to the Red Sea, is called Wady el-^Arabah auoul, the ancient Hebrew name. The extension of this valley to the Dead Sea appears to have been unknown to the early geographers ; and in modern times was first discovered by Burckhardt ; see his Travels in Syr. p. 441 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 594-600. At Jericho the valley is broader ; and is called in plur. in-n"; ma^il? Josh. 5, 10. 2 K. 25, 5 ; also, east of the Jordan, ax"!^ r^i^"^?, Vulg. campestria Moab, Num. 22, 1. 26, 3. al. i^a-iyn bns the brook of the Ara- bah, see in bri3 no. 1, p. 663. R. 2. Arabah, pr. n. of a town in Benja- min ; fully f^2^S?^ n-'S , see n';'? no. 12. kk. J^^*^? f 1. surety, security, Prov. 17, 18. R. n-ns^ I. 3. 2. a pledge. 1 Sam. 17, 18 TNI n;5n ors'nj and bring from them a pledge, token. R. 'y\^ no. I. 4. n:? 815 1^5? 'pl'15? m. (r. 3'nS 1. 4) a pledge^ earnest^ Gen. 38, 17. 18. 20. Arab. ^!)I^C^j ^^wfi, id. Hence ag^a^ojVj arrhabo, i. e. a pledge, earnest, a mercantile term which the Greeks and Romans appear to have adopted from the Phenicians as the founders of commerce. ''^'IISJ, '^^'}^, an Arab, Arabian, see in 3^5 . T-: 'ifnl'^I^ Arbathite, gentile name from nn^r no. 2. 2 Sam. 23, 31. T T-: ' * ^!^^ fut. aHs^ 1. to rise, to ascend, Arab, ^^v-^ id. ^v*^ place of ascent, staircase, ladder. Ethiop. OO id. See 2. With b? and bi< to look up towards any thigg, to long for, Gr. 6()yft) ; comp. b5 dS3 55\r3. Arab. Conj. II, institit, intentus fuit rei. Ps. 42, 2. Joel 1, 20. The assertion of the Hebrew interpret- ers, that an:? is strictly used for the cry of the stag and is transferred to domestic animals in Joel 1. c. (the Syriac version also having j.i^ in both passages,) is not supported by the usage of the kin- dred languages ; although one might compare the Gr. onomatop. mqvo), b)gv/T]. See too the deriv. nJiJiiS. More also is given by Bochart, Hieroz. P. I. p. 883. * ^^5 obsol. root, Arab. t>^ tojlee; comp. kindr. *^y} . Hence m'"iS , Chald. ^*13 , wild ass, onager. '^'^? Arad, pr. n. a) A Canaanitish city in the southern part of Palestine, so called prob. from the wild ass, Num. 21, 1. 33, 40. Josh. 12, 14. The name is still preserved in Tell ^Ardd olj-ft, a 'hill far south of Hebron adjacent to the desert ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 473, 622. b) A man 1 Chr. 8, 15. '^^^ Chald. m. i. q. 'lii^, a wild ass, onager, Dan. 5, 21. 0? ^0 be naked, in Kal not used. Arab, (^j-fr id. The primary idea of the root seems to lie in plticking out (comp. JT^!?), e. g. plants, hair, etc. hence to be bald, bare, naked, of plants, trees, etc. comp. ^'1^73, "i^n. Kindr. is nys and perhaps t\'^^ II. PiEL ?T13> J fut. conv. "nl^ni , imper. plur. 1. to make naked, to uncover, e. g. the pudenda Is. 3, 17 ; a shield sc. from its covering 22, 6. Zeph. 2, 14 nnSJ t^l'ii^, the cedar-work they have uncovered, i. e. they have torn off the wainscotings of cedar and laid the walls bare. 2. to lay naked, bare, as the founda- tion of an edifice, i. e. to demolish, to rase, Ps. 137, 7. Inf nin!^ Hab. 3, 13. Comp. nbj, n|a, Ez. 13, 14. Mic. 1, 6. Hence 3. to empty a vessel, to pour out, in doing which its bottom is laid bare, uncovered ; Gen. 24, 20. 2 Chr. 24, 11. Ps. 141, 8 ^m^ "i^Pi-lsx do not empty out my life, i. e. let not my blood be shed. Comp. Hiph. no. 2. HiPH. n*i:>n 1. to make naked, to un- cover, e. g. the pudenda, Lev. 20, 18. 19. 2. to pour out, comp. Pi. no. 3. Is. 53, 12 idsi nl5ab nn^n he poured out his life unto death, or in death, gave himself up to death. Arab. aUwJlJ jLwwf animam suam effudit, h. e. tradidit. Syr. |, , Gr. Ttaga/SaXXsa&ai, whence pa- rabplanus. NiPH. pass, of Hiph. no. 2, to be poured out, trop. of the Spirit, Is. 32, 15. HiTHP. 1. to make oneself naked Lam. 4, 21. 2. to pour oneself out, trop. to spread oneself abroad, of a flourishing wide- spreading tree, Ps. 37, 35. Deriv. n^s, niis, rr^-iSJ, nn^J^, nsa, ISP), and pr. n. nnsa. rrn^ f (r. rris) plur. nins Is. 19, 7, naked places, without trees (see "i?'a, STnr^), here of the meadows or grassy places on the banks of the Nile. Arab. \yk , eIj^ , open place. njr,?; f (r. S-nS) Cant. 5, 13. 6, 2. Ez. 17, 7. 10, areola, bed, of a garden or vineyard, raised in the middle. So the ancient versions. Others a ladder^ trellis, a frame for training plants up- s o^ wards ; comp. Arab. ^ yA>o ladder. ^^:> 816 ^n;? TT^^ m. (r. ^t!^) '"'i^^ "^'^j onager, Job 39, 5. Chald.'id. in Targg. for Heb. ti'iQ . Syr. id. Arab. 4>^ ass. *^3*!^? f. (r. ny>) 1. nakedness, Ez. 16, 8.' Hos. 2, 9 [11]. Metaph. ny^ l^'iijn f^e nakedness of the land, i. e. the 'exposed part, where it is unfortified, easy of access. Gen. 42. 9. 12. Arab. g.-c , Tit/o? iyvfivcj&Tj Horn. II. 12. 399. 2. pudenda, espec. as exposed, naked- ness, Gen. 9, 22. 23. Ex. 20, 26. Lev. 20, 17. Ez. 16, 37. 23, 29. Lam.. 1, 8. nh 'b n]^5) to uncover the nakedness of a woman, either in ignominy Is. 47, 3 ; or for carnal intercourse with her, see in n^a Pi. no. 1. a. T^3N nns; the naked- ness of his father, i. e. of his father's wife, see in nba Pi. no. 1. a. n^y^ ^ba thefesh of nakedness, the privy-member, Ex. 28, 42. 3. shame, uncleanness.filthiness. n^'iS lin'n a7iy filthy thing, excrement, Deut. 23, 15 ; a foul blemish found in a wo- man, 24, 1. See in Thesaur. p. 1068. Hence ignominy, disgrace ; Is. 20, 4 d'^n:73 T^TP.. the shame of Eg^pt. 1 Sam. 26"30". ^yy^. Chald. f pr. an emptying out ; hence damage, detriment, sc. of the king, Ezra 4, 14. See Heb. t^y^ Pi. no. 3. t3i"lij m. adj. (r. ny I ) also D'I? 1 Sam. 19, 24.' Job 1, 21. iJ. 58, 7, fem. na-is, plur. 0^53^5 ; naked, Job 1, 21. Ecc. 5, 14. Mic. 1, 8. Am. 2, 10. Adv. naked, without clothing, Job 24, 7. 10. Is. 20, 4. But naked is also put : a) i. q. poorly clad, ragged, Job 22. 6. Is. 58, 7 ; comp. Gr. yv^vog James 2, 15, Lat. nudus Se- neca de Benef 5. 13. Arab. j^yX^jjO undressed, ill-clothed, b) Of one who has laid aside his outer garment and goes about in his tunic (rshs), 1 Sam. 19, 24. Is. 20, 2. Comp. John 21, 7. Virg. Georg. I. 229 and Voss's note. Aurel. Vict. c. 17. DTO m. adj. (r. ny I. 2) 1. crafty, cunning, subtle. Gen. 3, 1. Job 5, 12. 15, 5. 2. In a good sense, shrewd, prudent, wise, Prov. 12, 16. 23. 13, 16. 14, 8. 15. 15. al. Di'^^.eeed'W. ^^^'^^.., also "i:?^? Is. 17, 2, from r. W, hke ^;5ibp5 from b\\^. 1. ruins, rudera, see the root Po. Pilp. and Hithpal. Jer. 48, 6. Is. 17, 2. Vulg. in Jer. 1. c. myrica ; othersjuniper, comp. Arab. ^y& juniper ; Bibl. Res. in Pa- lest. II. p. 506. In Is. 1. c. "15^5 '^y is usually rendered cities of Aroer ; but Aroer was not a metropolis, nor does it suit the context. 2. Aroer, pr. n. a) A city on the northern bank of the brook Arnon, Deut. 2. 36. 3, 12. 4, 48. Josh. 12, 2. 13, 9. 16 ; subject to Moab Jer. 48, 19 ; and with a different form liS'nS Judg. 11, 26. Ita ruins still bear the ancient name, -ftlwC ^ArtVir ; see Burckhardt's Travels in Syria, etc. p. 372. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App. p. 170. b) Another city situ- ated further north over againt Rab- bath-Ammon Josh. 13, 25, On the brook Gad i. e. a branch of the Jabbok 2 Sam. 24, 5 ; founded by the Gadites Num. 32, 34. Judg. 11, 33. c) A city of the south of Judah, 1 Sam. 30, 28. Its site still bears the name ^Ar^drah SsLfiwD ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 618. Gentile n. '}?'? Aroerite 1 Chr. 11, 44. T^"l?! m. (r. yy, after the form bsint) in other Mss. fin? after the form xba , terror, horror. Job 30, 6 cbns yny^ in a horror of valleys, i. e. in horrid val- leys, chasms. ^t"?? ^ ('' ^yJ nakedness, i. q. ril-is Hab. 3. 9 thy bow "ii3Jn n^y with naked- ness was made naked, i. e. quite naked, the verbal noun being put for the inf. absol. Elsewhere concr. Ez. 16, 7 Fij< il'^y^ ny thou wast naked and. naked- ness, utterly naked, bare. v. 22. 39. 23, 29. Mic. 1, 11. "''^? (for n^i? watching i. e. worship-^ ping Jehovah, r. "i15 I ) Eri, pr. n. of a son of Gad, Gen. 46, 16. nO'^'?? f (r. ^y) only in plur. rion-ij Num. 15, 20. 21.' Neh. 10, 38. Ez. 44, 30, groats, grits, coarse meal, ptisana. Talmud. "lO"^? ptisana of barley, bar! ley-groats, pearled barley ; also a drinlp made from it. Syr. pjoj] id. Sept. Vulg. in Num. 817 T^ D''^''"''?! m. plur. (r. q^!^ I ) pr. ' the distilling.' Poet, for the clouds^ and me- ton. the heavens, Is. 5, 30. Syr. and Vulg. caligo ; comp. quadrilit. ^S'^5 . f"^"?? m. adj. (r. }''n5 , Kamets impure for 'p^'S) plur. 0^^'''i^, constr. "^S^-iS ; pr. terrible, inspiring terror ; hence 1. powerful, mighty, of God Jer. 20, 11 ; of powerful nations Is. 25, 3. 2. In a bad flense, violent, Jierce, law- less, a tyrant, Ps. 37, 35. Is. 13, 11. 25, 4. 5. Job 6, 23. 15, 20. 27, 13. al. Ez. 28, 7 D^is "^^^"i^ the violent of the nations. 30, 11/31, 12. '32, 12. "^T?? m. adj. (r. '^y>) plur. tD''-;,i"i5, destitute, forlorn; hence childless, Gen. 15, 2. Jer. 22, 30 ; plur. o'^-i-'-ir Lev. 20, 20. 21. Sept. uTsxvog. .^J% fut. Ti^^^'2 to place in a row, to net in order, to arrange, Gr. rao-crw, Ta'i- Tw. Comp. kindr. TpX to extend in a straight line, and in the Indo-European tongues : Germ. Reihe (Reige, Riege). reihen, intens. recken ; Lat. rego (not for reago, as some suppose), regu\[x, rec- tus, also rigeo to be stiff, rJ"^or right line. E. g. wood upon the altar Gen. 22, 9. Lev. 1,6; bread upon the sacred table 24, 8, comp. r3."5^i3 no. 1. Also to put in order, to prepare, e. g. a table for a banquet, to spread, Prov. 9, 2. Is. 21, 5. 65, 11 ; an altar Num. 23, 4 ; the sacred candelabra Ex. 27, 21. Lev. 24, 3. 4 ; arms for battle Jer. 46, 3. Also Is. 30, 33 nnsn bsi^onxa r|i"i5 ^3 for the place of burning is already long arr.mged, pre- pared. 2Sam.23,5V3a ns^iis Cibis n-'-ia an everlasting covenant ordered in all things, i. e. confirmed in all ways. Spec, in phrases : a) n?anb^ r^^? to set the battle in ar- ray, to draw up an army, Judg. 20, 20. 22 ; with nx and ri^tlP^ against any one I Sam. 17," 2. Gen. 14, 8. Part. ^-y-^S n^ribTS 1 Chr. 12, 33.35; andnanb^a 7ii"iS Joel 2, 5, arrayed for battle, in battle ar- ray. So without n^nbia id. Judg. 20, 30. 33. 1 Sara. 4, 2. '17, 21 ; c. b?, b, nx^pb against any one, 2 Sam. 10, 9. 10. 17. Jer. 50, 9. 14. Part. pass. Ti'i^SJ ar- rayed sc. for battle, Jer. 6, 23. 50, 42. With ace. Job 6, 4 ^Sis")?^ they set them.- selves in array against me. 69 b) D"^^^ T^t'^ lo set in order words, i. e. to utter words, c. bx against any one Job 32. 14; also without n-^^^, Job 37, 19 'ri'^n"'i3Q73 T]'^?^ fi^'$ uncircumcised of lips, i. e. dull of speech, (yyc^ 'T'i?;;' Onk.) stammering, one whose lips still have as it were the fore- skin, and are therefore too thick and large to bring out words easily and fluently, Ex. 6, 12. 30. So likewise Jer. 6, 10 DJTX nb'^S) their ear is uncircum- cised, shut up by a foreskin ; also oinb b'nl^n their uncircumcised heart, to which the precepts of religion and piety cannot penetrate, Lev. 26, 41. Ez. 44, 9. Comp. Acts 7, 51. ^)^^ f- (r- ^yj constr. n^'n^, plur. mb'^35, constr. niV-iS 1 Sam. 18,' 25. 1. the foreskin, prepuce, Sept. uxgo- ^vazla. Arab. HJwC, Syr. IZo^joli,, 1 Sam. 18, 25. 2 Sam. 3, 14. n^nsn ^ba membrum. prceputiatum Gen. 17, 11. 24. Lev. 12, 3. Metaph. -^"p^"|:^ the fore- skin of the heart, see in ^"15 ult. Deut. 10, 16. Jer. 4, 4. Comp. Kor! Sur. 2, 82. 4, 154. 2. Trop. foreskin of a tree, i. e. the fruit of the first three years, which by the law was to be regarded as unclean, Lev. 19, 23. Comp. r. bns no. 2. 3. Plur. nib'nsri nr2? Foreskins-hill, pr. n. of a place near Gilgal, Josh. 5. 3. * I. S!^? or D"^? 1. to make na- ked; hence dS^ (C3i"ir), bH-^S, naked, d'^ti'n^a . Kind/, are rns , -iw II, perh. vl"i . Arab. ^y. to make naked ; also to bark a tree. Intrans. j*^^ to be shameless, malignant, i. e. bearing one's malignity naked before him. 2. to be crafty, cunning, once inf absol. oi-iy 1 Sam. 23, 22. Syr. Pe. Pa. Ethpe. id. ilolj^, Chald. Ktt'i'15, cunning. This signif either connects itself with Arab. ^y. to be malignant, see above ; or comes from the primary idea of smoothness, baldness. HiPH. 1. to make crafty. Ps. 83, 4 TiD l^"""!??;! they make crafty their coun- sel, i. e. they take crafty counsel. 2. to act cunningly, craftily, I Sam. 23, 22. In a good sense to act prudently, discreetly, Pro v. 15, 5. 19, 25. Deriv. oi-i:?, onr, c:'"t>, niip, n*i3>, D^anr^, perh. 'ji'o^?. *II.D!:^? in Kal not used, kindr. with the verbs cnx, D'nn, cx'n, nn, ts^'n, to be high. Syr. Pa. to heap up. Arab. ^y. V, to be heaped up, Saad. Ex. 15, 8; iLowC. heap of grain on the threshing-floor. NiPH. to be heaped up, as waters Ex. 15,8. Deriv. Jisis. Ul^ naked, see din3> . D'"12?, see indH'^S. D"^^ m. craftiness, cunning. Job 5, 13. R. D-n:? I. rran^ f (r. o-is I) l. craftiness, guile, Ex. 21, 14. Josh. 9, 4. 2. prudence, Prov. 1, 4. 8, 5. 12. nia"!? f (r. tJ^i^ II) constr. n!Q']S> Tsere impure, plur. P'i^'^? , once C'^^'nS Jer. 50, 26 ; a heap, e. g. of rubbish Neh. 3, 34 ; of grain Cant. 7, 3 ; of sheaves Ruth 3, 7. Neh. 13, 15. Hagg. 2, 16. 2 Chr. 36, 6 sq. ll^'^^^ m. the plane-tree, platanu^ori- entalis, perh. so called from shedding its I bark ; comp. Arab. jw in r. G-lS I r^ 819 p3? Gen. 30, 37. Ez. 31, 8. See Celsii Hie- robot. T. I. p. 513. Ty? (q. d. Vigilantius, i. q. "i5 with an adj. ending) Eran, pr. n. m. Num. 26, 36. Patron. ''S^S Eranite, ib. R. n^r I. Cj^ obsol. root, i.q. D"ja, to break into coarse pieces, to pound coarsely. Hence Talmud. D'''^s, nio*na, pounded beans, polenta from beans, bean-groats. See the deriv. MD*''i2> . W"J? Judg. 11, 26, see in "iSin^ no. 2. a. * ^?'^1? m. adj. (r. *Ti5) 1. Pr. naked, bare; then destitute, forlorn, Ps. 102, 18. Perh. Jer. 17, 6 like one forlorn in the desert, where there is none to help. But see in no. 2. 2. ruins, Jer. 17, 6 ; like "i5i-i5) Jer. 48, 6. Others as in no. 1. "I?'"l? and "^"IS?!? , see in -i3>i^S? . * ! H-? ^iit. qSs>^, i. q. qsn, neck, prob. so called from the mane. In the Indo-European tongues comp. Lat. rapio. carpo, Germ. raff'en, raifen. The signif of mane and top, vertex, is found also in Gr. Ao'cjpoc, mane, then neck, back or ridge, aoQvcpri, KOQvpfioq, xoQVfi^rj vertex. 2. Denom. from vi"i3>, to break the neck of an animal Ex. 13. 13. 34, 20. Deut. 21, 4. 6. Is. 66. 3. Trop. of altars, to break down, to destroy, Hos. 10, 2. Deriv. the two following. 5|*!2? m. nck, nape, the back of the neck, e. g. of a beast Lev. 5, 8 ; Arab. 'r^y. mane. So of a man Gen. 49, 8. Job 16, 12. al. ssep. In phrases : a) )r\i t|'i'5 to present or turn the nape or back, the back of the neck being thus put genr. for the back, 2 Chr. 29, 6 ; also bx"w]"i3> MSB to turn the back to any one, i. e. to turn away from hi-m, Jer. 2, 27. 32, 33, comp. 18, 17. b) tiy nas Josh. 7, 12, ^y nssn Jer. 48, 39, and q-ii? r|Sn ^ Josh. 7, 8, to kirn the nape or back sc. in flight, to flee, Syr. ]^ wiJLs] , and Pers. ^C>\0 Here belongs Ex. 23, 27 q-i> rpbx T;^3":st-b3-ni< ^nnai and I will give thee all thine enemies, their back, i. e. I will make them turn their backs, put them to flight. Ps. 18, 41. c) r^'lQ_'p Ti'ii? stiff-necked, i. e. stubborn, obsti- nate, see ntti;^ ; comp. Is. 48, 4, and Lat. ' tantis cervicibus est,' Cic. Verr. III. 95. ^?*?? (mane, forelock, or ace. to Si- monis i. q. frnES fawn) Orpah, pr. n. f. Ruth 1, 4. 14.' R. q^S II. ^SD^? m. quadrilit. thick clouds, dark- ness, gloom, Ex. 20, 21. 1 K. 8, 12. Ps. 18, 10. Job 22, 13. Is. 60, 2. al. Often coupled with a synon. word, as bsnsT "jps Deut. 4, 11. 5, 19; 'SI y.V DT Joel 2, 2. Zeph. 1, 15. Syr. llsjl id. Vsjizf to be dark. It seems to be made up from the triliterals t]^'}^ cloud, and bsx to be dark. Comp. ogcpvog obscure, dark, 0Qq>vr] darkness espec. of the night. * 'fj? fut. 715^ 1. to terrify, to frighten, to inspire terror and trem- bling. Arab, (jfivft Conj. VHI, the skin G.o- trembles, is tremulous, i^lwt a quiver- ing lance. Greek perh. ocgnaao}. Is. 2, 19. 21. Job 13. 25. Is. 47, 12 ^:'n?n "^b^ix perhaps thou may est terrify sc. thine enemies, make them afraid ; the ancient versions render : ' thou mayest be strong, mayest prevail.' With 'i^ of place whence ; Ps. 10, 18 that man may no more terrify them out of the land. 2. Intrans. to fear, to be afraid, to tremble, Deut. 1, 29 ; c. '^3S'3 before any one Deut. 7, 21. 20, 3. 31, 6 ; c. ace. Job 31, 34. NiPH. part. 7'^5>5 terrible, fearful, i. q. ^<'^^^ , Ps. 89, 8. ' ' HiPH. 1. Causat. to cause to fear, to make afraid, particip. c. suff. CD:in5a Is. 8, 13. 2. to fear, c. ace. Is. 8, 12. 29, 23. Deriv. yi*'5, 'j^^'iS, nrjnsa. ns? 820 nir:? Pj^ to gnaw ; Arab, ijjv^ I; V, to gnaw a bone. Syr. v^j^l* id. Job 30, 3/or want and famine ttJ^X n^S O'^p-ibn '""y) nxiaj ^Aey ^Tza-u) the dry land, the darkness of desolate wastes; Vulg. rode- hant in solitudine. This expresses hy- perbolically the deepest misery; comp. 'to embrace the rock' Job 24, 8, 'to em- brace dunghills' Lam. 4, 5, also ' to lick the dust' see in TiH^ Pi. Job 30, 17 ^'^"ys ''(!\'2'2'C1 ^ my gnawers take no rest, i. e. my gnawing pains ; Vulg. qui me come- dunt, nan dormiunt. But Chald. p"^?) is to flee, often in Targg. for Heb. 013 and V nna ; and so Syr. wdj^, Arab, v^ and ij>-t to go away, to depart through a region. This signif most ancient intpp. apply in Job 30, 3, viz. they flee into a dry land, i. e. into the desert ; Sept. (ftvyovTfi; uwdgoi', Targ. X25*ixa "^15*125 N'. . : see in tl^ttX no. 2. In Job 30, 17 they render with Sept. t vfvQu fxov, or rather : my arteries take no rest, cease not to throb ; comp. iVjUt nerves, veins, s^)^"]5 ligament. But neither of these suits the context. T"?? gentile n. Arkite, Gen. 10, 17. 1 Chr. 1, 15, i. e. an inhabitant of the city Arka or Arke, Gr. ^.Aqxtj, in Phenicia, the ruins of which are still found to the northward of Tripolis, and are called \jiy. and is3y. ''Arka, ^Arkeh. See Burckhardt's Travels in Syria, etc. p. 162. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App. p. 183. *'_5: i. q. "I'lS' II and n*;i^ , to make oneself hare, to he naked; in Kal once imper. with He parag. rrnjj make thyself hare, Is. 32. 1 1. Hence trop. to be desti- tute, forlorn, forsaken, whence "i^"^?, Pd. I'niS' to lay hare, e. g. the founda- tion of an edifice, i. e. to demolish, to -ase. Is. 23. 1 3. PiLP. ^SnSJ and Hithpalp. ^?'7?nri Jer. 51, 58, to be laid hare, e. g. the walls of a city, i. e. to he utterly de- molished, rased. Comp. !Tn5 Ps. 137, 7. Hab. 3. 13. Hence ^SitS.' Deriv. see in Kal and Pilp. ^J^ obsol. root, Arab. ji%X to erect a house or tent ; II to roof, to arch; whence \ji^y^ roof vault, throne with a canopy ; comp. N5S . Hence to'i:^ f. Cant. 1, 16, in pause bns Am 3, 12, c. sufF. ^bns); plur. constr. niW"js Am. 6, 4 ; a bed or couch, (pr. with a canopy, curtains, comp. Cant. 1. c.) Deut. 3, 11. Ps. 132, 3 ; whether for sleeping Prov. 7, 16 ; for sickness Ps. 6, 7. 41, 4. Job 7, 13; or for reclining, a couch, divan. Am. 11. cc. Syriac Jjoji, Chald. NOnS, ND^-iS , id. Arab. Go |u*jt ' husband ' is secondary, q. d. bed- fellow, see ^^i< . * TIJn3^ obsol. root, Syr. ^-^t^ to make fat, to fatten. Hence pr. n. !^^^"^?,^ . ^?? obsol. root, pr. to shine, to be . bright; then to be green as a plant. Kindred is 3]J< whence nit^H hyssop; also by transp. SfiT , 2n:c . Arab. v^^uCLt seems to be denom. e. g. Conj. II. IV, to yield green pasture, XII to be cov- ered with green herbage, sc. the earth. Hence ytDy m. c. siiff. cabs Is. 42. 15, plur. constr. rir^5 (Dag. euph.) Prov. 27, 25, green herb, plant, collect, green herbs, growing in the fields n^'^an arSJ Gen. 2, 5. 3. 18. Ex. 9, 22. 10, 12. 15;' "f-jxn 's Job 5, 25 ; and on mountains Is. 42, 15. Prov. 27, 25; growing up and setting seed Gen. 1, 11. 12. 29; and serving as food for man Gen. 1, 30. 3, 18. Ps. 104, 14; and for beast Deut. 11, 15. Ps. 106, 20. Jer. 14, 6 ; comprehending therefore vegetables, greens, and sometimes all green herbage Am. 7, 2 comp. v. 1 ; in- cluding also grain Ex. 10, 12. 15. Men are said to flourish as a green herb Ps. 72, 16. 92. 8. Job 5, 25 ; also to wither nr?3 Ps. 102, 5. 12. Hence too those seized with fear and turning pale. ;ifXt.)^of, are compared to the herb of the fleld which grows yellow and withers, 2 K. 19, 26. Is. 37, 27. Sept. ;^o(toc, ^oimri. Chald. K2t-2), Syr. )nwS, id. Arab. y^^uwLc- green fodder, green with herbage. a field lis:? 821 nic:? ntp:? Chald. m. Dan. 4, 12 [15j, emph. Nab5 , green herb, herbage^ as the food of caule, Dan. 4, 22. 29. 30 [25. 32. 33]. 5, 21. * J. n^^ fut. niar^ , apoc. ibs;^ , conv. ir^^T , rarely MbSJ^jl'rK. 16, 25. al.nto^ni I k. 14, 9. 17, is. al. nb^5' to be apt. convenient, pr. to be adapted. So Lat. facere is prob. djingendo; comp. Germ, machen, Engl. to make, with fj.rixai>T}, Lat. machina, ma- chinari.Frov. 31, 13 n'^BS j'Sna b^m andshe worketh with willing hands. Ruth 2, 19 n->b5 naxi 071^ ic^iere Ao^^ /Aom wrought? 1 K. 20, 40 niU3J T^-na? "Tj-^l "'Sn)! ^*v! cL^id thy .servant was busy (had to do) here and there. So of God Job 23, 9. With 3 of that in or on which one works, Ex. 5, 9. Neh. 4, 15 ; so of a material, as qpsasi anja niitJS Ex. 31, 4. 5. 2 Chr. 2, 13." " 2. Zo wiaA;e, to do, to produce by labour. Spec. a) to make, i. q. to form, to construct, to prepare, to build, Ex. 25, 13 sq. 26, 4 sq. 27, I sq. 28, 2 sq. So of the ark of Noah Gen.- 6, 14. 8. 6; an altar 13, 4. 2 K. 16, 11 ; bricks Ex. 5, 16 ; garments Gen. 3, 7.21. 37, 3 ; idols Deut. 4, 16 ; arms 1 Sam. 8, 12 ; gardens and pools Ecc. 2, 5. 6, comp. n^vd:2)n nanan the made pool as opp. to natural, Neh. 3, 16. So i. q. to build or e7'ect booths Gen. 33, 17 ; a gibbet Esth. 5, 14. 7, 9 ; cities 2 Chr. 32, 29 ; a house for any one, trop. 2 Sam. 7, 11; landmarks Prov. 22, 28, Sept. rl^TJiAi. With bs and b , to make upon or unto, Ex. 25, 11. 24-26. Also nbs nDxbri to do work, to do labour, opp. to rest, Ex. 20, 9. Deut. 5, 13. rrsx^Bn ''Ws the doers of the work, i. e. the workmen, labourers, 2 K. 12, 12. 22, 5. 9. Neh. 11, 12. al. Where the material is indicated, of which a thing is made, a double accusative is employed; Ex. 30, 25 typ nnr^ ",nd ink n-^iDSSi aiid thou shall 69* make them (the spices, i. e. of them) an oil of holy unction. Is. 40, 6. Hos. 8, 4. So too even where the ace. of material is put last (comp. HDa , ^^;i , Lehrg. p. 813), Ex. 38, 3 naJni nbr t^^V^^ all its ves- sels he made of brass. 25, 39. 30, 25. -36, 14. 37, 24. Sometimes the thing thus made out of any material is put with b , e. g. Is. 44, 17 nbS) bxb ini-ixb the rest of it he makes into an idol, i. e. of the rest he makes an idol. In the same way Ex. 27, 3 nwna nb5>n T^bs-bsb all its vessels shall thou make of brass, v. 19. Here too belongs Gen. 6, 14 D^2-p3 nanrjTiN Hb5>n chambers shall thou make the ark, i. e. in the ark, thou shall divide it up into rooms. b) Of God, i. q. io create, as the hea- vens, earth, men, Gen. 1, 7. 16. 2, 2. 3, 1. 5, 1. 6, 6. Ps. 96, 5. 104, 19. Hence part, fibs as subst. creator, c. suff. "^^/J my creator. Job 35, 10; ^n^y his creator 4, 17. Is. 17, 7. 27, 11. Hos. 8, 14. go also m'fitVsa nbS to do wonders, wonder- ful worksVPs.78, 4. 12. 98, 1. Neh. 9, 17 ; xbB 'y id. Is. 25, 1 ; nibna ':? id. Ps. 71, 19 ; ? mx nb5 to make i. e. show a sign to any one, Judg. 6, 17. c) to make is also put i. q. to produce out of oneself^ to yield ; spoken also of animals, e. g. to make milk, i. e. to yield milk, of a cow Is. 7, 22 ; to make fat sc. upon the loins, spoken of a man grow- ing fat Job 15, 27 ; comp. ' corpus facere ' Justin; Ital. far corpo; Gr. fis/akijv ejii/ovvldu &i(j&(xi Od. 17. 225; T^t^a> yevrav, ' sobolem facere ' i. e. procreare, Plin. In like manner trees are said to make fruit, i. e. to bear, to yield, (comp. Gr. noiilv xuqtiov,) Gen. 1, 11. 12. 2 K. 19, 30. Is. 37, 31. Ez. 17, 23; branches (comp. ' caulem facere' Colum.) Job 14, 9. Ez. 17, 8; so of fruits or grain as yielding meal Hos. 8, 7 ; of the earth as yielding fruits, a vineyard grapes. Gen. 41, 47. Hab. 3, 17. Is. 5, 2. 4. 10. The Hebrews often express the same idea by the conjug. Hiphil ; see Heb. Gramm. 52. 2, note. d) to make, i. e. io get by labour, to acquire; as in Eng-1. to make money, Lat. pecuniam facere, Gr. noulv ^lov to make a living. E. g. property, wealth, Gen. 31, 1. Deut. 8, 17. 18. Jer. 17, 11 ; wages Is. 19, 10 "nsto ibr those making ti'-x:f 822 tw:p wages, i. e. hired labourers. So Gen. 12, 5 the slaves which they had got, acquired, bought Ecc. 2, 8. Also to make or get for oneself a name, renown, Gen. 11, 4 ; a new heart Ez. 18, 31. e) to make ready, to prepare, to dress e. g. food (comp. Engl, 'a made dish') Gen. 18, 7. 8. 27, 17. Judg. 13. 15. 1 Sam. 25, 18. 2 Sam. 12, 4. 13, 10; so a feast, banquet, Gen. 19, 3. 21, 8. Esth. 5, 12. Also to dress the beard, i. e. to tHm and comb it, not to shave, (comp. Lat. * Ikcere barbam ' Lamprid. Fr. ' faire la barbe,') 2 Sam. 19, 25 ; to dress the feet, i. e. to wash and anoint them, ibid, to trim and pare the nails Deut. 21, 12. Trop. "jlX nbs' to prepare iniquity, spoken of the heart Is. 32, 6. Also of God as making ready future things Is. 37, 26. f) to dress or prepare a victim or sacrifice to be offered to God ; hence to sacrifce, to offer; Ps. 66, 15. Ex. 29, 36 nbrn nx-jnn ^Q thou shah offer a bul- lock as a sin-offering, v. 38. 39. 41. Lev. 9, 7. 15, 15. 16, 9. Judg. 6, 19. 1 K. 18, 23. Hos. 2, 10 brab !ib5 nnt gold which they offered to Baal. So the ace. of the sacrifice being omitted, t^irr^b niar to offer, to sacrijice, to Jehovah, Ex. 10, 25 ; comp. 2 K. 17, 32 nnb D^ius m^'y who sacrificed for them. Comp. Gr. Uftu 'f()deiv, l(Q(x Qe^Hv, and without ace. Qs^eiv ^f(ji II. 2. 400. ib. 8. 250. Od. 14. 251. g) to make one any thing, i. e. to make into, to cause to become any thing ; c. dwpl. ace. 1 Sam. 17, 25 arid will make his father^s house free in Israel. With ace. and b, (comp. in iett. a, fin. and ")n3 no. 3.) Gen. 12, 2 bina ^iab r^Vif, I will make thee a great nation. Ex. 32, 10. Jer. 10, 13. 51, 16. Hence i. q. to con- stitute, to appoint, to an office, etc. 1 Sam. 12, 6 Jehovah n!r)?2-nx nrs "nux who ap- pointed Moses. D'^:t7:3 '^^f^ to appoint priests 1 K. 12. 31. 2 Chr.Y3, 9 ; comp. 2 K. 21, 6. 2 Chr. 33, 6. With b , to appoint to or over any thing, Jer. 37, 15. 1 Sam. 8, 16. h) T^'OT^-q hbr to make war with any one, Gr. Tiolffiov noiua&aL, Fr. ' faire la guerre,' Gen. 14, 2. Deut. 20, 12. Josh. 11, 18. Also b nibl^ ri-c'S to make peace with, to grant it to any one, UQr^vr]v noi- ni2:5 13 because thou hast done this. Gen. 6, 22 iu:x bbs nb bs^T O'^rfsx ^n^< n|i^ and Noah did according to all that God commanded him. Ps. 115, 3 he doeth whatsoever he will. Gen. 8, 21. 18, 5. 17. 29. 30. 20, 5. 6. 10. 21, 26. 22, 16. 27, 19. 1 Sam. 14, 43. Ps. 7, 4. 50, 21. al. ssep. 2 Sam. 12, 2 npii< *nS3 ri'ibS thou didst it in secret, i. e. didst act secretly. Is. 46, 4 "^n-ib^ ''^^t ttiax "^3X5 I have done it, and I will hear, i, e. as I have borne, so I will bear. Comp. the Attic use of noiBlvy see Passow h. v. no. 2. f So of a way of acting, Prov. 13, 16 r?"in nb^^ cn5-b3 every prudent man acteth with understanding. Jer. 8, 8. Sometimes it is pleonastically inserted before another verb, by way of emphasis. Gen.3l.26 why hast thou done (this) and deceived m.e? (Mark 11. 5 rt noiuxB Xv- ovTfc;) Gen. 41, 34 "ii^js;:^ rt?"?S nbP;' let Pharaoh do (this, let him follow my coun- eel) and appoint, etc. 1 K. 8, 32. With b of thing, to do to or with a thing, to deal with it; Lev. 4, 20 and he shall do with the bullock as he did with the bul- lock for a sin-offering. Deut. 31,4. Josh. S 2. Is. 5, 4. 10, 11. Dan. 11, 39; also c. 3 id. Is. 5, 4; ace. Lev. 16, 15, comp. V. i4. 4. to work over, in an immodest sense, Ez. 23, 21 ; see in Piel. NiPH. nbS5, f. nnb:^3, part, nbsja, fut. nb57, (once nbS'^'ri c. matr. lect. against all rule Ex. 25, 31), apoc. bsn Esth. 5. 6. al. to be made, to be done. Num. 15, 24. Esth. 4, 1 . Ecc. 1, 9. 13. 4, 3. 8, 9. 9, 3. 6. al. Fut. of what ought not to be done. Gen. 20, 9. Lev. 4, 2. 13. 22. 27. 5, 17. Impers. in the same sense. Gen. 34, 7 nbs'2 ikh )'D) and thus it ought not to be done. Also impers. it must not be so done, i. e. according to custom. Gen. 29, 26. Spec. pass, of Kal no. 2. lett. a, to be made 1 K. 10. 20 ; of lett. b, to be cre- ated Ps. 33, 6 ; of lett. e, to be made ready, prepared, as food Num. 6, 4. Neh. 5, 18 ; of lett. f] to be dressed and offered, as a sacriffce Lev. 7, 9 ; of lett. i, to be d^ne, executed, as counsel 2 Sam. 17, 23. pun- ishment Dan. 11, 36 ; of lett. k. to be kept, celebrated, as a festival 2 K. 23, 23. Esth. 9, 28 ; of lett. 1, to be wrought, committed, as wickedness Deut. 13. 15. 17, 4. Mai. 2, 11. With dat. h nip53 to be done to any one, to happen to him ; Ex. 2, 4 to see ib nb5^ nia what would be done unto him. Lev. 24^ 19. Obad. 15. Num. 15, 11. Deut. 25, 9. 1 Sum 17,26.27. EsUi. 6, 9. Is. 3, 11. Piel fn';a? to work over, i. e. to handle, to squeeze the breasts of an immodest woman, i. q. "n^jQ , Ez. 23, 3. 8 ; and so in Kal v. 21. So Gr. ttoluv and Lat. facere, perficere, conficere mulierem, are put by euphemism for sexual intercourse, Juv. 7. 240. Petron. 87. Suet. Ner. 29. PuAL to be made, created, Ps. 139, 15. Deriv. Hbr^, and the pr. names, bxnb5, bx-^b?, n^b5. 11, niD^ obsol. root, to be hairy, rough, shaggy, Arab. -,^^1 hairy, Lxit hairiness. Hence pr. n. ibS. IS^nW (whom God created, consti- tuted, r. Jib^) Asahel, pr. n. m. a) 2 Sam. 2, 18. 23, 24. 1 Chr. 27, 7 ; and in separate words 1 Chr. 2, 16. b) 2 Chr. 17, 8. 3i, 13. c) Ezra 10, 15. For the letter n quiescent in the middle of a word, see Lehrg. p. 48. 1TO 824 "ltD3? *1W pr. n. (i. e. hairy, rough, Gen. 25, 25, r. nto:? II ) Esau, the son of Isaac and twin-brother of Jacob ; also called dSx, which name however is used more of his posterity than of himself On the other hand, lb? ^32 Deut. 2, 4 sq. Ib5) n^2 Obad. 18^ and 'lir5 Jer. 49, 8. 10. Obad. 6, spoken of the Esaidtes i. e. the Idumeans, is mostly poetic. ii lias the mountain of Esau, i. e. of the Idumeans, Mount Seir, Obad. 8. 9. 19. 21. *1112?!^ m. (denom. from ibs) a ten, a decad, e. g. a) Of days, like ^'i-^ a se'nnight, Gen. 24, 55. ' Also for the last day of the ten, i. e. the tenth day sc. of the month, Ex. 12, 3. Lev. 16, 29. Num. 29, 7. Josh. 4, 19. Jer. 52, 4. 12. al. Comp. Gr. dtxai;, irvfdg, rsTQotg, for the tenth, ninth, fourth day of the month ; also Ethiop. Uttl-C, "J^^fl, for the tenth, fifth day. etc. See Ludolf's Gramm. p. 100. b) Of the cords or strings of an instrument ; hence for a ten-stringed iristrument, decachord, Ps. 92, 4 ; fully, by appos. lib^ b23 a ten-stringed lyre 33, 2. 144, 9. Sept. 8fy.axoQ8ov. bS^ir? (created of God) Asiel, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 35. n^tf5 (whom Jehovah created, con- stituted) Asaiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 K. 22, 12. 14. 2 Chr. 34, 20. b) 1 Chr. 4, 36. c) 6, 15. 15, 6. 11. d) 9, 5. "yW, adj. ordinal (from ->to^) the tenth Gen. 8, 5. Num. 7, 66. al. saeJD. Ellipt. for the tenth month, i. e. Tebeth, Gen. 8, 5. Jer. 52, 4. al. comp. December. Fem. n*'nib5 Is. 6, 13 and ni-i'^b:? the tenth part, a tenth, Ex. 16, 36. Lev! 5, 11. al. * P'?? in Kal not used, Chald. and Talmud, pb^ to have to do with any per- son or thing, to strive with. HiTHP. to strive, to quarrel, once c. C5> Gen. 26, 20. Hence P^.^ (quarrel) Esek, pr. n. of a well near Gerar, Gen. 26, 20. * ^l^? f. in pause ib5 Josh. 21, 5 ; masc. nniOi^ , constr. ri*ltp^ ; ten, a cardi- nal number. Arab. ^Afi f and Hwiufc m. Syr. jjo^ f and IjJiiii. m. EJtymolo- gists agree in deriving this form from the conjunction of the ten fingers j comp. Arab. ^-wLfc to be joined together, asso- ciated ; also "ilSS, "iDN, -^TX, and by transp. ih-v^j all which contain the idea of conjunction. Every where coupled only with a noun plural ; in 1 Sam. 17, 17 cnb rriiry the word rinss is omitted. E. g. a) Fern. Di^a -iiU5 2 Sam. 15, 16 ; nishx 'r Gen. 45, 23 ; 'r nw Ex. 26, 16 ; and with the numeral after, ^tV D^^IS Josh. 15, 57. 1 Chr. 6, 46. b) Masc. Gen. 18, 32. n"^n53 nnbs 1 Sam. 25. 5 ; and so Gen. 24, 10. Neh! 5, 18. Deut. 4, 13 ; with the num. after, rribJ d'>"iB Gen. 32, 16. Sometimes ten T T-I T ' is put as a round number, Gen. 31, 7. Job 19, 3. Plur. ninbJ tens, decads j hence ^yo ni-ibs rulers of tens Ex. 18, 21. Deut. l) 15. Sept. dixadafj^oi, dixuQxoi. Arab. v:ylwCwct tens. Plur. 0"^*ib3) see in "nbS. Deriv. ">t'S, "^to, ""^"^by, "P'^'J^S, "ibr'O, the denom. verb -u;5>. Other forms of the cardinal itself here follow. "li?? m. and TT^W f id. 1. ten, Eng!. teen, used only in those numbers which are compounded with ten ; as masc. nb5 ^nx eleven, nbs nsanx fourteen, 'ycv n;sb sixteen ; also as ordinals, eleventh, four teenth, sixteenth ; with art. -lirsn n-^sb the twelve Josh. 4, 4. Fem. ^"l^b? nnx eleven, rribs; bb sixteen; also ord. eleventh, sLxteenth, etc. 2. Plur. o^'^bs (from sing, nnbs) a) Card, twenty, of both genders, used with nouns sing, and plur. and either before or after them, Gen. 31, 41. Lev. 27, 5. al. b) Ord. the twentieth. Num. 10, 11. IK. 15,9. 16, 10. "ito? Chald. f and TTJW m. ten, Dan. 7, 7. 20, 24. "nb? "^"lin ViceZre Dan. 4, 26. Ezra 6, 17. Plur. -p'^bS ficenfy Dan. 6, 2. "ito? lut. -lb?: (denom. from "nb?) c. ace. 825 \W dat. of him to whom it is paid, Gen. 28, 22. HiPH. like Piel, to give tithes^ inf. with pref "lirsa, -ibsb, Neh. 10, 39. Deut. 26,12. S^"^^?, see "liasi. Tr^m , see lbs . pllSS? m. (denom. irom *ii^5) plur. D'^S'ibS , a tenth, tenth part, a measure of things dry, spec, for grain and meal, Lev. 14, 10. 21. 23, 13. 17. al. ssep. Sept. dixarov, more fully Num. 15, 4 dixuTov 70V oicpl, Vulg. decima pars Ephi, the tenth part of an ephah, or about 3-^ quarts, i. q. "iiai? ; and this appears to be correct, comp.Lev. 5, 11. 6, 13. Num. 5, 15. 28, 5 ; et ibi Sept. I. "0? m. a moth, Job 4, 19. 13, 28. Is. 50, 9. Hos. 5, 12. al. Arab. XxC. R. dds . II. ty m. (r. \i:53) Job 9, 9, and tJ?$ f Job 38, 32, the constellation which we call the Great Bear, Ursa Major, the Wain, from the Greeks and Romans. In Job 38, 32 ^^23 its sons are the three stars in the tail of the bear. The word bS does not itself signify a bear, but is made by aphseresis from IL'SS , Arab. jjiju a barrow, bearer, (from r. jiiJU to take u'p, to bear.) the Arabic name of this constellation. The same three stars in the tail are also called v^yuj ijLiu, i. e. daughters of the Bearer. See Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 1 14. Niebuhr Arabien p. 115. Alb. Schultens ad Job. 1. c. regards the Heb. T2J5 as i. q. Arab. jwwli night-watcher, from r. (jj-Lfr and jwu^hC. to go about by night, and supposes this constellation to be so called because it never sets. But the former etymolo- gy is preferable. Comp. Michaelis Suppl. p. 1907. See more in Thesaur. p. 895 sq. pTT2J5' m. an oppressor Jer. 22, 3, i. q.. pm 21, 12. R. p'tv. D'^p'^liJ? m. plur. (r. p'*5s) oppressions, injuries, acts of violence. Ecc. 4, 1. Am. 3. 9. Joi) 35, 9. But in Ps. 103, 6. Jer. 50, 33. it is part. pass. plur. the oppressed. t^ili?^ m. adj. (r. n^rs) bright; Ez. 27, 19 ni^5 bna bright\ron, perh. pol- ished steel ; others, wrought iron, from the root no. 2. Sept. uldrjQog slgyaafii- vog, Yulg.fabref actum. ni:? Ashvath, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 33. ^'^'^^ m. (r. "nrs) plur. 0"''^'^^? , constr. '^TP?, ; ric^, viz.' 1. Adj. -i-iTTS d-^it a rich man 2 Sam. 12, 4. 2. Subst. one rich, a rich man ; plur. D'^n^ds the rich ; Prov. 10, 15. 14, 20. 18,' 11. Jer. 9, 22. Ecc. 10, 20. Ps. 49, 3. 45, 13 C5 ^n'lqs the richest of people.^ Spec, a) In a good sense, honourable, noble, Ecc. 10, 6; opp. b2D. b) In a bad sense, proud, impious, ungodly, since riches are the source of pride, and pride to a Hebrew is synonymous with impi- ety ; so Is. 53, 9 and they put with the wicked (D"'Sr"j-ri<) his sepulchre, and with the ungodly ("^"^ w'S-rx) his tumulus; here the parallelism demands that "i''1L'5> and a''5d'i be synonymous. See also Bobbin (in bbn no. 3), i35 and ''2^ ; comp. Is. 2, 7. Mic. 7, 12. Matt. 19, 23'. "?^ fut. V>r;^ plur. in pause -la^'SJ;; Ps. 104. 32 ; to smoke, as mountains Ex. 19, 18. Ps. 104. 32. 144, 5. Arab. ^j.i id. Kindr. is "jsn, whence "iWX furnace. In the Indo-European tongues compare Sanscr. Alman mind (pr. breath, spirit); Gr. aT^og vapour, smoke. uTfi^. ui^ig ; Goth, athma, breath, Germ. Athem.. Metaph. spoken of th6 divine wrath Deut. 29, 19. Ps. 74, 1. 80, 5. Deriv. the two^fbl lowing. TO? m. (r. '^t'ST) constr. -,^3 Josh. 8, 20. 21, also 1^^ as if from i;rs Ex. 19, 18 ; c. suff. nads . 1. smoke, Gen. 15, 17. Is. 4, 5. 6, 4. Nah. 2. 14. Prov. 10, 26. v4^ "^^^^ col- umn of smoke Judg. 20, 40 ; '^ nnxa id. Is. 9, 17 ; '3 ni-i^a^n id. Cant. 3, 6. A people suddenly dispersed is compared to smoke driven away Hos. 13. 3. Ps. 68, 3. Is. 51, 6. Poet, smoke is also put: a) For vapour caused by the breathing and snorting of an enraged animal, Job 41, 12 [20]; comp. 'fumantem nasum viri ursi' Martial 6. 64. 28. Hence of the divine wrath, Ps. 18, 9 1E5<3 ",^'S) nbs) there went up a smoke out of his nostrils yi:^ 826 mc:? )^ 65, 5. b) For a cloud of dust, as indicating the approach of a hostile ar- my. Is. 14, 31 ; comp. 'fumantespulvere campos' Virg. ^n. 11. 909. 2. Ashan, pr. n. of a city in Simeon, Josh. 15, 42. 19, 7. 1 Chr. 4, 32. 6, 44. Called also )%^^ ^is q. v. )W m. adj. (r. -,Tr ) plur. D'^aias, smoking Ex. 20, 15. Is. 7, 4. * p^? fut. piti?^ 1. to oppress, to treat with violence and injustice ; Arab. ^ ^ 8 ^ - iKw-T I, V, to urge, to press, (^J-***-^ injustice, violence. E. g. the poor and needy, Ps. 119, 121. 122. Am. 4, 1. Jer. 7, 6. Prov. U, 31. 22, 16. 28, 3. Ecc. 4, 1 ; a king his subjects 1 Sam. 12, 3. 4; a victor the vanquished Is. 52, 4. Jer. 50, 33. Ps. 105, 14. Hos. 5, 11; God a man Job 10, 3. More fully pds 'e pa3s Ez. 18, 18. 22, 29. Part. act. pdi5 an op- pressor Ps. 72. 4 ; pass. pittJS oppressed Deut. 28, 29. 33. Often coupled with hv^ q. v. Metaph. Prov. 28, 17 p^^S aXX uisrona a man oppressed with lifers blood ^c. shed by him, i. e. sinking under the burden of this guilt. 2. to defraud any one, to extort from him by fraud and violence, with ace. of pers. Lev. 19, 13. Deut. 24, 14; also ace. of thing Mai. 3, 5 'T'Stt) "i=to "^p^? who wrest his wages from the hireling. Absol. Hos. 12, 8. Both senses (no. 1 and 2) occur together in Mic. 2, 2 "isa. JipTIfS 'in"'5!l they oppress a man and {wrest away') his house sc. by fraud and vio- lence; comp. bta. 3. to be proud, insolent, trop. of a river overflowing its banks. Job 40, 18 [23]. Comp. synon. lib ; jv-Lb ? j^ PuAL part. fem. np^'^^ violated, e. g. a virgin, metaph. of a captured city Is. 23, 12. Deriv. pittis , fi^pJi^lJJ , plS, ^^i^^^ , nipir^Ta , pr. n. p^.5? . P^? (oppression) Eshek, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.' 8, 39. pt5!i? m. 1. inolence, injury, violent act, Is. 59, 13. Spec, oppression of the poor and needy, by fraud, extortion, pil- lage. Ez. 22. 7. 12. Ps. 73, 8. Jer. 6, 6. 22, 17. With genit. of the oppressor Ps. 119. 134 ; of the oppressed Ecc. 5, 7. 2. Any thing extorted, got by fraud and violence, Lev. 5, 23. Ps. 62, 11; genr. unjust gain Ecc. 7, 7. 3. distress, straits, i. q. ^J5^2J , Is. 54. 14. " nptpJ' f. (r. piijS) oppression which one suffers ; hence distress, straits ; Is. 38, 14 "i^Ttpds distress is upon me; read 6shkal-li notwithstanding the Methetj. as in ori'^rij , ^^."i'>^^ , see Lehrg. p. 43. "IT?;? fut. "it^^:; to be rich, Job 15, 29. Hos. 12. 9. Aram. "in5, jL., id. The primary idea seems that of being right, straight, so as to be kindr. with ^ni'x , *-\Ti , "iTTS ; hence the idea of happiness, and then of riches. PiEL to build, pr. to erect, from the primary force of the root ; once 1 K. 22, 49 Cheth. ni*3X ^irs liBdin*^ Jehosa- phat built ships; Keri nbs , and thus 2 Chr. 20, 36. 37. HiPH. i"'ttJ^n5 ^ut. c. suff. siS'^ttSs^ 1 Sam. 17, 25. '" ' 1. to make rich, to enrich, c. ace. pers. Gen. 14, 23. Ez. 27, 33. Trop. Ps. 65, 10 HSiuirn rSn thou dost abundantly enrich it, the earth, i. e. with copious gifts dost adorn it. With two ace. 1 Sam. 17, 25. Absol. I Sam. 2, 7. Prov. 10, 4. 22. 2. Intrans. to enrich oneself^ to become rich, (pr. to make riches, see Heb. Gr. 52. 2, note,) Ps. 49, 17. Prov. 21, 17. With ace. of that with which one is en- riched, Dan. 11,2. HiTHP. to feign oneself rich, Prov. 1 3, 7. Deriv. ^^t;s , also- "n5' m. Hches 1 Sam. 17, 25. 1 K. 3, 11. 13. Ecc. 4, 8. Prov. 22, 1. aj. ssepe. *^12:^ i. q. h^3, to fall in, to fall away, e. g. a) Of garments falling in pieces from use or from being moth- eaten ; comp. aJ5 , aLi^ moth, b) Of the countenance /aZZiwg" away, pining, wast- ing, from disease or care, Ps. 6, 8. 31, 10. .11. Arab. yiLc to fall away, to pine. niT? 1. to shine, to 6e bnght, smooth. Jer. 5, 28 ^inrs ^iiyd they are wa.Ten fat, they shine, i. e. their skin shines with fatness. Hence nds. 2. to make shining, i.e. smooth; hence T\VOy 827 T\W to work, to forge, to form, see deriv. T\^,'$ . Comp. pbn . Hence 3, Trop. of the mind, which forms, fashions, moulds any thing by revolving it. see -lin'Jr , n^niJS) ; also HiTHP. to bethink oneself recogitare as Vulg. well ; c. \ Jon. 1, 6. Chald. nissnx to excogitate. r\W, n^TO?, Chald. to think, to have in mind, to purpose, c. inf. et b Dan. 6, 4. See Heb. n^-3 no. 3, and Hithpa. ^^? f (r. nu35) something wrought, artificial work. Cant. 5, 14. The fem. gender comes prob. from regarding the n as a mere ending; see Lehrg. p. 474. Plur. "^ndJ see in its order. I - n'^VWy f. (r. n(^S no. 3) thought, opinion ; Job 12, 5 Ijxd n^nuJ^^ in the thought of one at ease, i. q. ''3'^52 . Some Mss. and printed editions read ninasb plur. constr. of nd5> , which however ought then to be nin^^; but the more accurate exhibit Shurek. ^niS!^ a word of doubtful origin, which joined with a number denoting ten, i. e. iby inirs m. and nniyr -^nir? f. signifies eleven, e. g. masc. Num. 7, 72. 29, 20 ; fem. with plur. Ex. 26, 7. 8. 36, 14. 15, with sing. 2 K. 25, 2. Jer. 1, 3. al. Also as an ordinal the eleventh, masc. Deut. 1, 3. Zech. 1, 7 ; fem. Jer. 39, 2. Ez. 26, 1. Simonis explains it, after Kimchi, as if plur. constr. of nais , thus : " cogitationes ultra decern, i. e. numerus cogitaiione give mente concipiendus, cum praeceden- tes numeri ad digitos numerarentur." This is unsatisfactory enough, though a better solution is still wanting. rismi?;^ f. plur. thoughts, counsels, Ps. 146,4. Chald. id. R. n'ijs. rnnt^ f i K. .11, 5. 33. 2 K. 23, 13, Ashtoreth, elsewhere plur. rilin;? Ash- txrolh, i. e. Astarte, rj '^(rrw^T?/, pr. n. of a female divinity worshipped by the Sidonians 1 and 2 K. 11. cc. by the Philis- tines 1 Sam. 31, 10 ; and after their ex- ample by the Hebrews in the days of the Judges and Solomon, Judg. 2, 13. 10, 6. 1 Sam. 7, 3. 4. 12, 10. 1 and 2 K. 11. cc. with great observance and in con- nection with Baal, Judg. 1. c. 1 Sam. 12, 10. The plur. ni-inii'sn , which is thrice coupled with D'^^s^an Judg. 10, 6. 1 Sam. 7, 4. 12, 10, seems to denote statues of Astarte, comp. D''^^a , ni-.^'x , Gr. "EQfial; and so too in 1 Sam. 31, 10 ni-in'rs n'^a the temple of Astartes (since there may have been several images in the same temple), and Judg. 2, 13 b>^b minffi^Vi . But some explain these pas- sages as instances of the 'pluralis excel- lentiae.' Sept. 'Aaiugirj, plur. ^AaxaQim and 'Aatagiod: The extent of this wor- ship among the Phenicians and Cartha- ginians is shown by the frequent occur- rence of this name in the pr. names both of men and women ; as n*in'i2J3J niJ serv- ant of Astarte, Gr. ^A^daaioiQiog, Lat. Bodostor, Bostor; mni235 "^bT served of Astarte, Delceastartus, etc. Greek and Roman writers compare this name partly with their Juno, as August. Q,ucest. ad Jud. 7, 16 ' Juno sine dubitatione a Puni- cis Astarte vocatur ;' more commonly with Venus and Luna, as Lucian de Dea Syr. ^AdTotQiTjV d' s'/m doxito ^slrjvalrjv f^- fievai. Philo Bybl. ap. Euseb. 1. 10 ttjv da 'AaidfjTTjV fDoivixrjg rrjv *A(fgodlTrjV dvcti, Xi/ovai. Cic. Nat. 3, 23 'quarta [Venus] Syria Tyroque concepta. quae Astarte vo- catur.' The latter is the more correct; for as ^53 was sometimes held to be the god of the sun (see '|:an bra in bra no. 5), though usually the planet Jupiter and god of fortune, so Astarte also sometimes represented the moon, and again Venus, i. e. the planet Venus, the goddess of love and fortune, who in a like respect is called likewise nnUJX and "^213 q. v. See also Mover's Phcenizien p. 601 sq. As to the figure of this idol it can only be affirmed that it was AornefZ; since the city Ashtaroth of Bashan, so named from the worship of Astarte, is once called D'^3"JF5 ni-inrr Gen. 14, 5; and these horns accord well both with the goddess of the moon, and also with the mythus respecting Astarte in Philo Bybl. ap. Euseb. 1. c. and Sanchun. Fnigm. ed. Orelli p. 34 : ^Ajzugxri da rj fieyitnrj xal Zsvg Jr^fxagovg xal "Adcado.; (T''"') ^(taiXevg &fb)v diSoKrlXsvov rijg ^u)oag, Kqovov yvo)fir]. '^ Jl ds 'AaToiQTr] ified^rjxe jij idlfx xe(pixXi'i ^aatXuag ituQaari^ov xf(jpa- Xriv xavgov mqivoaiovau 8s rtjv oixov- fiertjv, fVQSP afQonsTri ocrrxeQa, ov xai oive- Xofiiiri iv TvQbi rJ] ayia v^hm uopiSQwat. r\y 828 r\T See also Tacit. Hist. II. 3. As to the etymology of the name, so long sought for in vain, it would seem that nntriir^ is for "inOit Pers. H' star, XMT i^o/TjV the star of Venus, like Syr. J-Ljasoj ; see art. "^riDi?? p. 76. Hence the name ^AaT^o- ^QXVy by which Astarte is called, Hero- dian 5. 6. 10. gives the etymology well. See more in Thesaur, p. 1082 sq. Pldr. ni-ina3s , constr. ninrj'r? 1. As- tartes, imagesof Astarte ; see above. 2. 'it:: niinaj? Asiartes ofthejiock, VenuseS; prob. i'or females, ewes, as pro- pagating the flock, Deut. 7, 13. 28, 4. 18. 51. Kimchi js:n mnp3, Gr. Venet. well oisg ewes. 3. Plur.* Ashtaroth, pr. ii. of a city of Bashan, Deut. 1, 4. Josh. 9, 10. 12. 4. 13, 12. 31. 1 Chr. 6, 56. Once niinaj? S"??"?!? Ashteroth-kamaim, i. e. horned, Gen. 14, 5 ; so called from the horned images of Astarte, with which the city prob. abounded ; see in no. 1. The an- cient full name seems to have been n^a T^'nr^v (house of Astartes), whence by contraction mmrya Josh. 21, 27; see this art, p. 149. It was assigned first to Manasseh, and then to the Levites. Josh. 13, 31. 1 Chr. 6, 56. Often coupled with ^SfTiX Edrei, from which according to Eusebius it was six Roman miles dis- tant. The KaQvuiv of 1 Mace. 5, 43 seems to be the same. [A large mound or acropolis, called Tell ^Ashiereh, now marks the site of Ashtaroth ; it is in the midst of a vast plain. 7-^ miles S. S. W. of N6wa towards Mez^reib, from which it is 5 miles distant. It is also about 6 miles distant from Der'a the ancient Edrei. See Newbold in Journ. of Lond. Geogr. Soc. 1846. p. 333. Reland. Pa- laest. p. 598. R. ri? pr. for rns) fern, of "i5 (r. rriS) as n^ for mb , nx for nnx ; c. Makk. "ns , c. suff. ''HP ; usually fern, as in X'^H^ ^?^, but sometimes masc. Ez. 7, 7. 12. Cant. 2, 12, since the origin of the word ap- pears to have been overlooked ; see Lehrg. p. 474. Plur. Q^ns fem. Ez. 12, 27. Neh. 13, 31 ; oftener masc. 2 Chr. 15, 5. Dan. 11, 14. Ezra 10, 14. Neh. 10, 35. 1. time, in general; with genit. n? ^v w ^Ae time of evening, even-tide, Josh. 8, 29 ; ^"^^-J?! r^S pruning-time Cant. 2, 12; nsn nsJ time of evil, of calamity, Ps. 37. 19 ; Jer. 51, 6. Hagg. 1, 2. With inf n'lV rir time of hearing Job 39, 1. 2 ; Jer. 8, 7. So before a clause, Mic. 5., 2 nr .Tib^ STjb'i'i the time when she that tra- vaileth hringeth forth. Job 6, 17. Deut 32, 35. 2 Chr. 20, 22. 28, 22. Also n^a rs ("is) bx from time to time 1 Chr. 9 25. Ez, 4, 10. 11. With prepositions: a) r53, c. art. n^a, in or at a time ; &t!inn nsa at that time Gen. 21, 22. 38, I. Num. 22, 4, and so always in the Pent, see in Kin ; in the other books i<"^nn n3?2. So """^m^ rira in the time of harvest Jer. 50, 16; nrinVnsa Gen. 38, 27; r.s-b33 at all times', always, Ps. 10, 5. 34, 2. 62, , 9. al. ssep. b) n?b at a time, espec. of the time of day, of life, etc. a-iS nsb Gen, 8, 1 1 . 24, 11. 2 Sam. 11, 2. al'. ' ^'^Wn xia rrb Josh. 10, 27. 2 Chr. 18, 34 ; 'n:pt rvb in the time of old age 1 K. 11, 4." 15, 23, Di^a ci^-nsb , i. q. Ql-^a D'\'^,day by day. 1 Chr. 12, 22. c) r53 about or at a time, see in 3 B. 3; as a-isJ nn373 r^s at the time of the evening oblation Dan. 9, 21. With the art. ri2)3 (for rn^ns) at this time, now, Num. 23, 23. Judg.' 13, 23. 21, 22. Job 39, 18. ina n3>3 about this time to-mor- row, Ex. 97l8. YSam. 9, 16. 20, 12. 1 K. 19, 2. al. more fully ni<^n nrs nn?3 Josh. II, 6. n-sn nS3, see in "^n no. 3! p. 309. d) Accus. n5 , at or in the time ; Ps. 4, 8 'i:ii Dsa'i rsa'wore than in the time when their corn and their wine were abundant. Absol. at the time, now, i. q. nn? , Ez. 27, 34. Sept. viiv, Vulg. nunc. Spec. 2. time of the year, season, Gr. bjga ; Cant. 2, 12. Jer. 50, 16, see above in ho. 1. n*n n53, see above in no. 1. c. Ezra 10, 13 U^'a^^ nsn the season of rains, i. e. the rainy season ; see Bibl Res. in Palest. II. p. 97. 3. time or season of life, espec. youth spoken of a marriageable virgin, Ez. 16 8 D^n^ ns TiH^ nsni lo, thy time was th time of love. So Ps. 81, 16 their youti should have endured for ever. Comp. Gi MQn, e. g, Ig yafxov m^jt^v unUfadm Hdol 6, 61 : dg rndfjoq mqixv rixovaa xofji] Plai 4. aft time, proper season, like Gj xaiQog; often with suff. as inss ^'^"O th T\y 829 "^ny rain in its season, i. e. at the proper time, Deut. 11, 14. 28, 12 ; of fruit Ps. 1, 3; so Ps. 104, 27. Job 38, 32. Prov. 15, 23. Ecc. 7, 17. 10, 17. Ace. ns i Job 15, 28. Deriv. T^n^, ^^n5, n^ns. ^P>? adv. (from ns> time, with n para- gog. deraonstr.) in pause np5 Milel Gen. 32, 5, like nns , nns ; pr. at the time. Hence. 1. at this time, now, as opp. both to time past and future, Josh. 14, 11. Hos. 2, 10. Is. 48, 7 ; and so Gen. 22, 12. 29, 32. Job 3, 13. 4, 5. Ps. 12, 6. 20, 7. al. ssep. Also now, already, Job 6, 3 ; and poet. i. q. presently, shortly, Job 7, 21. 8, 6. ^Y'J "1?^ nwi3 from this time even for ever. Is. 9, 6. T\,7p_ ^? until this time, until now, Gen. 32,^5. 46, 34. nt nn5 just now, this moment, see in HT no. 3. b. nn5 oa yea now, see D? no. 3 ult. nri5 &) Athaiah, pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 4. p'^pl? m. adj. (r. pJ^^) splendid, spoken of garments, Is. 23, 18 p-'P^ n&=73 , Targ. "P"'"} ^S^S It is here the splen- dour of the sacerdotal vestments, handed down from antiquity and preserved with the highest care and veneration ; see in r. pn5 no. 4. Arab. (^J'Lc old, an- tique, put for that which is superexcel- lent, of ancient name and honour. p"^!^ m. adj. (r. pn^) 1. taken away, taken off, sc. from the mother's breast, weaned. Is. 28, 9. 2. ancient, old, 1 Chr. 4, 22. See the root, no. 2. p^n? Chald. m. adj. ancient, senex^ Dan. 7, 9. 13. 22. Syr. U^hL id. See r, 'pT^'S no. 2. *?|r];J obsol. root, Arab, vilxft to turn in, to take lodging. Hence tjn^ (lodging-place) Athach, pr. n. of a place in the tribe of Judah 1 Sam. 30. 30. ^^^ obsol. root, Arab. Jj:^ to treat with violence. Hence the two following. ^hTp_ (for n^^ns q. v.) Athlai, pr. n. m. Ezra 10, 28.' ' <^^^^? (whom Jehovah afflicts, r. ^ns) Athaliah, pr. n. 1. Masc. a) 1 Chr. 8, 26. b) Ezra 8,7. 2. Fem. a queen of Judah, the daugh- ter of Ahab and Jezebel, 880-877 B. C. 2 K. 11, 1 ; elsewhere isn^^n? id. 2 K.8, 26. 11, 2. 2 Chr. 22, 2. 23,'2"l 24, 7. * Dr!J a root an. X(/6fi. in Niph. Is. 9, 18 through the anger of Jehovah CP}^': yy^ii the land is consumed, burned ; pa- rall. ' the people are food for fire.' Sept. avyy.ixavi(xi. Cod. Alex, avyxavd^rjaezai. Targ. r3i"in is burned. This sense is required by the context; and is con- 9 - firmed by Arab. aJCc suffocating heat, and Eth. ^^^cjP angry, heated with anger. The Rabbins render it. the land is darkened, corap. Arab. aJl& to be darkened ; but against the context. '|^5 obsol. root, kindr. with ^tn5, i. q. Arab. j^vxC- to treat with violence. s >.' Comp. rnxB Ez. 31, 5. 6, and by transp. T'PX'B V. 8. 12. 13, green branches, fo- liage, pr. the ornament of a tree, Ez. U. cc. Comp. in Syr. \h\^ fruit. nn55)S f. (by Syr. for Jr^XB, r. *IXB I) a bough, branch, adorned with foliage, Is. 10, 33. Several Mss. read nn-is. "l^"li5B m. (for "i1"iXB, r. nxB I) heat, glow, and hence a pot, see "^^liB . Then glow, flush of countenance ; Joel 2, 6 *i!i-ixs !i:ap D-^SB-bs all faces gather a glow, are flushed with anxiety. Nah. 2, 11. Comp. for the same thing Is. 13, 8 nn-^SB 0"^=^^ ^3B ; also Ps..lO. 2. 39, 4. Others : all faces withdraw their ruddi- ness, i.e. grow pale with fear; comp. Joel 2, 10 and 4, 15 cn53 JiSpX d^33i3 the stars withdraw their brightness. But then it should be D'lnnxB ; and "inXB without suff. implies a quality not natu- ral to the countenance. 'j'nSB (prob. region with caverns, r. "^XB II) Paran, pr. n. of a desert region inhabited by nomadic tribes 1 K. 11, 18 ; lying between Mount Sinai, Palestine, and Idumea. So T^XB *i2^^ Gen. 21, 21. Num. 10, 12. 13, 3. 26. " Deut. 1, 1. ] Sam. 25, 1. In the north-eastern part, 70* next to the 'Arabah. there is a broad tract of mountains, 'I'nxB "nn Hab. 3, 3. Deut. 33, 2 ; see BibK^Res. in Palest. I. p. 275. 11. p. 508, 609. Once spec. Gen. 14, 6 "lanian-bs ^lUX -(-nxB b^x the oak or terebinth of Paran which is by the desert, Sept. teqi^iv^og rriq fPugdv, prob. a noted tree on the borders of Edom. The de- sert of Paran in its widest sense included also that of Zin in the Gh6r and 'Ara- bah south of the Dead Sea, Num. 13, 26, comp. 20, 1 ; and was also not far dis- tant from Carmel and Maon, 1 Sam. 25, 1. Josephus mentions a valley Pharan, apparently towards Idumea, with many caverns, B. J. 4. 9. 4. This Paran has of course no connection with the Pharan of Eusebius, three days east of ^lana, Onomast. art. aQ(xv ; nor with the Fa- ran or Feiran in the peninsula of Sinai j though it has often been confounded with them. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 186, 552. plur. D^as unripe figs, which the ^ tree over winter, grossi. SB m. hang on grossuli. Cant 2, 13. Sept. oXw&oi. R. aaB . * j5? Arab, ^j VII to be unripe, e. g. fruit ; Syr. ^^ unripe, sour. The primary idea seems to be that of cold, transferred to late fruits ; comp. i5B:: . 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1. a, ^o cause to fall upon any one, to lay upon. Is. 53, 6 !)2|3 V?. rx i2 ^^aBn he hath laid on him, the iniquity of us all. 2. Causat. of Kal no. l.h, to cause to supplicate. Jer. 15, 11 "nx . . . ?|S '^Pi5rBPj n^kn / will cause the enemy to come as a suppliant to thee. So Chald. L. de Dieu, Rosenm. 3. Intrans. a) i. q. Kal. no. 1. a, to fall upon. Part. ^"'38^ an assailant, enemy, Job 36, 32. b) i. q. I^al no. 1. b, to assail with prayers, to entreat, to sup- plicate, c. a Jer. 36, 25 ; c.h of him /or whom one intercedes Is. 53, 12. Part. .*>aB^ an intercessor, defender. Is. 59, 16. Deriv. 53373 , also the two following. J^^B m. what lights upon "any one,' incident, event, chance, Ecc. 9, 1 1 ; with S"! an evil occurrence 1 K. 5, 18 [4]. bi^'iy^S (event of God) Pagiel^v. n. of a phylarch of the tribe of Asher, Num.1, 13. 2,27. R. 5:d . "^5? in Kal not used. Piel to he faint, weak, exhausted, 1 Sam. 30, 10. 21. Talmud. Pi. to be languid, lazy. Syr. i~^-^l (3 and B being interchanged) to be attenuated, weak. Hence ^SB ni. in pause "iSfi ; plur. dn^B , constr. ''t)3'B , a corpse, carcass, of man Is. 14. 19.' 34, 3. Jer. 31, 40. Ez. 6, 5. 43,7. 9; of beasts Gen. 15, 11. With na added 2 K. 19, 35. Is. 37, 36. Comp. Syr. Ir^j also of a living body. Sing, collect. 1 Sam. 17, 46. Am. 8. 3. Metaph. C3"'bin^B, f. niB ; Jia'^B ; D3^B ; dPj^B Deut. 21, 5, poet, i^a^^ Ps. 17, 10 ; plur. in signif. no. 3 D-iB 1 Sam. 13, 21, and ni^D Prov.5,4. 1. the mouth, so called from breathing and blowing, see the root and Ps. 135, 17, comp. T^B ron Ps. 33, 6 ; like qx nose ^ G ' 0, - S' from tisx. Arab. Hys, iHfJ, Li, xi na 836 ns const.r. yi, ^^, Li, id. Spoken of the mouth of man and beast, e. g. of the lion Ps. 22, 22 (whence poet. Job 36, 16 lit "iQ^ from the mouth i. e. jaws of the enemy) ; of the crocodile Job 41, 11. 13 ; and of the beak of birds Gen. 8, 11. Is. 10, 14. As the instrument of speech Ex. 4, 11. 12. Num. 22, 28 (of Balaam's ass). Ps. 37, 30. 115, 5. 135, 16. Is. 1, 20. al. ssep. So of eating or devouring Is. 9, 11. Ez. 2, 8. 3, 27. 4, 14. Dan. 10, 3 ; of tasting Gen. 25, 28 ; of kissing Cant. 1, 2 ; of laughter Job 8, 21 ; of breathing, see above. So HB *ia3 heavy- mouthed, i. e. slow of speech Ex. 4, 10 ; pbn ns a smooth mouth i. e. flattering Prov. 26, 28 ; n?a'}7a ^^ a mouth of deceit Ps. 109, 2. As phrases may be noted : a) To speak with any one fnD"^. !^B mouth to mouth, i. e. in person, without mediator or interpreter. Num. 12, 8 ; comp. l-'Q cs T^B Jer. 32. 4; ?]^B~rN ^n^B 34, 3 ; also T^E3 1 K. 8, 15. b) nnx ns with one mouth, with one voice or accord Josh. 9, 2. 1 K. 22, 13. 2 Chr. 18, 12. Syr. >oas r-* r^. c) Job 19, 16 I en- treat him "^S i^a with my whole mouth, i. e. with all my strength of voice ; and so "^Sa Ps. 89, 2. 109, 30 ; also in ace. Ps. 66, 17 ^nxn|5 "^E rVi< /cry unto him with my whole mouth ; see for this ace. Heb. Gr. 135. 1. n. 3. d) 'b "'Ba D^ib to put in one^s mouth sc. words, to suggest what one shall say, Ex. 4, 15. Num. 22, 38. 23, 5. 12. 2 Sam. 14, 19. Is. 59, 21 ; "^Ba -,03 id. Deut. 18, 18. Ps. 40, 4. Jer. 1, 9' Also i. q. Deut. 31, 19. Further, to be 'b "^sa in one^s mouth, i. e. so as to be of- ten spoken of^ as a law Ex. 13, 9; comp. Ps. 5, 10. 38, 15. Diff. is 2 Sam. 17, 5 let us hear T^B3~n?a what is in his mouth, i. e. what he has to say. e) nS'bs upon the mouth, Gr. uvu az6p.a, inl ajofiix, where we say in or into the mouth ; Nah. 3, 12 they (the Ggs) fall bsix ^^'hv into the mouth of the eater. Mic. 3, 5. So that which is spoken is said to be fiB"^^ upon the mouth, where we say upon the lips, see in b? A. 1. 2 Sam. 13, 32 ^B-b5 M^a^b nn'^n nib^^ax upon the lips of Ab- salom, hath this been purposed, i. e. he has often spoken of it, has not concealed it. But riB-b? ^^ DTdJ to lay the hand upon the Tnouth, i. q. to be silent, Judg. 18, 19. Job 21, 5. 40, 4. Mic. 7, 16 ; comp nab "r;' Prov. 30, 32. f ) 'b ^^'q ana fa write from the mouth of any one, at his dictation, Jer. 36, 4. 27, 32. 45, 1. g) rrn "1^ "^B the breath of the mouth of Jehovah, for the wind Job 15, 30; for his power- ful and creative word or command, fiat Ps. 33, 6. Further, the mouth is also put by meton. aa) For a speaker, ^spokesman, Ex. 4, 16 nsb r\h n^-i^ Nnn, comp. 7, l where it is K-^aa .* Jer. 15, 19. bb) Fo<- voice, sound, Am. 6, 5 basn '^B'bs to the sound of the lyre, cc) For speech, dis- course ; Ps. 49, 14 their followers sriifia ^:i'}'^ delight in their sayings, dd) For command, precept, order; 'b "'D'bs) ac- cording to the command of any one, by order of. Gen. 45, 21. Ex. 17, 1. Lev. 24, 12. Num. 3, 16. Josh. 19, 50. Job 39. 27 ; more rarely -^S-bx Josh. 15, 13. 17, 4. 21, 3 ; ''Sa 1 Chr. 12', 23. Also 'b ^^B naai to keep the commandment of any one Ecc. 8, 2 ; contra, "^B-nx (rrn^) n-i^n to rebel against a command, see in rrna. In like manner "^"^ "^B "las to transgress the command of Jehovah Num. 14, 41. 22, 18. 24, 13. 1 Sam. 15, 24. Prov. 8, 29. So perh. Ps. 17, 3 ''B-'^a^;; ba "^nisT, see in art. HHT . ee) For counsel, opi- nion, decision, e. g. of a judge Deut. 21, 5. So in the phrase 'b ^^'rit. bxuj to ask the opinion or counsel of any one Gen. 24, 57. Josh. 9, 14. Is. 30, 2. Also of testimony, as D'^ns 1273^ "^B"^? ot the mouth of two witnesses, i. e. by their tes- timony, Deut. 17, 6. 19, 15; W^y^ 'Sb Num. 35, 30. 2. a mouth, i. e. an aperture, orifice, entrance ; e. g. of a sack Gen. 42, 27. 43, I 12. 21. 44, 1 ; of a well Gen. 29, 2. 3. 8 ; f of an ephah Zech. 5, 8 ; of the laver 1 K. 7, 31 ; of a cavern Josh. 10, 18. 22, 27, and hence of Sheol Ps. 141, 7. Is. 5, 14 ; also of any garment which sur- rounds the neck, Ex. 39, 23. Job 30, 18. Ps. 133, 2 ; c:&<"^n ^b id. Ex. 28, 32. So of a city, Lat. ostium, Prov. 8, 3. Hence n&b ns entrance to entrance, i. e. from one end to the other, 2 K. 10, 21. 21, 16-, riB-bs* ns^ id. Ezra 9, 11. So Arab. 6 ' jvij Ethiop. A-4t, Gr. atopa, id. 3. mouth of the sword, i. e. the edge, as biting and devouring like the mouth na 837 ma comp. r. ^^X no. 2. Syr. )^t*^9 |*^^j Ethiop. A^t, edge of the sword. So in the phrases : 3'^n ''sb nan to smite with the edge of the sword, see in nD3 Hiph. no. 2. d, and h no. 3. e. fin. "^sb a-in n-in Gen. 34, 27; nnn ^sb n-^nn' Josh^ 6, 21. 11, 11. 1 Sam.' 15, 8; S'^n^sb DDrt to discomfit with the edge of the sword^ Judg. 4, 15 ; nnn -^sb tt3bn id. Ex. 17, 13; also nnn "^sb bsj Josh. 8,^24. Judg. 4, 16. Here y^n ""Sb nsrt etc. does not differ from 3"ina nsii Josh. 11, 10, except as being more vivid. Sept. naxavabi iv axo^ari rrjg goficpaiag. Plur. D'^S edges of cutting instruments 1 Sam. 13, 21 ; ni"sB id. Prov. 5, 4. 4. a portion, part, pr. a mouthful, morsel, comp. "i'^ no. 7. Deut. 21, 17 "'S D"^?^ the portion of two, i. e. a double portion. 2 K. 2, 9 ; also two parts of three, two thirds, Zech. 13, 8 ; comp. Ti 1.0. 5. i. q. fem. nxs , the side or extremity of any thing. Is. 19, 7 n5<"j ^B-b5 on the side of the Nile, not ' at the mouth of the Nile.' 6. With prepositions it assumes almost the nature of a particle : a) "^33 a) according to the command of, 1 Chr. 12, 23. /5) according to the mention or notation of i. e. in proportion to, according to, Ex. 16, 21. Lev. 25, 52 I'^j'lS ''SJS according to his years. Num. 6, 2L 7, 5. 8. 35, 8. y) i. q. 3 , "I^S , as, like ; Job 33, 6 bwxb rpBD i:x lam, as thou, of God sc. created. ' <5)' "laJX "^33 Conj. according as, even as, Mai. 2, 9 ; and without i^x ellipt. 50 as, so thai, Zech. 2, 4. b) "^sb , i. q. "^33 , see b no. 13. a) by or according to the command of, i. q. eimpl. according to; Gen. 47, 12 "'Sb C]an according to the number of Z^ children. Lev. 25, 16. 27, 16. Num. 26, 54. Prov. 12, 8. Hos. 10. 12 sow ye in justice, "ion "^sb l^lip and reap accord- ing to your piety. /?) With infin. ac- cording to. Ex. 16, 16. 18. 12, 4 ; also when, i. q. b c. inf Num. 9, 17. Jer. 29, 10 ; see in b lett. C. no. 7. c) ''S3"b5 re) 7ipon the mouth, where we say in or into the mouth, see in no. 1. e. /?) on the side, see no. 5. y) at the tound of, see no. 1. bb ; according to the command of, by order of, see no. 1. dd ; by the testimony of, see no. 1. ee. Hence d), i. q. "133 , ''Sb , according to, Num. 26, 56. Lev. 27, 18." Deut. 17, 10. Ex. 34, 27. Gen. 43, 7 nbjtn D^'in'nri ^B-b? accord- ing to these things, as things were, truly. ^;!;JK ^5~b? according as, Lev. 27, 8. lis or is, once i^S Job 38, 11, (perh. contr. from inQ i. q. ^ina in this or that sc. place, like ii3 for ^itiS) Adv. of place. 1. here, in this place, Gen. 19, 12. 22, 5. 40, 15. Josh. 18, 6. 8. al. saepe. ris^, iQ^.from here, hence, Ez. 40, 21. 26. 34. 37. risia riSTQ hence hence, on this side on that side, Ez. 40, 10. 12. 21. 41, 2. For ri3ii< see in its place. 2. hither, i Sam. 16, 11. Ezra 4, 2. nfiJ^B (perh. Arab. xift*i month) Puah, pr. n. m. a) A son of Issachar 1 Chr. 7, 1 ; for which Gen. 46, 1 3 and Num. 26, 23 n|!B Puvah. b) Judg. 10, 1. * ^^S fut. a^B;|, with Vav conv. 33^1. 1. to be cold, without vital warmth. Syr. and Arab. id. The primary idea is that of breathing, blowing, cooling, see Heb. Ti^Q j the palatal and guttural being interchanged. Gen. 45, 26 i^'^) iab but his heart was cold, did not warm with joy, was not moved. Trop. to be torpid, sluggish, slack, Ps. 77, 3. Hab. 1, ifriget lex. NiPH. to be torpid, languid, Ps. 38, 9. Deriv. nsisn and n^lB f remission, pause, Lam. 2, 18. 'l^B, see r. T'B. njB see in nxiiQ . * '^^S fut. nns;^ , i. q. n33 q. v. to puff, to blow, to breathe. Arab. _Li and ^li to breathe odours, to be fra- grant. Syr. v.i4S to blow. Pa. to refresh, to cool, sc. the air by a breeze. Cant. 2, 1 7 ni^ri n!i3^li5 1? until the day breathes, i. e. until the breeze comes and the heat remits, until evening. Cant. 4, 6. Comp. nsi-i no. 2, and S5b . Hiph. 1. With ace. to blow upon, as a wind Cant. 4, 16. 2. to breathe out words, to utter, e. g. falsehood Prov. 6, 19. 14, 5. 19, 5. 9 ; also in a good sense, to speak the truth 12, 17. ti15 838 5*13 3. to pant, i. e. to hasten, Hab. 2, 3. Comp. qfiX'^L3^D . U^S /*Aw<, pr. n. of a warlike African people, descended from Ham, Gen. 10, 6. Jer. 46, 9. Ez. 27, 10. 30, 5. 38, 5. Nah. 3, 9. Sept. and Vulg. usually Libya, with which also Josephus agrees, Ant. 1. 6. 2. Phut then prob. comprised the Libyans next to Egypt, while D'^a^b was a more general term, Nah. 3, 9. See Thesaur. p. 1093. bx-^P^SS (afflicted of God) Putiel, pr. n. m. Ex. 6, 25. ynS ''tpifi Eg5rptian pr. n. Potiphera, the fdther-in-law of Joseph, and priest of Heliopolis, Gen. 41, 45. 50. 46, 20. Sept. JIsTscpgrj, IIsvTKpQfj, i. q. 116X6- ApH qui Soils est, Soli proprius ; see Champollion Precis du Systeme Hie- roglyphique. Tableau general, p. 23. PI. 12. Found in various forms on Egyp- tian monuments ; see Rosellini Monum. Storici I. p. 117. Thesaur. p. 1094. nS'^piS (contr. for 5*13 ''13'iB) Poti- phar, pr. n. of the chief of Pharaoh's body-guard. Gen. 37, 36. 39, 1. 5|^S obsol. root, uncert. but perh. i. q. Talmud. Pa. n^Q , to paint, to lay on colours. Hence ^^S m. i. q. Gr. qpuxoc, Lat./wcMS, i. e. paint, dye, with which the Hebrew women tinged their eye-lashes; prepared from antimony (stibium) or minium ; see in r. bna. Sept. aTififil, Vulg. stibium. 2 K. 9, 30. Jer. 4, 30. Comp. pr. n. 'H'^^n "HkI- Is. 54, 11 with eye-paint (stibium) will I lay thy stones, i. e. I will use it as cement in laying thy walls. 1 Chr. 29, 2 Ti^S'^^s^x stones of paint, used in building the temple ; prob. a more costly kind of stones, or species of marble, used for ornamenting and as it were painting the walls or pavements. bis m. (r. hhB) a bean, 2 Sam. 17, 28. Ez. 4, 9. Mod. Arab. Ji , iijyi , id. The etymology is to be referred to the idea of roZZiTzo-, from its round form ; comp. Lat. bulla, Belg. bol a bean, peul, pcRul, chick-pea, bolle onion. 5'nB Pul^ pr. n. 1. A people and re- gion in Africa as yet unknown. Is. 66, 19 ; where it is coupled with ^sib . Vulg. Africa. Bochart, Phaleg. IV. cap. 26, with little probability understands P/iz7^5>L) topart,and X- (7 fce^re part. lot. Of the same fam- ily is also Lat. pars ; comp. too Heb. r. nsiQ and I'nB. Plur. D"''iiiB Zo^s Esth. 9, 24. Also Di^ilBfi 1x57 V. 31, and simply C^nsiB V. 29. 32, the festival of Purim, i. e. of lots, celebrated by the Jews in memory of the events recorded in the book of Esther, on the 14th and 15th days of the month 9 O* Adar. Arab, ff^ festival of Purim. rrn^B f. a wine-press, Is. 63, 3. Hagg. 2, 16. R. -iiB . i5I1'11B Poratha, Pers. pr. n. of one of the sons of Haman, Esth. 9, 8. Sept. Vat. flfuQuda&d, Alex. BuQdad^a or (Votq- da&a. Hence perh. xri'iis is contr. for fi

cnp 35, 1, etc. or to do any thing, Judg. 8, 20 sHn Qisp nnix. V.21. IK. 21, 15. With n parag. intens. espec. as addressed to Jehovah that he may help, Ps. 3, 8 ""^ niz^p !i3S-'ttiin. 7, 7. 9, 20. 10, 12. 74,22. 82,8. 132, 8. al. c) to rise up against any one, in a hostile sense ; c. b? Judg. 9, 43. Is. 14, 22. Am. 7, 9. al. bx Gen. 4, 8. 1 Sam. 22, 13. 24, 8 ; 3 Mic. 7, 6 ; '2Bb Num. 16, 2; with Hsnbab Ob. 1. Also as a witness, to rise up against Ps. 35, 11; c. a Deut. 19, 15. 16. Ps. 27, 12. Job 16,8. Part, "^bs Dip|5 those rising up against tne., my adversaries, enemies, Ps. 92, 12; also ^b5 d^aipn id. 2 K. 16, 7 : oftener c. suff. -^-qp^ id. Ps. 18, 40. 49. Lam. 3, 62, !ir^P Ps. 44, 6, T^-^^J? Ex. 15, 7, etc. Arab. J^ Jj, id. Trop. Ps. 27, 3 though war should rise up against nie. Hos. 10, 14. Nah. 1, 9. Prov. 24, 22. A) to arise, to come forth, to appear ; e. g. a new king after his predecessor Ex. 1, 8. 1 K. 3. 12. 2 K. 23, 25 ; a leader Judg 5, 7 ; a prophet Deut. 13, 2. 34, 10 ; a new generation Gen. 41, 30. Judg. 2, 10. Ps. 78, 6.. With nnn in place of Num. 32, 14. IK. 8, 20. Syr. >al> often of a king. Arab. Jou *L id. e) Trop. to rise up out of calamity dip 920 Dip Jer. 51, 64. Also to -rise in prosperity, wealth, q. d. ' to rise in the world,' Prov. 28, 12. f) Of God as rising up for judgment, liBrxab , Ps. 76, 10 ; to punish the wicked Is! 2,19.21. 28,21. Ps. 12,6. Job 31, 14. g) to rise up. to rise again, as the dead returning to life, Job 14, 12. Ps. 88, 11. Is. 26, 14. 19. Also to arise out of sleep Prov. 6, 9 ; to rise up from sick- ness Ps. 41, 9. h) to sit down and rise up, put for the general course of life and conduct, Ps. 139. 2. So to lie down and rise up id. Deut. 6, 7. 11, 19. i) to rise, as the light Job 25. 3; the noon-day light Job 11, 17. 2. to set oneself, to stand, i. q. 'los ; see the Arab, and Ethiop. usage above. 2 K. 13, 21 l^^5n~b5 c;^^5 and stood upon his feet. Job'r9, 25. 30, 12 -, c. a Ps. 24, 3. Of waters heaped up, Josh. 3, 16 ; with neg. of idols, i. q. to be cast down, Is. 27, 9. Trop. a) to stand firm, to be esta- blished, as a kingdom 1 Sam. 13, 14. 24, 21 ; of a king 2 Chr. 21. 4. Hence to stand, i. e. to stand out, to endure, Job 15, 29. Am. 7, 2. 5. Nah. 1, 6. Ps. 1, 5 ; c. ^DB^ to stand out before, to withstand any one, Josh. 7, 12. 13. Of things Job 41, 18 [26]. b) to remain Josh. 2, 11, Is. 40, 8 ; c. Wo any one, Lev. 25, 30. 27, 19. With is , Is. 32, 8 O^p^ ria'^'ia-b? t<^r^^ and he remaineth (persisteth) in liberal things. Arab. Js^ *lj> to persist in. c) With ^ of pers. to stand up for any one, in his behalf, to stand by him, Ps. 94, 16. Arab. ^J *ljJ id. d) Trop. to to be confirmed, established, e. g. a pur- chase Gen. 23, 17. 20 ; counsel or pur- pose Is. 8, 10. 14, 24. Prov. 19, 21 ; once c. b, to be established to any one, i. e. to be successful, Job 22.28; of a pre- diction Jer. 44, 28, opp. bB3 . So to be valid, to stand good, e. g. testimony Deut. 19, 15 ; a vow Num. 30, 5 sq. e) 's DTi;^'^? fi'ip to stand upon (in) the name of any one, i. e. in the public regis- ters, to be enrolled in his place, to suc- ceed to the name and estate of any one, Deut. 25, 6. f ) rr? ^i^I^ 1 K. 14, 4 comp. 1 Sam. 4, 15, his eyes were set, fixed, spoken of a person afflicted with a disease of the eye, in which the pupil becomes fixed, so as no longer to contract and dilate. Arab. (^^^julII ouoLs id. 3. Like Samar. C-p, to live ; see Pi. no. 2, and the nouns nsip'j, c^ipbN (*^|) the people. PiEL D^p , chiefly in the later books , like Aram. D*p, >a^^. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, in various connections : a) to confirm, to establish, Ruth 4, 7. Esth. 9, 29. 31 init. Of a prophecy, to confirm by the event, Ez. 13, 6. b) With br to enjoin any thing upon any one, pr. to cause to be imposed upon any one, Esth. 9, 21. 31 mid. comp. Chald. ^5 D*p to bind by an oath. Hence y^S D^p to take upon oneself pr. Lto enjoin upon oneself,' Esth. 9, 27. 31 fin. c) to make stand good, i. e. to perform, to fulfil, an oath, Ps. 119, 106. 2. Trans, of Kal no. 3, to preserve alive, Ps. 119, 28. Frequent in the Tar- gums. PiL. M-ip 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to raise up, to build up, e. g. ruins, Is. 44, 26. 58, 12. 61, 4. 2. Intrans. to rise up ; Mic. 2, 8 long since hath my people B^ip'J 3!;i<^ risen up as an enemy ; Vulg. consurrearit. Otiiers, hng since hath my people set (me) up as an enemy ; but this is far- fetched. , HiPH. D-'prj, fiit. D^p^, apoc. Cp^, conv. cp*l. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to raise up, to lift or help up, e. g. one lying down 2 Sam. 12, 17. 1 Sam. 2, 8; one fallen Deut. 22, 4 ; the afflicted Job 4, 4. Ps. 41, 11. Spec. a) to raise up, i. e. to excite a hostile people Hab. 1, 6; an adversary ('i^'^*) 1 K. 11. 14; c. hs against Am. 6, 14. Mic. 5, 4. Also to rou^e up a wild beast Gen. 49, 9. Num. 24, 9. Trop. to raise up evil, calamity, against (br) ah}"^ one, 2 Sam. 12. 11. Ez. 34, 23. Zech. 11, 16; bx id. 1 Sam. 3, 12. h) to raise up, i. e. to cause to arise or appear, e. g. judges Judg. 2, 18 ; a prophet Jer. 29. 15 ; a priest 1 Sam. 2, 35 ; a king in place of another, c. rnri 2 Sam. 7, 12 ; a new generation Josh. 5, 7 ; a plant, to make grow up. Ez. 34, 29. Spec, b nttj c^pn Deut. 25. 7. RutK 4. 5. 10, and b i'nj D-pn Gen. 38, 8, to rais* Dip 921 VP up to any one a name, seed, or offspring, 1. e. by marrying his widow to raise up children that shall succeed to his name and inheritance, c) to set up, to rear up, to erect, e. g. a tent Ex. 26, 30 ; a sta- tue Deut. 16, 22 ; an altar 1 K. 16, 32 ; towers Is. 23, 33. Also to set up again, to restore, e. g. a tent fallen down Am. 9, 11; hence y^iji ta^prt, bx-nttJ^ -"MaS 'n, to restore the land, the tribes of Israel, Is. 49, 6. 8. So ni-)3 D-ipn to set up (make) a covenant Gen. 6, 18. 9, 11. 17, 7. al. d) to lift up a shield, Ez. 26, 8. e) to raise up again, to revive, Hos. 6, 2 ; comp. Jer. 30, 9. See Kal no. 1. g. 2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to stand, Ps. 40, 3. Hence : a) to set. to set up, to constitute, e. g. a king Deut. 28, 36. 1 K. 14, 14; a watch Judg. 7, 19., Jer. 51, 12 ; watchmen, overseers, Jer. 6, 17 ; shepherds 23, 4 ; God, a people for himself Deut. 28, 9; a boundary Prov. 30, 4. h) to make stand firm, to con- firm, to establish, e. g. a throne, kingdom, 2 Sam. 3, 10. 1 K. 9, 5. 2 Chron. 7, 18. Also of a vow Num. 30, 14. 15; a pro- j)hecy, to fulfil Is. 44, 26 ; and so a pro- mise, to fulfil, to perform, Deut. 9, 5. 1 Sam. 1, 23. 1 K. 6, 12. Jer. 29, 10. Ps. 109, 38 ; an oath Gen. 26, 3. Jer. 11, 5 ; a covenant Jer. 34, 18. So to perform, to execute a command 1 Sam. 15, 11. Jer. 35, 16 ; a purpose Jer. 23, 20 ; a vow Jer. 44, 25. c) to make stand still, to still, a tempest, Ps. 107, 29. HoPH. t3p?^i, once nisn for Djsn in some copies 2 Sam. 23, 1. 1. to be raised up, erected, e. g. the tabernacle Ex. 40, 17. 2. to be set up, constituted, 2 Sam. 23, 1. 3. to be established, performed, e. g. a rule, command, Jer. 35, 14. HiTHPAL. D^ipPn. to rise up, in a hostile sense Ps. 17, 7 ; c. ^ upon or against any one Job 20, 27. Part. c. suff. '^la^'ipn^a my adversary^ enemy, Ps. 59. 2. Job 27, 7. Deriv. niaip, ni^TSTSp, tj^ip"!, n^pb&<, DipT3 , c^p' , n^a-^p ,' nr|5 , ' n?s^pn , D^ipn, and'the pr. names D'^p'^, "p^t?. D^P Chald. fut. csp;;, part. ex;?. 1. to rise up Dan. 3, 24. 6, 20 ; before verbs of doing, undertaking, etc. as in Heb. no. 1. b, Dan. 7, 5. Ezra 5, 2; to arise, i. e. to come forth, to exist, e. g. a king, kingdom, Dan. 2, 39. 7, 17. 24. 2. to stand, Dan. 2, 31. 3, 3. 7, 10. 16; also to endure, to remain, 2, 44. Pa. n*p to raise up, to set up ; hence ^"^P t;*p to make a decree, to give com- mand, Dan. 6, 8. Aph. D^pn Dan. 3, 2, c. suff. M^'^pn 5, 11, once Pia'^pi< 3, 1; 2 pers. n^-'pq 3, 18, na^pri 3, 14- fut. fi^p-: 2, 44VaIso D^pn-i 5,' 21 ; part. Q'^priS 2, 21. 1. to set up, to erect, e. g. a statue Dan. 3, 1 sq. 2. to set up, to constitute, e. g. a king Dan. 2, 21 ; a prefect 5, 11 ; priests Ezra 6, 18 ; c. bs to set over Dan. 4, 14. 6, 2. 4. 3. to cause to arise, to set up, e. g. a kingdom, Dan. 2, 44. 4. to confirm, to establish, Dan. 6, 9. 16. HoPH. ^""P.^.^ , fem. P^"'pf] , to be made to stand, Dan. 7. 4. Deriv. O^p, D*p. n^ip f. (r. Diip) 1. stature; Eth. <|>

, fut. 3 plur. riSiipn Ez. 32, IC; spec. ^0 c/mn a mournful song, to lament, fully r\^^^p, ir'P 2 Sam. 1, 17. Ez. 32, 16; c. ^? over or wpon any per- son or thing 2 Chr. 35, 25. Ez. 27, 32 ; hi< 2 Sam. 3, 33. Part. f. plur. nissipa female wallers, hired mourners, Jer. 9, 16. Deriv. T:I? , nr|5 , pr. n. -^rp , -JD/I? . * 5^p obsol. root, prob. 1. to dig, to scrape, i. q. ^lp ; see in lett. ^ . Hence 2. i. q. Arab. cU* mid. Waw, Conj. I, VIII, to mount, to cover, spoken of the camel in copulation, from the idea of digging, piercing; see in r. "ist no. 1. Deriv. 3!pSj5 and ?ip m. once Ez. 23, 23, pr. a he-camel, stallion, then trop. prince, noble, as the Vulg. and Rabbins correctly. This me- taphor is common among the Hebrews and Arabians, comp. ^in5 , also Arab. J-. *. *w5 5 /Vy^ ^^^ which denote a he-camel for breeding, espec. of a nobler race, and hkewise a prince. In parono- masia with l^itli wealthy. * H^p obsol. root, i. q. C]]53 no. 3, to move in a circle ; hence nB>ipFi circuit. tjip m. plur. D-^Bip, an ape 1 K. 10, 22. 2 Chr. 9, 21. Sanscr. and Malaba r kapi, ape, (pr. swift, agile,) a word of Indian origin; whence also Gr. xrirrog, x^/Sog, xEL^og, which are used of various species of apes and monkeys. * "pi? see in y^p III. * I. Y^P fut. Y^p'^, conv. I^p^l. 1 . to loathe, to feel disgust, to abhor any thing. Corresponding are I2>!p, Eth. 4>I11II1 to loathe ; comp. Chald. D:p . The primary idea is prob. to feel nausea, to vomit, as a sort of onomato- poetic verb, comp. in ^ip . With 3 Gen. 27, 46. Lev. 20, 23. Num. 21, b. 1 K. 11,25. Prov. 3, 11. 2. to fear, to be anxious, c. ':!?'^ Ex. 1, 12. Num. 22, 3. Is. 7, 16. The idea of loathing in several other verbs is also transferred to that of fear, as Chald. u33p to loathe, Syr. w.JJ-fi to fear greatly; ' Grauen haben vor etwas,' Engl, to feel horror.' HiPH. Y'^Py^i causat. of Kal no. 2, to put in fear, e. g. a city, region, to terrify it with invasion, siege, Is. 7, 6. Comp. Arab. -^ Conj. Ill, timorera injecit, oppugnavit. *ll.'pp only in Hiph. y^pt] in- trans. to awake from sleep, i. q. "j^p^, but except 2 K. 4. 31 only poetic, Ps. 3, 6. 17. 15. 73, 20. 139, 18. Prov. 60 Arab },^ ; comp. also Germ. 6, 22 ; from drunken sleep Joel 1, 15. Trop. a) Of God, T\:i^pr^ awake! so. for help, Ps. 35, 23. 44,' 24.' 59, 6. Hab. 2, 19. b) From the sleep of death 2K. 4, 31. Job 14, 12. Is. 26, 19. Dan. 12, 2. c) Ez. 7, 6 r\iii< Y^p'n ypri 5r. n. m. 1 Chr. 15, 17; called in 6, 29 [44] "'d-'p Kishi. Hp see r. Hpb and Index. tap Ez. 16, 47, see ::sip . ^^15 obsol. root, Chald. and Arab. s_>ia3 to cut ; hence to cut off, to destroy. Kindred verbs are n2|5 , 2:n , nun . The biliteral root lap has this sense of cutting, cutting off, like the kindred yp , yn ; see the verbs bq;5 , 'p^ , C]:3;5 , Arab. iijJ , *lai*; and comp. under y^y>, Y^T}, f!?j ma -Hence niap. , aa'p . ^91? m. in pause 3^3)5 1. a cutting off, destruction ; Is. 28,3-Jp5 iSiS a de- stroying storm. 2. Spec, contagion, pestilence, Deut 32, 24. Ps. 91, 6. 3t3p m. c. suff. ^3:^;^ id. spec, conta- gion, pestilence, Hos. 13, 14. R. aaj5 . nnii:p f (r. -|-j{3 I ) incense, Deut. 33, in. nnitlp (incense) Keturah, pr. n. of the wife whom Abraham took after the death of Sarah, Gen. 25, 1. I Chr. 1, 32. *^'?1? fut. bbf?"!, to kill, to slay, a poetic verb, Ps. 139, 19. Job 13, 15. 24, 14. Syr. and Chald. id. Arab. JOCiJ, Ethiop. ^I'A. The primary idea is that of cutting, see in 3I3|5 . Comp. the Gr. KTaiVw. Hence Vj^. ^^p Chald. to kill; Part. act. Vaj? Dan. 5, 19. Part. pass, b-^iip Dan. 5, 30.' 7, 11. Pa. bisp intens. to kill many, more than one, like Syr. Pa. and Arab. JjCi*. Dan. 2, 14. 3, 22. Ithpe. and Ithpa. Dan. 2, 13, pass. 5'Dp m. in pause ba^ ,slaughter, Ob. 9. *'j^i?, fut. 'jap'?, to be little, small, opp. b'la. The primary idea seems to be that oi^ cutting off , and so making short- er and smaller, pr. ' to be docked ;' see in 2I3{5. Syr. ^IJlI, Ethiop. 4fIX^, fine, subtle. 2 Sam. 7, 19 and this was yet small in thy sight, did not suffice. 1 Chr. 17, 17. Trop. c. -j^ to be un- worthy of Gen. 32, IL HiPH. to make small, Am. 8, 5. Deriv. "jiaj? , "p^ , "jo'p , and pr. n. niflp , Itpp and Ibp, constr. once pp^ 2 Chr. 21, 17; but c. suff. "^rjp", plur! n-irjj? 2 K. 2, 23, constr. ^rjp , and fem.ns-jjD' plur. nirjp Zech. 4, 10, all from V^^ 1. Adj. little, small, opp. bins, a) Of persons, as not grown up, biia "i^) "|b|3i3 from small to great, i. e. all, Gen. 19, 11. 1 Sam. 5, 9. 30, 2. Jer. 8, 10. al. bi'-a?? ')Up'i?1 id. 2 Chr. 34, 30. Esth. 1, 5. 20. VJp "i^'a little son 2 Sam. 9, 12 ; pp "i?? TSani. 20, 35. 1 K. 11, 17, plur. 2 K. 2, 23. nrjp n-inx a little sister Cant. 8, 8. 2 K. 5, 2. Hence of age, c. art. pl^rl , pi^n 5 young, the younger, Gen. 9, 24. 27, 15.'4'2. 44, 2. I Sam. 16, 11. 17, 14. b) Of beasts 2 Sara. 12, 3. Cant. 2, 15. c) Of things, us -(bisn nlx^sri Gen. 1, 16; JiS'Jl5 ^^S Ecc. 9/14; so' I Sam. 20,2. 22, 15. IK. 2, 20. Abstr. smallness, whence y^'i^rl "'bs vessels of smallness, i. e. smaller vessels, Is. 22, 24. Plur. ni'Sap nil i/ie c?az/ of small things, Zech. 4, 10.' 2. Trop. a) Of a small number 1 Sam. 9, 21. Is. 60, 22. b) Of time Is. 54, 7. c) Of might, authority, Am. 7, 2. 5; comp. Is. 36, 9. 3. )'^J^ Kaian, pr. n. m. c. art. Hakka- ia7i, Ezra 8, 12. ]t3p m. (r. ")bf?) smallness. then the little finger ; whence c. suff. "^a^^^ kofni ' my litle finger' 1 K. 12, 10. 2 Chr. 10, 10. Other Mss. read in 2 Chr. 1. c. "'SIJI? kotonnij from a form ")bj5 with Dag. impl. in "), the moveable Sheva being changed into Kamets-Hateph ; see J. H. Michaelis ad h. 1. But it would seem inadmissible to read with Van der Hooght "^S'JjD in 1 K. 1. c. Comp. bnp . * Wj'?)5 fut. t]-J)?'] , to pluck off, to break off, e. g. ears of grain, foliage, etc.Deut. 23, 26. Job 30, 4. Ez. 17, 4. 22. Arab, ujjaj*, Syr. -a^, to pluck grapes. Kindr. are ri^^n, v]rn. NiPH. pass. Job 8, 12. ^"^5 J? in Kal not used, i. q. "IM no. 1, to smoke, see ^i^^p. Spec. oVfra- grant smoke, perfume, incense ; Arab. Jajj II, to smoke with aloe-wood ; V, to perfume oneself with smoke, as a female ; Joj and Jfli* odorous wood burned as perfume, aloe-wood. PiEL 3 plur. si-iap , fut. ^'^Xil , fo bum incense, chiefly to idols, c. dat. e. g. h^^h 2 K. 23, 5. Jer. 7, 9 ; the queen of heaven Jer. 44, 17-19. 25 ; the brazen serpent 2 K. 18, 4; the host of heaven Jer. 19, 13; to 'other gods' Jer. 1, 16. 19,4. 44, 8. 15. Absol. or with adjunct of place 1 K. 22, 44. 2 K. 12, 4. 14, 4. Is. 65, 7. Jer. 44,21. 23. Trop. Hab. l', 16. Rarely like Hiph. no. 2, of sacrifice offered to God, c. ace. to burn the fat, the odour of which went up as incense, 1 Sam. 2, 16 ; comp. Am. 4, 5. Part. fem. plur. n1-iBp^ altars of incense, on which incense was burned, pr. 'diffusing odours,' 2 Chr. 30, 14 924 ny Pdal part, f H'n^jJ'a ince?ise Cant. 3,6. Hiph. 1. i. q. Piel, to burn incense to idols, c. dat. 1 K. 11, 8. Jer. 48, 35. Hos. 2, 15; absol. 1 K. 3, 3. 13, 2. 2 Chr. 28, 3. Oflener 2. to bum upon the altar, c. ace. e. g; incense, n-nbp? , Ex. 30, 7. 8. 40, 27. 2 Chr 29, 7 ; the fat of victims and the victim itself; Lev. 1, 9. 17. 3, 11. 16. 4, 10. 8,2L Ez. 29, 18. 1 Sam. 2, 15. 16; an offering or memorial, Lev. 2, 2. 16. 6, 8. Jer. 33, 18. With dat. of the divinity, as '^"'apri nib:? ^-^h 2 Chr. 13, 11, comp. Ex. 30,20- without ace. 2 Chr. 26, 18 ; with ^^ "^asb 1 Chr. 23, 13. 2 Chr. 2, 3. 5; absof. XK. 13, 1. 12, 33. 1 K. 6, 34. HoPH. "i:3p?n pass, of Hiph. no. 2, Lev. 6, 15. Part. "''^I?^ ire/we Mai. 1, 11, Deriv. nniap?, n-ibj? , lap, "liti'^p, iiapa , rrr^pXi , and pr. n. nnrjp; . * 1 1, "^t: J5 i. q. Aram. ^ap5 jjLo and Heb. "^'lii^, to bind, to tie; and hence to shut, to close. Comp. Ethiop. 3f /^i^ to bind, ^'l'^ to shut, to watch a door. Part. Pass. f. Ez. 46, 22 rinap nin^cn closed courts, i. e. surrounded by a wall and closed with doors ; referring to the smaller courts in the four corners of the great court, which served as kitchens, v. 24. Hence pr. n. "jii^ip and ^^JP Chald. m. only in plur. p'jap , knots, i. e. a) vertebra, joints of the back, Dan. 5, 6 ; see in y^n . Syr. ]Zj-^ joint of the hand, wrist, b) Trop. knotty questions, hard problems. Dan. 5, 12. 16. jiltpP (knotty, i. q. Chald. '("nisp , r. iu:p II ) Kitron,pr. n. of a town of Zebu- Ion, Judg. 1, 30. Some hold it to be i. q. nap Josh. 19. 15; but without reason. nnbjp f. (r. -i-jp I ) c. suff. -^nyj;? , in- cense Ex. 30, 35.' Lev. 10, 1. Is. I, 13. Prov. 27, 9. al. saep. Ps. 66, 15 rnbp^ D"'b"'X incense of rams, i.e. the fat as burned in sacrifice. ^?i? (for rsap small, r. X^p^) Kattath, pr. n. of a place in Zebulon, Josh. 19, 15. ^y m. vomit. Is. 19, 14. 28, 8. Jer. 48, 26. R. JJp m. adj. (r. ysp, for Y^^p, after the analogy of Y"^^^. ^''o^i Y^^^ D^^g- om. after '^) the last, the extreme, only in f nais^p Ex. 26, 4. 10. 36, 11. 17. P^'PT m. Jon. 4, 6-10, according to Jerome, the Talmud, and Heb. intpp. the ricinus, palmu Christi, Arab, c 5 vil el-kheru'a, Egyptian xlxi, xovxl, Diod. Sic. 1. 34, a tall biennial plant still culti- vated in gardens, of an elegant appear- ance and rapid growth, with a stalk or trunk full of sap. At Jericho it becomes a considerable tree; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 281. Bochart. Hieroz. 11. p. 293, 623. Celsii Hierobot. II. p. 273 sq. Thesaur. p. 1214. According to Sept. and Peshito, a gourd. p^p 926 nbp 'jibp'ip m. (r. hhp^) i. q. "jibt? , ignominy, shame, once Hab. 2, 16. Vulg. vomitus igriominicB, shameful vomit, as if com- pounded from ^p for N^J? vomit, and "|ibj3 ignominy, in which sense also nine Mss. write it in separate words, ')ibj5 "^p . Perhaps for ll^j^'?!? , comp. niswia from qsia. But not improb. the letters ^p are not genuine, and have crept in by an error of the copyists. "T'p m, once '^j? Is. 22, 5 (where seve- ral Mss. "Tij^), plur. ni-i^f7 . R. n^p . 1. a wall, Sept. xtixog, e. g. of a city Num. 35, 4. Is. 22, 5. -i^|d ^t-^n workmen in walls, masons, 1 Chr. 14, 1, comp. 2 Sam. 5, 11. ^^i?^ "i^x Hab. 2, 11. Lev. 14, 37. ^1^3 ^ij? a leaning wall, ready to fall, Ps. 62, 4; ^Bb "i-^f? Ez. 13, 12. 14. 15. Spec, a) wall of a house, e. g. ex- terior 2 K. 9, 33. Ez. 8, 8. 12, 5. Am. 5, 19 J also the inside wall, often ornament- ed with panels and pictures, 1 K. 6, 15. Ez. 8, 10, 23, 14. 1 Sam. 19, 10. 2 K. 20, 2. ^'^p'r\ Iti-Q the wall-seat, by the wall, 1 Sam. 20, 25. So of the walls (sides) of an altar Lev. 1, 15. 5, 9; irop. of the heart Jer. 4, 19. b) wall of a gar- den, park, etc. Num. 22, 25. 1 K. 5, 13. *y''p d*iT a wall-storm i. e. destroying walls is. 25, 4. c) wall-side, as nainn -i^p Josh. 2, 15; and so prob. 2 K. 4,io "n^bj nsi:p ^'^p a little wall-chamber, built against the side of the house ; here i^f^p agrees with r?bs .Prob. the primary idea of T^p) may have been a wound, rampart, Lat. vallum, so called from digging, r. ^^p ; hence a wall; just as Engl, wall comes from Lat. vallum. 2. a walled place, like Gr. tslxog (He- rod. Xen.) a fortress, citadel; whence SnT^ n-^p Is. 15, 1 (fortress of Moab, Chald. nx'ia'i xs'iS) Kir Moab, pr. n. of a fortified city in the territory of Moab, now called Kerak, which name is also applied in a wider sense to the w^hole district. The same is called in Is. 16, 11. Jer. 48, 21. 36 to-nn ^ip (brick for- tress) JKiV-Aere^ ; and in Is. 16, 7. 2 K.3, 25 nb-in ^^p Kir-hareseth, id. For the present Kerak, see Burckh. Travels in Syria p. 377-390. Irby and Mangles p. 361 sq. [110 sq.] Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 569. 3. Kiry pr. n. of a people and region subject to the Assyrian empire. Is. 22, 6. 2 K. 16, 9. Am. 1, 5. 9, 7. Prob. the tract on the river Cyrus (Gr. KvQog and KvQ^og) between the Euxine and Cas- pian seas, called at the present day in Armenian, Kur, 0"^*^]? (Chald. a weaver's comb) Kiros, pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 47 ; for which dS|5 Ke- ros, Ezra 2, 44. T^T (perh. Kish, pr. n. m q. jjw^j ^^p. a bow) a) The father of king Saul 1 Sam. 9, 1. 14, 51. 1 Chr. 8, 33. c) 1 Chr. 23, 21. 29, 12. e) Esth. b) 1 Chr. 8, 30. 9, 36. 22. 24, 29. d) 2 Chr. 2, 5. R. tip. 'jilO'^p (curved, winding, r. ^"ip.) Ki- shon, pr. n. of a stream which in winter rises near Mount Tabor and empties itself into the bay of 'Akka, Judg. 4, 7. 5, 21. 1 K. 18, 40. Pa. 83, 10. In sum- mer it is dry in the plain. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 228-233. '''p, see nn^T^sp. D"iri''P Chald. i. q. Gr. xi&uQig, cithara^ a lyre, harp, Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10 Cheth. In Syriac also the Greek ending i,g is com- monly changed to os. Keri O'lnp q. v. ^p m. adj. (r. V?p) f nVp, plur. d-'^p. 1. light. Job 24' 18. Hence 2. swift, with lightness, Is. 19, 1 ; of one running. Am. 2, 14. Jer. 46, 6. Lam. 4, 19 ; fully i^^^-^a bp 2 Sam. 2, 18. Am. 2, 15. Poet. spec, afieet horse Is. 30, 16. Adv. swiftly, Joel 4, 4. Is. 5, 26. Aram. ^^^p, liiilDj light, swift. bp Chald. m. i. q. Heb. bip, voice, Dan. 4, 28. 6, 21. 7, 11 ; sound of a trum- pet, Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10. 15. bp , see bip , also in r. ^bj? no. 4. *^^P whence fut. Niph. sinbjs^.^ 2 Sam. 20, 14 Cheth. Better is the Keri I*^5P to roast, to parch, as ears of grain, etc. Part. pass, "^ibp Lev. 2, 14. Josh. 5, 1 1. Also a person, as a species of torture, Jer. 29, 22. Arab. !^* and J3 , Eth. *A(D , Chald. i<\p , id. Kindr. is nb:i , see under S p. 878. Niph. Part. Jibps scorched, bulged; hence burning, inflammation, Ps. 38 8. Deriv. "^^p . nbp 927 * 1 [. J^bl; i. q. b)>p^^ to be light, in Kal not used. NiPH. to be made light qf^ to be con- temned, Is. 16, 14; to become despised, despicable, Deut. 25. 3. Part. nbf?3 de- spised, ignoble, low, 1 Sam. 18, 23. Is. 3, 5. Prov. 12, 9. Hi PH. to make light of , to lightly es- teem, Deut. 27; 16. Hence P^p m. 1. contempt, shams, disho- nour, Prov. 3, 35. 6, 33. 13, 18. Jer. 46, 12. Job 10,15. Concr. Is. 22, 18. Hence a) shame, i. e. a shameful deed, Prov. 18, 3. Hos. 4, 18. b) shame, reproach, in words Prov. 22, 10. c) shame, i. e. the parts of shame, Nah. 3, 5. Jer. 13, 26. ''51? obsol. root; Talmud, to flow, to flow out ; Pi. to pour out. Kindr. is nb^ II, to flow, to be poured out ; whence nn^^ a dish. Hence rin^J? n verbal of Pi. a pot, kettle, froryi pouring, 1 Sam. 2, 14. Mic. 3, 3. Comp. Lat. futum (Varr.) ad futile, vessel, i'rom fundo. ^?U 1. to contract, to draw in, to shrink, i. q. Arab. {jaJJi . Part. pass. I35ib|5 contracted, shrunk; then any thing of diminished stature, dwarf, spoken of victims Lev. 22, 23. Arab. 9o^ fj-^9^* iflJjJ small stature, ^LXi), ^^Ls, small, dwarf; see Caraoos p. 965. Hence pr. n. NM^^p r 2. to take in unto oneself^ to receive a fugitive, i. q. Chald. wbp . Hence libp^ an asylum. ^p m. (r. t^b^ I ), once ^'^^'^ with in otio (as "^pa ," ifp3) 1 Sam. 17, 17, roasted or parched grain, i. e. wheat or barley roasted in the ears and then rubbed out, as is still common among the Bedawin Arabs ; see Legh in Mac- michael's Journey p. 235. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 394. Lev. 23, 14. Ruth 2, 14. 1 Sam. 25, 18.. 2 Sam. 17, 28 where "^i^ is twice read, once of grain and again of pulse. Comp. Lev. 2, 14. ''^l? (perh. for ft^^p, fn^bp, the swift messenger of Jehovah) Kallai, pr. n. m. Neh. 12, 20. ^J^p Kelaiah, pr. n. of a Levite, Ezra 10, 23; called also i^D'^bp (dwarf, r. i:?p3) Kelita, pr. n. m. Ezra 10, 23. Neh. 8,'7. 10, 11. *bbj5 fut. bp], ^hp,'2 Gen. 16, 4. 5. 1 Sam. 2, 30. 1. to be light, not heavy, see Hiph. Eth. $AA id. ^AA light. Syr. "Co to be light, swift, lightly esteemed. Hence 2. to be swift, feet; comp. yoinpoQ light, swift, ^(jp(>o? and tXacpog, Lat. ' levis cervus,' Engl, light-footed ; also adj. bp . So 2 Sam. 1, 23 1^)5 D'^"i'JJ2^ they were swifter than eagles. Hab. 1, 8. Jer. 4, 13. Job 7, 6. 9, 25. 3. to be or become few, smnll, to be c^ diminished ; Arab. Jki* to be few. Gen. 8, 11 and Noah saw 7")! for thou art become small, thy power is broken, O Assyria. Sometimes intens. to be de- spised, contemned, opp. 1333 , 1 Sam. 2, 30. Comp. nb;5 II. Hence, according to some, bp inf as noun, lightness, i. e. shame, reproach. Jer. 3, 9 ; better i. q. bl'p voice^ rumour. NiPH. bp3 2 K. 3, 18, bp5 I K. 16, 31 ; fut. bp^ ' 1. to be light; Part. fem. n^p3 b? lightly, slightly, Jer. 6, 14. 8, 11.' Also to be light, easy, 2 K. 20, 10 ; with dat. of pers. to any one Prov. 14, 6. 2. io be swift, i. q. Kal no. 2, Is. 30, 16. 3. Trop. of things, to be light, small, trifling; c. '^.r^a 1 Sam. 18, 23. 2 K. 3, 18. Impers. 1 K. 16, 31 ; and so with "i^ with inf. Is. 49, 6 ^3? ib ^ini-Tl^ ^h?5 ^i is too light a thing that thou shouldst be my servant ; also with dat. added Ez. 8, 17. But Hitzig has well remarked on Is. 1. c. that this construction is not ac- cordant with the laws of thought or lan- guage, but we should rather expect p of p^son, thus "135 'lb Ti^'nm ^:53^_ bp; . The writer confounds the two construc- tions, and puts before the infin. the "i^ which should have stood before the person. 4. Trop. of persons ; to be lightly es- teemed, to be contemned, vile, 2 Sam. 6. 22 bbp 928 ybp PiEL b\^ to vilify, to curse, pr. to make vile, contemptible ; Syr. "Osf to lightly esteem, to vilify. Spec, a) to revile, to abuse with, reproachful words, Lev. 19. 14. Neh. 13, 25. 2 Sam. 16, 5. 7. 9. 10. 11. 13. b) Intens. to curse, to utter impre- cations, i. q. "I'li* 5 and opp. Ti";)? . Ps. 62, 5. 1 09, 28 ; with ace. as parents Lev. 20, 9. Prov. 20, 20 ; God, i. q. to blas- pheme, Ex. 22, 27. Lev. 24, 11; also one's natal day Job 3, 1 ; c. 3 , as the king and God Is. 8, 21 ; so niPTi Dm 2 K. 2, 24, T'flbsa 1 Sam. 17, 43^ A curse followed by immediate destruction is ascribed to the prophets, 2 K. 2, 24. Deut. 23, 5. Josh. 24, 9 ; espec. to God Gen. 8, 21. Reflex, ib hhp to curse one- self, i. e. to bring a curse upon oneself; 1 Sam. 3, 13 because he knew D'^^^j^a "'S VD3 cnb that his sons were bringing a curse upon themselves. PuAL fut. b^J?-; , part. 't^^-Q , to be ac- cursed, Ps. 37, 22. Job 24, 18 ; so i. q. to perish under a curse, Is. 65, 20. HiPH. b)5n , fut. i>;?^, inf hpn , imper. bpr\ . 1. to make light, to lighten, a) With ace. of thing and hy_'q of pers. to lighten any thing from of any one, to take it away, 1 K. 12, 10. 1 Sam. 6, 5. 2 Chr. 10, 10. b) Ace. impl. Ex. 18, 22 b]?n ~r^^^ lighten from off thee sc. the bur- den, business, make thy business lighter. Jon. 1, 5. c) With "i^ of burden, to lighten or remit something from a bur- den ; 1 K. 12, 4 rp3x nnh?^ b]rn lighten (something) from the service of th^ fa- ther, i.e. remit somethingof the service which thy father imposed upon us. v. 9. 2. to make light of, to despise, 2 Sam. 19, 44. Ez. 22, 7; to make despised, to bring into contempt. Is. 8, 23. Pi LP. ^i?''P 1. to shake, to m,ove quickly to and fro, from Kal no. 2 ; Arab, JjUi* id. Eth. Al^A^A to be moved, shaken. Ez. 21, 26 [21] bphp C^sna he shakelh (waveth) the a^-ows, a species of divination. 2. to make smooth, to polish, and hence to sharpen Ecc. 10, 10. The notion of smoothness exists also in the adj. ^^I^. HiTHPALP. to be moved, shaken, Jer. 4,24. Deriv. bf5 , h'bp^ , n^bp? , bj55p . -fi?'^^p, pr. n. '^\p_ . ^^p m. adj. smooth, polished, of braes Dan. 10, 6. Ez. J, 7. Vulg. cbs candens. See r. bbj? Pilp. no. 2. Thesaur. p. 1217. ^^^V. ^' (r. ^rt5 Pi.) constr. r\bhp, c. suff. ^nbbp) . plur. nibb{5 ; malediction, i. e. a) cursing, reviling,, 2 Sam. 16 12. Prov. 27, 14. h) a curse, impreca- tion, Gen. 27, 12. Deut. 11, 26. 29. 30, 1. 19. al. Gen. 27, 13 ^i^^^p thy cwrse, pass, i. e. which lights on thee. Concr, one accursed Deut. 21, 23. Jer. 24, 9. 42, 18. al. Plur. rrib^J? curses Deut. 28, 15. 45. * ^51? in Kal not used, Piel to scoff" at, to scorn, to deride, Ez. 16, 31 thou art not as a harlot, "iSPX D^f5^ who scoff- eth at her hire, in order to get more. Vulg. well, fastidio augens prelium. Chald. obp? to praise, also to mock. HiTHP." id. c. a 2 K. 2, 23. Ez. 22, 5. Hab. 1, 10. Deriv. the two following. O^p m. scom^ derision^ Ps. 44, 14. Jer. 20, 8." nojg f id. Ez. 22, 4. R. ebp^ . ^^21^ to sling, to throw with a sling. Part. jVp a slinger, Judg. 20, 16. Trop. to sling out, i. e. to eject a people from a land, Jer. 10, 18. Chald. and Syr. id. The primary idea is perhaps that of moving up and down, shaking; comp. Arab. nXji id. Hence rbj? no. 2. Piel i. q. Kal, 1 Sam. 17, 49. 25, 29. Deriv. rVj? , 7kp_ . 1^ ^zl^ to carve wood, etc. 1 K. 6, 29. 32. 35. Eth. A^ftO to impress, mark, stamp money; <^A.^0 an image on coin. Hence rrVpp, 3^^I? m. (r. rbp? I) in pause ybj5, c. suff. irbp ; plur. a^i:^P, constr. ""^bp. 1. a sling 1 Sam.' \7, 40. 50. 25. 29. Zech. 9, 15. 2 Chr. 26, 14. Chald- xr^p, Arab, c^ti*, id. 2. a curtain, hanging, Ex. 27. 9 sq. 35, 17. Num. 3, 26. al. Chald. id. Arab. %X3 sail of a ship : mJ3 IV, to sail, ro navigate. Eth. ^AO the sail is furled ybp 929 i^:p This signification perh. comes from the idea of moving up and down ; see the root. 3. In 1 K. 6, 34 for n^^bp^ , we ought prob. to read c^^ybs leaves of the door, which stands in the first clause and in cod. Kennic. no. 150. y}^ a slinger 2 K. 3, 25. R. sbj5 I. ^5*^1? adj. (r. bb^, as 'njnsjirom "inj) light, mean, vile, of food Num. 21, 5. * ^5U obsol. root. perh. i. q. 12372)5 to prick ; then, to be sharp. Chald. TlJb)? to be thin, lean. Hence IITJjlpp m. a sharp point, prong; 1 Sam. is, 21 'pttJ^p ^^^ a three-pronged fork, with which hay, straw, and the like are gathered up, pr. 'a triad of prongs.' Spoken of a pointed instru- ment Ecc. 12, 11 Targ. * ^"9I? obsol. root, perh. i. q. Arab. L^J* to heap together, to collect. Hence the pr. names bxi^I?, n^^j?-;, csa;?'^, T i': T ? f. (r. O^ip) constr. n73|5, plur. ni73j3 ; pr. a stalk of grain, collect. stalks, put for standing grain Ex. 22, 5. Deut. 16, 9. 23. 26. al. Plur. Judg. 15, 5. Chald. id. also a statue. 5^1"ap5 (assembly of God ? r. nttj^) Kemuel, pr. n. m. a) A son of Nahor Gen. 22, 21. b) Num. 34, 24. c) 1 Chr. 27, 17. p'52j5 (perh. full of stalks or grain, see fi?3)3) Kamon, pr. n. of a place in Gilead Judg. 10, 5. . Iil2p m. Is. 34, 13, Wi^'^p Hos. 9, 6, and plur. D^Diir^ap Prov. 24, 31, a prickly weed, e. g. nettle, thistle ; see Celsii Hierob. T. II. p. 206. Kimchi thorns. R. d^p? . * '^'i^IJ obsol. root, prob. to be fat^ marrowy ; comp. LiJ to be fat, and nna to be marrowy. Hence rTDp m. in pause ni3|5, meal, four, pr. marrow, ^usXog'avdQcuv. Judg. 6, 19. 1 Sam. 1, 24. 28, 24. 1 K. 5, 2. ai. saep. 6 o^ Chald. I5p). IP m. constr. -jp Deut. 22, 6, c. suff. isp, plur. D-'Sp. R. 1515. 1. a nest Is. 10, 14.' Ps. 84, 4. Prov. 27, 8. Meton. a nest of young birds, nestlings, Deut. 32, 11. Is. 16, 2. Syr. ^ id. 2. Metaph. a dwelling, espec. one built upon a lofty rock like an eagle's nest (comp. Job 39, 27), Num. 24, 21. Jer. 49, 16. Obad. 4. Hab. 2. 9 ; or as being pleasant and comfortable. Job 29, 18 ; comp. ' nidum servas' Hor. Ep. I. 10. 6. Plur. a'^Sp cells, chambers in the ark, Gen. 6, 14. * ^5U m Kal not used, Arab. Lis to become very red. Hence PiEL X2p 1. to be jealous, from the redness or flush with which the face is suffused ; with ace. of one's wife Num. 5, 14 ; with 3 of a female rival Gen. 30, 1. Causat. i. q. Hiph. to excite to jea- lousy, with 2 by or with any thing, Deut. 32,21. 1 K.'l4, 22. 2. to envy any one, with 3 of pers. Gen. 37, 11. Ps. 37, 1. 73, 3. Prov. 23 iQjs reed, also a marrow-bone. d) the rod or beam of a balance ; hence meton. for a balance, Is. 46, 6. Gr. xurojv. e) the hollow shaft, stem, of the sacred candelabra, Ex. 25, 31. 37, 17. f) Plur. c?!!? arms, branches, tubes, bearing the lights of the sacred cande- labra, Ex. 25, 32. 33. 35. 37, 18 ; c. suff. nn-isp Ex. 25, 36. 37, 22. Arab. Lo channel, trough. *^?)? (place of reeds) Kanah, pr. n. a) A stream on the borders of Ephraim and Manasseh, Josh. 16, 8. 17, 9. b) A city in Asher Josh. 19, 28. [Now a village about three hours south of east from Tyre, still called KAna Lilj* ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 384. R. ^"2)? m. (r. S3p3) i. q. xs;?, jealous, spoken of God, Josh. 24, 19 ; also angry against his enemies, Nah. 1, 2. T3|J obsol. root, perh. i. q. ua-o to hunt. Hence T;)? (a hunt) Kenaz, pr. n. a) An Edoraite, descended from Esau ; also a tract of Arabia named from him, Gen. 36, 11. 15. 42. b) The father or ra- ther the grandfather of Othniel the bro- ther of Caleb, Josh. 15, 17. Judg. 1, 13. 1 Chr. 4, 13. See ->!?. c) A grand- son of Caleb 1 Chr. 4, 15. **!?)? (hunter) Kenizite, pr. n. a) A Canaanitish tribe, of which nothing further is known. Gen. 15, 19. b) Pa- tronym. of the name tajD lett. b, Num. 32, 12. Josh. 14, 6. ir?P ^' (* '^JJ?) <'onstr. 1^3p, c. suff. i3;;3p. i. a creature., Ps. 104, 24. Sept. xxU atg. Chald. "i^sp id. 2. a getting, acquisition^ purchase, Prov. 4, 7. Lev. 22, 11. 3. possession, substance, wealth. Gen. 34, 23. 36, 6. Ps. 105, 21. Ez. 38, 12. 13. D-IJ obsol. and doubtful root ; perh. to set up, to erect, like rijp , '^p , "i?;? . Hence Tiissp cinnamon, after the form TiiSt, pr. i. q. n3;5 cane, since the rolls of cin- namon resemble a cane or tube. V'^fp m. constr. ",^:p Ex. 30, 23, cin- namon, Prov. 7, 17. Cant. 4, 14. Gr. xU'vafiov, xivvupiofiov, according to Hdot. 3. Ill a word of Phenician origin. For the etymology see in r. D3p3. * l?ij in Kal not used, pr. to set up, to build ; kindr. with njp?, 'iV , also Q?;?. Hence 'tP nest ; and from this : PiEL "jSp denom. to nest, to build a nest, as a bird Ps. 104, 17. Jer. 48. 28. Ez. 31, 6; a serpent Is. 34, 15. Syr. ^1 id. PuAL to have a nest built, to nestle, Part, f. -^nssp^ Jer. 22. 23. ''23p Job 18, 2, see in ^p. ri3p (possession, r. n??^) Kenath, pr. n. of a city beyond Jordan, situated in Auranitis (Hauran) some distance north from Bostra, Num. 32, 42. 1 Chr. 2, 23. Gr. Kavttd^n, Kavo&a. Now called \:L>\yJ3 Kunawdt. See Reland Palest, p. 6^1. Burckhardt's Travels iji Syria p. 83. * D?P fut.' dbp7, 2 pers. pi. n:730pn Ez. 13, 23, to divine, to practise dimna- Aon. used in the verb only of false pro- DOp 932 sp phets, etc. e. g. of the Hebrews Deut. 18, 10. 14. Mic. 3, 6. 7. 11 ; of necro- mancers 1 Sam. 28, 8 ; of foreign pro- phets, as of the Philistines 1 Sam. 6, 2, of Balaam Josh. 13, 22. Classic for the tliree kinds of divination common among the Semitic nations, viz. arrows, en- trails, and Teraphim, is Ez. 21, 26 [21]. Constr. with ace. of thing, 2 K. 17, 7. Ez. 13, 23. 21, 26. 28 ; dat. of pers. 1 Sam. 28, 8 ; ace. and dat. Ez. 21, 34. 22, 28. Part. CDp a diviner, one who foretells, 1 Sam." 6, 2. Is. 3, 2. 44, 25. Jer. 27, 9. 29, 8. Zech. 10, 2. Sept. usually fiavrig, fiavtsvon. The primary- idea is prob. that of dividing, dividing- out ; comp. Arab. jv^aO to divide out. As this was often done by lot, hence CGJ? pr. to divide out by lot, like Arab. A.(wwwi* ; and then for any species of lot or divination. Chald. BBps, Syr. >o^, id. Deriv. CGj?^ and DDJJ m. 1. lot, Ez. 21, 27 [22] ; see the root. 2. divination, Num. 23, 23. 1 Sam. 15. 23. .Ter. 14, 14. Ez. 13, 6. 23. Plur. D'^ODp Deut. 18, 10. 2 K. 17, 17. Me- ton. reword of divination Num. 22, 7. Comp. nh'Q. 3. In a good sense, an oracle, divine sentence, Prov. 16, 10. CC|J in Kal not used, to cut off, i. q. Po. DDip to cut 0^ fruit, Ez. 17, 9. ^?i? f- (r- f^^i^) any vessel, a dish, cup, so called from its rounded form, i. q. nbj5 q. V. Hence isbfj noj? a writer's vessel, i. e. an ink-horn, ink-stand, worn in the girdle, Ez. 9, 2. 3. 11. Eth. ^UJ'^ a water-vessel, water-pot. "t ^)? (prob. i. q.XjLLiJ arx) Keilah, pr. n. of a city in Judah Josh. 15, 44. 1 Sam. 23, 1. 1 Chr. 4, 19. Neh. 3, 17. 18. See Reland Palest, p. 698. 2^p?|? m. a stigma, mark, cut or burnt in. Lev. 19, 28. R. r^ip no. l.'Talmud. 5p3."p to dig, to scratch as a fowl, also to cut in a mark. ""^l^ obsol. root, Arab, ju to be deep; pr. to dig, kindr. with "i^p, "npa, also ^pn , ^p-i . Hence n"iyjp f constr. r'nsp, plur. constr. rinrp , c. suff. I'^i^ii^p , a deep dish, bowl charger, Num. 7, 13 sq. 84. 85. Ex. 25, 29.37,16. SepLrgv^hov. Arab. ^jlCis a deep dish. ^|5 /o draw in oneself, to contract Kindr. are ySj?, TBp?, 'ISJD, and softened fc<35 ; also Arab. v_flj> to be wrinkled, shrunk, as cloth after washing. 1. to draw in the feet, to sit with the feet drawn under, in the oriental man- ner, Zeph. 1, 12 ; comp. Jer. 48, 11. 2. to concrete, to coagulate, as milk, see Hiph. Poet, of the sea, Engl. Vers. to congeal, Ex. 15, 8. NiPH. to be drawn in, contracted, Zech. 14, 6 Cheth. V'i IV to exterminate. 4. to decide, to judge, Arab. ^^; hence )'^:?j5 judge. Piel i. q! Kal no. 1. Prov. 26, 6 napo O"?^^"!! w?io cutteth off the feet i. e. whose feet are cut off. The wliole verse is to be rendered thus: he cutteth off hie own ftet, he drinketh (suffereth) damage, who sendeth a message by the hand of a fool, i. e. uses a fool as his messenger. 2 K. 10, 32 Jehovah began niSjDb bjsnb";'^ to cut off in Israel, i. e. to re- move one part after another. HiPH. to scrape off or away, i. q. r2tj5 , Lev. 14, 41. 43. Deriv. nsj5-lS^p., ^-^^p^, P2Ct>. n?g f (r. n^pj pr. fern, of n::j5, mi end, extremity. Sing, only in thi^ form nsjs^ a ^ ' onion-seed and other condiments.' The primary idea seems to be : to sprinkle^ to strew. Hence HSp m. Is. 28, 25. 27, according to Sept. Vulg. and the Rabbins, nigella, melanthium, i. e. black cumin. See Cel- sii Hierobot. P. II. p. 70. V^^ m. (r. ns;5 no. 4) constr. J'^XfJ, plur. constr. '^T'^P^ . 1. a judge, magistrate^ Is. 1, 10. 3, 6.7. Mic. 3, 1. 9. Arab, (joli* kddy^ a judge. 2. a leader^ chiefs in war Josh. 10, 24. Judg. 11, 6. 11. Is. 22, 3. Dan. 11, 18. Comp. isBtt). 3. a prince, Prov. 6, 7. 25, 15. T\T^'^ r ( r. r X|5 ) 1 . cassia, Gr. xudla, lauras cassia Linn, a bark resembling cinnamon, but less aromatic, so called from being stripped off; plur. niS'^x;? Ps. 45, 9. See Celsii Hierob. T. II. p. 360. Arab. ijLuoJi id. Castell. 2. Keziah, pr. n. of one of Job's daugh- ters, Job 42, 14. "^"^Sp m. (r. -ISJ5) constr. n-'Sj? , c. suff. 1. reaping, harvest of gram ; diff. from y^f5 harvest of fruits, figs, where see. [In Palestine the barley-harvest precedes the wheat-harvest about two weeks. At Jericho, in the depressed valley of the Jordan, the former takes place in the last half of April, and the latter in the first half of May ; comp. Josh. 3, 15. On the plain along the coast, the har- vest is usually a fortnight later; and on the mountains at Jerusalem and Hebron still later by another fortnight ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 99, 100. R.] The harvest is described as beginning with the barley u^'^S'q -i^^p 2 Sam. 21, 9. 10. Ruth 2. 23 ; and ending with the whe^t, a-^an -i^^p Gen. 30, 14. Ex. 34, 22. and with the festival of Pentecost, ">'^2i;3n sn Ex. 23, 16." Harvest-time is "i^lti^n ns Jer. 5, 16, -ii:^;? -its;! Gen. 30, 14, -r^ilDor Prov. 25, 13, and simpl. ^''^p^ Prov. 6, 8. 10, 5. 26, 1. Coupled '\^^^') S-iT Gen. 8, 22; -^^^p^) la^'nri Gen. 45, 6. Ex. 34, 21. Meton. harvest is put : a) For the grain, crop, either to be harvested Lev. 19, 9. Joel 1, 11. 4, 13; or as already harvested, Jer. 5, 17. Job 5, 5. "ix"^ ^^^p> the harvest of the Nile Is. 23, 3. b j Poet! for "i"":?!? '^uax harvest-men Is. 17, 5. Metaph. for destruction, slaughter of a people, Jer. 51, 33. Hos. 6, 11. 2. a bough; collect, boughs, foliage, of a tree Job 14, 9. 18, 16. 29, 19. Is. 27, 11 ; of a vine Ps. 80, 12. So called, it is usually said, from the notion of cutting off. Better perh. to refer it to r. ">sri no. 2, to be green, verdant ; at least the roots i^|5 and "nsn are closely kindred. ^^U in Kal not used. 1. to cut, to cut of or out ; comp. y^i^ , nzif? , and see in 2^113. Arab. *laj* to cut off. Hence n5:iSF?a chisel. ^ 2. to scrape, to strip off bark ; see Hiph. and T\y^lp^ . 3. to break, i. q. Syr. |^ ; see Pual. PoAL Part. plur. nwsisa Ex. 26, 23. 36, 28, and Hoph. Part. plur. ms:pn^ Ez. 46, 22, pr. ' parts broken in, bent,' i. e. angles, comers, internal angles, i. q, Hiph. to scrape off, i. q. ns{5 Hiph. Lev. 14, 41. Hoph. see in Pual. Deriv. ns">:sj3, sispsa, njsisjyo. *C]?U fut. C)'2rj3'i 1. to break, to break in pieces, as wood, see C)Sp. no. 1, and '^S^FJ- Arab. '_ vi''? the wind dashes in pieces a ship ; mid. Kesr. to be broken, as a tooth, spear. Hence 2. Metaph. to break out or forth in anger, Gr. Qriyvvfii ; and so to be angry, wroth, 2 K. 5, 11. Esth. 2, 21. Is. 57, 16. 64, 8 ; with b? of pers. Gen. 40, 2. 41, 10. Ex. 16, 20. ai. bx Josh. 22, 18. Syr. |.s^ rivalry, envy. Hiph. to provoke to anger, e. g. Jeho- vah Deut. 9, 7. S. 22. Ps. 106, 32. Zech. 8,14. HiTHP. i. q. Kal no. 2, to fret oneself Is. 8, 21. Deriv. q^J? , nssf5 . 5l?l? Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 2, Dan. 2j 12. Hence Sl^p 936 nsp 5)2]p Chald. m. anger, wrath. Ezra 7, 23. Cl^p tn. (r, w]5t;5) in pause C|^g , c. suff. 1. Collect, chips, splinters, comp. the root no. 1, Hos. 10, 7. Sept. q:Qv/arov. Others, foam. 2. anger, wrath, from the root no. 2, Ecc. 5, 16. Spec, of Jehovah. Num. i, 63. Josh. 9, 20. Is. 34, 2. 2 Chr. 19, 10. 24, 18. 32. 26. al. Also strife, alierca- tion, Esth. 1, 18. n&Sp f (r. riSJD) a breaking, a broken thing, spec, of tbliage, boughs, a tree, Joel 1, 7. Sept. avyxXavfiog. * Y?I? to cut off, e. g. the hand Deut. 25, 12; the beard Jer. 9, 25. 25, 23, see in nxB no. 2. Arab, (jioi* to trim the nails and locks. See under SX^ . PiEL fSp and y%p 1. to cvX offe. g. a cord Ps. 129,4; the hand, the thumbs, Judg. 1, 6. 2 Sam. 4, 12 ; a spear Ps. 46, 10; ornaments 2 K. 16, 17. 18, 16. 2. to cut up into threads, Ez. 39, 3 ; nto pieces, to cut in pieces, 2 K. 24, 13. PuAL part. O-^SSpa pass, of Pi. no. 1. Judg. 1, 7. Deriv. y^ , whence the denom. *)'iat''F? ; pr.n. yp,^. t?j? Chald. Pa. to cut off, Dan. 4, 11. *'^?j5 and "I? 15 1. Mid. A, fut. iblj?'!, to cut off or dovm; spec, grain, whence to reap, to harvest, c. ace, Is. 17, 5. Lev. 19, 9. 25, 5. al. Part. -ixSp a reaper, mower, hai^vestman, Ruth 2, 3 sq. 2 K. 4, 18. Jer. 9, 21. Am. 9, 13. Ps. 129, 7: Part. pass. *^^>:i^ cut off, shorter, of cells Ez. 42, 5. Metaph. Job 4, 8 ^hey that sow trouble reap the same. Prov. 22, 8. Comp. rn] no. 2. a. 2. Mid. E (comp. adj. "lac;?), fut. i:?p?7, once ^'np?'^ Prov. 10, 27, intrans. to be cut off; hence to be shortened, short, Is. 28, 20. Arab, -.oj* to be short. Spec, a) '''7^ fT^^i^ '"2/ Aaw(^ IS shortened, i. e. I have no power, am weak, feeble. Num. 11, 23. Is. 50, 2. 59, 1. Comp. Arab. JoJI -*oLH 'short-handed,' and ^-JUflJ* cKJ^I ' short-armed,' spokenof a person without strength or power ; vice versa {^y^ Jo 'a long hand,' for strength, power ; see more in Comm. en U. 50, 2. b) ''rB3 (Ti^-!) n^^2 ^''y wA. -7^^^, w shortened, K e. I am imjaatient, grieved, vexed, Num. 21, 4. Judg. 16, 16. Job 21^ 4. Mic. 2, 7 ; with a for, on account of, any thing, Judg. 10, 16. Zech. 11, a Comp. C^DX t^nx under T^x PiEL to cut of, to shorten, one's nays Ps. 102, 24. HiPH. 1. to harvest^ to reap, Job 24, 6 Cheth. 2. i. q. Pi. Ps. 89, 46. Deriv. n'^:?;?, is;?, ^i*p . "^ m. adj. (r. -ix;?) constr. *%X> , p'ur. conslr. 'jlp,Aor^; 0*^0^ ">Xp }ior/ q/* (2aj/, short-lived. Job 14. 1. Spec, n) "ixp n^ short-handed, i. e. weak, feeble, 2 K. 19, 26. Is. 37, 27. b) nn -ijtp? Prov. 14. 29, and O-^DX -i5tJ3 v. 17, short of spirit, if anger, i. e. impatient, prone to anger. "^ m. (r. -ix;?) only nn -xp s/io/r- ness of spirily i. e. impatience, Ex. 6, 9. rSjp r (for PKSp>, r. nxj3; like r:a fr. n:T3) a Chaldaizingform. 1. end, extremity, always with prcf. ; , i. e. PXJJ^? for rx;?^ , at the end of after. Dan. 1, 15 n-nirs c-^Ta^ ^^F?"? ' fAc enrf o/^ /^ w days. v. 5. 18 n"'o^rT nxpia^ at the end of the days, see "isb p. 5S5. Comp. nip?^ for nspB , see in ns;? no. 2, 3. PujR. nix|? (forniiSF^ , as nis , phir. n*133),) ends, extremities, Ez. 38, 5; c. art. the ends sc. of the earth Ps. 65, 9 comp. V. 6. With suff. inii^J? Ex. 37, 8 and 39, 4 Cheth. where Keri has rnisp from n:^;?. 2. the sum, the whole number, i. q. MSp no. 3. Dan. 1, 2 t\Tbxn r-^a ''bs n:ipa ' -TIT --: tH some 0/ ^Ae icAo/e number of the sacred vessels; here rxp^ is used partitively, like "i^ no. 1. Neh. 7, 70 'ttJx'i r^p^ nizxn some of the number of the phy- larchs, i. e. a part of the heads of tribes. Comp. "i-^nx n^fp^ Gen. 47, 2. Some of these examples, as Dan. 1, 2. 18. Neh. 1. c. are referred by commentators to a noun of the form r^pTa , to which they give the signification oi' part. But the Chaldee, which is of special authority in all these examples, is clearly destitute of any such form, (since the passage in the Targ. Gen. 47, 2. is of the same charac- ter with those above cited ) and wo n:rp 937 Kip annot therefore doubt but that nxr^a wherever it occurs, is to be explained in one and the same manner. rtfp Chald. m. constr. n3tp5 1. end^ Dan. 4, 31 &t^ii r5tJ5b a/ ^Ae enrf o/" the days. 2. the sum, tlie whole. Dan. 2, 42 '{n Kn!|3b73 nxp) a part of the whole king- dom, i. e. a part of the kingdom. Parall. is n:^ a part of it. "Ip m. adj. (r. nn;?) plur. D"-nj? , cold, cool, Prov. 25, 25. Jer. 16, 14. Trop. cool, quiet, Prov. 17, 27 Cheth. nn -ijd q/*a qinet spirit. Keri see in 1J3^ no. 1. 1J^, see in .T'p . 1p m. (r. 1^13) coW, Gen. 8, 22. ' ^* ^^i? 5 3 fem. nxnj3 for nx*^^ Is. 7, 14; inf Kip) , once nifi<-ip5 Judg. 8, 1 Mke verbs nb , c. sufT. iK^jj ; fut. K-np,"^ , .. suff. "ixnpJ^ Jer. 23, 6; imper. xn'p), plur. f. IX-^p Ex. 2. 20, ,ixnp> Ruth 1, 20. 1. to cry oiU, to call out, x(a^eiy. It is an onomatopoetic verb comprising, also inarticulate sounds, see art. X^p ; like Syr. 1i^ to call, also to sound as a trum- pet, to crow as a cock. Comp. Gr. xQu^^in ^^'^;^5^ and Joseph cried, Cause every one to go out. Lev. 13, 45. Judg. 7, 20. 2 Sam. 20, 16. 2 K. 11, 14. Esth. 6. 9. 11 ; or also with a word inter- posed, as "iTSXb Ez. 9, 1 ; ibxst 2 Sam. 18, 28 ; comp. 2 K. 18, 28 bipn xnpai -lajt^l ">3'i':t n->n!in7 biia and he cried with a loud voice in the Jewish tongue, and spake and said. Spec. a) With bfi< of pers. to cry out to any one, to call to any one. Is. 6, 3. Jndg. 18, 79 23; and with the words uttered, pre- ceded by ntxb 1 Sam. 26, 14, "i^8<1 Judg. 9, 54. fSam. 17,8. 1 K. 17,' 11. Also with br of pers. Is. 34, 14 the satyrs shall cry to each other. With ''';jHX of pers. to cry after any one, i. e. as he departs, 1 Sam. 20, 37. 38. 24, 9. b) Often i. q. to cry for help, to implore aid, espec. from God, absol. Ps. 4, 2 ^335 ''X">|33 when J cry, hear thou me. 22", 3. 34,7- 69.4; with ni.T^-bfit P8.4,4. 28, 1. 30, 9. 55, 17. 61, 3! Judg. 15, 18. 2 K. 20, 11. Hos. 7, 7 ; C^fibxb Ps. 57, 3 ; ace. Ps. 14, 4. Is. 43, 22 ; c. suft'. Ps. 17, 6. 88, 10. 91, 15. Also with b? of pers. on account of or against whom one cries to God for help, Deut. 15, 9. c) i. q. xr/Qvaaiiv, which the LXX often put for it, to cry, to proclaim, in the manner of a herald or prophet. Absol. Prov. 1, 21 wisdom crieth in the public places. 8, 1 ; c. ace. 20, 6. Is. 40, 6 the voice said, Cry. And he said, What shall I cry? 58, 1. Zech. 1, 14. 17 ; with b5 of the object Jon. Ij 2. Followed also by the words cried, Gen. 41, 43. Ex. 32, 5. Jer. 2, 2. 7, 2. 19, 2. 51, 61 ; or as coupled with an ace. Zech. 7, 7. Is. 44, 7. Joel 4, 9 D-iaa nxT ^stnp proclaim ye this among the Gentiles ; or with "'S Is. 40, 2. b -ii->T Nn;? to proclaim or announce lib- erty to slaves, captives, Jer. 34, 8. 15. 17. Is. 61, 1. ois J<'np to proclaim a fast sc. to the people, Jer. 36, 9. Jon. 3, 5. From the sense of proclaiming comes the signif. of reading aloud, reciting, see in no. 4. 2. to call, Sept. xaXslv, very often. Spec. a) to call any one to oneself, i. e. to bid him come, to call or send for, c. ace. Gen. 27, 1. Ex. 2, 8. 1 Sam. 3, 16. Hos. 7, 11. Is. 46, 11; b Gen. 20, 9. Lev. 9, 1. Hoa. 11, 1 ; bx Gen. 3, 9. Ex. 3, 4. 1 Sam. 3, 4. Tbx Kn;^ lo call to oneself 2 Sam. 15, 2. Me'taphVProv. 18,6 his mouth callethfor blows, i.e. deserves and invites them. Ruth 4, 11 Dti^ ^'^p. on.b"n'i23 i. e. call thee {get thee) a name in Bethlehem, become thou famous. b)As referring to several or many, to call together, to convoke, c. ace. Gen.. 41, 8; dat. Gen. 20, 8. 39, 14. Josh. 23, 2. 24, 1 ; bx 49, 1. Josh. 10, 24. Hence n'^St? x^i^ to call a solemn assem- 5 and ^Js id. Syr. ^sj-o, Eth. nnp 940 n^p ^Cn id. The primary idea seems to be that of striking upon, touching, reach- ing to, comp. saj, ttJS3 ; kindr. therefore with N7J;5 II, rjn|5 . Constr. with bx of pers. Gen. 37, 18.' 2 Sam. 20, 17. Jon. 1, 6; of thing and place Ex. 32, 19. Deut. 2, 37. Prov, 5, 8. More rarely with bs 2'k. 16, 12; h Job 33, 22; 3 of place Judg. 19, 13. Ps. 91, 10. Also accord- ing to the context, c. *!? 2 Sam. 20, 16 ; rK"]pb 1 Sam. 17, 48 ; "'38^ Josh. 17, 4 ; h^^ beut. 2, 19, etc. Absol. Deut. 25, 11. Is. 41, 5. Ez. 9, 1. Strictly only of animated beings ; but trop. also of time Gen. 27, 41. Deut. 15, 9. Ez. 12, 23. Lam. 4, 18; inf c. b Gen. 47, 29. Deut. 31, 14. 1 K. 2, 1. Spec. a) In a hostile sense, to draw nea^r for battle, Ex. 14, 20; with nnnbTS-bx and nTsnbrb Deut. 20, 2; i^T^ ^eut. 2b,"l0. Josh. 8, 5. 'b b? Ps. 27, 2 ; comp. Ps. 1 19, 150. See nnf? . b) Vice versa, in kindness and good-will; 1 K. 2, 7 '(2 "'S 'bx 12"ij5ybr so they came in kindness to me. So God is said to draw near to nien, in affording help to the afflicted, Ps. 69, 19. Lam. 3, 57. c)|^ draw near to God., ''^ bi< ; also befdre God, ^1 ^}th, Ex. 16, 9; with sacrifice Lev. 16, i.' 1 Sam. 14, 36. Ez. 40. 46; the priests in their ministry Ez. 44, 15 ; all those who come with pious hope and confidence, Ps. 32, 9. Zeph. 3, 2 ; comp. Ps. 119, 169. Often of those who take part in sacred rites, Ex. 12, 48. Lev. 21, 17, 18. 22, 3. Num. 17, 5. 2 K. 16, 12. d) mi'X-bfi< n"^!? to approach a woman in conjugal intercourse. Gen. 20, 4. Lev. 18, 14. Deut. 22, 14. Is. 8. 3. Ez. 18, 6 ; absol. Lev. 18. 6. 19. But 'bx ns^p I "it n^na is said of a woman lying down to a beast, Lev. 20, 16. Arab. v^jJJ. Eth. 'V^l^iX id. Gr. 7iXrj(n(x'Q(t), also neXn^M. e) Is. 65, 5 Tjibs n'^p coine near to thy- self, sc. and not to me, i. e. stand back, approach me not ; comp. Hiph. no. 2. NiPH. 1. i. q. Kal to come near, to approach, Josh. 7, 14. 2. to he brought, pass, of Hiph. Ex. 22,7. PiEL -";^|5 1. Causat. to bring near or forth, to cause to approach, Hos. 7, 6. Is. 41, 21. 46, 13 ; to oneself i. e. to ad- mit, to receive. Ps. 65, 5. Job 31. 37; to bring near to one another, to joii: to- gether, Ez. 37, 17, where Z'^ip^ is imper. for n"]|5 . 2. Intrans. and intensive, to be very near, c. b et infin. Ez. 36, 8. Hiph. 1. to bring near, to cause or command to approach, e. g. persons, with b5< to any one Ex. 28, 1. 29, 4. Num. 8, 9. 10 ; limes, to bring on Ex. 22, 4 ; to admit to oneself, to give ac- cess, Jer. 30, 21 ; of things, to bring to- gether two things, to join, Is. 5, 8. Hence 2. to bring, to offer a gift Judg. 3, 18. 5, 25. Ps. 72, 10. Mai. 1, 8 ; espec a sa- crifice of any kind Ex. 29, 3. 10. Lev. 1. 13. 14. 3, 3. 7. Num. 9, 13. al. ssepiss! Sometimes there is added "'^ 'reb Lev. 3, 12. 12, 7 ; nin^b 2 Chr. 35, "l2. Ez. 44, 15. Also to bring a cause before a judge Deut. 1, 17. Arab, vjo II, to ofler. .'^ 3. With infin. and b to draw near to doing any thing, to be near or abont to do, c. rnbb Is. 26, 17 ; xisb Gen. 12, 1 1 ; absol. id. Ex. 14, 10. Arab. ^\ ^Sj id. With "iP, to bring away from one place to another, to remove, 2 K. 16, 14 ni^n ''SQ nxTS -"^^P^t and he removed the brazen altar from the front of the temple. Comp. CJs: no. 3, where add Sanscr. dgam to approach and recede. Deriv. n-^p "iS-rf^, a-i-p. ^ ^ * ^_I? obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab. v^^JLi* (r and I being interchanged) to turn, to turn about ; mid. E, to turn in- side out, to invert, e. g. as the lip ; v_>Jli> the interior, inner part. Hence 3"ip. ^"I?!? Chald. plur. Jia*ip , to draw near, * to approach, Dan. 3, 26. 6, 13; c. b5 to any one Dan. 7, 16; b 6. 21. Pa. to bring, to offer, Ezra 7, 17. Aph. 1. to bring near Dan. 7, 13. 2. to bring, to offer. Ezra 6, 10. 17. ^"^Ip m. (r. a'^j5 I) Kamets impure, encounter, battle, war, i. q. r^'cnhiz , 2 Sam. 17, 11 ; elsewhere only in poetic style, Ps. 55, 19. 22. 78, 9. 144, 1. Job 38, 23. Ecc. 9, 18. Zech. 14, 3. Plur. nia-np Ps. 68, 31. Syr. j^^? id. yyp^ Chald. m. id. Dan. 7, 21. In Targg. often for Heb. n^nbs. n^p 941 n-ip yy^ ra. adj. verbal (r. n*];? I)plur. fi'^a'ip), drawing nigh, approaching, Dent.' 20, 3. 1 Sam. 17, 41. 1 K. 5, 7. yy^ m. (r. n'li^ II ) in pause s-nj? , c. suff. ianp , plur. c. suflf. ^n-njs once Ps. 103, 1. 1. the midst, middle, inner part ; hence with Prep, a) 3"^i?2 in the midst of, 'tself almost a preposition, like Tpna ; e. g. yTI^n 3");52 r/i the midst of the land, i. e. in the land Gen. 45, 6. Ex. 8, 18. Is. 7, 22. 10, 23 ; nisn nn;53 in the middle of the streets Is. 5, 25. 2"i;53 ''jrDSn among the Cajiaanites Judg. 1, 22. isJn '3 Gen. 24, 3, n^nx 'a Deut. 18, 2, 'ab ''a Ps. 36, 2. etc. Also after verbs of motion, as manbart -"iJ5a into the midst of the battle \' K. 20, 39 ; to pass nsnan S'^niS through the midst of the camp Josh. 1, 11. Of time, o-iad a-);5a tw ^Ae midst of (within) the years Hab. 3, 2. b) a-i^sp from the midst, after verbs of taking away, removing, etc. e.g. "i"'pn, nna, ^sa, Ex. 31, 14. Lev. 17, 4. 10. Deut. 13, 6. Mic. 5, 9. al. saep. 2. Spec, tfie interior of the body : a) iJie bowels, intestines, e. g. of victims Ex. 29, 13. 22. Lev. 1, 13. 9, 14. al. Also the belly or stomach Gen. 41, 21 ; the womb Gen. 25, 22. b) ^^ inner part of a per- son, as the seat of life 1 K. 17, 21, and of the mind Ps. 39,4. ''a")p2 within me 51,12. 55,5. Is. 16,11. 26,'9.'al. Hence for the mind, heart, as the seat of thought and affection. Gen. 18, 12. 1 K. 3, 28. Ps. 5, 10. 62, 5. 64, 7. Jer. 31, 33. ^"^U, see in Sinjsi rO'lp f. ^r. a-np) I) constr. na^ij?, a drawing near, appi'oach, Ps. 73, 28. Is. 58, 2. Vn^ ^- (* 2"^!^ n c. art. in pause in'nisn Ez. 40, 43 (comp. -(a-Jlnri 1 Sam. 13; 21). constr. "|3'n;5, c.sufF. iJ^nr? ; plur. c. suff. once Drj^sa-^f) Lev. 7, 38 (in other copies Dn'^22"i;5), an offering, oblation, sacrifice, either bloody or without blood, either to be wholly burned or only in part ; so Ez. 20, 28. 40. 43, but elsewhere only in Leviticus and Numbers ; e. g. Lev. 1, 2. 3. 10. 14. 2, 1. 4. 3, 1. 2. 7, 13. 22, 27. Num. 5, 15. 7, 17 sq. 15, 4. 31, 50. al. See r. a-il? Hiph. no. 2. Comp. xoQ^av Mark 7, 11. Chald. 'ja'ni?, "{^y^^, Syr. |iS5QJ, Arab. j^UjJJ, id. ^ 79* 'JS'I^ m. an offering, oblation, Neh, 10, 35. 13, 31. R. a-ij? no. I. DT^p m. an axe, c. suff. i53'n'iJ5 1 Sam. 13, 20. Plur. D-'a-i'i;? v. 21, and ma^"if? Ps. 74, 5. Jer. 46, 22, also ni^^-;^ wUh- s =5 ^ out Dag. Judg. 9, 48. Arab. (^tXi'. Talmud, cinrnp, id. But Heb. n=Tip prob. comes from the verbal Pi. D^J5, s -- A.Jo, (the letter "n being inserted.) from r. onfj in the prim^ary signif. to sharpen, to be sharp, comp. Dta, CDf?. Another and softer form of the same word would seem to be |t"ja, where see, and comp. the Arabic forms there quot- ed. * n^jj fut. nnpjn, once Jrnpj'i as if vih Dan. 10, 14, apoc. and conv. ]3^j ; i. q. 1. to meet, to go or com to meet any one, in a hostile sense, c. ace. Deut. 25, 18. See Niph. and '^n;^. 2. to befall, to happen to any one, as good or evil, Is. 41,22; with ace. of pers. Gen. 42^9. 1 Sam. 28, 10. Esth. 4, 7. 6, 13. Ecc. 2, 14. 9, 11 ; c. b Dan. 10. 14. So Ruth 2, 3 npVn rx-\^:^Jq -ip^i TS'ab "T^'^^n lit. and her hap happened upon a part of the field belonging to Boaz; Engl. Vers, well, her hap was to light upon, etc. Niph. 1. to meet, to fall in with, c. b5, like Engl, to light upon any one, Ex. 3, 18, comp. 5, 3 ; bx Num. 23, 4. 16 ; n.S'npsb V. 3 ; absol. Num. 23, 15. 2. to be by chance, to happen, 2 Sam, 1, 6. Comp. 5<'np II. Niph. Pi EL rrnp to lay beams or joists, con- tignare, pr. to make them meet and fit into each other, (comp. ^'^'^p a beam,) 2 Chr. 34, 11. Neh. 2, 8. 3, 3. 6. Hence to frame, to build, Ps. 104, 3. Hiph. 1. to cause to meet, to let hap- pen to any one, c. "^Dsb Gen. 27, 20. 24, 12 di^n "^asb xa-nnph let happen to me this day sc. what I seek, send me good speed. 2. to make convenient, ready of access e. g. cities of refuge convenient to flee to. Num. 35, 11. Deriv. n^i?, ST^ip, '-ip, ?n;;'np, nnjs rrnpa, '^'^i^^) and the pr. names Mn^f? jPi^ip, n'i^'n)3. rnp 942 r^^p nnjp Chald. see r. Knj5 . *^?? ^- (! "i^i?) coW, Ps. 147, 17. Job 24, 7. 37, 9. Prov. 25, 20. Nah. 3, 17. nn^ m. (r. fTij^) AajD, chance, acci- dent. Deut. 23, 11 nb-^b rrnjsTa fey rea- son of accident by night, an euphemism for nocturnal pollution. So in Talmudic the noun '^'nj?. nnp see rTTip. ni"l)? m. adj. also ^^^ Ex. 12, 4. al. (r. n'l;^ I ) c. suff. inHp, plur. c^si-pj, c. suff. ^nSp; fem. nniip, nnhp Deut! 21, 3, plur. t:" ni2-ij5 Ez. 22, 5\ near, nigh, spoken : a) Of place ; with bx of pers. Gen. 45, 10 "^hj^ ni-i|5 rpy] thou shalt be near unto me. Ex. 12.4. Deut/13, 18. Josh. 9, 16; with b^X 1 K. 21, 2. Siij? -,3ir a near neighbour Prov. 27, 10. Trop. near in dignity Esth. 1, 14 ; in public relations 2 Sam. 19, 43. Spec. God is said to be near to men. when he affords them help, Deut. 4, 7. Ps. 34, 19. 119, 151. 145, 18; and vice versa the people of God, the righteous, the priests, are said to be near to God, Ps. 148, 14 (where ini^p is i. q. =1n;^). Lev. 10, 3. Ez. 42. 13. ^43, 19; comp. 1 K. 8, 59. DifT. is Jer. 12, 2 '^y\ nn'^en nnx 2i^p 7iear art thou in their mouthy but far from their heart, i. e. they speak of thee always. Ps. 75, 2. b) Of kindred, affinity; with bx Lev. 21, 2. 3. 25, 25. Num. 27, 11. Deut.'21, 6 ; b Ruth 2 20. Neh. 13, 4 ; "i^ of com- parison, Ruth 3, 12 'Ssp 31^)5 nearer than I. With'^suff. imSp i. q/ib 2r;5 * one near to him,' his kinsman, Ex. 32, 27. Ps. 15, 3; plur. c. suflf. ''ninp? my icinsmen Ps. 38, 12. Job 19, 14. Also friends, i. e. paramours, Ez. 23, 5. 12 ; see r. 'y^'^^ Kal lett. d. c) Of time, i. e. ) near to come, im- pending, as the day of Jehovah Is. 13, 6. Joel 1, 15. 4, 14 ; deliverance Is. 51. 5. Ps. 85, 10; distress Ps. 22, 12. Fully Ki3b m'^T? Is. 13, 22. 56, 1. Jer. 48, 16. Here too' belongs Job 17, 12 nin;? nix r^^n 'SBTa the light is not far from darkness, will soon be merged in it ; comp. Lat. prope absum. Hence ^l"i|53 in a near time, soon; Ez. 11.3 ^i""!?^ fc5 L ^t"?? ^- (r- f^'^i^) a city, town, i. q. "i"^!? , comp. PIP? ; so called perh. from the signif ' to frame, to build,' see the root in Piel ; better perh. ' a fortified place,' as resisting enemies, comp. in ''^p . With a few exceptions (Deut. 2, 36. 1 K. 1, 41. 45), found only in the poetic style, Num. 21, 28. Is. 1, 21. 26. 22, 2. 25. 2. 26, 5. 32, 13. Ps. 48, 3. Prov. 10, 15. Job 39, 7. al. Syr. jj-is , l^i^ , Arab. aUyi*, XJvS, city, also village. Hence the following pr. names of cities : a) ra"?5< TT^p, Gen. 23, 2. Josh. 15, 54.20,7; cart. SS^xn n;inj5 Neh. 11, 26; Kirjath-Arba, i. e. the cityof Arba, oneofthe A nakim (see sranx), the ancient name of Hebron, but still used in the time of Nehemiah, Neh. 1. c. b)br3. r'i'np (city of Baal) Kirjath- Baal, the same city which is more usu- ally called Q'^"}S1 r^":!? (see in lett. d). Josh. 15. 60. 18' 14. c) mitn-ni^-ip (cityof streets) Kirjath- huzoth. in Moab, Num. 22. 39. d) o'^^S^f^^'?!^ (f'ity of forests) Kir- iath-Jearim, on the confines of Judah and Benjamin Josh. 9, 17. 18: 15. Judg. 18, 12. 1 Sam. 6, 21 ; c. art. Q''-}>^r|"n^'^p? Jer. 26, 20; contracted Dinr-p^np Ezra 2. 25. and simpl. n^"?j5 Josh. 18, 28 ; else- where also ^^^"ri^'^p see in lett. b. Eusebius places it at nine Rom. miles from Jerusalem towards Diospolis or Lydda. Prob. the modern Kuryet el- ^Enab, three hours west of Jerusalem ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 334 sq. e)n3D'n'i"ip (palm-city. comp. c^SpDD) Kirjalh-sannah Josh. 15. 49, also called lEO"n^'ip (book-town) Kirjath-scpher, in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 15. 16. Judg. 1, 11. 12. The same city was likewise called nin^ q. v. Josh. 15, 15. 49. f) D'l'ns n:;np , see in lett. d. g) D'^P^'JP (double city) Kirjathaim: a) In the territory of Reuben Num. 32, 37. Josh. 13, 19; afterwards subject to Moab Jer. 48, 1. 23. Ez. 25, 9. Euse- bius and Jerome speak of a place X- gidda (^KaQia&a) Koreiatha, ten Roman miles west of Medaba. /5) In the tribe of Naphtali, 1 Chr. 6, 61 [76] ; else- where '|p)'7P niinp and ^y)"^ Chald. a city, Ezra 4, lOsq. rT'i^'lp) (cities) Kerioth, pr. n. of two cities, one in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15. 25 ; the other in Moab, Jer. 48, 24. 4L Am. 2, 2. ^!?7P ' see in n^'ip lett. G. Dl^j^ to overlay, to 'cover; Syr. and Chald. to overlay with metal. With ^5, like other verbs of covering; Ez. 37, 6 ^i? Q3"^b? 'HTS'ir? / will cover yon with skin. Intrans. to be covered, fut. D-ip"^ , V. 8. ll^I? ! pr. prob. to strike, to push, kindr, with X'^i^ II, !Tnp , nnj? ; whence "Jlp horn, as the instrument of striking, pushing. Etb. ^l^i to push with the horn, also to assail; *^C^ horn. The primary syllable is "ip ; comp. Sanscr. garnis, parngan, horn, sharp point, giris sharp point, all from par to bore. 2. Denom. from "pp lett. e, to emit rays, to shine, e. g. the face of Moses Ex. 34, 29. 30. 35 ; Sept. dedo^aarai to TiQoaamov aviov. Aquil. and Vulg. ab- surdly, yiB{iaTb)8riq W> corniita erat. Hence painters and sculptors often represent Moses with horns. HiPH. tohave horns, pr. ' to shoot out horns,' Ps. 69, 32. Hence pp 944 VP T!?)? f. in pause )n;^ , c. suff. ia-jj? ; Du- al B'^3'ij5, also C':'a'nj5 (as if from )'^pj Dan. 8J 3. 6. 20, constr. "'a':!? used also for plural ; Plur. n'i3'i|5 , constr. ni2n;5 Ps. 75, 11 mostly in lett. c ; a horn, as of an ox, ram, see in r. 'j'nj? no. 1. Gen. 22, 13, Deut. 33, 17. Ps. 22,^22. Dan. 8, 5. 8. 9. al. ssep. Also of artificial horns 1 K. 22, 11. Zech. 2, 1. 2. 4 [1, 18. 19. 21]. Meton. for a Jiask, vessel, made of horn, comp. Engl. drinking-Aorn, powder-Aom, I Sam. 16, 1. 13. 1 K. 1, 39.5-Arab. JjlS* horn, also point of a sword ; Eth. 4*0 j Syr. jJji, Chald. W")J5, horn. Sanscr. see in r. "J"!? . Comp. Gr. xc^aj, also nBQCivvoq thunder-bolt, Lat. cottim, Goth. hanrns, whence Germ, and Engl. horn. Metaph. a horn is put as the symbol of strength, might, power, the image being drawn from the bull and other animals which push with their horns. Jer. 48, 25 the horn of Moab is broken, i. e. her strength, might, is broken, comp. Lam. 2. 3. Ps. 75, 11. So God is said S "i")!? D'^"iH to lift up, exalt, the horn of any one, i. e. to strengthen him, to in- crease his power and dignity. Ps. 89, 18. 92, 11. 148, 14. 1 Sam. 2, 10. Lam. 2, ] 7. Contra, to exalt the horn of God, i. q. to praise, to . laud him, 1 Chr. 25, 5. Hence '3'i|? Jn^'i my horn is lifted up, exalted, i. e. my strength is augmented, I acquire new courage and spirit, Ps. 89, 25. .112, 9. 1 Sam. 2, 1. In the same sense, Am. 6, 13 c'^a'^r? lab ^^nphwe have taken to iis horns. Vice versa, in a bad sense ia^iJD C'^n to lift up one^s horn, i. e. to be proud, Ps. 75, 5. 6. Comp. Lat. cornua sumere, of those who place too much confidence in their own strength and thus become overbearing; also Hor. Od. 3. 21. 18 ''addis cornua pauperi." A similar metaphor is in Job 16, 15, / have thrust my horn into the dust, where we should naturally say ' my head.' In Ps. 18, 3 David calls God "^r^": "np, the horn of my deliverance, i. e. the instru- ment, means of deliverance, the image being drawn from animals which use their horns as a defence. Ps. 132, 17 there (in Zion) will I make the horn of David to sprout, i. e. will cause the kingdom of David to flourish in power ; or rather, I will raise up to the house w David a powerful oflfspring. Ez. 29, 2L Hence in prophetic vision, horns are put trop. for k-irigs, powerful princes, Dan. 7, 7. 24. 8, 8. 21. The same general metaphor exists in Syriac and Arabic see Bar Hebraeus p. 516. Hariri Con eess. 43. p. 498 ed. De Sacy. Comp. the Arabic epithet of Alexander the Great, ^^JlII .j, i. e. bicornis, Kor. 18,85 sq. doubtless as the symbol of power, might; so both Alexander and the Se- leucidae are represented on coins with horns. Curt. 4. 7. From the resemblance tea Aom came also the following uses of ")'^I3. a) a horn, as a wind instrument, cor- net, trumpet, like Lat. comUj Josh. 6, 5. See bnr no. 1. b) "|TrJ nia'np? horns of ivory, for ele- phants' teeth, by a common error, Ex. 27, 15. So Plin. H. N. 18. I 'cornua elephanti et uri.' Eth. id. c) n5]sn man;? the horns of the altar, i.e. the projecting points or risings, like horns, on the four corners of an altar, y(oviai xtQaroiidug Jos. B. J. 5. 5. 6; which were to be smeared with the blood of the victims Ex. 29, 12. Lev. 4, 7 ; and which malefactors laid hold of as an asylum 1 K. 1, 50. 2, 28. So Ex. 27, 2. 30, 2. 3. 10. Lev. 4, 7. 8, 15. Ps. 118. 27. Am. 3. 14. Jer. 17, 1. al. Similar orna- ments are found upon the altars of the Greeks and Egyptians. d) horn for peak, summit of a hill or mountain. Is. 5, 1. So Gr. tcigag, Lat. 9 o" comu, Arab. ,jv9 as in KUrn Surtuheh, Kurun Hattun, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL p. 257. III. p. 238. Comp. Germ, Horn in the names of Swiss mountains, as Schreckhorn, Wetterhom. Aarhom. < e) Dual B"^?"^)? , i- q- rays of light, splendour, Hab. 3, 4. So Arabian poets compare the first rays of the rising sun to horns ; and hence call the sun itself ^Ae gazelle SJIulJI ; comp. in n^.^x p. 42. X>^^ Chald. f emphat. N3-ij5 ; Dual j-^anp Dan. 7. 7, eraph. x^a'ip 7, 8. 1. a horn. Dan. 7, 8. 20. 21. 2. A wind-instrument, horn, comet, Dan. 3. 5. 7. 10. 15. 7, 7. 8 Dip 945 pip ^^JSn )'y^(^th.e -paint-horn) Keren-hap- pjich, pr. n. of one of Job's daughters, Job 42, 14. ^ Jj? to bend, to bow down, hence to sink together, to collapse, i. q. sns in the other member, Is. 46, 1. Sept. uvvstqI^ij, Vulg. contrltus est. Hence D"ij5 . bbij5 . 0*55 m- plur. ta'ip'np, constr. "'D'JJ?, pr. a curve, joint, comp. ^bnj? ; hence a hook, tache, to which a loop or eye is fitted, Ex. 26,6. 11. 33. 35, 11. 36, 13. 18. 39, 33. 3*1?, see dS''|3. ^'^'!^1? pr. diminut. from b^j5 (see in lett. b p. 499 ), a joint, small joint, espec. the ankle, which also the Germans ex- press by the diminutive KnOchel, comp. Engl, knuckle. Dual c. suff. Ps. 18, 37 ''^o^i? 113?^ xb my ankles do not waver, i. e. my feet stand firm. 2 Sam. 22, 37. Vulg. tali. Comp. Targ. Ez. 47, 3. Syr. |3,9a-o . From this word, by con- tracting the quadriliteral into a triliteral form, is derived the Arab. JyjJ to walk unsteadily, to waddle, as if with weak ankles, comm. to limp ; Jji\ a person jBo walking, one weak in the ankles and legs. * ^!]|? fut. r-^p^ 1. to rend, to rend asunder; kindr. with yit^, Arab. ijd>3 to cut. E. g. the garments in grief. Gen. 37, 29. 34. Num. 14, 6. 1 Sam. 4, 12. 2 K. 5, 8. Ezra 9, 3. Jer. 36, 24. Job 1, 20 ; cushions Ez. 13, 21 ; a roll or book with a knife Jer. 36, 23 ; to rend in pieces, as a wild beast Hos. 13, 8; of God, to rend the heavens Is. 63, 19. Also ^^p^ ^'^y,'^P to rend in pieces IK. 11, 30; n-^j-ipb 'p id. 2 K. 2, 12. Tii52 n-i^rr y)p^ to rend the eyes with paint, i. e. to dis- tend the eyes and make them appear large by painting them thickly with sti- bium ; see in bns , ~!is . So Jer. 22. 14 "y^n ib i"ip he rendeth himself windoios in the palace, i. e. he makes many and large windows ; the "'- in "'Sibn being a plur. ending, Lehrg. p. 523. 2. to tear off or away, to rend away, c. '{0 Lev. 13, 56 ; h-s-q Ez. 13, 20., Trop. c. hT!Z , 1 Sam. 15, 28 Jehovah hath rent the kingdom of Israel from thee. 1 K. 11, 11; ^5^ V. 12. 1 Sam. 2S, 17; \q 1 K. 14, 8. Reflex, to rend oneself away 2 K. 17, 21. 3. Metaph. verbis proscindere, as in Engl, to pull in pieces, i. e. to slander, to backbite, Ps. 35, 15. Arab. c*j* II, in- crepuit, corripuit. Comp. Spa no. 3. NiPH. pass, to be rent, torn, of gar- ments Ex. 28, 32. 39, 23. 1 Sam. 15, 27 ; of an altar torn down IK. 13, 3. 5. Hence C^^lp m. plur. torn pieces of cloth 1 K. 11,30. 31. 2 K. 2, 12; rags Prov. 23, 21. *Y^i? fut. plur. siS'ip'^ 1. to tear or cut asunder, nearly i. q. kindr. y}^ ; hence to ciU off, to destroy, whence y^p de- struction, and Chald. y^P piece. Arab. ,joJ> to tear, to tear off"; (jfi>J> id. II, to cut, to gnaw. 2. Spec. ' to cut with the teeth,' to bite, e. g. in the phrases: a) D^nsb Y'\p to bite the lips, said of one plotting mis- chief Prov. 16, 30. b) T]? 'p Prov. 10, 10. Ps. 35. 19, and ti^a-^ra Prov. 6, 13, lit. to bite or pinch the eyes. i. e. to press together the eyelids (in the manner of biting the lips), to wink behind one's back; also a gesture of malice and mis- chief Arab. ijO-Ji to pinch, to nip off*. Comp. Nazar. , j-o to pinch together the eyelids. PuAL yyp to be torn or broken off, to be nipped. Job 33, 6 ''SX-Da ^nzinp -iph^ / also am nipped from the clay, the image being drawn from a potter, who pinches off" a portion of clay from the mass in order to form a vessel. f^jj m. destruction Jer. 46, 20. R. ynj? no. 1. 7^1? Chald. m. a piece, bit, Syr. | , j-o , see r. y^p no. 1. Only in the phrase ^i '^f'lp b35< to eat the pieces of any one, q. d. to eat him up piecemeal, metaph. for to slander, to accuse falsely, to inform against; as also in Lat. mordere, dente carpere, dente rodere. Dan. 3, 8. 6, 25. Syr. f^rl'Caf id. Arab. Cl J^1 to eat one's flesh, to slander. ^plpm. (r. ""lip Pilp.) 1. a founda- tion, bottom, i. q. Talm. "^p^^P id. from pnp the idea of digging, see the root Pilp. and for the '^ softened into 5 , see lett. i . Comp. Arab. JJvi* level ground. Spo- ken : a) Of the bottom of the sea, Am. 9, 3. b) Of the tabernacle and temple, Jloor, pavement, Num. 5, 17. 1 K. 6, 15. 16. 30. 7, 7 :ip^pn nri :}p^pn'Q from floor to floor, i^Tom the floor to the ceiling, i. e. the walls or sides of the room from bot- tom to top; not, as De Wette, ' over the whole floor.' 2. Karkaa, pr. n. of a place in the south of Judah, Josh. 15, 3. *^P7P (foundation, r. l^ip Pilp. Arab. 3Ji level ground) Karkor, pr. n. of a place beyond Jordan, Judg. 8, 1 0. "^_i? obsol. root, to be cold, cool. Trop. to be cool, quiet. Chald. and Syr. &" , id. Arab. ^ id. Comp. xqvo?. Deriv. *^p_, "ip, rri;?, nnpta. * '^^5 obsol. root, kindr. with CJ-nn, to cut, to cut up or in pieces. So Arab. ^Ji according to the Camoos p. 823, i. q. *iai*. Hence ^p m. in pause a5"ii5, c. suflf. 'l^ttS'^p Ez. 27, 6 ; plur. D''tt3'n;5 ',' constr. "^dnp ; a board, plank, Ex. 26, 15 sq. 35, 11. 36, 20 sq. Num. 3, 36. 4, 31. Collect. benches, banks, of a ship Ez. 27, 6. f^*!!!)? f (r. rrip, as HDS from nw) in pause nn|5 , a city, i. q. n^-ip , but less frequent," Job 29, 7. Prov.'s. 3. 9, 3. 14. 11, 11. Chald. KFi-ip id. This word is also preserved in the names of Carthaginian and Syrian cities, as Cirta (xnnp), Ti- granocerta, etc. and on the Phenician- Sicilian coins struck at Panormus ; see Monumm. Phoen. p. 288, 291. Tab. 38. ^3nnp (city, r. n-n;?) Kartah, pr. n. of a place in Zebulun, Josh. 21, 34. W!^P (double city, old dual form from n-ip) Kartan, pr. n. of a city in Naphtali, Josh. 21, 32 ; elsewhere D'^ni-ip , see in n^np lett. g. /5. * >^|5 obsol. root, perh. i. q. r^\iip II, and Arab. Lww3*, to take off the bark by turning ; then to turn, and genr. to round off, to bring into a round form. Hence nop., also 946 b'^zjp nte^ and "^J"? , only plur. nVrp Ex. 37, 16, cstr. mbps Num. 4, 7, c. suff: i-^nibj^ Ex. 25, 29, bowls^ cups, for libations j Sept. anovdua. Chald. njDp , p^Cf? , id. ^ ~|J obsol. root, prob. to weigh, to weigh out; whence the notion of eywiVy, justice, ^B'mkxnAv.'^Xbp^. Amb U...V to be just, pr. to weigli out justly, with even scales ; whence ^ -* a measure, a por- tion measured out, a balance. Hence ^T^'P, f Gen. 33,' 19. Josh. 24, 32. Job 42, 11, pr. something weighed out; hence as the name of a certain weight, Kesitah, {comp. b;?. nDB,) espec. of gold and silver, by which, as also by the shekel, money was estimated in the time of the patriarchs. It was heavier than the shekel, and contained indeed about four shekels, as appears from a compari- son of the passages Gen. 33, 19 and 23, 16. According to Rabbi Akiba, in a later age a certain coin in Africa was called Ke'sita ; see in Rosh hash-shana c. 3. fol, 26. a. Most of the ancient intpp. understand by it a lamb, a sense which has no support either from etymology or in the kindred dialects, nor is it in accordance with the patriarchal usages; since in their age merchandise was no longer usually exchanged, but actual sales were contmpn for money either by weight or by tale, comp. Gen. 23, 16. 47, 16; see Bochart's triumphant remarks (Hieroz. I. p. 433-37) against F. Span- heim in Hist. Jobi, Opp, III. p. 84. The coin bearing the figure of a lamb, in which Miinter thought he had found the Kesita, (Progr. in Danish on tlie Kesita, Copen. 1824,) is undoubtedly a coin of Cyprus, the money of which bore that image. See Thesaur. p. 1241. ntOjpiCJ? f (r. bbp) plur. n^^iJpbp 1 Sam. 17,5, c. suff". T^^nbpbp Ez.29,4; a scale, Lev. 11, 9. lO'. 12. Deut. 14,9. 10. 1 Sam. 17, 5 C'Uipbp li'^'nu a har- ness of scales, a scaled coat of mail, con- sisting of small plates like scales. ^?)5 obsol. root, prob. to strip off bark, scales, etc. to scale off; like Arab. comp. Heb. nb;? and nbp II. Comp. also Arab, bark, a scale. r^ . whence 8 (wM^ 12Jp 947 ri'ip T25p m. (r. ^^^) straw , the dry halm of grain, partly as left standing id the fields, stubble, Ez. 5, 12 ; which then were sometimes burnt over, Ex. 15, 7. Is. 5, 24. 47, 14. Joel 2, 5. Nah. 1, 10. Ob. 18 ; and partly as broken up in treading out the grain and so separated by venti- lation, chaff, e. g. C)"n3 w;d Is. 41, 2 ; uJp nnir Jer. 13, 24; also Job 13, 25. 41, 20 [28]. 18.40,24. Ps. 83, 24. ^^15 obsol. root, to be hard, heavy, difficult, like nd;5 I. Hence ^^l^p , only in plur. D'^KTSp , cucum- hers, Num. 11, 5. Arab. %\j3, %\J3 ^ Chald. "^op, Syr. vl^J, )-i.juo; whence cucumis chate Linn. By transpos. Gr. aixvog, aixvtx. The Tulmudists rightly refer the origin of the name to its hard- ness and difficulty of digestion, from r. Kd;5 ; comp. Plin. H. N. 19. 5. On the cucumbers of Egypt, see Abdollat. ed. De Sacy p. 34, 125. Forskal Flora .^gypt. p. 169. Celsii Hierob. II. p. 249. Denom. ni^jsa II. * ^?I? fut. aTrip)": to attend to any thing, e. g. of the ear, to lUten, to heark- en, once in Kal, Is. 32, 3. The primary idea seems to be that of sharpening, so that aiap? maybe nearly i.q. S^y? ;comp. in Engl, to point or prick up the ears, a figure drawn from animals ; comp. under ITK I. p. 29. HiPH. with "iTX, e. g. iatx n-^ttSpri pr. 'to point one's ear,' i. e. to attend, to hearken, Ps. 10, 17. Prov. 2, 2. Without I'atx id. c. bx Ps. 142, 7. Neh. 9, 34; b? ProV. 17,4.' 29, 12; h Ps. 5, 3. Is. 48, 18; 3 Ps. 66, J9; ace. 'job 13, 6. Ps. 61, 2 ; absol. Is. 10, 30. 28, 23. al. seep. Of God, i. q. to hear and answer, Ps. 5, 3. 17, 1. 61,2 ; of man also, i. q. to hear and obey, 1 Sam. 15, 22. Is. 48, 18. Jer. 23, 18. Deriv. the three following. ^?P adj. only fem. n?^^i5, attentive,o^ the ear, Neh. 1, 6. 1 1. ^^)? adj. id. only plur. fem. nia^^p, of the ears Ps. 130, 2. 2 Chr. 6, 40. 7,. 15. 2T?^ m. (r. :2^JJ5) in pause ::tt3j5 , at- tention, heed. Is. 21, 7 "S-n 3ll3j3 n'';:3p3f7 atJ3p. he hearkened heedfully with much heedj' i. e. with the greatest possible at- tention. 1 K. 18, 29. 2 K. 4, 31. * I. H'ig fut. na3p37 , conv. ttjps^i . 1. to be hard, harsh, e. g. of words 2 Sam. 19, 44. Arab. L*J> id. Syr. N.UUO to harden. 2. to be hard, severe, vehement, of punishment from God 1 Sam. 5, 7 ; of wrath Gen. 49, 7. 3. to be hard, difficult, Deut. ], 17. 15, 18. NiPH. part. ncipJD, hard bestead, harshly oppressed. Is. 8, 21. Comp. ^ugovfxivoi, 2 Cor. 5, 4. Pi EL fut. conv. ttSjJFil . Gen. 35, 16 nniba TiJi^ni she had hard labour, it went hard with her in the birth. In v. 17 Hiph. stands in the same phrase. HiPH. nt^i^ri, fut. rutin);:, conv. ttJj^^i. 1. to harden, to make hard, e. g. a) The neck, ^'p , i. e. to be stiff-necked, stubborn, Deut. 10, 16. 2 K. 17, 14. 2 Chr. 30, 8. Neh. 9,29. Jer. 7, 26. Prov. 29, 1 ; without Ci-i> id. Job 9, 4. b) With ab, to harden the heart of any one, i. e. to make him obdurate, wilful, perverse, Ex. 7, 3. Deut. 2, 30 ; iab 'n to harden one's own heart Ps. 95, 8. Prov. 28, 14. 2. to make heavy, burdensoTne, e. g. a yoke 1 K. 12, 4. 3. to make hard, difficult. 2 K. 2, 10 biKiab n'^^pn thou hast made hard in asking, i. e. thou hast asked a hard thing. Ex. 13, 15 isnb^b riy-iD n^iipn ^s when Pharaoh made it hard to let us go, would hardly dismiss us. Deriv. n^;? , "^aps , and the pr. n. ')i">Trj5 . * II. UTT]; i. q. Arab. Uo , to strip off the bark, espec. by turning ; hence to turn, to bring into a round form ; comp. Deriv. HttJp^ , ri^p^a . njj m. adj. (r. nw;? I) constr. rrf5. plur. U^ti^] fem. nir;? , constr. mrp3, plur. nillijs. 1. hard, harsh, spoken of hard bond- age Ex. 1, 14. 6, 9. 1 K. 12, 4; of harsh words Gen. 42, 7. 30. 1 Sam. 20, 10. 1 K. 12, 13. 14,6; of men, hard, churlish, stem, 1 Sam. 25, 3. Is. 19, 4. Spec, a) Of the neck, stiff, unyielding, obsti- nate, Deut. 31, ,27. Hence ^^p nirjD stiff-necked, i. e. stubborn, rebellious, Ex. rip 948 32, 9. 33, 3. 5. Deut. 9, 6. 13; nb nttjp? hard-hearted^ stubborn, Ez. 3, 7; ndjs D'lSS hard-faced^ i. e. shameless, impu- dent, Ez. 2, 4 ; simpl. ni^j5 id. stubborn, obstinate, Is. 48, 4. n^i:j5 Tj'^'^J a stubborn way, obstinate lile, Judg. 2, 19. b) Of a hard and adverse Jot, Ps. 60, 5. Job 30, 25 Di'' ntrf? icAose c/a?/ is hard, i. e. his life or lot." Is. 21, 2 niii|5 Mm a Aarc/ vision, i. e. announcing adverse things, c) In a good sense, Jirm, fixed, once of love Cant. 8, 6. 2. hard, stem, severe, Judg. 4, 24. Is. 27, 1. Spec, a) nn ndp severe in spirit, sad, sorrowful, 1 Sam. 1, 15. b) severe, vehement, strong, of a wind Is. 27, 8 ; a battle 2 Sam. 2, 17. c) hard, i. e. strong, in authority and power, 2 Sam. 3, 39. 3. hard, difficult, Ex. 18, 26. tSilOfp Chald. m. truth, i. q. Heb. Xitp, Dan. 4, 34. 'Jil3|?",a of a truth, \! e. truly, Dan. 2, 47. '^T'U in Kal not used, Arab, ^o? i. q. rrd;? I, Lwu3, to be hard. Comp. ns^ II, i. q. nB:i. HiPH. ]. fo/ja/rfentheheartls. 63, 17. 2. to treat harshly, as the ostrich her young, Job 39, IG. * ^?U obsol. root, i. q. ::irj;^ , Arab, kl.wi'?', pr. ^0 weigh out justly / hence fo be just, upright, true. In Heb. this root takes the sense of truth ; that of justice ')eing expressed by pTS . Hence tpil^p m. truth, Prov. 22, 21. Chald. Ziitp q. V. iJt'Jtriip , Syr. fLjk,LD id. the letters I3 and n being interchanged. t3p m. 7it Ac;'o/i. Ps. 60, 6, a bow, i. q. Chald. &<-JTi:!ip for xni:?!?, Heb. m\^p; see TargVPs. 61, 4. Esth. 1, 3. So Sept. Symm. Peshito. For this change of n into 13 , see in n^J5 . [Others truth, i. q. ^'^p , and this is preferable. R. tStJfp, see wi^p. ''TJ?jp m. (r. niiij^ I ) hardness of heart, stubbornness, Deut. 9, 27. jiiUJp (hardness, r. njj? I) Kishion, pr. n, of a place in Issachar, Josh. 19, 20. 21, 28 ; called in 1 Chr. 6, 57 "iJ'!;? q. v. lett. 0. nifp * ^^J? fut. ^itJp?^ 1. to bind, to lie corresponding is Aram, j-^ , *iap , see in -)i3p^ II; Eth. ^AZ; to bind with cords. Constr. with ace. and br, to bind or tie one thing upo7i another. Gen. 38 28. Prov. 3. 3. 6, 21. 7, 3 ; ace. and a Job 39, 10 [13]. Josh. 2, 18. With dat.'add- ed, Job 40, 29 wilt thou bind him for thy maidens? i. e. that they may play with him. Metaph. c. 3 , Prov. 22, 5. Gen. 44, 30 "irsan r^^vbp irB3 his soid is bound to his (the child's) soul, i. e. the father is bound to the child by the strong- est love ; comp. Niph. 1 Sam. 18, 1. 2. to conspire, pr. ' to bind oneself to- gether with others,' Neh. 4, 2; with V against any one, 1 Sam. 22, 8. 1 K. 15,27. 16, 9. 16. 2 K. 10, 9. al. Fully ^tp^ -1^^, see in "H^;?. Part. plur. O-^n'dp conspirators 2 Sam. 15, 31. 2 K. 21, 24. 3. Part. pass. "i*Hii|5, bound, hence compact and firm, strong, robust, Gen. 30,42. This transition from the idea of binding to that of strength, see also in ptn no. 3, hm no. 5. Niph. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1, metaph. 1 Sam. 18, 1 ; comp. Gen. 44, 30. 2. to be bound or fastened together e. g. the portions of a wall, and hence to be completed, Neh. 3, 38 [4, 6]. PiEL 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to bind. Job 38, 31. 2. to bind upon oneself, m the manner of a girdle, c. ace. Is. 49, 18 D"^"}^'pn. Mi!33 thou shall bind them on thee as a bride bindeth on her girdle; in the other member it is: thou shall put them on as an ornament. PuAL part. ninTi'pTa the strong cattle Gen. 30, 41 ; see Kalno. 3. HiTHP. i. q. Kal no. 2, c. bj< 2 K. 9. 14. 2 Chr. 24, 25. 26. Deriv. ^rp, D'^'iTTp. 1T?P m. (r. -1^3)5 no. 2) in pause -n^^ c. suff. ii^P, a conspiracy, 2 K. 11, 14. Is. 8, 12. b^ -iL'p -i;yp to make a con- spiracy against any one 2 K. 12, 21. 14. 19. 15,30. ^'^'^''^P m. plur. girdles, belts, as a fe- male ornament, espec. of a bride (comp. Is. 49, 18), Jer. 2, 32. Is. 3, 20. Comp: iTTp no. 2. iziTzip 949 * ^^|5 1. to be dry, as a plant. Arab. jjiJ> id. Kindr. is TZi^an . Hence u;p stubble. 2. Denom. from ^j^ , to gather straw or stubble, see Po. Hence genr. to col- lect, to gather, imperat. Zeph. 2, 1 ; see Hithpo. Po. ^^p to collect, to gather straw or stubble, Ex. 5, 7. 12 ; wood Num. 15, 32. 33. 1 K. 17, 10. 12. HiTHPO. metaph. to collect oneself, i.e. to collect one's thoughts, to look into one's own mind, to prove oneself; Zeph. 2, 1 Wip) JiTrdipnn collect (examine) your own selves and be ye collected. Kal and Hithpo. are here coupled for em- phasis ; comp. Is. 29, 9. ' Deriv. ttSp. )? (r. Oip, as not from C)1T. nns from ni3) in pause nb^, c. suff. TlTrp ; plur. nin'^aps, constr. nin\rp, nnimsp Dag. euphonic ; comm. gend. pr. fem. Is. 21, 15. Job 20, 24; but, the etymo- logy being neglected, also masc. 2 Sam. 1, 22. Ez. 1, 28 ; a bow. Arab. ^J*, Eth. 4fl^, Syr. jl^, id. But the origin of the n servile being by degrees neglected, it was regarded as a radical I T ' and changed to I3 ; as Arab, ^^l hu*'*) bow ; Syr. -Jla-dZ] to shoot with a bow, Chald. ii^_p id. K-Jir^ip bow. E. g. a) a bow for shooting arrows Gen. 21, 16. Is. 13, 18. Job 20, 24. al. ssepe. ']^ n;ap tJie son of a bow, i. e. an arrow, Job 41, 20. To bend a bow is expressed by the verbs T<'J^, pd3, ntiD, espec. T^n^ q. V. To shoot with a bow, see the verbs HTsn, ri')'^ Kal and Hiph. Meton. the* word bow is put : ) For bowmen, archers, nd;? ^D'ri, Is. 21, 17. 22, 3. Ps. 78, 57 where "I'lTa-) ndp are deceitful archers, who feign flight in order to de- ceive. Comp. "^"^is;? of reapers. /?) the song of the bow 2 Sam. 1, 18, i. e. the lament of David over Saul and Jona- than, in which there is mention of a bow in V. 22. On this mode of inscribing poems and books, so common among oriental writers, see Jones de Poesi Asiat. p. 2G9. Comment, on Is. 22, 1. Metaph. a bow is also the symbol of strength and power ; hence to break the bow of any one, i. q. to take away his strength, to destroy his power, Hos. 1, 5. Jer. 49, 35 ; also v^e versa. Job 29, 20 my bow is strengthened in my hand, i. e. I wax stronger and stronger. Gen. 49, 24. b) a rainbow, iris, Gr. to^ov, Gen. 9. 13. 14. 16. Ez. 1, 28. riUBp m. (denom. fr. nT|5) a bowman, an archer. Gen. 21, 20. Syr. |-Jui-o id. * nn]5 obsol. root ; Arab. \j3 to serve f to be a domestic. Hence pr. n. ^I5^)5^ Dinp Chald. m. everywhere in Keri for Oin^p cithara, harp, lyre, q. v. Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10. This latter is the more usual form in the Targums. Besh, the twentieth letter of the He- brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting 200. The name TlJ'^'n i. q. Chald. laxn and Heb. llix"! , denotes head, and refers to the figure of this letter in the Pheni- cian alphabet ( ^ ), from which by in- verting its head is derived the figure of the Greek 'Poi. See Monumm. Phoen. p. 44. This letter has affinity : a) With the other liquids, and as being the hard- est of the hquids, it is sometimes inter- 80 changed with h and 3, see p. 499, 635. b) With the guttural 5, as being partly pronounced in the throat, p. 738. c) It is interchanged with the sibilants, espec T, comp. p'na and pta to emit rays ; Arab. (yS. and jy^, also an and *\ to muz- zle, -^ and y^ to be proud ; also D'ln and CGH . See also the paronomasia in the words linn and )iir\ Ez. 7, 13. It is further to be noted, that, instead ni^n 930 JlKI of doubling a letter, the simple letter is sometimes written with ^ inserted be- fore it, especially in Aramaean and the later Hebrew. ThusKSS. Chald.Kons, throne ; pb^'n, in Chr. pb^an'n , Damas- cus ; ba'iS quadrilit. from Pi. b23 to bind J also tssns , D^nnp , CS^-ib . In the same way are to be explained : la'^S'id sceptre i. q. u^'iJ, Chald. i<'7"'^"55 cubit i. q. 1735, arising from such forms as la-^ad, T^ a a, although these forms are not elsewhere extant. * HiJ^, inf absol. nkn, 1x1 Gen. 26, 28,' inf. constr. nkn Gen. 48, 11, once n^N-) (like nxi^) Ez. 28, 17, usually nixn ; fut. nx-i'; , apoc. Ni;; , convers. 6f)?], rarely nx-j^} 1 Sam. 17, 42. 2 K. 5, 21 ; in the other persons NIP}, 1!<'5'?3) 1. lo see, to look, generally ; Arab, j^ | * id. It correspond to Gr. oqaw, as 51^ to Gr. fX8(a, Lat. video. Constr. with ace. very often, rarely with dat. Ps. 64, 6 ; and with two ace. Gen. 7, 1 Tjrx piri:i irixn thee have I seen righteous ; with "^3 before a whole sentence, e. g. Gen. 6, 5 cixn r?n na-i "^s nin"; xn^i. 28, 6. 29, 3L 38, 14^; afso by antiphone- sis [attraction] Gen. 1, 4 cn'^JJ &<*J?3 2i-J "^3 nixn-nx. 6, 2. Ex. 2, 2 ; withn interrogative, whether, Ex. 4, 18. Also with T^it] thus : Gen. 8, 13 'lai nsni Ki^i and Ae looked, and behold ! 18,2. 19, 28. Lev. 13, 20. 14, 3. al. With ace. impl. Ps. 40, 13 my punishments xb mxnb "'Pi^s'^ / cannot see them all, i. e. cannot take in the multitude of them at a view. 40, 4 sixn-^sT n^sn sixi^ many saw (my deliverance) and/eared; comp. the same paronomasia Ps. 52, 8. Job 6, 21. Often ascribed to the eye, Job 13, 1. 28, 10. Is. 29, 18. 33, 20. al. Spec. a) to see the face of any one, e. g. of God, see in D*^aa no. 1. h. b) Absol. to see is put for to enjoy the light, to live, Gr. ^Xinuv ; more fully to see the sun Eee. 7, 11, to see light Ps. 49, 20 ; comp. Gr. l^miv aal oqikv q)aog 'llfXloio Horn, in later writers simpl. ogijcv. In the same sense, to see Jehovah in the land of the living Is. 38, 11. Thus also is to be understood the difficult passage in Gen. 16, 13, 'n^xi D^n GSn ''^"^ **'!)r!^ do I then here see (i. e. live) after the vision of God, i. e. after haying seen God ? c) to see in vision, i. e. to be taught of God in visions, as the prophets, Is. 30, 10 ; comp. 29, 10. Hence part. Pii^n q. v. a seer, prophet, nxiTS vision. Comp. nm no. 2. 2. to see, i. e. to look at, to view, to be- hold, with intention, purposely, c. ace. Gen. 11, 5 aiid Jehovah came down rxib i^rn-nx. Lev. 13, 3. 5. 17. 1 K. 9, 12. With a' Gen. 34, 1 ynxn n'sris nixib to see the daughters of the land. Judg. 16, 27. Ez. 21, 26 [21] 1323 nxi to in- spect the liver. Ecc. 11, 4'n"'3S3'n55i he that vieweth the clouds. 3, 22. Cant. 6, 11. But Ecc. 12, 3 maix? nixi is, those looking out at the windows. Jer. 18, 17 I will look upon them with the back and not with the face, i. e. will turn my back upon them. With 3 and inf Is. 18, 3 behold ye, howi lifteth up an en- sign on the mountains. Spec. Q.) to look upon with delight, to gaze at^ to gloat upon ; comp. Engl. ' to feast the eyes upon.' * Prov. 23, 31 look not upon the wine when it blushes. Is. 53, 2. Ecc. 7, 13. Usually with 3, (comp. 3 B. 4. a,) Job 3, 9. 20, 17. Is.' 66, 5. Ps. io6,5, very often of the joy felt at the destruc- tion of one's enemies, Ps. 54, 9 '^S'jXi '^3"'r f^nxi mine eye Imth looked (with delight) upon mine enemies, i. e. on their destruction. 22, 18. 37, 34. 112, 8. 11& 7. Obad. 12. Contrariwise h)to look upon vfithpain, to behold any thing painful or afflictive; c. 3, Gen. 21, 16 ib^l ni?33 nxiN-bst let me not look upon the death of the child. 44. 34. Ex. 2, 11. Num. 11, 15. Esth. 8, 6. e) to look upon with disdain, q. d. to look down upon anyone, comp. aaxacpQo- v(o to contemn; Job 41, 26 Jnisrbs nx nxi"^ he looketh (down) upon all high ^things, with contempt, as if he himself were higher than all. Comp. Cant. 1, 6 nih-inttj ^3xu3 "^sxitn-bx look not (disdainfully) upon me because I am dark. d) to behold, to regard, to have respect to; Is. 26, 10 nin^ nsiwsa nxi^ xb he regardeth not the majesty of Jehovah Espec. of God as looking upon affliction and removing it; Ex. 4, 31 "nx nxi"3 d^5S that he had looked upon their afflir:- n^^n 951 15^1 tim. Ps. 9, 14. 25, 18. 31, 8. 2 K. 14, 26 ; also c. 3 Gen. 29, 32. 1 Sam. 1, 11. Ps. 106, 44. Followed by a clause Ecc. 7, 14 in the day of adversity nxn consi- der this: God hath set, etc. e) to see to anything, to look after, to take care of i. q. y^"^ no. 1. b. 1 K. 12, 16 lp TjH'^a nx'n see to thine own house^ David! Gen. 29, 23 the prefect of the prison saw to nothing that was under Joseph's hand. Is. 22, 11. Ps. 37, 37 id^ nx";. see to uprightness, i. e. take care to practise it. f ) ib nKn to look out any i\\\ng for one- self, i. e. to provide, to choose out. Gen. 22, 8 God will provide for himself a lamb for a burnt-offering ; v. J4 and Abraham called the name of that place (Moriah), ns'77 nin"^ Jehovah will provide, i. q. n^S<-i73 , contr. n*i'ib q. v. comp. Niph. no. 3.' Deut. 33, 21 ib n-i^xn xn?l he chose out the first for himself i. e. the best. 1 Sam. 16, 1. 17. Dat. omitted. Gen. 41, 33. Deut. 12, 13. Part. "'IXT chosen, selected, Esth. 2, 9. Comp. Tob. 12, 1 oqa, lixvoVy fiitr&bv tw ttv&(ja)na). g) to go to see, to visit any one, in order to pay one's respects and salutations, 2 Sam. 13, 5. 2 K. 8, 29. 2 Chr. 22, b. ^ More fully in the construction TN nxn 'b Dib^r Gen. 37, 14 ; comp. b Dibt^b'^^'^!' h) With bx to look unto any one, as ex- pecting help from him. Is. 17, 7 ; with b? to look upon any one, as about to con- sider and judge his case, Ex. 5, 21. i) With 3 , to look upon as, to regard as any thing; Judg. 9. 36 thou lookest upon the shadow of the mountains as men. k) With "i^ of pers. praegn. q. d. to see and learn from; Judg. 7, 17 IwX-in ^saTa see and learn from me, do as ye see me do. 1) Trop. to look at any thing, i. e. to have in view, to aim at; Gen. 20, 10 what hadst thou in view, that thou shouldst do this thing? 3. Not unfrequently the Hebrews, like the Greeks and others, employ the word to see (J^i$'^) of things which we per- ceive, not by the eyes, but in some other way, viz. a) By the other senses, e. g. by the hearing, Gen. 2, 19 ib-i , (j^^ j to tremble, espec. of the head ; whence djtn head of any thing, as of a mast or tree, which is shaken. ^^ poor, see in r. ttSn. 551 m. i. q. d-in , poverty, Prov. 6, 11. 30,8. R. irn. "0^^ Chald. i. q. Heb. TL^&in , c. suff. n^xn, plur. VttJxn, "i^itix-n. L the head, Dan. 2, 32. 38. 7, 9. 20. Tl'rx'n "^"iTn visions of thy head, presented to thy mind or imagination, Dan. 4, 2. 7. 10. 7, 15. 2. Trop. the sum, amount, Dan. 7, 1. Plur. "f axn V. 6 ; c. suff. cn':;Jxn Ezra 5, 10. I. i^l m. (for TzSs^H, r. a3i3 in3 to give (back) upon one's head, i. e. to recom- pense, to requite ; e. g. evil Ez. 9, 10. 11. 21. 16. 43. 17, 19. 22, 31. Meton. a) Like rVlhl q. v. it is used in enume- rating espec. soldiers, for one person, individual, 1 Chr. 12. 23. Judg, 5, 30 -S5 TCXnb to the head of a man^ i. e. to one man. each one. The Arabs often employ the word iwi> ^arf in like manner, espec. in enumerating flocks and herds, see Schult Opp. min. p. 206. b) For life, Dan. 1, 10. So 52-l6!tna with our heads, i. e. in jeopardy of our lives. 1 Chr. 12, 19 ; corap. Sw no. 2. b. See Iliad 4. 162. ib. 17. 242.*^ 2. Trop. head for what is highest, up- permost, e. g. a) the top. summit, of a mountain Gen. 8. 5. Ex. 17, 9. la 19,20. Am. 1, 2; of a tower Gen. 11, 4; of a column 1 K. 7. 19; of a throne 10, 19; of a sceptre Esth. 5, 2 ; of an ear of grain Job 24, 24. Czris tvh the sum- mit of the stars, the highest heaven. Job 22. 12. crrti Jt-j cxi the head of the fat valley, i. e. impending over it Is. 28, 1. 4. r^iffsX] tvn the head of the bed, where the head lies. Gen. 47, 31. b) head, i. e. chief prince of a people or state. Deut. 1, 15. Judg. 10, 18. 11. 8 tVfrh a:^ p-^ni . 1 Sam. 15, 17. 2 Sam. 23, 8. 18. Ps. i8, 44 cva CK-i prince of the nations. Is. 7. 8. 9. al. IZ^^ tvr\ see ! in 2:t . Of a family, a head, chief patri- arch, as nzx r^z cx-s Ex. 6, 14. Num. 7. 2. 1 Chr. 5,^24. 7, 9. 40 ; also niSS tiil-> id. Ex. 6, 2-5. Num. 32. 28. 1 Chr. 8^6. aL Xblkrb rrT\ to become the head, to be the victor. Lam. 1. 5 ; comp. Deut. 28, 44. Job 29, 25 BX1 2r X / sat as prince, held the chief place. So Arab. ju*k head, prince, c) head, for the highest place or rank, the chief; so OX"n ,n'3 the high- priest 2 Chr. 19, 11 ; also simpl. 85nn id. 2 Chr. 24. 6. Spec, of a head city, the metropolis, capital, Josh. 11, 10. It? 7, 8. So Arab, ^f Jl of Mecca, d) Metaph. of that which is highest, chit*'. best; as C^isrn ''tixn the chief most costly. Cant 4, 14. Ez. S.. -, nniato aSsi'i the chief joy, highest joy. Ps 1^7,* 6; on;3 '^'^Ti cxn the best gifts / the ancient mountains Deut. 33, 15. Hence 3. the sum, ammini, pr. ^the whol< number,' which is also the highest. Lev 5. 24. Ps. 1 19, 160. 139, 17. Hence xr: lb^ to take the sum, to number, see xr: no. 3. c. Trop. a body, band, company espec. of soldiers Judg. 7, 16. 20. 9, :u 37.43. 1 Sara. 11, 11. Job 1, 17. Ps. 140, lU. 4. head, for what \ first, foremost, i. e. the beginning, first part, front ; Deut 20, 9 C5n t5->a at the head of the peo- ple, in front as leaders. Jer. 31. 7. Mic. 2, 13. Am. 6, 7. Is. 2, 2 the mountain of the Lord's house shall be established D^'Vin ost'^a al the head of the moun- tains, and shall be higher than the hills, i. e. it shall be a prince among the moun- tains. Also T^*^^ sJxn the head of the vay, where ways branch off*. Ez. 16, 25. 21. 24. rwn C8<-i the head of the streets, comer, id. Lam. 2, 19. Is. 51, 20. Hence we may explain the phrase njs'^x B*85x'7 four heads of rivers, i. e. four streams into which the river divided iteelf Engl, branches, Gen. 2, 10. Sept and Gr. Venet tt^/a/. Comp. Lat ca- put, Engl, head, for source, fountain. Ecc. 3,11 the itorks of God nji cxio Vi'^Ofrom the beginning to the end, from first to last Also Ps. 118, 22 nSD cxn the head of the comer, Gr. xftpalri i^ ywrtau; Matt 21, 42, i. e. the foremost or chief corner-stone, the leader as it were of all, i. q. U&oq axQoyuviaUs 1 Pet. 2, 6 comp. Is. 28. 16. It is made a ques- tion, whether this chief corner-stone is the highest, forming the top or coping of the comer ; or the lowest which forms the foundation of the building. The latter seems preferable; for fin here refers not to the highest place, bal to the head or point where two walls meet Often of time, as H:irn cx^ the beginning of the year Ez. 40, 1 ; CIO S'^C^n the beginning of months, the first of the year, Ex. 12, 2. Judg. 7, IJL I1 955 TTKI ix-ip from the beginning, Is. 40. 21. 41, -6. 48, 16. Syr. ^-iJj? ^ id. Prov. 8, .0 hz'Pj m-JE5 CXI iA }frrf clod of the irth. i. e. first created. 5. OXt , once for distinction Oi'^ Deut. 32, 32. is the name of a poisonous pltmt Deut. 29, 17. growing quickly and loxa- riantly Hos. 10, 4. of a bitter taste Ps. 69, 22. Lam. 3, 5, and therefore coupled with wormwood Deut. 29, 17. Lam. 3, 19. Hence it would seem to be, not the hem- lock, ciaUcL, with Celsius in Hierob. II. 46 sq. nor the colocynth or wild gourd with (Edmann, Verm. Samml. IV. p. 63; nor lolium, darnel, Michaelis Supplem. p. 2220 ; but the poppy, so called from its heads, Livy 1. 54. Thus B-J ""Ta juice of the poppy, poppy-juice, Jer. 8, 14. 9, 14. 23,' 15. Hence (or poison genr. DeuL 32, * 32 ; even of serpents v. 33. Job 20. 16. Chald. y^^n ^^ the poison of ser- pente, Targ. Ps. 69, 22. Lam. 3, 19. Denom. nsxn n-'rxn. I'ia'''?, n^'), p-isx"^^ , and pr. n. ncno . IL fi^l Bosh, pr. n. of a northern nation mentioned along with Tubal and Meshech, Ex. 38, 2. 3. 39, 1. Prob. i. q. the Russians, who are described by the Byzantine writers of the tenth century, under the name ol *P^, as inhabiting the northern parts of Taurus ; and also by Ibn Foszlan, an Arabian writer of the same period, under the name Lp; Ii4ii. as dwelling upon the river Wolga. See Ibn Foszlan's Bericht uber die Rus- sen ftiterer Zeit, von Frfthn. Petersb. 1823, espec p. 28 sq. Com p. Von Ham- mer OriginesRusses. Petersb. 1827, who K also here compares the nation jj*#* , men- tioned in the Kor&n, Sur. 25, 40. 50, 12. nOfin f (denom. from cxn , by Syri- asm for nr^xn) beginning, plur. c. suffl c=-rtbx-? Ez.36, 11. ntDin f. (from t:n) beginning, first part front ; hence nr Jtnn (ZStn Zech. 4, 7, by appos. the stone the beginning, L e. the first corner-stone, i. q. n|B tixn; ee in dxn no. 4. yitDST m. adj. (from r$x->; by Syri- asm for "|i'6''"i , which is found in Chetli. Joeh. 21, 10. Job 15, 7.) once pO"? Job 6. 6 ; fem. npx"j j plor. c-'a^x'i , p-iaaJxn . 1. Pr. head, highest, chief; Syr. \y '' head-men. magistrates. Yet this pri- mary signif is found only in the later Hebrew in imitation of the Syriac; as cacsn cnb chief princes Dan. 10, 13. 1 Chr. 18, 17. Fem. roX"i adv. in the chief place, highest rank, Elsth. 1, 14. 2. frst, L e. a) In place and order, the first, foremost, Gen. 32, 18. Hence nstix*^ adv. in the first place or rank, in fiint foremost. Gen. 32, 2 ; nsiSfina id. Is. 60, 9. b) More freq. of time^ the first, former, earliest; "j-ibxnn nnn the first tnon/AEx. 40, 2. 17. EzraV, 9; ellipt. j-isxna in the first month Gen. 8, 13. Num. 9, 5. Ez. 45, 18. 21. 'nn CT the first day Ex. 12, 15. 16; nnst yrax"} the first man Job 15, 7 ; Tiosrjn Tp2X thy first father Is. 43, 27. Plur. cjiK-in the first, the former, 2 K. 1, 14. 2 Sam! 21, 9. In antithesis: o) With ordinals following, as second, third, seventh. Gen. 32, 18. Ex. 12, 15. 16. Dan.S, 21. 2Chr. 29, 3. /J) With the last, l-nnxn , Ex. 4, 8- p'^n*^ VO^"} the first and the last, of God Is. 44, 6. 48, 12. /) With the later, following, posterior; e. g. the first pr former husband Deut. 24, 4; former lime, at first. Is. 8, 23 [9, 1 J. Plur. frst and later acts, 2 Chr. 9. 29. 16, 1 1. 20, 34. d) Oden the first, former, earlier, as opp. to tke present time ; e. g. a former king Num. 21, 26; thefnt temple Ezra 3, 12. Hagg. 2, 3. 9 ; the former manner Gen. 40, 13, etc Plur. C"anri the first ta- bles Ex. 34, 1 ; the former governors Neh. 5, 15; former kindnesses Ps. 89, 50, com p. Is. 65, 7 ; former days or time Deut 4. 32. 10, 10. C'DOJt-t c-^x-ca/or- mer prophets Zech. 1, 4. 7, 7. 12. Ab$oI. c^:tbjn ancients, ancestors, Lev. 26, 45. Deut. 19, 14. Ps. 79, 8. Is. 61, 4 niiM C^osn the ruins of the ancients, which have lain desolate fiT>m former days. Plur. fem. r'iatbx'in the former things, events long passed, Is. 43, IS* 46. 9; also long since predicted Is. 42, 9. 43, 9. 48, 3. ) Spoken of the time which is yet frst to come, opp. to a more remote fiiture time. Joel 2, 23 Vx-?3 in the first time, i. e. immediately, presently ; comp. EngL * at the first moment.' See also rctJxna Zech. 12, 7, below in C. a. TD'i^'n 956 nn Fem. nsiiSi^'n A) Adj. fern, first, for- mer Jer/ 16, 18. Plur. niatlix-i fomur things Is. 65, 17. K B) Adv. a) in the highest place, see above in no. 1. b) in front, foremost, see no. 2. a. c) Of time, first, earliest, Gen. 38, 28. Num. 2, 9. 1 K. 18, 25 ; at first, the first time, Dan. 11, 29. C) With prefixes : a) nailiK-^S , spo- ken of place and order Is. 60, 9; see above in no. 2. a. Of time, first, before something else, 2 Sati. 20, 18. 1 K. 17, 13. Zech. 12, 7 ; and so of pers./rsi, be- fore others in time. Num. 10, 13. 14. Deut. 13, 10. 17,7. IChr. 11,6. Neh.7, 5. Also at first, formerly, heforetime, 2 Sam. 7, 10. 1 Chr. 17, 9. Is. 1, 26. Jer. 7, 12. Prov. 20, 21. al. So for the first time, the former time, Gen. 13, 4 (comp. 12, 8). Josh. 8, 5. 6. Judg. 20, 32. 1 K. 20, 9. n:i!:x"i33 as at the first, as for- merly. Is. 1, 26; njilixna^bjcontr. for rniDx-na-HTsb , 1 Chr. 15, 13. b) n;ilJX"i3 as at the first, as formerly, Deut. 9, 18. 'Dan. 11,29. c) nsilJxnb at first, formerly, i. q. ni^lix-na, Gen. 28, 19. Judg. 18, 29. Plur. nisiuxn , see above in no. 2, b. 8. 'ipTlJSn adj. (from tvr\) fem. n'^aaJx'i , first, i. q. "I'im'? , Jer. 25, 1. riillJS'l J see nittJx'n?: . 'n'i(i5n f once in-'TDn Deut. 11, 12; denom. from ^Hi ; pr. abstr. 'the being head ;' hence concr. 1. the topmost, the highest; trop. the chief best, most excellent ; as ri'^ttJS'n D'^S'SttJ i?ie most precious' ointments Am. 6, 6.' D'^-i^n n-^rxn tfie chief of the na- tions Am. 6, 1. Num. 24. 20. Dan. 11,41 the chief of the children of Ammon, their princes; also 1 Sam. 15, 21. Jer. 49, 35. Ps. Ill, 10. Prov. 1, 7. Job 40, 19 the chief of the ways of God. his most won- derful work, sc. the hippopotamus. 2. beginning, comp. ^'&ti no. 4. Syr. |L1^9. E.g. the beginning, as opp. to tl)e end, n-^nnx , Ecc. 7, 8 ; of strife Prov. 17, 14; of a reign Jer. 26, 1. 28, 1. 49, 34; of sin for concr. the beginner, author, Mic. 1, 13. "inrbT:^ 'n the begin- ning of his (Nimrod's) kingdom, the territory of which it was at first com- posed. Gen. 10, 10. Hos. 9, 10 as the early fig in the fig-tree nn'^lSix'ia in its beginning, i. e. when the tree first begins to bear. Absol. of the beginning Df all things. Gen. 1,1; comp. iv aQXji John 1 1. Gr. | agxv? Hes. Theog. 45 ; Lat. a principio Cic. Nat. Deor. 1. 12. 3. former time, times of old, opp. n'^nnx , Is. 46, 10. Also first state, for- mer condition. Job 8, 7. 42, 12. 4. Concr. the first in its kind, first- fruits, firstlings; often of the first pro- ducts of the harvest Lev. 23, 10. Deut. 18, 4 ; or of fruits 26, ]0 ; of wool 18, 4 ; or generally Prov. 3, 9. These were of- fered to Jehovah, and hence n'^^X'^ "iS'Jl? an oblation of the first fruits Lev. 2, 12. But D-^niiSSi n'ldH'i is the first of the first- fruits Ex. 23,* 19. 34, 26. Ez. 44, 30. "|iK n'^ttJSt'n the firstling of one's strength, poet, for the first-born. Gen. 49, 3. Dfeut. 21, 17. Ps. 78, 51. 105, 36. is-n-n '-i the firstling of his way, the first created of God, i. e. the hypostatic wisdom, Prov. 8, 22 ; comp. aqxh tF^? xilaswg tov &eov Rev. 3, 14. Of Gad, Deut. 33, 21 ifn!!? ib n^^xn he chose for himself the first- fruits of the land, i. e. the first portion of which the Israelites took possession. y^ m. adj. in pause a*!, plur. D"'2'^ ; fem. ria'n, constr. nan, withYod parag. ^nan Lam. 1,1, plur. ria"]. R. na-n. 1. m.ultus, i. e. either as one continuous whole, Engl, much, as a'n ant much gold 1 K. 10, 2. Ps. 19, 11. Gen. 24, 25. Deut. 28, 38 ; or as a collective whole which contains many parts or individuals, Engl. many, numerous, as a"! cr much or many peop/e i.e. numerous, Josh. 17,14; a*^ C*iX many men Job 36, 28 (here oi noXloi) , na"^ rrnas a numerous family Gen. 26, 14 ; a'n nap?^ numerous flocks and herds much cattle, Num. 32, 1. Josh. 11, 4. Hence c. plur. D'^an C^a^ many days, a long time. Gen. 21, 34 ; D^an C^as many nations Ps. 89, 51. With genit. njJian a"! a man of much (great) understanding Prov. 14, 29 ; t3"'3a ran a woman having many children 1 Sam. 2, 5 ; with Yod parag. D5 "^pan numerous in people, full of people, i. e. a city, Lam. 1, 1. Often as neut. an much, i. e. collect, many Ex. 19,21 an jists^ ht) and there fall {^teush) of them much people, many. 1 Sam. 14, 6. Gen. 33, 9 ; hence adverbially. I'l 957 nnn even with subst. plur. Ps. 18, 15 nn ta^p'ja and lightnings much, i. e. many, in great number. Ecc. 6, 3 T'Stti "'tt'; Ji-^n^iyi n^ni although the days of his years be much, many. Often i. q. enough, it is enough, Gen. 45, 28. Ps. 123, 3 ; chiefly in the formula (comp. I33a) nn5 n^ enough now ! i. e. desist ! 2 Sam. 24, 16. 1 K. 19, 4 ; more fully T^b-an Deut. 3, 26, csb-s-n Ez. 45, 9. Num. 16, 3, enough for thee, for you, let it suffice thee, etc. With infin. Deut. 1, 6 nad cab-in ye have dwelt long enough. 2, 3'; before yq , Ez. 44, 6 oab-nn ns-'nhsin'bsia enough for you of all your abominations ! i. e. desist from them. 1 K. 12,28. Ex. 9, 28. Also fem. na^ is often put adverbially for much, enough, Ps. 62, 3. 89, 8 ; oftener in the constr. nan id. Ps. 65, 10. 120, 6. 123, 4. 129, 1. 2 Chr. 30, 18. So Syr. hl^t often. 2. large, great, vast, comp. noXvg in Passow no. 1. b ; spoken of a vast space Gen. 7. 11. Esth. 1, 20; of a long way, TioXXij odog 1 K. 19, 7 ; of a great battle and slaughter 2 Chr. 13, 17. Num. 11, 33 ; of heinous sin Ps. 19, 14 ; of the multiplied goodness and mercy of God Ps. 31, 20; of diligent attention (comp. noXXr] aiyrj) Is. 21, 7. Spec, a) i. q. mighty, powerful, Ps. 48, 3. Is. 63, 1. Plur. D-ian the mighty Job 35, 9. Is. 53, 12. b) major natu, elder. Gen. 25, 23. Plur. D'^an great in age, the aged, Job 32, 9. c) Subst. a great man. chief a leader, i. q. "li;? . chiefly in the later He- brew, e. g. c^naia an chief of the body- guard 2 K. 25, '8 ; n'^p^"}D a-? chief of the eunuchs Dan. 1, 3. Esth. 1, 8. Neut. abstr. greatness, Ps. 145, 7. Is. 63, 7. d) Subst. a mailer, one great or skilled in any art. Pro v. 26, 10; comp. the Tal- mudic a'n doctor, teacher, learned man. g Syr. ^h, 1^9, id. Arab. lj lord, mas- ter, owner. 3. In Job 16, 13 i-^an is rendered by :l11 the ancient versions his (God's) ar- rows, from aa'i no. 2. Others, his arch- ers. We may however well retain the sense, his many hosts, warriors. 1"^ Chald. m. emphat. xan ; fem. emph. xrat! ; plur. redupl. T^ana'] , fem. ja-jan . emph. sni lai an Gen. 27, 28. Ps. 49, 7. Is. 37, 24. Often also where in Engl, abuji- dance, greatness, much, as n722n"an much wisdom Ecc. 1, 18; cib'j an Ps. 37, 11. 72, 7 ; ina an Is. 63, 1 ; T^n^n an the greatness of the way, the long journey. Josh. 9, 13. Is. 57, 10. Adv. anb in mul- titude, abundantly, 1 Chr. 12, 4o'. 22, 3. 4. Gen. 48, 16 ; often also in comparison with things implying a vast multitude, as with the stars, anb n'^^a'sn ""aaiaa crsn Deut. 1, 10. 10, 22. 28, 62: so with the sand on the sea-shore Josh. 11,4. 1 Sam. 13, 5. 2 Sam. 17, 11 ; with locusts Judg. 6.5. Also an?3 yy-o/Tj {for) midlitude, Gen. 16, 10. 32,' 13. 1 K. 8, 5. Poet, an is put for a whole multitude, and so hardly differs from Vs, as Job 4, 14 which made all (an) my bones to shake. 33, 21 ; comp. Jer. 23, 9 and Schult. ad Job 1. c Plur. constr. "'an Hos. 8, 12 Keri. -^?^ 1. to become much or many, to multiply, Gen. 6, 1 ; to be much or many, to be multiplied, manifold, 1 Sam. 25, 10. Ps.'3, 2. 69,5. 104,24. Is. 59, 12. al. saepe. Found only in prset. ^an , and once inf an Gen. 6, 1 ; the other forms are taken from the kindred root nan . Arab. vj to be great, mighty ; also to in- crease, multiply. Syr. and Chald. Palp. wr5909 tor ^-CjJD5 to magnify. 2. Mid. O, prset. lani Gen. 49, 23, according to Kirachi and Gr. Venet. prob. to shoot, i. e. they have shot; the signif being drawn from the multitude of arrows, comp. D'^a'^an ; also iolj\ multitude of arrows, Cam. Hence some nnn 958 nn-) derive S*] no. 3, an arrow. But *i3'"i1 can also be referred to the subst. n*"i by a slight change of vowels: they provok- ed him with their multitude, etc. Some refer hither also Ps. 18, 15 ai: D'^p'^a he shot out lightnings, but see in 1*1 no. 1. PuAL, denom. from n22n , part. plur. nian^Xi multiplied by myriads, by ten thousands, Ps. 144, 13. Deriv. a:) , na"! , an , nan'i , ia"! , nia-n , O'^a'ia'n, and the pr. names n^a'n, ni^^an, dsan'i'. T : TIT niiQ'n f; (r. aa*!) a myriad, ten thou- sand. Lev. 26, 8. Deut. 32, 30. Judg. 20, 10 ; often for any great indefinite num- ber Gen. 24, 60. Cant. 5, 10. Ps. 91, 7. Ez. 16,7. Plur. rriasn, constr. niaan and niaa'n , ten thousands 1 Sam. 18, 7. 8; often for any great and indefinite number, Ps. 3, 7. Deut. 33, 2. 17. nnn*! Chald. f. ten thousand, whence plur. "laa") Dan. 7, 10 Keri. See in Chald. ian. * *5^ I. i. q. ID'I , to spread a bed, sternere ledum, Prov. 7, 16. Hence c^-nsn??, Beth without- Dag. II. i. q. Arab. ,kj> ^^h, Arab, ^k, id. Hiph. MS'^ri, fut. na^i^, apoc. a"nv imp. apoc. a"!!! ; inf abs. na'in and ^?"?n (the latter always adverbially), constr. nianh . 1. to make or do much, to multiply, to increase any thing, c. ace. Gen. 3, 16. 16, 10. Ex. 7, 3. Deut. 1, 10. Judg. 16, 24. Is. 9, 2. Jer. 46, 11. al. rarely c. h Hos. 10, 1. Followed by h with the infin. of a verb, it often expresses the adverbial idea much, greatly ; e. g. bbx^ na'^n i. q. to devour much 2 Sam. 18. 8 ; ^^enn^ na'nrj to pray much 1 Sam. I,"l2'; Ps. 78, 38. 2 K. 21, 6. 2 Chr. 36, 14. Ezra 10, 13. Is. 55, 7. Also too much Ex. 36, 5 ; and so before a finite verb 1 Sam. 2, 3. Ps. 51, 4. Put likewise : a) With ace. of thing and dat. of pers. to multiply to any one, Hos. 2, 10 [8] ; and so with dat. impl. Ex. 30, 15. But ib 'n na-nn reflex, to multi- ply to oneself, i. e. to get or take much or many, Deut. 17, 16. 17. Jer. 2, 22. b) With ace. i. q. to have much or many, see Heb. Gr. 52. 2. Lev. 11, 42 na-i^ D'jban having many feet. Job 29, 18 / multiply days as the sand, i. e. my days are many as the sand. Nah. 3, 16. 1 Chr. 7, 4. 8, 40. 23, 1 1 ; ace. cm. 1 Chr. 4, 27. c) With b? , to make i. e. to im- pose much upon any one, for the fuller h'S fiiibb na^in, Gen. 34, 12. Infin. Absol. na'nfi, rarely nia'nn Am. 4, 9. Prov. 25, 27, pr. in making or doing much, always as Adv. aa) much, great- ly, like aa"'?! well ; coupled : ) With a verb, as na^ifn ^35 to serve much, dili- gently, 2 K. 10, IS; Txia na'nri n^^' to err very greatly 1 Sam. 26, 21. Ecc. 7, 17. /S) With a subst. plur. e. g. c^-ian na'nJn i, q. many words Ecc. 5, 6 [7] Sia-irt a-''^B& many books 12, 12. 1 K. 10. 11 ; also with sing, mostly collect. 2 Sam nnn 959 :?nn 12, 2 nsia na-nn -i;53!i -jxa . 8, 8. 2 Chr. 32,27. 14, 12. GenV41, 49. As predi- cate Gen. 15, 1. Rarely put before the subst. Ecc. 1, 16 ; and so separated from it, Ps. 130, 7. /) Absol. 2 Sam. 1, 4 orn "j^ bsa na-jn much (many) of the people are fallen ; comp. wr^a. 2 Chr. 25, 9. Ecc. 5, 11. So na-^nb iJ. 2 Chr. 16, 8. Neh. 5, 8. bb) too much, Ecc. 7, 16. 2. ^0 make great, to enlarge. Ps. 18, 36. 1 Chr. 4, 10. Job 34, 37 he maketh large his words against God, i. e. he talks largely, impiously ; see in nn Chald. Deriv. naix, nana, na"in, n'^a^^a, ">57 Chald. fo become great, to grow, as a tree Dan. 4, 8. 19. Pa. to make great, to exalt, Dan. 2, 48. Deriv. lan . ^?^ 1. Adj.fem.ofa'5,mifcA,wa7iy; see in a^n . 2. Subst. pr. a great city, metropolis^ Syr. |^*i, and then pr. n. Rahhah. a) The capital of the Ammonites, 2 Sam. 11, 1. 12.27. Josh. 13, 25. 1 Chr. 20, 1. Jer. 49, 3. (not Ps. 110, 6,) fully -,i525 -^sa na"! Deut. 3, 11. Or. 'Pa^a^tx- fiuva Polyb. 5. 7. 4 ; usually Philadel- phia ; in Abulfeda and at the present day S t^ ''AmmAn. Tab. Syrisp p. 91. See at) account of its ruins by Seetzen in Zach's monatl. Corresp. XVIII. p. 429; Burckhardt Travels in Syria, p. 356 sq. b) A city in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 60. 13"\ f. (for nia'n q. v. n being dropped, Syr. <^?) Jon. 4, 11. 1 Chr. 29, 7 ; also Xian with X added (Heb. Gr. 23. 2. n. 3) Ezra 2, 64. Neh. 7, 66 ; a myriad, ten thousand, i. q. naan , but found only in the later writers. Dual D^nSa'i (from nian) twice ten thousand Ps. 68, 18. Plur. also nixa'n Dan. 11, 12, contr. n-.Ka'i Ezra 2, 69. iSn Chald. fem. plur. |ia'n like Syr. or:'!) (Keri ina"!) id. "ijan ia"! a myriad of myriads, ten thousand times ten thou- sand, Dan. 7, 10. ^1"^ Chald. f: (r. nan) emphat. iJ^n'in-i, greatness, majesty, Dan. 4. 19. 33 [22^ 36]. 5, 18. 7, 27. tnilil'1 f. (r. -3n) a myriad^ ten thou- sand ; Neh. 7, 71 man 'Pi'r twice ten thousand. Hence ian by dropping n. D'^n'^Sn m. plur. (r. 3?'^) rain,a shower, from the multitude of drops, Deut. 32,2. Ps. 65, 11. 72, 6. Jer. 3, 3. 14, 22. Mic. "^ 5, 6. Arab, y^* aqua copiosa. T^Sn m. (r. nan II ) a collar, chain, for the neck, Ez. 1^6, 11. Gen. 41, 42. "^Ty} ord. adj. (fr. card. ?an, yanx, lour) plur. c'^S'^an ; fem. n^rian and n5'ian;/oMWA, Gen. 1, 19. 2, 14. 15, 16. al. seep. Ellipt. the fourth (day) of the month I K. 27, 7 ; the fourth month Ez. 1, 1. Zech. 8, 19. n-ij-^an -"ja children of the fourth generdtion, i. e. the children of great-grandchildren, 2 K. 10, 30. 15, 12. Fem. nis-^an ellipt. a fourth, the fourth part, Ex. 29, 40. Lev. 23, 13. Num. 15, 5. al. '^?'^nn Chald. m. emphat. K';?''^'} , Keri nxs-ian, id. fourth, Dan. 2,'40. '7, 23. Fem. emphat. !!3n thou hast beaten me these three times, v. 32. 33. Ex. 23, 14. b) foot-step, step, pace; as bip d-^ba-n the sound of foot-steps 1 K. 14, 6. 2 K. 6, 32. Gen. 33, 14 naxban bsnb ac- cording to the pace of the flocks, as they are able to travel, c) foot-step, track ; BO in 'S3 "^bna , 'b 'ba-ib , see in no. 3. a, b. 3. With Prepositions: a) ba'na on foot Ps. 66, 6 ; T'bitia on his feet, on foot, Judg. 4, 15. 17. D^'bana bp smft of foot 2 Sam. 2, 18. Am. 2,' 15. Also to be 's *^b^'i3 at the feet of any one, in his foot-steps, i. e. to follow any one, Ex. 11, 8. Deut. 11, 6. Judg. 4, 10. 15. 5, 15. 2 Sam. 15, 17. 1 K. 20, 10. 2 K. 3, 9. al. Comp. Gr. xaia nodag Tivog. b) 'b ba'nb , to be at the foot of any one, in his foot-steps, i. e. to follow any one, 1 Sam. 25, 42. Gen. 30, 30 Jehovah hath blessed thee in my foot-steps, has caused prosperity to follow me into thy dwell- ing. So of Cyrus, Is. 41, 2 =)nxnp'i p*!^ iba'^b prosperity encounters him (and fol- lows) in his footsteps ; unless perh. we render simply: at^ every step. Plur. 'b -^ba-^b id. Job 18, 11. Hab. 3, 5. Syr. 9 V^yi^ and ? U^'f^ at one's feet, after him. See also in lett. c. /5. c) n^'ban br iipoji or at the feet, e. g. ) '^'^'??'^ ^? '^^^ io stand upon one'^s feet Ez. 2V 1. Zech. 14, 12; also rb:n b5 D?.p 2 K. 13, 21. Comp. Dan. 7, 4. (i) bB3 'b "^ban b? to fall at the feet of any one, 1 Sam. 25. 24. 2 K. 4, 37. In the same sense, B "'ban "^ssb Esth. 8, 3, and EH Tjbj-ib sisrn Deut. 33. 3. d) B "^ban rnn wncicr one's feet, as an emblem of subjection, 2 Sam. 22, 30 Ps. 8, 7. 18, 39. 47, 4. e) C^ba^ j'^a between the feet Judg. 5^ 27. The phrase rban ViP see in "pa no. 4. c. Gen. 49, lO.^Deut" 28, 57. 55'n and ^T) Chald. m. the foot, opp. pti, Dan. 2, 33. Dual -fban fAe /ee/, spoken also of quadrupeds, Dan. 7, 4. Emphat. N^ba-i Dan. 2, 41. 42 ; c. sufT. 2, 33. 34. 7,' 7: ^5*"l m. (r. ban) a fuller; see in D'^baH , and ban "j-ir in \y_ no. 2. bb. *oy^ m. (r. ban) afoot-man, i. e. one on foot, only in a military sense, foot, foot- soldier, Ex. 12. 37. Num. 11,21. 1 Sam. 4, 10. 15, 4. 2 Sam. 10, 6. al. With tlj^\ added Judg. 20, 2. 1 Chr. 18, 4. 19, IS. G ^ 9 Plur. D-'ban Jer. 12,5. Arab. J^>-w Joi-| . id. Syr.^i^i. D'^b^h (fullers' place, r. ban) Rogelim, pr. n. of a town in Gilead, 2 Sam. 17, 27. 19,32. D5t^ 1 . to heap or pile up, to accu- mulate; Arab, j^ and aj^^ VIII to be accumulated, heaped up; kindr. with the biliteral roots Da, D3, D?, for which see under d^ia, D^r. Hence n^san heap, crowd. 2. Spec, to heap up stones upon any one, see fi^^nia ; hence to throw stones at anyone, to stone. Arab, jv^^s to heap up stones upon a grave ; also to cover with stones, to stone. Syr. >q.,^9 to stone. | Chald. tsan to cast stones, arrows, etc. Construed : a) With b? of pers. to stone to death, prob. so as to form a pile of stones over the dead body ; Ez. 23, 47 p5t DrT>b3J Ji^ani and they shall stone I V V V ~ -I 1 IT S "^ d:^^ 963 TD3*1 them luith stones, b) With 3 of pers. Lev. 24, 16 ; and with ",3i< added 1 K. 12, 18. c) With ace. of pers. Lev. 24. 14 ; often with -,3X3 added, Lev. 20, 2. 27. Ez. 16, 40, n-iSSHS Num. 14, 10, or 13X Lev. 24, 23. Josh.'?, 25. Hence 3. To throw or Zay an colours^ to bedaub any thing, i. e. to colour, to paint, kindr. with D^s^^ ; pr. from the idea of throwing, as we speak o^ throwing any thing upon paper, into writing, etc. comp. also Germ. Entwurf eketoh.. Hence '\0y))< a costly colour, purple. 4. From the signif of throwing comes also Chald. quadrilit. Qi'in pr. trajicere, to set one over a river ; and hence to translate from one language into an- other, to interpret. Deriv.oa^, n^aa^i, naaiia. ';iaa"ix,ca")tn. G 0?"^ (i. q. ^j friend sc. of God) Re- gem, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 47. Ujb'Q Djn (friend of the king) Regem- melech, pr. n. m. Zech. 7, 2. '^9?^ ^' ^ ^cap, then a throng, band, Ps. 68* 28. R. can . "|5t ^0 murmur, to rebel, kindr. with W'l , nnn , see in Ti'^ ; Part. Is. 29, 24. The kindred dialects have not this root. NiPH. id. with 3 of pers. Deut. 1, 27. Ps. 106, 25. ^5^ 1. pr. r. Targ. chiding, upbraiding. Jer. 31, 35. Job 26, 12 D^n riT inb3 by his power he maketh the sea afraid, parall. by his wisdom he smiteth through its pride. Comp. -ira Ps. 106, 9. Nah. 1, 4. 2. Intrans. to be afraid, terrified, to shrink together for fear ; hence to be still, quiet; comp. Eth. Z^ID to con- tract, to be coagulated as milk ; and for the sense comp. '33 , nxs , XS|5 . Job 7, 5 bxaiiT y^^ '^"113? Tny skin contracts i. e. shrivels (and cracks), and runs with mat- ter. Syr. to be contracted, of the skin. 3. i. q. Arab, ^s^ > to tremble, pr. to be terrified ; hence of the tremulous motion of the eye, to wink, see Hiph. no. 3. and sa'n . NiPH. i. q. Kal no. 2, to be quiet, to rest, of the sword Jer. 47, 6. Hiph. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cau^e to rest, to give quiet to a people, Jer. 31, 2. 50, 34. Also for to set, to found, to establish. Is. 51, 4 D^J33J nixb -"laBaJo ?">ii"ix /will set (establish firmly*) my law as a, light for the nations. 2. Intrans. to rest, to dwell quietly. Deut. 28, 65. Is. 34, 14. 3. to wink with the eyes, to give a wink, see Kal no. 3. Jer. 49, 19 ""3 sias'i'nx ri5^ii-ij< / will wink, I will cause him to run, i. e. at my wink he shall run. 50, 44. Prov. 12, 19 nj-'anx-is while 1 wink, i. e. for a moment ; opp. Ijb for ever. Deriv. Sil, sa^ , JJia-ia, nsa-na. ??'7 m.-adj. still, quiet, see r. ?5T Kal no. 2. Plur. constr. yi^. ''Vil Ps. 35, 20. ^5"^ m. (r. sa'i) in pause sa^n j plur. T : 1. a wink of the eye ; then a moment of time, comp. Germ. Augenblick, also momentum for movimentum. Is. 54, 7 VJJ5 ya-13 in a little moment. Ex. 33, 5. With Prepositions : a) ra'ns in a moment, suddenly, speedily. Job 21, 13. b) 55'^ *''i5 for a moment. Job 20, 5. c) ri"!S CLS in a moment, suddenly, un- expectedly. Num. 16, 21. 17, 10. Ps. 73, 19 ; y^"] i^S id. Lam. 4, 6. Stronger is ra"! 133723 for a little moment Is. 26, 20. Ezra 9, 8. d) Ace. ran, for a moment Is. 54, 8. Ps. 30, 6; in a moment, sud- denly, at once, Jer. 4, 20. Ps. 6, 11. Job 34, 20. e) Plur. D'^^a'ib in all moments, every momnt, Job 7, 18. Is. 27, 3. Ez. 26, 16. 32, 10. 2. one tim ; repeated, once again, like Chald. l^aT , Arab. oJ. . Jer. 18, 7 once (3?5']) / speak to a people 9 and again (3''?'7.'i) I speak to a people. See Chald. "j^T no. 2. * ^5^ kindr. with Q3S'i , to rage, to make a noise, tumult ; of nations Ps. 2, 1. In Targg. for Heb. SiTart, tlSsn .Hence TDii'n 964 5nn t)^} Chald. i.q. Heb. Haph. tti^a-^n , to run together with tumult, c. b? Dan. 6, 7. 12. 16. tO-n m. Ps. 55, 15, and mjn f. Ps. 64, 3, pr. ' a noisy crowd,' hence genr. a crowd, multitude. * ^!]^ pi*. to tread down or in pieces, to break in pieces by treading, kindr. with y:!^ , ^s , comp. n-in . Ps. 144, 2 'nnn ^5 nnnn u?Ao treadeth down the naiions under me ; "^235 for D'^535 which is read in many Mss. Sept. languidly: vnotuaaojv rhv Xaov fiov, and so Vulg. Pesh. qui subdidit, j nS4>. Targ. re- tains ^n'l^ .Is. 45, i fi^is rjfib Tnb s. 1 . to tread, to trample down or in pieces, to break in pieces by treading ; Arab. ^4>N I, IV, id. E. g. the wine-press, i. e. the grapes in it, with ace. impl. Joel 4, 13 [3. 13]; with 2, Ps. 49, 15 n'-^yci'^ C3 !|^'n7 the upright shall tread upon (over) them, i. e. walk upon their graves. Is. 14, 6 ff^ia Cisa nn'n tramp- ling down in anger the nations. 2. to tfead, i. e. to walk, to go ; Syr. ]?9 id. l-lji a gomg, journey. So Jer. 5^ 31 the prophets prophesy falsely, D'^snbni Dri">n'^ ^? ''"^*!'? aw^ ll^ priests walk at their side, i. e. are their companions and lielpers, see in :?^2f no. 2. a. Targ. well V^^T. ^? V^^^'r they help at their side. Othens : they bear rule, as in no. 3. Of fire, to run or pass through, c. ace. Lam. 1. 13 God hath sent Jire into my bones, MS^.^i'l and it runneth through them all. Syr. |?9 of fire. Bar. Heb. 216. 3. to have dominion, to rule, to bear rule, c. 2 over any one, Gen. 1, 26. 28. Lev. 25. 43. 46. 1 K. 5, 4. 30. Is. 14, 2. Ez. 29, 15. al. With ace. id. Lev. 25, 53. Ez. 34, 4. Ps. 68, 28 ; absol. Num. 24, 19. Ps. 72, 8. 110, 2. Sept. nv^uvm, ugxoa, etc. Chald. id. but rare. 4. From the idea of breaking comei the sense to break off, to tear off] and so to take out or away, as honey from a hive. So in the vexed passage Judg. 14, 9 l-iBS-bx sm-n^-^l and he broke it off (tore or took it out) in his hands but he told them not m^ n'^^i to t:nn 966 nni * tiln^ obsol. root, Aram. :3n*i, ^015, i, q. y^"^ , to run, tojlow, as water ; comp. under lett. n . Hence the two follow- ing. t2n*l m. plur. B'^^^'^ 1. watering- (roughs, Gen. 30, 38.' 41. Ex. 2, 16. Chald. &<*"Jnn, Syr. Qaih ii mul- titude. y^ Chald. (for 1^^^ , r. nfij-n) aspect,form, Dan. 2, 31. 3, 25. ' 31*^ , see art. s'"i . l^n i. q. a*''! , io contend, to quarrel. Traces of a root with mid. Vav are found in the pr. names bss"!"! , f^^2"i"J ; also in Cheth. mnn Prov. 3,^30. * 1^"1 i. q. Arab. Su, to wander about, to ramble, spec, of animals which have broken loose ; Conj. Ill, IV. to inquire after, to seek, sc. by running up and down ; to desire, to wish. Hence trop. of a people who have as it were broken loose from God's yoke and run wildly about, Jer. 2, 31. Hos. 12, 1 [11, 12] b&;-n5) ^-n ^i^ rriiin-j Judah yet runs wild towards God. Hi PH. fut. ^-^Tr , i. q- Kal, Gen. 27, 40 n-tNn: hv^ i^s inp^h^ i^nn nms iT^m and it shall be, when thou shall rove at large, that thou shall break his yoke from off thy neck. Of one driven hither and thither by cares and anxiety, Ps. 55, 3 iniba T^'ix / wander about in my complaining. Deriv, "ina , and pr. n. "i^i'nj* . * ^y^ io dHnk to the full, to be sated with drink, drenched, as 52b to be sated with food ; once with fatness, wliich is sucked or drunk in rather than eaten, Ps. 36, 9. With "i^ of thing Ps. 36, 9. Jer. 46, 10; see Hiph. Poetically of ihe sword as drinking up blood Jer. 1. c. also of persons sated with forbidden ple?iRures. Prov. 7, 18. Arab. j^.T, Eth. ^(D'P to be sated with drink, to be wa- tered. Aram. Kl'l , \oS , stronger, to be drunken; see Piel no. 1. b. PiEL 1. to satiate, to drench oneself; hence i. q. Kal, but intens. a) to be fully sated, drenched, i. e. wet, soaked, of the earth, c. ya Is. 34, 7. b) to be drunk, poet, of the sword. Is. 34, 5 ; comp. Syr. 2. Causat. to make drink in, to water, e.g. fields Ps. 65, 11; c. dupl. ace. Is. 16, 9 '^nSO'n T^.;!;;!^ / will water thee with my tears ; the form TJ^^'^X being by transpos. for '^^5'^?$, see Lehrg. p. 143. Also to satiate any one. e. g. with fat- ness, c. dupl. ace. Jer. 31, 14; spoken of conjugal desire Prov. 5, 19. Hiph. to give to drink, to water, Jer. 31,25; afield Jer. 55, 10; todrenchLnm. 3, 15. Aho to satiate J er.^l, 25; with Wit- ness Is. 43, 24, comp. Ps. 36, 9. Jer. 31, 14. Deriv. n^J'l, '^'l, and nil m. adj. fem. n'^'i, sated with drink, Deut. 29, 18 ; well ioatered, of a garden, Is. 58, 11. Jer. 31, 12. R. ni^i. njni"1, see in T\vrr\, * T^"l obsol. root, prob. to hide, to con- ceal J Syr. Y\h to make secret; Aph. W'y] to hide counsel. Hence Chald. fn. ^'^^^ fut. n^'^'^, to breathe, kindr. with n^n ; to breathe freely, by which the breast is enlarged, dilated, refreshed (see Is. 60^ 5) ; hence intrans. to be large, ample, spacious. Impers. "^b n}"n it is enlarged to me, I have room to breathe, / am refreshed, 1 Sam. 16, 23. Job 32, 20. 0pp. 'b ^:^. Chald. m'l, Syr. wi09, id. PuAL part. ^5'^^ aired, airy, spaciotis^ Jer. 22, 14. Deriv. nnj^ and ni'l m. 1. enlargement, relief] sc. from straits Esth. 4. 14. nn 967 ni-i 55. space, width, Gen. 32, 17. Arab. *j" in Kal not used, to breathe, to blow, espec. through the nostrils. The word is onomatopoetic, like the kindr. niQ to blow with the mouth, and W3 to breathe, to respire. Arab. _|* the wind blows; IV, to rest, to be quiet, pr. to take breath. HiPH. n-i'ipi, fut. n'i'i;;, conv. rrn^i, to smell, by snuffing or breathing the air in and out through the nostrils; Arab. _ir I, IV, X, to perceive a thing by the Rinell ; II, to make odorous ; Syr. .m^) to smell. Comp. Germ, riechen to smell, also Ranch smoke. With ace. Gen. 8, 21. 27, 27. 1 Sam. 26, 19; absol. Ps. 115, 6. Deut. 4, 28. Metaph. to perceive by the smell, e. g. fire brought near Judg. 16, 9; to scent, to snuff, as a horse the coming battle, prob. owing in fact to acuteness of smell, Job 39, 25. With 3 to smell at any thing i. e. with plea- sure, to enjoy the odour of Rny thing, Ex. 30, 38. Lev. 26, 31. Hence genr. to enjoy, to delight in, Am. 5, 21. Is. 11, 3 'I PXi-^a in-i-in his delight shall be in tJie fear of the Lord. The signification o^ sioeet odour is often transferred to any thing which delights, pleases; see under tt5j<2, cT!;3, nn-'a. Deriv. n*"!, pr. n. in'^n'j; and espe- cially ni-1 f rarely m. Ex. 10, 13. Ps.51, 12. Job 4, 15. al. Plur. ninn, nin-i Jer. 49, 36. 1. breath, a breathing, blowing, i. e. a) breath of the nostrils, a snuffing, snorting, Job 4, 9. Ps. 18. 16. Hence anger ((-omp. Cjx from w|35< to breathe) Judg. S, 3. Is. 25, 4. 30, 28. Zech. 6, 8. Provr. 16. 32. 29, 11 ; also pride Ps. 76, 13. b) breath of the mouth, fully na nil Ps. 33, 6, here spoken of the creative word of God ; a^^nsb nn Is. 11,4. n-^ttJn tv^'^ to draw breath, to take breath. Job 9, 18. Often of the vital breath, breath of life, fully Q"'*n nn Gen. 6, 17. 7, 15. 22 ; comp. in no. 2. As an emblem of any thing transient, like the synon. bnn , Job 7, 7. Ps. 78, 39. c) breath* of' air, air in motion, i. e. a) Lat. aer, aura, a breath of air, a slight breeze. Job 4, 15. 28, 25. 41, 8 [16]. qsttj n^n to snuff tip the breeze Jer. 2, 24. 14, 6. DT>ri TOi the breeze of the day, i. e. the evening, when the cool breeze springs up. Gen. 3, 8, comp. Cant. 2, 17. 4, 6. Plin. H. N. 2. 47 'sub crepusculo com- motior aura spirare solet.' Sept. to 5ft- Xlvov. Arab. .L to do at evening. /?) Oftener wind, i. e. a strong wind. Gen. 8, 1. Is. 7, 2. 17, 13. Ps. 1, 4. 18, 43. 35, 5. Job 21, 18. al. ssep. Also a tempest, hurricane, Job 1, 19. 30, 15. Is. 27, 8. Jon. 1, 4. 1 K. 19, 11. The air was sup- posed to be put in motion by the breath of God, see Ex. 15, 8. Job 15, 30; hence the wind is also called nin"^ nn the breath, blast, wind of Jehovah, Is. 40, 7. Hos. 13, 15. (Not Gen. 1, 2, see no. 4.) Poet, the wind is said to have wings, Ps. 18, 11. 104, 3. Hos. 4, 19. Comp. Ovid. Met. 1. 264. Further, nil , wind, is also put : aa) For a side or quarter of the hea- vens, e. g. D"^"!!? nil the ea^^tern quar- ter, the east, Ez. 42, 10; comp. 17. 18. 19. ninm ~2")X the four winds or quar- ters of the heavens Ez. 37, 9. 42. 20. I Chr. 9, 24. Zech. 2, 10. bb) For any thing empty, vain. Is. 26, 18. 41, 29. Mic. 2, 11. nn ^*ar[ vain words Job 16, 3. rvn rrn vain know- ledge 15, 2. nn (nirn) "li-'Sn vain de- sire, see nl5n, ")'i"'?'i. So to sow the wind Hos. 8, 7 ; to inherit the wind Prov. 11,29; n lib /or wind, for nought, in vain, Ecc. 5, 15. Jer. 5, 13. Job 6, 2Q.mere wind arc the words of one d-espcrate ! comp. Gr. uq uiqa laXtlv 1 Cor. 14. 9. Trop. a wind or tempest is put for an in- vading army. Jer. 4, 11. 12. comp. v. 10. 13. 2. i. q. dSD no. 2, ^JVxrl, anima, i. e. the vital breath, spirit, life, the principle of life as embodied and manifested in the breath of the mouth and nostrils, see in no. 1. b ; spoken both of men and beasts, Ecc. 3, 19. 21. 8, 8. 12, 7. Job 12, 10. ia nn "px there was no breath in him, spoken of the dead, Ez. 37, 8 ; also of things, as idols, Jer. 10, 14. 51, 17. Hab. 2, 19 ; metaph. of one overcome with surprise and astonishment, IK. 10, C\ comp. Ez. 2, 2. 3, 24. Hence is said nn 968 nin inn i^n the life of my spirit^ i. e. my life, Is'.' 38, 16 ; '^nii-i nn-jn Gen. 45, 27 and TiJi-i nnd my spmY, /^e, revives^ re- turns, Judg.']5, 19. 1 Sam. 30. 12, i. e. to revive, to be refreshed. Job 6, 4 arrows, the poison of which drinketh up my life. 10, 12. 17, 1. Ps. 31, 6. Poet. ^i^QX nin the breath of our nostrils i. e. our life, meton. for an object dear as life, Lam. 4, 20. Once the human spirit or life is called al.3o fnibij Xyn Job 27, 3, as being breathed into man from God and again returning to God, Gen. 2, 7. Ecc. 12, 7. Ps. 104, 29 ; so too in Gen. 6, 3, for which see in r. "(i"n. Twice in the description of prophetic visions the term spirit, life, is used of a certain divine and miracu- lous power, by which things otherwise inanimate are animated and moved, Ez. 10, 17. Zech. 5, 9. 3. i. q. aJE3 no. 3, animus, the rational soul, mind, spirit. a) As the seat of the affections, emo- tions, and passions of various kinds. Pro v. 25, 28 one not ruling inn his own spirit i.e. his passions, affections. 29.11. Gen. 41, 8 his mind was agitated, trimbled. Job 19, 17. To it are then attributed patience nil Tp.l< Ecc. 7, 8, impatience, nil ">^'p q. V. pride ni"i nah q. v. quiet- ness, lowliness of mind see i|5 and beVj ; grief of mind Gen. 26, 35. Ps. 34, 19." ' b) In reference to the disposition, the mode o^ feeling and acting ; in which sense one is said to h^-ve frmness of mind, a firm spirit Ps. 51, 12; a manly spirit Prov. 18, 14 ; a new and better spirit Ez. 11, 19. 18, 31. etc. Sometimes also of a spirit or disposition common to many, as t3'i2n3T ni^i the spirit of whore- dom Hos. 4, 12 ^D"^^^!? ni"i Is. 19, 14; ^'^T]}^! ^1^ 29, 10 ; ns3p? nn Num. 5, 14, etc. and such a spirit is said to be pour- ed out on men from on high, to be im- parted to them from God, comp. Is. 11,2. 32, 15. Ez. 36, 26. 27. Similar is Is. 28, 6 Jehovah will be "^wh aBOjTa ninb I3Q'r^n"b?/or a spirit of justice to those who sit for judgment, i. e. he will fill all judges with a spirit of justice. 1 K. 22, 22. c) Of will, counsel, purpose ; Ez. 1, 12 whither the mind ( pu rpose ) loas to go, they went. Hence 'b n^-nx -i"^s;n (o stir up the mind, spirit, purpose if any one to any thing, 1 Chr. 5, 26. 2 Chr. 21, 16. 36,22. Ezra 1, 1 ; and in a sense nearly similar nn 13 "|n3 to suggest a purpose to any one, to inspire him with it, 2 K. 19, 7. Is. 37,7. irNini-i n2'i_3 "irx whose mi7ul{w']\\) impels him Ex. 35, 21, whence f^^'^ns nil Ps. 51, 14. Soni-i bs nbr i. q. nb br nbs to come up into the mind, e. g. a purpose. Ez. 20, 32. 1 Chr. 28, 12 the pattern of all 1S5 nma n%^ -irx that he had in his mind, which he purposed to make. d) More rarely of the understanding intellect, n732n '-i Ex. 28, 3. Deut. 34.9. Is. 11, 2; alsi Is. 29, 24. 40, 13. Absol. nil aa) spirit, courage, Num. 27, 18. Josh. 2, 11. 5, 1. Hab. 1, 11. bb) spirit, genius, by which man is as it were inspired to be wise, eloquent, etc. Job 20, 3. 32, 8. 18. Is. 19, 3. 4. c^bxH ni-i, nin-j ni-i, the Spirit of GofJ, of Jehovah ; poet, bx ni") Job 33, 4, nibx 'i Job 27, 3 ; rarely uinp n^ the Holy Spirit of God, and then always c. suff. r,ain;3 nii Ps. 51, 13. Is. 63, 10. 11 ; also xttT i^oxijv ni"! Hos. 9, 7 ; llu; divine Spirit or power, which like the wind and the breath cannot be seen, but which pervades the universe, Ps. 139,7 sq. animates and fills it with life. Gen. 1. 2. Job 26, 13. 27, 3. 33, 4. Ps. 104. 29. 30; through which God governs and pro- tects the world and also mankind, Is. 40. 13. 63, 14. Neh. 9, 20 ; and invites to a life of virtue and holiness, Ps. 51, 13. 14. 143, 10. Especially the O. T. refers to this divine Spirit all extraordinary gifts and powers of mind, as of the artificer Ex. 31, 3. 35, 31 ; of the prophet Num. 24. 2. 1 Sam. 10, 6. 10. Is. 42, 1. 61, 1. Mic. 3, , 8. al. whence nmn d-'X the prophet Hos. I 9, 7; of the interpreter of dreams Gen. " 41, 38; of warlike valour in a chief Judg. 3, 10. 6, 34. 11, 29. 13, 25 ; also of 3 royal virtues Is. 11, 2 sq. This same j spirit is given to some and taken away ,' from others, 1 Sam. 16, 13. 14; is trans- ferred from one to another Num. 11, 17. 2 K. 2, 15; but in the glorious reign of the Messiah will be poured out upon all men, Joel 3, 1. Is. 59, 21. Spoken also of an et'il spirit from God, which entered Saul and made him mo- rose and furious, 1 Sam. 16, 14. 15. 16. 23. 18, 10 ; also an unclean spirit, false nin 969 nn and deceitful, which inspired false pro- phets, Zech. 13, 2, comp. 1 K. 22, 21 sq. Sometimes it is put in antith. with itD3 jicsh, Is. 31, 3. Zech. 4, 6. Gen. 6, 3 1 see -iba no. 2. H^"^ Chald. i. q. Heb. 1. wind^ Dein. 2, 35. Plur. constr. Dan. 7, 2. 2. spirit, mind, animus, Dan. 5, 20. 7, 15. 3. a 5jDm7 from God in man, Dan. 4, 5. G. 15. 5, 12. 14. 6, 4. ^ nnin f (r. nn-n) a breathing, Lara. 3, 56 ; a breathing-time, respite, Ex. 8, 11 [15]. ^^^"^ f. abundant drink, abundance^ Ps. 23,'5. 66, 12. R. mn. *D^") fut. Dfii;;, apoc. dS^, con v. D-n^T , once Dn^;: Ex. 16, 20. Part. tr\ Kee after Kal. 1. to lift up oneself, to rise, to be lifted or raised up ; Chald. id. Syr. Aph. to sustain. Samar.ii'^ to be high. Kindr. roots are MT , nnx, onn, 0-15. A trace of transitive power seems to exist in the pr. n. S'^in'j ' whom Jehovah sus- tains.' Spoken of persons and things ; e. g. of Noah's ark Gen. 7, 17 ; the glory- in the sanctuary Ez. 10, 4. Hence to rise up, to arise, Is. 30, 18 see in nan Piel (where others less well : to be afar off). Trop. of prosperity, e. g. a city Prov. 11, 11 ; once i. q. to groic. of worms Ex. 16, 20. Metaph. a) nb on the heart is lifted up, is elated with pride, Deut. 8, 14. 17, 20. al. D-^a-^r !i73n the eyes are lifted up, lofty, from pride Prov. 30, 13. Ps. 131, 1. b) ^0 ea:alt oneself to show oneself powerful, Ps. 21, 14. 57, 6; with bs to triumph over any one Ps. 13, 3. c) to extol oneself i. e.to glory, to boast, in a good sense, Ps. 89, 17. 2. to be raised up, to be made high ; e. g. of a highway that is cast up, Is. 49, 11 (comp. bbo, fibpTs). Metaph. to be extolled with praises Ps. 18, 47; also to be exalted in power, might, dignity, to become pawerfd, Ps. 140, 9. Num. 24, 7. Is. 52. 13; ascribed to the hand Deut. 32, 27. Ps. 89, 14; to the head Ps. 27,6; to the horn 1 Sam. 2, 1. Ps. 89, 18. 25. 1 12, 9 ; comp. in y^p, . 3. to be high, lofty, Job 22, 12. Me- tapli. of those conspicuous in power and glory, to be high, exalted, Ps. 46, 11. Mic. 5, 8. Part. Dh , f. n^'n 1. lifted up, high, e. g. of the threatening hand of Grod Is. 26, 11. n^'n T13 with uplifted hand, i. e. openly, proudly, with defiance, Ex. 14, 8. Num. 33, 3; comp. 15, 30 and 5i-iT n-i Job 38, 15. 2. high, lofty, e. g. a mountain, tree, Deut. 12, 2. Is. 2, 13. 14. Ez. 6, 13. 17, 22. 20, 28. 34, 6; a seat, throne Is. 6, 1 ; a mountain Ez. 20, 28, etc. Of men of stature, tall, Deut. 1, 28. 2, 10. 21. 9, 2; comp. Is. 10, 33. Of God as dwelling on high Ps. 113, 4. 138, 6. Plur. D^an the heights of heaven Job 21, 22. Ps. 78^ 69. Metaph. a) a high i. e. loud voice Deut. 27, 14. b) powerful, mighty, whence Jia'i ^^ mighty fiand Deut. 32, 27. c) rvii-n Vr? lofty eyes, i. e. proud looks Ps. 18, 28. Prov. 6, 17. d) high i. e. difficult to comprehend Prov. 24, 7, where it is written in the Arabic manner m'ax"n q. v. Comp. ^3'^ . NiPH. see under r. n"> . - T PiL. DTsi"! t^lift up, to raise, to make high, Ps. 107, 25 ; hence to build a house Ezra 9, 9 ; to make grow e. g. a plant with water Ez. 31, 4; to bring up chil- dren. Is. 1, 2. 23, 4. Metaph. a) to set one on high, i. e. in a high and secure place, to place in safety (see S'^abrj) Ps. 27, 5 ; c. ^o 18, 49. 9, 14. b) to' lift up, to exalt, e. g. in honour and prosperity, 1 Sam. 2, 7. Ps. 37, 34. Prov. 14, 34. Job 17, 4. c) to exalt with praises, to extol, to celebrate, Ps. 30, 2. 34, 4. 99, 5. 9. 107, 32. 145, 1. Is. 25, 1. al. PoLAL D?3i"i to be exalted in honour, power, Ps. 75, 11. Part. nw-Q exalted, glorious, Neh. 9, 5. HiPH. C'ltn , fut. n"^"!^ , apoc. n';);|' , conv. D"!^1 ; inf D'^njrj ; imp. D'ln , also r^b nnn Milel 2 K. 6, 7.' 1. Causat. of Kal: a) to make high, e. g. a throne Is. 14, 13 ; a nest Job 39, 27. Trop. of pers. to exalt any one, opp. b'^Eirn, Ps. 75, 8; espec. from a low condition to honour and prosperity, c. )-Q 1 K. 14, 7. 16, 2. Ps. 89, 20; comp. 1 Sam. 2, 8. Ps. 113, 7. In a like sense, to lift up the head of any one Ps. 3, 4 ; the right hand Ps. 89, 43 ; the horn of any one, i. e. to increase his strength and power, 1 Sam. 2, 10. Ps. 89. IS Cheth. Ps. 92, 11. 148, 14. But i3^;5 D^nn to lift lip one's own horn, i. q. to be proud. D1-1 970 :pn insolent, Pb. 75, 6. b) to set up, to erect, a monument Gen. 31, 45 ; a Btandard I. 49. 22. 62, 10. 2. to lift up, to raise up, e. g. any thing from the ground 2 K. 2, 13 ; a rod or staff Ex. 14, 16. Is. 10, 15; also with a of the rod Ex. 7, 20, comp. Heb. Gr. 135. 1. n. 3. Spec, a) to lift up the hand or right hand, Ex. 17, 11. Num. 20, 11 J in an oath, with ^^ ^ Gen. 14, 22. Dan. 12, 7; or to do violence, c. a 1 K. 1 1, 26. 27. Comp. -n Kto in r. lltoJ no. 1. a. h) to lift up the feet, i. e. to go, Ps. 74, 3. But to lift up one^s hand or foot, i. q. to move, to do any thing, Gen. 4 1 , 44. c) to lift up the face to any one, i. e. to look upon him unabashed, c. Vk Ezra 9, 6. Also to lift up the head, spoken of one who recovers strength and spirit after quenching his thirst, Ps. 110, 7. d) hip B-'nri to lift up the voice or cry, to cry out. Gen. 39, 15. 18. Is. 40, 9. 58, 1 ; with nj^-^na added to shout aloud, Ezra 3, 12. Ez. 21, 27; c. b to any one Is. 13, 2. Job 38, 34 ; c. by against 2 K. 19, 22. Is. 37, 23. So also of a trumpet, 2 Chr. 5, 13 hip O'nna Pli3S3cn2 when they lifted up a voice with trumpets, 1. e. when they sounded the trumpets; also elliptically "j'^p B*nn to lift up, the horn or trumpet, in tin* same sense, 1 Chr. 25, 5. Also bipa z'^'^n \ Chr. 15, 16 ; comp. in lett. n. e) lo raise a tax or tribute, to levy, Num. 31, 28. 3. to take up and put before any one, e. g. food upon a table, 1 Sara. 9, 24. Hence to offer, to present, e. g. gifts to God, to the temple or the priesU, Ex. 35, 24. Num. 15, 19 sq. 18, 29. 31, 52. Ezra 8. 25. Ez. 45, I. 13 ; distributions of flesh to the people 2 Chr. 30, 24. 35, 7. 8. 9. Prov. 14, 29 one hasty in spirit sets forth fi is folly, presents it to public notice. 4. to take up and away, e. g. a stone Josh. 4, 5. Is. 57. 14 c. X2 . With dat, -b c-^n take it up to thyself 2 K. 6, 7. rrop. Prov, 3, 35 "pbp s-'-n: cb-'OS fools take up and bear shame. Hence simpl. to take, Lev. 2. 9. 4, 8. 6. 8. Num. 17, 2. 18, 30. 32 ; of a crown, to take away, (0 remove, Ez. 21, 31. Dan. 8, 11 Cheth. HoPH. DH^n pass, of Hiph. no. 3, Ex. 29, 27 ; pass, of no. 4, Lev. 4. 10. Dan. a 11 Keri. HiTBPAL. to lift up oneself, to rise up, Is. 33, 10 BC-hK for BBiiriJ. AIm lo lift up oneself in pride and insolence. Dan. 11,36. Deriv. on rw'S''^, pre- o'i'.a. rre^ipi, n*r^-in, and ihc yr. names c*!, nr'n, ttcj, 233 r-na*^. on Chald. id. PrL puss. t-i to >' lifted up, of the heart Dan. S, 20. Pal. cs*i") to exalt with praises, to extol, to celebrate, Dan. 4, 34. Pass, to lift up oneself to rise up, c. b9 against any one Dan. 5, 23. A PH. to lift tip, to exalt to honours Dan. 5, 19. im m. 1. height, elevation, Prov. 25 3. 2. elation of mind, pride ; O^pj r "i Prov. 21, 4. Is. 10, 12; ai S Jer. 4R -9 also simpl. on Is. 2, 11. 17. tsn Chald. m. height, Dan. 3 Ezra 6, 3. 0T1 m. i. q. cri, height, elevation g hence arc. as adv. on high Hah. 3, 10. nrpTl (lofty, r. on) Rumah, pr. n. cf a place 2 K. 23, 36. Perh.i.q.m^n^q. v. rnjtl f. (r. on) elevation, adv. with uplifted head, elatedly, haughtily. Mic 2,3. Oyn m. (r. on) exaltation, praise, Ps. 66, 17. Pluf. conetr. r-TS*:--* Pj.. 149, 6. rrflSflpn r (r. W) pr. ini. I'll, aiur the Syriac form, a lifting^ up, c sufl*. r^oon Is. 33, 3. *'J'J^ Arab. ^^\\ imd. Ye, to over- come, to get the upper hand, c. ,jLft; perhaps kindr. with en. In Kal not used, since ftit. ^n^ Prov. 29, 6 belongs toT?*:. HiTHPAu Ps. 78, 65 ro gtinp ^iaaa as a mighty man overcome with wine. i. e. as Vulg. crapulatus a vino. Comp. the Arabic phrase j-^\ auJL tf oJK wine overcame him. i. e. he became drunk. * ?.^^- i. q. y?"^ 1. Pr. to make a 'oud noise, see Hiph. Arab. l,^ id. 2. to be evil, see Niplf. Note. The form* of Kal r? , ?*-i . 7^': and of Hiph. ?^n , y^n , which are com- C11-1 971 r*Ti nly referred to this root, belong to the rh yjn ; see Ewald'a Krit. Gr. p. 472. : fut. ?i->: I. to suffer evil, to j" ill, Prov. 11, 15. Here the noun ~ is intensive, in tha manner of an in- ...1. absol. 2. to become evil, to be made iror, (opp. to become wise,) Prov. 13, 20. HiPH. ?^, plur. once ^T^n 1 Sam. 17. 20. pr. to make a loud noise; hence 1. to cry with a loud voice, to shout. Josh. 6, 2r ; c. b? Job 30, 5. Spec, a) to shout for joy, in triumph, etc. JudjE^. 15, 14. 1 Sam. 4, 5. 10. 24 ; in jubilee Zech. 9, 9. Is. 44, 23. Zeph. 3, 14. Job 38, 7 ; c. bs oivr a vanquished enemy Ps. 41, 12 ; with dat in honour of any one Ps. 47,2. 95,2. 98,4. 100, 1. b) Of warlike shouts, outcries (nsnri), Josh. 6, 16. 1 Sam. 17, 20. 2 Chr'. 13, 15. Is. 42, 13 ; c ^9 against any one Jer. 50, 15. c) More rarely of a mourning cry, Mic. 4, 9. Is. 15, 4. Hos. 5, 8. 2. to sound a trumpet, Num. 10, 9 mxin^ nnSy^n sound ye with trum- j)ets. Joel 2, 1. Spec, to sound an alarm, tie. by blowing loud and long upon the trumpets, as a notice for breaking up an encampment, Num. 10,7, i.q. W^n ?;5n 10. 5. 6 ; different from 5j?n, which sig- nifies to blow a trumpet (once) in order to convoke an assembly. Comp. b^i^ no. 1. PoLAL fut. yy^l 1o be shouted joyfully Is. 16, 10. HiTHPAL. J^?'"ryi to shout for joy Ps. 60, 10. 65, 14. 108, 10. The same form is found from the verb 55*1 q. v. Deriv. r-l, .wnn. t)^ ' not used in Kal, Engl, to rub, Germ, reiben, i. e. to rub or pound in pieces ; hence mc^^ , also PiB^in q. v. PoLAL C]Bi"i to be moved as by a stroke or blow, to feel a concussion, to be shaken Job 26, 11. *Y^*^ fut. y^-i^, conv. ynjl; also n:i^T\ Prov. 23, 26 Cheth. to run, Eth. /^(D./t , Aram. an"i , y^ath , id. see under the lett. n. Fut. once c. suff. oatnx trans. Jer. 50, 44 Cheth. see in Hiph.' See also note at the end of the article. Spoken of men Num. 11,27. l^am.20,36. 2Snm.l8, 19. 23. Prov. 4, 12. al. seep. Of horses Joel 2; 4. Am. 6, 12 ; of locusts Joel 2, ) 9. Witli 5X of pers. Gen. 18, 7. 24, 2a Is. 55, 5, and of place Gen. 24, 20 ; nx-njjb Gen. 18, 2. 24, 17. 33, 4. 2 K. 4, 26 ;* "nnx 2 K. 5, 20 ; b , as snb '-> to run to evil U, 59, 7. Prov. 1, 16 ;' rfij with, i. e. in a race Jer. 12, 5. With ace. of place ichither 1 Sam. 20, 6 ; ace. of way Ps. 19, 6. Trop. Jer. 23, 21 / have not sent these prophets, yet they run, i. e. with a false zeal they act as prophets. Ps. 1 19, 32 I will run the way of thy com- mandments, will studiously walk in them. Hab. 2,2 so that the reader may run, i. e. may read currently, fluently. Spoken of things, Ps. 147, 15. Spec. a) to run or rush upon any one, in a hostile sense, witli bx and b? Job 15, 26. 16, 14 ; ace. Ps. 18, 30. b) With a to run to any one, for refuge Prov. 18, 10. Part, y^ a runner, courier, Jer. 51, 31. Job 9, 25. Plur. n"3tn and ",-xn 2 K. 11, 13, runners, couriers, i. e. a) The servants who ran before the chariot of a prince, q. d. running footmen, 2 Sam. 15, 1. 1 K. 1, 5. So Lat cursores Suet. Nor. 30. b) The body-guard and royal messengers of the Hebrews in the time of Saul, 1 Sam. 22, J7 ; and of the kings after David 2 K. 10, 25. 11, 6 sq. 2 Chr. 12, 10. 11. 23, 12. 30,6. 10. Prob. the same who under David are called "^nbli q. v. Comp. 1 K. 1, 5. 14, 27. 2 Sam.*15, 1. c) The mounted couriers of the Persians, who carried the royal edicts to the pro- vinces, Esth. 3, 13. 15. 8, 14. NiPH. Vi"^?, see r. 'j'X'n. PiL. )^2tn i. q. Kal, to run, e. g. a chariot Nah. 2, 5. HiPH. fut. Y'^'^l , imp. ynn , to cause to run up, Jer. 49, 19 ; hence to lead up hastily, to bring quickly, Gen. 41. 14. 1 Sam, 17, 17; to let make haste, Ps. 68, 32 o-^nbxb T^n^ y^'\n SJas Ethiopia shall let her hands make haste unto God, i. e. shall hasten to stretch them forth unto him in adoration or with oblations. With bso to cause to run away from ; Jer. 50, 44 Keri / will make them flee away from her, i. e. the Babylonians from Babylon. Chethib : D^nix in Kal. Deriv. I'iia, nssino. Note. Several forms of the verb yn, as fut. I'si-i^j , Niph. ]'i-i3 , and the noun njtnna no. 2, have their signification from the verb yi^ , q. v. p^n 972 Tn * P^^ in Kal not used, pr. io pour itself out, to be poured out, also to he emptied; whence p'^'^ and p'^T empty, q. V. It seems to be kindred with the verbs pjsn , p'l;;', Gr. sQEiyofiui, which the poets use of rivers emptying them- selves, Lat. ructo, enicto. HiPH. p^yi, fut. p"i*i; , conv. p';5^5. 1. to pour out, c. ace. Ps. 18, 43. Ecc. 11, 3. Zech. 4, 12. Mai. 3, 10. Chald. and Samar. p'l'^K , Arab. ^xM , id. Trop. for: a) to draw out the sword, i. e. to draw and use the sword, Ex. 15, 9. Lev. 26, 33. Ez. 5, 2. 12. 12, 14 ; the spear Ps. 35, 3. b) to draw out, to lead out, as troops to war Gen. 14, 14. For the Heb. p'n^l the Cod. Samar. here has pT^l (P'7.'J]) to muster, from the Aram, root p^l, and the same is expressed by the Sept. and Vulg. .2. io empty, as vessels, sacks, Gen. 42, 35. Jer. 48, 12. Hab. 1, 17. Also, to leave empty, trop. Is. 32, 6; comp. uiBi no. 2. par. 2. HoPH. pass. ofHiph. no. 1, Jer. 48,11. Cant. 1, 3 TiTStt) p'nnn "(O-d ointment is poured out even thy name, or, as oint- ment is thy name poured forth, the sense in both cases being the same : Thy name diffuses fragrance (comp. nit32, CX3), i. e. is grateful and acceptable to all. In the former construction, "jp is here coupled with a feminine ; and in the latter, Dt^ . The latter is to be preferred. Deriv. p'^'i , p'^n (p'n), ciJ-i-n . ^^ ' to spit out, with ace. to emit saliva or any like fluid, to run with; so of the privy member Lev. 15, 3. Arab. ^s saliva of infants, JK mid. Ye to spit, to pule, as an infant. Chald. Syr. Ti'n, ]f-b, saliva. Deriv. W. TiJT^ poppy, see in 'iilii no. 5. *Wl to be poor, to suffer want; the same as TT'nis Niph. of bn^ q. v. to be dispossessed, to come to poverty. Prset. once !ii2:n Ps. 34, 11. Part, t^ poor, needy,, Prov. 14, 20. 18, 23. 19, 1. 7. 22. 29, 13. Ps. 82, 3. 1 Sam. 18, 23; fully ITN-n 2 Sam. 12, 1. 4. Prov. 10, 4. Plur. D-^t^ Prov. 22, 7 ; n^dx-n 13, 23. Pol. b\ri-i, see in dc-i. HiTHPAL. to feig-n oneself poor, part. ttJTSi-ina Prov. 13, 7. Deriv. ttJ-'n, ti'^'n, cx-n. n^'^ (i. q. n!;5'i female friend, in Pe- shito Za:^j , r. ns'n) Ruth, pp. n. of a fe- male among the ancestry of David, whose history is given in the book which bears her name. n Chald. m. emphat. n, ni'), a se- cret, Dan. 2, 18. 19. 30. 4V; plur. r!"?, emph. 6<^n 2, 29. 47. Syr. |]5f a secret. R. T1-1. *Tn pr, to make thin and lean; hence to make waste away, to consume^ % to destroy ^ Zeph. 2, 11. Arab. |v^ and ^\x to diminish any thing. The pri- mary idea perh. is that of abrading ; see ^V) > T'n > and Niph. Niph. to become lean, to waste away^ Is. 17, 4. Deriv. '^n,'j'inl, and m. adj. lean, in flesh Ez. 34, 20 of the soil Num. 13, 20. I. pTl m. (r. nn) leanness, and then consumption, pining. Is. 10, 16. Ps. 106 15. Mic. 6, 10 "pTn-rB^N a lean ephah i. e. scanty measure, too small. IL 'jIT'n m. (r. in) i. q. in, a prince, Prov. 14, 28 ; parall. is T^ba . The form is like pilar i. q. ptrs. pT'l (prince, i. q. in) Rezon, pr. n. of the founder of the kingdom of Damas- cus, 1 K. 11,23. * riT'n obsol. root, to cry out with a clear (loud) voice, kindr. with nns. Hence nna q. v. ^}*) m. (r. r^Y)) consumption, destruc- tion ; Is. 24, 16 'b "^n / am consumed, like "'b "i:a ; parall. is ''b "'ix wo to me ! "^ DT^n to wink with the eyes, a gesture of pride and insolence, once fut. plur. I^i^n*^ Job 15, 12. See in rip no. 2.-i So by transp. Aram. T^*!, ]io9, Arali \ll i. q. Arab. J^vT to be heavy weighty ; hence to be reputed, honoured Part. 121 pr. weighty, august, poet, for a nnn 973 nr;-i prince, king, parall. with T^b^ , ucitj ; Plur. D-'Mn Judg. 5, 3. Ps. 2, 2'. Prov. 8, 15. 31, 4.' Is. 40, 23. Hab. 1, 10. Deriv. "jiT-n II, and pr. n. "jiT") . ^Q* fo he or become wide^ large, ^ _ ^ * ^ pacious. Arab. -/^^ , v,^^ , Ethiop. Cfhfl, id. The primary root is irn, whence nin to be large, spacious, Sa- mar. nai transp. am. Spoken pr. of chambers which are made wide, large, Ez. 41,7; of the mouth, to open wide 1 Sam. 2, 1 ; metaph. of the heart, to dilate, swell with joy, Is. 60, 5. NiPH. part, anna , large, spacious, e. g. pastures Is. 30, 23. HiPH. aTinn, fut. n'^n-j;;, to make wide, broad, Is. 54, 2 ; a bed Is. 57, 8 ; a funeral pile (opp. to make deep, i. c. long) Is. 30, 33 ; one's steps Ps. 18, 37. Also to make large, i. e. long and broad, to enlarge, e. g. baldness Mic. 1, 16 ; the borders or boundaries of a kingdom, Ex. 34, 24. Deut. 12, 20. 19, 8. Am. 1, 13; and BO with ace. of pers. Deut. 33, 20 15 S'^Hn^ who enlargeth Gael i. e. the borders of this tribe. Spec. a) With h of pers. to make wide for any one, i. e. to make room for him Gen. 26, 22; to give him entrance Prov. 18, 16; or also to give him enlargement, deliver- ance, from straits Ps. 4, 2. Comp. sd'j and opp. "1SV b) HQ S'Tinn to open wide the mouth Ps. 81, 11 ; c. bs upon or against any one, in scorn and mockery Ps. 35, 21. Is. 57, 4. In a similar sense : c) '^23 'n to open wide the life, i. e. the jaws, throat, corap. ttJSS no. 2. par. 2 fin. Is. 5, 14. Hab. 2, 5. "d) l\ 'n to open wide the heart, mind, of any one, so as to receive instruction, Ps. 1 19, 32. Comp. a^ nnS .In Ps. 25, 17 instead of the common 'l3^ 1-''^"?^ "'^sb nin^ it is better to read '^^*l a-Tinn 'b 'l enlarge the straits of my heart, and . Others J ere render it intrane. Deriv. nn-i nram, nn^a. isni m. adj. constr. an'n; fem. f^^l^*^, constr. r^nnn . 1. wide, broad, large. Job 30, 14; of the sea (opp. long) Job 11,9; of a wall, referring to its thickness, Jer. 51, 58. Neh. 3, 8. 12, 38. Also, long and broad, large, spacious, of a land Ex. 3, 8. Neh. 82 9, 35 ; of a cup large in circumference Ez. 23, 32. More fully D^n;j an"), fem. D^n^ rarrn , broad-sided, i. e. widely ex- tended, as of a land Gen. 34, 21. Judg. 18, 10. ] Chr. 4, 40. Is. 22, 18 ; of a city Neh. 7, 4; of the sea Ps. 104, 25; streams, canals. Is. 33, 21. Neut. nania at large, unrestrained, Ps. 119. 45. Me- taph. Ps. 119, 96 thy commandinent is exceeding broad, i. e. thy law is compre- hensive and without limit ; also ab ann Ps. 101, 5, ^'?.3 an*) Prov. 28, 25, of a tu- mid, inflated heart or spirit, i. e. proud, arrogant. Also ab ann as subst. pride^ arrogance, Prov. 21, 4. 2. an"! Rahab, pr. n. of a harlot in Jericho Josh. 2, 1. 6, 17. ^n^ m. breadth, wide place. Job 36, 16. Plur. constr. V'5i<""'?ni the breadth* of the earth } oh 38, 18. nn*1 m. c. suff. "iann, breadth Gen. 6, 15. 13, 17. Ex. 25; 16.' Deut. 3, 11. 1 K. 6, 6. 7, 27. Ez. 40, 6 sq. Metaph. ann ab breadth of mind, great understand- ing, 1 K. 5, 9 [4, 29J. Sirn f. also ninn Dan. 9, 25 j plur. niah") m. Zech. 8, 5. R. an-n. 1. a street, so called from its breadth, pr. a wide street, like Gr. nXajua, Gen. 19, 2. Judg. 19, 20. Ez. 16, 24. 31. Cant. 3, 2 ; collect, streets of a city, Esth. 6, 9. 11. Plur. mahT streets Prov. 1, 20. 5, 16. Jer. 5, 1. 9, 20. al. 2. a place, i. e. a) a market-place, forum, a broad open place at the gate of oriental cities, Deut. 13, 17 [16] ; where public trials were held Is. 59, 14. Ps. 55, 12 ; and where the inhabitants were wont to assemble. Job 29, 7. Neh. 8, 1. 3. 16. 2 Sam. 21, 12. h) an area, court, before the temple, 2 Chr. 29, 4. Ezra 10, 9 ; before the gate of the palace Esth. 4, 6. Ethiop. (PQhM platea, vicus. 3. Rehob, [pr. n. of two cities : a) One in the tribe of Asher, Josh. 19, 28. 30. 21, 31. Judg. 1, 31. b) i. q. n-'S ahn, see in n-ia no. 12. pp. R. ninnn (wide places, see Gen. 26, 22 ; or, streets, comp. Platcea in Boeotia ; r. am) Rehoboth, pr. n. 1. Of a well, Gen. 26, 22. 2. ni5 niah-i Rehoboih-city, a city of rtnn 974 n^i Assyria, Gen. 10, 11, of which nothing definite is known. 3. ^ns^! ninh-i Rehoholh of the river ^ a city on the Euphrates, as it would seem j prob. jL^^t er-Rahabeh, on the west bank between Circesium and Anah. Gen. 36, 37. Thesaur. p. 1281. n^nn*]! and ^'^P^H'^ (whom Jehovah enlarges, i. e. makes free and happy, r. sn-i) JRehabiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 23, 17. 24, 21. 26, 25. Dljisn'^ (he enlarges the people, comp. Ex. 34, 24, r. ann ; q. d. Tii'^icJij/uo^-) Behohoam, pr. n. of the son and succes- sor of Solomon, who reigned in Judah B. C. 975-958. 1 K. 11, 43. 12, 1 sq. 14, 21. 2 Chr. 11, 5 sq. Sept, 'Po^oufi, * rill 'I obsol. root, prob. to rub, to pound, to crush; comp. Arab. ^ ^ to rub or pound, to tread ; as also the syllable n-i in the kindred verbs rr^x to tread a path, n"]73, "j^nn. The Arab. L^* to construct a mill, to turn a mill, is a secondary verb derived from the noun \js^\ . Hence ^n*^ m. a mill-stone, so called as rub- bing and crushing the grain ; found only in dual D^n") pr. 'the two millstones,' a mill, hand-mill, Ex. 11, 5. Num. 11,8. Deut. 24, 6. Is. 47, 2. Jer. 25, 10. Arab. LiT, dual tj\y^s id. See in ^\\^ , 32*1 . i^i^'!', see innh-i. U^yy^ m. adj. (r. on"!) merciful, com.- passionate, used only of God, and often coupled with IJiSn , Deut. 4, 31. 78, 38. Pe. 86, 15. 103, 8. Ill, 4. Joel 2, 13. al. D^n*l (compassionate, r. fin*n) Rehum, pr. n. m. a) A Persian governor in Samaria, Ezra 4, 8. b) Neh. 3, 17, c) Ezra 2, 2. Neh. 10, 26 ; for which Neh. 7, 7 Wna , prob. by an error of the transcriber, d) Neh. 12, 3, for which D*in V. 15. pinn m. adj. (r. prT\) also "pl^^ Deut. 30, ll,Vlur. D'^pH'n ; fem. n;5in^ , nj^irn, plur. niprrn ',far off, distant, remote. a) Of place ; as countries Deut. 29, 21. Ps. 65, 6. Is. 66, 19 ; a journey Num. 9, 10 ; a people Joel 4, 8. Josh. 9, 22; rw p"inn a brother living ^r off Prov. 27, 10. With "|T3 ,far off from any one, Deut 1 3, 8. Neh. 4, ] 3. Trop. one is said to be far from wisdom Ecc. 7, 23; from de- liverance Is. 46, 12 ; vice versa, deliver- ance \3 far from any one Ps. 119, 155; God is /ar off from men when he with- holds his help, Ps. 22. 2, comp. Prov. 15, 29. So "iP p'\r\-\^ farther off than, i. e. beyond, far o^ore. spoken of value Prov. 31, 10. Subst. pin-i, a distance, space, Josh. 3, 4. See also pinn^, pinnTab, below. b) Of time,yar distant, either future or past, a) Future, as d''p1ni dtiS times far off Ez. 12,27. Jer. 23, 23 ami a God of things near (ainisp) and not a God of things far off (pinnn)? i. e. am I acquainted only with things at hand ? so p^Hn^byb;* a long time to come 2 Sam. 7, 19. 'l Chr. 17, 17. /J) Past; pinna long ago Is. 22, 11. 25, 1; also pin'nTab id. Is. 37, 26. c) far off, i. e. strange,foreign to one's mind and disposition, Deut. 30, 11. With Prepositions: aa) pin^iQ, Syr. \-o^oh ^ , i. e. o) from afar, afar of. Gen. 22, 4. 37, 18. Deut. 28, 49. I8.43,6! al. Also pin'na io5 to stand afar off (comp. "j^ no. 3. i ), like Gr. kaTtjxivat fiaxQ6&fv, Ex. 20, 18. 21. 2 K. 2, 7. Ps. 38, 12. Is. 59, 14 ; comp. Jer. 51, 50. Of time, see above in lett. b. /J) After verbs of motion, /ar away, to a distance, Prov. 7, 19. Is. 22, 3. 23, 7 ; comp. Ip no! 3. k. pin-nia 1? id. Is. 57, 9. Neh. 12, 43. bb) pin-nab a) from afar Job 36, 3. 39, 29 ; of time past, from long ago Is. 37, 26. /S) for a long time to come, 2 Sam. 7, 19 ; see above in lett. b. a. pinnrb 1? to far away, far abroad, 2 Chr^ 26, 15. Ezra 3, 13. cc) pi^"^ 1? to a distance, far away, Mic. 4, 3. ' dd) pin'na at a distance, afar off, once S3 "nasPs.'lO, 1. t^'^ri'l m. plur. tD-'i:n'n Cant. 1, 17 Cheth. i. q. 13'^n'n in Keri, carved or fretted ceil- ing, either from an error in the tran- scriber, or because n in this word was sometimes pronounced harder, like n; as among the Samaritans, in whose Penta- teuch instead of D'^Dm is read D'^Mm . 975 !ann * Ewald on Cant. 1. c. supposes taTj"! to be put by a transpos. of letters for i3'^"in , is.jiS?, turned work; but this is less probable. 0"?^"!? dual, a hand-mill, see in Sifin . p'^nn Chald. adj. plur. rP''n"n,/aro^, distant^ Ezra 6, 6. R. pnn . 5nn obsol. root, Arab. J^j, to mi- grate, to journey, espec. with camels. Hence perh. \>Vy^ a sheep ; comp. I^^S. A secondary and denom. verb is Arab. J^ Conj. V, to own lambs. "^ f plur. D*^^H"} 1. an ewe; a sheep ^ Gen. 31, 38. 32, 15.* Is. 53, 7. Cant 6, 6. Arab. Jc^* , J^a.* , lamb. 2. Rachel, pr. n. of the wife of Jacob Gen. 29, 16 sq. mother of Joseph and Benjamin Gen. 30, 22. 35, 16 ; who died near Bethlehem, where her sepulchre is still shown Gen. 35, 19. 1 Sam. 10,2; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 322. IL p. 157. For Jer. 31, 15 see in nn'n no. 2. a. *^l!^ 1. pr. to he soft; then to soften, to soothe, and also to be fond of to cherish; kindr. with fin^. Arab. f^\ to soothe, to cherish, as a mother her infant ; to brood, as a bird her eggs. Hence Dnn , cnn , belly, womb. Also 2. Fut. O, Dnn7 , to love, Ps. 18, 2. Syr. >Q-i9 id. Arab, iv^) to pity, also to love. PiEL Dn^ , inf cnn , fut. Dn-i-i ^ to have mercy, compassion, upon any one, to pity ; from the idea of fondness, cherish- ing. Syr. Pa. id. Strictly of compassion towards the needy and helpless, as wi- dows Is. 9, 16; infants 13, 18; also of parents towards their infant children as helpless Ps. 103, 13. Is. 49, 15 ; espec. of God as pitying his afflicted people Deut. 13, 18. Is. 14, 1. 30, 18. 60, 10. Jer. 12, 15. Hos. 1, 6. Hab. 3, 2. al. Rarely as towards things Jer. 30, 18. Constr. with ace. usually; rarely with h^ Ps. 103, 13; absol. Lam. 3, 32. PuAL oni to be pitied, to find mercy, Prov. 28, 13' Hos. 14, 4. Part. fem. HTann for n^nn?: Hos. 1, 6. 8. 2, 3. 25. Deriv. Dn-i "'STan^ , nm-}, also the pr. names z^ni , nnn-i" bx^nn*^ , n^ni xb . Onn m. Lev. 11, 18, and STaHn f. (Milel) Deut. 14, 17, a smaller species of vulture, white, with black wings, feeding on dead bodies, the carrion-vulture, vul- tur percnopterus Linn. The Heb. name comes from its tenderness to its young, s ^ - --^ like n'i'ipn stork. Arab. (V^) and x^ a^.. See Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 297-322. Russell Nat. Hist, of Aleppo II. p. 295. Qn"^ f (r. cn-i) in pause on^ . Plur. ^'''?n"!! see below in its order. 1. i. q. cn"i womb Gen. 49, 25. Is. 46, 3. Ez. 20, 26. Prov. 30, 16. 2. Poet, for a female, maiden, from the womb as peculiar to the sex, Judg 5, 30. Comp. n^nn . 3. Raham, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 44. Onn comm. gend. (m. Job 24, 20 ; I Jer. 26, 17) in pause Qn;n, c. suff. l^-f^rn , the belly, spec, the womb, Num. 12, 12. Job 10, 18. 24, 20. 31, 15. Hos. 9, 14; in beasts Ex. 13, 2. 12. 15 ; trop. Job 38, 8. Ps. 1 10, 3. To shut up the womb see in "^ao , "iSJ ; to open the womb see in nnD Bn/iia from the womb, from one's birth, PsV22. 11. 58, 4. Jer. 1, 5; at birth Job ^ So 3. 11. Arab, ^y ^y id. R. on^. Hn f (r. nnn) i. q' nrr\ no. 2, a maiden, damsel; Dual D'jnan'n Judg. 5,30. nian'n , see in r. Dn"n Pual. 0"'^^'^ pr. plur. of euUfet. nnn , like C^-itt)?, C^op^ ; see Lehrg. p. 576. 1. the inwards, bowels, ra anXayxvoi, Syr. ,,^.1^)0^9 ; so called from their soft- ness, see r. txy^ . Spec, as the seat of affection, compassion, etc. Prov. 12, 10. So Ttt (TTiXa/xvoi iUovg Luke 1, 78. Arab. j>.^^ pity. Samar. id. Hence 2. Trop. affection, tenderness towards one's kindred, Gen. 43, 30. 1 K. 3, 26 ; pity, compassion, mercy, towards the needy, helpless, afflicted, Gen. 43, 14. Am. 1, 11. Is. 47, 6. Zech. 7, 9 ; espec. of God towards men as helpless, wretch- ed, sinful, and deserving of punishment, Ps. 25, 6. 40, 12. 51, 3. 69, 17. 79, 8. al. ^'^'^T^ri) "i^n Hos. 2, 21. Ps. 103, 4. ini "b o^ann to give or show mercy towards any one Deut. 13, 18. Jer. 42, 12; DSlb X3n^ 976 pnn ^ ta'^^Qn'i id. Is. 47, 6; see in t^lto no. 6. 'SBb 'sb f^Tzn^ 'ins /o g-iw one mercy before any one, to procure him favour, Gen. 43, 14; comp. 1 K. 8, 50. Ps. 106, 46. Neh. 1, 11. Dan. 1, 9. r^n*^ Chald. plur. id. mercy, compas- sion, Dan. 2, 18. Freq. in the Targg. ^^'Cn'l ra. adj. (r. on'l) merciful, com- passionate, fern. plur. ni'sj^rn Lam. 4, 10. Arab. j^Ua^J id. * "yT] obsol. root of doubtful signifi- cation, Arab, to bend, to incline. Hence pr. n. nsnnpi . * H'^'t' P''- '^ ^^ ^^fi^ kindr. with onn q. V. Arab. vA^s id. Hence to be or become flaccid, lax, weak, nearly i. q. nan. Jer. 23, 9 my heart is broken, 'n'i^^S-ba ^zrn all my bones are re- laxed, from terror. The ancient ver- sions have to tremble, to shake, by mere conjecture. Pi EL fut. Cinn'j to cherish one's young, to brood or hover over, (comp. in r. onn ,) as the eagle its young Deut. 32, 11. Trop. of the Spirit of God as thus brood- ing over and vivifying the chaotic mass of the earth, part. fem. i^En"?^ Gen. 1, 2. Syr. .-al> is far more common, and is used of birds which brood over their young, Ephr. II. p. 552; of a mother cherishing her infitnt ibid. p. 419 ; of Elisha cherishing the dead body of the child, Ephr.^I. p. 529; also of a voice descending from heaven and hovering in the air, Ephr. III. p. 143 ; also to pity, '. q. Heb. cnn. * Y'j'l flit. Y^yi , inf Yvr\ and nsrn Ex. 30, 18. 1. to wash, to lave, c. ace. e. g. the human body or its parts, Gen. 18, 4. 43, 31. Lev. 14, 9. 15, 13. 16. 4; meats Ex. 29, 17. Lev. 1, 9. 13. Metaph. to wash away the pollution of sin from man Is. 4, 4. To wash the hands in innocency is to declare oneself innocent Ps. 26, 6. 73, 13; comp. the symbolical action Deut. 21, 6 sq. Matt. 27, 24. It differs from 0:^3 to wash clothes. Arab. {JQ.^^\ to wasli the body and also clothes. 2. to. wash oneself, to bathe, Ex. 2, 5. Ruth 3, 3. 2 Sam. 11, 2. 2 K. 5, 10. 13. With a of that in which one bathes, Cant. 5, 12. Job 29, 6 ; ace. of water Ex. 30, 20 ; ,:? of vessel Ex. 40, 31. PuAL ^n"i to be washed, cleansed^ Prov. 30, 12.'Ez. 16,4. HiTHP. to wash oneself. Job 9, 30. Deriv. ynn , n^nn . TT} Chald. Ithpa. to trust, c. b? on or in any one, Dan. 3, 28. TPT?"^ m. a washing- Ps. 60, 10. 108, 10. nsni f washing- of sheep, washing- place. Cant. 4, 2. 6, 6. R. yn'^. * pH'^ fut. pn-j": , inf npn^ Ez. 8, 6. 1. to go far away, to recede from any one, c. 0^ Ecc. 3, 5. Job 30, JO. Prov. 19, 7. Chald. and Syr. id. But the primary signification seems to have been transitive, to thrust away, to repel, i. q. pn^ .With b?^ Ez. 8, 6 ; trop. to go far away i'rom God, nin^ bs*Q Jer. 2, 5. Ex. 11, 15. 44, 10 ; from the law, nniWS Ps. 1 19. 150 ; from sin Ex. 23, 7. Is! 54, 14. Chald. pnn id. 2. to be far off, distant, remote ; in place Deut 12, 21. 14, 24. Ps. 103, 12; in time Mic. 7, 11. Often of God as being far from affording aid, i. e. as re- fusing to help, Ps. 22, 12. 20. 35, 22. 38, 22. 71, 12. Of men as far from safety Job 5, 4 ; and vice versa, deliverance, judgment, as far from men. Is. 46, J3. 59, 9. 11; comp. Job 22, 18. NiPH. to be put far away, removed^ Ecc. 12, 6 Cheth. PiEL pn*! to put far away, to removCj Is. 6, 12. 29, 13 ; to spread far and wide, Is. 26, 15. Hi PH. 1. Trans, i. q. Piel, to put far away, to remove, c. ace. Job 11,14; with 'iTa of pers. or place added Ps. 88, 19. Job 22, 23 ; with brc of pers. Job 13,21. 19, 13. Prov. 5, 8 ; of place Joel 4, 6 (comp. 2, 20). Jer. 27, 10 ; once with 3 of place Ez. 11, 16. Metaph. Prov. 4, 24. 30, 8. Ps. 103, 12 God doth remove our sins from us, i. e. he forgives us our sins. With inf (n'la Ps. 55, 8) or inf c. b, it is taken adverbially, rsbb pTinn to go far away Ex. 8, 24 [28]. Hence 2. to go far away. pr. with rsbb impl. Gen. 44, 4. Josh. 8. 4. Judg. 18,' 22. Inf. absol. pH'jn adv. far away, far off. Gen. 21, 16. Ex. 33, 7. Josh. 3, 16. Deriv. pin-n, pnna and i. q. Heb. pn-n, Hence T^m Chald. ~'1'7 m. adj. verbal, going far away, (irting; plur. c. suflf. Ps. 73. 27 '^"'pTn u ,<) go far from thee. pnn adj. f. njjrri, se^ in pin"!. ISnn to boil up or orer, as a foun- 1 or boiling water; Syr. v.^^? Pe. i Aph. id. Tiie primary idea seems !ie in the noise of water boiling or bling, comp. T35"j. Mefaph. c. ace. 15, 2 2i:3 nsT 'ab un-n 7ny /leari boils -<'/> with goodly song. Deriv. rnJn^iTS. I^n"! f. a winnowing-fork or shovel, a ' /? . Is. 30, 24. R. nn , after the form rna . ^^7 fut. a;a-i7 to be wet, moistened, with rain Job 24, 8 ; also with sap, see n-JT . Arab, v.^^ and Eth. Z,fllfl id. cspec. of the moisture or juiciness of plants in full verdure. Hence StS"^ m. juicy, in full green. Job 8, 16. Chald. ai-J-i, 2"^a-i, id. H'D'n a spurious root, see lan^ . ^?7 obsol. root i. q. nn^ ^o ^rcm- We, ^0 be terrified. Chald. id. Hence nO'l m. tremour, terror, Jer. 49, 24. * ^5^"^ quadril. pass. Job 33, 25, to grow green again, to grow young again, to revive, prob. compounded from aian to be juicy, green, and ttJsa to be thick, fat. Arab, transp. yibiwb according to the Camoos to recover, to revive after ste- rility. ^y^ in Kal not used, to smite, break, dash in pieces ; kindr. with ttSaD, ttS-jb, \l3rj; Arab. ^j-J^s, {j*Jc^. PiEL fut. tlia'n'i io dash in pieces, spec, children against the stones, 2 K. 8, 12, i. q. -j^Ba in Ps. 137, 9. Comp. Pual. Also to dash to the ground, with arrows Is. 13, 18. Pual ^-j*i , fut. d-Jii , to be dashed in pieces against stones Is. 13, 16. Hos. 10, 14. 14, 1. Nah. 3, 10. "^l m. (for '^'I'l, r. ni^ ; as ''S for "i^J, ''i< for "^"li^^) a watering, rain. Job 37, 11 ; eee fully in JTii: . Arab, i^s id. 977 .- z^-\ *l*''n and '2T\, praet. nn, ns-n, also nin-""}; inf absol. nn Judg. 11,25. Job 40, 2 ; fut. n-i-i;; , apoc. nn^ Hos. 4, 5, before a monosyll. ib nn;: Judg. 6, 31. 32, conv. nn^] Gen. 31, 36. But nn^T 1 Sam. 15, 5 is from r. nnjj . 1 . to contend, to strive, to quarrel. Syr. v-ii^j] to strive. Arab. ^\\ mid. Ye is to doubt, to hesitate , a secondary sense derived from the idea of contending and quarrelling. The primary idea of n*^*;! is ' to seize each other by the hair,' like the synon. nS3 ; and this root belongs to the same family with rapio, Goth, raupjan to pull or pluck. Germ, raufen, rupfen, see more under the verb 5<3n . Spoken : a) Pr. but rarely, of those who contend by blows etc. Deut. 33, 7 ib nn T^n^ with his hands let him contend for himself; here T'n;^ is the instrument, see Heb. Gr. 135. 1. n. 3. b) Oilener of those who strive in words, Ps. 103, 9 ; c. D5 Gen. 26, 20. Job 9, 3. 40, 2 ; rx with Is. 45, 9. Judg. 8, 1 ; bx Judg. 21, 22. Job 33, 13 ; a Gen. 31, 36; also with ace. of him with whom one contends Job 10, 2. Is. 27, 8. With b of him for whom one contends Judg.' 6, 31. Job 13, 8 ; bs of that about which one strives Gen. 26,21. 2. Spec, to contend before a judge, to manage or plead a cause, with ace. of the person whose cause one sustains, Is. 1, 17. 51, 22 ; fully 'b n-'n-f'X n"--) 1 Sam. 24, 16. Lam. 3, 58. Jer. 50, 34. 51, 36. Praegn. 1 Sam. 25, 39 blessed be Jehovah bna n^Ta ""nann n-'n-rx nn nrx who hath pleaded (maintained) the cause of my reproach from, Nabal, i. e. who hath taken vengeance for me of Nabal. Ps. 43, 1 "i''pn xb 11373 'n-'n nai-i maintain my cause (and deliver me) from a merciless people. Ps. 119,154. Pro v. 22.23. Part. nn a defender Is. 19, 20. God is also said to plead his cause, when he rebukes or punishes the wicked. Is. 3, 13. Am. 7, 4. Ps. 103, 9. HiPH. i. q. Kal, found only in part. n^n^ 1 Sam. 2, 10. Ho.=?. 4, 4. Deriv. nn^ , n^n^ , na^n^a , the pr. names '^n"'ni , la-^n , brani , r^'jan-i , also l"^"} m. and HI Job 29, 16 ; plur D'^n^'i and n-inn , constr. "^n-in . 1. contention, strife, quarrel, Gen. 13 7. Deut. 25, 1. Is. 58, 4. Prov. 20, 3. al. 82* 3"*^ 978 V 2^-1 tt3^H my adversary, Is. 41, 1 1. Trop. Job 33, 19. Plur. C5 'n'^-i Ps. 18, 44. 2. a cause, suit^ before a judge, Ex, 23, 2. Deut.21,5. Is. 1, 23. 41, 21. 2-^-j d^X one who has a cause or suit Judg. 12, 2. 2 Sam. 15, 2. 4 ; ''n"'-} tti-ix my adversary, opponent, Job 31, 35. Plur. "^nsb nis'l the pleadings of my lips Job 13, 6. ''I'l'l (i. q. "'Sin';', n^S'^'i'^, for whom Jehovah pleads) Ribai, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 23, 29. 1 Chr. 11, 31. H'^'n m. (r. nn) scent^ odour^ which any thing exhales, emits. Cant. 1, 12. 2, 13. 7, 14. Gen. 27, 27. al. Trop. Job 14, 9, comp. Judg. 16, 9. Often in the connection nh^a n"**! , see nhia . n'^n Chald. m. odour Dan. 3, 27 ; comp. Job 14, 9. D''^, see t:xn buffalo. y*^"!}, c. suff. 03^"''], see in art. ?"} II. r>'i5D'n f plur. (r. C)l"i) pounded com or grain, grits, polenta, 2 Sam. 17, 19. Prov. 27, 22. nS'i'n Gen. 10, 3, Riphath, pr. n. of a .region and people sprung from Gomer, i. e. from the Cimmerians. Most, intpp. compare the Riphcean mountains, in the remotest northern regions. P"^*! m. (r. p1"i) 1. Adj. empty, as p"^"! "1^3 Jer. 51, 34. Neut. emptiness, trop. a vain thing, Ps. 2, 1. 4, 3. 2. Adv. in vain, to no purpose, Ps. 73, 13. Is. 30, 7. More fully p-'-ib id. Lev. 26, 16. 20. Is. 65, 23 ; p-i-ib Job 39, 16. Is. 49, 4 : p-^-n '^'la id. Hab. 2, 13. Jer. 51, 58. P'^'D m. adj. (r. psi'n) also ^^ Gen. 38, 24; fem. n;?"! ; plur. C'^p'''^, also D'^p'n 2 Sam. 6, 20 ; empty, Chald. pi'n , '(p^-n ; Syr. pLcuft9. So of an empty vessel Judg. 7, 16. 2 K. 4, 3 ; a pot Ez. 24, 11 ; a cistern Gen. 37, 24 ; ears of grain with- out kernels Gen. 41, 27, comp. ' vanse arista}' Virg. Georg. I. 226. So of an empty s^xvh, i.e. hungry. Is. 29,8. comp. 32, 6 and tl5B5 i^> ; also (jd^D^ I, VIII, to rim swiftly, to flee. Hence ttiD'n . 2. to gather, to acquire, to get proper- ty; pr. 'to drive or bring together;' Gen. 12, 5. 31, 18. 36, 6. 46, 6. '^^'^ m. (r. tlSa-i) in pause da^ , a horse of a nobler and fleeter race, a steed, courser, Mic. 1, 13. 1 K. 5, S [4, 28] ; distinguished from D-D^D Esth. 8, 10. 14. Syr. ^^y horse. See Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 95. # T^^^j see art. ttJJia'n. Cn 1. Part, of the verb ta^i , high, see r. C!n Kal. 2. Bam,pr. n. a) A family or clan of the Buzites Job 32, 2 ; the same, as some think, with DXn^ Gen. 22, 21. b) Ruth 4, 19. I Chr. 2, 9 ; for which Ugdfi Matt 1, 3. Luke 3, 33. c) 1 Chr. 2, 25 27. D'n buffalo, see DHn . I^n 981 H'a'n * n^*! 1. ^0 Cdst, to throw, D^a into the sea, Ex. 15, 1. 21. 2. to shoot with a bow ; m^p^rnai'n a bow-shooter, archer, Jer. 4, 29 ; plur. "^ai"! :nr;5 Ps. 78, 9. Arab, ^j, Ethiop. 1,d- '2^) 983 TD^jn "^1 m. plur. c. art. D'^a'nn 2 Chr. 22, 5, '1 ="''3'^i<.!7 , Syrians ; comp. 2 K. 8, 2S. the aphaeresis of the letter X see p. iso art. ':!3'ix. n^tJ'H (whom Jehovah halh set, comp. lid. riTa"! no. 2) Bamiah, pr. n. m. ;i 10, 25'. -^^)a-l f: (r. nan Pi.) 1. a letting fall A tlie l^nds, i. e. remissness, sloth ; dB3 iJT3"i a slothful soul, person, Prov. 19, 15. Uoncr. one slothful, Prov. 12, 24. 27. i*an qs nia? io labour with a ^Zac/c la/ii slothful' 10, 4 ; see Heb. Gr. 135. . n. 3. Adv. remissly, slothfully, Jer. 18, 10. This notion of the root ap- proaches near to the kindr. nB"! . Arab. ^% VI, laxum, remissum fuit nego- ' im. 2. deceit, fraud, Ps. 32, 2. Mic. 6, 12. fob 13, 7. nj7:"i "(i^'b a deceitful tongue s. 120, 2. 3. " n^^-j n^i? a deceitful ^ow, which sends the arrows wide of the lark, Hos. 7, 16. Poet, for treacherous ovvmen, who feign flight in order to ieceive, Ps. 78, 57. ^^"^ f a mare, once Esth. 8, 10. Arab. vSjOs id. Syr. |jalo9 herd of horses and mares, also of other animals ; prob. from ers. 5Lo* flock, herd, troop. '^J?"^r!^'?"^ (I have exalted his help r. ai'') Romamti-ezer^ pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 25. 4. 31. yGr\ , see Tia"! . *05'J fut. Dbn*^; kindr. is DBn. 1. to tread with the feet, e. g. a potter the clay, c. ace. Is. 41, 25 ; 3 Neh. 3, 14; also Ez. 34, 18. Hence to tread upon, i. e. to walk over any thing, Ps. 91, 13. 2. to tread dovm, to trample underfoot, 2 K. 14, 9. Is. 26, 6. Dan. 8, 7. 10 ; also persons so as to destroy life 2 K. 7, 17. 20. 9. 33; a lion his prey Mic. 5, 7. Trop. Is. 63, 3. Ps. 7, 6. Part. D^'l a treader down, oppressor, Is. 16, 4. As- scribed to the foot Is. 26, 6 ; comp. Ez. 34, 18. Further, to tread down^ to trample streets with horses' hoofs Ez. 26, 11. Also Is. 1, 12 "'n^n Dbn to trample my courts i. e. to profane them ; comp. Rev. 11,2. IMacc. 3, 45. NiPH. pass, of no. 2. Is. 28, 3. Deriv. D73"ia. * TC^J"! fut. ttJian*^ 1. to creep, to crawl, the appropriate verb for the motion of the smaller animals which creep along the ground ; both those which have four feet or more, as mice, lizards, crabs, (and this is the proper signification, comp. Dian ,) and also those without feet, which glide or drag themselves upon the ground, as worms and serpents. Gen. 1, 26, after the mention of quadrupeds both domestic and wild, of birds, and fishes : ^"ixn'b? biaHn b^nrrbs all the creeping things (reptiles) that creep upon the earth, v. 28. 30. 7, 8. 14. 8, 17. 19. Lev. 11^44. Sometirties the earth is said to creep with creeping things, c. ace. (comp. "^bn no. 4,) Gen. 9, 2 bba na'ixn iuiann n^Jx upon all with which the earth creeps, i. e. all reptiles which creep upon the earth. 2. In a wider sense spoken of aquatic or amphibious reptiles ; Gen. 1,21 fi^nn DTsn !is"i'23 n^zJx, nb^Hrj the creeping animals with which the waters swarm. Lev. 11, 46. Ps. 69, 35. So of all land animals whatever. Gen. 7, 21 init. Ps. 104, 20 all the beasts of the forest do creep forth, sc. by night irom their dens Hence Ifll2"^ 984 ]D^ t^Q'^ m. a creeping things reptile^ col- lect, reptiles. Gen. 1, 25. 26. 6, 7. 7, 14. 23 J often i^^^^j^H iua'i whatever creeps upon the earth Gen. i,'25. 6, 20. Hos. 2, 20 [18] ; comp. Deut. 4, 18. Once of aquatic animals Ps. 104, 25. So of all .and animals whatever. Gen. 9, 3. ri^*1 (height, i. q. nan) Bemeth, pr. n. of a city in Issachar Josh. 19, 21. SSS ^''2'^ in some editions, see in D'l&iS D^O"^"? , see in n^n no. 2. b. "jn m. (pr. inf. of r. "JJ*)) a shouling, rejoicing; Plur. constr. i:^B~"'2'n shouts of deliverance Ps. 32, 7. * nj'l fut. na^i-i, i. q. -jj-n, to give forth a tremulozis and stHdulous sound ; once of the whizzing of the arrow as shot from the bow Job 39, 23. where nsdx fpiiver is put poet, for arrows. Arab. ^* and ^s I, IV, to sound, to twang, as the bow when the arrow is shot. See Bo- chart Hieroz. I. p. 134. Alb. Schultens id Hariri Cons. I. p. 11. ^3"^ f. (r. 3';j) 1. shout of joy ^ re- joicing, Ps. 30, 6. 42. 5. 47. 2. Is. 35, 10. 51, 11. al. 1 K. 22, 36 x^l-^n nnr^i 'ai ntf.sb . . . nsn^a and there went the joy- ful cry throughout the camp . . . Home ! 2. a mournful cry, outcry, wailing, Ps. 17, 1. 61, 2. 88, 3. 106. 44. Jer. 14, 12. al. 3. Rinnah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20. "ji J inf. and imp. "jS; fut. "jH^j twice nS"^,n Prov. 1, 20. 8, 3, once ynr^ Pro v. 29, 6 ; pr. to give forth a tremulous and stridulous sound. Spec. 1. Of the tremulous creaking or whi- ning sound mace by a mast or tall pole vibrating in the wind ; hence "I'^Jt, "I'lh. Also of the noise, roaring of a tor- rent, see 'jia'^x . Arab. ^^ to twang as a bow, to whizz. 2. to give forth the voice in vibrations, to shake or trill the voice ; hence a) to utter cries of joy, to shout, but not with an articulate voice, Lev. 9,24 ; elsewhere poetic Job 38, 7. Is. 12, 6. 42, 11. 54, 1. al. Ascribed also to the human tongue Is. 35, 6; to inanimate things Is. 44, 23. 49, 13. With ace. to shout one^a paisi to praise with rejoicing^ Is. 61, 7 see pbl no. 2. c. With 3 id. Is. 24, 14; on ac count of Jer. 31, 7. b) Of mournfu cries, to cry aloud, to wail, Lam. 2, 19. PiEL jS'i i. q. Kal no. 2, to shout fo joy, to rejoice, Ps. 98, 4. 132, 16. Is. - 19. 52, 9; with 3 in or over any per^l or thing, Ps. 33,* 1. 89, 13. 92, 5; will bs over the destruction of any ne Jei 51, 48. But with ace. of pers. or thin^ to shout aloud one's praise, i. e. to prais with rejoicing, Ps. 51, 16. 59, 17; c. b; Ps. 84, 3; h 95, 1. Inf as noun 'd' shouting Is. 35, 2. Ascribed to thing Ps. 96, 12. Pdal fut. jn'; , pass. Is. 16, 10. HiPH. I^inn 1. Trans, to cause i shout for joy, to make rejoice, Ps. 05, i Job 29, 13. 2. Intrans. to shout for joy, to rejoia Deut. 32, 43. Ps. 32, 11 ; c. b Ps. 81, 2. Deriv. see Kal no. 1 ; also "p , np , an ^JJ'J f constr. r3n 1. a cry ofjoi shmit, Ps. 100. 2. Job 3, 7. 20, 5. Plui niaa'i Ps. 63, 6. 2V Plur. C^JD*! Job 39, 13 [16] sq./6 male ostriches, poet, for the comm. nisi nss^ ; so called from their wailing crj see "3*1 Lam. 2, 19 and in ?^3S;j. Comf Arab. Aje\ female ostrich, from her cr) Vulg. struthio. See Bochart Hieroz. II p. 24. HD"! (a ruin, r. DO*i) Rissah, pr. n. o a station of the Israelites in the deserl Num. 33, 21. 22. Qipip'! m. plur. constr. ''D'^O'i . 1. breaches, ruins, Am. 6, 11. R. DC' no. 1. 2. drops, dew-drops, Cant. 5, 2. R. DO" no. 2. 15* obsol. root, Arab, ^^v-wn, t bind, e. g. with a cord, halter, curl Hence 19'!' m. c. sufT. i30'7 1. a curb, halter pr. which goes over a horse's nose Is 30. 28 ; hence genr. a rein, bridle, Ps 32, 9. Job 30, 11 5in^a3 '^3B^ ",0-1 they cas off the bridle before me, i. e. they taki unbridled liberties ; comp. the Arabi phrase auoLov 1$^^ ' he throws off hi bridle,' said of an unbridled person. Hence Don 985 3?n 2. the mouth, i. e. the interior where tht; bit is placed, the jaws, the teeth. like Gr. zuXivoi. Job 41,5 [13] ison bss, . e. the jaws, the double row of teeth in the crocodile. 3. Besen, pr. n. of an ancient city in Assyria, Gen. 10, 12. Cw'n inf* D*-ib 1. to break in pieces, kin.lr. with q:i"i and O'ln q. v. Chald. DO"! to pound, to crush ; Zab. uj to break bones. Hence C^DW no. 1, and pr. n. ns'i. 2. ^0 sprinkle, to moisten, Ez. 46, 14. Hence n^D'^D") no. 2. Chald. DD"), *-' Arab, ji* id. This connects itself with the signif no. 1, since what is broken in pieces or crushed small, is easily scat- tered, sprinkled. y^ ra. (r. ^y"^) in pause and after distinct, ace. 5n ; with art. 5"in and 5nn ; with Vav copul. S"^) , but with dis- tinct, ace. S'^J ; plur. n''^'^. A) Adj. with fem. ns*!, plur. m'sn. 1. bad, evil, worthless, in quality or es- sence ; opp. aii3. E. g. merchandise Prov. 20, 14 ; water, unwholesome, 2 K. 2, 19 ; cattle Lev. 27. 10 ; figs Jer. 24, 2 ; sterile soil Num. 13, 19, comp. Deut. 15, 21. aiM ix s"! "la"! ^o 5/;6'a/c dac/ or good, I e. any thing at all, Gen. 24, 50, comp. 31,24. Spec, ill-favoured, of bad appearance, Gen. 41, 3. 4. 19. 21. 5n "O-n filthy thing, excrement, Deut. 23, 10 [9]. Trop. 'b T?? 3?-n evil in tlie sight of any one, displeasing to him, Gen, 28, 8. 38, 7 ; absol. Ex. 33, 4. Often in the phrase "^^ "'.r?^ ^1^ ^'^? '^ ^^ ^^^^ ^^ n'n a wicked thing, crime, Deut. 17. 5 ; a way, mode of life, Prov. 2, 12. 8, 13. 28, 10. Jer. 23, 22 ; 3?"! nb an evil heart Jer. 7,24. 11, 8. Prov. 26,23; n^: 5*1 an evil imagination, thought. Gen. 6, 5. 8, 21. So njn n^-i an evil spirit from God upon Saul 1 Sam. 16, 15 ; but in Judg. 9, 23 nj"^ nil is an evil spirit of discord. 3. ill, evil, i. e. sad, sorrowful, e. g. the countenance. Gen. 40, 7. Neh. 2, 2 ; the heart Prov. 25, 20. 4. ill, evil, i. e. unprosperous, unhappy. Is. 3, 11 comp. V. 10. Gen. 47, 9. For cab rnb see below in B. 1. h. ^ B) Subst. 5^ 1. ill, evil, i. e. a) evil which one does, Ps. 97, 10. Is. 59, 7. s':. nb5 to do evil 1 Sam. 29, 7. 2 Chr. 33, 9. Neh. 9, 28 ; ST "^^^5 evil-doers Ps. 34, 17 ; 5^1 -^brs id. Mic. 2, 1. 5)"i nb5 'b c5 to do evil ttith or to any one Gen. 31, 29 ; c. b id. Jer. 39, 12. sn b^a* to recompense evil Ps. 7, 5. b) evil which happens to anyone, adversity, calamity, Gen. 44. 34. Job 2, 10. 5, 19. 30, 26. Ps. 121, 7. Prov. 5, 14. Is. 31, 2. al. sn nr day of evil, of calamity, evil day, Am. 6, 3 ; 3?"] '?? Ps. 49, 6. cab r^-nb for evil unto you, for your hurt, instead of the ful- ler phrase tsab 5*1 ni^nb, Jer. 7, 6. 25,7. Ecc. 8, 9. So to prophesy evil, calamity, 1 K. 22, 8. 18. Plur. n^5n "^axbia angels of evils, evil angels, bringing calamity, Ps. 78, 49. 2. evil in a moral sense, wickedness, depravity ; 'Sy2 "id departing from evil, doing right. Job 1, 1 ; comp. Prov. 8, 13. Also ill-will, malice, Ps. 7, 10 ; 3?n3 with malice, wickedly, Ps. 73, 8. Sometimes in genit. expressing quality, as V") "'^3S< wicked men Prov. 28, 5 ; sn niax a wicked woman Prov. 6, 24 ; 5^ rsr wicked coun- sel Ez. 11, 2 ; comp. Ecc. 4, 8. Sept. novTiqog, xaxog. I- ?"!? m. (r. S>ii) c. sufF. iS'n , ow^cry, noise, e. g. in joy, a shout, Ex. 32, 17 ; in grief Mic. 4, 9. So <;! S"! for fAe iA?^n 5-1 986 n]?-i der; Job 36, 33 ij": I^Vs ^''a;: his thunder shnweth concerning him. God ; see in n53 Hiph. no. 2. n. ^n m. (for nsr^n, r. ny'i no. 3) c. guff. 'S.'n, i^'n Jer. 6, 21, but far otlener ins'n, oiice fully CDy^n Job 6, 27; Plur. D^in , c. suff. ^?": , "^'y'n , i''5n Job 32, 3, also sin5"n for nn-5n job 42. 10. I Sam. 30, 26, cn^yn Ps. 28, 3. 1. a friend^ companion, acquaintance^ with whom one lives, has friendly inter- course, Gen. 38, 12. 20. 2 Sam. 13, 3. Job 2, 11. 19, 21. Prov. 19, 6. 25, 17; but implying less than -nk Prov. 18, 24. With dat. like Gr. 6 i^ol q>ikog, Job 30, 29 n3s;2 ^"^^nb sn a companion (i.e. like) to be ample and capacious ; s_>^) id. s>AJts wide-bel- lied. The primary idea seems to be that of having a wide and empty sto- mach; comp. kindr. ah'n and Ethiop. Q'i[\ to hunger Spoken of individu- als Is. 8.21. 49, 10. Ps. 34, 11. 50, 12; of a whole country, to be famished, to suffer famine, Gen. 41, 55. With b to hunger for any thing, Jer. 42, 14. Hiph. to cause to hunger Deut. 8, 3; to let famish Prov. 10, 3. Deriv.nsn, liss-jjand yp'^ m. hunger, famine, of single persons Lam. 5, 10. Deut. 32, 24. Jer. 11. 22. Am. 8, 11; of whole countries i. e. famine, scarcity of grain. Gen. 12. 10. 26, 1. 45, 11. Ruth 1, 1. Job 5, 20. al ysn m. adj. plur. o''2'i, fern. n=r*. hungry 2 Sam. 17, 29. Job 5, 5. Is! 21 >. 8.al. hunger-bitten, famished. Job 18, 12. jin^'J m. (r. S?"^) constr. linsn .famine Ps. 37, 19. Gen." 42, 19. 33. '?.T f^t. "JSn*^ to tremble, to quahe, e. g. the earth Ps. 104, 32. Anib. J^. Conj.IV,VIII,id. Elh-W-^id. Kindr. are b5"i , orn . Hiph. intrans. to tremble, to shake, of persons, part T'?'^? Dan. 10, 11. Ezra 10,9. Deriv. the two following. ^y^ m. a trembling^ Ez. 15, 15. Ps.' 55, 6. ^*1T} ^- ( '^?":) a trembling, Ps. 2, 11. 48,7. Is. 33, 14.'job4, 14. * n:? ^ fut. nj-ji , apoc. y^. Job 20, 26. 1. Trans, to feed a flock, to pasture, Lat. pascere. Arab, ^^s id. and trop. to tend, to guard, to govern. Ethiop. COP id. Syr. Chald. Samar. id. Constr. with ace. of flock Gen. 4, 2. 30, 36. Ex. 3, 1. Is. 40, 11. Jer. 23, 4. Cant. 1, 8. al. a Gen. 37, 2. 1 Sam. 16, 11. 17, 34; absol. Gen. 29, 7. 37, 13. Num. 14, 33. Cant. 1, 7. al. Part, nsn subst. a shepherd, herdsman, Gen. 46, 34. Ex. 2, 17. Is. 13,20. Jer. 43, 12; with genit. of flock or herd Gten. 13, 7 ; and of the owner, as pHJt^ "^r-i Gen. 26, 20. Fem. nsS Gen. 29, 9. Arab. c|7 id. ' ' Trop. to feed : a) i. q. to lead, to rule, to care for, the figure being often preserved, e. g. a) Of a prince or king, like Gr. noi^rii' Xauiv. 2 Sara. 5, 2 thou shall feed my people Israel. 7,7. Jer. 23, 2 sq. Mic. 5, 3. 7, 14; c. a Ps. 78, 71. nr-1 987 ny"^ Hence rt5"i a shepherd^ spoken of a prince or king. Jer. 2, 8. 3 15. 22, 22. Ez. 34. 2 sq. I8. 44, 28. /?) Of God, Ps. 23, 1 Jehovah is my shepherd, I shall not want. 28, 9. 80, fL Gen. 48, 15. 49, 24 ; comp. Hos. 4, 16. Y) Of u teacher of virtue and wisdom, Prov. 10, 21. Hence nj'i a master or teacher Ecc. 12, 11; and so perh. of prophets Zech. 11, 5. 8. 16, where others understand princes. 5) Ps. 49, 15 ria BS"!"! death feedeth (pastureth) therUj i. e. in Sheol, like a flock ; see the preceding clause. b) to nourish, to aflford sustenance ; Hos. 9, 2 the threshing-floor and wine- press shall not feed them, i. e. shall be cut off, fail. 2. Intrans. to feed^ to graze, to pas- ture, as does a flock, Lat. pasci, Is. 5, 17. 11,7. 65, 25; with b? of place added Is. 45, 9; a Gen. 41, 2. With ace. of the pasture on which a flock feeds, Jer. 50, 19. Ez. 34, 14. 18. 19. Mic. 7, 14. Trop. to feed down, to consume ; Mic. 5, 5 they shall feed down the land of Assyria with the sword. Job 20, 26 "ibnxa n">-iib rn-i (the fire) shall devour what is left in his tent. Jer. 22, 22. 2, 16 npnps T\^yy^ they feed ofjftlie crown of thy head ; comp. Is. 7,20. Job 24, 21 n-nfjr .njH icAo /eec/e/A down (oppresseth) the barren woman ; Chald. confringens. Also trop. to feed in quiet, is to live or dwell in security Is. 14, 30. [So Ps. 37, 3 n3!i72X ns-nsi and feed in faith, trusting in God, i. q. "?.n? ''^5''^?l? Hab. 2, 4; see the pre-, ceding clause. R. 3. Metaph. to feed upon any thing, i. e. to feast upon, to delight in any per- son or thing; comp. Cic. Pis. 20: 'his ego rebus pascor, his deleclor.'' Chald. n5-i id. comp. Heb. n^n, "nna, "j^sn. Kindr. is n:in , Arab. Los . Construed : a) With ace. of pers. to delight in any one, to be his companion, Prov. 13, 20. 28, 7. 29, 3. b) With ace. of thing, Prov. 15, 14 the mouth of fools nb|]j< nj-i^ delights in folly, feeds upon it, seeks after it. n^n nsn to feed upon the wind, i. e. to strive or grasp after something vain, inania sectari, Hos. 12, 2 ; comp. Is. 44, 20. Comp. nn m:?'! and n!i"i ,i''5'n. PiEL i^^'i denom. from njn and S"! a friend, to treat as a friend, to make the companion of any one, Judg. 14, 20. HiPH. fut. c. suff. os^^l, to feed, i. q Kal no. l,Ps. 78, 7^. HiTHP. to make friendship, to hold intercourse, c. riJ* with any one Prov. 22, 24. Deriv. nsn , sn II, ns"! , ^s-i, "^sh, and the proper names Wi , bstwn , "isn , W. n^n f (r. 3?5n ) A ) Adj . fem . evil, bad, see in masc. 5"^. B) Subst. iV;" et?/7, Ecc. 5, 12. 6, 1. 10, 5. "i^'}^/or ep?7, i. e. with bad intent or purpose, e. g. to set ojie^s face upon any one nai-jb sibi nr-nb /or er?7 and not for good Jer.' 21, '10.^39, 16. 44, 11; comp. Am. 9, 4. Deut. 29, 20. Judg. 2, 15. 2 Sam. 18, 32. Hence 1. ill, evil, i. e. a) evil which one does to others; thus b JlSi nb to do evil to any one Ps. 15, 3. Neh. 6, 2 ; c. D5 Gen. 26, 29. Judg. 15, 3; nx Judg. 11, 27. nai-j nnn nsn ob'j to reward evil for good Gen. 44, 4; also Is. 7, 5. Ps. 21, 12. Plur. msn Ps. 140, 3. With genit. nrn Tib^a'^ax the evil of Abimelech, which he did to others, Judg. 9, 56, 57. 1 Sam. 25, 39. b) evil which happens to any one, calamity, i. e. ) hurt, misch iff, destruc- tion, Gen. 19, 19. Ex. 32, 12. Jer. 2, 3. 4. 6. 5, 12. 11, 11. al. nST ""^P^^ they that .seek my hurt, my destruction, Ps. 71, 13. 24 ; comp. Ps. 35, 4. /J) afflictim, trouble, adversity ; ri5na in or with af- fliction, .sorrow, Neh. 1, 3. Gen. 44, 29. nsn rra in time of evil, i. e. of afflic- tion, distress, Ps. 37, 19. 41, 2. Jer. 2, 28. 11, 12. Plur. m'rn euiV^, calamities, Deut. 31,21. Ps. 34, 20'. 2. evil in a moral sense, wickedness, depravity; so bx'n\rj?^ HJn ITiSa? that we may put away evil (concr. evil per- sons) Old of Israel Judg. 20, 13 ; see in -sa Pi. no. 3. Also wicked deed, sin, Gen. 39, 9. Hence of active wickedness, deliberate mischief malevolence, malice, Gen. 6, 5. Nah. 3, 19. Is. 47, 10. Job 22, 5. Hos. 10, 15 oanrn n^n the evil of your evil, your great wickedness. ^^."^ m. (r. ri5n) constr. ns-n , c. suff. T]'^"^ Prov. 6, 3" (like n3p5^, rpap^]). a friend, acquaintance, companion, i. q. sn which is more usual. 2 Sam. 15, 37. 16, 16. 1 K. 4, 5 _- ^ - n:?n 988 t^T\ fem. of ns-n , plur. niS"] female companions, Ps. 45,' 15. Judg. 11, 37 Keri. n:y'"l inf. of r. S^'i, where see. ^5?'^ (friend sc. of God) Reu, pr. n. m. Gen.'ll, 18. Gr.'Payav Luke 3, 35. Strictly i. q. nS"] , like "^bs i. q. n\3 . R. bfi$^2?n (friend of God) Beuel, Sept. 'Pa/ovtjX, pr. n. m. a) A son of Esau Gen. 36, 4. 10. b) The father of Jethro, Ex.2,18. Num. 10,29. c)lChr.9,8. d) In Num. 2, 14 should be read instead of it ^K^rn ; comp. 1, 14. 7, 42. 10. 20. tlW pr. fem. of siJ-i q. v. R. ns-i . 1. a female friend, companion, plur. ni-'Sn Judg. 11. 37 Cheth. Hence a) another, any other, Esth. 1, 19, comp. 1 Sam. 15. 28. b) Preceded by mrx one another, Ex. 11, 2. Jer. 9, 19. Zech. 11, 9; of birds Is. 34, 15. 16. Comp. in Sn no. 1. c. 2. desire, a striving, grasping after any thing. nil n^isn a striving of wind. q. d. windy striving, vain endea- vour, Ecc. 1, 14. 2. 11. 17. 26. 4, 4. 6. 6, 9. Comp. n^n nr-i Hos. 12, 2, and Chald. nsr-i . ti'^2?'^ Chald. f. inV/j pleasure, Ezra 5, 17. 7, 18. R. nsn no. 3. ^5?7 m. pas^wre, 1 K. 5, 3 [4, 23]. R. ''^'!' (friendly, social, denom. from 5n) ^e/, pr. n. m. 1 K. 1, 8. ^^^ adj. denom. from nrS, o/*a s/iep- AerfZ. pastoral, Is. 38, 12. Subst. a shep- herd, Zech. 11, 17. ^^^T* f (r. 5^^"^) a female friend, com- panion, plur. c. sutf. '^n'^s'n Judg. 11. 37 Cheth. Also one beloved, as a term of endearment, Fr. man amie, Cant. 1, 9. 15. 2, 2. 10. 13. 4, 7. al. Comp. ?n no. 1. a. P''^'^ m. i. q. ri3>"i no. 2, desire, striving. Ecc. 2. 22 ^sV "P"'^'^ ^^ '^'^- vmo- o/" his heart, nni 'ji'^Sn a striving of wind, windy striving, vain effort, Ecc. 1, 17. 4, 16. R. ns'i no. 3. V^*^ Chald. m. thought, cogitation, Dan. 4, 16. 5,6.10. 7, 28; spoken of nocturnal visions Dan. 2, 29. 30. R. Jnisn to think. rr-i byn to tremble, to reel, kindr. with 'iS'n . Chald. and Syr. id. Found only in Ho PH. to be made to tremble or quiver, e. g. a spear, to be brandished, Nah. 2, 4. Deriv. br'n, nb^nn, and the pr. names >?'^ m. 1. a reeling from intoxica- tion, Zech. 12, 2. 2. Plur. nibsn i?ei/.9, as a female orna- ment, so called from their tremulous or fluttering motion, Is. 3, 19. Arab. jLt*. *^r T?1' (whom Jehovah makes trem- ble, i. e. who fears Jehovah) Reelaiah, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 2 ; for which Neh. 7, 7 ^5*^ fut. C5"7 1. to be moved, agi- tated, to tremble, kindr. with bS"!, *irn ; Ez. 27, 35. Spec, of the sea, to be trou- bled, tossed, to rage, Ps. 96, 11. 98, 7. 1 Chr. 16, 32. 2. to thunder, see Hiph. and D5t . Syr. >aL9 id. lifiiJi thunder. Chald. BJ-ins to murmur, to roar. 3. to be angry, wroth, see Hiph. no. 2. Syr. Ethp. id. Arab. ^. III, V, id. Hiph. 1. to thunder, sc. Jehovah Ps. 18, 14. 29, 3. Job 40, 9. 1 Sam. 2, 10. 7, 10. 2. to provoke to anger, to irritate, 1 Sam. 1, 6. Deriv. the two_ following. D?tl m. c. suff". ?;'5r-i, thunder, Ps. 77. 19. 81, 8. 104, 7. Is. 29, 6. Hence for a voice of thunder, as of warlike leaders shouting their orders. Job 39, 25. Me- taph. Job 26, 14 "3i2ri';> '73 innsiaa c5n the thunder of his power who can under- stand? i. e. the whole compass of the divine power, all the mighty deeds which can be predicated of God. n'a:^'! r (r. drn) l. a trembling, qui- vering, shuddering, poetically for the mane of a horse, prob. as erect from excitement, and waving or streaming in the wind. Job 39, 19 [22j ttJ^sbnn n^"n 'i"^J<3^ hast thou clothed his neck with shuddering? i.e. with a waving mane ; comp. Gr. (f6(iri mane, from tpo^oq. Other interpretations are reviewed by Bochart, Hieroz. I. p. 118 sq. and Alb Schult. ad. h. 1. /j:?i 989 y^^. 2. Baamah, pr. n. of a son of Gush, who with his sons Sheba and Dedan founded families or tribes in south-east- ern Arabia, which afterwards had com- merce with the Tyrians, Gen. 10, 7. 1 Chr. 1, 9. Ez. 27, 22; see the arts. tl3!ts , x:3ll) , -,nn . Sept. in Gen. 1. c. ren- ders it 'Pi/jAu, i. e. a city on the Persian Gulf, mentioned by Ptolemy and Steph. Byz. See Bochart Phaleg IV. 5. ""i^yn see in iT'bJ-i . T T T - t CD^?"] Gen. 47, 11. Ex. 12, 37. Num. 33, 3. 5, and 0?'a?'^ Ex. 1, 11, Ba?neses, or Raainses^ pr. n. of an Egyptian city in the land of Goshen, built o* at least for- tified by the labour of the Israelites, Ex. 1, 11. The name of this city se^ns some- times to have been given to the whole province, (see Gen. I. c.) from which it would appear to have been the chief city of the district. It was prob. situated near the water-shed between the Bitter Lakes and the Valley of the Seven Wells, not far from HeroOpolis. but not identical with that city ; see Thesaur. p. 1297 sq. Hengstenb. die Bucher Mose u. Agypten p.48 sq. [Engl. p. 47 sq.] Com p. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 79 sq. 547-550. The name accords with that of seve- ral kings of Egypt, Ramses. PhJULCC i, e. son of the sun ; one of whom pro- bably founded the city and gave it his own name. * "^"T in Kal not used. Syr. Jjlo? is the plant mallows; prob. so called from its greenness. PiL. )3!5'i to put forth leaves^ to he green, 3 pers. f n333>n Job 15, 32. Cant. 1, 16. But both these examples can be referred to the following adjective. Hence l??*^ ra, adj. plur. n''S33J*n Ps. 92, 15 ; feni. T\iys^ ; green, e. g. leaves, foliage, Jer. 17, 8 ; of trees which are vigorous and flourishing, Deut. 12, 2. 2 K. 16, 4. al. A green tree is then the emblem of prosperity e. g. in the wicked Ps. 37, 35 ; in the righteous 52, 10. 92, 15. al. Also g^een oil, i. e. fresh, new, Ps. 92, 11. 1:?"^ Chald. m. id. green; metaph. of a person flourishing in prosperity, Dan. A 1 [4]. ^i^ 1. ^0 break, to break inpieces^ i. q. "j'S'n , y?"! . Also intrans. as in Engl. to break, i. e. to be broken ; Chald. Syr. id. Praet. >l?^ are broken, Jer. 11, 16. Inf. fem. nr*"i in breaking, pleonast. Is. 24, 19 ; as subst. a breaking, e. g. ri:yh ",tfl a broken tooth Pro v. 25, 19. Fut. 5h*- Jer. 15, 12. Job 34, 24 ; c. suflf. n^Hn Ps'. 2,9. 2. Intrans. to be evil, bad, from the idea of breaking, being broken, and so made worthless; opp. of D^n to be whole, sound, good. Praet. 5"] , f nS"! Deut. 15, 9. 2 Sam. 19, 8 ; inf S") Ecc.V, 3; imp. plur. =15>H be ye evil, i. e. though ye are evil, angry, though ye rage. Is. 8, 9 ; fut. 'S'y^ , sometimes wrongly referred to 3>!!^'^'hefollowing constructions, mostly impers. may be noted ; comp. in ma and sa'^ . a) Praet. '^3"'2Ja 5n it was evil in my sight, it displeased me, Num. 22, 34. Josh. 24, 15. Jer. 40, 4 ; fem. of a woman Ex. 21, 8. Fut. \3'^53 sn;) (2)n^i) id. Gen. 2\ 11. 38, 10. 1 Sam."8, 6. 2 Sam. 11, 2S. al. Later writers for ">3"i?3 put ^b, Neh. 13, 8. 2, 10. Jon. 4, 1." Also Gen. 21, 12 ^?3n-b? m""?^?^ ^T'^^ let it not be evil in thy sight (not grieve thee) on account of the lad. 1 Chr. 21, 7; comp. 2 Sam. 19, 43. b) ""b sn;] it is evil to me, i. e. it goes ill with me, Ps. 106, 32. c) to be sad, sorrowful, of the counte nance, heart, Neh. 2, 3. 1 Sam. 1, 8 comp. Deut. 15, 10. d) Of the eye, to be evil, i. e. to be envious, c. a Deut. 28, 54; comp. 15, 9. NiPH. fut. ^i"!;;, see in r. S^n. HiPH. 5"nn and S^D ; inf"- ^f^^, in pause ?nn; fut. s-i^, conv. rn^i ; part. 3)nx3, plur. D'^^'np. 1. to break in pieces, to destroy, Ps. 44, 3. 74, 3. Jer. 31, 28. 2. to do ill, i. e. a) to make evil sc. what one does ; comp. opp. a">M"in . Gen. 44, 5 Q^^^"^? "iwJx ani?"iri ije have done evil what ye have done, i. e. in so doing. To do good or to do evil is sometimes put genr. i. q. ' to do something of other' any thing, Zeph. 1, 12. Is. 41, 23. Jer. 4, 22. Lev. 5, 4 if one swear unadvisedly to do evil or to do good, i. e. any thing what- ever, he is bound. Hence ellipt. Ps. 15, 4 T'S"' xbi s^r'^p 3.'3iiJ3 if he sweareth (unadvisedly to do good or) to do evil, he changeth not; rnnb being here put for yy"^. 990 i(S the fuller S'lia^nbii ^y^h , i. e. if he swear to do any thing, and it turn out evil to himself or others, he yet performs his oath; comp. Lev. 5, 4. Judg. 11, 31. Others here render it neighbour, friend, as if for ^'^nb from 5'n ; so Sept. Symm. Pesh. De Wette takes S-^rjb for S-nb , and understands a wicked person. Also niiuyb r"in pr. 'to make evil in doing,' to do evil^l K. 14, 9. Jer. 16, 12; Mic. 3, 4 cn"'b^S:Q W'ln they make evil their doings, they work evil. Hence b) Ellipt. to do evil, to act loickedly, Gen. 19, 7. Judg. 19, 23. I Sam. 12, 25. Is. 1,16. Jer. 4. 22. Ps. 37, 8. Prov.4, 16. al. Part. 5"]^ Prov. 17, 4, in pause ^'^'0 Is. 9, 16, plur. D"'5';}73 , an evil-doer, evil- doers, Ps. 22, 17. 26, 5. 27, 2. Is. 1, 4. 14, 20. 31, 2. al. c) to do evil to any one, to deal ill with, to afflict; c. b Gen. 19, 9. 43, 6. Ex. 5, 22. 23. Num.' 11, 11. 1 Sam. 26, 21. Zech\ 8, 14. Ps. 105, 15 ; c. ace. Num. 16. 15. Deut. 26, 6; b? 1 K. 17, 20; C Gen. 31, 7; 2 1 Chr. 16, 22. Of God as afflicting men, c. h Ruth 1, 21. Jer. 25, 6. HiTHPO. ^^TTin 1. to he broken in pieces, from concussiSn, Is. 24, 19. Hence 2. to destroy or ruin oneself, Prov. 18, 24. Deriv. S-l, f^^n, ?S. y?"]! Chald. to break in pieces, fut. Si-i;j after the form p'l^ , Dan. 2, 40. Pa. id. ibid. * "l?T fut. tpy-] , to drop, to distil, c. ace. Prov. 3, 20 the clouds distil the dew. Ps. 65, 12. 13. Job 36, 28. Arab. y^j^\ id. Comp. by transp. 5]"^? I. HiPH. i. q. Kal, to drop, to distil, as the heavens, c. ace. Is. 45, 8. * Y?*^ fut. 7?-iri, i. q. ys-n and SS-n , to break or dash in pieces, Ex. 15, 6. Metaph. to harass, to oppress a people, Judg. 10, 8. * lli^'n fut. mj^-! , to tremble, to quake; comp. Engl, to rustle. Arab. i>wX\ and yi^* id. Kindr. are ^Sn , bj'n , osn . Spec, for fear, terror, Ez. 38, 20 ; the earth Judg. 5, 4. Is. 13, 13; the heavens Joel 2,_ 10. 4, 16 ; mountains Jer. 4, 24. Nah. 1, 5; islands Ez. 26, 15; the foun- dations of the earth Is. 24, 18 ; walls, door-posts, Ez. 26, 10. Am. 9, 1. With '^1i of the cause of fear, Jer. 10, 10. 49. 21 ; ^^B^ Ez. 38, 20. Once of the mo- tion of grain as agitated and rustling in the wind, Ps. 72, 16. NiPH. i. q. Kal, to be moved, shaken, to quake, e. g. the earth Jer. 50, 46. HiPH. 1. to cause to tremble, to shake. e. g. the heavens and the earth Ps. 60, 4. Hagg. 2, 6. 7 ; kingdoms Is. 14, 16 ; the nations Ez. 31. 16. 2. Spec, to cause to leap, as a horse, a locust; verbs signifying to tremble, to move to and fro, being often transferred to the idea of leaping, springing, comp. -ira Pi. i^n, bann, alsonp";.. Job 39, 20 of the;, horse :' "2*1X3 !i2UJ"'3J-5nn dost thou maJce him leap like the locust? Hence ^5"!? m. I. a trembling, shaking, as of a spear Job 41. 21 [29] ; of persona Ez. 12, 18 ; of the earth, an earthquake, 1 K. 19, 11. 12. Is. 29,6. Ez. 37, 7. 38, 19. Am. 1, 1. Zech. 14, 5. 2. a leaping, hounding, see the root Hiph. no. 2 ; e. g. of a horse in running Job 39, 24 comp. 20. Poet, of war- chariots Nah. 3, 2. Jer. 47, 3; comp. 3. tumult, uproar, as of battle Is. 9, 4. Jer. 10, 22. Perh. thunder Ez. .3, 12. 13 ; comp. nsn to tremble, JcCv to thunder. * ^I'J fut. ND'^'^ ; see also r. nsn II. 1. Pr. to sew together, to mend, to re- pair. Arab. Lis, Eth. Z,4^A, id. It corresponds to the Gr. qujitcd. These roots all have their origin in a common stock, the primary and onomatopoetic syllable Cl"i, which has the force of Lat. rapere and carpere, Germ, raff en, rup- fen, comp. ?['!)&, ^"^H, ^1"^^ The pre- sent verb imitates the sound of a person sewing rapidly. See Niph. and Pi. no. 1. 2. to heal, to cure, pr. a wound, a wounded person, which is often done by sewing up the wound. Ps. 60, 4. Jer. 30, 17. Job 5, 18. Ecc. 3, 3 ; also one sick, c. ace. Gen. 20. 17. Ps. 6, 3. 30. 3. 41, 5. With dat.of pers. Num. 12, 13. 2 K. 20, 5. 8. Lam. 2. 13; or of the disease Ps. 103, 3. Part. XBH a physician Jer. 8, 22. 2 Chr. 16. 12. Gen. 50, 2 ; metaph. of God, Ex. 15. 26. Comp. Gr. uxuiji^ai inn pr. ' to let oneself be trampled under foot,' i. e. to prostrate oneself, to humble oneself, Prov. 6, 3. Ps. 68, 31 ;]DD "^Sfna DBnn^ collect, pros- trating- themselves with pieces of silver, \. e. submissively offering them as tribute. Deriv. u:B"iia. 0"1 Chald. to trample down, to stamp upon, Dan. 7, 7. ni"lbBn f. plnr. /oa/, rafls, 2 Chr. 2, 15 ; a word of the later Hebrew, as it would seem, for ninn^ 1 K. 5, 23. It is obviously kindred with Arab. viyjOs , Eth. L<^tl a raft ; and is perh. com- pounded from DD1 i. q. and synon. Talm. 5<'npx ; or, according to others, from DS'n to tread and "an to strew. * VJ?"^ obsol. root, which prob. had the primary signif to pull out or off, to pluck, Lat. carpere, see in r. tiS'^ no. 1 ; and to this may be reduced several of the many glosses so confusedly exhibit- ed by Arabian lexicographers under the word Ox, e. g. suxit ubera, edit olera, assuit (comp. 5 sheep- cote, flock of sheep ; and to this doubt- less corresponds in the Mishnah the word rs^ (i^ST, as rb^. fi-om bb"n, nbb from bbo) stall Baba Ijathra 2. 3, and 6. 4, pr. a rack from which hay or straw is pulled, like Germ. Raufe ; comp. '"l^'^^< and DJQK. Hence also the biblical B'^nB'n stalls, q. v. in art. rs'i . The form tlBi-i Job 26, 11, see under r. qn-i. P?*^ in Kal not used; Arab. (oJ) VIII, to lean upon the elbow; Ethiop. L,&/^ to recline at table. HiTPH. to lean oneself, c. V? upon any one. Cant. 8, 5. ^5"^, see r. Dsn. ^?T obsol. root, kindr. with bS'i and bS'n , to tread with the feet, as ren- dering water turbid. Hence T2?S^ m. mud, mire, i. q. i:">:3, Is. 57, 20. in the Talmud, id. flS*!!, only in plur. a"'ns'i Hab. 3, 17^ stalls, as the Hebrew interpreters cor- rectly give it. See the etymology and the Talmudic usage under r. risn . The r of the sing, is servile, although retained in the plural, comp. rajj^ , nip\Dp. Comp. Arab. o%, xi%, o^j, also oOs, straw, fodder of cattle, as being pulled from the rack. Sept. Vulg. prcesepia. 7"^ m. (r. I'S'n) a fragment, piece, e. g. of silver not coined, Ps. 68, 31. Y^ m. a runner, see in r. y^'^. * ^^"^ I. i. q. yi"! to run; Inf absol. Ni:i'n Ez. 1, 14. II. i. q. ^^'^ to delight in ; whence at least ^n5<::n for "^n^^'i Ez. 43, 27. * "i?"^ in Kal not used, Arab. Jco \ to watch closely, spec, to lie in wait for. PiEL to watch insidiously, to look askance at, Ps. 68, 17. See Schultens Animadv. in loc. Thesaur. p. 1305. *^-J^, fut. ns-17, apoc. y-i.:; see also in r. JtZJ*! II. 1. to delight in any person or thing, to take pleasure in. Arab. ,^-Oj to like, to choose, a) Of persons, c. ace, i. q. to love; Prov. 3, 12 n^-}7 -in-PX ax3 as a father delighteth in his son, loves him. With 3 1 Chr. 28, 4 : impl. Is. 42, 1. With tJ5J prsegn. to delight in intercourse with any one, to be on good terms with him, Ps. 50, 18. Job 34, 9. Part. pass. ''Ji::'! delighted in, acceptable, c. b to any one Esth. 10, 3 ; poet. c. genit. ac- 994 n^-i cepted of any one Deut. 33, 24. b) Of things, c. ace. Pe. 102, 15 thy servants take pleasure in her stones, i. e. the ruins of Zion. Job 14, 6 until he shall delight, as a hireling, in his day, sc. as past, in the rest and quiet of evening. Ps. 62, 5. Of God as taking pleasure in things, 1 Chr. 29. 17. Ps. 51, 18. Prov. 16, 7. Ecc. 9, 7. With a Ps. 49, 14. 147, 10. 1 Chr. 29,3. Mic. 6,7. Hagg. 1,8. 2. to he kind, favourable, gracious , to- wards any one ; of a king 2 Chr. 10, 7. Mostly of God, with ace. of pers. Ps. 44, 4. 147, 11. Jer. 14, 10. Hos. 8, 13; ace. of thing Deut. 33, 11 ; 3 Ps. 149, 4. Also i. q. to receive into favour, a land Ps. 85, 2 ; c. inf Ps. 40, 14 ; absol. Ps. 77, 8. Am. 5, 22. Spec, to receive graciously one bringing a present, Gen. 33, 10. Mai. 1, 8. Of God as receiving gra- ciously those who approach him with sacrifice and prayer. Job 33. 26. Ex. 20, 41. 43, 27. Jer. 14, 12. 2 Sam. 24, 23 ; jvith ace. of sacrifice Am. 5, 22. Ps. 119, 108. 3. to satisfy a debt, i. e. to pay it off; pr. to satisfy the creditor and render him favourable, Lev. 26, 34. 41. 43. 2 Chr. 36, 21. NiPH. 1. to be graciously received or accepted, to be well pleasing, e. g. a sa- crifice, see Kal no. 2. Lev. 7, 18. 19, 7. 22, 23. 27; also Lev. 1, 4. 22, 25, in which* passages there is added a dat. commodi ib, cab. In the same sense )^:i'-6 T^-^ri Lev. 22, 20. 2. Pass, of Kal no. 3 and Hiph. to be satisfied, i. e. paid off, discharged, Is. 40,2. PiEL to render well pleased, i. e. to seek to please anyone, to seek his favour. Job 20, 10 his sons shall seek the favour of the poor, or what comes to the same thing, shall conciliate the poor, sc. by restoring the goods extorted from them ; comp. Arab. Los II coneiliavit. Hiph. to satisfy, i. e. to pay off. i. q. Kal no. 3. Lev. 26, 34 then shall the land rest and pay off her sabbaths, viz. those which she still owes. HiTHP. to make oneself pleasing, ac- ceptable, to get the favour of any one, c. bx 1 Sam. 29, 4. Deriv. pr. n. N^:i?"i, V^'^, fi^":Pi; also r'S'^ m. constr. "^l"^ , c. sufT. '^3'is'n. 1. delight, acceptance, approbation^ Prov. 14, 35. Is. 58, 5. l"i:-^b r\^r. Is 56, 7. Jer. 6, 20, and "ji^^ybi' Is.'gO, 7, to be acceptable, grateful to God, to be approved. Ex. 28, 38 ^:Bb cnb ps'ib nin'^/or acceptance to them before Jeho- vah, i. e. that they may be graqiously accepted of Jehovah. Ps. 19, 15. Lev. 22, 20. 21. With suff. Lev. 1, 3. 19, 5 C33ix'ib that ije may be accepted, i. e. that your sacrifice be acceptable. 22, 19. 29. 23, 11. Concr. a delight, that in which one delights, Prov. 11, 1. 20. 12, 22. 15, 8. 16, 13 ; spec, what is accept- able to God, Prov. 10, 32. Mai. 2, 13. 2. good-will, favour, grace, as of a king Prov. 16, 15. 19, 12; espec. of God, Ps. 5, 13. 30, 8. Deut. 33, 16. Ps. 51, 2o! Is. 49, 8 "I'iS'n n53 in a lime of grace, when the way is open to my favour. Meton. favours bestowed, benefits, Ps. 145, 16. Deut. 33, 23. Prov. 18, 22. 3. will, pleasure, i. q. Chald. n-ir"!, pr. 'what pleases any one,' his pleasure, Fr. 'tel est mon pluisir;' Ps. 40, 9. 103, 21. 143, 10. 145. 19. 2 Chr. 15, 15. i3i:nD nbs to do according to his pleasure Esth. 1 , 8. Dan. 8, 4. 11, 3. 16; with 3 of pers. to treat a person according to one'^s plea- sure, as one will, Neh. 9, 24. 37. Esth. 9, 5. In the sense of wicked pleasure, wantonness. Gen. 49, 6. '"'^'^ fut. n^"j7 1. to break or cnuih in pieces; kindr. with y'^'^. Arab. /^>^\ ij>^)^ ^^'- ^66 Pi. no. 1, and n^n. 2. to kill, to slay, c. ace. pers. Num. 35, 30. Deut. 4, 42 ; absol. Ex. 20, 13. Deut. 5, 17. 1 K. 21, 19. Jer. 7, 9. Hos. 4, 2. tt5E3 'e n^n Deut. 22, 26, comp. B nsn tt:E3, under nss Hiph. no. 2. d. Part. n^h a slayer, murderer. Num. 35, 16 sq. Deut. 4, 42. Josh. 20, 5. 6. Job 24, 14. al. NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 2, Judg. 20, 4. Prov. 22, 13. PiEL to break or dash in pieces, Ps. 62, 4. 2. i. q. Kal no. 2, but iterative like bap, to kill many, to be a murderer, Hos. 6, 9. Ps. 94. 6. Part, nsn^ a mur- derer 2 K. 6, 32. Is. 1, 21. nSl m.(r. r.:s'n) I. a breaking in pieces, crushing. Ps. 42, 1 1 with a crush- '21 995 p- ing of my bones, i. e. causing me the eeverest pain. 2. outbreak of the voice, outcry, cla- mour, comp. r. n^Q ; Ez. 21, 27, where it is coupled with n^nin . S;>21 (delight) Bizia, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7,39.' R. n^n. I'^S"! Rezin, pr. n. a) The last king of Damascus, slain by the Assyrians, 2 K. 15, 37. 16, 5-9. Is. 7, 1. 4. 8. 8, 6. 9, 10. b) A man, Ezra 2, 48. Neh. 7, 50. The etymology is uncertain. It may come from r. n^T after the form "p^;5 , by Syriasm for "p^tT ; or from G Arab. ^^y^u>0\ firm, stable ; or perh. it is kindr. with liTn prince, also pr. n. of the founder of the kingdom of Damascus. ^? T 'o 'pierce, to bore, e. g. the ear Ex. 21, 6. Arab. ^. I, IV, id. Chald. ssn id. ^ ^ Deriv. S?*)^. ^1^7 'o range stones artificially, to inlay a pavement or other work, to checker; part. pass. Ci^iicn checkered, tes- selcUed, inlaid, Cant. 3, 10. Arab, id. . Deriv. qai, nss'n, rB::-i73. fl^"! m. 1. a stone which is heated in order to roast meat or bake bread upon it. IK. 19, 6 n-^B^t-i ra? a cake baked 9 o^ on hot stones. Arab. ^^Jl^Os id. The Rabbins understand a coal; comp. C)^"). 2. JRezeph, pr. n. of a city subdued by the Assyrians, Is. 37, 12. Prob. the 'Ptj- adcpa of Ptolemy situated in Palmyrene, Arab. kiLos . See Ptol. Geogr. 5. 15. HB^n f. (r. qs"i) 1. i. q. ?]:in, a hot stone. Is, 6, 6. Vulg. calculus. Sept. and the Rabbins a coal, 2. a tesselated pavement, Esth. 1, 6. 2 Chr. 7, 3. Ez. 40, 17. 18. 42. 3. 2 Chr. 7, 3. 3. Rizpah, pr. n. of a concubine of Saul, 2 Sam. 3, 7. 21, 8. loi 11. * Y?*3 fut. y-n^ for y'^"^ Is. 42. 4, y^T) Ecc. 12, 6. But n^^-ix Jer'50, 44 Cheth. also D^^'^X ib. Keri, belong to r. yn. 1. to break, to crush or shutter, i. e. so as to make a flaw or crack, but not en- tirely off. Arab. ^jd\ ; kindr. }^?'n and r5n .Is. 42, 3 yJi^in nip^ a broken reed shall he not break off (i?^) ; Vulg. quassalum. 36, 6. 2 K. 18,21. Intrans. to break, to be broken, crushed, Ecc. 12, 6 ; trop. Is. 42, 4. 2. Trop. to treat with violence, to op- press, often joined with P^^, Deut. 28, 33. 1 Sam. 12, 3. 4. Am. 4, 1. Is. 58, 6. Hos. 5, 11. NiPH. 7^3 fut.yi"i;: (as if from r. ysn), pass, of Kal no. 1, Ez. 29, 7. Ecc. 12, G. PiEL y^"^ 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, but stronger, to break in pieces, Ps. 74, 14. 2. Metaph. i. q. Kal no. 2. a, Job 20, 19. 2 Chr. 16, 10. Po. }^^T> , to oppress, to vex, i. q. Kal no. 2 and Pi. no. 2, Judg. 10, 8. But ^'^i-i Nah. 2, 5 belongs to r. '['n. HiPH. fut. conv- 7"ilJ5 (so as to differ li-om I'lPiT to make run), to break in pieces, Judg. 9, 53. HiTHPo. "j^^innn to dash one another ^ to struggle, Gen. 25, 22. Deriv. yi , nzcna II. p"!) m. (r. pp,"^ I) 1. Adj. fem. nj?*!, plur. nipn, thin, /can, of kine Gen. 41, 19. 20. 27. 2. Adv. of limitation, restriction, only, alone. Job 1, 15 "^"nsb ""ax p'n only I alone. Gen. 47, 22 only the land of the priests bought he not. 14, 24. 41, 40. 50, 8. Ex. 10, 17. 1 Sam. 1, 13. 5, 4. Am. 3, 2. al. saepe. Also of exception, only, except, provided; Gen. 19, 8 only unto these men do nothing. 24, 8. Num. 20, 19. Deut. 3, 11. Josh. 1, 7.* 18. Is. 4, 1 we will eat our own bread. . . . only let us be called by thy name. Once emphat. p*! T\i< only indeed Num. 12, 2. Spec. a) Afler a negation, only, i. e. save, besides; 2 Chr. 5, 10 there was nothing in the ark nin^n "^sui pn save or besides the two tables. Josh. 11, 22 there were none of the Anakirri left nj^3 p^n only, except, in Gaza. 1 K. 15, 5. b) Put before ad- jectives as an intensive, in the same manner as T|5< no. 2. a, b, c ; thus li'^ p"! only good, nothing but good. Gen. 26, 29 ; "S^ PI only evil, nothing but evil. Gen. 6, 5. 1 K. 14, 8 "la^n p^i only right, nothing but what is right. Deut. 4, 6. Also with an adverb Deut. 28, 13 ; with a verb Judg. 14, 16. So befiTe V? there is not p^ 996 -pi intensively, as "px p'l surely there is not, i. e. it is only so that there is not ; Gen. 20, 11 n^n Dip532 c^rt^x rxn: ^x p"! swreZt/ f/ie /ear q/" God is not in this place. At the beginning of a clause, p'n refers sometimes not to the next word, but to one more remote ; Is. 28, 19 nrJiTZttJ 'fan nrit p'n it is a terror only to hear the rumour. Ps. 32, 6 h^'^!^ p"!! ii:?"^;}^ ^ T^bx a'^'^ n'^p in the flood of great waters, only to him (the righteous) shall they not come near. Pro v. 13, 10. Deut. 4, 6. Gen. 24, 8. p"!? empty, see p"^*! . p*"l m. (r. ppn II ) c. suff. 'ip'J , spittle, Job 7, 19. 30, io. Is. 50, 6. * ^I^*^ , fut. -p'n'^ , to he carious, worm-eaten, rotten, as wood, Is. 40, 20. Metaph. Prov. 10, 7 ; comp. the Rab- binic phrase : ' ascendit putredo in no- men alicujus.' Not found in the other dialects. The primary idea seems to be that of hollowing out, excavating ; comp. na;?, 2p;^, 2p3, alsoiniX'n. Deriv. the two following. ^p'^ m. constr. apn , caries, rottenness. a) Of the bones Prov. 12, 4. 14, 30 ; raetaph. of terror striking through all one's bones Hab. 3, 16. b) Of wood, Job 13, 28. Hos. 5, 12. 113|5'1 m. (r. ap'n) rottenness of wood Job 4l', 19. "^ET fut. plur. 1^p"Pi , to leap, to skip, e. g. for joy, to dance Ecc. 3. 4. Poet, also things are said (o leap or skip from fear, i. q. to start, to quake, Ps. 114, 4. 6. Comp. Hiph. and ina Pi. also dsn . Syr. Pa. id. but Aph. is to wail, to beat the breast. The primary idea seems to lie in beating or stamping the ground, see in ypn . PiEL, to leap, to spring, to dance, 1 Chr. 15, 29. Is. 13, 21. Job 21, 11. Poet, of a chariot driven rapidly and bounding over rough ways, Nah. 3. 2. Joel 2, 5. Hiph. pr. to make leap or skip, e. g. mountains, i. e. to cause to tremble or start, to shake, Ps. 29, 6. Comp. Kal, also tlJ^n and ^na . ^j^"!? f. (r. pp"^ I ) c. suff. inis": , pr. thinness, something thin ; hence 1. the temple, temples, a part of the head, Judg. 4, 21. 22. 5, 26. 2. Poet, ibr the cheek, Cant. 4, 3. 6, 7. Comp. tempera id. Prop. 2. 24. 3. T^p"^ (thinness, r. p^^"^ I ) Rakkon, pr. n. of a city in Dan lying on the sea coast, Josh. 19, 46. ''Pt f^t- ^P.'yi 'o season, to spice, e. g. oil for making ointments, to per- fume, Ex. 30, 33 ; also wine, see np";] ; and flesh, see Hiph. Part. Hp"> season- ing, spicing, 1 Chr. 9, 30 ; subst. a maker of unguejits, pirfum^r, Ecc. 10, 1. Ex. 30, 35. 37, 29. The primary idea is prob. that of heating, boiling, pr. i. q. nnn , the letters p and n being inter- changed ; see in lett. p. PuAL pass, of Kal, 2 Chr. 16, 14. Hiph. to season flesh, to spice, Ez. 24, 10. Deriv. Mp"! DTi^sn, n|5^p , nnp-nt} , pnpn . np'^ m. spice ; np'nn "j"^;* spiced wine, i. q. TD13 q. v. Cant. 8, 2. npl m. ointment, perfume, Ex. 30, 25. 35. Hp*^ ra. (r. npn) plur. ta'^nisn , a maker of ointments, perfumer, pigmentarius, Neh. 3; 8. Fern, nn^j"? , plur. n-inpo-i id. 1 Sam. 8, 13. " ^r?P^ ^- see preced. art D'^np"! m. plur. (r. Hp"!) ointments, perfumes, c. suff. Is. 57, 9. ?''PT' "I- (" -p^l) constr. 5^1? pr. a solid expanse ; see the root no. 2. Hence 1. the firmament o^ heaven. Gen. 1, 6. 7. 8. Ps. 19, 2 ; fully D':^rL:n s-'pn Gen. 1, 14. 15. 17. 20. The Hebrews sup- posed the firmament to be spread out like a solid hemispheric arch over the earth, shining and pellucid as sapphire Ex. 24, 10. comp. Dan. 12, 3 ; in it were fixed the stars, Gen. 1, 14-17 ; and above it was the celestial ocean with windows in the firmament. through which the wa- ter fell as rain upon the earth, Gen. 1,7. 7, 11. Ps.104,3. 148,4; this latter being the common notion, although the true state of the case was not unknown to them, see Gen. 2, 6. Job 36, 27. 28. Sept. atfQiatfia, Yu\^. firmamentwn. So 'pi 997 . ppn Horn, oioavbg noXvxuXxog II. 5. 504. Od. :;. 2 ; ovg. aidriQtog Od. 15. 328. Arab. 'J ^ *-o\ the heavens. Syr. Chald. X5''p-i the firmament. 2. a/)areme7i^ foot-pavement, beneath a throne, i. q. 3?p5'^p5 ; pr. a foundation, from stamping, founding, see the Syriac usage in r. SJjn no. 2. So of the pave- ment borne by cherubs, above which was the throne of Jehovah. Ez. 1, 22. 23. 25. 26. 10, 1. p"^?*^ ra. (r. pjDn I ) plur. constr. ''p'^pn , a thin cake, wafer, Ex. 29, 2. 23. Lev. 2, 4. Num. 6, 15. 19. al. ^E V ^^ ^^^^ w?t7^ colours, to make versicoloured, to variegate; spoken of tlie colours in the eagle's piniOns, and of variegated marble, see nrp*i ; but chiefly of variegated cloths and gar- ments. Chald. in Targ. of the spots and shields of the leopard, Jer. 13, 23. Arab. aJ\ I, H, to make striped, as cloth ; also to write ; |%j\f variegated. From the Arabic comes Span, recamare, Ital. ricamar, to embroider with the needle. The primary idea seems to be that of laijing on colours, as in kindr. ^y^ no. 3, where see. Spec, to variegate a gar- ment, to embroider with coloured figures, Lat. opere plumario ; which seems to have been done by needle-work in figures of various colours, as blue or purple, upon a white ground or byssus ; the figures having the form sometimes of feathers or scales, and sometimes of little shields or tesselae. Hence Part. Dpi plumariv^, a worker in colours, em- broiderer, Ex. 26, 36. 27, 16. 28, 39. 36, 37. 38, 18. 39, 29. The work of the opH differed from the work of the S'lJn , in that the former was stitched with the needle or sewed upon the cloth, while the latter was woven into it; see in airn no. 3. The LXX also understand needle-work Ex. 27, 16. 38, 23 ; and so the Talmudists. See more in Thesaur. p. 1310 sq. PuAL pass, to be curiously, elaborately, wrought or shaped, of the formation of the foetus in the womb, Ps. 139, 15. Deriv. Dpn , T^'Cip'^, . Q^l (variegation, flower-gardening. Arab. aUJ % ) Rekem, pr. n. 1. Of a city in Benjamin Josh. 18, 27. 2. Of several men : a) A king of the Midianites Num. 31, 8. Josh. 13, 21. b) 1 Chr. 2, 43. c) 7, 16. niSipn f (r. Dpn) c. suff. Dn7:;^n, plur. niajsn, dual D'^n7:j5'n. 1. variegation, versicolour, i. e. play of colours, e. g. in the eagle's wings Ez. 17, 3; of stones, a pavement, 1 Chr. 29, 2, comp. in Ty^li . 2. work in colours, embroidery, also cloth embroidered with colours, see in r. Dpn. Ez. 16, 10. 13. 27, 16. n^ap-j '''laa emixroidered garments, decked with co- lours, as worn by princes, Ez. 16, 18. 26. 16. Plur. niTap"! id. Ps. 45, 15. Dual Judg. 5, 30 nin^pn 53^ dyed garments of double embroidery, i. e. embroidered on both sides, or so that the work and figures on both sides correspond. * ^12'^ fut. c. suff". D?p'ix , inf c. suff*. 1. to heat, to smite the earth with the feet, to stamp, either in indignation Ez. 6, 11 ; or in exultation Ez.25, 6. Kindr. with pp"! . Hence to tread down ene- mies, 2 Sam. 22, 43. 2. to beat out, i. e. to spread out or expand by beating, see Piel ; hence simpl. to spread out, to expand, as God the earth Ps. 136, 6. Is. 42, 5. 44, 24. Syr. ''^;>-D9 to make firm, stable ; Aph. to found, pr. by beating and stamping in order to make a solid foundation. Arab. m3\ to make firm. Piel 1. to beat out, i. e. to spread out or expand by beating, as thin plates Ex. 39, 3. Num.47, 4. Hence 2. to overspread, to overlay with plates of metal Is. 40, 19. PuAL part. SJp'n^ , to be beaten or spread into plates Jer. 10, 9. HiPH. i. q. Kal no. 2, to spread out the heavens fut. TVl^l Job 37. IS. Deriv. ^'^pn , also D"^^]?^ m. plur. plates, lamince, Num. 17, 3. ^Pl2v obsol. root, pr. to beat, to pound, spec, to spread out by heating, to pp-l C7C70 >u*'n beat thin. Arab, intrans. ^s to be thin. It is onomatopoetic, like the kindred roots PP."} , Tj?"; , comp. ni?T , y;5n . Deriv. pn , njsn , p'pn , and pr. names * !' PE"^ i. q. PT, io spit, to spit outj an onomatopoetic root, Hke kindr. 'p^'^ , comp. Lat. screo, Fr. cracker. Fut. pH"; c. 2 to spit upon any one Lev. 15, 8. For the Prget. P^l is used. q. v. Deriv. pT . ^i?"!) (pr. shore, Chald. KP;?"!, Arab. Xi'5 ) Bakkath, pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Naphtali, situated according to the Rabbins on the spot afterwards occu- pied by Tiberias, Josh. 19, 35. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 266. tO^ poor, see in r. dnn . * n 5*n obsol. root, Chald. Rtin to be able, to have leave, PittJn leave, permis- sion. Hence '}1^ffi'^ m. leave, a permit to do any thing, Ezra 3, 7. ^'^V'^ , see in P'^Tl^":; . D?"^ to write down, to record, part, pass. DitiJn Dan. 10. 21. Arab, ^s id. 01^"^ Chald. fut. Ctt3-i'' , to write, Dan. 5, 24. 25 ; also to subscribe, to sign an edict, Dan. 6, 9 sq. *^^^'!! fut. 55*i-' 1. Pr. as it would seem, to make noise and lumvlt. to cause disturbance, see the adj. SiL'n Job 3, 17. Is. 57, 20, and Hiph. Job 34, 29. Syr. '^Ah Aph. to disturb, to agitate, p^j disturbance, commotion, also ^^^-^.^Z) to be disturbed. Comp. by transp. ttSs'i no. 3. Hence 2. to do evil, to be icicked, impious, opp. p'la ; since wicked men are usually noisy and boisterous in doing injury, while good men are gentle and quiet. 1 K. 8, 47. Dan. 9, 15. Ecc. 7, 17. 3. to have an unjust cause, to be guilty, opp. p'l^ ; Job 9, 29. 10, 7. 15. With cn'bx^ , to be held guilty of God, before God,Ps. 18,22. Hiph. T^'^.y], fut. S'^llJ^: 1. to dis- turb, to stir up tumult; see in Kal no. 1. Job 34, 29 :?'itt:'Ti ^sisi 'j-^paii xsin he (God) givelh quietness, and who shall stir up tumult ? 2. to pronounce guilty, i. e. to condemn any one, as a judge, opp. P'^'^xn ; Ex. 22, 8. Deut. 25, 1. Job 32, 3. ProV. 12, 2. 17, 16. Ps. 94, 21. Is. 50, 9. al. So too one who gains his cause. Is. 54, 17. Hence simply to gain one^s cause, to be victorious^ e. g. of Saul, 1 Sam. 14, 47 and whither- soever he turned himself . V'^^l ^^ gained his cause, i. e. was victorious ; victory being accounted the reward of a just cause, defeat the punishmeitt of unright- eousness ; comp. p^sc no. 4, h;3'i: no. I ; 80 Heb. nst to be innocent, Syr. l^y to conquer. Sept. iatuCao, Vulg. 8U]M^r- abat. Others here as in no. 1, he canst d disquiet, Engl. Vers, he vexed them, i. e. his enemies. 3. Intrans. to do evil, to act wickedly, fully P.iiasb s^nn 2 Chr. 20, S5; ellijtt. id. (like a''l3''n, nn,) 2 Chr. 22, 3. Nth. 9,33. Ps. 106, 6. "job 34, 12. Part. r. genit. Dan. 11, 32 ft-'-ja '?''S?-J^ who do wickedly against the covenant, i. e. who impiously break it. Deriv. aJ"i, St*-*, rWttSi, PJOIO. ^7 m. adj. and subst. plur.- o'^rcn , constr. "Stin . Fem. HTti'i twice Ez. ii, 18. 19. " ' ' 1. unjust, faulty, guilty, having an un- just cause, a wrong-doer, opp. p'*'^^ inno- cent. So 51^^ P'^T^n to acquit the guiliy Ex. 23,7. Is'. 5, 23;' yen S'^ttJ'^n to con- demn the guilty Deut! 25, 1. 1 K. 8, \V.i. Also Ex. 2, 13 5Tr-ib nr6t*l and he said unto the wrong-doer. Num. 35, 31 5t^n psiTsb faulty to dying, guilty of death, worthy to die. 2. wicked, ungodly, impious; with subst. Sd'n ens a wicked man (opp. p'''^^ no. 3) Job 20,' 29. 27, 13. Prov. 11, 7. Ollener as subst. a wicked person, evil- doer, Job 9, 24. 15, 20. Ps. 9, 6. 17. 10, 2. 3. 4. 37, 10. 12. 21. 32. 35. 55, 4. Phir. n- ^' euff. "^sal":. 1. injustice, unrighteousmss. Job 34, ywi 999 pm ](). Mic.6, 10. 5i^n ni-i:cix treasures got by wickedness Mic. 6, 10. sd-i ''3T6^ JCw, ^3b JjCi, etc. much as the people of Wirtemberg give a thicker sound to the German s, pronouncing ist like isht. Very rarely does the Arabic retain ^ww, as nh'a ^^JLww quail. In the Hebrew itself, kindred letters are: a) The other sibilants, as Q3, 0, :, T, see p. 707; comp. also )t^, IBttJ, ISO; pn^, pnb; ppb, ppT to strain; -NO and "ixb to ferment. b) Some- times the aspirates, almost like Gr. {% Lat. sus, vXrj sylva ; comp. rrib i. q. fTin to extend ; "^^O (.^^Xjm i. q. T\^^ to go ; yyii i. q. a'^x to plait, to weave. Some- times also, in the formation of roots, a sibilant is prefixed to the primary bilite- ral syllable, as 3r.ib i. q. nna to be high, N5b i. q. nXy, etc. Comp. yQucpw scriho, ylicfbi sculpo. T()t^(o slrideo, tego art/w, fallo iTcpdkXoi), and many others. * 1^5^ obsol. root, see in nb. ferment i comp. Arab. *Lj to boil up, break out, as an ulcer. In the westei '^^ obsol. root, kindr. with the verbs ^i<'^, *i''D q. v. to become hot, to to le western languages we find from the same stock, Germ, in Ottfr. suar, Anglosax. sur, Germ, sauer, Engl. sour. Hence "^i6-si, id. The primary idea is that of abundance, super abundance; comp. Pro v. 25, 16. Kindr. is scai .Of one sated with food, Deut. 31, 20. Ruth. 2, 14. Is. 44, 16. al. More rarely with drink, i. q. ni'n , Am. 4, 8. Jer. 46. 10 ; hence also of the earth as watered Prov. 30, 16. Ps. 104, 16. Absol. Ps. 37, 19. Hos. 4, 10; hence 52^^*1 bax to eat and be filled, satisfied, i. e. to eat one's fill, Deut. 6, 11. 8, 10. 12. 14, 29. Ruth 2, 14. Joel 2, 26. Ps. 22, 27; so sabT p3^ Is. 66, 11 ; also 2f3iD &tb to be insatiable Ez. 16, 28. 29. Prov. 27, 20. Ascribed to the belly Prov. 18, 20; to the spirit (see TTBS no. 2) Ecc. 6, 3 ; and metaph. to the eye as not satisfied with seeing, Ecc. 1, 8. 4, 8, comp. Is. 53, 11. Ps. 17, 15 ; to the sword Jer. 46, 10. Constr. with ace. of thing, as cnb rab to be filled with bread Ex. 16, 12.' Job 27, 14. Prov. 12, 11 ; with l^ Prov. 14, 14. 18, 20. Job 31, 31; 3 Ps. 65, 5. 88, 4 ; ^b c. inf Ecc. 1, 8. Metaph. to be satisfied with wealth, Ecc. 5, 9 ; to be filled with reproach, Lam. 3, 30. Hab. 2, 16; with contempt Ps. 123, 3; with calamity Ps. 88, 4 ; with poverty Prov. 28, 19; with one's oj^rn devices, i. e. to reap the full reward of them, Prov. 1, 31. 18, 20. 2. to be sated, glutted, tired of any thing Prov. 25, 16. Is. 1, 11. Job 7, 4. d-ia^ 53b to be sated with life 1 Chr. 23, 1. 2 Chr. 24, 15. Also it comes from a feeling of satiety and fulness, that the heart is proud and estranged from God ; Prov. 30, 9 lest I be full and deny God. Hos. 13, 6. PiEL to satisfy, to satiate, Ez. 7, 19; 84* with two ace. of pers. and thing Ps. 90, 14. HiPH. to satisfy, to satiate, with ace. of pers. Ps. 107, 9. Is. 58, 11. Job 38,27; with two ace. of pers. and thing Ps. 132, 15. 147, 14; with l^ of thing Ez. 32, 4. Ps. 81, 17; a of thing Ps. 103, 5. Lam. 3, 15. Once with h of pers. and ace. of thing, Ps. 145, 16 "jiisn "^n-bab 5-'3b^^ and satvfiest every living thing with benefits. Metaph. Ps. 91, 16. Deriv. the five following. ^5? in- satiety ; hence abundance, plenty, e. g. of food Gen. 41, 29 sq. Prov. 3,10. ynto m. adj. (r. rab) constr. rab. plur. D'^53ia, satisfied, satiated, full Prov. 27, 7. 1 Sam. 2, 5. Metaph. a) In a good sense, abundant, rich in any thing, e. g. "P^'^ 53il? rich in favour sc. with God Deut. 33, 23. b) In an ill sense, sated with sorrows, i. e. abounding in them Job 14, 1. 10, 15. Hence with the notion of weariness superadded. 0*173^ 52b sated with life Gen. 35, 29. Job 42; 17; and simpl. ?2b id. Gen. 25, 8. I^^'fiS m. 1. satiety, fulness ; 3bb to the full Ex. 16, 3; hence rnbb bsx Ex. 16, 3. Lev. 25, 19. Prov. 13, 25. 2. abundance, Ps. 16, 11. niynto f (r. 52b) c. suff. "nr^^^b, sa- tiety, fulness, Is. 56, 11; n32bb" i'o the full U. 23, 18. Ez. 39, 19. rVytO f. (r. 52b) constr. ny'l^ , satiety, fulness, Ezra 16. 49. '^T to look; with 2 to look upon, to inspect, to view, Neh. 2, 13. Some editions have here "i2b for I2b , but less well. Chald. "i2D , where see in full. Arab, ^jum to examine a wound. Pi EL 1. ^0 look for, i. e. to earpect, to wait for ; comp. ns^ Pi. no. 2. Ruth 1, 13. 2. to hope, c. hi< Ps. 104, 27. 145, 15 ; h Ps. 119, 166. Is.'sS, 18; b c. inf. Esth. 9, 1. Aram. Pe. and Pa. id. comp. Lat. spero. Hence '^^'^ m. c. suff. "^"12123, expectation, hope, Ps. 119, 116. 146,5. * ^5'^ not found in Kal (the form nab being used), to be or become great i^:;^ 100!^ mio to grow. Chald. itao , n^D , to be multi- plied, many; Syr. j-^ id. also to grow, to be increased. Kindr. with nxa , the sibilant being prefixed, see under ia, p. 1000. HiPH. \. to make great, c.\i6\i\2.2'i. 2. to magnify, to laud, Job 36, 24. Deriv. x. iijto Chald. id. to be or become great, Ezra 4, 22! Fut. Dan. 3, 31 xab^ "p^^^^J may your peace be great, i. e. be multi- plied unto you ; a form of salutation. 6, 26. In Targg. always X5D . * ^5^ \. tobe highj e. g. of a city, to be inaccessible, strong, Deut. 2, 36 ; elsewhere only in poetry. Not found in the other dialects. Kindr. perh. with D2a, the sibilant being prefixed; see under lett. iZ). 2. to be exalted, to be raised up, e. g. to safety as in a high place, Job 5, 11. Comp. aaiUTs . NiPH. tobe high, as a city, a wall, Is. 26, 5. 30, 13. Prov. 18, 11. Trop. a) to be exalted, supreme, of God Ps. 148, 13. Is. 2, 11. 17. h) to be set in a high and secure place; hence to be safe, to be protected, Prov. 18, 10, comp. -yOJa. c) to be high, i. e. dijicult to compre- hend, Ps. 139, 6. PiEL to set up on high, to exalt any one ; only metaph. a) to make power- ful, to strengthen. Is. 9, 10. b) to set on high i. e. in safety, to protect, to defend, Ps. 20, 2. 69, 30. 91, 14; c. '-Q from, an enemy (comp. "i^ no. 3. a) Ps. 59,2. 107,41. Pdal pass, of Piel lett. b, Prov. 29, 25. Hi PH. to exalt oneself, to show oneself exalted. Job 36, 22. Deriv. 25b^, and pr. n. iJiab. yyW a spurious root, see ilia II. * njlC fat. nab-i , i. q. xsib , to become great, to grow, Job 8, 7. 11.' Ps. 92, 13. Hi PH. to cause to grow^ to increase, Ps. 73, 12. ^''I'W (elevated, r. nib) Segub, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 21. 22. b) 1 K. 16, 34 Cheth. for which Keri n^^ito Segib. i5'^5TS m. adj. (r. Wia) great, o^ God Job 36, 26. 37, 23. X'^ar Chald. m. (r. Xib) 1 . Adj. great, Dan. 2, 31. 4, 7. Also much, muny, Dan. 4, 9. 18. Plur. f. 'jX-^ato many Dan. 2; 48. Ezra 5, 11. ' . 2. Adv. much, greatly, very, Dan. 2. 12. 5, 9. 6, 15. 24. 7, 28. ^"^ytti see in nwb lett. b. c * "f^^ in Kal not used. Arab. Jul has two different significations, traces of which remain in Hebrew, viz. 1. to be straight, ecen, level, comp. ic:^ no. 1, 2; conj. II, to make straight ; VIII, tobe straight, made straight. See Piel. 2. to stop, to shut up a way, door, etc. comp. *TiD ; and this seems to come from the idea of binding, comp. "tyi ^ S ^ S , Jlw. Hence Jum and Jum something intervening between two points and stopping the passage, spec, a mountain ; plur. 80(Xm* a valley full of rocks and stones, where the rain-water stands. Hence pr. n. D'^'nto . Piel to harrow, i. e. to level a. fie\i\ Is. 28,24. Job 39, .10. Hos. 10, 11. rriTfl obsol. root; Arab. Iju*/ to extend the hand (comp. nnri , nn^), to tend towards any thing, logo with large and free steps; IV, to be let go free. The primary idea therefore is that of wide, free, ample space. Hence *TM "1- constr. nntt); c. suff. 'nib, r\ib, sinnb; plur. ninia. constr. "^nb Ruth 1, 1.2,. also nntt) ^Neh. 12, 29,V. suff. cn-'ninttJ , oninb ; a feid, the open felds, the country, lying unenclosed and without fences or hedges, as is still the case throughout the East. Not found in the kindr. dialects, except in the Punic; see Monum^. Phoen. p. 394. Often opp. to cities, villages, camps, Gen. 4, 8. 24, 63. 65. 29, 2. 34, 7. 37, 15. 1 Sam. 20. 5. 11 ; also to vineyards, these being enclosed by a wall (comp. Is. 5, 2. 5. Num. 22, 24), Ex. 22, 5. Lev. 25, 3. 4. Num. 16, 14, 20, 17. It embraces both tilled fields and pastures Gen. 31, 4. 37, 7. Ex. 9, 3. Ruth 2, 2. 3 ; also mountainous land and fields planted with trees Judg. 9, 32 comp. V. 36. 1 Sam. 14, 25. 2 Sam. 1,21; likewise the houses of the peasants no* nc 1003 uiia rounded by a wall were reckoned to open field, Lev. 25, 31. Hence a-ix J a man of the field, i. e. Esau as a Iter and living in the open air. Gen. 27 ; n-f^n n^n collect, the beasts of field, wild beasts, Gen. 2, 20. 3, 14. . "; jn 3i^5 the herbs or plants of the field, wild plants. Gen. 2, 5. 3, 18. Spec, a) a field as ploughed and tilled but not enclosed. Gen. 47, 24. Lev. 19, 19. Often for r^'^b rij^bn part of a field, i. e. a portion of the open field be- longing to one owner and tilled by him (comp. Gen. 33, 19. Ruth 2, 3. 4, 3), Gen. 23, 13. 17. 49, 30. 32. Ruth 4, 5. Jer. 32, 9. 25. Is. 5, 8. [Melon, for the produce of the fields, parall. yy^, l''"'n'^5 Ecc. 5, 8. R.] Once xt i^oxTiV for wUd plants, pasturage, Ex. 32, 5. b) i^rn nib the field of a city, i. e. its territory, the open country round about, Gen. 41, 48. Neh. 12, 29. Ps. 78, 12. 43. "7.*^n "^yi Ih^ country-towns, opp. the metropolis, 1 Sam. 27, 5. c) So the field or country of a people is their territory, Gen. 14, 7. 32, 4. 1 Sam. 6, 1. 27, 7. 11. Ruth 1, 6. 4, 3. Plur. as ' ill Engl, territories ; Ruth 1, 1 3Xi^">-tb. V. 2. 22. 2, 6. Spec, of a level country, as cnx rrra Hos. 12, 13, for o-^x y\^_; see in '^'^'a . d) As opp. to the sea, i, q. the land, terra finna, Ez. 26, 6. 8. '^'110 m. i. q. nnb , field, country, but only poetic, Ps.8,'8! 50, 11. 80, 14. Deut. 32, 13. al. That V is the proper and primitive sing, form, and common in Arabic for the Hebrew n-, from verbs nb. is shown Lehrg. p. 158. Simonis and others incorrectly hold *'^ttJ as plur. i. q. D^-jiD ; but see Ps. 96, 12. ' W^^t3 m. plur. pr. n. Siddim, whence fi-'n'^an p735 the Valley or Plain of Siddim^ the plain of the cities Sodom and Go- morrah, now occupied by the Dead Sea, Gen. 14, 3. 8, 10. Aqu. Onk. Saad. trans- late ' Valley of the fields ' (o-^-JiO). But o D"'TZ3 is prob. i. q. Arab. Juw, plur. 80 Jew, 'a depression (Wady) full of rocks and stones,' and therefore difficult to pass, see in T]it) no. 2; hence 'a plain cut up 9Y stony channels.' T^T*? f (r. n^D, with b for D) a row, rank of soldiers 2 K. 11, 8. 15 ; of stories, chambers, 1 K. 6, 9. niD, constr. rva Deut. 14, 4, c. suflf. i-ib Deut. 22, 1 and ^n^^ 1 Sam. 14, 34, comm. gend. (m. Ex. 12, 5 ; f Jer. 50, 17. Ez. 34, 20.) one of a fiock, i. e. a sheep or goat, a noun of unity corresponding to the collect. "|X:c q. v. a flock of sheep or goats; Gen. 22, 7. 8. 30,32. Ex. 12, 5. Deut. 14, 4 D-^W niii) o-iniba nili one of the s/ieep and one of the goats, i. e. a sheep and a goat. Lev. 5, 7. 27, 26. 1 Sam. 15, 3. 22, 19. Judg. 6, 4; comp. *^i^ and 'jsa . It admits of no plural ; but is put as collect. Jer. 7, 25. 43, 23. Arab. SLw, plur. sLi , id. The etymo- logy is doubtful ; though the word seems derived from a verb nxtt) . as ns from nxB ; and this prob. had the same signi- fication with Arab. LiLi to drive sheep by uttering the sound Li Lw repeat- edly ; comp. in Engl, the sound sh, sh. Nor is it strange that a sheep should be so named from thi.^ call or sound of the shepherd; just as in the language of German children a horse is called Hotto from the word hott ! used by coachmen. * iniD obsol. root, i. q. Aram, jovie, ^10 , Arab. cV g w , to testify, pr. to be an eye-witness; Conj. Ill, coram spec- tavit. Hence the two following. ^r?" m. c. suff. ^^"^ya Kamets impure, like part. Peal m the Aramaean dialects ; a witness, once Job 16, 19. i^rt'l'into f (r. -intb) an Aramaean word in stat. emphat. used by Laban the Syrian, testimony, a testimonial, Gen. 31, 47. Targ. S^nnno Ex. 20, 6. Syr. D"'3'"into m. plur. (r. -irJD , with ti) for D) dimin. crescents, little moons, worn as an ornament on the necks of men, women, and camels, Judg. 8, %1. 26. Is. 3, 18. Sept. prjvhxoL, Vulg. lunulae. ^^IJJ to he gray-haired, see r. n'lib . ^11 tJ i. q. rjab , thick branches, thick' ei, 2'Sam. 18, 9! R. r|3b. riiiD lOOi ntifl * Lj^^ to fro ()ffrom, to draw back, 1. q. aiD I, where see. So Niimi. aitoj 2 Sam. I, 22, where however many Mas. and editions have G. Hini. IS''^ Job 24, 2, see in r. aiO Hiph. * II. 3^iD i. q. aiO II, ^ a^iaJb to go to andfi-o in ihejield, in order to muster his flocks and Khephcrds. This is the sense of the phrase ynxa UltlJ Job 1, 7. 2 Sam. 21, 2. 8 ; comp/ Zech. 4, 10. 2 Chr. 16, 9. Jer.5, 1. "^^ i. q. ^ittto, to go or turn away, to tiini aside to any thing, part. plur. atij -^Db Ps. 40, 5. Deriv. D-^iato , D"I3D . 5|^ '*' /o hedge, to hedge in or about. Arab. (JLi mid. Waw, to hedge with thorns, ^i)Li, wLi thorn. See the kindred verbs aito II, alD II, "^DO and TjDib, also "^ab and "30, which seem to have come from T^ib , 7|1D , by strength- ening the middle radical. Compare also Sanscr. sdkhd, Pers. ^Li , a leaf] bough. Metaph. Job ^ 10 inra nato thou hast made a hedge about him, i. e. dost pro- tect him. But the same phrase is also used in a sense of disfiivour, for ltD , rarely cto Job 20, 4 ; part. pass. f. hTSSib 2 Sam. 13, 2 Keri, mo-to Cheth. genr. to put. to set, to place; Syr. >aB, Ethlop. VJ(P, UKP, id. Less fre- quent is Arab. ^L^ mid. Ye. to set, to constitute, o. g. a price. Kindr. are D0 , oto^ .Hence 1. to put, to set, to place, where the person or thing thus put stands erect, or is regarded as standing rather than as lying down, Gr. 'iatTffii. So of pernons, to set, to station ; 2 K. 10, 24 Jehu sta- tioned (ib cto) in the street fourscore men. Ex. 33, 22. 1 Sam. 8, 11 ; troops in garrison 2 Sam. 8, 6. 14, or in ambush Josh. 8, 2. 12. Judg. 20, 36 ; hence also to set or put the foot upon the neck of any one Josh. 10, 24. Of things, which stand or seem to stand ; as an idol, to set up, Deut. 27, 15 ; a monument, c.ippus, Gen. 28, 22. 1 Sam. 7, 12 ; a table Ex. 26, 35 ; an altar Ex. 40, 26. 29; the ark Ex. 40, 3 ; a throne Jer. 43, 10. 49. 38 ; a door, to set or put in, Gen. 6, 16, comp. dVts 1006 DITO Job 38, 10 ; a tent Pe. 19, 5. So too the boards of the sacred tabernacle, wliich Blood upon bases, Ex. 40, 18; the court before the same, by setting up the co- bimns from which the curtains were sus- pended, Ex. 40, 8 ; also to put up the curtains, i. q. to hang them upon the co- lumns, Ex. 40, 5. Spec. a) to set troops, i. e. to draw tcp, to array, c. ace. I Sam. 11, 11 Saul set (nr*n) the jjeople in three companies. Job'l, 17. Ace. impl. 1 K. 20, 12. Ez. 23, 24. So 1 Sam. 15, 2 Tj-J^a ib oto he set himself for him in the way, i. e. against him. b) to set, i. e. to constitute, to appoint, {iiOivui Acts 20, 18.) e. g. a king Deut. 17, 15 ; a prince Hos. 2, 2 ; judges 1 Sam. 8, 1 ; c. dupl. ace. 1 Sam. 1. c. Ps. 105, 21 ; ace. and b Gen. 45, 9. Ex. 2, 14; ace. and be? , to set over, i. e. a person over others Ex. 1, 11. 5j 14. 1 Sam. 18, 5. So ttJjina o^ to put ai the head of, to set over, Deut. 1, 13 ; comp. in CKn no. 4. c) to set a plant, i. e. to plant, Is. 28, 25. Ez. 17, 4. 5. Is. 41, 19. So Lat 'po- nere arborem ' ; Arab, -^r vi> . d) ;!a csiia to put into one's own hand, i. e. to take in one's hand ; e. g. a hammer Judg.4, 21 ; goods, 1 K. 20, 6. iBsa Wti nw to put or take one's life in one^s hand, see in C)? lett. c. 1 Sam. 19, 5. 28, 21. See also in lett. d, here following. d) 'b '^B2 ^''"?^'? ^''^ ^^ P*^ w^orrfs in ths mouth of any one, to suggest them to him, Ex. 4, 15. Num. 22, 38. 23, 5. 16. 2 Sam. 14, 3. Is. 51, 16. al. So to put wonders in the hands of any one, to give him the power of working miracles, Ex. 4, 21 ; to put any thing in the ears of any one, to rehearse it to him, Ex. 17, 14. e) to put or lay upon any one, to im- pose, e. g. any thing to be done, with bs of pers. Ex. 5, 8. 14. 22, 24 ; or to be suf- fered, c. 3 Ex. 15, 26. Deut. 7, 15; also to impute to any one sc. guilt, with '^ Judg. 9, 24 ; b Deut. 22, 8. 14 [17] ; S 1 Sam. 22, 15.' Job 4, 18. f ) b Dtu nnit) to put i. e. give a name to any one, (uvofia d^iival tivl Od. 19. 403, ovofia ^tG&ixi 19. 406,) Dan. 1, 7; and with a somewhat different construc- tion, Judg. 8, 31 nb^-'ax iBOJ-nx nb^'i and, he set i. e. called his name Abinielech. 2 K. 17, 34. Neh. 9, 7, and Chald. Dan. 5, 12 ; comp. Num. 6, 27. ' g) i'napb nw to set before oneself be- fore one's eyes, spoken of that for which one has high regard, Ps. 54, 5. 86, 14. h) Absol. to put, to lay down, sc. a pledge, Job 17, 3. Comp. Arab. /fj^% Conj. Ill, i. q. rjLjCs -o* ; Gr. ji&ea&ai Passow, A. no. 8. i) With ^K to lay before any one, i. e. to propound, to explain, Job 5, 8. Also absol. batt) D^i'^ to explain the sense Neh. 8, 8. k) to lay up, as if in store ; Job 36, 13 the wicked w|5< sia'^b^ lay up wrath sc. in their heart, i. e. they treasure up their wrath, indulge in anger and hatred against God, and do not humbly turn to him ; so Umbreit correctly. Usually they lay up i. e. heap up divine wrath against themselves, i. q. d^r^autxf^i'^ovai kavtoTg ^vfiov Rom. 2, 5. I) Similar is zh-by tTJ to lay to heart, Gr. &ia&ai V (pgsai, U. 47, 7. 57, 1. 11. Jer. 12, 11. Also nb-bx D^b 2 Sam. 19, 20. nba 'b l Sam. 21, 13. Job 22, 22. With inf and b Mai. 2, 2, also 6. 19, 20. 29. Comp. naj no. 1, in Hos. I, 12 and Ez. 23, 5. Deriv. "^aio for '^aib . D'^tptJ m. plur. (r. 'JW) deviations from right, transgressions, Hos. 5, 2. Al>o C^OD q. V. id. Ps. 101, 3. The form is like 6tp from r. Kip, hn or b'^n from r. bin . Others concr. apostates, revoltei * DtDTS fut. Dbib'^ to lie in wait foi any one, to persecute him, c. ace. Gen^ 27, 41. 49, 23. 50, 15. Job 16, 9. 30, 21, Ps. 55, 4. The primary signif. is to a trap, comp. Syr. >a^ ; whence tW deriv. n^aiJttJTa. * 1^? i. q. C-Jto 1. to lie in wait, be an adversary, to persecute, c. ace. 71, 13 '^ttJB3 '^y^b i. q. "^dES "^^ipa^. __, 21. 109, 4. "^saij my adversaries, perse-" cutors, Ps. 109,' 20. 29. 1^. to oppose, to resist, in the forum. ItDTS 1009 rrm inf. c. suflf. -irjilJ^ Zech. 3, 1. Chald. "jao c. b id, Arab, v h ^ ^ to resist. Deriv. the two following. l^tD m. I. an adversary, e. g. in war, an enemy, 1 K. 5, 18. 11, 14. 23. 25. .1 Sam. 29, 4; in the forum Ps. 109, 6, comp. Zech. 3, 1.2; also of one who in any way opposes another, 2 Sam. 19, 23. Num. 22, 22 the angel of Jehovah stood in the way "ib "j^iti^ to oppose him. v. 32. Chald. "Jb, "JO, xrjD, id. 2. With the an. 'i^^H the adversary xttT iloxriv, it assumes the nature of a proper name (Heb. Gramm. 107. 2), i. e. Satan, 6 diu/SoXog, the Devil, the evil spirit in the theology of the Jews, who seduces men to evil 1 Chr. 21, 1 (where alone the article is wanting, comp. 2 Sam. 24, 1 ), and accuses and calumniates them before God, Zech. 3, 1. 2. Job 1, 6-9. 2, 1 sq. Comp. Rev. 12, 10 6 xaTt,yo)Q Totv udfX(f>(oy rjficjv, 6 xocttj- yoQOjv avi(xiv ivbtniov tov &(ov TjfKtiv rjfjiBQng xal vvxTog. Syr. iJLjuio, Arab. ^UajuiJI, Eth. A^^'i, id. The hypothesis of A. Schultens, Herder, Eichhorn, and others, ia now univer- sally exploded : these writers held the Satan of the book of Job to be differ- ent from the S^atan of the other books, regarding him as a good angel appoint- ed to try the characters of men ; and hence they proposed in the prologue of this book everywhere to read "i^^TSn i. e. nsQiodsviTjg, from the root laiTT. njtpto f (r. "lu:^) 1- accusation, let- ter of accusation, Ezra 4, 6. 2. Sitnah, pr. n. of a well, so called from the opposition and strife of the Philistines against Isaac, Gen. 26, 21. nW Chald. see in -lattj . ^5*^12? m. (for J^"^?, r. Kttjs) elevation, eminency, i. q. nxb , Job 20, 6. liX">TD (for Tix-^iaa elevated) Sion, pr. n. of the mountain usually called Her- mon, prob. nothing more than an epi- thet, ' the lofty,' Deut. 4, 48. R. Xtt)2 . ^"'^ to be gray, hoary, i. e. gray- headed, to have gray hair, 1 Sam. -12, 2. Part. 3b gray-headed, an old man, se- nex, Job 15, 10. Chald. n-'D, Syr.^^|i, 85 Arab. k^\^ mid. Ye, id. Hence 2^iD, y^^ Chald. id. Part. plur. emphat. K^nb, constr. "^32) , old men, elders, Ezra 5, 5.^9. S''tD m. sc. suff. i^'^iU, grayness 0^ thQ hair, meton. old age, 1 K. 14, 4. nn^'te f. (r. n-ittJ) constr. rn'^to , c. suff. ina'^tu , grayness of hair, hoariness, Hos. 7, 9. Job 41, 24. Meton. a) Of a per- son who has gray hairs, one gray-head- ed, Gen. 42, 3^ 44, 29. 31. Ruth 4, 15. 1 K. 2, 6. 9; espec. Lev. 19, 32; fully ns-^ic 05 "'i< Deut. 32, 25. b) For old age, Ps. 71, 18. 92, 15. na-i-j nn^b a good old age, i. e. far advanced, Gen. 15, 15. 25, 8. Judg. 8, 32. 1 Chr. 29, 28. y'^ m. (r. a!iO or aitt) I ) a withdraw- ing; 1 K. 18, 27 ^h a-^b he has with- . drawn himself, sc. into his private apart- ments. "^^^ to cover with lime, to plaster, Deut. 27, 2. 4. Arab. 4>Lw mid. Ye, Chald. TiO, id. But this is prob. rather a denom. signif from n. T^iu lime ; which itself may come from the idea o^ boiling, r. "T"^ i. q. T^T. T^l? m. lime, see in r. ^"'ttJ ult. Deut. 27, 2. 4. Is. 33, 12. Am. 2, 1. Arab. 9 cXLi, Syr. ij-ii:, Chald. K'l'^O, id. n]^1? , see the suff. forms in nb . * VP"^, fut. n-iib^ to speak, to talk, to converse; Talm. n^iD id. but not found in the kindr. dialects. With b , Job 12, 8 Y'^^'i '^'^^ speak to the earth, i. e. to the reptiles. With 3 to talk of any one Ps. 69, 13 ; c. ace. to talk with, to converse with, Prov. 6, 22. Hence a) to speak or utter a song, to sing, i. q. "iS'i no. 1 . c. p. 211 ; absol. Judg. 5, 10 ; c. ace. to sing of to celebrate in song, Ps. 145, 5 ; c. 3 id. Ps. 105, 2. b) to utter complaints, to complain, Ps. 55, 18. Job 7, 11. Comp. subst. n^b I. 3. c) i. q. i3i>3 na-n to talk with oneself i. e. to meditate, espec. on divine things, Ps. 77, 4. 7 "'Ssb-cSJ nn^bx. With 3 of thing V. 13. 119,15. 23. 27! etc. Pol. fut. nnib"^, i. q. Kal lett. c, to meditate, c. 3 Ps. 143. 5. Also to thinks n-'iD 1010 bDTD to consider, Is. 53, 8 ; see Comment, on Is. 1. c. Thesaur. p. 1828. Deriv. nb , n^ia I, rn-'itj . I. n^t? m. (r. n'^) c. suff. 'n^tB. 1. speech, discourse, 1 K. 9, 11. So perh. in irony of Baal, 1 K. 18, 27 ib n-^it) he is talking with some one ; or perh. he is meditating, is in a brown study, so that he does not hear ; see the root lett. c. The first is more certain. 2. song, Ps. 104, 34 ; see the root lett. a. 3. complaint, complaining, 1 Sam. 1, 16, Job 7, 13. 9, 27. 23, 2. fs. 55, 3. 64, 2. 102, 1. Prov. 23, 29. II. n^to m. plur. D'^n'^to , a shrub, bush; collect, shrubs, bushes, Gen. 2, 5. Job 30, 4. Plur. Gen. 21, 15. Job 30, 7. Comp. ]la^ shrub, from ^o^to sprout, to grow. Perh. of the same origin with ntr^to f. (r. n'^itJ) meditation, espec. pious, in respect to divine things, Ps. 119, 97. 99. Job 15, 4 i>J< ^ith nn/b me- ditation before God, i. e. devotion, Germ. Andacht. D'^to to put, to place, see filtt) . ^125 m. (r. TiattJ) plur. 0"'3to, fAonw, prickles. Num. 33, 55. Arab. C/^ thorn. i ?[to m. (r. "r^sb i. q. Ti^O) c. suflf. isto , a booth, hut, also a tabernacle, dwelling ; Lam. 2, 6 isb "i^? C5bn^5 God hath torn away his dwelling as the hut of a gar- den, i. e. the temple, comp. nSD. Others less well, a hedge, enclosure. * n^'l? obsol. root, i. q. Chald. K2D to look at, to view, Syr. vAOtf , Samar. MSD , to look for, to long for, Samar. *'i2t5 eye. Kindred is nstii . The primary idea seems to have been that occulting, separating, discerning, comp. in 'j'^a; whence "psto knife. Deriv. siDto "psto , n^^StbTa . n|ijp f. (r. T\3to i. q. r\i\b) a pointed weapm, ' dart, pr. a thorn. Job 40, 31. Arab. X.^*w a thorn, sharp weapon. ^Dtp (watch-tower, r. naib) Sechu, pr. n. of a region near Ramah, 1 Sam. 19, 22. ''ID m. (r. fi2'W) intelligence, comp. n'^Stpa and r. bab no. 2 ; meton. the seat of it, the mind, heart, Job 38, 36 ; for this passage see in art. ninu . Others, phenomenon, meteor, but against the context. njDto f (r. nsto) the flag of a ship, a standard, seen as a signal from afar ; Samar. fflii^ signal, standard. Plur. Is. 2, 16 upon all the ships of Tarshish hy\ rrronxi m^sb-bs and upon all their gay flags ; comp. the parallelism v. i;; It). Sept correctly as to sense, inl Jiucrav dittv nloibiv xallovq. The Phenician and Egyptian vessels had their flags and sails of purple and other splendid colours ; see Ez. 27, 7. Diod. Sic. 1. 57. Wilkinson's Mann, and Gust, of Anc. Egypt. III. p. 211. I'^Sto m. (r. nab) a knife, Prov. 23, 2. Chald. ^30 , Arab. ^;jXu, id. ^I'^ptD m. (r. isilJ) one hired, a hire" ling, hired labourer, Ex.22, 14. Lev. 19, 13. 22, 10. Deul. 15, 18. Job 7, 1. al. Is. 16. 14 in three years "I'^ab *'Dd3 accord- ing to the years of a hireling , i. e. it will happen at this exact time, will not be de- ferred longer, just as the hired labourer does not continue his work beyond the stated hour. nn'ipto f. (r. "isb) a hiring; Is. 7, 20 rrr^SUSn nsn the hired razor. * Tj5^ 1. i. q. T|?0, to interweave; also to cover, Ez. 33, 22. Hence TjiO . 2. i. q. t^lbj to hedge, spec, to hedge 6,0 - with thorns ; hence ^yjM thorn, pointed weapon, ViJLu to be armed. Deriv. "r^ia , Tjto , n'^^^ and Jis^to^ . * ^5*^ 1. Pr. to look at, to behold, to view ; Chald. and Samar. bsD Ithpa. id. See Hiph. no. 1. Oftener 2.'Trop. to be prudent, circumspect, to act prudently, wisely, pr. ' to look well to any thing', 1 Sam. 18,, 30. PiEL causat. of Kal no. 2. Gen. 48, 14 I'^Ti-py; bsto he laid his hands circum- spectly, i. e. placed them purposely thus. But all the ancient versions give the sense, he laid his hands cross-wise^ Sept b^'XD 1011 ibis ivalXa^ t? xstgag, Vulg. commutans ma- nus. HiPH. 1. to look at, to behold; Gen. 3, 6 b-isianb yrn i^nsT and pleasant was ^Ae free to behold; Yulg. aspectu delec- tabile,3.nd so the other ancient versions. Others refer it to no. 5. 2. Trop. fo /ooA: ai with the mind, to consider, to attend to, absol. Dan. 9, 25 ; c. ace. Deut. 32, 29. Ps. 64, 10; b Prov. 16, 20; bx Neh. a 13. Ps. 41, 2 b'n-bn b'^stoia trAo considereth the poor, i. e. careth for him; c. h Prov. 21, 12; a Dan. 9, 13; ""S Is. 41. 20. 3. to be or become intelligent, pncdent, wise, Ps. 2, 10. 94, 8 ; c. 3 Dan. 1, 4, comp. V. 17; to act prudently, wisely, Jer. 20, 11. 23, 5. Part. b'^Sto?: one in- telligent, prudent, wise, Job 22, 2. Prov. 10, 5. 14, 35. Am. 5, 13; also upright, righteous, godly, Ps. 14, 2. Dan. 11, 33. 35. 12, 3; comp. DDH, nasn . But subst. b'^BtoTS a poem, see in its order, p. 621. Inf. V-'Ston Jer. 3, 15 and baton Prov. 1, 3. 21. 16, subst. intelligence, un- derstanding, wisdom. 4. i. q. H'^b::^ to have success, to pros- per, in any undertaking or business. Josh. 1, 7. 8. 2 K. 18, 7. Is. 52, 13. Jer. 10, 21. Prov. 17, 8. Also 5. Causat. to make wise, i. e. to teach, to instruct, c. ace. Ps. 32, 8. Prov. 16, 23 ; c. dupl. ace. Dan. 9, 22 ; c. b pers. Prov. 21, 11. 6. to give success, to cause to prosper, 1 K. 2, 3. Deut. 29, 8. Deriv. bait) and bsto , also b->3to^ . ^?to Chald. Ithpa. c. 3 to attend to any thing, to consider, Dan. 7, 8. Hence sianbsto . ^3i?? m.. 1 Chr. 22, 12, also ^?to, in pause bstt) , c. suff. ibato . R. bsiij . 1. intelligence, understanding, wisdom, 1 Chr. 22, 12. 26, 14. Prov. 12, 8. bsto Sili good understanding ^Yov. 13, 15. Ps. Ill, 10. 2 Chr. 30, 22. bato 0^1 to give the understanding of any thing, i. e. to cause to understand it, Neh. 8, 8. In a bad sense, craft, cunning, Dan. 8, 25. 2. prosperous success, prosperity, Prov. 3,4. n^bDte n Ecc. 1, 11 folly, i. q. n^ibsD which is found in many Mss. and edi- tions. 'iSJnbDto Chald. f. (r.bsto) intelligence^ understanding, Dan. 5, 11. 12. *'^5^ fut. ibiB'', to hire; Arab. - T . . 5 f SJm to reward, to thank. Talra. i. q. Heb. With ace. of pers. Gen. 30, 16. Prov. 26, 10. So to hire workmen 2 Chr. 24, 12. Is. 46, 6 ; troops 2 Sam. 10, 6. 2 K. 7, 6. 1 Chr. 19, 6. 2 Chr. 25, 6 ; a priest Judg. 18, 4. In a bad sense i. q. to bribe Judg. 9, 4. Deut. 23, 5. Neh. 13,2. NiPH. to hire oneself out, to be hired, 1 Sam. 2, 5. HiTHP. to hire oneself out, to earn wa- ges. Hag. 1, 6. Deriv. isib , isto , -i-^ato , nn"3aj , "^3to m. constr. -laii) , c. suff. ''-lato . R. 1. hire, wages, of a labourer Gen. 30, 28. 32. Deut. 15, 18. 1 K. 5, 20. Zech. 8, 10. Mai. 3, 5 ; of a nurse Ex. 2. 9 ; fare, passage-money, Jon. 1, 3 ; also hire of a thing Ex. 22, 14 ; s/7/>e7ic?of the priests Num. 18, 31. 2. reward, espec. from God, either for virtue Gen. 15, 1. 2 Chr. 15, 7. Jer. 31, 16. Ps. 127, 3 ; or for labours and suffer- ings Is. 40, 10. 62, 11. Ez. 29, 18. 19. 3. Sacar, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 26. 4. b) 1 Chr. 11, 35, for which in the parall. passage 2 Sam. 23, 33 "ind. *^?^ m. (r.iDto) hire, wages,Frov. 11, 18. is. 19, 10 nato "itos those making wa- ges, hired labourers ; comp. n5 no. 2. d. n5TD obsol. root, i. q. Arab. Ju*/, pr. to be quiet, i. q. nbd ; then to be fat, i. q. Arab. ^^^ VIII. Hence iyta m. (Keri rbto) a quail, so called from its fatness, comp. Arab. -jLiww ; thrice collect, quails, Ex. 16, 13 where it is joined with a fem. in the manner of collectives. Num. 11, 32. Ps. 105, 40. Pldr. D'^lbtb Num. 11, 31, as from a sing. n^bb , corresponding to Arab. ^jXjm , and Samar. "^ibG , which the Cod. He- braeo-Sam. also has. Sept. oQrvyofirjTga, Vulg. coturnix. See Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 92. Not the bird now called kuttX p-lil^*, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 620. 'Vm 1012 nnic "I'^^to Keri, see l^to . X^bto (garment, see n^a^lB) Salma, pr. n. m. a) A son of Caleb 1 Chr. 2, 51. 54. b) See in n^abto no. 2. n^bto f. by transpos. for n^^ib q. v. 1. a garment Ex. 22, 8. Mic' 2, 8. 2. Salmah, pr. n. of the father of Boaz, Ruth 4, 20 ; for which S^abto 1 Chr. 2, 11, and "jinbto Ruth 4, 21. jiiabto (clothed) Salmon, pr. n. m. see n^bto no. 2. '^'abi?? Salmal pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 48 ; for which Ezra 2, 46 Keri '>^)t . bi^^to a quadrilit. root not used in Kal, denom. from bsi^it) . HiPH. b^x^ton, fut. b-^it^ta^ Gen. 13, 9; inf and imp. b'^7:il)n 2 Sam. 14, 19, 'b'^ritJn Ez. 21, 21 ; part. plur. D-^bx^iba lChr.'l2, 2. 1. to turn to the left, Gen. 13. 9. Is. 30, 21. Ez. 21, 21. 2 Sara. 14, 19 see in -jT?^ . 2. to use the left hand, to be left-hand- ed, 1 Chr. 12,2. *bK:jir, more fully b^^"^'^ which ou^ht perh. to be pronounced biXttia , Arab. JIU-ww. 1. the left hand, opp. V^t* the right hand. Gen. 48, 14. Judg. 16, 29. Jon. 4. 11. Cant. 2, 6. 8, 3. Accus. bti^b and bwX^vi^n (Gen. 13, 9) to the left hand, towards the left; often in the phrase bx^b^ "pa^ *i& &.jyLww Senir ; Abulfed. ed. Kohler p. 164; ed. Paris p. 68. Written also "i*'?!^ in some copies Deut. 3, 9. Cant. 4, 8. r obsol. root, prob. i. q, 13^ to make a noise, to clatter, e. g. as arms, whence ;r^ armature, coat of mail. Hence see pr. n. '^'^?^. nWiS, plur. D-i-iirb, see in rTi5>b. "i"'3?i? m. (r. ^5b) constr. T^Sb ; plur. D^n'^rb , constr. ^^s^ . 1. hairy, shaggy, rough, Gen. 27, 11. 23. Dan. 8, 21. Chald. 'j'nyD, Syr. Jjjlajfi, Arab. ^A-ii, id. 2. a he-goat, buck, (Lat. hircus i. q. hirtus, hirsutus, hairy,) Lev. 4, 24. 16, 9 sq. Fully D'^-t^ '^'^y'o a buck of the goats, goat-buck, Gen. 37, 31. Lev. 4, 23. 16, 5. Num. 7, 16 sq. 28, 30. 29, 11. al. -i-'Sb rNDnn the goat of the sin-offering Lev. 9, 3' 15. 10, 16. 16, 15. 27. For the wor- ship of the he-goat among the Hebrews, after the example of the Egyptians, see Lev. 17, 7. 2 Chr. 11, 15. Fem. nn-^^to a she-goat, see in its order. Plur. n'T^'iyb he-goats for satyrs, wood-demons, supposed to resemble he-goats, and to live in deserts Is. 13, 21. 34, 14. Sept. ^(tifiovux. See on these popular supersti- tions, Comment, on Isa. lit cc. Bochart. Hieroz. II. p. 844. 3. Plur. n^-i-iSto , showers, Deut. 32, 2 ; comp. r. *yy}!3 to shudder. "^^^^. (hairy, shaggy, r. "nsb) Seir, pr. n. a) A phylarch or chief of the Horites, Gen. 36, 20-30. b) The mountainous country of the Edomites. extending from the Dead Sea ^to the Elanitic Gulf, the northern part of whi^ is now called Jebdl (see ^^a). and the southern esh-Sherah, slwuJI ; see Burckhardt's Travels in Syria, p. 401, 410. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 552. This region (T^rb "nn Gen. 14, 6. Deut. 1, 2. 2, 1) was first inhabited by the Horites, D'^'iin Gen. 14, 6. Deut. 2, 12 ; then by Esau Gen. 32, 4. 33, 14. 16, and his posterity the Edomites Deut. 2,4 sq. 2 Chr. 20, 10. al. This mountainous country may possibly have derived its name from the Horite Seir, see above in lett. a ; but it is better to render "i''5b as added Judg. 16, 22. 2 Sam. 14, 26. Ezra 9, 3; without ttJXi Cant. 4, 1. Ps. 68, 22. b) Of hair on other parts of the body, Lev. 1 3, 3 sq. C'jbs'i nrlU the hair of the feet, i. e. of the pudenda Is. 7, 20 ; and so xmt cIo/tJv of the hair of puberty, Ez. 16, 7. Arab. SvJt-w ^^- ^) P^''^- the shag of coarse woollen cloth ; so "^Sia r'n'nit a hairy mantle, i. e. made either of hair or fur (Arab. IjJU*.), or of shaggy woollen cloth. Gen. 25, 25. Zech. 14, 4. Hence "i5i!3 bsa ttj'^s a man clad in such a mantle 2 K. 1, 8. nyiS Chald. m. hair, with ajx'i added Dan. 3, 27. 7, 9. In Targg. id. * '^t'^''? ^- i- q- '^'^^p ^ tempest, storm, Job 9, 17. Nah. 1, 3. ' H. ^?to . nn^tJ f. (r. ni^iu) constr. n'^Jp,, c. suff. Irrnrib , plur. constr. ninrb , n. unit, of i:?b, rt /iair, Arab, soui id. Judg. 20, 16 fT^?^^r!"^X to a hair, proverbially of slingers who could hit a mark without varying a hair's breadth. Elsewhere collect, hair, e.g. of the head 1 Sam. 14, 45. 2 Sam. 14, 11. IK. 1, 52 ; or genr. of the body Job 4, 15. Plur. ^i<-i n"-i3>b the hairs of my head Ps. 40, 13. 69, 5. ^y''^ f. also m^tS Joel 1, 11 (r. n?tt) no. 3) plur. Di^isJia , D^^is'it) ; barley, so called from the bearded and bristling ears of this grain ; like Lat. hnrdeum, a horrendo, and vice versa n^S3 spelt (q. V.) from its smooth and shorn ears. Syr. I^ji^, Chald. xn^^O , Tlii'tp, )i*i3Jib ; Arab, -a*^ barley, 'iyKXjii a barley-corn. Sing, only of barley in growth. Job 31, 40. Joel 1, 11. Ex. 9, 31. Deut. 8, 8. Is. 28, 25. Plur. D^nriu of the grain after threshing (comp. rian, D-^an) 2 Sam. 17, 28. 1 K. 5, 18. Jer. 41, 8. Ez. 4, 9. al. D-^-iisJiD n^h a hom.er of barley Lev. 27, 16. Q-^nsb n:a;^ barley- meal Num. 5, 15 ; 'to Dnb barley-bread Judg. 7, 13, comp. Ez. 4, 12. So too ni'nS'tU i"'^!:? barley-harvest, the gather- ing in of tiie grain, Ruth 1, 22. 2, 23. 2 Sam. 21, 9. 0"^"?^ (barley) Seorim, pr. n. m. IChr. 24, 8. J?^ obsol. root, which seems to have had the signif to suck or lick up greedily, to absorb, like kindr. x^O q. v. The same idea is expressed in other families of languages (inserting the let- ters I or r) by the roots slab, srab, comp. Vn->wcw to drink, ^jju to absorb, Lat. sor- bere, Germ. vulg. schlappen. Dropping I there arises hat. sapio to taste ; or cast- ing off the sibilant, Pers. v,.>j , Lat. la- bium, Engl, to lap. Deriv. nsto, DS. nST? f dual D-^nsto, constr. "^nBto, c. suff. T'nstt) ; plur. constr. nirsto as from aformnsb. R. nsia. V V T T 1. a lip, dual the lips. Chald. iifiO KHBD, xnata, Syr.j nsiS 1016 , ^j r. ]Lsl:o , Arab. xJUw , id. Is. 37, 29. Cant. 4, 3. 11. 5, 13. Prov. 24, 28. nsba I'^MSn Ps. 22, 8, see in ^MS Hiph. Often put : a) As an organ of speech ; e. g. to open the lips, to begin to speak, Job 11, 5. 32, 20; also to open the lips of any one, to cause him to speak, Ps. 51, 17; to refrain the lips, to keep silence, Ps.40, 10. Prov. 10, 19. So speech or discourse is said to be upon the lips Prov. 16, 10. Ps. 16, 4; once un- der the lips Ps. 140, 4; comp. Ez. 36, 3, for which see in "(TiJb no. 1. p. 528. Job 2, 10 Ae did not sin with his lips. 12, 20. Ps. 45. 3. c^PBit) b"n5 of uncircumciscd lips, i. e., not of ready speech, Ex. 6. 12. Hence b) Of the manner of speech, e. g. ) In nations, i. q. speech, dialect, Gen. 11, 1. 6. 7. 9. Is. 19, 18 -(SJS rcit) t/ie dialect of Canaan. 33, 19. Ez. 3, 5. 6. |5) In individuals whose manner of speech varies according to their disposi- tion and habits; e. g. ";5^ HBtt) lip of deceit, lying lips, falsehood, Prov. 10, 18, comp. 17, 4. 7. Ps. 120,2; 'C.i< nBb id. Prov. 17, 4. nsH nBtt) lip of truth, vera- city, Prov. 12, 19. C^p^J^ 3'^nEia burn- ing lips, ardent professions, Prov. 26,23. o^nEtlJ pn?3 sweetness of the lips, plea- sant discourse, Prov. 16, 22; so Zeph.3, 9. Is. 6, 5. Ps. 12, 3. 4. Also the word of one^s lips, e.g. of Jehovah, a divine pre- cept, Ps. 17, 4 ; comp. Prov. 23, 16. Else- where in a bad sense, of what one utters with his lips, but without consideration and without meaning what he says (comp. Is. 29, 13) ; hence lip-talk, i. e. empty words, vain and foolish discourse. Is. 36, 5. Prov. 14, 23 ; and so D'^nBOJ ttS^X a man of talk, an empty talker. Job 11, 2; o'^nsiO brx a pratingfool Frov. 10, 8 ; comp." Lev? 5, 4. Ps. 106, 33. Ps. 81, 6 r?3dx ^ns'n^ ttb rsb / heard a lan- guage (manner of speech) that / had 7iot known, i. e. the divine communica- tions. Arab. xaAJI jJ^i SLLwiJI v::Ajb, the son or daughter of the lip, i. e. speech. 2. a lip, i. e. the edge, border, margin, as of a cup 1 K. 7, 26 ; of a garment Ex. 28, 32; of a Curtain 26. 4. 36, 11; of the sea, the shore Gen. 22, 17. Ex. 14, 30. Josh. 11, 4 ; of a river, thebankGcn. 41, 3. 17. Ex. 2, 3. 2 K. 2, 13. rsiU I'n'J-'l the bank of the Jordan ; and so npizj Judg. 7, 22 r\\im2 ^nx riBto the bank of (the stream at) Abel-fneholah. * '^i^ , whence Pi. neb and n. nfib^ , see in r. PBD . OSIC m. (from JiB lip, and B-. comp. C^D, D^Jix) c. suff. iOBb, pr. lip-beard, the vm^tachios ; e. g. cB^an nD5 to trim the mustachios or beard 2 Sam. 19. 25. Sept. noiCiv pvaiaxa. Also DB^i"bs n::5 /o corer the mustachios, i. e. the mouth and the beard over it, in token of leprosy or falsehood, Lev. 13, 45. Mic. 3. 7. Ez. 24, 17. 22. Sept. arofia, xfl^V- Gra?c. Venet. in Li v. fivaial. I^to, see inr. IDD. pfito, eee in r. pBD. ptW m. (r. pBD I, to for D) a smitivir, chastisement, from Grod, Job 36, 18. Comp. pBD Job 34, 26. pi? m. (r. pXii'^) c. suff. ipb; plnr. n-'pio , c. suff. cn"'ptt) . 1. sacking, sackcloth, a coarse cloth, espec. ae made of hair, used for sieves and strainers (see the root) ; also for sacks to hold grain and for mourning garments. Comp. Eth. ID^ sackcloth, also the garments of monks and pilgrims ; lU^lU^ lattice; Or. aayog, aaxxog, sackcloth, Lat. saccus, which Jerome uses likewise for the garment of pilgrims; also vayog, sagum, i. e. the coarse mantle or blanket of soldiers. Chald. po , K^SD , Copt. COK , CCK, id. Is. 3, 24 rrnhna pb a girdle of sackcloth. Then . 2. a sack for grain Gen. 42, 25. 27. 35. Lev. 11, 32. Josh. 9, 4. 3. sackcloth, as used for a mourning- garment, fully pb bsinb Esth. 4, 2; pr. a close and rough garment of sackcloth (Is. 3, 24. Job 16, 15, comp. Rev. 6, 12) worn upon the naked body 1 K. 21, 27. 2 K. 6, 30. Job 16, 15; and not laid aside at night 1 K. 21, 27. Joel 1, 13. Also ^Bxi pb bnb to put on sackcloth and ashes, as a mourner Esth. 4, 1 ; comp. Is. 58, 5. Spoken of the garment of ascetics and prophets ; Is. 20, 2 loose the sackcloth fro in off thy loins. "Et, once in Niph. Lam. 1, 14, ac- cording to Kimchi to be bound, irade fast, sc. a yoke. It would seem to stand ppto 1017 11125 ill affinity with ^^^ , 'la^, lasj, the as- pirates and sibilants being often kindred ; under to p. 1000. Targ. aggravatum Several Mss. have 1|5^3 , which is ) expressed by Sept. Vulg. Syr. but tinst the sense of the context. PE^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. ppT V. to strain ; Gr. aaxxi^a, Lat. sacca- Hence pilJ . "Ip^ in Kal not used, i. q. Chald. ^"pjo^to look, to behold. PiEL pr. to let (the eyes) look about, i. (i.to look about, to ogle, in the manner ( f wanton and shameless females, Is. ''>. 16. S^ept. iv vsvfxaaiv ofp&aXfibiv. Others fiicantes oculos, comp. 1J?D to Ktiin, to paint; but against the context. "IT? m. (r. "T^ia) c. suff. DS'^ij; plur. ::"-'J. c. guff, "^nb, constr. """nb. 1. a prefect, leader, master, chief ; II >t found in the kindred dialects. I S nn. 22, 2. 2 Sam. 23, 19. With genit. t:-p"Ji2ri -lb the chief of the cup-bearers ( ;(ii.'40, 2 sq. 41, 9. D-ifixn -ib i/i/? c/iiV/ "/ //le bakers ibid. D'^D-'-i&n -ib fAe ch'ufofthe eunuchs Dan. 1, 7. i''sri -ib //^' prefect of the city Judg. 9, 30. \ K. i-i. 26. T^bBH -\b the chief of the dis- trict Neh. 3, 14 sq. c^Sia "'"nb masters over the triblite-service, task-masters, Ex. 1, 11. napia ^'nb masters over the cattle, chief herdsmen, head-shepherds, Gen. 47, 6. Espec. of military chiefs and leaders, a commander, captain, Ex. 18, 21. 2 K. 1, 9 sq. Is. 3, 3. Deut. 1, 15. 1 Sam. 18, 3; plur. 1 Chr. 15, 25. Gen. 21, 22. 2 Sam. 12. 9 Q'^naan -ib the captain of the body-guard Gen. 37, 36. 39, 1. 41, 10. Jer. 40, 1 sq. Also absol. of a mili- tary commander, 2 K. 19, 9; plur. Num. 21, 18. Job 39, 25. Is. 21, 5. 31, 9. 2 Chr. 32, 21. 2. a prince, noble, chief e. g. a) Of one who holds the power over a whole people, although less than a king. i. q. T'SJ no. 2 ; so c^nb^S "i^ib the princes of the PhiluitMes 1 Sam. 29, 3 ; perh. Job 3, 14. Is. 49, 7. al. b) Of the chief men in a ptute, Job 29, 9. 34. 19; on whom rest authority and power, chief officers, min- isters, the companions and friends of the king, plur. n-^-ib 2 Sam. 18, 5. 1 K. 4, 2, Ls. 30, 4. Jer. 26, 11 sq. 37, 14 sq. ah risns inb Gen. 12, 15; "J^b: "^^b Is. 19 11. 'l3. " D-'-ibT ^Xi Hos. 13, id. Is. 49 38 ; comp. Hos. 7,' 3. 8, 10. Is. 23, 8 Tyre . . . D'^'ib T'nnb -ibx whose merchants are princes, i. e. like princes in wealth and power. So in sacred things : a) '^'ip "^1?^ sacred princes, i. e. the priests, Is' 43, 27. /5) In tiie book of Daniel, the princes of the angels, i. e. the seven archangels (ot ima ayysXoi ol irconiov Toil d^eov kcrr^xain Rev. 8, 2) who act as the patrons and advocates of particular nations before God ; Dan. 10, 13. 20. 21. 12, 1. Hence y) n-'-i^n -ib the prince of princes, i. e. God, Dan. 8, 25. ^ J^ in Kal not used, to interweave, y to braid. Chald. and Syr. y^'o , wrtf, id. Kindr. are the roots T\i^^, P1^,^ prob. a'nx to weave, comp. under letter b ; also 7|lb , a^D , the mid. radical being softened. PuAL fut. plur. la^'^'i' '^ ^^ woven toge- ther, interwoven. Job 40, 17. HiTHP. fut. plur. ia"inb"^ to interweave themselves, to be woven together, trop. of transgressions Lam. I, 14. Deriv. n^r"nb , and pr. n. Mib . ! "j^ obsol. root, i. q. Arab. 4>ww to pierce, to perforate, kindr. with anb ; whence Jovam an awl, Heb. Tnb stylus. Then, to sew together, qjRpec. things hard, as leather with wire and an awl ; also to interweave, to net, in the manner of net- Go ^ work, as a coat of mail, whence t>w a coat of mail woven from iron wire or rings ; see Tib . 11, "jlT to flee, to escape. Josh. 10, -- ^ " V 20. Arab. 4>w*i id. Syr. jjjo to trem- ble, to flee in trepidation. Kindr. is T^.perh. ^5n. Deriv. T'nb' T^^ m. (r. Tib I ) pr. a coat of mail ; then a species of cloth or stuff resemhVmg mail or network, wrought of threads by means of needles, of which the curtains of the tabernacle were made ; comp. ynb; hence Tb '^'niia Ex. 31, 10. 35, 19. 39, 1. 41. Comp. Chald. T''7"JD cur- tains, hangings, so called from the kind l^w 1018 i-no Arab. ^L** mid. Waw. of stuff from which they were made, t^TiG sieve. Sept. incorrectly, ajokal kenovQ/ixal, as if for nnlS ''^SD , which the Samar. actually exhibits; but the sense requires curtains, tapestry, and not garments. T^to m. Is. 44, 15, i. q. Arab. i^iJ^ an awl, or rather a stylus, graver, with which the artist sketches the outlines of the figure to be sculptured. * rr^TC 1. to set in a row, to range in order, i. q Hence n'nitb a row, range, q. v 2. to be a leader, prince, chief, i. q. "i!ito I. no. 2. and "I'lb ; from the notion of arranging and drawing up troops. Arab. ^yM and I^ to be noble, liberal, {^y*** a prince, noble. 3. to contend, to strive with any one, c. D5 Gen. 32, 29; rx Hos. 12, 4. Arab. ^wwi Conj. Ill, id. Fut nito^ comes from "n^ittJ I. Deriv. n'nitt) ; rrntop , and the pr. names ^^^0, m-ib , bxnir)''. nni^ fern, of subst. IW (r. nnb) 1. a princess, noble lady, Judg. 5, 29. Esth. 1 , 18. Spec, of the king's wives of noble birth Is. 49, 23. 1 K. 11, 3; different from his concubii|es. comp. Cant. 6, 8. Metaph. Lam. 1, 1 ni3"'"Taa '^n'yo princess among the provinces. 2. Sarah, pr. n. a) The wife of Abra- ham, at first called "^'nil) q. v. Gen. 18, 6 sq. 20, 2 sq. 21, 1 sq, 2'3, 1. 19. Is. 51, 2. al. b) A daughter of Asher, Num. 26, 46. 'yOlO (shoot, branch) Serug, pr. n. m. Gen. 11, 20. R. :nb. ^i"ito m. (r. Ti'^'iJ) a latchet, thong, which fastens a shoe or sandal, so call- ed from lacing and binding together. Is. 5, 27. Proverbially for any thing of little value Gen. 14, 23 ; see in lasin p. 299. Arab. ^\y^ id. D'^j51"lT0 , see in pHb no. 2. "^"y^. (abundance, i. q. rrnp) Serah, pr. n. f. Gen. 46, 17. 1 Chr. 7, 30. "i^ to cut, to gash oneself, \M make incisions in the flesh, as was cuij. lomary in mourning, fut. plur. Vjntej Lev. 21, 5. Arab, ^yit id. NiPH. to be lacerated, i. e. to be hurt^^ crushed, in lifting too great a burdcnj Zech. 12, 3. Hence . onto m. Lev. 19, 28, D?!)t? f Lev. 21, 5, an incision, gash. ^'y? Sarai, pr. n. of the wife of Abra-^ ham. Gen. 1 1, 29 sq. 12, 5. 1 1 sq. 16, 1 afterwards called nnb q. v. Gen. 17, sq. The LXX write the first nam^ ^aga, pronouncing ''- like a, inthe Ai bic manner, comp. ''po J^tvu ; the lattel^- they write JSagga, because nnb is iVk reality lor the form n-rib. The etymo-^^ logy of '^yo is obscure. Some comparetj (5/^ colocynth, Michael. Orient. Bib^ lioth. IX. 188 ; others ^^ noble, geneJ rous, Iken. Diss. Theol. p. 17 sq. Ewald explains it, ' contentious, quarrelsome,* from r. nnb no. 3; Gram. 324. This is prob. best. W^y^yO ra. plur. (r. 3nb, Kamets ira-' pure) c. suff. H'^a'^nb, shoots, branches, of a vine, Gen. 40,' 10. 12. Joel 1, 7. Kindr. are Chald. vnT , "jia-jt , a shoot, s- *- > -^ vine; Arab. &JUas\. ^y^)y '^- \ "VytO m. (r. Tnb II) plur. D'l^'^'nb,. constr. ^Tm ' I 1. one left, one escaped from a slauglvj ter. a survivor, i. q. la-'Vs, whence '^^'i^ D-^bBJi Jer. 42, 17. 44, 14. Lam. 2, 22. Often in the phrase b n^nb "i-^xbri fitb there was not left to him a survivor, one remaining, i. e. there was none left alive^ Num. 21, 35. Deut. 3, 3. Josh. 10, 28. 37^ 11, 8 ; also Num. 24, 19. Deut. 2, 34. al^ Collect, the survivors, those who remain^ alive, Judg. 5, 13. Is. 1, 9. Of thing^ left, remaining, Job 20, 21. 26. Plur Josh. 10, 20. Joel 3, 5. nnn -^n^nb thost left of the sword, who escaped it, Jef 31, 2. 2. Sarid, pr. n. of a town in Zebulun Josh. 19, 10. 12. nj'lto and ^^^'^^ (warrior of Jeh vah) Seraiah, pr. n. m. a) The scribe or secretary of David, 2 Sam. 8. 17 mfl 1019 fi^te ler places corrupted, e. g. into K^d 2 Sam. 20, 25, S1T9 adj. (r. p'lb I) plur. f. nipi'i, Ided, hatcheled, as flax Is. 19, 9, An- iit combs, for this purpose, see in Wil- ison's Anc. Egyptians, III. p. 140. ^j^ i. q. yyo, in Kal not used, to 'ii!nrweave, to lay crosswise, to entangle. Chald. T\}0 id. spec, to entangle one's \):iih ; Arab. C/wi i- q. Heb. Pi EL, Jer. 2. 23 the swift camel na-iiba n-D'n'n entangling her ways, i. e. running iihout wild in her season of heat. Deriv. Tj. D'^DD'^tD Sarsechim, pr. n. of a chief of the eunuchs in the army of Nebu- chadnezzar, Jer. 39, 3. Perh. 'pb (plur. D^2D) is sectus, exsectus, i. q. D'^'^D, from r. ."iDb , whence also "psb knife. ^ J7 to stretch out, to make long or large ; Arab. Ojjm id. Part. pass, sniu stretched, prolonged, i. e. having any member too long or large, and so being deformed, e. g. of persons Lev. 21, 18 ; of cattle Lev. 22, 23. HiPH. to stretch oneself out, Is. 28, 20. C^E:^*|lto m. plur. thoughts Ps 94, 19. 139, 23, i. q. D^QSit) q. v. with the letter *i inserted ; see under "n , p. 949, 950. 1 * J' ^y^, fut. Cl'-ib": 1. to burn up, I to consume with fire. Syr. id. but rarely. Zab. ws?] id. Syr. ^sjjo is also ' to suck up. to absorb,' see Middledorpf Curse liexapl. in Job p. 15. Comp. also nntU heat. Construed : a) With ace. to burn^ e. g. wood Is. 44, 16 ; garments Lev. 13, 52; stubble Is. 47, 14; a sacrifice Lev. 4. 12. 21. 8, 7. 16, 27 ; a city Judg. 18, 27. Is. 1, 7 ; sanctuaries Ps. 74, 8 ; wooden idols Deut. 12, 3. IK. 15, 13; reeds forming stockades Jer. 51, 32, see in Q5-* ; also children in honour of an idol, 2 k. 17, 31. Jer. 7, 31. 19, 5. Deut. 12, 31. In many of these examples 1^X3 with fire is added, b) b !iS'n\U q'nb to burn a burning for any one, to make a burning, i. e. to institute a solemn pub- lic funeral for any one, during which precious spices were burned, 2 Chr. 16, 14. 21, 19. Jer. 34, 5. Comp. Jos. B. J. 1. 33. 9, where, in the funeral of Herod, it is said there followed nsviaxoaioi twv olxsTiav xal uJislEV&iguv u^ofxaTO(p6()oi. Geier de Luctu Hebraeor. 6. 2. But this custom had no connection with the burning of the body, c) to bum or bake bricks. Gen. 11, 3. NiPH. pass, of Kal, to be burned, e. g. in punishment Gen. 38, 24 j genr. Lev. 4, 12. 6,23. Josh. 7, 15. Jer. 38, 17. Mic. 1, 7. Prov. 6, 27. al. PiEL see in Cj'^D. Pdal i. q. Niph. Lev. 10, 16. Deriv. Dib, ncTlJ, HB^iil)^. 'ttJ t-:J Tt' *II. q5'?, Arab. Jli, o^, \.tobe high, lofty, prominent ; whence Owfcw elevation, loftiness, Owiil high, prominent. Hence 2. to be eminent, noble, to excel in no- bility and glory ; whence \^yMt noble- ness, glory, '_fts w noble in rank, a prince. Hence D'^B'^b q. v. ^% m. (r. Cj-nib I ) plur. D'^B'iyj ; see also the next article. 1. Pr. Adj. burning , fiery ; then poi- sonous, venomous, deadly, as an attribute of a serpent, from the burning inflam- mation caused by its bite ; comp. n^n I, heat and poison ; also Gr. TiQtjiTii^g, xavaog. So Num. 21, 6 and Jehovah sent D^aniari c^nsfiTix ^ery (poison- ous) serpents among the people ; Sept. rohg ocpeig rovg &avurovvTag, Vulg. ig- nitos serpentes. Deut. 8, 15 C)'ito ttJna D'^py'J poisonous serpents and scorpions ; Sept. o(f)ig dixxvMv, Vulg. serpens fatu adurens. Also as Subst. without bna id. Num. 21, 8 C]niu r\h nbs. Is. 14, 29 C]Sl3??a ri'ib a venomous flying serpent; ascribed also to the Arabian desert, Is. 30, 6 t]sisa qnbl nsJBX the viper and the venomous flying serpent BniD 1020 nn It is now known thai no species of fly- ing serpent exists ; but this ancient opi- nion probably rested upon a species of flying lizard, draco volans Linn, found in Africa and Asia, which in its general appearance resembles a serpent but is not venomous. See Comm.on Is. 14, 29. Corresponding in sound is Sanscr. sarpa serpent from srip, serpere, tQntiy, to creep; but this seems to have no relation to wj'^b, which signifies not ser- pent, but venomous. 2. Saraph, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 22. W^tyO m. plur. (r. Cj-nto II) Seraphim, Seraphs, Is. 6,2.6; an order of angels and ministers of God, who stand around his throne, each having six wings, also hands and feet (v. 2), and praising Grod with their voice. They were therefore of human form, and furnished with wings as the swift messengers of God, like the Cherubim (see a'J'^s) ; though by no means identical with these, as some have supposed. They are so called as being o^ elevated rank, princes; as in Daniel the archangels are also called n-inaj princes, Dan. 10, 13 comp. 8, 25. Other proposed etymologies, see in Thesaur. p. 1341 sq. HB'nto f. (r. qnb I, Tsere impure) constr. riB'^to , a burning with fire Gen. 11, 3 ; a burning, afire, Lev. 10, 6. Num. 19, 6. 17 ; espec. a burning of spices at a funeral (see in r. q-nb I), 2 Chr. 16, 14. 21, 19 ; conflagration Deut. 29, 22 [23]. Am. 4, 11. riE'nto in a mount of burning, i. e. to be burned up, Jer. 51 . 25. nvyoh M^n to be for burning, i. e. destined to be burned up, Is. 9, 4. 64, 10 [11]. ! P^^ to comb e. g. flax, to hackle. Zab. s-D'^ id. Talm. p'^D id. also to curry a horse, etc. Hence adj. P'^'^ttJ q. V. *IJ.p^*^ or P^*^ to be reddish, fox-coloured; spoken of a horse, see adj. pH^ ; also of cerulean purple grapes, yielding red wine. Arab. -A* id. of horses and camels, the hair, etc. Deriv. the two following, and pr. n. p*"lte m. (r. p-^to ir ) 1. reddish, bay fox-coloured, of horses, plur. Cpn Zech. 1, 8. Arab, by transp. Juwl a reddish horse, with the mane aiui tiUI also red, Germ. Fuchs, fox-coloured. 2. a vine bearing cerulean or purple grapes, plur. D'^pniO Is. 16, 8. See more in pys . * yytD m. Is. 5, 2, P'^ito Jer. 2, 21, also npntD f. Gen. 49, 11. R. pnb II. 1. a vine of a finer and nobler kind, prob. so called from its cerulean or pur- ple grapes. According to Abulwalid it grows in Syria; it is called in Arab. lyiy** i^nd \^^^y***, as also at the present day in Morocco Serki, i. q. Pens, ^v. g A g-> Kishmish, and is still cele- brated in Arabia and Persia ; the gra])e8 are small, partially round, dark-coloured, with the stones soft and scarcely percep- tible. See Niebuhr's Arabien p. 147. Oedmann's Verm. Sammlungen aus der Naturkunde VI. p. 98 sq. 2. Sorek, pr. n. of a valley, prob. so called from its vineyards, Judg. 16, 4. [Eusebius and Jerome place it north of Eleutheropolis and near to Zorah. Ono- mast. art. Soreok. R. * *^^ ^ i. q. n-nto no. 2, and I'm I, to , have dominion, to rule, to be a prince. Part l-^to Esth. 1, 22. Put. ^laj"; Is. 32, 1. Prov. 8, 16. HiTHP. ^'llP'tori , to make oneself a prince, c. bs Num. 16, 13. "5 Deriv. "b , rrnto . jitoTD m. (r. trw) constr. "jitoto Kamets being dropped, as if from a root ntbiO; joy. gladness, Joel 1, 12. Is. 12, 3. Jer. 31, 13. 51, 14. 119, 111 ; often coupled with nnrto Is. 22, 13. 35, 10. 51, 3. 11. -,Taii )iiob oil of joy, i. e. oil used in anoint- ing the guests at festive banquets, etc, Ps. 45, 8. Is. 61, 3. 1 nto , see nxb . | *DniD^see incno. . } *^t\''X to split, to burst, Arab. JuA NiPH. to be burst forth, protruded,i \ break forth, of hemorrhoids, fut. plui | nn';': 1 Sam. 5, 9. Comp. rpa Nii>><^ no.' 3. IS 1021 TD Shin, forming together with Sin the twenty-first letter of the Hebrew alpha- bet, as a numeral denoting 300. The name of this letter, "fttJ i. q. ]^ , signifies a tooth, in allusion to its figure, which is nearly the same in all the Semitic alpha- bets. It is pronounced like the Engl, sh, Germ, sch, a sound which was wanting to the Greeks, unless perhaps the Doric 2dv, Hdot. 1. 139, is to be so pronounced. Hence the LXX, in order to give some approximation to its sound, for d"'n , "jitlJ , wrhe'Prix?, Xaiv, see Lam. c. 2. 3. 4. To the letter TS, which is far more frequent than b , there are in Arabic three corresponding letters, viz. a) In much the greater number of cases, ^ , as cbd jJLww, bxr jLww, etc. b) Far 9 o ^ less often ji. as 'r?3T3 /u*-Mi the sun, O^"^ ft^\ to write down. In roots of both these kinds, the Aramsean pre- serves w^r . c) Sometimes lo. in words where the Aramaean has n , as npia'lJ ^jUj jlio^ '3?2n eight ; a^TS ^ VikZ a?ri snow ; m j^ and ^j ^JaP), *l"an . Rarely in such examples has the Arabic viy for T23 , as ^2iy -o "i2Pi to break, i^^ v-jlj' -in to return, to turn about. d) The Arabic sometimes also admits different ways of writing the same word, and thus apparently divides one Hebrew root into two Arabic ones, as "^T) \j**^) and jiw^N ; nd;^ L*o and Lio; ^I?^ JJLw and JJiS'; o^^a (V*wc^.. ^UJl^ and ^jUji:^*- body. In the Heb. itself tl) is interchanged: a) With b , see p. 1000. b) With n , as ti^n and H'nn, like /(xgdaaot}, /(XQUTTb) ; 12Jii3 and nii3 pine ; comp. -id , Aram. asitn, Arab, v^b*; "i^TZJ , Aram, "nnn , Arab, -jo . c) With other sibilants in . ?r the dialects, as T, ::, e. g. bid Jo train ; ^dt (jd5^ to gallop; dian, Rab- bin. x:iiain the groin ; dps , yJLftfc and '86 (j>aftr.. d) With dentals, as nd;3 , Aram. 1^ -i-jp ; dns and ln3 to lie. In those Semitic roots which have been adopted into the occidental lan- guages, chiefly the Greek, d is ex- pressed sometimes by a simple a, s, as rrnd (thqu, axtivi] from "|2d ; bbd avXabi; sometimes by ax and o-^, as bbd axvXnoh^ P'^nd (7xi;rAij, und axrjjiJov, aHtiTir^ov, trxoX^ from nbd. Sometimes it passes into t (d); as nid, Aram. f^oZ, Gr. lavQog'y "|d3 !'/, \a^d"'ln Tartessus; jd oJoiv (lens; though in these the Arameean form seems oflen to have in- tervened. ti, rarely "? Judg. 5, 7. Cant. 1, 7. Job 19, 29, before gutt. ^ Judg. 6, 17, and to Ecc. 2, 22. 3, 18, i. e. the prefix Shin, i. q "idx ; the yj. being dropped by aphseresis. and ihe "i either assimilated and Inserted as Daghesh in the next letter, or (in the form d) also dropped. Except in the book of Judges (5, 7. 6, 17. 7, 12. 8, 26), this prefix is usual only in the later Hebrew. A) Relat. Pron. who, which, what; that. Judg. 7, 12. 8, 26. 1 Chr. 5, 20. Ps. 122, 3. 124, 8. 129, 6. 7. Lam. 2, 15. 16. Cant. 4, 1. 2. 6, 5. Ecc. 1,3. 9. 14. 2, 9. 11. 21. 22. al. saep. Without a demonstr. i. q. he who, Ecc. 1, 11. Cant. 1, 17. 3, .3. Besides in the Heb. O. T. this form of pronoun is found widely in the Phenician dialect, where it was pronounced si, sy, se ; sometimes followed by a letter doubled; see Monumm. Phoen. p. 356, 438. Perhaps also in the same dialect the fuller form ir5< is found ; see The- saur. p. 1345. In the other dialects comp. Amhar. tl when, prefixed to a verb. Spec, like idx a) As a mere sign of relation, e. g. od d whither Ecc. 1, 7; odd Ps. 122, 4. b) With b, i. e. ^d so frequent among the Rabbins, used like b "nm to express the genitive of a possessor; Cant. 3^7 ntfbdbd iraia the litter of him,. Solomon, pr. which is to Solomon. Cant. 1, 6 emphat. "^^d -173-15 nic 1022 IKID my vineyard, even mine ; for the pleo- nastic suffix, see Heb. Gram. 119,3. note. B) Relat. Conjunct, i. q. -^K, ''S. 1. that after verbs of seeing. Ecc. 2, 13. 3, 18; of knowing Ecc. 1, 17. 2, 14. 9, 5; of thinking Ecc. 2, 15; of giving a sign Judg. 6, 17. Also: a) ' what is //to/,' ' this is that,' Ecc. 2, 12. 5, 15. 7, 10. Cant. 5, 9. b) Ecc. 12, 9 n^nd nni" besides that he was, etc. 6, 3 ^'']k 'S'^ l"^'"!?^ sn so that many be the days of h is years, d 1:572 3 scarcely that Cant. 3, 4. l6 n? till that, until, Judg. 6, 7. Cant 2,'l7. c) ti ntos /o make or ca?i5e /Aa/ Ecc. 3, 14. 2. because that, because, Cant. 1, 6 bis. 5,2. Ecc. 2, 18; fully O nw-V? Ecc. 7, 14. A I so /or ; Cant 1 ,^7 mzbtfor why ? 3. when, Ecc. 5, 10. Comp! it^ B. 5. 4. With Prefixes: a) -tia i. q? iitia lett c, because that, Ecc. 2, 16. b) -tS i. q. "iQJKS , pr. according to what, i. e. as, Ecc. 5, 14. 12, 7. Also, as, when, Ecc. 9, 12. 10,3. * ^^^ fut nx^: to draw water. Chald. id. Arab. k^\JL and v^aJUm to slake one's thirst by drawing water. Comp. Goth, skephan, Germ. schOpfen. Construed either with ace. D^o Gen. 24, 13. Deut 29, 10. Josh. 9, 21. 23. 1 Sam. 7, 6. 9. 11 ; or absol. Gen. 24, 11. 19. 20. With dat of inslr. Gen. 1. c. Nah. 3, 14 ; "i^ of fountain 2 Sam. 23, 16. Deriv. caxaJa . * j&5'^ fut. jxt-^ to roar; Arab. 'Q to bellow, to bleat, also to roar. Spoken pr. of the lion, Judg. 14, 5. Ps. 22, 14. Hos. 10, 11 ; c. b Ps. 104, 21. Trop. of thun- der Job 37, 4, comp. Am. 1, 2. Joel 4, 16; of raging warriors Ps. 74, 4; also of persons in extreme pain, to cry out, to groan, Ps. 38, 9. Hence nj^tj f constr. naxttS , c. sufT. ''n5^?^ , plur. c. suflf. ''nixd ; roaring of a lion Is. 5, 29. Job 4, 10. Zech. 11,3. Trop. out- rry, groaning, of a person in great pain Job 3, 24. Ps. 22, 2. 32, 3. * I J^iJ^ i. q. NitlJ 1. to make a. noise, to rage, to roar, of floods, a tumult of people, see "jlK^ , ^^ H. 2. to crash, to fall with a crash, e. g. a house, etc. hence to be laid waste, lu, 6, 11 init NiPH. 1. to make a noise, to rush, to roar, e. g. of floods and nationp. Is. 17, 12. 13. 2. to be laid waste, of a land Is. 6, 11. HiPH. to lay waste, inf r-ixsnb Is. 37 26; and so X being dropped ritnh 2 K. 19, 25. Deriv. mxtJ, "pxai, mxTiJ. rxtti, rc. * 1 1 . i^^'^S not used in Kal. i. q. nilD , to look at, to behold with attention. HiTHP. nxnon id. Gen. 24, 21. c. b. Sept XaiUfAUyOdrtO* Vulg. COilf*'n)i,lnr. nijtt, see nxiB. ^3^ Prov. I, 27 Cheth. see in nxic. bixt^ and Vfc^td comm. gend. (i ' 26, 6 ; f Is. 5, 14. 19, 9 ;) Sheol, li Orcus, the under world. Sept usually ^dtiq, once ^avaioi 2 Sam. 22, 6 ; a vast subterranean -place Job II, 8. Deut. 32. 22; full of thickest darkness Job 10, 21. 22 (but see Is. 14, 9sq.) where dwell the shades of the dead (^''XB") q. v.) Ps. 30. 4. 86, 13. 89,49. Prov. 23,14; to which are poetically ascribed valleys Prov. 9. 18, and also gates and bars Is. 38, 10. Job 17, 16. The dying are said to go dawn to Sheol, n^iST^ nn^ Num. 16, 30. Ez. 31, 15. 17 ; poet Vxtt)' T^^ Job 7, 9. Ps. 55, 16; comp. nbixd \^yn to bring down to Sheol Gen. 42, 38. 1 Sam. 2, 0. 1 K. 2, 9. Those who save the life of any one are said to deliver him bixtlJ *i*tt from the hand (power) of Sheol Hos. V3. 14. Ps. 49. 16. Elsewhere Sheol is said to devour all Prov. 1, 12 ; to be insatiable Prov. 30, 16. Is. 5, 14 ; to be stern and cruel Cant 8, 7. To it by prosopopoeia are ascribed snares, with Which it lies in wait for men, Ps. 18, 6. 2 Sam. 22. 6 ; and those who escape death are said to have made a covenant with Sheol. Is. 28. 15. 18. Poet and by meton. Sheol is put for its inhabitants, or rather is per- sonified, Is. 14, 9. 38, 18, comp. Ps. 6, 6. See espec. Num. 16, 30 sq. Is. 14, 9 sq. Ez. 31, 16 sq. 32, 21 sq. Chald. and Talmud. 'broi id. Syr.'^o tV. Ethiop. fLhSi.. As to the etymology, biXBJ comes from r. bx^ I, and is i. q. bird a cavity, a hollow subteiranean place ; just 1X123 1023 bi^w s the Grerm. Holle hell, is originally the line with Hohle a hollow, cavern, and i.iit. cadum is from Gr. xoiXoq hollow. The usual derivation has been from the notion of asking, demanding, r. bx^ no. II ; since Orcus lays claim unsparingly ) all alike, whence the epithet orcus ipax Catull. 2. 2S, 29. biKtD (asked far, desired, r. bxtd II ) >^haul, Saul, pr. n. a) The first king the Israelites, from the tribe of Ben- jamin, 1 Sam. 8, 4. 9, 2 sq. c. 15. b) A king of the Edomites, Gren. 36, 37. c) A >ii of Simeon, Gen. 46, 10. d) 1 Chr. 9, see in bsi-^ lett c From lett c. .mes the patronymic ^b^Xtd Shaulite Num. 26, 13. liXT? m. (r. nxtti I) constr. "px^, c. T I 1. noise, raging, tumult, e. g. of wa- ters Ps. 65, 8. Is. 17, 12. 13; of a crowd r multitude of men. Is. 5, 14. 13, 4. 24, 25, 5. 66, 6; of war Am. 2, 2. Hos. 10, 14; of outcry, clamour, Ps. 74, 23. Jer. 25, 31. 48, 45 "pxtb "'33 sons of up- roar, i. e. tumultuous warriors. 2. desolation, destruction ; Ps. 40, 3 ^13 jixtij the pit of destruction. Jer. 46, 17. * ^?^ obeol. root. i. q. isnttJ II, to con- temn, to despise. The primary idea is prob. to slink; comp. JoLS' and JntS to stink, 'ilo\^ stinking mud. Hence IJXtD m. (Kamets impure) c. suff. r,:3xaj Ez. 25, 6 ; contempt, i. e. pride, arrogance, Ez. 25, 15. 36. 5. n^SJtD f ruins, Is. 24, 12. R. nx;^ I. bi^vT fut.bxis^ I. i.q. bst^, to dig, to excavate, to hollow out ; hence bixd I Hades, pr. a hollow place under ground. From the idea of digging comes rea- dily that of searching out, inquiring, comp. ipn , ";?2 no. 3, isn no. 2 ; also percontari, to search, to explore with a yovto? stick, probe, etc. Engl. ' to dig, ^p grub.' Hence II. to ask, to inquire, to ask for, either by way of demand or entreaty. I . to ask, to inquire of, to interrogate ; Chald. id. Syr. '^jJfc.- to interrogate, to ask for. Arab. JLuw to interrogate, to ask ; V, to beg. Eth. Mi\ and AAA to demand, to ask, to beg. Constr. absoi. Deut. 13, 15 : with ace. of pers. Gen. 24, 47. 32, 18. 44, 19 "ibxb T^nsr-nx bxd -"n^ my lord asked his servants, saying. Deut. 32, 7. Judg. 4, 20. Job 40, 7 ; rarely with b of pers. 2 K. 8, 6. Job 8, 6. That of or about which one asks is put with b , Gen. 32, 30. 43. 7. Judg. 13, 18. Jer. 6,'l6: by Neh. 1 , 2. Ecc. 7, 10 ; ace. Jer. 50, 5 ; hence with two ace. of pers. and thing Jer. 38. 14. Is. 45, 11. 58,2. Hagg.2, 11. Ps. 35^ 11. Spec. a) to consult an oracle, to inquire of e. g: aix bxr Deut. 18, U ; oftener c. 3, as njn'3 bx^ to inquire of (at) Jehovah Judg. 1,1. 18, 5. 20, 8. I Sam. 28, 6 ; also 2 Sam. 16, 23. E;i. 21, 26. With b for any one 1 Sam. 22, 10. 13. 15. Niwn. 27, 21. b) 'fib bxu DSbtib to ask one as to his health, wel- fare, etc. to ask how one does ; hence to salute, to greet, Gen. 43, 27. Ex. 18, 7. Judg. 18, 15. 1 Sam. 10, 14. 17, 22. 2 Sam. 8. 10; and so Jer. 15, 5 -^b oibob bxojb. Poet. Pa. 122, 6 D'^biasn'j cibtti Jibxa wish prosperity to Jerusalem, i. e. salute her. [Others, perhaps better, pray for the welfare of Jerusalem, as in no. 2. R.] Without the idea of salutation, 2 Sam. 1\,7 Dacid inquired after the welfare ofJoab and of the army, etc. Syr. %}J^ 9 jViN^n id. to salute. 2. to ask for, i. e. a) to require, to demand, absol. 1 K. 3, 5. 2 K. 2, 9. Is. 7, 11. 12. Mic. 7, 3; with ace. of thing 1 Sam. 12, 13. Lam. 4, 4 sibxttj D-'bbi? nnb . Ps. 40, 7 ; c. -iia Ps. 2, 8*; nx^a I Sam. 8, 10. With two ace. ahuii jivd Tt, Deut. 14, 26. Is. 58, 2. Ps. 137. 3. With dat. ib bxt^ to ask (demand) for oneself 1 Sam. 12, 17. 19. Ascribed to the mind, ttJsa, Deut. 14, 26; to the eyes Ecc. 2, 10. Spec. Jon. 4, 8 TX bxT2J*T n^l^b itl)B3 h required of his .soul to die, i. e. he prayed that he might die. 1 K. 19, 4. Job 31, 31 w::: nbxa bxilSb by requiring his life with curses, i. e. pray- ing for his (my enemy's) death. So aavvdsrojg Is. 7, 11, comp. 2 K. 2, 10. b) to ask, i. e. to entreat, to beseech, to beg, with ace. of thing Judg. 5, 25. 1 K. 3, 10 sq. 10, 13; also with *)^ of pers. from whom, Judg. 8, 24. 1 Sam. 1, 20. Ps. 21, 5 ; nx^ 2 Sam. 3, 13. 1 K. 2 b^w 1024 f|HTD 20. Ps. 27, 4 ; CS Deut. 10, 12. 18, 16. With dat; of pers. for whom 1 K. 2, 22. ib hii5 , see bixtl5 . nbxir r (r.bsTT) c. suff. T^xaj . cnbxttj Ps. 106, 15. and contr. "r^nbttJ 1 Sam. I,'i7'. 1. an asking, request, petition. So n^xttJ bxilJ to ask a petition, i. e. to ask H thing of any one, to make a request Judg. 8, 24. 1 K. 2, 16. 20. 'tlj -,r: to grant a petition Esih. 5. 6. 8. 7, 3. 9,' 12. rnsa nbxui the petition is granted Job 6, 8. 2. a Zoan, thing loaned, 1 Sam. 2, 20. Comp. the root bittti no. 2. b. . nbiir Chald. f emphat NtnbxttJ . pr. a question, i. e. a subject of inquiry, a cause in law, and hence a decree; Dan. 4, 14 xnbxttj "f '^'"'715 ?^^ ^'^^ mandate of the Holy ones is this decree. Arab. xJLLuo question, cause in law, matter. bK-^nbsC (I liave asked him of God) Shealtiel. pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 17. Ezra 3, 2. Neh. 12, 1 ; i. q. bx^nbtti Hagg. 1, 12.- 14. 2, 2. 1?^ to rest, to be quiet, in Kal not used; kindr. with (?''0 to swell, to boil ; Arab. *Lww id. ^Lj id. also of swellings on the body. 2. to be abundant, redundant ; hence to be bft, to remain. Chald. and Sam. id. Arab. Luw to let remain ; ^jum to be left. In Kal once 1 Sam. 16, 11. NiPH. pass, of Hiph. 1. tobe left over, to remain ; Gen. 7, 23 nb -r^Ji ->KiS^n and Noah only was left. 42, 38. 47, la Ruth 1, 3. 5. al. soep. Ex. 8, 27 [31] nxttJa 6tb inj* there remained not one; so 14, 28. Judg.4,16. Josh. 8, 17. 2 K. 10, 21. With dat. to remain for any one Zech. 9, 7 ; c. 3 in any place Is. 17, 6. Dan. 10, 8 ; c. 1^ Neh. 1, 2. Part, "ixttja one left, a eurvivor, Gen. 32, 9. Is. 4, 3 ; plur. Gen. 14, 10. Fern. Is. 37, 31. 2. to remain any where, to remain be- hind, Ex. 8, 5. 7. Num. 11, 26. Job 21, 34 ^573 1X1133 CD'^nhioin i/our answers - IT - I -' remain treachery, i. e. being examined there remains of them only treachery. Note. In Ez. 9, 8 in some editions is found the anomalous form ""ax "ixttJx3l ; IT - -I - I ' which has doubtless arisen from the mingling of two readings. "^^^^ part, and *1XTSS< . Some Mss. also are without the X , and others \%ithout the a ; see De Rossi. Hiph. 1. to leave, to let remain, e. g. after eating Deut. 28, 51 ; after the har- vest Ob. 5 ; espec. after a slaughter, xb T^niU "I'^XiiJii he left none remaining, no survivor. Josh. 10, 28. 37. 39. 40 ; c. dat. to any one Josh. 8, 22. 10, 33. 11, 8. 1 K. 16, 11 ; and so after a public de- portation 2 K. 25, 12. 22. Jer. 39, 10. So to leave behind, spoken of one depart- in tr, Joel 2, 14. 2. Intrans. ib i^Xirn to be left to any one, there remains to him; Josh. 8, 22 and they smote them onb T^SHin ^nba 'i? Ti"ib until there was not left to them one remaining. Num. 21, 35. Deut. 3, 3. 2 K. 13, 7. Without dat. to have left, to retain; Am. 5, 3 the city that went out 86* a thousand nxn 'T'Kl^n hath a hundred left, etc. Deriv. nxiD, nx'j (nnxt^), n-i-^x^, n-nxda, and'pr. names nnxi, nitt)^ -ixi^. "^^12' m. (Kamets impure) remainder, remnant, residue, the rest, a word of the later Hebrew for the earlier n'lnxttJ. Is. 10, 20. 14, 22. al. With genit. nxb is? the remnant of his people Is. 11, 1 1 ; so 10, 21. Zeph. 1,4: also the remaining part, the rest, as opp. to something pre- ceding, Is. 17, 3 Damascus Dnx nxttSn and the rest of Syina. 2 Chr. 9, 29. "^iJO Chald. m. constr. nxa3 , once ^Xttj Ezra 7, 18 ; remainder, residue, D*n. 7, 7. 19 ; the rest, as opp. to some- thing preceding, Ezra 4, 9. 10. 17. 6, 16. 7, 18. 20. l^tJJ 1XTD (the remnant shall return, be converted) Shear-jashub, symbolical pr. n. of a son of Isaiah, Is. 7, 3 ; comp. 10, 21. 22. "^i^lD m. constr. ixtti Lev. 18, 12. 13, c. suff". iiwitl) , flesh, so called as swelling out in fulness and roundness in the well fed body, see in r. "X^ no. 1. Ps. 73. 26 ^nab^ 1-ixttJ nbs. pVov. 5, 11 mbaa T^nxttJsi T^nba when thy flesh and thy ful- ness (fat) are consumed. Prov. 11, 17. Trop. to eat the flesh of a people is to op- press and exhaust them, Mic. 3, 3 ; see in bsx no. 1. g. Also Jer. 51, 35 "^pian b22"bs "^^fi^ttji my injury and my flesh (devoured by the Chaldeans) be upon Babylon. Hence a) the flesh of beasts as eaten, Ps. 78. 20. 27 ; also genr. meat, food, of any kind, Ex. 21, 10. b) the flesh of any one, put for his blood-kindred, blood-relatives, comp. "iba no. 4; Lev. 18, 12. 13. 17. 21, 2. Num. 27, 11 ; more fully iiba -ixtt) (where the primary idea of "ixb is already lost) Lev. 18, 6. 25, 49. Comp. Arab. IjlJ avenger of blood, which signif seems to have come from Heb. *ixb. ^7^:^ f -(denom. from ^xb) blood- relationship, blood-kindred; concr. kins- woman, Lev. 18, 17. nn^^TO (id.) Sherah, pr. n. f. 1 Chr. 7,24. "!5^";D 1026 ^2W D'l'IKT^ f: (r. -1X1^) once contr. i^'^^V 1 Chr. 12, 38, part remainmg^, remain- der, residue, the rest, Is. 44, 7. Jer. 39, 3. Neh. 7, 72 ; espec. the remnant, the sur- vivors, after great slaughter, as r'^^JNllJ n'l'in'i M^ remnant of Judah Jer. 40, 15. 42' 15. 44, 28; and so Jer. 24, 8. Ez. 9, 8. 11, 13. Am. 1, 8. al. Of a total de- struction it is said, \ n'^'ixaj ^^'^ xb there is no remnant to any one, none (nothing) is left, Jer. 11, 23. 50, 26; contra b 'uJ ")n3 to grant a remnant to any one, to leave a remnant, Jer. 40, 11 ; b 't -i-inin id. Jer. 44, 7 ; b 'tt3 atittJ Gen. 45, 7, comp. 2 Sam. 14, 7. Ps. 76, 11 for the wrath of man doth praise thee, ^ann ni^n n'lnKtU the remainder of tky wrath thou dost gird on, i. e. dost exert thine extreme wrath, comp. Deut. 32, 23. The remainder of wrath is here God's extreme wrath, reserved for ex- treme cases, opp. to the less degree of wrath manifested on less aggravated occasions. S^^T? f (for rxttj, r. nsQi) desolation, devastation. Lam. 3, 47. Jj^nU? Shebttf pr. n. m. comp, Ethiop. A-fllA man. 1. Three men in the genealogical ta- bles in Genesis and 1 Chron. founders of families or tribes in Arabia, a) A son of Raamah and grandson of Gush, also brother of Dedan, Gen. 10, 7. 1 Chr. 1, 9. b) A son of Joktan, and brother of Uzal. Ophir, etc. Gen. 10, 28. 1 Chr. 1, 22. Comp. Abulfeda p. 98 Paris, c) A son of Jokshan and grandson of Abra- ham and Keturah, also brother of a Dedan, Gen. 25, 3. 1 Chr. 1, 32. Comp. in no. 2 fin. 2. Sheba, the Sabceans, a region and people in Arabia Felix, abounding in frankincense, spices, gold, and precious stones, 1 K. 10, 1 sq. Is. 60, 6. Jer. 6. 20. Ez. 27, 22. Ps. 72, 15; celebrated also for their great traffic Ez. 1. c. Ps. 72, 10. Joel 4, 8. Job 6, 19; but in Job 1, 15 driving off plunder in the vicinity of Uz or Ausitis. With all this accords what Greek and Arab writers say of the Sa- bceans {2naioL), whose chief city they call Saba and Mariaba (Magia^a, now (.jsLo M^reb), three or four days' jour- ney distant from Sana'a; see Strabo XVI. p. 768, 777, 780. Agatharch. p. 64. Diod. Sic. 3. 38, 46. Plin. VI. 32. Abulfeda p. 96 Par. Edrisi I. p. 53, 147. ed. Jaubert. See Thesaur. p. 1351. Comparing now the three names in Genesis (no. 1. a. b, c), it appears that the Sabceans of Arabia Felix adjacent lo Sana'a are descendants of Joktan, Gen. 10, 28 (lett. b). Nor is it less evident that the other two passages. Gen. 10, 7 and 25, 3 (lett. a, c), refer to one and the same people, although a different origin is assigned ; since in both, Sheba is coupled with Dedan and Raamah. Wc may therefore assume two tribes of Sa- bseans; one of which (b), the more powerful and noble, was in Arabia Felix ; while the other (a, c) dwelt towards the Persian Gulf, not far from the mouths of the Euphrates. This latter tribe is not mentioned except in Genesis 1. c. ! -*'?7 obsol. root, i. q. Arab. v_^ to kindle kindr. is Syr. ^.rx^ to inflame. The primary idea is perh. ' to blow into a flame,' to kindle by blowing, comp. attJ3 , C)l^5 , Hence n'^ntD flame. II. nni? i. q. Chald. 22ti3 to break, whence xad fragment. Hence D'^nniT m. ^\ur.frag7nnt3, Hos. 8, 6. '-^^ fut. conv. att3*T, to make pri- soner, to take or lead captive, to carry off; Arab. \uum , Chald. xnTZJ , Syr. i^a^, id. E. g. either persons Gen. 34, 29. 1 K. 8, 48. Is. 14, 2. Jer. 41, 10. U. 43, 12. al. or cattle, flocks. 1 Chr. 5, 21. 2 Chr. 14, 14; or wealth, substance, Obad. 11. 2 Chr. 21, 17. So of a con- queror leading his captives in triumph, Judg. 5, 12. Ps. 68, 19 ; also to hold cap- tive Ps. 137, 3. Part. pass. D'^^iz^' cap- tives Is. 61, 1 ; fem. Gen. 31, 26 P'i'^^-li: a")n captives of the sword i. e. taken in war. like Gr. ai/^dkMTaiy doQiahoiai, comp. 2 K. 6, 22. Is. 22, 3. NiPH. pass, of Kal, Gen. 14, 14. Ex. 22, 9. 1 Sam. 30, 3. 5. Jer. 1 3, 17. Ez. 6, 9. Deriv. P^n;:3 , ^^a^ . n^nd , n'^nuj , and pr. names hi^^z^ , ^3iD, ^iiti , '^2u;n . IITD m. a species of precious stone, Sept. Vulg. uxuTVjg, agate, Ex. 28, 19. 39, 12. See Braun de Vest. sac. II. 15 I ims 1027 t:nir) bS^ntD (captive of God) Shebiiel, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 23, 16. 26, 24 ; called in 24, 20 bx35ittJ Shubael. b) 1 Chr. 25, 4; called in v. 20 bxn^UJ . b^rnS Jer. 18, 15 Cheth. for b-^s^ q. v. I^^ITID m. (denom. from 53^. seven) constr. sn^a Gen. 29, 27. 28 ; dual n'??3tt| Lev. 12, 5 plur. o'^^nir m. Dan. 9, 25'. 10. 2. 3, and mS3^,- constr. nJi^nd , c. suff. cs'^nsJZilJ Num. 28, 26 ; a seven, a sennight, k^dofxag, i. e. a week. In the phrase n.XT ?2;zJ Gen. 29, 27, ?3 is not fern, but is st. constr. before ni<7 , i. e. the week of this daughter. 1. Pr. a week of days, seven days, Gen. 29, 27. 28. Dan. 10, 2 Q-'Sr^iJ r\th'6 D"ai;/or three weeks, where D'^a'J is not a genitive, see under Di^ Plur. no. 2. b. ni:?30 an the festival of (seven) weeks, Pentecost, so called from the seven weeks which were reckoned from the paseover to this festival, Ex. 34, 22. Deut. 16, 10 comp. 9; fully Tob. 2, 1 ayia kmu k(5dofiddu)v. But in Ez. 45, 21 D"i7a;;> nir^d an the festival of sevens of days, is thepassover, as being celebrated each time during seven whole days. 2. a week of years, seven years. Dan. 9, 24 sq. Comp. hebdomas annorum Gell. N. A. 3. 10. Censorin. c. 14. Aris- tot. Polit.7. 16. n^^n and nyni f (r. sa^i) constr. r.3?2Tr , c. suff. "^nsssd : plur. m'raiy : a swearing, an oath, Lev. 5, 4. Judg. 21,5. 1 Sam. 14, 26. Ecc.9,2.al. nriinilJ ratti? to swear an oath Gen. 26, 3. Josh. 9,20. nj^ia ns'TJ a /a^e oa^A, perjury, Zech. 8, 17. nin"i n?3d an oath by Jehovah Ex. 22, 10. Ecc. 8, 2 ; also with gen. of the person swearing Ps. 105, 9, and pf him to whom one swears, as ""nSSilJ the oath to me, sworn to me, Gen. 24, 8. For Hab. 3, 9 nrj?a ri:?2tl3 , see in n'j;?3 no. 3. p. 559. Spec, a) An oath sworn in making a covenant, i. e. a covenant confirmed by an oath, 2 Sam. 21, 7. h nr!i3'j "'^S'a joined in a sworn league with any one, Sept. hvoQHoi, Neh. 6, 18. b) An oath of cursing, an imprecation, curse, Dan. 9, 11. Is. 65, 15 ; fully ns^ia^? nbxn Num. 5, 21. n^n and n^iaiD f (r. nnisi) the first form beino- sometimes in Cheth. where Keri has niiia , as Ps. 85, 2. 126, 4 ; but oftener in Keri where Cheth. has rr^a'!?, as Job 42, 10. Jer. 29, 14. al. captivity, Num. 21, 29 ; also concr. for captives, as 'b nJiai!3 251115 to bring back the captives of a people. Deut. 30, 3. Jer. 29, 14. Ez.29, 14. Am. 9, 14. Zeph. 3, 20. Ps. 14, 7. 53, 7. al. 'E3 n^nttj n-'dn id. Jer. 33, 7. 11. 49, 6. Ez. 39, 25. Trop. to restore to one's former state and prosperity ; Job 42, 10 ai^i< psianJ-px n'j nin^T and Jeho- vah restored Job to his former prosperity. Ez. 16, 53, comp. v. 55. Hos. 6, 11. ^5'^ in Kal not used, to stroke, to soothe; Arab, ^^aam, to swim, pr. to stroke the water. Hence Pi EL \. to soothe, to still, to restrain^ e. g. billows Ps. 89, 10 (comp. mulcere facias Virg. ^n. 1. 70) ; anger Prov. 29, 11. Comp. n\n Piel. 2. to praise, to laud, pr. to soothe with praises, midcere laudibxis Pacuv. (Arab, .^ o ^ ^-A-ww, Ethiop. ft'flA.id.) Ecc.8, 15; espec. ta praise God Ps. 63, 4, 117, 1. 147, 12; c.dat. 145,4. 3. to pronounce happy Ecc. 4, 2 ; where ns'i? is for part. natlJTa. Comp. Chald. "" HiPH. i. q. Pi. no. 1, to still, to restrain, e. g. billows Ps. 65, 8. HiTHP. c. 3 to laud oneself, to glory in any thing, Ps. 106, 47. 1 Chr. 16, 35. Deriv. pr. n. nsilj"! . riniD Chald. Pa. na^ to praise^ to laud, as God Dan. 2, 23. 4, 31. 34 ; idols 5, 4. 23. "?"^ obsol. root, which with its kin- dred forms seems to have had the signif. to stand, to make stand, and then to be stable, fixed, firm. Kindred are the fol- lowing three classes : a) 1:2 to set up, to decree, to judge ; Pisd q. v. to set up, to fix in the ground, b) uaili whence Dad; natD to rest, to stand still; Arab, o^* to be stable, firm, c) larJ to lash,- to row; nnr or n-^ttj to set, to place. tJltO and t^ntj m. once fem. Ez. 21, 15; in pause wa'^\ c. suff. "^^aii: ; plur. d-'iaa'JJ , constr. ""aad . R. aaai . 1. a stick, rod,' staff. Chald. Naaa3 id. Syr. f-jLii-fc' a staff, rod, tribe. Not t:2iD 1028 a;D improb. the primary signif. of I32fli may have been a shoot, sprout of a tree, a rod growing up from the root, pee ria73 no, I, also no. 2 below. Corresponding forms are Gr. (jxi'inKav, axr'jjirgoy, axt^nlav, (Ticifnioiv, Lat. scipio. scapus; Sanscr. skabh, to make firm; Germ. Schaft, Engl, shaft. Spec. a) a roc/ or 5/fl^ for chastising, Ex. 21, 10. 2 Sam. 7, 14. Is. 10, 15. 24. Mic. 4, 14. Prov. 10, 13. al. saep. Hence astfi ^05)73 the rod of coiTection Prov. 22, 15. W^rf:)^ ::2d the rod of God, with which he corrects men Job 9, 34. 21, 9. 37, 13. Is. 10, 5 ''QX asr: the rod of my anger. II, 4 he doth smite the earth T'D 020 with the rod of his mouth, i. e. his severe sentence, stern decree. Also for beat- ing out pulse, Is. 28, 27. b) a staff on which one leans, Pe. 23,4. c) the crook of a shepherd, Lev. 27, 32 ; see in 125 no. 3. Trop. Ez. 20, 37. Mic. 7, uV d) the staff of office, e. g. of a leader, chief, Judg. 5. 14. Hence the sceptre oi' a king Gen. 49, 10. Num. 24, 17. Zech. 10, 11. Am. 1, 5. 8 a^W T|^h, axtj7iTov/os, q. d. a. sceptre-bearer, a king. Trop. for 7ide, administration; Ps. 45, 7 a sceptre of equity is the sceptre of thy kingdom. Also of unjust rule, 132^ rainn Ps. 125, 3; but bT-ia SL-yo an iron sceptre, a stern and inflexible authority, Ps. 2, 9. e) a spear, lance, as composed of a staff or rod with an iron point, 2 Sam. 8, 14. Comp. n-^ia no. 2. b. 2. a tribe, espec. of the children of Is- rael ; Arab, r*^ id. The expression is metaphorical, and is derived from a plant, from whose root there spring up several sprouts, shoots, stems ; thus the founder of a whole race is compared to a root (Is. 11, 1), while the ancestors of the several subdivisions or tribes are called stems (Gen. 49. 28), as also the tribes themselves, comp. tia^ no. 3. So 1 K. 11, 13. 36. .t^'-^^n'^_ -0203 ' the tribe of Jud ah Josh. 7, 16; ^))> 'u3 Deut. 18, 1. 132 nujs ^:p_ the twelve tribes Ex. 28. 21. bs-^b"^ "^^21^ the tribes of Israel Ex. 24, 4. Deii t. 29J 20. Judg. 1 8, 1 . al. Called also PT^ -^asai the tribes of Jehovah Ps. 122, 4. It difiers from nnBtl3T2 family, which is strictly part of a iribe (Deut. 29. 17. Judg. 18, 19. 21, 24) ; yet ^2^^ is some- times used in a narrower sense for the families of a tribe, e. g. of the Kohath- ites Num. 4, 18; of Dan, Judg. 18, 1 comp. 2 ; of Benjamin, Judg. 20, 12 1 Sam. 9, 21. Vice versa it is also put for the whole people of Israel, called ''^ f^^rj? *3?^ o- tfib^ (race) the possession of Jehovah, his own peculiar people, Jer. 10, 16. 51, 19. Ps. 74,2; comp. plur. Is. 63, 17. Once of the Egyptian tribes Is. 19, 13. 2 Sam. 7, 7 spake I a word with one of the tribes of Israel (inx 'tD"} 'M2ttJ), whom I commanded to feed my people? Here for ''^21:5 should doubt- less be read ''^Bib judges, as in the paral I 1 Chr. 17, 6. " ' 132123 Chald. m. a tribe, plur. constr 'MttS Ezra 6, 17. 131J1D Shebat, the eleventh month of the Hebrew year, from the new moon of February to the new moon of March, Zech. 1, 7. Syr. y-^Js^, Arab. IsLua and .bLLi, id. See Thesaur. p. 1353. 'ITD m. (r. n2d) 1. Adj. captive, i. q. '^28) , Ex. 12/ 29. Fem. n^2ttj id. Is. 52, 2.' 2. Subst. abstr. in pause '2d, c. suff. r25, r,-'2tt), C2''2tt|; captivity, Deut. 21, 13! 2 Chr. 29, 9'. Ezra 3,8. 9, 7. Neh. 8, 17. D^2aJ y^i< the land of their captivity Jer. 30. 10. 46, 27. ''21233 T^Vn to go into captivity Jer. 20, 6. 22, 22. 30, 16. 46,2. Ez. 12, 11. Am. 9, 4; once '2d T^^n id. Lam. 1, 5 ; also '2T2J2 n;rb to take away into captivity Jer. 48, 46; '2lL"b '{r\^ to deliver into captivity Ps. 78. 61. ''2d nbian the captivity of the exiles Ezra 2, 1. Neh. 7, 6. Spec, a) Concv. captives, 12113 n2d to take captive captives, i. e. to lead away captives, Num. 21, 1. Judg. 5, 1 2. Ps. 68, 1 9. "'2d wiDX to gather cap- tives Hab. 1, 9. ti^^lXi ^2d the captives of Egypt Is. 20, 4. Jer. 52, 2. nipbia i2T2Jn the prey of captives Num. 31, 26. b)Putfor6oo^yofcattle,etc. Am.6. 10. Is. 49, 24 pi"^^ i2d lawfid booty, v. 25 i2d "liza the booty of the warrior, comp. v. 24. *^yd (i. q. n2d taking captive) Shobai pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 42. Neh. 7, 45. f ^2X0 ''lb* (id.) Shobi, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 17, 27. ^^^T? m. /am, constr. a-inttj Job 18, 5 3 Sept. channel of a river. 1^7 obsol. root, perh. to increase, to grow up, i. q. h'lm no. 2, and Arab. J^A*w ; comp. Arab. ^Tvaaw to be tender, delicate, as a youth. Hence the two following. Sjn and njlTD (perh. youth) Sheb- na, pr. n. of the prefect of the palace, Is. 22, 15. After this office was given to Eliakim (Is. 22, 15), he became scribe or secretary to the reigning king Heze- kiah, Is. 36, 3. 2 K. 18, 18. 26. 37. 19, 2. ^^?5^ (whom Jehovah has made grow up ?) Shebaniah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 15, .24. b) Neh. 9, 4. 5. c) Neh. 10, 11. 13. d) Neh. 10, 5. 12, 14; for which 12, 3 n^53tt), and 1 Chr. 24. 11 siniaaai. cnTD 1030 yziL * C5'*5 obsol. root, i. q. yz^^ , to mingle, to interweave; Chald. 'IJnii: id. Hence y^W to swear, denora. from 53^ seven, since seven was a sacred number, and oaths were confirmed either by seven victims offered in sacrifice Gen. 21, 28 sq. or by seven witnesses and pledges, see Hdot. 3. 8. Hom. II. 19. 243. In Eth! (Ptl'f\<)J^'i are enchanters, Lib. Hen. ms. c. 8, 3 (comp. 7, 10 ed. Oxon.) because the sacred number seven wis also em- ployed in magic rites. In Kalonly Part pass. Ez. 21, 28 ni52tt5 'Saifi lit. those sworn with oaths, i. e. who have sworn oaths. For Hab. 3, 9 niaa mrnftS , see in nBTS no. 3. p. 559. NiPH. 3?a^3 to swear, [lit. ' to seven oneself^' i. e. to take an oath confirmed' by seven victims or before seven wit- nesses. R.] Construed : a) Absol. Gen. 21, 24. Ps. 110, 4. -ipirV rattJa to swear to a falsehood i. e. falsely, Lev. 5, 24 [6, 5]. 19, 12. Jer. 5, 2. Mai. 3, 5. al. niD-nTsb '3 id. Ps. 24, 4. b) Fol- lowed by the words of the oath, after irjin 1 Sam. 20, 3 ; ^Taxb Num. 32. 10. Deut. 1, 34. Josh. 14, 9; without an in- tervening verb 1 Sam. 19. 6. Ps. 110, 4. Hos. 4, 15. c) That which one swears to do is put with ^3 Gen. 22, 16. 2 Sam. 19, 8. Jer. 22, 5. 49. 13 ; or with infin. Lev. 4, 4. Deut. 1, 35. What one swears not to do is put with ,Q Judg. 15, 12; y^ c. inf Is. 54, 9; ^nbaV c. inf Deut. 4, 21. Judg. 21, 7. d) With 2 of that by which one swears, e. g. bij Jehovah Gen. 21, 23. 31, 53. Josh. 2, 12. I Sam. 28, 10. al. by an idol Jer. 12, 16; also "'^ DTTS ?2ttJ3 Lev. 19, 12. Jer. 12, 16. God also is said to swear by himself Gen. 22, 16. Is. 45, 23. Am. 6, 8. 8, 7 ; by his right hand Is. 42, 8 ; but in lanj^a rairs the a seems to refer to place, see in 'd'}p no. 1 fin. Further, to swear by Jehovah is some- times i. q. to worship him, since one swears by the divinity he worships, Deut. 6, 13. 10, 20. Is. 19, 18. 48, 1. Ps. 63, 7 ; to swear by idols id. Am. 8, 14. But to swear by one afflicted, wretched, is to imprecate upon myself the same evils if I prove false, Ps. 102, 9; comp. Is. 65, 15. Jer. 20, 22. e) With b of pers. to swear to any one Gen. 21, 23. 24, 7. al. Also with ace. of thing, to promise with an oath, to swear a thing to any one. Gen. 50, 24. Ex. 13, 5. 33, 1. al. ?ar3 D'^rjbsb to swear allegiance unto God. 2 Chr. 15, 14; comp. Is. 19, 18. Zepli. 1. 5, where it is once c. a . f ) With bs of that about which one swears. Lev. 5, 24 [6, 5]. Sometimes rad is taken in a bad sense, i. q. to swear rashly, falsely, Ecc. 9, 2. Zech. 5, 3 comp. v. 4. HiPH. 1. to cause to swear, iu bind with an oath, Num. 5, 19. 2 Chr. 36, 13. Followed by the words of him who im- poses the oath, with *txb Gen. 50, 5. Ex. 13, 19. 1 Sam. 14, 28; also with ) and inf Neh. 5, 12; ntx Gen. 24, 3. i K. 22, 16. 2. to adjure, to charge solenmly^ c. ace. Cant. 2, 7. 3, 5. 1 Sam. 20, 17. Jer. 5, 7. Deriv. n5!i3:s , yad II. * I. :?21D f. constr. rad, and HiJM m. const r. nsac , seven, a cardinal nume- ral. Syr. ^^ja^ , Samar. V3lP ; Arab. *^, Elhiop. rt-flO and fl-nO. Si- milar is ancient Egypt. CClCy? Theb. CM^^ ; and in the Indo-European tongues Sanscr. saptan. Zend, hnpta. Pers. v:>AJ6, Gr. iTrra, Lat. seplem. all with the letter t, which both in the Se- mitic and Teutonic languages is drop- ped, as Goth, sibun, Gej'm. sieben, Engl. seven. The absol. form usually precedes a noun, as u^iro yz^^ Gen. 5, 7, n"i-D rab 41, IS, C-ine nia)'Num. 23, 1. 29 ; more rarely it follows, espec. in the later He-, brew, as ra^ ni^siQ Ez. 40, 22, D^b-ix nrad 2 Chr.13,9. 29, 21. (Num. 29, 32.) If the preceding noun be in the construct state, yzp^ expresses the ordinal, as r3\3 5ad the seventh year 2 K. 12, 1. The construct form always precedes a noun, but is found only in certain formulas, as c'^a'i r5ad a .seven of days, a week, Gen. 8' 10. 12. 31, 23. al. sajp. n\Hi3 rattb seven hundred Gen. 5, 26. Also n^aia nrad seven seven, i. e. by sevens, Gen. 7,^2. With suff cpsail) those sev^n 2 Sam. 2\, ^.Seventeen IB i(ij nraai m. and n-ntos rad f Gen. 37, 2.' 1 Chr. 7, 11. The number seven among the Hebrews, as in other oriental nations was also used: a) Asa sacred number ^2m 1031 nn y common in sacred things; the j;'m of which may be referred to the on planets and the early worship of rn among the Egyptians and Semitic nations; see Von Hammer Encyclop. Uebersicht der Wissenschaften des Or. p. :V22. Jablonski Pantheon ^gypt. Pro- 1( u^ 24. 25. Winer Realw. II. art. Zahlen ; comp. in tlJian . So Gen. 21, 28. ' I 10. Ex. 12, 15. 13, 6. Lev. 4, 6. 17. u. 12, 14. Josh. 6, 4. 8. 1 Sam. 31, 13. J M) 42, 8. Zech. 3, 9. a), saep. Hence h) As a lesser round number; corap. ti-"3ni< in S3"JX no. 1, also Engl, 'a dozen;' Gen. 4, 24. 31, 23. Judg. 16, 7. 1 Sam. 11, 3. 2 K. 8, 1. Prov. 9, 1. Is. II. 15. al. seep. The form sniii is also: aa) Adv.seuen times, Lev. 26, 18. 21. Ps. 119, 164. Prov. 21. 16. l)b) Sh^ba, pr. n. m. ) 2 Sam. 20, 1. ih 1 Chr. 5, 13. ( () Sheba, pr. n. as some suppose, of a town of Simeon, Josh. 19, 2 sa; "iX2 i^nri Deer-sheba and Sheba; but prob. vz-j is here the name of the well (like nrzd Gen. 26, 33). and we may render: li't'r-sheba with the well Sheba. Other- wise the number of cities is fourteen iiLstead of thirteen; comp. v. 6. (1(1 ) Fem. ny^^ Shebah, pr. n. of a well, Gen. 26, 33. Dual D':*'^52^ seven-fold Gen. 4, 15. j 24. Ps. 12, Y. 2 Sam. 21. 9 Cheth. Plur. o'^S2'r seventy, often as a larger round number, Gen. 50, 3. Ex. 15. 27. j 24, 1. Num. 11, 16. Judg. 1, 7. 9, 2. 5. I 2 K. 10, 1. 6. 7. Comp. Kor. Sur. 9, 8. Hence seventy years, often in predictions Is. 23, 15. 17. Jer. 25, 11. 12. 29, 10. Dan. 9, 2. 24. Zech. 1, 12. 7, 5. WDUil n^^nizj seventy and seven-fold Gen. 4, 24 ; comp. Matt. 18, 22. Deriv. 52^3 (nsJiT:?), SJin^a, "^s^nT!? , n. ^210 m. an oath, i. q. ns!ind, ac- cording to Gen. 21, 31. 26, 33; see in sa^lJ "ixn , Hence also the pr. names ^y!D . see in rsiair . WnUD Chald. m. id. seven, Dan. 4, 13. 20. 22. 29 ; constr. nsnui Ezra 7, 4. For the phrase t^^a'lj ^n Dan. 3, 19, see in nn p. 296. n^lTO . see in ns^iaiS. n3!?IltD in. i. q. fi53^ , seven, an. Xsyofi, Job 42. 13 ; comp. 1, 2. For the ending ns- see Lehrg. p. 612. * yniD in Kal not used, i. q. D3^ , to mingle, to interweave. Syr. ^^4. to mingle; Arab. {jQJuit Conj. V, to be interwoven, entangled, of a tree. Chald. ttJa^ to entangle ; Part. Pu. confused. PiEL to weave in checker-work, Ex. 28, 39, i.e. so that the stuff (byssus) maybe figured, tesselated, woven in squares or bezels; comp. Pual. For this kind of texture, see Braun de Vest. Sacerd. p. 293 sq. ibique Maimonides. Salmas. ad Scriptt. Hist. August, p. 507, 512. The- saur. p. 1356. Pual to be set, enchased, q. d. in- woven, as gems in gold. Ex. 28, 20. Deriv. nisaioa , fSiiJn, and fyO m. once c. art. 2 Sam. 1, 9, pr. ' perplexity, confusion of mind,' i. e. ver- tigo, giddiness. * P5TS Chald. to leave, Dan. 4, 12. 20. 23. Syr. id. Ithpe. to be left, Dan. 2, 44. Deriv. pr. n. Heb. paiu: , pa37 . * ^ ?'^ fu t. *i a::| -^ \.to break, to break in pieces. Ethiop. and Amhar. fitil, id. Arab, -aj to break, -o to destroy, see below in lett. c. Chald. "i*n, Syr. jiz, Samar. "^3 A , id. E. g. a staff Is. 14. 5, comp. on^-na^ "lad in n-^-q no. 1 ; bars Am. 1, 5 ; a door Gen. 19, 9; a yoke Jer. 2, 20. 28, 2. 13 ; the arm of any one, i. q. to break his power, Ps. 50, 15. Ez. 30, 21. 22. 24, comp. in 2Jna no. 2 ; the bow of any one, id. see in n'jp?; an earthen vessel Judg. 7, 20. Is. 30, 14. Jer. 19, 10; bones Ex. 12, 46. Prov. 25, 15. Diff. from ^^n , see in Is. 42, 3. Of a tempest as breaking trees and ships Ps. 29, 4. Ez. 27, 26. Pra-gn. Hos. 2, 20 the bow and (he sword and the armour of battle will I break and cast out from, the land. Spec, a) to break in pieces, to rend, as a wild beast, 1 K. 13, 26. 23. Lat. frangere of a lion Hor. Carm. 1. 23. 10. b) Part. pass, "i^iad broken, spec, of one having a limb or member broken, nn^ 1032 ^.21D Lev. 22, 22. Ethiop. Adl, to break any one, spec, his leg; flftC one whose leg is broken. Comp. Niph. lett. a. c) to break a people " as a potter's vessel," i, e. to break down, to destroy, Lev. 19, 11. 48, 38; and so without the comparison Is. 14, 25. Lam. 1, 15. Also of single persons, to destroy, Dan. 11, 26. Jer. 17, 18. Arab, -v^ to destroy ; in- trans. to perish. d) to break one's thirst, i. q. to quench, Ps. 104, 11. Comp. Lat. 'frangit se c-alor,' Cic. Varr. e) to break the pride of anyone, Lev. 26, 19. Also to break the heart (ab) of any one, i. e. to afflict him sorely, Ps. 69, 21 ; 2b 'niiad the broken-hearted Ps. 147, 3. Comp. Niph. lett. c, and Hoph. So Syr. l-a^ ^-flsZ Id. Gr. icais- xluai^H fioi (fiXov r/TOQ Horn, animofran- gi Cic. Att. 7. 12. f ) to break off sc. a portion, an allow- ance ; hence trop. to apportio7i, to ap- point ; comp. in ">]a. Job 38, 10 "iSttiXT 'jsn T'b? when I appointed for it {xhe sea) my limit. Cocceius well supposes, that the expression ph "intlj is borrowed from the breaking off of a daily allow- ance of bread, etc. and this is here poet- ically transferred to the space assigned to the sea, pn signifying both an allow- ance and a limit; comp. in ph. II. Denom. from 12U3 no. II, grain, i. e. a) to buy grain, with ini^ added Gen. 47, 14 ; bsk Gen. 42, 7. ^6. 43, 4. 20. 22. Deut. 2, 6 ; -i3 Gen. 42, 3 ; absol. Gen. 41, 57. 42, 2. 5. Is. 55, 1. b) to sell grain Gen. 41, 56 ; comp. Hiph. II. Go Comp. Arab. ^jj3 straw, /Two to sell straw. Niph. pass, of Kal no. I, to be broken, as a staff, wood, vessel, bone, Lev. 6, 15. 21. Is. 14, 29. Jer. 2, 13. 48, 17. Ez. 6, 6. Dan. 8, 8. Ps. 34, 21. Job 24, 20. al. Of a springe or snare, ns. Ps. 124, 7; to be wrecked, of ships, 2 Chr. 20, 37. Ez. 27, 34. Jon. 1, 4. Spec. a) to be broken, i. q. to break one's own limbs, Is. 8, 15. 28, 13; of animals Ex. 22, o! 13 [10. 14]. Part. fem. r-)3ir3n the bro- ken, the hurtf i. e. an animal having its limbs broken, Ez. 34, 4. 15. Zech. 11, 16. See Kal no. I. b. b) Of an army, to be broken dawn, i. e. to be overthrown, de- stroyed, 2 Chr. 14, 12. Ez. 30, 8. 32, 28. Dan. 11, 22; so of a people, kingdom. Jer. 48, 4. 51, 8. Dan. 11, 4; a city Is. 24, 1 1. Of persons, i. q. to perish, Dan. S. 25. Prov. 6, 15. 29, 1. Comp. Kal no. I. c. c) Of the heart, to be broken, spo- ken of a penitent and contrite mind, Ps. 51, 19 [n]. Hence 2b -^"natlS? the broken- hearted Is. 61, 1. Jer. 23,' 9. Ps. 31, I'J. d) InEz. 6, 9, n3i>n cab-PK -tniar: nuix is manifestly i. q. lil "'n'laaj nqx , when I shall break their whorish heart ; comj). Ps. 51, 19 [17]. Here "^attj? is i. q. to break for oneself like bxda to ask fur oneself comp. Heb. Gr. 50. 2. c; i. e. God will so break and change the heart of the people, that they will turn again unto him. PiEL "taft^ i. q. Kal, but intens. to break in pieces, to shiver, e. g. tables of stone Ex. 34, 1 ; teeth Ps. 3, 8 ; bones Is. 38, * 13 ; ships, as the wind Ps. 48. 8 ; trees, as the hail Ex. 9, 25 ; rocks, as a tem- pest 1 K. 19, 11 ; idols and their altars Ex. 23, 24. Deut. 7, 5. 2K.18,4. 2 Chr. 14, 2. Is. 21, 9. al. Hiph. I. to cause to break, to burst the womb, as the foetus at birth. Is. 66, 9 n^bix fc a boy, infant, who has just broken the womb. II. Denom. from ia^, no. II, grain, i. q. Kal no. II. b, to sell grain. Gen. 42, 6. Deut. 2, 28. Prov. 11, 26. Am. 8, 5. 6 HoPH. to be broken, e. g. the heart Jer. 8, 21 ; see Kal no. I. e. Niph. lett. a. Deriv. lad, ')i->aa3, "lattia, "lauJ^, and pr. n. D'^'^Sttj . nni? m. Is. 30, 14, oflener "I^T?, in pause ^arg, c. sufT.- "^-lad ; plur. d-^-iao), c. suff. rj'''^^^ ; also piur. as pr. n. see in its order. I. a breaking, breach, fracture ; e. g. of a wall, i. q. ruin, destruction, Is. 30, 30. 14 ; so metaph. Prov. 16. 18 natt) ^asb ")is3i pride goeth before destruction. 18, 21.' Of a limb, member, Lev. 21, 19. 24, 20. Trop. a) a breaking down, breach, preserving the figure of a wound, hurt; Lam. 2 13 r|"]2^ C3^a bi'ia thy brea 7 I 111 n^TS 1033 nnti (luirt) 16' great like the sea. bltS.'nad J< r. 4. 6. 6, 1. 48, 3. Nah. 3, 19 r^'n'2_ -,^x rfirb no healing for thy breach, hurt. J ;. 30, 12. Ps. 60,4 f^'^^^tS) nsn heal thou its wounds. The figure being neglected, i. q. destruction, ruin. e. g. of a people, nations. Is. 30, 26. Jer. 6, 14. 8, 11. 21. Lam. 2, 11. Ez. 32, 9; of the wicked Is. 1, 28. in'iT "lir) js iritens. Is. 69,7. 60, 18. Jer, 51,19. -^zt p;?rt a cry as of destruction, a loud and bitter cry, Is. 15, 5; comp. Jer. 30, 15. b) nil laq a breaking of the spirit, i. e. bitterness, anguish of mind. Is. 65, 14; also nna -i23 id. Prov. 15, 4. c) a breaking of the mind from fear, etc. comp. r. rrn no. 2; hence terror, pltir. D'i-12'J terrors Job 41, 17 [25]. Comp. Chaid, xn-^3Fi for nnQ Ex. 15, 16 Targ. Jon. d) a breaking, i. e. solution, in- terpretation of a dream, Judg. 7. 15. II. grain, com, commonly said to be so called as being broken or ground in the mill, or because it breaks hunger. But r. '^2':3 is never used of a mill, nor of hunger ; and the signif of grain must be sought elsewhere. I do not hesitate to compare Arab, -^j* ' the tree bears fruit,* whence -j' fruit, Sw^j' tree ; and what the Arabs thus put for the fruit of a treei the Hebrews employ for the fruits, produce of the field. A vestige of the ?.- o ! same remains also in Arab. Hyju . Gen. 42, 1. 2. 19. 26. 43, 2. 44, 2.^7, U. Neh. 10, 32. Am. 8, 5. Hence denom. ^yii in Kal no. II, Hiph. no. II. jinSTD m. (r. 'it:)) constr. li-iSttS. 1. a breaking, fracture ; Ez. 21, 11 n^sria "|i"ia^ a breaking of the loins, broken loins, put for the sharpest pains, as of a woman in travail; comp. Is. 21, 3. Nah. 2, 11. 2. destruction, J Qv. 17, 18. D'^'I^TS (breaches, ruins, as of walls, Is. 30, 13. 14, plur. of ^"y^J) Shebarim, pr. n. of a place between Ai and Jeri- cho ; c. art. Josh. 7, 5 they chased them before the gate even unto Shebarim ; so Vulg. Arabs, Kimchi. Perh. even unto the ruins. * * TZJn IT Chald. a verb not used in Kal ; kindr. with y2T2J, Dnia . Perh. contr. from 87 a quadralit. n)^::^ , like Chald. Qiad from arad , comp. tys from "ic-ittj . See The- saur. p. 1359. Pa. to perplex, to disturb, to trouble ; hence Ithpa. pass. Part. plur. Dan. 5, 9. * T\21D intr. fut. n*2tl57, rarely naa-^ Lev. 26. 34. Neh. 6, 3; pr. to be fi.xed, firm. Kindr. is i:?ttJ , where see ; comp. also S^ , "2^-^ , 2:2 .Hence 1. to rest from labour, to lie by, to keep holyday. Chald. and Sam. nnttJ id. Syr. Aph. Lj:xm,\ id. Arab. v.:i^ayww to rest, to sleep. Ex. 23, 12 six days thou shalt do thy work, and on the seventh day rztlin thou shalt rest. 34, 21. Is. 33, 8 nnk 'Sb naaj the wayfarer resteth, lies by, does not journey because of war. 14,4. With "{0, to rest from labour, Gen. 2, 2. 3. Ex. 31, 17. Lam. 5, 14 tlie elders rest from the gate, do not go to the public place or forum. Also land is said to rest, when it lies untilled, Lev. 26, 34. 35. 2 Chr. 36, 21 ; comp. Lev. 25, 2, and art. na;^ no. 3. 2. to cease ; either for a certain time, i. q. to intermit, to stop, as a work Neh. 6, 3 ; the succession of day and night Gen. 8, 22 ; or wholly, i. q. to cease to be, to come to an end, as strife Prov. 22, 10; joy Is. 24, 8. Lam. 5, 15; the manna Josh. 5, 12. Also seq. "jia c. inf to cease from being or doing any thing, Jer. 31, 36. Job 32, 1. Hos. 7, 4, see in r. ->^5 p. 774. 3. Spec, to keep or celebrate the sab- bath, absol. Ex. 16, 30; with r\2t Lev. 23, 32, So of land, to lie untilled every seventh year. Lev. 25, 2. NiPH. nattJa , to cease, to have an end, Is. 17, 3. Ez. 6, 6. 30, 18. 33,28. Comp. Kal no. 2. Hiph. n'lacJn , 2 sing. P.aojrj , inf n-'attib for n-'aainb Am. 8, 4. ' ' ' 1. to make or let rest, sc. from labour, c. ace. et l^ Ex. 5, 5. Also to quiet, to still, i. e. to restrain an enemy, Ps. 8, 3. 2. to cause to cease, to make desist, with ace. and "i^ c. inf Ez. 34, 10 nirn^ DTiaOili / will cause them ' to cease from feeding thefock. 16, 41. Seq. ^n^ab c. inf Josh. 22, 25. For Ps. 89, 45 see in art. "^r^a p. 360. 3. Of things, to cause to cease, to let nntJ 1034 pintD cease, to put an end to, c. ace. as a work 2 Chr. 16, 5. Neh. 4, 5 ; sacrifice Dan. 9, 27 ; war Ps. 46, 10 ; also Hos 1, 4. 2, 13. Is. 16, 10. Prov. 18, 18. Ez. 26, 13. 30, 10. Hence to fail, to be wanting, lacking, 6. g. salt in the meat-offering Lev. 2, 13. Ruth 4, 14 bxa r^b niaajn stb -luix tc/io Aa/A no/ let a ransovier be wanting to thee. 4. to put or take away, to remove, c. ace. of pers. or thing, and often with '{0 of place. Ex. 12, 15 cs-^ns^ "ikb 5ir^2irn ye shall put away leaven out of your houses. Lev. 26, 6. 2 K. 23, 5. 11. Is. 30, 11. Ez. 7, 25. With ace. of thing and h of pers. Jer. 48, 35. Spec. i. q. to de- stroy, e. g. the poor Am. 8, 4;. the re- membrance of any one, Deui. 32, 26. Comp. P3t:^. Deriv.'naiu I, naoj , "prad, nac5, pr. n. "^nailJ . L nntD , f (r. nat^) c. suff. -inattJ , rest, cessation ; hence interruption of labour, Loss of time, Ex. 21, 19. Also an ab- staining from strife, Prov. 20, 3 ; comp. 18, 18. 22, 10. n. nn f. pr. inf of 2lfl^ to sit, to dwell ; hence as subst. 1. a sitting, the act of sitting; Ps. 127, 2 rat]i "''}n^' who prolong their sitting, sit late. Ps. 27, 4. Also a sitting still Is. 30, 7. 2. a seat, 1 K. 10, 19. Am. 6, 3. 3. a place, 2 Sam. 23, 7 naisa tn their f^SU? , constr. naia , c. suff. inatL^ ; plur. ninatt) , constr. ninai^ , c. suff. inhao) ; of both genders, but oflener fem. Ex. 31, 14. Lev. 16, 31. al. masc. Is. 56, 2. 6. al. 1. a sabbath, a day of res/, the seventh day of each w^eek. reckoned from the evening of Friday to the evening of Saturday, Lev. 23, 32. Neh. 13, 19. On it by law the Jews abstained wholly from labour, Ex. 20, 8-11. Deut. 5, 12- 15. Ex. 31, 12-17. 35, 2. 3. It was to be kept holy, Ex. 31, 14. Lev. 23, 3 ; and was a sign of God's covenant with Israel, Ex. 31, 13. 16. 17. Ez. 20, 12. 20. Whoever profaned the sabbath was to be put to death, Ex. 31, 14. 15. 35, 2 ; and that by stoning. Num. 15, 32-36. Those who kept it holy were blessed, Is. 58, 13. 14. The institution of the sabbath is referred in Ex. 20, 11. 31, 17 to the creation, comp. Gen. 2, 3 ; while in Deut. 5, 15 it is referred to the deli- verance out of Egypt. Examples of the sabbath as kept, see Ex. 16, 22 sq. Am. 8, 5. Is. 1, 13. 2 K. 4, 23 ; as ne- glected, Jer. 17, 19 sq. Ez. 20, 13 sq. ^ 22, 8. 26; comp. Neh. c. 13. Spec. C'-' naisn the day of the sabbath, the sabbath day, Ex. 20, 8. 11. Num. 15, 32. Neh. 10, 32. al. Lev. 24, 8 Di"'a na^rn ora na^'n i. e. every sabbath; and so 1 Clir. 9, 32 pad naoi , where natt) is a short- ened form because of the close connec- tion of the words, as in Num. 28, 10. The verbs used to denote the keeping of the sabbath are "^TSt^ and ttJ'np? ; for profaning it, Hn q. v. 2. Spec, the sabbath is a name for the great day of atonement in the seventh month. Lev. 23, 32. Comp. linai^ . 3. The name sabbath is applied to every seventh year, when the fields lay untilled, and as it were kept sabbath, the sabbath-year. Lev. 25, 2 y^i^^ nrrui nin'^b ratt3 and the land shall keep a sabbath unto the Lord. v. 4. Comp. v. 6. 26, 34. 43. 2 Chr. 36, 21 ; also in "jinaai . 4. Sometimes a sabbath is nearly, i.q. a week. Lev. 23, 15 and ye shcdl count unto you from the moTTOw after the sab- batji . . . fia-^i^nn m'^^an niraoi yau3. seven sabbaths shall be complete ; 16 even un- to the m/)rrow after the seventh sabbath shall ye number fifty days ; here the seven complete sabbaths are parallel to the nisaitj nJatti seven weeks of Deut. 16, 9. sV too n'^ad nina^j S2^- seven sabbaths (weeks) of years, Lev. 25, 8. Note. In the kindred dialects: Chal n3\23 , emph. nnatli or itnauj , .d?3 looking in from (at) the windows. Its relation to nxn is seen Is. 14, 16, ?^''i5id in the manner of dithyrambic son-s. bjw 1036 11W * 551^ J fut. perh. battS"!, to lie with a womfin, c. ace. Deut. 28, 30 nsbatlJ^; but the vowels belong to -3^, which the Masorites everywhere substitute in Keri, regarding bacj as obscene. Comp. Arab. Ji-S^ to draw water with a bucket, trop. ol' sexual intercourse ; see Diss. Lugd. p. 168. Better, comp. Heb. b;5^ and Arab. Jju to be heavy; hence to be gravid, as a woman. NiPH. to be lain with, ravished^ as a woman Is. 13, 16. Zech. 14, 2. PuAL id. Jer. 3, 2. Hence bjtp f a consort, e. g. of a king, a queen. Ps. 45, 10. Neh. 2, 6. %V. Chahl. f. id. Piur. the king's wives Dan. 5, 2. 3. 23; from whom are distinguished the "ijnb concubines. * "5^ in Kal not used, Arab. 1^ to be vigorous, brave ; cl^ one vigor- s ^ * ous, brave ; ic^ fierce, of a camel. The primary idea seems to be that of impe- tuous excitement. PuAL Part. rs.ttJ?3 1. one raving, fren- zied, furious, as if inspired, spoken of false prophets Hos. 9, 7 ; also of true prophets in contempt 2 K. 9, 11. Jer. 29, 26. 2. a madman, one insane, I Sam. 21, 16. Deut. 28, 34. HiTHP. to he insane, to play the mad- man, 1 Sam. 21, 15. 16. Hence I'iSJ'JTO m. madness, Deut. 28, 28. 2 K. 9, 20. Zech. 12, 4. *'^5'^ obsol. root, Chald. Vk, to cast forth, to eject. Hence "^?T? m. Ex. 13, 12. and "l?il Deut. 7, 13. 28, 4. both in constr. afcetus, which is'cast forth at birth (comp. bB3 no. 1. c), i. e. the young, offspring, only of ani- mals. . ^T? m. Lam. 4, 3. Dual D"''!^ , constr. ^nttJ Hos. 9, 14. Cant. 4, 5, the breast, pap. both in woman Cant. 4, 5. 8, 1. 8. 10 ; and in animals, Gen. 49. 25 blessings of the breasts and of the womb. i. e. abun- dancp of milk and flocks. Comp. *iiD . Aram. nn. (iZ^ Arab. ;^Jo, id. Gr. ilr&ri, TtT&/i, Engl. teat. R. nn^ . ^ only in plur. cnti , idols, pr. lords (comp. Cbra), Deut. 32. 17. Ps. 106, 37. R. ^^^ to rule, whence JuLmw, J demon. Sept. Vulg. daifiorta, dcBmoniay demons, since the Jews regarded idols as demons which let themselves be worshipped of men ; see Bar. 4, 7. Sept. Ps. 95, 5. 1 Cor. 10, 20. I. It? m. i. q. ^b, the breast, pap, Job 24,9. 18.60, 16. 66. 11. R. n'lt^. II. ^XD m. once ^'^'0 Job 5, 21, perh. because of hSilS in the other clause. R. 1. violence, oppression^ wrong done. Hoa. 12, 2. 9, 6. Am. 5, 9. Prov. 24, 2. Often nttJ^ Con or Diani lia, violence and wrong, Hab. 1, 3! Jer. 6, 7. 20. 8. Ez. 45, 9 ; meton. of wealth got by vio- lence and wrong, Am. 3. 10. Also Tid "intil violence and destruction, Is. 59, 7. 60, 18. 51, 19. Jer. 48, 3. A genitive after itti marks the person who does wrong or who suffers wrong. Heb. Or. 112. 2. E. g. n^?;n ^ti the violence of the wicked, which they do, Prov. 21, 7. Contra, C^^sr I'j the oppression of the poor, Ps. 12, 6. Is. 22, 4. mrna ncj the violence done to the beasts Hab. 2, 17. Hence 2. wasting, desolation, destruction. Job 5, 21. 22. Joel 1, 15 xi3^ "^n^'o niiSs like destruction (or a desolating tempest) from the Almighty .thall it come. Is. 13. 6. In an imprecation, Hos. 7. 13 t,rh nit) destinjction unto them ! *"I5^, praet. svT]'^ Ex. 32, 12; inf. 'linttj Jer. 47, 4 ; imper. nn?!j Jer. 49.28 ; fut. c. suff. t:'i']^'7 Jer. 5. 6. Also con- tracted, pret. c. suff'. 'S^iti'r Ps. 17, 9 ; inf. niii Hos. 10, 14; fut. (nii5:) c. suff'. cnt^-; Prov. 11.3 Keri ; also fut. n^r^ Ps. 91,6 (as l^n-i^ for f'S^, 'J^-!'^ for "p^) unless perhaps it is from r. *Titt3 i. q. nntl3 . Pr. to exert power, to urge, to press upon, to force, as ^"I'ij, *^^'^ ; kindr. are Tia and l^ia, Arab. Jc2>. durus, molesturs fuit; Eth. and Amhar. flXX to persecute, drive out. Hence genr. to do violence^ and so to oppress, to spoil, to destroy, with ace of pers. or thing; Ps. 17, 9 >2!i^ttJ !1T n^r3") the wicked that oppress miD 1037 UTX we. Jer. 47. 4 C^nUJbB-^S-nx ^^^^h for .spoiling- all the Philistines. 49^ 28. Prov. 11,3 Keri. Ez. 32, 12 and they shall spoil the pomp of Egypt. Jer. 25, 36. Of a wolf to prey upon. Jer. 5, 6. Part. ~ij as subst. an oppressor, spoiler, de- my er. Job 12, 6. 15, 21 ; often of ene- mies who invade and spoil or lay waste a land, Is. 16, 4. 21, 2. 23, 1. Jer. 6, 26. 12. 12. 48, 8. 18. 32. 51, 48. 53. So Jer. 15, 8 o'^'^lnsta TiizJ a spoiler at noon day, \. e. openly, in sight of all. 0pp. """iio ^\^\ night-robbers, Ob. 5. Coinp. Ps. 91, 6. Part. pass, nmoj , spoiled, de- stroyed, slain, Judg. 5, 27. Is. 33. 1. Also given over to spoiling or to destruc- tion, Jer. 4, 30 ; and so the vexed pas- sage, Ps. 137, 8 nnmi-n bas-na , of Babylon soon to be destroyed, if indeed not already desolated ; or perhaps we may regard the city as captured by Cyrus and so to a certain extent de- stroyed. NiPH. to be laid waMe, desolated, Mic. 2,4. PiEL i. q. Kal, Prov. 19, 26. 24, 15. Po. i. q. Pi. Hos. 10. 2. Pdal n^d and n^d Nah. 3, 7, to be spoiled, laid waste, destroyed ; of a city Is. 15, 1. 23, 1 ; of a land Jer. 4, 20. 48, 15. 20 ; of fields and fmits Joel 1, 10. Zech. 11, 3; of men Jer. 4, 13. 9, 18. 49, 10. HoPH. fut. ncJr, i. q. Pual, Is. 33, 1. Hos. 10, 14. Deriv. nil) II ; pr. n. Ti^^^X ; perh. * n^lD obsol. root, Chald. &2'iT2J , fields, as shut in by- boundaries, is. 16. 8. 2 K. 23, 4. Jer. 31, 40 Kori. Spec, fields of grain Hab. 3, 17 ; or of vines, vineyards. Deut. 32. 32. Twice, Is. 16, 8. Hab. 3, 17. it is joined with a verb sing. This signification of the word, although no vestige of it ex- ists in the kindred dialects, is sufficient- ly established by the context and by the authority of ancient versions. It is some- times unaptly rendered vines. II. a blasting, blight, Is. 37. 27, i. q. HB'id 2 K. 19, 26; the letters 13 and D being interchanged; see under 3. Vj J^ , kindr. with qTiS, to scorch, to blast, as the east wind grain ; pari. pass. Gen. 41, 6 Q^l^ nifinaj blasted with the east wind. v. 23. 27. Chald. and Talm. q'l'^ id. Ar. o Juwt black, &iJuM dark- G ^ ^ ness of night, ojui id. Hence the two following. HBl f a blasting, blight, 2 K. 19, 26. For Is. 37, ^7, see in ni^-iTr II. JI'B'IIZ? m. (r. t{^^J a blasting, blight, e. g. of grain by the east wind (Gen. 41, 6 sq.) I K. 8, 37. Am. 4, 9. Hagg. 2, 17. 2 Chr. 6, 28. Deut. 28, 22. * ITvD Chald. Ithpa. i^riTlJx.io e.rert oneself, to strive to do any thing, c. h Dan. 6, 15. Elsewhere, both in Chal- dee and Rabbinic, it is written b*iU3, the 1 being softened ; see in b lett. b. Hence ni^r\':JK. ty'l'lTlJ Chald. Shadrach, pr. n. given to Hananiah, one of Daniel's companions at the court of Babylon, Dan. 1,7. 2, 49. 3, 12. According to Bohlen, i. q. Pers. 8!\4>Li rejoicing in the way. Accord- ing to Benf&y, royal, from Zend khasa- thra and suff. ka ; Monathsnamen p. 201. But ail this is quite uncertain. to account for the forms of the numeral told six, contracted from Q3"1Q3, as ap- pears from several Arabic and Ethiopic { f -. forms ; e. g. ^j^-tX**/ and jj**JtXjww a siaith part, etc. h^tl and tlR'M? six, etc. But how the number six took its name from this root, is unknown. Hence many, including Gesenius. re- gard ttJia as a radical numeral of the Indo-Germanic tongues ; see in tlJb . Heb. Gr. 93. marg. * DXj'iD obsol. root, Arab, jv^ to be pale ; a ^ arrow. Hence DSlTD m. 1. A species of gem, ac- cording to many the onyx or perh. sar- donyx, so - struction, ruin, Ps. 35, 17. See fetn. ni<';ii) . R. xia) no. 1. ^^"JtJ m. (pron. shav^) pr. a subst. ol the segolate form like n^TS, but without the furtive Segol, like Kun, ailjp. R. Kil^ no. 2. Arab. g^, % yu/i *>*^, malice Eth. MiSh crime. 1. evil, i. e. a) evil done, iniquity, wickedness ; Kl^ "^n^ wicked men Job 11, 11. Ps. 26, W Is. 5, 18 N^TTPt 'biir! the cords of iniquity. b) evil sufierecJ. calamity, destruction, Job 7, 3. Is. 30, 28 X^il) nE3 the fan of destruction. Hos. 12. 12. Both these significations (a, b) are found together in Job 15, 31, let him not trust in evil (men of evil), he is de- ceived ; for evil (calamity) shall be his recompense. Comp. Jisn . 2. Spec, falsehood, a lie, Ps. 1?, 3. 41, 7. 144, 8. 11. Job 31, 5. xiuJ r^^ a false report Ex. 23, 1. X^Uj "iS false witness Deut. 5, 17. Ex. 20, 7 N^\-} xb fi, false oblation, i. e. offered by a lypocrite without any pious feeling. iHence 3. emptiness^ tanily, nothingness, spo- Iken of that which deceives the hopes, Ps. 60, 13. 89. 48. 127, 2. xrdj ""bsn vain \idols Ps. 31,7. Mai. 3, 14 D-^nW-ihr xit^ it is vain, useless, to serve God. mxb?? K^t^ vain prophecies, empty, fallacious. Lam. 2, 14. Ez. 12, 24. 13, 7. Hence K1b 171 vain Jer. 2, 30. 4, 30. 6, 29 ; also HTTSJ as adv. in vain, Ps. 127, 1. K)T Sheva, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 20, 25 Keri, for Jf^ttJ Keth. See in n--ib. nsitD {] (r. j^ioj) constr. nxiti Pro v. ,25. 1. a storm, tempest, so called from its noise, roaring, crashing, Prov. 1, 27 where Keth. nnxu) . Ez. 38, 9. 2. desolation, ruin. Job 30, 14 ; often coupled in paronomasia with the synon. nxiiiiia , Zeph. 1, 15. Job 38, 27. Hence desolate places, ruins, Job 30, 3. 14. 3. destruction, ruin, espec. sudden and unexpected ; Ps. 63, 10 ^'tp^'l'] nx-^.iab ^\1JE3 they lie in wait for my life to de- stroy it. Is. 10, 3. 47, 11. Ps. 35,8. Prov. 3,25. * 3^113, inf constr. once ail3 Josh. 2, 16; pret. 203, fern. nnSJ, once na^ Ez. 46, 17; fut.'aittjn, ap'oc. lit) ;, with Vav conv. 2t^*^5 in pause 2iD^i. 1. to turn, to turn away, to turn back, to return. Chald. Ilin id. Syr. uSoZ trop. to return to one's senses. Arab. vjU trop. to return to God, be con- verted. A) Of persons ; either simply, to turn about, to turn away; or with the idea of motion, to turn back, to return, in which it is more frequent. Absol. Josh. 2, 22. Judg. 14, 8. 19. 7. 2 Sam. 6, 20; with "I'a from, out of any place Ruth 1, 22; with ',73 c. inf Gen. 14, 17. Num. 13, 25. 2 Sam. 2, 1 ; with "^-nnx after a per^ eon 2 Sam. 23, 10 ; with ^:jns?5 from after a person whom one has followed or pursued. Ruth 1, 16. 2 Sam. 2, 26. 30 ; with 5X to a person Gen. 8, 12. 22, 19. 37, 30, or to a place 37, 29. Esth. 7, 8 j though the place is oftener put with h Gen. 18, 33. 32, 1. 33, 16. Num. 24, 25; also with ace. of place, either with ri added Gen. 50, 14. Ex. 4, 20, or simply " 2 Sam. 15, 34. 2 K. 2, 25. Is. 52, 8 =^ilia *)i"':c "^^ when Jehovah shall reitirn to Zion ; others, ' when Jehovah shall bring again Zion.' Part, 'yt'\ nni? pass- ing on and returning, i. e. going and coming, passing hither and thither, Ez. 35, 7. Zech. 7, 14. 9, 8. Followed by another verb, e. g. to return and do, or, to return to the doing of any thing, it is i. q. to do again, to do a second time. The latter verb is then put: a) In a finite tense with the co- pulative T, as 2 K. 1, 11. 13 r\\m 2^^i and. he sent again. 20, 5. Gen. 26, 18. Jer. 18, 4. Zech. 5, 1. Somewhat different is Hos. 2, 11 ''nnj^bi arrx I will return and take away, i. e. what I have given I will take back again. /?) Without *i, Gen. 30, 31 njnx narrx / will again feed. Zech. 8,' 15. Ps. 7^20. Mic. 7, 19. ;') With inf c. \, Job 7, 7. Eccl. 1, 7. Hos. 11, 9. Trop. a) to turn, to return to any person or thing, e.g. to the party of any one 1 K. 12, 27; at the reproof of wis- dom, Prov. 1, 23. Often nin^-bx z^ttj to return to Jehovah, to convert, be con- verted ; with bx and ^ , 1 K. 8, 33. Ps. 22, 28; with bj 2 Chr! 30, 9; tr Is. 19, 22. Joel 2, 12. Am. 4, 6 sq. 3 Hos. 12, 7. b) Absol. to return, to be converted, as in Syr. and Arab, above, Jer. 3, 12. 14. 22. 2 Chr. 6. 24. Is. 1, 27 n-^ab her con- verts, i. e. of Zion. nrr^ ixaJ a rem- nant shall return, be converted. Is. 10, 21. c) With ")t3, to turn from., i. e. to cease from, to have off, e. g. an evil way 1 K. 13. 33. Zech. 1, 4; sin, evil. Ez. 3, 19. 18, 27. 33, 14. Job 36, 10 ; anger Ex. 32, 12 ; justice Ez. 18, 24. Comp. Is. 59, 20 rttJS 'nilj they that turn from iniquity. d) With bs'D and ''"^nx^ to turn away from any one, espec. from Jehovah, Josh. 22, 16.23.29. 1 Sam. 15, 11; absol. Josh. 23, 12. D^bnhn by "O from idols, idolatry, Ez. 14. 6. e) to return into the possession of any thing, i. e. to re- cover it, c. bx Ez. 7, 13. Lev. 25, 10; h Is. 23, 17. B) Often of things: a) to tujii, be deflected, as a border, Josh. 19, 12. 27 n1^* 1040 niizj 29. 34. h) to return to a former own- er, i. e. ^o he returned, restored, c. b Lev. 27, 24. Deut. 28, 31. 1 Sam. 1, 14. 1 K. 12, 26. c) to return to a former state, to be restored, renewed, of cities Ez. 35, 9 Keri, comp. Ez. 16, 55; of a diseased member of the body 1 K. 13, 6. 2 K. 5, 10. 14. Ex. 4, 7. d) In the contrary- sense, "^S^'bx nitlS to return to dust, be changed to dust again, Gen. 3, 19. Ecc. 3, 20. So b ->i^ is genr. to turn into, be changed into, Is. 29, 17. e) to be re- called, revoked, to be made void, as a decree, prophecy, (opp. xia;) Is. 45, 23. 55, 11. f) So anger is said to return, to turn back, when it is calmed, Gen. 27, 44. Is. 5. 25 ; also c. "(73 to turn back from any one, i. e. to cease as against him, Gen. 27, 45. 2 Chr. 12, 12. 2. Transit, i. q. Hiph. a) to caitse to return, i. e. to lead or bring back, Num. 10, 36. Ps. 85, 5 ; espec. in the phrase nisai -ittJ to bring back captives, see nirai . Hence part. pass. SittJ returned, turned away; Mic. 2, 8 nonba 'asiaj turned from war, averse from war. Comp. part. pass. -ID Is. 49, 21. Jer. 17, 13. b) ^0 restore to a former state. Nah.2, 3. Notunfreqiiently in Kethibh -!iaj is to be taken as transitive, where Keri without necessity has Hiphil ; as Job 39. 12. Ps. 54, 7. Prov. 12, 14. Jer. 33, 26. 49, '39. Joel 4, 1. PiL. 221^ causat. of Kal. a) to cau^e to return, to bring back, Jer. 50, 19 ; metaph. to God, to convert, Is. 49, 5. See Kal no. 1. a. b) to restore, to re- new. Is. 58, 12; c. b Ps. 60. 3. With tt5B2 to refresh Ps. 23, 3; comp. n-'ttin. c) to turn away sc. from right, to per- vert, to seduce, Is. 47, 10, comp. Jer. 50, 6 Keri. Once nearly intrans. to fall away, to backslide, Jer. 8, 5. For Mic. 2, 4, see subst. ^aitti . PuL. 2nm part. fem. a^iriTS nnaittSa brought back from the sword, i. e. res- cued from the power of the enemy, Ez. 38, 8. Hiph. a^'^iJn, fut. a^'llj;;, apoc. ni^;;, conv. atii'ai . VlT - 1. to turn, trans, to turn about, to turn away ; c. ace. e. g. the wheel of the threshing-sledge upon enemies, Prov. 20. 6 ; for this punishment see in ^^1 p. 219. With ace. of pers. and "j^ of thing. to turn away one from, Jer. 23, 22. .Mai. 2, 6. Spec. a) T^JB a'^'i'fn to turn one^s face to- wards any thing, c. \ Dan. 11, 18, 19; comp. T^:B C!ib p. 852. d. Also c. '{Q or bj'Q, to turn away one^s face from. e. g. idols Ez. 14, 6 ; and without '.''30 ib. and 18, 30. 32. b) "in^ 2'^^!^! to turn one's hand, with ^5 against a person or thing. Is. 1, 23. Am. 1,8. Ps. 81. 15. Ez. 38, 12; witli 2 2 Sam. 8, 3. Once with b? upon, in a good sense, Zech. 13, 7. c) nin"^ Toin a'^ttifn to turn away the wrath of Jehovah, to avert it, frmn any one, with ",:a or bs^, Num. 25, 11, Jor. 18, 20. Ezra 10, u" But God is said also to turn away hia anger, i. e. to re- press^ to withdraw it (iDX 'n , incn 'n ) Job 9, 13. Ps. 88, 38. 106, 23 ; comp. 85. 4. With bro of pers. Prov. 24. IS; comp. 15, 1. 29, 8, Once, not to tin n away one^s anger, but to turn it upon any one, i, e. to pour it out, Is, 66, 15 ; comp. Job 15, 13. 2. to turn hack, to return, trans, e. g. a person or thing, viz. a) /o bring back or again, to lead back, c. ace. of pers. or thing. Gen. 48, 21. Is. 37, 29. Judg. 11. 9; with bx to a person or place, Gen. 28. 15. 42, 37. 43, la. 44, 8. 2 Sam. 17, 3. Jer. 42, 12. With ace. of thing and 3 of pers. Deut 28, 60. Also njn-j-bx 'a-^ttin to bring again to Jehovah, to his worship, c. ace. of pers. 2 Chr. 24, 19. Neh. 9, 26. ^'^t'n riatt) , i, q. nsiatli 2'iJ , to bring again ths captivity, i. e. the captives (see in art. nnatb) Jer. 32, 44. 33, 11. 49. 6. 39. iB5-bK a^'tlin to bring again to dust, i.e. by death. Job 10, 9; NS-n n? 'n id. Ps. 90, 3; comp. in Kal 1. B. d. , b) *i^ 2'^ttJn to draw back or withdraw the hand, Prov. 19, 24. 26, 15. Gen. 38, 29. Ex. 4, 7. 1 K. 13. 4. Spec, the hand as stretched out for help, Ps. 74, 11. Lam. 2, 3 ; or also for threatening, Ez. 20, 22. Lam. 2, 8. c) to tinm hack or away, to drive back, e. g. animal lust Jer. 2, 24. Is. 28, 6 n-iyu3 HTanba ^a-^ai^ who turn back the war to the gate sc. of the enemy. 44, 25. Job 9, 12 'isa'^ai^ ^p who shall turn him (God) back? i.e. hinder him. 11, 10. 23, 13. Once in a like sense, ^;; a-^oSfn | n^ti 1041 S^lD (urn hack the hand of God, hinder it II inflicting punishment, Is. 14, 27; cuiiip. 43, 14. 'b 'DQ 3'^ttJn io Zwrn away the face of any one, i. e. to repulse him, deny him access, not grant his petition, (opp. 0^33 xba ,) 1 K. 2, IG. 17. 20. 2 Chr. 6, 42. Ps. 132, 10. Emphat. and strong- er, 2 K. 18, 24. Is. 36, 9. 3. to bring back, to restore, com p. Kal ; e. g. spoil taken by an enemy, to recover, Gen. 14, 16. 1 Sam. 30, 19; fo restore one to a post or place. Gen. 40, 13. 41, 13. 1 Chr. 21, 27. Ez. 21, 35. Gen. 42, 25. 2 K. 14, 22. Hence to restore to a former state, c. ace. of pers. Ps. 80. 4. 8. 20. Is. 1, 26. Dan. 9, 25. Also ^B3 n^tn 'b to restore the spirit, life, of any one, i. e. to refresh or relieve his spirit; ei- ther by food Lam. 1, 11. 19 ; or by com- fort 1, 16. Ruth 4, 15. Ps. 19. 8. Prov. 25. 13; comp. 1 Sam. 30, 12. Judg. 15, 19. Different is "i^ 'b tt)B3 'n to restore one^s life from danger, to rescue. Ps. 35, 17. Job 33. 30. Also n-'lSn is to bring back, to rtstore sc. one dead to life 2 Sam. 12, 23. Spec. Job 9, 18 ^nn attjn "^asn^ fc level. b) Trop. to compose or calm tht mind, Ps. 131, 2. EUipt. Is. 38, VA ^jra n5 "'H'^Vd / quieted my mind unti/ I he morning, patiently bearing my pains; Vulg. and Jerome 5pern6a7n usqi" ad mane. In this rendering the word ''"fi<3 is referred to the subsequent clause. But others make it causat. of Kal no. 1. / have made me like the lion sc. in roar- ing ; Targ. ' rugiebam ut leo.' Note. In Job 30, 22 Keth. mian is read by Gesenius and others n-iUJn, and is referred to Chald. N^tli , Ithpe. -^linTTX, io fear, to be terrified. Hence Piel nnoJn thou terrifiest me ; which accords with the preceding "^DJaiTSPi thou makest me to melt away. Better with Ewald as subst. n^tun i. q. nxiittJFi (r. i<'itt3),put for the raging, roaring, of a tempest ; see art. ri:i3n. Keri n^rn. see art. n^'dsin. HiPH. to compare, to liken, with ace andb, Lam. 2, 13. Is. 46, 5. NiTHP. a form frequent in the Mishna and among the Rabbins, but rare m the O. T. see Lehrgeb. p. 249. Heb. Or. mtf 1043 t:v^ '4. 9; to he compared^ to be regarded 'ke. to he alike. Prov. 27, 15 a con- I'.al dropping- in a very rainy day mid a contentious woman riiRTL*3 are T T : alike^ i. e. are to be regarded as alike troublesome. A few Mss. have Ji-inttSs. See Thesaur. p. 137G. Deriv. nitt5, pr. n. mi, ilttS-^. njtjorXICChald. i.q.Heb. Hence Peil -inttJ, to he made like, Dan. 5, 21 Keth. See Pa. Pa. I. i. q. Heb. Pi. no. 1, to put, to set, to make; often in the Targums ; see Ithpa. 2. to compare, to make like to any thing, c. ace. et cr, Dan. 5, 21 Keri. Comp. d5 no. 1. f. Ithpa. to he made, rendered, Dan. 3,29. ^D^ (a plain) pr. n, Sha.veh. a plain in the country beyond Jordan, called also ' the king's dale' ("H^^fi p^s) Gen. 14, 17 ; comp. 2 Sam. 18, 18. The same is D'^n^"jp mttj the plain of Kirjathaim Gen. 14, 5; see in npp lett. g. *n^'0 fut. niQSri 1. to sink down, to settle down, like nnaj , nnttj . Arab. -^Lww mid. Waw, to sink in the mud. Chald. nniij , mr , xn-d , i. q. Heb. Prov. 2, 18 nn-^ania-bx nnd her house sinks down into death, i. e. into Sheol, Hades; so Vulg. But as pa is elsewhere al- ways masc. Aben Ezra refers nna to the woman herself: she sinks down into death (Sheol), her future house. See Thesaur. p. 1377. 2. Metaph. to be bowed down, de- pressed, e. g. the mind, soul. Ps. 44, 26 siai^ED -.Brb nniy our soid is bowed down to the dust. Lam. 3, 20 Keri. HiPH. i. q. Kal no. 2, Lam. 3, 20 Keth. Deriv. nn!Hi3, nmd, nni^, and pr. names n^itt) , cnv^a . n^nitt:'^ . n^^ (pit, r. mt) Shuah, pr. n. of a son of Abraham and Keturah, and also of an Arabian tribe descended from him. Gen. 25, 2. Hence the patronymic and gen- . tile n. 'Tjna) Shuhite Job 2, 11. 8, 1. 25, 1. The country of the Shuhites was not improbably the same with the Zaxxala of Ptolemy 5. 15, eastward of Batanaea. nn^O f. (r. nsittj) 1. a pit. Jer. 2, 6 nn^iaJT nsn?, y^ix a land of desert and pit, i. e. Sinai. Trop. for any thing destructive, Prov. 22, 14. 23, 27. So to dig a pit, see in r. rrns, Jer. 18, 20. 22 Keri. 2. Shuhah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 11 ; for which v. 4 ndsin. UnW (perh. pit-digger, r. nw) Shu- hatn, pr. n. of a son of Dan, Num. 26, 42 ; called in Gen. 46, 23 o-aJn . * I. "D^IT^ fut. plur. 5i-J^^, pr. i. q. asQj q. V. to be stable, firm, stiff. Hence comes laioj i. q. I32d, a stick, rod; then ascotirge, whip; and also i:'^u3 an oar. Hence, as a verb denominative, issiai is: 1. to whip, to scourge, to lash; like Arab. ^Lww. 2. to row, q. d. to lash the sea with oars ; see ta^ia no. 2, and wittJ^a . Part, plur. as suhst. U^iit rowers Ez. 27, 8 ; with ace. of pers. v. 26. 3. to run up and down, to go to and fro, hither and thither, in haste ; pr. so as to lash the air with one's arms as with oars; comp. Lat. remi used of the arms and feet of a person, Ovid. Heroid. 18 fin. and also more frequently of the wings of birds, Quinctil. 8. 6, 16. Num. 1 1, 8. f^-ifi<2 '^w to go over the earth or a land, to travel through it, espec. in order to visit and inspect it. Job 1, 7. 2, 2. 2 Sam. 24, 2. 8. ^ PiL. 'J'qw i. q. Kal no. 3, but inten- sive; Jer. 5, 1. Am. 8, 12. Zech. 4. 10 the eyes of Jehovah "j^nxri-bDa D'i::aittra run to and fro in the whole earth. 2 Chr! 16, 9. Metaph. to run through or over a book, i. e. to examine it thoroughly Dan. 12, 4. HiTHPAL. latj-iuinri , (not is-jlnirfi , to avoid the sequence of three like let- ters,) i. q. Pil. Jer. 49, 3. Deriv. isiyj, ^^I'ttJ, ti*?^, I3id^. *II. ta^ti, Aram, a^, y^i^,, i. q. KNttS , to contemn, to despise. Part, raxuj for -Jiz: (Heb. Gr. 23. 4. n. 1) Ez. 16' 57. 28, 24. 26. 13112? m. pr.i. q. as;a , see r. til'i: I, init. a whip, scourge, Prov. 26, 3. Nah. 3, 2. 1 K. 12, 11. "jlttj^ laittS the scourge of the (slanderous) tongue Job 5, 21. Trop. the scourge of God, i. e. calamities, plagues, b'\ii 1044 51125 which God sends upon men, Is. 10, 26. Job 9, 23. t'^p J'^tT' an overwhelming' scourge, i. e. calamity rushing upon one, spec, a hostile army, Is. 28, 15. 18. Comp. Kor. Sur. 89. 12. Aram. i^'M , }!^qI^, a rod, staff, scourge ; Arab. ]ayM a scourge; Eth. A(D'^ id. *iVi2 obsol. root, Arab. {Jjjm mid. Waw conson. to be loose, pendulous, as the belly; comp. jLww mid. Ye, to flow. Kindr. are bnttj , bV^, Arab. j|j, also nbui , bbttj .Hence ' ^"^^ m. plur. constr. "^b^.ttJ , c. suff. 1. a train, the flowing skirts of a robe, i. q. bsttJ , Is. 6, 1. Lara. 1, 9. nb d"!]?!!!!) to uncover the skirts or train, i. e. to expose to the deepest disgrace, Jer. 13, 22. 26. Nah. 3, 5; comp. Is. 47, 2. 2. ^/le ^e??i of a garment, Ex. 25, 26. 28, 33. 34. 39, 24. ^^i^ m. (r. bbuj) 1. stripped, either of clothes i. e. naked, or of shoes i. e. barefoot, as Sept. Syr. Mic. 1. 8 Keri, comp. Is. 20, 2. Comp. ^3 no. 1. to put off a shoe. 2. a captive, prisoner. Job 12, 17. 19. nilQO^tJ Shulammith, pr. n. of a maid- en celebrated in the book of Canticles, Cant. 7, 1 ; Vulg. pacijica. But theTorm n-ixab^ilJJn may also be a gentile name, the Shulamite, i. q. n'i:33!iUi Shunamite ; since according to Eusebius the place Shunem was also called Sulem ; and this seems preferable, on account of the article. * DVi23 obsol. root, i. q. Arab. j^i. to smell ; whence jU-ww a fragrant melon. Kindr. are ca33 to breathe. >cij to smell. Hence D^tC m. garlic ; only plur. D'^^'itlJ , once Num. 11, 5. So called from its acrid odour; allium sativum Linn, see Celsii Hier. II. p. 52 sq. Sept. ax6^8ov s. (xxd- Qo8ov, Vulg. allium. Chald. X^^itn, Syr. llooZ, id. Talm. r^'^VCflXb wild garlic. Arab, ly^ garlic; Eth. fi^^ id. Large quantities of garlic were an- ciently raised in Egypt; see Cels. I. c. Herodot. 2. 125. Comp. Forskal Flor. ^gypt. p. Lxv. ^^ITD , see i:!2ii3 . *]^'"^ obsol. root, perh. i. q. ",i Gesenius the animal has this name Swn its burrowing under ground, from : bsai . so that bs^tlj denotes pr. ' a dig- ger, burrower,' comp. bxttJ II. Under the general name oi^ foxes the Hebrews and other Orientals appear in common usage to have comprehended also JacAr- afe, Pers. JJLi Shaghal; see Niebuhr's Arabia p. 166. Germ. Thus jackals seem to be meant in Judg. 15, 4, since the fox is with great difficulty taken ilive ; and also in Ps. 63, 11, inasmuch as bxes do not feed on dead bodies, which are a favourite repast for the jackal. But in Cant. 2, 15 it is more probably foxes. See Bochart Hieroz. T. II. p. 190 sq. ed. Lips. Faber's Archseol. I. p. 140. Rosenm. Alterthumsk. IV. ii. p. 154. 2. Shual, pr. n. a) b^na) y^^.-, 'Jack- al-land,' a district in the tribe of Ben- jamin, 1 Sam. 13, 17 ; perh. i. q. y^^ii. fimbria 1 Sam. 9, 4. b) bssi^zi -i^n, Ha- 2;a7'-sAMaZ, 'Jackal-village,' in Simeon; 6ee in -i^h 3. d. p. 339. c) Shual, an Asherite, 1 Chr. 7, 36. ^V*\XD m. denom. (from*iSd no. 1, like D'^S from ^[IS, Heb. Gr. 85. 2. 1,) plur. fnruJ ; a gate-keeper, porter; so of the city gates, 2 K. 7, 10. 11. Neh. 7, 1. 12, 27; espec. of the temple, Neh. J2, 45. 47. 1 Chr. 9, 17 sq. 15, 18. 26, 1. 12 19. 2 Chr. 23, 19. * VjVa3 pr. to scrape, to rub ; then 'to injure by rubbing,' to bruise, to crush, to break or dash in pieces. Chald. C)^", ttB'J, qeoS, id. Syr. v-a^ to rub, j^Jk* to file, - a^- to scrape ; Arab. oLu to polish. Kindr. is nstti q. v. also HED, Arab. \jum, to scrape. Only thrice in O. T. Job 9, 17 ^:m^^1 J'^rba with a tem- pest he dasheth me in pieces. Gen. 3, 15 bis, ap?5 ^3E!ia)n nn5<'i ttii<-i T^B^ti)-! st^n he shall crush thee as to the head, and thou shall bruise him as to the heel, sc. by thy bite ; for the construct, comp. Ps. 3, 8. Heb. Gr. 136. fin. For this latter use of ^^^, comp. Jon. 4, 7. In Ps. 139, 11 ^JB^itiJ'] T^ttSn, we may indeed render, darkness shall fall upon me, shall over- whelm me. But this is less natural , and it is better therefore to read with Ewald, ""aaiia"^ , darkness shall cover me, from TjSliJ or "^30. Symm. axojog ini- (TxsTidasi /uf, Anon. xaXvipsi fis. See more, Thesaur. p. 1380 sq. ^SiT2? , see r\2W . '^TpB'TO a Shuphamite, patronym. from DB!!5^ q. V. Num. 26, 39. jBi Num. 32, 35 ; see in n*i^a3> Iett. d. "IsilD m. also "^^DTD (r. ^B^) plur. m'-iBiia , constr. niiBiii: , a trumpet, horn, G & ^ cornet, lituus, Arab, sy^, (diff. from iTn:?i:r],) perh. so called from its clear and shrill sound, comp. Engl, clarion; either made of a horn, or similar to a horn, i. q. "j"!?? (Josh. 6, 5, comp. 4. 6. 8. 13), Ex. 19," 16. Lev. 25, 9. Job 39, 25. Joel 2. 1. Am. 2, 2. al. Jerome says, on Hos. 5, 8, "buccina pastoralis est et cornu recurvo efficitur, unde et proprie Hebraice Sophar, Greece MEQailvr], appel- latur." Sept. adX-niy^, xsQarlvrj. To blow the trumpet is ^Bi^ 3?J^ln or -iBi\2Ja 'tn , see in S^J^Pi. * p^Ti: i. q. pj5T^. 1. to cleave, Arab. [J^ ; Syr. ] nn 4 a fissure ; see in r. i^u: note. 2. to run about, to run to and fro; see- p'pja and y^t note. Hence piUJ, p^W., piti 1046 nW 3 to run afier any thing, to desire^ to long for J Arab. ^vLww to cause desire, VIII to desire, ijV^w desire. Hence n;5^t^n q. v. HiPH. p^Ti^n, caiisat. of Kal. no. 2, to let imn over, to pour over, to overjlow. c. ace. of thing, Joel 2, 24 c-'Zp?';;! np-^w iCiT^n the vats overjlow with wine. Absol. Joel 4, 13. PiL. PPJ^'t causat. to cause to overjlow with plenty, to enrich, e. g. the earth Ps. 65, 10. Deriv. see in Kal no. 2, 3. pil^ f 1 Sam. 9, 24, (r. p>t) dual tr]pp Prov. 26, 7; constr. ''p^t Ps. 147, 10. 1. the leg, in the human body, from the knee to the foot; so called either from the cleft of the legs ; or as that with which one walks or runs^ as LaU crus from cursus ; see the root no. 1, 2. Chald. pt, pit, Syr. ,J^, -fal., id. Sam.S^^, S^^,id.Arab.jL:, ^Ufi, id. Is. 47, 2. Prov. 26, 7. Deut. 28, 35. Cant. 5, 15. Poet, spoken of foot-soldiers, infantry, as opp. to caval- ry ; Ps. 147, 10 n^")-^ ta->xn 'jsida-xb he taketh no pleasure in the legs of men, i. e. infantry. A proverbial phrase oc- curs in Judg. 15, 8 ~'!?^"b? pitti cnx r^^n and he (Samson) smote them leg upon thigh, leg and thigh, Engl. Vers, hip and thigh, i. e. he cut them in pieces ut- terly ; see in b? 3. d. Another inter- pretation given by Geseniua, see in b? 1. b. . 2. In animals, the fore-Ug, shoulder, corresponding to the shoulder in the human body, Ex. 29, 22. 27. Lev. 7, 32 sq. 8, 25 sq. 9, 21. Num. 6, 20. al. Sept. (^Qctxt(t)v, Vulg. armus. P^TS m. (r. pw) a street, alley, place, pr. a cleft between two rows of houses ; Prov. 7, 8. Ecc. 12, 4. 5. Plur. C^piCJ Cant. 3, 2 ; comp. n^*}^t from nid , d'^'il^ from^sil. Chald. fi<;5>iy: id. Syr. liolk, id! * L *^^' obsol. root, Arab. 'l\3, to be excited, stirred up, as dust, tumult, anger ; II to stir up, excite, e. g. dust, tumult, war j IV to stir up dust j also to stir or plough land. Hence Arab. Ky3 an ox, bullock, see in art. "ilO. Further, Xj is also to leap or spring upon, to assail, as a lion; Chald. "^^t to leap, Syr. 90.^ id. and to leap forth or upon, to assail ; whence Syr. a^oL^1 to be bold, audacious, proud. Hence "^ir . * II. "1^125 fut. n^^ 1. i. q. ^rn, nno, n^n, to go round or about, to trard about, to jouimey, espec. as a merchant for traffic ; hence nno no. 1. Arab. ^Lmm mid. j^, to go, to journey. With yo from a place j Cant 4, 8 thou wilt come with inefrom Lebanon, cxnia '^y.t7\ n:rx thou wilt journey (descend) /rom the top ofAmana ; others, thou wilt look, see in no. 3. Once with a, to go with any thing, to offer it in traffic, Is. 57, 9. Hence nn^irn. 2. to surround, to enclose ; hence iittJ no. 1, and nnt^ no. 2, a wall. 3. to look around or about^ to spy out, to survey, to observe, pr. by going about, comp. "^"Fl to go about, Chald. also to spy out. With ace. Job 35, 5 o-^pnd -i^id survey the clouds. Spec, a) Of one] looking about from a height, c. *i^ , Num.] 23. 9. b) Of one lying in wait, to Ic after, to watch for, Jer. 5, 26. Hos 13 7J c) In the sense to consider, to regai i. e. to look after, like Lat. circumspicet c. ace. Job 24, 15 T:? "'sn^jdn tkh no' ei looketh after me, observes me. 25, 13.| 33, 14. 35, 13 ns'^.ld;> fitb ^-^t the Al- mighty doth not regard it. d) Simpl. to look upon, to beheld, c. ace. Job 7, 8. 17, 15. 20, 9. 34, 29; also of prophetic vision, Num. 24, 17. PiL. n'niCJ to behold; so Job 36, 24 ac- cording to some; but see r. I'^TT. Deriv. "i!ia, rrid, niidn. T T ' T I * III. "^^^2 i, q. n-^Tz: to sing; Pil. t'nib id. see r. 'T'tiJ . ^"^"0 m. (r. "lid I.) an epicene noun, plur. D'''?;d Hos. 12, 12 ; an ox, bidlock, cow, Lat. 605; so called from ploughing, like "^153 and Lat. armentum from aro ; or peril, from its boldness and fierceness, 60 T see the root. Arab. J bull ; Eth. jj^C >d- Chald. lin q. v. Syr. ]hoZ id. whence nilD 1047 m*nD Gr. anJLat. TavQog, taurus, Germ. Slier, ee Grimm. Gr. III. p. 325. It is a gen- eral word, denoting one of the ox kind, without respect to age or sex. E. g. in Lev. 22, 27. Ex. 22, 19, it is a calf; in Ex. 34, 19 "lid "lias is the frMling of a cow ; also "lid "1133 Num. 18, 17. (In Job 21, 10 it is a bull, though Gesenius takes a different view, see in r. "^25 Piel.) It oflener denotes single animals, (the collective being "ip?3 cattle, a herd, from which this word differs, as nb from "jxis ,) Ex. 21, 28. 29. 37. 22, 8. 9.' Lev. 7, 23. 27, 26. Num. 22, 4. Is. 1, 3. Job 6, 5. al. So nni< -lid one ox Neh. 5, 18. Num. 15, 1 1. Instead of the plur. we find "^i^a , as Num. 7, 3. More rarely "id is put collectively, oxen, cattle^ herd; as in an enumeration of various things, Gen. 32, 6. 1 Sam. 22, 19. 2 Sam. 15, 3. "^133 nd the firstling of thy herd, parall. jXS 1133, Deut. 15, 19; comp. above. nidn "!0 a bullock of the herd, Judg. 6, 25. Metaph. "lidn "1133^, spoken of a prince and leader, Deut. 33, 17. So perh. lid simpl. for men of valour and renown. Gen. 49, 6. "i^C m. (r. -lid II.) 1. a wall, Ps. 18, 30. 2 Sam. 22, 30. Gen. 49, 22. Plur. ni-id, Job 24, 11 Dni->!d -ps between (within) their walls, i.e. the rich in their own houses and villas. Aram, lid, 6 9 b: Arab. \y*M, id. 2. a lying-in-wait, or rather, a lier-in- wait. enemy, Ps. 92, 12. Comp. nnd . 3. Shur, pr. n. of a city on the con- fines of the great desert lying between Egypt and Palestine, Gen. 16, 7. 20, 1. 25, 18. I Sam. 15, 7. 27, 8. Josephus understands by it Pelusium, Ant. 6. 7. 3, comp. 1 Sam. 15, 7 ; but this city was called in Hebrew, 'j'^p. More prob. "iid was somewhere in the vicinity of the modern Suez. The desert extending from the borders of Palestine to Shur, is called in Ex. 15, 22 "ild na")^ the desert of Shur ; but in Num. 33, 8 it is called ' cn-^x i3n?3 the desert of Etham. "l^TZJ Chald. m. a wall, like Heb. no. 1 ; plur. X^nid walls Ezra 4, 12. 13. 16. ^^^ obsol. root, to be white, or ra- ther to be bright, to shine, as appears from the derivatives. Kindr. is ddi to be gray ; also Y^:i to shine, to glitter. Hence d'^d white marble, dd id. and byssus, "^dd id. ^did , "jdid , nsdid , pr. n. ^q':3, -"di, "(dd. i^CIlD, see ST'-id lett. a. "jdi ra. (r. did) plur. C^rdid, a lily, x^irov, growing wild in Palestine and the adjacent regions in fields and pastures, Cant. 2, 16. 4, 5. 6, 2. 3. 7, 3 ; comp. Ecclus. 50, 8. Matt. 6, 28. Luke 12, 27. The oriental lily is of various colours, especially white and cerulean, which suit well in the above passages. But in Cant. 5, 13 the lips are compared with lilies, prob. red or purple ; see Plin. Hist. N. 21. 5 ''Est et rubens lilium, quod Graeci crinon vocant . . . sunt et purpurea lilia." Celsii Hierob. I. 383 sq. The root did may reftr to any bright colour. Arab. ^^w****.*^. vulg. Ar. ^Llr-ww, ^jLi-i, id. Chald. KSdid lily, flower, Syr. 1 1 4n 4/ lily. Spoken also of artificial lilies, e. g. a) Of architectural ornaments on the capitals of columns. 1 K. 7, 22 ndJB ,did lily-work, imitating lilies. 7, 26 jdid nno id. Comp. "|did and nsdid . b) According to most interpreters, jdid is also an instrument of music, perhaps a cymbal or some kind oC trum- pet, so called as resembling the form of the lily ; comp. 'jdld . Plur. n-^sdid Ps. 45, 1. 69, 1. 80, 1. But here c"2did seems to be nothing more than lilies, and indicates some well-known song or poem, after the measure and numbers of which these psalms were to be sung. So Ps.60, 1 rnr -,dld perhaps indicates more briefly the same poem ; but 'd and m5 are not to be joined, comp. Ps. 80, 1 nii5 D-^sdid. 1^ m. (r. did) 1. a lily, see in -(did . 1 K. 7, 19 idfld ndr^a lily-work, artificial, see in ^did lett. a. Ps. 60, 1 nn5 "(dTd , see in {did lett. b. 2. Shushan, written also y^^'O Esth. 4, 8. 16. 8, 15. al. pr. name, i. e. Susa, JVC ^ovaa, the city, Esth. 3, 15. 8, 15 ; with a royal palace or castle, "jdld n-n-^ari, Neh. 1, 1. Dan. 8, 2. Esth. 1. 2. 5. 2, 3. 5. 8. al. situated in Elam or Ely- mais Dan. 8, 2 ; where the Persian kings, iriu: 1048 nnizj ae Xerxes (Esth. 1, 2. 2. 3. 8) and others of the Achjemenides, were wont to pass some months in the spring, Neh. 1, 1. Xen. Cyr. 8. 6. 22. Polyb. 5. 48. It was in the province of Susiana, oh the river Eulseus ('^IX Dan. 1. c.) or Choaspes, now the Kerkhah or Kerrah, where at present is the village Sus or Shush in the provincte Khuzist^n. Its mounds of ruins are described in Kinneir's Memoir p. 99. Ker Porter's Travels II. p. 411 sq. Layard in Journ. of the Royal Geogr. Soc. XIII. p. 334 sq. Ritter Erdk. Th. IX. p. 293 sq. Others find Shiisha7i on the river Karun, at a village called Tus- tar, or vulg. Shushtar ; so Von Hammer in the Trans, of the Geogr. Soc. of Paris, II. p. 320 sq. 333 sq. Rawlinson as- sumes two cities of this name. The name, if Semitic, signifies only lijy ; as appears from Athenaeus XII. 1. p. 513. Etymol. Mag. s. v. nriJit[J f. (r.m^) a lily, Gant. 2, 1. 2. Hos. 14, 6 ; artificial 2 Chr. 4. 5. It is the noun of unity ; "i^'iilj being the gene- ral noun ; Heb. Gr. edit. 16, 105. 3. e. Hence the pr. n. ^Maavva, ^ovadfva, Susanna. ji5'iD3 i^^TiJ Chald. gentile n. plur. Shu- shanchites, Susians, the inhabitants of the city Shushan or Susa, Ezra 4, 9. See "iirrii no. 2. p^^t[> 1 K. 14, 25 Keth. where Keri pttJIli: q. V. ri'^U? to put, to place, see r. n^ia . inbtyW (perh. for nbn^xt:: 'noise of breaking.' see nx^ij and nbn) Shuthelah, pr. n. m. a) A son of Ephraim Num. 26; 35 36. b) 1 Chr. 7, 21. From the former comes the patronym. "^nVriii^ Shuthalhile Num. 26, 35. I '^ Chald. a spurious root, from which some derive the forms of the rare conj. of Peel or Peil, ST-p., 3^til3, to set free, to deliver ; fut. S^rb"^, inf H2na, part. 2rr?3 , Dan. 3, 15. 17.' 28. 6, 15. 17. 21. 28. Frequent in the Targums, for Heb. b^Sin. I2^Q. Syr. v^IqIa, id. But 2T"iW, as also ^CLA-. is rather Shaphal of r. ::n, i. q. Arab. W-jVj, to flow, pr. to glide, and hence to slip away, to escape; corap. ttb^, uba. Similar is the form X^iir, which Gesenius has rightly put under r. 5<^'^ p. 416. Deriv. pr. n. ^^^apt3a. * ^\T^ pr. i. q. ti^it, Chald. tl^yi, to scorch, to hum; espec. of the sun. Cant. 1, 6 t-Qtri "^anstTi-'iJ for the sun hath scorched me, made me swarthy. Poet- ically of the eye, (which is often com- pared to the sun, and vice versa, see D'^srBS,) as casting its glances upon any thing, i. e. to look upon, to scan. Job 20, 9. 28, 7. "I^ i. q. Arab. yww,?o?M??5; a thread from right to left, or back-handed, to twine several threads tog-ether. Hence HoPH. Part, ntttj^ diy twined byssus, i. e. of several threads twisted together, double or three-threaded, etc. Ex. 26, 1. 31. 36. 27, 9. 18. 28, 6. S. 15 sq. niJ? m. adj. (r. nni^) depressed, cast down. Job 22, 29 C^ps nd with down- cast eyes, one depressed. * "''j^ fut. 2 fem. "^in^n, to give, to make a present, espec. in order to be free from punishment, Job 6, 22; or for seducing, corrupting, c. ace. of pers. Ez. 16, 33. Syr. ^ma. to give once. Pa. to give often, both in a good and bad sense. Hence ^niO m. a gift, present, 1 K. 15, 19. Chald. X'ltj'ittJ, Syr. ff^iut^, id. Espec. in order to be free from punishment, 2 K. 16, 8. Prov. 6, 35 ; comp. Job 6, 22. Also in order to corrupt a judge, a bribe, Ex. 23, 8. Deut. 10, 17. 16, 19. Ps. 26, 10. Is. 1, 23. al. nnitj ni?b to take a re- u-ard, bribe, Ps. 15, 5. 1 Sam. 8, 3. Ez. 22, 12. Prov. 17, 8 Tra int-n in )zi< "i-^brn like a precious stone is a gift in the eyes of its possessor, i. e. of him who receives it ; comp. brs no. 4. I >nir to sink down, to subside ; see rsinb, ^TTTi^', a pit Also, to incline one- self to how down, like rnd and n^ir q v. Is. 51, 23. Chald. snTlJ id! Other kindr. verbs see in r. n^d . HiPH. t^n^'ri to make bow down, to, depress, metaph. the mind, Prov. 12. 25. HiTHPAL. n^nnrn. the third radical being doubled (like niH?. STiss. from r. ns3). fut. n-intn^"; , apoc. innd"^ , in paus il 1 ^nir 1049 tjnis I. to how down, to fall prostrate be- bre any one in order to do him honour ind reverence, i. q. ngoaxwuv. Gen. 22, ). 1 Sam. 24, 9. Ruth 2, 10 ; with b of )ers. Gen. 23, 7. 1 Sam. 2. 36 ; lees often as?? Gen. 23, 12 ; bx Is. 45, 14; br Lev. !6, 1. This mode of salutation consist- id in falling upon the knees and then ouching the forehead to the ground; lence there is often added nsiX Q'^QX, i:i"ix ^^Qxb, or the like. Gen. 19, 1. 42, 1.' 48. 12. I Sara. 25, 41. 2 Sam. 14, 33. rhis honour was paid not only to supe- iors, as to kings and princes 2 Sam. 9, I. 14, 22. 33. 16, 4. Esth. 3, 2 ; but also equals Gen. 23, 7. 12. Ex. 18, 7. 1 K. , 19 ; sometimes the prostration was epeated seven times, as Gen. 33, 3 ; omp. 1 Sam. 20, 41. Hence 2. Spec, to bow down before God, to worship, to adore, spoken of worship ren- ered to God and also to false gods; bsol. Gen. 22, 5. Ex. 24, 1. 33, 10. udg. 7, 15. Job 1,20; with b, Gen. 24, 8. Ex. 20, 5. Deut. 4, 19. Judg. 2, 12. 3.27. 13. al. more rarely "^.ssb Deut. 6, 10. 1 Sam. 1, 19. Ps. 22, 28. 86, 9. lometimes b marks the place towards rhich one worships, e. g. the holy lourit Ps. 99, 9. 132, 7; also bx Pg. 5, . 138, 2. Also without prostration, rhile in bed. Gen. 47, 31. 1 K. 1, 47. 3. to do homage, to yield allegiance. 's. 45, 12 he (the king) is thy lord, 3 "i^nndri do thou homage unto him. [if. Chald. n^;inFHi:n 2 K. 5, 18. For ri^'"!!'?^^ see Index. Deriv. see in Kal. ^in see in ^hiiJ.* ^imiJj see Tin'^ttJ. "lini^ m. (r. -iniy II,) blackness, Lam. , 8. " tmiD f. (r. nnir) a pit Prov. 28, 10. lomp. nnnd and nn\u. * '^'^^ i. q. nvij and T\rw q. v. comp. 3'^; praet. nilJ, ''nind, plur. Jinia and ina; fui. rriij;i. 1. to bow down, to sink down, Hab. 3, Of animals lurking for prey, to rouch, Job 38, 40 [39, 2]. 2. to be bowed down, trop. to be brought MJ, depressed, Ps. 10, 10. 107, 39; so ride Is. 11, 2. 17; spec, with grief, sor- row Ps. 35, 14. 38, 7. Lam. 3, 20 Keri. Also to submit, to humble oneself; Is. 60, 14 nin^ ri-jbx siabn^ shall come to sub- mit themselves to thee. Job 9, 13. Prov.. 14, 19. Ntph. to be bowed down, brought low, Is. 2, 9. 5, 15. Of a low and muffled voice or sound, Ecc. 12, 4 niDS-bs ^n^^^ "i*iUir| and all the daughters of song are brought low, i. e. are made to sing in a low voice, or be silent, lest the aged man awake ; see Thesaur. p. 1387. Prsegn. Is. 29, 4 ^n"^^5< ri^sn "isr^ii and thy voice shall be low and out of the dust, i. e. low and feeble, as from, the shades. HiPH. ruari , to bring low, to cast down, Is. 25, 12. 26, 5. HiTHPO. nnin'lJrt, to be brought low. cast down, trop. of the soul, Ps. 42, 7. 12. 43,5. Deriv. tltfi. t^ri'ir flit, -jnol^, inf. t:htt3 (rrjnaJ Hos. 5, 2 see in Pie'l), c. suff. D'JnilJ Ez. 23, 39 ; inf abs. lihta ; pr. ' to cast down at full length, to prostrate.' Kindr. are nnaj , nn?i5 , n^iaS , nrrnj . Syr. ^S-*^ Pa. to corrupt; Eth. Alh/H to injure. Hence 1. to kill animals, to slaughter, Arab. isL^, c. ace. Gen. 37, 31. Is. 22, 13. 1 Sam. 14, 32. 34. Espec. victims for sacrifice Lev. 1, 5. 11. Ex. 12, 6. 21. Num. 19, 3. Hos. 5, 2 1p"'^sn D^ab niintlj in the slaughtering (of victims) they make deep their transgressions ; but see in Piel. Also a human victim Gen. 22. .10. Is. 57, 5. 2. to kill persons like beasts, to slay, to slaughter, to massacre, c. ace. Judg. 12, 6. 1 K. 18, 40. 2 K.' 10, 7. 25, 7. Jer. 39, 6. 41, 7. Num. 14, 16 therefore CMntD^I he slew them in the desert, i. e. let them perish. Trop. Jer. 9, 7 Keth. nzitih lin-ib yn a sMightering arrow is their tongue, i. e. by its slanders. Sept. (ioUg TiTQMaxovan; Vulg. 'sagitta vul- nerans.' Keri has uwb , .slaughtered ; but as this cannot be said of an arrow, Ewald prefers to render with the Syr. Vers, sharpened, sharp. ]\ >f 4. ; comp. Chald. T^nai sharp ; Mishn. T-^nbn to sharpen, Arab, d^ id. 3. Spec. Miinttj nriT 1 K. 10, 16. 17. 2 Chr. 9, 15. 16, perh. mixed gold, alloy- 'n;2j ed wilh some other imelal; comp. Arab. ia^ to dilute wine with water, and see niore in Comra. on Is. 1,22. Thesaur. p. 772. So Gesenius. Better with Sept. beaten gold, i. e. drawn-out into plates ; comp. naili to spread out, to ex- pand, the letters being transposed. PiEL prob. i. q. Syr. w^ulu^. and Heb. nn\23 , to corrupt, to act or do wickedly. Inf. n-jntt) (like rrns^ Lev. 26, 18), Hos. 5, 2 V^^yn D^ub nanilJi and the revolt- ers have sunk deep in evil doing; so Ewald, comparing Hos. 9, 9. The Heb. grammarians acknowledge an infin. Piel ; see Kimchi Lex. ASiother view see in Kal no. 1. Npph. pass, of Kal. no. 1. Lev. 6, 25. Num. 11. 22. Hence rrj^iriTO f a killing, slaughter of vic- tims, 2 Chr. 30, 17. R. i:nai. jin m. (r. inaj) a burning sore, in- flamed idcer, a boil, botch, or rather an inflamed spot of the skin, in which arise pustules (nirarnx) or leprous spots ^ Ex. 9, 9-11. Lev.' 13, 18-20; spec, of carbuncles in the skin of one seized by the plague, 2 K. 20, 7. Is. 38, 21. Al^o n^:^:Lo -pniij the botch of Egypt Deut. 28. 27, and yn l^nilJ a sore botch, v. 35. Job 2, 7, a species of the black leprosy endemic in Egypt, called by physicians elephantiasis, from the dark scales with which the skin is covered, and the swelling of the legs. Comp. Lucret. 6. 112 sq. Plin. H. N. 26. 1. 5. Schilling de lepra Lugd. Bat. 1778, p. 184. Wi- ner Realw. art. Aussatz. C^niS m. (r. GntlJ) i. q. uJ^rJb, that which grows of itself the second year after sowing, Is. 37, 30. So the ancient versions; see Thesaur. p. 1389. This would seem to be the primitive form, and to signify pr. sprout, shoot ; see the root. ^"^Hi^ m. (r. Cin^) only constr. tl'^nttS, a board, as made thin by hewing, plan- ing, etc. once Ez. 41, 16. n^ntj f. (r. nrn^) a pit, plur. rin'^nia Ps. 107, 20. Lam.' 4, 20. The n is not radical, but is nevertheless preserved in flexion ; see Lehrg. p. 527. nn'^Jl Chald. part. f. see r. nnoj . 1050 tfnxi 1. ^t_\'^ obsol. root, to roar ; comp. Arab. J^sJL to bray, Ju^ and jC^, a braying. In Heb. it is referred to the lion ; in Arab, to the ass. So Arab. (CA^ to roar as a lion, to bray as an ass. Hence brit^ a lion. * II. bnti obsol. root, Arab. J2?, to peel, to scale, to shell ; Jk,-SU^wuO a file - - ' mattock, xJL^ filings, scrapings, alsc pods, chaff, etc. Hence rbfitt). ^ m. (r. bnt^ I,) a lio7i, so called from his roaring; a poetic epithet. Job 4, 10. 10, 16. 28, 8. Ps. 91, 13. Prov. 26, 13. Hos. 5, 14. 13, 7. Bochart in Hieroz. I. 717, understands the swarthy lion of Syria; Plin. H. N. 8. 17; comp. "ihttj black, the letters b and 1 being in- terchanged. But this is quite uncertain. ^) f. (r. bntt3 II,) pr. a shell, or ac- cording to the Heb. intpp. ow^, onyx viarifius, unguis odoratus ; the blatta Byzantina of the shops. Germ. Teifels- klaue ; Ex. 30, 34. It consists of the shell or cover of a species of muscle, found in the lakes of India where the nard grows; also in the Red sea and along the whole coast of Arabia ; which when burned emitsa sweet musky odour. Murex infiatus Lam. Murex ramosus Linn. See Dioscorid. 2. 10, and the Arabian writers cited by Bochart, Hie- roz. II. p. 803 sq. See more in Thesaur. p. 1388. * "jHlT obsol. /oot, Arab, jji^ to he hot, inflamed, spoken of the eyes and skin. Chald. "inoj id. Syr. . it4> id. and Vdi. to ulcerate. Hence 'pnaj, ^Gt obsol. root, perh. to sprout, to grow; comp. Arab. (j>a, qi4>, to crawl ; also Heb. tiBb, rtfio, r,En IL Hence q-^ni^ . ^rro 1051 ^rri 2. to become thin, Jean^ to consume nway ; comp. Arab. oi^A^ to be thin; Talm. qna to pine. Hence rsnuj and ClHTD m. Lev. 11, 16. Deut. 14, 15, ac- cording to Sept. and Vulg. the sea-mew, sea-gull, Vulg. larus, an aquatic unclean bird, so called from its leanness. See Bochart Hieroz. II. lib. 2. c. 18. R. rjntD . f^SntD n (r. S]nt^) leanness, then con- suviption, Lev. 26,' 10. Deut. 28, 22. * ynifl obsol. root, Arab, jjn -^ - ^0 Z//? wjy or raise oneself, to rise ; comp. GnuJ .Hence the two following. f^T? m. cZah'on of mind, pnde; Arab. o ^ (jo^iLCu, Talmud, ^ntt), id. So ""Sa yn'j, Vulg. ^/n superhice, the sons of pride, i. e. the larger and nobler beasts of prey, as the lion, so called from their proud gait. Job 28, 8. 41, 26 [25]. The Chaldee renders it lioiis, in c. 28, 8; but the other passage requires it to be taken in a wider sense. Comp. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. T18. a"2nir (heights) Shahazim pr.n.of a place in the tribe of Issachar, c. n loc. n^"^snai Josh. 19, 22 Keri. In Keth. n^'^iiinti) . R. yn:: . * ptj"^ fut. pn^ij^ 1. to rub or beat in pieces, to pound fine ; Arab, (o,:^ id. Chald. prni|. Syr. ualjk. id. Ex. 30, 36. Trop. of enemies, Ps. 18, 43. Also to wear away, as water stones. Job 14, 19. Hence pnd no. 1. 2. JO expand, sc. by rubbing or beat- ing, to stretch out ; whence pntt3 no. 2. pn^ m, (r. pnd.) a poetic word. 1. dust, fine dust, so called from rub- bing, treading, etc. Is. 40, 15. 2. Rarely in sing. pntD Ps. 89, 7. 38, oflener plur. D'^pnUJ, the sky, the hea- vens, so called from their expanse, like S'^pn. see the root no. 2; comp. Heb. Gr. 106. 2. Targ. Xj^ntlj . plur. *'prni5 , N^^pn'r , everywhere for Heb. Arab. rar. G o- {^^Si a thin cloud. Prov. 8. 28. As the seat of God and the angels, Ps. 89, 7. 38. 68. 35. Often parall. with C^^tiJ, Deut. 33, 26. Job 35, 5. Ps. 36. 6. 57'. \\. 108, 5. Jer. 51, 9. But pn'^D and c^pn de- note the sky or heavens both as serene or clouded ; e. g. as serene, Job 37, 18 hast thou like him spread out the sky (D'^pnai), frm, as a molten looking- glass 7 Or as covered with clouds, Job 37, 21 ; whence descend the rain and dew, Job 36, 28. Prov. 3, 20 ; also the manna Ps. 78, 23 comp. Is. 45, 8 ; and whence the thunder is heard, Ps. 77, 18. QipnttJ "lay clouds of the heavens Ps. 18, 12. 2 Sara. 22, 12. Also put for the clouds themselves Job 38, 37, parall. ni^ab "ibsD bottles of the heavens. * 1. "'U^ pr. to cleave, to break^ kindr. with t^^a and Arab. Ju , perh. lai^, comp. also in r. aad and note. Hence 1. to break, to break forth, as the light, dawn; hence ^Tvq and inilj^ au- rora. 2. to break in, to pry into, and hence to seek, comp. "ip3 no. 2, 3. In Kal once part, inili Prov. U, 27. See Piel. PiEL inaS to seek, to seek carefully, only poetic, c. ace. Job 7, 21. Prov. 7, 15. 8, 17 ; also b c. inf Job 24, 5. Prov. 13, 24 nDi'3 "i-inaJ i^Pix he that loveth him (his son) seeketh for him chastise- ment, q. d. prepares it for him, does not let him go without it. The suffix is to be taken as a dative. 7b seek God is: a) To long after him. Is. 26, 9. Ps. 63, 2. b) To turn unto him, Hos. 5, 15. Ps. 78, 34 ; c. bwX Job 8, 5. Deriv. "nni^ , nnn3, ^n^a, pr. a. n;;>"intt3, n^nnttj. 1 1 . in 'J; to be or become black , Aram, j-^^, "nnd, id. Prsegn. Job 30, 30 '^'hv-q in'r "^niJ my skin is black from off me, i. e. turns black and scales off. Deriv. "no , -iina3 , "^hnntt) , and pr. n. * III. "^n"^' not used in Kal; Arab. -^, to fasciriate, to enchant; j^ in- cantation, magic. Piel, inf c. suff. n'^nir or M^n'J, to fascinate, to charm; hence to charm away, to remove by magic arts. So once. Is. 47. 1 1 and evil shall come upon thee, nnnr ''r'Tn xb thou shalt not know to charm it away ; comp. the next clause, and Num. 23. 23. So J. H. and -inin 1052 nnizi J. D. Michael is, Ewald, De Wette. and others. Another interpretation refers it to art. *int^ the dawn. i. e. good after the evil. So Gesenius. Maner, Knobel. But this accords less well with the par- allel clause. ^niZJ m. (r. "iniu I,) aurora^ the dawn, morning; so called as breaking forth; Chald. ^na3 id. Arab, 'iy^ id. Gen. 19, 15. Josh. 6, 15. Judg. 19, 25. Am. 4, 13. Job 38, 12. al. Poetically there are ascribed to it eyelashes, see C^aSBJ ; and wings Ps. 139, 9. "ipj'j iS son of the morning., i. e. the morning star, hicifer, Is. 14, 12 ; see in bV^n . Hos. 6, 3 inttJS ixst "jiDS his going forth is sure as the dawn, i. e. the coming of Jehovah. Ps. 57, 9 -ina3 n-i^^x I will awake the dawn sc. by my early song. 108, 3. Also "in'i"3 at the dawn., early, soon, sud- denly; comp. ij^iaa Ps.90, 14. In Cant. 6, 10 a maiden looking abroad, and .Toel 2, 2 a cloud of locusts appearing on the sky, are compared to the dawn; the lat- ter perh. referring to the yellowish light which is said to accompany the flight of locusts. A similar comparison is found in Arab poets; see De Sacy Chrestom. III. p. 54. 1. 15. Metaph. of prosperity, as again dawning upon the afflicted. Is; 8, 20 (see in n^N B. no. 8). 58, 8; so; Is. 47, 11 according to some; but see in| r. "inuj III, Piel. The same metaph. oc-i curs in the use of the words ip?i2 Job 11, 17, S:itJ3 Jer. 13, 16, and Arab. ^Jlo. For ^rmt] nb*5< Ps. 22, 1, see fully in art. n^^K p. 42. "IHTJ and "^iHlS m. adj. fern. ITnind, black, e. g. hair Lev. 13, 31. 37. Cant. 5, 11 ; a horse Zech. 6, 2. 6; of a dark or swarthy countenance Cant. 1, 5. R. ^n II. ^n'i?, see "lirriii). tmnit f (r. -intU I,) the dawn; trop. youth., once Ecc. 11, 10. ^n-intO ,n. adj. (r. -ini^ II,) f n-nrrnnd , dark, swarthy, spoken of complexion Cant. 1, 6. For this diminutive adjec- tive of colour, after the form D"|}a'ix, PIVlT. , see Lehrg. p. 497. Heb. Gr. 54. 3. 83.23. ^r"!*^^ (Jehovah seeks him, r. "^ncJ I.) Shehariah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 26. D?'!^!^^ (the two dawns, comp. c";?"^?, ^'?']v?^) ShaharawL, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8,8. '^G^ in Kal not used, pr. 'to press down, to cast down, to prostrate ;' kindr. are tanuJ, nnaj, nnj, nsioj. Hence, to destroy, to corrupt, see Piel and Hiph. Arab, o^ to destroy, IV id. comp. Syr. ^4*-*fc^ Pa. to corrupt, to violate ; Eth. Alfl/Il to injure, to violate. PiEL rntt3 , 2 sing, nn^ , 2 plur. DnntlJ . 1. to throw down, to overthrow, to de- stroy, pr. to cast down, to prostrate. E. ^. one wounded Ex. 21, 26 ; or slain 2 Sam. 1, 14; or a whole people Gen. 6, 17. 9, 15. Hos. 13, 9. Is. 14, 20. Ez. 5, 16. al. nsnx rnoJ ^(/es^roy by casting d^HQ(a to corrupt; not however in the sense of corruption, putridity, but of destruc- tion ; see the examples in the Concord, 'of Tromm. The Greek word is indeed taken by Luke in the sense of corrup- tion in Acts 2, 27. 13, 35 sq. but it would be difficult to show that the Heb. rniji has this sense even in a single passage, as derived from r. nno. The appeal ia indeed made to Job 17, 14, where the other hemistich has n^a"!, and nnir is called father, which seems to accord only with a masculine noun ; but in such cases the sacred writers often neg- lect both the etymology and gender of words; comp. Ti? na ftrc'X Ps. 17, 8. See Hengstenberg on Ps. 16, 10; and the Commentators on Acts U. cc. HM f (for n-jsai , as rrjn for naan) i. q. Arab. ia^Lw Sunt, the acacia, i. e. acacia vera, the spina jEgyptiaca of the ancients, Mimosa Nilotica Linn. Is. 41, 19. It is a large tree growing in Egypt and Arabia; its bark is covered with large black thorns ; the wood is exceedingly hard, and when old resem- bles ebony. See Celsii Hierobot. T. I. p. 498 sq. Jablonsky Opusc. ed. te Water I. p. 260. Rosenm. Alterthumsk. IV. i. p. 277. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 349. For T\-^W p-'a see art. n'^a no. 12. rr. Plur. D"^!?^ 1. accfcms, whence "^S3> d'>aaS acacia-wood, of which the furni- ture and wood-work of the tabernacle were constructed, Ex. 25, 5. 10. 13. 26, 26. 27, 1. 6. al. 2. Shittim, pr. n. of a valley in Moab on the borders of Palestine, over against nt:ir) 1054 ^tS'JJ Jericho, Num. 25, 1. Josh. 2, 1. 3, 1. Mic. 6, 5; fully W^'^m bm (the valley of acacias) Joel 4, 18 [3, 18]. For bsx ciauJn see in art. bsx II. b. * ITTD* fut. n^T!Jn , io spread out, to ex- pand; Syr. - -^ ^-j Arab. ^Joam, Eth. fll^ih, id. Job 12, 23 D^isb niaib Ac spreadeth out for the nations^ i. e. gives them ample territories. Espec. to spread any thing upon the ground, e. g. bones Jer. 8,2; quails Num. 11,32; ground corn, coarse meal, 2 Sam. 17, 19. PiEL ^o spread, out, to stretch out. e. g. the arms, hands, Ps. 88, 10. Deriv. niiati;?:. t^ts'O ra. (r. a!ittS I, Pil.) a scourge, Josh. 23, 13; i. q. aiSJ q. v. * C|^^ fut. ?|i;:a57 \. to gush or pour out, to flow abundantly. Ps. 78, 20. DtJia Pl-Jili a pouring rain, Ez. 13, 13. 38, 22. Kindr. are ?li:c and 31T to flow, to overflow; Aram. C]I3, ^A^,id. comp. C1I33 to distil. 2. to overflow, to ovenchehn, as a stream Is. 30, 28. 66, 12; metaph. of an army Dan. 1 1, 10. 26. 40. So with ace. a) to overflow or inundate any thing Jer. 47, 2 ; also stronger, t3ns::t!5 the floods overwhelm me, swal- low" me up. V. 16. 124, 4. Is. 43. 2. Cant. 8, 7. b) to sweep away as with a flood, to wash away, Is. 28, 17. Job 14, 19 the flood sweepeth away the dust of the earth. Ez. 16. 19. c) Vice versa, to bring in as with a flood ; Is. 10, 22 ^1^-12 n-jitj -jrsiin -(i^^s destruction is de- creed, bringing in justice like a flood, i. e. overwhelming the wicked with merited punishment. ^l^'iS being an accus. governed by tjCJitS . d) to wash, to rinse, i. e. copiously. Lev. 15, II. IK. 22, 38. 3.- Metaph. to run swiftly, to rush, as a horse, Jer. 8, 6. Comp. no 1. NiPH. 1. to be overflowed, over- whelmed, trop. of a hostile army Dan. 11. 22. 2. to be washed, rinsed. Lev. 15, 12. PuAL i. q. Niph. no. 2, Lev. 6, 21. Hence 5]t3TO and ?1^^ m. 1. a gushing, out- pouring, e. g. of r^in Job 38, 25; of a torrent, whence metaph. Pro v. 27, 4 C]S< r)ud anger is an outpouring, i. e. is outrageous. 2. an overflowing, inundation, flood, Ps. 32, 6. Nah. 1, 8. Dan. 9, 26 Cl'JTL-n isp Ai> end Cometh as a flood, i. e. suddenly; .comp. ^HTSa Hos. 10, 15, and see 2 lett. C. Metaph. of an army, Dan. 11, 22. '"7 pr. to cut, to cut in, to grave, like Arab. Jau*/, whence -bLwwabutch- er, also Ja-Mw a line, i. e. cut in ; comp. Heb. w-id, Chald. -lU)^. Hence to write, pr. to cut in or grave with a sty- lus, like ans q. v. Gr. ygdcpeiv, Lat. scribere. Arab. "JaZ* id. Chald. ^^t a writing. Hence Part. ittitJ pr. a writer, scribe, Srpt. yQnpfiuTsvg, yQa^fxaiotiaayoiyi vg, Pesh i to ]'f&a. Then, as writing was anciently employed chiefly in the administration of justice (comp. ana no. 5, 6, and Pitl, Gr. yQocqtsiv, ygacpfa&ai), a magistral f\ prefect, leader of the people ; comj). Arab, p^-- to be over any thing, r. I *^ " - ' f> . y^j^ ; . Ham*^ a prefect, inspector. Targ. 5<2'^D a prefect. Vulg. mngishr, dux, exactor. Spec, the cnaia were : a) the leaders, officers o^ the IsraeiittK in Egypt, Ex. 5, 6-19; and in the (l2in to bring pres- ents, Ps. 68, 30. 76, 12.' Is. 18, 7. * 5^;^ or K"^ obsol. root i. q. Arab. -A^ , to will, to desire. Hence ''^ for : - ^'^lO pr. n. 2 Sara. 20, 25 Keth. see in T T : 'jifi5''TD (a ruin, r. xittS) *S/iion, pr. n.of a city in the tribe of Issachar, Josh. 19, 19. I. ni^tD f. (r. 3iai) return, and concr. <^o.9e returning, Ps. 126, 1. But more prob. it should read n^iattJ or H'^Sttj, as in V. 4. II. nn'^TD f. (forna-^tli';, r. 205^) dwell- ing, slay, 2 Sam. 19,'33 [32]. n^"i2 a doubtful root, to which is apparently to be referred fut. apoc. '^ttJn, after the form "^n^T, Deat. 32, 18 ; Sep*. iyyAtiiXinsq, Vulg. dereliquisti, i. e. thou hast forsaken; the other hemistich has nsttinn thou hast forgotten. The root rr^tij then would seem to have signified the same as ?^'^^J L^jm, to forget, to So ^ neglect, whence > (^ > negligence; the letler ^ when interposed between two vowels being changed into '^, as is often done ; comp. nn:j and n^S , nna and n^Q , nnt and ^v to deck, Lgj and Lo to be raw, e. g. flesh; and comp. the like change of ut in ^^"^^ n^'n , vulture, Jcj-D, |Vi> n. Or "^ttJn maybe derived from the root nntU itself, regarding it as contracted from "^HttJn (for nnuin, comp. ^nian Jer. 18, 23 for nn^n),'like It for VHT '.' ' "i^l obsol. root. Arab. vJui, io love, to be captivated. Hence ^pTS ,S^Aj";2a, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 42. ^P^ Chald. to deliver, see in r. 2tt*. nn'i f. (r. niittS) plur. ninitiJ, i. q. nmaj, api7, Ps. 57, 7. 119, 85. Jer. 18, 22' Keth. nin^TD, nin, ^n, pr. black, tur- bid, from r. initj II ; hence Shihor as the Heb. pr. name for the Nile, "iX"^ be- ing the Egyptian name, so called from its muddy and turbid waters ; (whence also Lat. Melo i. q. fiiXag, according to Festus and Serv. ad Virg. Georg. 4. 291. Mn. 1. 745. ib. 4. 246;) Is. 23, 3 nx-i 'ii^sp? -ihll5 S-nt the produce of Shihor, the harvest of the Nile, Vulg. Nili. Jer. 2, 18. In two passages. Josh. 13, 3. 1 Chr. 13. 5, Shihor is put as the south- western limit of Palestine, where one might expect the torrent of Egypt, bna D'^'iacTa, see bns ; but in the similar pas- sage Gen. 15, 18, the Nile, a*]"]:??? ">r!3, is also mentioned. njnb ^h^tO Shihor-Ubnath Josh. 19, 26, pr. n. of a small stream or river, which empties itself into the sea, in the territory of Asher ; according to J. D. Michaelis Glass river (comp. n32b no. 1), i. e. the Belus, now Nahr Na'm^n, from the sands of which the first glass was made by the Phenicians. tJ^'C m.(r. I3!ia3) 1. an oar, i.q. 131' 12313, Is. 33, 1. . , 2. i. q. laioJ , a scourge, Is. 28, 15 Keth. n*biTp, ib'', see in art. ibOS. b^'^l? Mic. 1, 8 Keth. i. q. bbitti no. 1, where see. ^i^*^"^. gentile n. a Shilonite : a) From n-^"itt> Shiloh, see in ibtti , 1 K. 1 1, 29. 12, 15; written also '^D'bui Neh. 11, 5. Comp. ST^a and '5'b'^a . bj For -"S^ai from nb , 1 Chr. 9, 5. * Ijror^tl (for Tia-^ia-i desert) Shimon, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20. * yW obsol. root, i. q. Eth. lU^l and Syr. ^JL , mingere ; comp. "jnitj . Hence "I'^ttJ , also HiPH. I'^Pi^lJn, contracted prob. from Hithpa. l^ndn , mingere, to make water; found only in part, "pn^^i?, in the pro- verbial phrase "'''pS T^rmi^ mingens ad parietem i. e. against a wall, signifying r \D 1056 n'^tf a male person^ espec. where mention is made of exterminating a whole tribe or family -, corap. in Engl. ' to the last man.' 1 K. 14. 10 and I will cut off from Je- roboam "iips 'J^n'J:^^ him that pisseth against a wall, the bond and the free. i. e. all, utterly. 21, 21 . 2 K. 9, 8. 1 Sam. 25, 22. 34. 1 K. 16, 11 he slew all the house of Bashan; he left him not one pissing against a wall (not a male), nor kindred, nor friends. This biblical phrase is imitated in Syriac by Barhe- brspus, Chron. ap. Assem. Bibl. Orient. II. p. 260, an desiderium me teneat dice- ceseos Gumce, in qua non relictus est unus qui mi7igat ad parietem ? i. e. which is wholly desolated. Against this view it is urged, that in the east it is customary for men to perform this office of nature in a sitting posture, beneath their flowing garments, nor does decency permit it to be done in the presence of others; see Hdot. 2. 35. Xen. Cyr. 1. 2. 16. Amm. Marcell. 23. 6. Jahn Bibl. Archseol. I. ii. p. 77. Comp. in Arab, 'si quis stans mingit, seque est ac si mingat in Caabam.' Hence some understand by the above phrase a slave or person of the lowest class; so Jahn 1. c. Others, a small boy; as Schindler Lex. Pentagl. Gesen. Lex.man. Others still, a dog ; and this is followed by many, as Ephr. Syr. Opp. I. p. 542. F. Judah ben Karish in Ms. Abulwalid in Ms. Kimchi, Jarchi, J. D. Michaelis, Dathe, etc. This last view is strongly opposed by Bochart, who adopts the one above given ; Hieroz. I. p. 675 or 776 sq. Lips. See more fully in Thesaur. p. 1398. V*^ m. (r. T^ttJ) plur. D'^piu, c. suff. Dn^riD, urine, in Keth. 2 K. 18, 27. Is. 36, 12. Prob. obscene, and therefore Keri Dn^bljn la^xj in both places. ^VV Chald. to finish, see in r. X2'^ Chald. *n^ti, rarely ^^ID Keth. 1 Sam. 18, 6 ; fut. 'T^ttJ;', apoc. once "liO^ Job 23, 37, conv. '^m Judg. 5, 1 ; Zo sing, Judg. 5, 1. Ps. 65, 14. Not found in the other Semitic dialects. Constr. a) With ace. of the song Ps. 7, 1. 137, 4. 149, 1. Is. 42, 10 ; also with accus. of the pers. or thing celebrated, Ps. 59, 17. 89, 2. 101, 1. 106, 12. b) With ^ to sing unto any one, i. e. before him Ps. 137, 3; of- tener in his honour, to celebrate in song, Ps. 13, 6. 27, 6. 33, 3. 68, 5. Jer. 20. 13; once, to sing of or concerning any thing Is. 5, 1. c) With a to sing of Ps. 138. 5; comp. a la-n. d) With Sr of him whom one addresses in song, before whom one sings ; Job 33, 27 b5 ^(lii D">'r3S he singeth before men, chants or proclaims unto them sc. the mercy of God, celebrating it in song; comp. nj^ no. 1. a, b. Prov. 25, 20 ^5 c'^'iirJa ^tt) yj"a^ he who singeth songs to a heavy heart, i. e. to one afflicted. Part. "UJ as subst. plur. O'^'ni^ , a singer, singers, Ps. 78, 26. 87, 7. Ez. 40, 49. Fem. plur. niiQJ female singers, singing-women, 2 Sam. 19, 36. Ecc. 2, 8. 2 Chr. 35, 25. For ninaj Ez. 27, 25, see in art. rrnttj no. 1. PiL. ^I'^tti, to sing, to chant; spoken of the voice or cry of animals, to re- sound, Zeph. 2, 14 ; and so of song itself 2 Chr. 29, 28. With ace. Job 36, 24 ^^^}i$.. J|"^'ii25 "iQJN which men do sing, celebrate; others less well, 'which men behold,' comp. r. lio) II. 3. d. Part. *>'nu73, plur. D'i!5i3 female singers, singing-women, Ezra 2, 65. Neh. 7, 67. HoPH. nd^n pass, to be sung, e. g. a song, Is. 26, 1. Deriv. "I'^a) , rri'^aS . *^''T? m. (r. *i''tt3) 1. a song, singing^ the act of singing, 1 Chr. 6, 16. 17. 25, i' 6. 7. 2 Chr. 23, 18. Neh. 12, 27. 2 Chr. ' 29, 27. 28 "i':)i^'^ ">"'^'n^ and the song sang (resounded) a7id the trumpets trum- peted, all until the burnt-offering was consumed; here Kimchi needlessly takes -i-^UJ for -i^tt3 bsa ' a singer ;' others for -iiQj "^1352 'a choir.' Song was often adapted to musical instruments; hence T^Ui "^ba instruments of music, 2 Chr. 5, 13. 7, 6! 29, 27. 1 Chr. 16, 42. Am. 6, 5. Neh. 12, 36. In Ecc. 12, 4 ^^TSn niaa daughters of song are female singers, see in r. nn!:^ Niph. 2. a song, hymn, that which is sung, e.g. a) Collect, song's, Aj/wns, 1 K. 5, 12 [4, 32] and hii so?igs (Solomon's, -1^^ 1057 n^is Ti"^!!)) were a thousand and Jive. Also f^in"^ "i"" the Lord^s songs, in honour of God, Ps. 42, 9. 137.4, i. q. ",i>2 'l" songs of Zion; comp. in nn"" . b) Genr. a song, hymn, e. g. sacred, a psalm, Ps. 33, 3. 40, 4. 69, 3. 96, 1. 98, 1. Is. 42, 10 ; a^so profane, or secular, Is. 23, 16. 24, 9. Ecc. 7, 5; spec, of rejoicing, Arn. 8, 3. 10, opp. n:"*)?. Plur. o"''i'^U), songs, hymns. Gen. 31,27. Prov. 25* 20. Am. 5, 23 Ez. 26, 13. I Chr. 3, 8. Spec, lor particular occasions ; as victory Judg. 5, 12 ; the dedication of the temple Ps. 30, 1 ; lor the sabbath Ps. 92, 1. For nibr^n ^'Ui in the titles of Pss. 120-134, see in art. rtb^ia no. 4. In the titles of some other Psalms "I'la) stands in apposition with ni^T^, Ps. 48, 1. 65, 1. 66, 1. 67, 1. al. D"'2^35 n*ittj a song of delights, i. e. pleas- ant,' Ez. 33, 32. nin^n-; n-'tiJ , see in art. n^n;;. Also D'^n^'CJn -i-^ttj Cant. 1, 1, Vulg. canticum canticorum, the song of songs, as the title of the book, i. e. 'the most excellent of songs,' comp. the for- mulas Q"^'^";;?, ttifp ' t^i ^^^^ holy,' ^73tt3 c-ir^-n ' the "highest heaven' 1 K. 8, 27 see Lehrg. p. 692 sq. n'l''tD f. (r. "T^ttS) a song, hymn; a noun of unity, while i"'tt3 is general and collective ; Heb. Gr. 105. 3. e. Always of some particular song, often with a pron. demonstr. as nxTn T^"'il*n this song Ex. 15, 1. Num. 21, 17. Deut. 13, 19. 21. al. Also of a parable in rhythm, Is. 5, 1. Plur. ni-i^ui Am. 8, 3. TJ51'' m. Syr. {.l^ , white marble, once 1 Chr. 29, 2. Comp. ^^ no. 1. R. tiW . ^t'^t^ see n-^niu. "pld^W , once p^_^^ 2 K. 14, 25 Keth. Shiiihak, pr. n. of a king of Egypt, who gave refuge to Jeroboam, IK. 11, 40; and who afterwards, in the fifth year of Rehoboam, invaded Judea and spoiled the Holy City, the temple, and the king's palace, 1 K. 14, 25 sq. 2 Chr. 12, 2-9. He is the same with Sesonchis I, the first king of the twenty-second dy- nasty of Manetho ; whose name is found on the Egyptian monuments ; see fully in Thesaur. p. 1399. *r\^'ffi, pret. niD, 1 pers. "'tnir ; fut. ffttJ^, apoc. noj^, nttJn Ex. 23, 1, con v. nt^.^1 ; inf. absol nilj ' Is. 22, 7 ; to set, to 89 pnf, to place, i. q. ^W , Ti&ivai, but less frequent. Kindred Hebrew roots af-e nstfi, r.r^, ^^'^ HI, which see; comp. bra) . In the kindred dialects the traces of this root are few; Phoenic. see Gesen. Monumm. Phoen. p. 451. Talm. n"^?!) plur. "I'^ri"'^ foundations. Syr. LIm/ id. see more in Thesaur. p. 1400. 1. to set, to place, to put, where it re- fers to persons or things which stand erect (or at least sit. Ps. 132, 11) or are regarded as erect rather than as lying down, e. g. to set a watch, guards, Ps. 141, 3; any one upon a throne, s<&r^, Ps. 132, 11; lUJt-ib n-i-j2) n-^aj to set a crown upon the head Ps. 21, 4. Metaph. Gen. 3, 15 I will put enmity between thee and the woman. Ps. 73, 28 "'sHxn "^FittJ ^Dna in the Lord have J put my timst. Spec. a) to set in array as an army, the ace. n:ni2 being every where implied (comp. Josh. 8, 2. 13, and comp. in "^"^5 and UW ,) i. e. to set oneself in array. Is. 22, 7. Ps. 3, 7 ''by tinaj a^sD -ittJx who set themselves in air ay against me round about. b) to set, i. e. to constitute, to appoint, e. g. any one as prince, with two ace. 1 K. 1 1, 34 ; ace. of pers. and b Ps. 45, 17 ; ace. of pers. and br of thing, to set one over any thing, Gen. 41, 33. So ace. of pers. and C5 , to set with or over, Job 30, 1 ; where others, to make equal with. c) to set, i. q. to found ; 1 Sam. 2, 8 and he hath set, founded, the world upon them i. e. the columns ; comp. r. D^aJ no. 2. d. d) Dia)|5ia n^tt) to set or lay snares, springes, i. e. to lay plots, to plot against, Ps. 140, 6. e) to set a bound Ex. 23, 21 ; of a term of time, pn , to set, to appoint. Job 14, 13. Ellipt. and impers. Job 38, 11 rpba 'jis53 niOJ^ rissi and here let one set (bounds) to thy proud waves, i. e. her let thy proud waves be stayed. f ) With ace. of pers. and 3 of place, to set or put one in any place ; Ps. 88, 7 nl^nnin -n'33 'snui thou hast put me in the lowest pit, i. e. hast cast me into it. Once with b of pers. and a of place, Ps. 73, 18 i^5b 'n-ntin nipbna' thou hast set them in slippery places; comp. Ps. 12, 6 lb niB;; yq^^ ^"'^^ ^ ^^^^ P^^ce in t\^w 1058 ^ti . safetij him at whom one piiffeth, i. e. the oppressed. Nearly similar is 3 's n'^ttS to set or put one in a certain class or number, to reckon him to that number; 2 Sam. 19, 29 thou didst set me among them that eat at thy table, and Jer. 3, 19 D-^saa T]r}^^!?< Tpx how have I set thee among my children ! i. e. in what hon- our. g) With bs to put to any thing, to add to, Gen. 30, 40. 2. to put, to place, to lay any person or thing, so that they may remain in a recumbent posture. Ps. 8, 7 nn'lj Vs '''V?'!! r^n^ ih^u hast put all things under his feet, hast subjected them to him. Ruth 4, 16 and Naomi took the child, flj^Tin ^inn'^tlini and laid it in her bosom. Ps. 84, 4 a nest where she (the sparrow) m,ay lay her young. Spec. a) by iTi n"^il3 to lay one's hand upon any one Gen. 48, 17 ; in protection Ps. 139, 5; or as an arbiter, mediator, who lays a hand upon each of the disputants, Job 9, 33. Also to lay the hand upon the eyes, of a dead person, i. e. to close his eyes, the last act of filial affection, Gen. 46, 4. On the contrary, CS "in^ n-^ai , to put or lay one's hand with any one, i. e. to join hands with him in doing any thing, Ex. 23, 1. Ellipt. Job 10, 20 ^312X3 n^a) , sc. t;'!;; , put from me thy hand, let me alone. b) With 2 , to put or lay in any place ; Job 38, 36 who hath put wisdom in the clouds? others, in thy reins. Ps. 13, 3 how long shall I put (have) cares in my soul 7 Prov. 26, 24 n^nia n-ioJi ia'ipa he putteth deceit within him, i. e. has it, cherishes it within him. c) ''I? I'^V"? ^"^^ ^^ /'w' ^^ ^^^'* orna- ments Ex. 33, 4. Comp. the subst. d) With ace. of thing and b? of pers. to lay upon any one, either something to be carried, Ruth 3, 15; or to be en- dured Is. 15, 9, with h of pers. Ps. 9, 21 ; or to be performed, paid, Ex. 21, 22; also to impute to any one a fault, sin. Num. 12, 11. Comp. Q^to no. 3. e. e) i'nSib rr^sS to set or lay before one- self before one's eyes, sc. that for which one cares, either to punish Ps. 90, 8; or to cherish 101, 3. Comp. Dlio no. 3.g. f) Sometimes from the nature of the case it is i. q. to cast, Job 22, 24 n-^ti ^^la ^B5'b5 cast upon the earth the pre- cious ore. 3. to set, to put, i. e. to direct, to turn in Sny definite position or direction, e. g, a) bx rsQ niaj to set or turn one^s fare any whither. Num. 24, 1. b) T'J"'? '-ij with inf c.h,to set one^s eyes upon doing any thing, to attempt something, P:=. 17, 11. c) -b n'^oJ animum advertert'. to turn the mind, i. e. to regard, 1 Sam. 4, 20. Ps. 62. 11. Prov. 24, 32. With bx to any thing, to set the heart upon, to attend to, Job 7, 17. 27, 23 ; b Ex. 7. 23. 2 Sam. 13, 20. Ps. 48, 14. Prov. 22. 17. 27,23. Jer. 31, 21. 4. to set as any thing, i. e. to make, to render, comp. the sense to constitute in no. 1. b. With two ace. Is. 5, 6. 26. 1. Jer. 22, 6. Ps. 21, 7. 84, 7. 88, 9. 110. 1 ; ace. and b Jer. 2, 15. 13, 16; ace. and 3 to make as any thing, Is. 16, 3. Hos. 2. 5. Ps. 21, 10. 83, 12. 14. Rarely simj)!. to make, to do, i. q. nirr, as nink n^s^J to do signs, wonders, Ex. 1, 10. More freq. is nink onb .Hence 5. With ace. and b of pers. to make or prepare for any one, i. q. to give, Gen. 4, 25. Jer. 51, 39. Impers. Hos. 6, 11 Tjb n-^:?;? nj ii'jr^n'^ oa also for thee, Judah, a harvest of evil is prepared. HoPH. pass. c. bs, to be laid upon, imposed, Ex. 2i; 30. Deriv. n^ , n-'tti , pr. n. nili . i^*}^ m. c. suff. in-^tli Is. 10, 17, a thorn^ collect, thorns, found only in Isaiah, and everywhere put with synon. I'^^T^ , Is. 5, 6. 7, 23-25. 9, 17. 10, 17. 27, 4.-^ The etymology is doubtful ; but perh. n-id is for n3d, the middle radical 5 being softened, (as D"^? for n3a, lig for tvg, iig for Vc,)'from r. "jib, whence *(^ fern. Psb ; comp. nb*n from bb'n , rE"! from ClB"! ; BO Gesenius. Others understand a thorn-hedge, as being set around gar- dens and vineyards, from r. rrib ; but the word does not signify a hedge of thorns, but thorns as growing sponta- neously in the fields and among ruins. f^'^'D? m. (r. n''j) something put on, i. e. attire, dress, Prov. 7, 10. Ps. 73, 6, Comp. r. n"id no. 2. c. ^T?, see 7^2^. rs^io 1059 "j-C *125^. fut. as'^":; inf. M^, c. suff. BM^r Gen. 19, 33; TjSDd ("from iblli) Deiit. 6, 7 ; imperat. nsttj , c. He emphat. Masd; to lie down, to tie; Syr. Chald. and Eth. A^Q, id. but Arab. ,^^^X* to pour out, by inclining a veesei. The primary root is 'ZD , rp , which has the flignification of curving, inclining one- 6elf, see in 5]S3 , Gr. and Lat. xutttw, cubo, cumbo. For the sibilant prefixed to biliteral roots in order to make them triliteral, see under iu, p. 1000. Ps. 68^ 14 would that ye lay among the stalls, i. e. the shepherds in order to take rest. Am. 6, 4. 2 Sam. 12, 3. Lev. 2G, 6. Is. 50, 1 1 ye shall lie down in sorrow. 1 K. 3, 19 she (the woman) had lain upon it, the child, and so had suffocated it. Also to lay oneself in a particular posture ; Ez. 4, 4 lay thyself upon thy right side. V. 6. 9. 2 K. 4, 34. Spec. a) Of persons lying down to sleep. Gen. 19, 4. 28, 11. 1 Sam. 3, 5. G. 9. Ps. 3, 6. 4, 9. 1 K. 19, 5. Job 7, 4. Prov. 3, 24; and as lying in bed, sleeping, 1 Sam. 3, 2. 2 Sam. 11. 9. 1 K. 21, 27. Ruth 3, 4. Prov. 23, 34.. Also to lie down foPrest, Ps. 68, 14. 2 Sam. 4, 5 ; hence, to rest, to take rest, Ecc. 2, 23 even at night his heart taketh no rest. Job 11, 18 see in "iBn II, p. 335. Job 30. 17 my gnawing (pains) take no rest. b) Of sick persons, 2 Sam. 13, 6. 2 K. 9, 16. c) Of mourners as lying upon the ground, 2 Sam. 12, 16. 13, 31 ; of one morose 1 K. 21, 4. d) Of persons dying, to lay oneself down, very often in the phrase o? nSiZJ'^T vni^y^ Gen. 47, 30. Deut. 31, 16 ; espec. of the decease of kings, 1 K. 1, 21. 2, 10. 11.43. 14,20..31. 15,8.24. 16,6.28; also of the dead. Is. 14, 8 naa^ TX^a since thou art laid down, liest dead. v. 18. 43, 17. Job 3, 13. 20, 11. 21, 26. -i2i5 'nsttj those lying in the grave Ps. 88, 6. e) With DS, to lie with a woman, married or unmarried, unlawfully. Gen. 26, 10. 30, 15. 16. 31,2. 39, 7. 12. Deut. 22, 23 sq. 2 Sam. 12, 11 ; also with nx Gen. 35, 22. 1 Sam. 2, 22; with ace. fem. Deut. 28, 30 Keri, where Kethib has b:a3 ; and so with ace. nnb^, "'nit. Gen. 34. 2. Lev. 15, 18. 24. Num. 5, 19. 2 Sam. 13, 14. Ez. 23, 8. Rarely spoken of a woman as lying with a man, 2 Sam. 13, 11. Gen. 19, 32-35. Also nattj is used for the lying of a male with a male, sodomy. Lev. 18, 22. 20, 13; and of a man with a beast, Ex. 22, 18. Deut. 27. 21. Very rarely indeed is it spoken of conjugal intercourse 2 Sam. 11, 10. Mic. 7, 5 ; commonly the words y']'^ , 12553 , 3nj5 are used. NiPH. to be lain with, ravished, of a woman. Is. 13, 16. Zech. 14, 2. Pdal id. Jer. 3, 2 Keri. Hi PH. 1. to make lie down, to lay down, to place, to put, "l K. 3, 20. 17, 19. 2 K. 4, 21. 2 Chr. 16, 14. Hos. 2, 20. With ns"|is< to cast dowri^ the ground, to prostrate, 2 Sam. 8, 2. Spec, of a vessel, to lay down, to incline, so as to empty it; Job 38, 37 who shall incline (n'^Stt;^) the bottles of heaven, i. e. the clouds, so that the rain may descend. So Arab. ,.JjC to pour out, se. by in- clining a vessel. HoPH. nsirn Ez. 32, 32; part. 2 K. 4, 32 ; imper. r^z^pn Ez. 32, 19. Deriv. nsDU)' nsbttj , asir^s . nnDTD f (r. 33ttJ) only constr. rasa?, pr. a lying down ; found only in the Pentateuch. Eth. fl^Il^ id. a) ban nasitJ . the lying down or fall of the dew, its effusion as scattered upon the ground, ^x. 16, 13. 14. See Hiph. b) srnt nasuJ, pr. 'a lying with of seed,' i. e. a lying with a woman with emission of seed Lev. 15, 16. 17. 32. 22, 4. So r-it nssttj n^x-nx nattj to lie with a woman, a lying with of seed, with emission of seed, Lev. 15, 18. 19, 20. Num. 5, 13. ^5*^^ f (r. 23tt3) a lying with, concu- bitiis ; hence HTTxa innsuJ-nx "inD i. q. to lie with a woman Num. 5, 20 ; so of a man with a beast Lev. 18, 23. 20, 15. Also with 5nTb added, Lev. 18, 20. * I. 15^ obsol. root, Arab, l^, to complain, to accuse j V, id. Eth. A^P to accuse, to inform against. Hence Tj^i< testicle, see p. 94 ; also pr. n. S^^sij . 11. l-J ^5 a doubtful root, prob. i.q. njt^ , aaoj , Eth. il^P , to e/r, to wan- der, to roam. Comp. in ai'lj note ; and I na\lJ of a wandering flock, Ez. 34. 6. 1^125 1060 b^iL HiPH. part. Jer. 5, 8 like fed horses (in lust) si'^n D-iSir^ do they roam about ; comp. Jer. 2, 23. Prov. 7, 10 sq. The idea oC roaming- accords well, both with horsey unmanageable from lust, and with libidinous men; so Simonis well, Lex. r. DStti . Other less probable interpreta- tions see in Thesaur. p. 1403. blDTS m. (r. ^3'^) bereavement^\iT. loss of children, trop. of Babylon, Is. 47, 8. 9. Also, loss of friends, state of abandon- ment, Ps: 35, 12. ^^31? m. adj. (r. bbaj) f nbs'Ji, plur. 1. bereaved of children, Jer. 18, 21 ; robbed of wh(nps, as a bear, Prov. 17, 12. 2 Sam. 17, 8. Hos. 13, 8. 2. without young, barren, e. g. sheep, Cant. 4, 2. 6. 6. niSTC, nbiD, m. adj. (r. 'iri^) drunk, intoxicated, 1 K. 16, 9. 20, IG "listt) nniu drinking himself drunk. 1 Sam. 25, 36. Job 12, 25. Joel 1, 5. Is. 19, 14 a a drunken 7uan staggere.th in his vomit. 24, 20. Fem. nnsa) id. 1 Sam. 1, 13. * HDti and tj5^ Is. 49, 14. Prov. 2, 17; fut. nsui"] ; to forget, kindr. with nsai II. n:ti3 , wuj . q. v. Deut. 25, 19. 26, 13. Job 39, 15. With ace. of thing or pers. Gen. 27, 45. 40,23. Dent. 9,7. Am. 8, 7. Job 9, 27. al. Ps. 137, 5 if I forget thee, O Jerusalem., let my right hand for- get sc. her skill ; see a similar execration in V. 6 and Job 31, 22. Rarely with "jia c. inf Ps. 102, 5 ^^fib bbx^a ^nnsttj /for- get to eat my food ; comp. Prov. 4, 5. Also to forget so as to leave behind, e. g. a sheaf in the field, Deut. 24, 19. Very often men are said to forget God, not to regard him, Deut. 6, 12. 8, 11. 14. 19. Judg. 3, 7. Hos. 2, 15. Is. 17, 10. Jer. 2, 32. al. or also the divine law Hos. 4, 6. Prov. 2, 17. 3, 1. Ps. 44, 18. 119, 83. al. Vice versa, God is said to forget men, to neglect them, not to care for them, Ps. 10, 12. 13, 2. 42, 10. 74, 19. Is. 49, 14. Lam. 5. 20; also to forget his kindness, not to continue it, Ps. 77, 10. Part. bx ^n=iu those forgetful of God, Job 8, 13. Ps! 50, 22. NiPH. n2t;2, fem.'nnstis Is. 23. 15, to be forgotten, io fdll into oblivion, Gen. 41. 30. Job 28. 4 hi "^S^ Q'^nsirs forgot- tan if ihe foot they hang down, i. e. not supported by the feet ; see in r. bbn no. 1. Ecc. 2, 10. 9, 5. Is. 65, 16. Jer. 20. 11. 50, 5. Deut. 31, 21 I'S'it ''C^ n:^-n Hh it (the song) shall not be forgotten out of the mouths of their seed. Part. fem. nnsaj: forgotten Is. 23, 16. Pi EL nsili to cause to be forgotten, c. ace. of thing, Lam. 2, 6. HiPH. to cajise to forget, c. ace. of pers and thing, Jer. 23, 27. HiTHPA. nsnrn, i. q. Niph. to be for- gotten, Ecc. 8, 10. Deriv. na'r. HDin Chald. to find. The forms of \ Peal are found rarely in the Targums. ' Ithpe. nsnuJn, to be found, Ezra 6. 2. Dan. 2, 35. b, ih 12. 14. 27. 6, 5. 23. 24. ' Aph. ns^n, to find, Ezra 4, 15. 19. !' Dan. 2. 25. 6, 5. 6. 12; also in the sense to get, Ezra 7, 16. > n?^ adj. verbal, forgetting, forgetful, m plur. D"^3ni c. aec. of object, Ps. 65. II ; * plur. constr. C'^n^x "^^^^^^ forgetting God '-, Ps. 9, 18 ; see Heb. G"r.' 91. 5. '' njDtp (accusation, r. nri^ I.) Shachi- I ah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 10. Many manu- I scripts and editions have '^^'^^ . *T]D^, fut. r^v::. inf. T^iaEsth. 2. I and T\J Jer. 5, 26. Kindr. are nntu , ri-vdj, q. V. comp. also 223 . C3iJ , -(SUj . r;?uj . 1. to subside, to settle down, as water Gen. 8, 1 ; of anger, to be appeased, Esth. 2. 1. 7, 10. 2. to stoop down, to crouch^ as a fowler setting snares, Jer. 5, 26. HiPH. to make subside, to still, e. g. a sedition, Num. 17, 20 [5]. * iDU3 and ^?^, pret. 1 pers. '^nbbuj and "n^=;ij Gen. 43, 14 ; fut. bs^-^ ; to be bereaved se, of children, to he viade childless. 1 Sam. 15.33 Tj^x b3'rn-,3 so ^ shall thy mother be wade childless among j women, thou being slain. Gen. 43, 14 ' "nbrrij TibbaJ "i^.!i<3 "'3X1 and J. when J am bereaved, J am bereaved, the lan- guage of a person who calmly bears up under what appears to be inevitable ; comp. Esth. 4, 16. With ace. Gen. 27, 45 nr-'S'J ca bsilix n^b why should I be also bereaved of you both ? Part. pass. fem. nVsistl) bereaved, childless Is. 49, 21. Arab. JXS id. Chald. biDtn and bsPi \dtM '^lU* 1061 d^ir PiEL b2tl3 1. to bereave, to maJce child- less, c. ace. Gen. 42, 36. Hos. 9, 12. Jer. 15, 7. Ez. 36. 12. 13. 14 Keri. So of wild beasts which devour children ; Lev. 26, 22 / will send wild beasts among- you, which shall make you childless. Ez. 5, 17. 14, 15. Poetically of the sword as destroying young men ; Deut. 32. 25 a'lin-bruJn yintj abroad (in battle) the sword shall make childless i. e. destroy your sons. Lam. 1, 20. 1 Sam. 15, 33 ; comp. Jer. 18. 21. 2. to make an abortion, i. e. to have abortion, to miscarry, e. g. Ex. 23. 26 ; of kine Job 21, 10; of sheep and goats Gen. 31, 38. Hence of a vine, to be barren, unfimitful, Mai. 3. 1 1 ; so Pliny speaks of the 'abortus arborum,' H.N. 12. 6. comp. i8. 17,44. Trop. of a land, where there is frequent miscarriage (sc. of women and flocks) because of the bad water; so part, nbs^a ^^nx a land suffering abortion. In v. 21 rbs^ja is a subst. which see in its order. HiPH. 1. i. q. Piel no. 1, to bereave^ i. e. to destroy young men in war, Jer. 50, 9 b'^S'ilJTa "lias, a mighty bereaver, yu]g. inferfeclor ; so Gesenius.. Others prefer the reading ^"^3^^ in the sense 3f successful, prosperous ; see r. bsb Hiph. no. 4 ; so Sept. Syr. and some nanuscripts and editions. 2. to make an abortion, to miscarry ; part. Hos, 9, 14 ^"^3^^ cnn a miscarry- ing womb. Comp. Piel no. 2. Deriv. hiz^ , bna-iij , D-^bso) , nbsr^a . D"'b3lD m. plhr. (r. bblli) bereavement, i. e, time or state of bereavement ; comp. the like plur. n-'SjJT , Dinars , etc. Trop. if the condition of Israel in exile. Is. 49, 20 ; comp. 54, 1. bbDtD, seeChald. r. bbs. ^? 7 in Kal not used. pr. perh. to incline oneself, to bend down, to stoop ; kindr. with -3^ , qptt) , q. v. Hence Eth. j^iQ^ lo })Par or carry a load ; comp. Arab. *X*a; to walk with short steps from weakness, pr. prob. to walk stoop- ing; also |vA-ww to be ill, languid. Prob. from stooping or bearing that part of the back between the shoulders is called est^ ; although the signification of bear- 89* ing might readily come from crifi, as Chald. CiPS 'to bear on the shoulders,* from wins shoulder. HiPH. n-'SttJn, fut. apoc. osaj;:. 1. to rise early in the morning ; e. g. with "ijrsa Gen. 19. 27. 20, 8. 28, 18. Ex. 8, 16. al. or with a like adjunct. Josh. 6. 15. 1 Sam. 9, 26. Judg. 9, 3; or simpl. Gen. 19, 2. Josh. 8, 14. Judg. 6, 28. 7, 1. 2 Sam. 15, 2. 2 Chr. 29, 20. It seems to signify pr. to load up camels and other beasts of burden, which among tHe nomades is done very early in the rooming; hence 'to setoff early,' comp l?^ and vffJri to migrate, from '1?^ to load up. With b , to get up early to any place, to go early, Cant. 7, 13. Some- times when followed by another verb il is equivalent to an adverb, early ; e. g. before an infin. 2 K. 6, 15 D^ipb C3dt" and he rose early. Ps. 127, 2 ; or a fut. Is. 5. 11 ; or a participle Hos. 6, 4. Hence inf absol. C^S^n or tsSttJn as adv. early. Prov. 27, 14. "1 Sam. 17,' 16. 2. Trop. to do early, seasonably, ear- nestly, put before another verb; Zeph. 3, 7 nnib-b5 !in"ru:n siia'^STrn they were in earnest to act wickedly, always ready to do evil. It is a peculiarity of Jere- miah to join infin. absol. csirrn with an- other infin. as Jer. 7, 25 1 have sent unto you all my servants the prophets, t33\ysn nibiri earnestly and diligently every day. 2b, 4.' 26, 5. 29, 19. 35, 15. 44, 4 ; naii 'n Jer. 7, 13. 25, 3. 35, 14; ^rni 'n Jer. 11. 7; "'^b'l 'n 32. 33. Elsewhere once in 2 Chr. 36, 15 Inf n-'S-cx for D'^s^iin . once, Jer. 25, 3. For Jer. 5, 8. see in r. n=a3. ' 05 m. in pause D3id Ps. 21, 13; c. suff. irsaj . See in r. crir init. 1. the shoulder, or, as Simonis has well remarked, the shoulder-blades, i. e. the part where these approach each other behind, the upper part of the back next beneath the neck, called in Engl, indifferently the shoidders or the back. Hence found only in the singular, and different from qPS ; as Job 31, 22 ^SJnS bisn nia3TSJi3 let m,y shoulder fall from its shoulder-blade, i. e. from the back to which it is joined. Here the ending M , although without Mappik, is to be taken as in the printed Masora for a DDIC 1062 ^'Dii suffix (comp. Num. 15. 28), so that it is not necessary to assume a new fem. n^asttj i. q. cd\i5. The noun nsttj comes from the idea of inclining, stooping ; or from that of bearing ; so Gesenius in -iNJ^, Thesaur. p. 1161. In the hu- man body, not in beasts, the CDttJ is spoken of: a) As the part on which burdens are carried; Gen. 49, 15 b2D> 1^=23 o^i and he bowed his shoulder to bear. Josh. 4. 5. Judg. 9, 48. Is. 10, 27. Ps. 81, 7; al|o Gen. 9, 23. Trop. dominion is said to be upon one's shoulder; Is. 9, 5 the do- minion shall be upon his shoulder, the figure being drawn from the robes and other ensigns of dignity; or, as others think, from its being a charge or bur- den ; comp. charge d'affaires. So Is. 22, 22 the key of the house of David will I lay upon his shoulder^ i. e. commit to him ; fir '^'}'^ b5 see in art. n;; no. 1. ee. Zej)h. 3. 9 to servB the Lord nnx D3ttS with one shoulder, i. e. with one mind, Qfio&i'iuuduv ; the figure being taken from those who bear a burden or yoke together; comp. Syr. )^o )|^ jointly. For niQsb Hos. 6, 9, see below in no. 3. a. b) As the part on which blows are inflicted. Is. 9. 3 "i^stt) rrj^ the staff of his shoulder^ i. e. with which he was beaten. c) In the phrase DSttS n3Bn to turn the shoulder, i. e. to turn the back, said of one going away, 1 Sam. 10. 9; comp. qni? n:Q Jer. 48, 39. Hence may be ex- plained' Ps. 21, 13 C3^ "iian^Trn -^s, Vulg. quoniam pones eos dorsum, i. e. thou wilt make them turn their backs ; comp. "jnj q-i> 2 Chr. 29, 6 ; here csilfi is ace. of manner. 2. Metaph. a tract or portion of land, Gen. 48, 22, where there is an allusion to the city Shechem ; pr. a ridge or hill, as Arab. v_>xjuo shoulder, also tract of land. 3. Shechem, Sichem, pr. n. a) A city among the mountains of Ephraim, situated in the narrow valley between Mount Ebal and Mount Gerizim, after- wards called by the Romans Flavia \eapolis, whence the modern jjJUlj Mbuliis or vulg. Ndblus; Gen. 12, 6. 33, 18. 34, 2. Josh. 20, 7. 21, 20. 21. Ps. 60. 8. 1 K. 12, 25. Sept. J?i/e/u. comp. Act. 7, 16. Vulg. Sichein. With He local n^2 to Shechem, Gen. 37. 14. Josh. 24. 1. Judg. 9, 31 ; once fi^DO Hos. 6. 9 where it is said of wicked priests : Tj"!"^ nrrc sinS'n'^, they wander m the iraij towards Shechem. referring to its right:* as a city of refuge (Num. 35. 9 sq ) which it would seem the priests thert> abused, so as either themselves to com- mit murder, or to conceal it when com- mitted by others. Others here take n3d as in no. 1. a, by consent. See Rel'andi Palsest. p. 1004 sq. Bibl. Res. in Pal. III. p. 96 sq. 119 sq. b) A Canaanite, the son of Hamor prince of the city Shechem, Gen. 33. 10. ^4 2 sq. Judg. 9, 28. Deriv. the two following. DStD (shoulder) Shechem, pr. n. m. a) A son of Gilead, Num. 26, 31. Josh. 17, 2. b) I Chr. 7, 19. Patronym. of lett. a, IS 'OSttS a Shethemite, Num. I. c. ^^3 according to some i. q. cru) Job 31, 22; but see above in DStb no. !. *!?'*?, also "i?"^ Deut. 33, 12. 20. Judg. 5, 17; fut. 'pa*: ; inf -pd, c. suff. I T 1. to let oneself down, to settle down, to abide, e. g. the glory Ex. 24, 16; the column of fire and cloud. Num. 9, 17. 22. 10, 12. Talm. ,3CJ id. Syr. .^Juk, id. Kindr. are 7^316 q. v. S3t$, D3tlj, "p^O, also -,riD , -jxuj . 2. to lay oneself down, to lie down. c. g for rest, as the lion Deut. 33. 20 ; of a people lying in tents, to encamp, Num. 24, 2 ; of clouds resting heavily upon the day. c. ^5 Job 3. 5. Hence to rest, to take rest ; Prov. 7, 1 1 rr^bi-i Jisr'r"' xb nr-'za her feet rest not in her house. Ps. 55. 7. Also of one inactive, inert. Judg. 5. 17 bis. Nah. 3, 18, parall. Cfl3. Comp. lo;; no. 1. e. 3. to abide, to dwell. Arab. \jCwi Syr. ^^^-^, id. With 3 of place Gen. 9.27. 14,13. 26,2. Jer. 48, 28. 1 Chr 23, 25; ace. of place Deut. 22, 5. Is. 33. 16. Ps. 68, 7. A frequent formula is 'stli V'nx to dwell in or inhabit the la7id. to possess it quietly, Prov. 2, 21. 10, 30. Ps. 37, 3. 29; and so without y^X m the 5'yS- 1063 ")S;d ime sense Ps. 102,29; with D^'isb or v\ added Ps. 37, 27. 29; also n-J3*-,2^ n32^ 'ttJ Ps. 16, 9. Prov. 1. 33. DeutI ;. 12.28. 23,6. A similar ellipsis is , Is. 57, 15 God ^S ",3a: who dwelleth irever so. in heaven ; comp. fully in Is. ; 5 ci-iia "3^ he (God) dwelleth on sh. So God is said to dwell in the iJst of his people, in Zion, in the holy ice, etc. Num. $. 3. 35. 34. Ex. 29,46. el 4, 17. 21. Deut. 12, 11. al. (Hence iiong the later Jews the n3''3t6 She- linah, the visible presence or glory of Jehovah ; Buxtorf Lex. Talm. p. 2394.) 2 Sam. 7, 10 -.^Pinn istti that they (the people) may dwell in a place of their own. Deut 33, 16 nso 'rsis the dweller in the bush i. e. Jehovah, comp. Ex. 3, 2. With a pleonastic dat. Ps. 120. 6 n33ti ftb hath dwelt for itself Pari. pass. )^3t^ as' act. dwelling, like the Fr. loge, Judg. 8. 11. Animals also are said to dwell ; as wild beasts in their lairs Job 37, 8 ; fishes in the sea Job 26, 5 ; birds among foliage Is. 34, 11. Ez. 17, 23. 31, 13. So too of inanimate things; e. g. poet, the light Job 38, 19; the taberna- cle Josh. 22, 19; trop. justice Is. 32, 16; glory Ps. 85, 10. Further, one is said to dwell in the temple, who frequents it, Ps. 65. 5, comp. 15, 1. Once metaph. to dwell in any thing, i. e. to be familiar, inlituate with it ; see 130 no. 2, and Arab. \S^-m to be familiar; Prov. 8, 12 1 wisdom n"ans "^nrsaj dwell in prudence, am inliinately united witl/her. 4. to be dwelt in, inhabited, to be full of inhabitants, i. q. SwJ^ no. 4. q. v. So of a city, Jer. 33, 16 n-J3^ V^^n n^TTsn-j Jerusalem shall be inhabited in safety. So of a land, Jer. 46, 26. Also 13t^ fit'x. and^. 2. "iCK bc3a, pr. eo ipso quod, in irhat- H soever; Ere. 8, 17 D"i5tp^ ^s when God shall set free (or draw out) his spirit sc. from his body as a prison or sheath (comp. naia), i. e. shall take away his soul. So Chald and Syr. The conjecture of Schnurrer is not to be sUghted, that bd*' is contracted forbx^r"^ shall demand, comp. Arab. JuyO for 'if " - JL*fcJ ; though it would then seem necessary to read bttj[] . Niph. "b'"^?? > Q- Kal no. 2, to go astray, to sin, 2 Chr. 29. 1 1. Hiph. causat. of Kal no. 2, to lead astray, to deceive, 2 K. 4, 28. Deriv. b'>!J, lbl6 or T^bd, ibd, n^bd, npp Chald. 1. to be secure, to be at rest, i. q. Heb. nV^ no. 1 ; Part. pass. nbd Dan. 4, 1. 2. to go astray, to sin, i. q. Heb. Jibtj no. 2. Hence nbd, sibd. ^p Chald. f (r. Mb"iz3) error, wrong, any thing amiss, i. q. sibirJ, n^ib'IJ, Dan. 3, 29 Keth. nbl? f: (r. bxai ) 1 . i. q. nbslbll5 in Targg. r. nb) error, wrong; something amiss, Ezra 4, 22. Dan. 6, 5 ; also 3, 29 Keri. iVilJ Judg. 21, 19. 1 feam. 1,'24. 3, 21. al. or ribt Josh. 16, 6. 18, 1. 8-10. 1 Sam. 1, 3. 9. al. also ib^iffi Judg. 21, 21. Jer. 7, 12 ; and Tib^t} 1 K. 2, 27. Gen. 49, 10 q. V. below ; prob. 'place of rest, peace, quiet,' for "jibilD , and this prob. for nib'^lti , from r. DbttJ , see note ; Silo, Shiloh, pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Ephraim, situated among the hills to the north of Betkel, eastward of the great northern road ; where the sacred tabernacle remained for a long time. Josh. 18, 1. 1 Sam. c. 1-4; comp. Ps. 78, 60. In the time of Jerome it was utterly desolate, so that the ruins of an altar could scarcely be pointed out; in Sophon. 1, 14. Epitaph. Paulae p. 676 ed. Martianay. It remained un- known during the crusades, and down to the present century; and was first visited in 1838 ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. m. p. 86-89. Sept. ^tjlw or 2:rjXwfi. Josephus ^dai, also J^dovv Ai-tt. 5. 1. 19, 20. Hence the present Arabic name j^JLu*; Seiltin. The gentile noun is 'S'b^^ or ''3'ba5 ; see art. '3lj''85 . The same pr. n. Shiloh may be as- sumed also in the difficult passage Gen. 49, 10, the sceptre shall not depart from Judah . . . nrjis") ibi ri'b'^'j!} ki::^"'3 nr C^a? until he (Judah) shall come to Shi- loh, and the nations obey him; then shall he bind, etc. etc. Here n^''tli is ace. of place, as in n^'l' 6<2*5 a7id he came to Shiloh 1 Sam. 4, 12.' 1 K. 14, 4; comp. Judg. 21, 12. 1 Sam. 4, 4. It was before the patriarch's mind, that the tribe of Judah would be the leader of the other tribes in the war against the Canaanites, and thus hold the supreme power; see Judg. 1, 1 sq. comp. 20, 18. Num. 2, 1 sq. 10, 14; nor could this war.be regarded as finished and victory obtained, until'the Hebrews came as conquerors to Shiloh, in the middle of the land, and there set up the sacred ark and tabernacle ; after which, the Canaanites being now subdued, Judah ceased to be leader, and the land was distributed in peace among the tribes ; see espec. Josh. 18, 1. This interpre- tation was proposed by Teller, and has been followed by Herder, Bleek. Tuch, Rwald, Delitzsch, and others. In the name n'b"'a5 the author prob. had respect to the signification rest, peace j and the prophecy may have looked forward be- yond that epoch of time. The various interpretations of this passage are given by Hengstenberg, Christol. des N. T. I. p. 59 sq. Reinke Die Weissagung Ja- cobs etc. Miinst. 1849. Exclusive of the one above given, they belong to three classes: a) Some prefer the defective orthography nbttS , ibtt) , which they then read iT^ttJ or iVt^. i. q. ib itJX , and render, until he shall come to whom is or belongs sc. the sceptre, dominion. This they refer either to some one of the Jewish kings, as Solomon; or more usually to the Messiah. So Targ. Hieros. and Onk. Peshito, also Jahn, Bohlen, ami others. They appeal to the like idea, Ez. 21, 32 [27] atsiran -ib -icx Jta is until he come who.^e right it is, i. e. the Messiah. But although this might seem i^w 1067 ibri imitated from the passage in Genesis, yet it can hardly be so regarded; for the form "03 is unknown in the Penta- teuch, and an ellipsis of i3Q;i:!!3n cannot be admitted. b) There are Jewish writers, who explain nb-it: or ib-^O) by his son, so. Judah's, i. e. the Messiah as ifthal tribe ; comp. Arab. JulA-J) foetus, on ; Rabb. b'liJtt) embryo. So Abulwa- iil. D. Kimchi ; also Illgen. c) Not a I't'W modern interpreters, as Vater, Ge- senius, p,osenmuller, Winer, Hengsten- )erg. Knobel, take n'b"^^" here as an ap- pellative, signifying either peace, quiet, >r (abstr. from concr.) pacijicator, prince 'if peace. Most understand by it the Messiah; who is called niViJ -ib prince of peace Is. 9, 5 ; though they differ in explaining the single words. But this view labours under the difficulty, that no such appellative noun is elsewhere found, nor one of a like form; except n^ia, which itself is the name of a place, as is also nb''d every where else. The variety of orthography in this passage is the same as in the rest, where it is the name of a city. We find n'b'>u: in most Mss. and editions; nbd in 38 Jewish Mss, and all the Samaritan; ib'^ia in a Cew Mss. and ibb in the margin of cer- tain codices; see De Rossi Var. Lect. T. IV. App. p. 2]7sq. Note. As to the etymology of iTbitlS or !^b^tJ, there is hardly a similar form, except nb'^a pr. n. of a city; and as in- terpreters have derived this from r. nba , so they commonly refer n'b'^ttS to r. fiboj ; comparing the forms "I'l^'^p , "i'itB''3 . But this is wrong ; for nb-^uS , ib^lti , must then be regarded as shortened from '''ib'^a), and n'b'^Ji from^ib^a ; as. from "^W^ we sometimes find to . Hence rib^^^ , ibioi may have come rather from "libitt) . and nbia from 'fib-^a. But although nouns from verbs nb often have the ending "|i-, yet a form like "pb'^tl). is very rare ; and could be made only by transpos. for "i'^btD . It is therefore better and more certain, to regard n'b^tt), "ib'^ilj as for Qib-^d from r. obttj ; just as '(ilboJ is for nsibaS . Comp. the Gr. I^ri'JiMfi . ^i^V f (r. nbttj no. 1) constr. n^b^j. 1. tranquillity^ security. Prov. 11, 1. Ps. 122, 7. Ez. 16, 49. r\^ht^ in the midst of security Dan. S, 25. 11, 21, (comp. Job 15, 21,) i. e. unexpectedly, suddenly, like Chald. and Syr. !^^btt32, r^iy-^, -,73. ^-.Ji^^. Comp. Diin. 11, 24. 2. In a bad sense, careless security, wickedness, comp. r. rib\!i no. 2 ; so Prov. 1, 32. Plur .c. suff'. Ti^nibda Jer. 22, 21. ^IJ?^ Chald. f. security, safety, quiet, Dan. 4, 24. R. nbirj. D"'ri^^T? m. plur. (r. nbir) after the form D'^'^BS. 1. a sending- away, dismission; Ex. 18, 2 ^iTj^bd nnx after her sending away, i. e. after Moses, when about to go into Egypt to deliver the Israelites, had sent back his wife Zipporah with their children to her father's house. So in Mie. 1, 14 n'^niblli ',n3 is to give dis- mission, i. q. to dismiss, to relieve, to cease from possessing. In neither pas- sage is the idea of divorce necessary, as some hold ; comp. r. nbt3 Pi. no. 3. d. 2. a marriage-gift, sc. on sending away a daughter, a portion, dowry, 1 K. , 16. Comp. Pi. nbq Judg. 12, 9. DibTD . rarely D'^T? , m. (r. Dbai) constr. nibir. A) Adj. after the form bina , whole, sound, safe, integer, e. g. 1. Of the body, sound, well, in health, Gen. 43, 27 ns/inx oibian is your father well? 1 Sam. 25, 6. 2 Sam. 17,3. 20,9. Job 5, 24. Pa. 38, 4 ''^^fsa nibd -j-^N there is nothing sound (no health) in my hones. Is. 41, 3. 2. Of number, whole, in fvXl number, Jer. 13, 19. 3. secure, tranquil, Job 21, 9 ; plur. Ps. 69, 23. 4. seeking peace, friendly, allied, Ps. 55,21. B) Subst. wholeness, soundness, i. e. 1 . health, weal, welfare, prosperity, good of every kind; Arab. *^Ll, Rjo^Ll, Aram. nbu3, >ak^, Eth. i!l\

nH Esth. 2, 11 ; with "ips 1 Sara. 17, 18. ^Ellipt. 2 K. 10, 13 we^o down (to see) after the welfare of the king^s children, i. e. to salute and visit them. c) o-iVrb (^Db) r,b 1 Sam. 1, 17. 20,42, and QibL'2 "r^b 2 Sam. J 5, 9, a form of wishing well to one departing, go in peace, i. e. may every good befall thee ! Gr. vnayf Eig HQtjvtjv Mark 5, 34, and noQBvov fig eifjtjVTjV Luke 7, 50. d) On the other hand, (asb) r,b Dibllj, welfare to thee, may it be well with thee Judg. 6, 23. 19, 20. Dan. 10, 19. Gen. 43, 23, aformof address when one would encou- rage a timid person and assure him of safety, i. q. ' thou hast [ye have] nothing to fear, thou art in safety;' hence we thrice find added N'n''P)~b!!< . !ixn-r)"bx, comp. 1 Sam. 20, 21 T^b oibd ^3 for then all is well with thee, thou art in safety, thy matter is prosperous, v. 7. See also 2 Sam. 18, 28, where a messenger of good tidings exclaims cibttj , q. d. all is well! comp. 1 Chr. 12, 18. Among the Arabs viLJ^ ^^L^Jt , es saldm ^aleika^ and among the Syrians .oaiiaL |v^^^ as also Rabbin, "jb nib'iJ , are forms of salutation to persons approaching or passing by; but in this sense the above Heb. phrase is not found in the O. T. 2. peace, opp. to war, since in a time of peace one's affairs are in safety and prosperity, Lev. 26, 6. Judg. 4, 17. 1 Sam. 7, 14. 1 K. 2, 5. 2 K. 20, 19. b Dib^^b x-n;? to invite any one to peace, i. e. to offer peace, Deut. 20, 10. Judg. 21, 13; njs dibaj c. ace. of pers. to answer peace, j. e. to accept offered peace, Deut. 20, 11. b Dlbaj ni^5 to make or grant peace to any one Josh. 9, 15. Is. 27, 5 ; Is. 57, 2 Diba) xia^ he shall enter into peace, i. e. the sepulchre. cibtD tt3'^fi{ a man ofpeacCj peacefid, Ps. 37, 37. niboi i-ia-n words of peace, pacific, Deut. 22, 26. oibt^ nb prince of peace, the Messiah, Is. 9, 5. Hence 3. concord, friendship, "^^ib'r la-^x mij friend, my ally, Ps. 41, 10. Jer. 20, 10. 38, 22. Obad. 7. Dibd >n2'i speaking friendship Ps. 28, 3 ; comp. Esth. 9, 30. Jer. 9. 7. D^b, see D^3. D^? retribution, see oittS. l^bl? (prob. for DbQ3) Shallun, Shal- lum, pr. n. m. Neh. 3, 15. XOibW three, see ttJbd. *nbti fut. nbttj-i; inf n-btti, once nbaj Is. 58, 9 ; inf. absol. nibd :' imper. nbttj , plur. sinbtb , c. suff. ''anbui'. 1. to send; Sept. mostly anoaTskXai, i^otTioariiiiXb}, Chald. nboi q. v. Syr. ' M \ h-. The primary notion of r. nbttJ is apparently 'to relax, to loosen, to let go'; kindr. are bii:}, nbu), bbttj, q. v. Construed : a) Absol. Gen. 38, 17. Ps. 59, 1 ; often so that another verb is sub- joined with or without a copula, e. g. 1 K. 18, 19 'iai yhp nb3 send, gather etc. 2 K. 11, 4 ni3^T,..'nb;a he sent and fetched etc. Gen. 31, 4.' Ex. 9, 19. Job 1, 4. al. Here the ace. of the person sent is omitted ; comp. Gen. 31, 4. b) With ace. of the person sent. Gen. 42, 4. 43. 8. 45, 5. Ex. 5, 22. 1 Sam. 15, 20. 2 K. 1,6. Is. 6, 8. al. espec. a messenger, embassador. Gen. 32, 4. Num. 20, 14. Judg. 6, 35. 7, 24. 2 Sam. 2, 5. 1 K. 19, 2. Is. 18, 2. al. ssepe. With a dat. pleon. added, r\h nbiZJ send for thyself Num. 13, 2. Rarely in later H#). c. b of pers. 2 Chr. 17, 7. Jer. 16, 16. c) With ace. of place to which one sends, 1 Sam. 4, 4. 1 K. 5, 28. 2 K. 2, 4. 6 ; also c. n? of place, 2 K. 2, 2. d) With ace. of pers. and b of thing, as C^jab for wafer Jer. 14, 3 ; but oflener with b c. inf of some- thing to be done, as Num. 13, 16 these are the names of the men. ri^73 nbtt) itlJX l^'^xn-nx "iJinb whom Moses sent to spy out the land. 14, 36. Deut. 34, 11. Josh. 6, 25. 1 Sam. 15, 1. Is. 61, 1. Zech. 1, 10. al. e) With ace. of pers. sent and bj< of pers. to whom. Gen. 37, 13. 46, 28. Ex. 3, 13. 14. 15. 7, 16. 1 Sara. 9, 16. I nbm 1069 nbifl 2 K. 5, 6. Jer. 25, 4. 17, Zech. 2, 12. al. Pv ; irely as in Chald. c. -bs , Neh. 6, 3. Jer. :>). 15. 29, 31. 2 K. 18, 27. Also c. bi< "I j)rs. and b of thing /or which, 1 K. 7 ; or b c. inf. Num. 22. 37. f ) With . of pers, and ^"^nx of person, to send (if'ier, i. e. so as to follow one departing, 2 Sam. 3, 26. 2 K. 7, 14. 14. 19 ; comp. Zech. 2, 12 [8]. g) With ace. of the thing sent, Gen. 38, 23. 45, 27. 46, 5. Esth. 4, 4; espec. letters, Neh. 6, 19. Esth. 1, 22. Also ace. of thing and bx of pers. 2 K. 20, 12. Jer. 29, 1. 25; so letters, Jer. 29, 25. Esth. 9, 20. 30 ; b of pers. Gen. 32, 19. 45, 23. Ps. 78, 25'. 2 Chr. 16, 1. h) Sometimes the per- son sent is put with T^a, by the hand of, 1 Sam. 16,20. 2 Sam.' 11, 14., 12, 25. 1 K. 2, 25 !in^33 -J^a Tiban nVc^l and the king sent by the hand of Benaiah, i. e. he deputed Benaiah. Ex. 4, 13 W-nlsttJ nbdri'll'a send now by whomsoever thou wilt send. i ) Prsegn. 2 Sam. 15, 12 and Absalom sent [and called, i.e. sent for] Ahithophel from his city .from Giloh. Spec, of things: aa) to send to any- one, i. e. to send word (o'^'na'n nbt^), to send a messenger to him, Judg. 11, 28. Is. 37. 17. Prov. 26, 6 b-^DS n^a d''"i^^ nbil) whoso sendeth a message by the hand of a fool., i. e. whoever makes use of a fool as his messenger. Ahsol. in the same sense, Gen. 38, 25 ibxb n->:an-bx nnboJ she sent to her father-in-law, saying, i. e. she sent him this word. 1 K. 20, 5. 2 K. 5, 8. Neh. 6, 8. Jer. 29, 31 ; with- out -ibxb 1 Sam. 20, 21. With ace. of the message thus sent, 1 K. 5, 23 "n5 ? Idlkta Od. 9. 288. ib. 10. 376,) Gen. 3, 22. 8,9. 19,10. 48, 14. Ex. 3, 20. Deut. 25, 11. 2 Sam. 15, 5. Cant. 5, 4; e. g. for smiting, Job 1, 11. 2, 5. Ps. 138, 7. a) With b c. inf for doing a wrong, 1 Sam. 22, 17. 2 Sam. 1, 14. b) With bs upon a thing which it is wrong to touch, 1 K. 13, 4. 1 Chr. 13, 10. c) With bx of pers. to put forth the hand to or upon, to lay hand upon, sc. in vio- lence, Gen. 22, 12. Ex. 24, 11. 2 Sam. 18, 12. Job 1, 12. d) With a of thing, to put forth the hand upon, e. g. a rock, in order to remove it, Job 28, 9 ; also to lay hand on any thing, i. e. to seize, to purloin it, Ex. 22, 7. Esth. 9, 10. 15. 16. Dan. 11, 42; somewhat different, Ps. 125, 3 lest the righteous also put forth their hands unto iniquity, i. e. to do iniquity. Also with a of pers. to put forth the hand upon or against, to lay hands upon, Gen. 37, 22. 1 Sam. 24, 7. 11. 26, 9. 11. 23. Esth. 3, 6. 8, 7. 9, 2; once for punishment, Neh. 13, 21. Pe- culiar is Cant. 5, 4 "linn yo in^ nb^ he put forth his hand from the window, i. e. he put it in through the window into the house. Sometimes ^"^ is omitted, as Ps. 18, 17, comp. 144, 7 ; also before bx of thing, 2 Sam. 6, 6 ; before a Ob. 13. Part. pass, n^ib;^ pr. extended, then slender ; so of a hind according to some. Gen. 49, 21 ; but see above. in no. 2 fin, Piel nb\IJ , 3 plur. j)ret. in pause ^inbta . 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to send, e. g. to a place, Is. 43, 14 ; with ace. of pers. sent, Gen. 19, 13. 28, 5. 6. Judg. 20, 6. Is. 10, 6. Jer. 24, 5. 28 j or with ace. of thing, nbuj 1070 nbti Gen. 38, 17. Ex. 23, 27. 1 Sam. 11, 7. Mai. 2, 4; or with b? ^o whom, 2 Chr. 32, 31 ; with ace. of thing and h of pers. 2 Chr. 24, 23 ; ace. of thing with ii< to whom and 'ili'a by whom, Jer. 27, 3. But in this signif. Kal is far more frequent ; while Piel is more usual in the sense to send upon any one, as God sends calam- ities, plagues, see Kal no. 1. bb ; c. 2 Deut. 7, 20. 32, 24. 2 K. 17, 25. Ps. 78', 45; bx Ez. 14, 19; hv 5, 17; b Jer. 48, 12; "^^nx 9, 15. 49, 37. Also "jnia nh^ to send strife, i. e. to excite or occasion it, Prov. 6, 14. 19. 16, 28. 2. i. q. Kal no. 2, but more frequent, to sefid away, to let go or depart, to dis- miss, e. g. one about to go away, and espec. who has been in any way de- tained, Gen. 24, 54. 30, 25. 45, 24. Ex. 3, 20. Josh. 2, 21. Judg. 2, 6. 1 Sam. 6, 6. 2 Sam. 11, 12; so of the ark which the Philistines had detained, 1 Sam. 6, 2. 3.8; of flocks sent out to pasture, Ex. 22, 4, comp. Is. 32, 20 ; of Samson's foxes, Judg. 15, 5; of the scape-goat let go into the desert. Lev. 16, 10 sq. of a bird let fly. Gen. 8, 7. 8. Lev. 14, 7. 53. Deut. 22, 7 ; of waters sent forth in streams, Ez. 31, 4. Ps. 104, 10. Also to lei go a captive from custody, 1 K. 20, 42. Jer. 40, 1. 45, 13. Zech. 9, 11, comp. 1 Sam. 24,20. Ez. 13, 20; of a slave, to set free, to manumit, Jer. 34, 9 sq. see "^^sn, and comp. Judg. 1, 25; ^i^'^'). '^I^j without a gift, see in art. Dl^'i'n ; of daughters, to set out, to give in marriage, fully n^W in3 nbt: Judg. 12, 9. Also to accompany one departing, to send him on his way, ngoni^nuv. Gen. 18. 16. 31, 27. Judg. 3, 18 (comp. v. 19). 1 Sam. 9, 26. 2 Sam. 19, 32 and (Bar- zillai) went over Jordan with the king, }^-i52-ni< inbab, Keri 'sT^^ryr^^jo con- duct him by Jordan, i. e. its further bank; here Keth. makes no good sense ; perh. it should read pi'^n in&< nb^rb . With ace. of pers. and "i^a of thing, to give over into the power of any thing, Job 8, 4 if thy children have sinned against him (God), nisiTQ n^n dnbia^l and he have given them over to the power of their transgression, i. e. to merited punishment; comp. Ps. 81, 13. Fur- ther, to let down any one with ropes into a subterranean prison, Jer. 38, 6. 1 1 ; also once to let hang down or grow long, se. the hair, Ez. 44, 20. 3. to send forth, in a stronger sense, i. e. to cast, to throw, to shootj e. g. a) Things, as arrows 1 Sam. 20, 20 ; fire into a city Am. 1, 4 sq. 2, 2. 5. Hos. 8, 14 ; which is also expressed by 'n nb'j irxa to give or commit to the fames, Fr. meitre d feu, Judg. 1, 8. 20, 48. 2 K. 8, 12. Ps. 74, 7. b) to cast f 01th, to cast down, Ecc. 11,1. Job 30, 1 1 they cqsI off be- fore me the bridle, i. e. act in an unbridled manner. 39, 3 they cast forth their pains. i. e. they bring forth the foetus, and at the same time are freed from their pains ; see in bnn p. 292. 1 K. 9, 7 and this house, which I have hallowed for my name, ^VQ bsTa nbt^St will J cast forth from my sight, will reject it ; comp. parall. 2 Chr. 7, 20 Ti^btlix . c) to cast out, to eject, to expel any one. Gen. 3, 23. Lev. 18, 24. 1 K. 9, 7. Is. 27, 8. Jer. 15, 1. 28, 16. Job 14, 20. Poetically, Job 30, 12 sinbttJ 'ba'n they thrust or push away my feet, so that I fall. d) Spec, to send or put away a wife or concubine, to di- vorce a wife. Gen. 21, 14, Deut. 21, 14. 22, 19. 29. 24, 1. 3. 4. 2 Sam. 13, 16. Jer. 3, 1. 8. Mai. 2, 16 where inf nbtt3 as subst. 1 Chr. 8, 8; comp. Is. 50, 1. 4. i. q. Kal no. '3, to put forth or stretch out^ to extend, e. g. the hand, Prov. 31, 19. 20 ; a tree its roots, to spread out, Jer. 17, 8; and its branches, Ez. 17, 6. 7. 31, 5. Ps. 80, 12. So God is said to spread out a people, Ps. 44, 3 thou didst drive out the heathen with thy hand, and plantedst them ( Israel ) ; thou didst afflict the nations, and spread them out, se. Is- rael. Pdal nVttS 1. Pass, of Piel no. 1, and of Kal no. 1, to be sentjFrov. 17, 11. Jer. 17, 8. Ob. 1. 2. to be sent away, to be let go, dis- missed. Gen. 44, 3. Is. 50, 1 ; comp. in Piel no. 3. d. Hence to be left, forsaken, Prov. 29, 15 nbtiJTa 1S5 a neglected child. 3. to be cast out, expelled; Is. 16. 2 a bird nVllJia )p^ driven from, the nest. Is. 27, 10 niiiia nia a habitation driven ' \ S VT out (i. e. its inmates) and forsaken like a desert. Also to be cast, driven, impelled into a net. Job 18, 8. Judg. 5, 15 p^TS nbtti he was driven or he rushed into the plain. ill nbiD 1071 Mbri TIiPH. n'^baiii, i. q. Piel no. 1, to send, plagues, calamities, upon any one, . 3, Ex. 8, 17. Lev. 26, 22. Am. 8, 11. Ka. 14. 13; also an enemy, 2 K. 15, 37. Deriv. nb;r, n'^tti, ninbia, TibTr, n'^nb'ij, inba:' o'lnsi^'ij, nbiii^' nibi'a. ... 5 I t: ^) .J T , .5 - . . , nnbiiia. nb Chald. fut. nb'>2J7 1. ^0 send, Ezra 4, 14. 7, 14. Dan. 3, 2. 6, 23; with ace. of thing and bs to whom, Ezra 4, 11. 18. 5,6. 17; alsi4, 17. 5,7. 2. With 1^, to put forth or stretch out the hand, Dan. 5, 24; c. b to attempt any thing, Ezra 6, 12. nbO m. in pause nbd, c. suff. inbai. R. nbd. 1. a missile weapon, as sent against an enemy, e. g. a dart, javelin, spear, etc. Arab. ^Ajm and ^^^<-^ collect, arms, spec, a sword ; xLL an armed man ; ^^jM Conj. V, to arm oneself. 2 Chr. .32, 5. 23, 10. nbl3 nas fo ;?cmA by the weapon sc. of death. Job 33, 18. 36, 12; for Joel 2,8 see in ^53 no. 1. b. Here belongs the difficult passage, Neh. 4, 17 [23] D-^an inbd ttj-ix every man his weapon for water, i. e. every man went for water with his weapon in his hand ; comp. V. 11. 2 Chr. 23, 10. But the better reading is ii^a inbllj ^""i*, see Roediger de Interp. Arab. p. 60. 2. a shoot, sprout, plant, Cant. 4, 13. Comp. r. nbi:^ Pi. no. 4. 3. Shelah, Salah, pr. n. a) A son of Arphaxad Gen. 10, 24. 11, 12. b) An aqueduct and pool near Jerusalem, ap- parently the same with n"bd q. v. Neh. 3, 15. Vulg. Siloe. n'b m. (r. nbir) for nibitti as in Chaldee, after the form "liia'^F?, -liir'^S; pr. a sending of water, i. e. a conduit, aqueduct, comp. r. nbd Ps. 104, 10, and Gr. Uvm q6ov II. 12. 25. With the art. n'b^sn Shiloah, Siloah, Siloam, pr. n. of an aqueduct and small reservoir or fountain at the foot of Zionon the south- eastern part of Jerusalem, Is. 8, 6. See Jos. B. J. 5. 4. 2. ib. 5. 12. 2. ib. 6. 7. 2. ib. 6. 8. 5. It is apparently the same with that called nbtt) in Neh. 3, 15. The LXX. and Josephus (1. c.) write the name 2d(an^, and so John 9. 7, where it is explained by aTtsaiaXfisvog^ abstr. for concr. This refers probably to the long subterranean passage or aqueduct, by which the water is brought from the intermitting fountain higher up in the valley of the Kidron. For a full description of this ancient fountain, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 493-498, 500 sq. By a misapprehension of the language of Josephus (B. J. 5. 4. 2), several writers have formerly sought for Siloam on the south-west of Zion ; Reland Palsest. p. 858. Gesen. Comm. on Is. 7, 3. Arab. ^|J.*w Selwdn. mibW f. plur. (r. nbi^) shoots, sprouts, Is. 16, 8.' See Pi. no 4.' ^TDW (perh. armed) Shilhi, pr. n. m. 1 K. 22, 42. 2 Chr. 20, 31. R. nbttj . D^^n!: (armed men, r. nbtlj) Shilhim, pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 32. )nblO m. (r. nbtl3, after the form ja'nj^ j constr. inb^ ; plur. nisnbai , constr. msnba) ; a table, so called frorti its being extended, spread out, see the root no. 3, and' ravvsiv igane^av Od. 10. 37; also Ps. 69, 23 below. Especially a table as spread with food, viands, Judg. 1, 7. 1 Sam. 20, 29. 34. 1 K. 5, 7. 10, 5. Job 36, 16. Neh. 5, 17. So )'nh^'n r\iy to prepare or spread a table Ps. 22, 5. 78, 19. Prov. 9, 2. Is. 21, 5; inb^n-bx 2rj jnbttS nab who prepare a table for Gad. t:b^ 1072 tibllj the god of 'good fortune. As to the form of tables among the Hebrews, little is known ; but, as in other oriental nations, they were prob. not high. In Ex. 25, 23, indeed, the table for the shew-bread is described as a cubit and a half in height ; but the table of Herod's temple, as depicted on the arch of Titus at Rome, is only half a cubit high. Prob. the table of the ancient Hebrews differed little from that of the modern Arabs, viz. a piece of skin or leather, a mat, or a linen cloth, spread upon the ground. Hence the fitness of the name, jnblli something spread^ and also the phrase 'iH^tt) r^^'S ; and hence too light is shed upon Ps. 69, 23 cn'^isVcrnb -^n-^ nab let their table before them become a snare or net^ i. e. let their feet become entangled in it, as spread on the ground, 80 that they may stumble and fall ; see in ns I. 2. Comp. Gen. IS, 4. * tib^ fut. Dbaj-;", a verb of the later Hebrew ; except the deriv. a'>btt) once Gen. 42, 6 ; but frequent in Aramaean ; pr. to be sharp, hard, harsh ; hence a) to rule, to have dominion^ over any one. c. a Ecc! 2, 19. 8, 9; b? Neh. 5, 15. b) io gain dominion^ to get the mastery, c. a of pers. Esth. 9, 1. Arab, ^i to be harsh, vehement, V to get dominion ; i' Ui... power, concr. the Sult&n. Eth. UJAfll to have dominion. Aram. see in Chald. 'jbttj . HiPH. 1. to let have dominion over any one, Ps. 119, 133. 2. to give power to do any thing, to permit, Ecc. 5, 18. 6, 2. Comp. VtfiD Ex. 21, 8 ; also Syr. wju^i^fc. Pa. Deriv. obuj, "jitsbttJ, i:">bai. tht Chald. fut. labai^ 1. to rule, to have dominion, c. 3 in or over any thing Dan. 2, 39. 5, 7. 16; io have power over any thing, so as to affect it, Dan. 3, 27. 2. With 3, to get the mastery of, i. e. to rush or fall upon, Dan. 6, 25. Aph. to let bear rule, to make ruler or lord over any one, c. 3 Dan. 2, 38. 48. Deriv. Chald. "liuVlJ, -j-jbilj, -o^^tti . ^.^^ m. (r. i:bd) a shield, only plur. CdViJ , conslr. "^wbTZJ shields, apparently 80 called from being hard or perh. tough , see the signif of the Arabic root under libd , and comp. the adj. B-'^W . 2 Sam. 8, 7'3n.jr| -^'obd the shields of gold. 2 K. 11. 10." 2 Chr. 23. 9. Cant. 4, 4. Ez.27, 1 1, in which passages shields are spoken of as suspended for ornament upon the walls. Jer. 51, 11 shaipen the arrows, D"abtjr! !isb^/// out the shields, i. e. put them on, see in r. 5 id. I**!?^ and l"^^, see imbl^. t2''b m. adj. (r. a^ai), fem. P'J^i^ for ra"'btlJ, the *'-; being dropped in the feminine, like "i^'nx f n-irjx. 1. Aart/, vehement, imperious^ fem. of an imperious woman, impudent, Ez. 16, 30. Arab. iaxLL, dJajll. 2. powerful, mighty, i. e. having power over any thing, c. a Ecc. 8, 8. Subst. one having power, a ruler, magistrate^ Ecc. 7, 19. 10, 5. Gen. 42, 6. tS'^^l? Chald. (r. isbttj) 1. powerful, mighty, Dan. 2,10. 4,23; having power in OT over anything, bearing rule over, c. a, Dan. 4, 14. 22. 29. 5, 21. Subst. a ruler, prince, Dan. 2, 15. 5, 29. Ezra 4,20. 2. w^^yi kV, with b c. inf there is no power to do any thing, i. e. it is not per- mitted, non licet, Ezra 7, 24. tJ'^rT? and O^T? m. (r. cSbt^, or tt5b?fi) Kamets impure. 1. a third. Is. 40, 12 ; i. e. a measure for grain, prob. the third part of an ephah (see ^is^x) i. q. nito, ^h^ov, since Sept. often renders ns'^x by iqia fiiiqa, comp. Gr. t] TSTaQTrj, Engl, quart. Genr. for any measure; ace. as adv. Ps. 80, 6 ttJ^baJ mrtna I'^irtlinT thou givest them tears to drink by measure, i. e. in great quantity, abundantly. Sept. iv ^r^o, Vulg. in mensura. 2. a triangle, i. e. an instrument of music struck in concert with drums, as in modern military muvsic. Plur. 1 Sam. 18,6. 3. Spec, a third man, i. e. one of three, Gr. T^/(TTTr/?, an order of warriors, who fought from chariots, chariot-warriors, avaliixiai, nnQa(inini. Ex. 14, 7 he took all the chariots of Egypt, "b? D-'llJ^buj'i "i^a and three warriors upon each of them. 15,4. 1 K. 9, 22, comp. 2 K. 9, 25. They served also as the body-guard of kings 1 K. 9, 22. 2 K. 10, 25. 1 Chr. 11, 11. 12, 18. Sept. TQiajixrai, i. e. accord- ing to Origen in Catenis, (although the Greek Glossarists decide otherwise, see Schleusner Thes. in voc.) 'soldiers fighting from chariots,' and so called be- cause each chariot contained three sol- diers, one of whom managed the horses while the other two fought; comp. jqi- ToaiaTTjg, one of the three persons who constituted a row or subdivision in the Greek tragic chorus. On Egyptian monuments only two persons are usu- ally depicted in each chariot ; one fights, while the other manages the horses. In the Assyrian and other Asiatic sculp- tures, there is often a third man in each chariot, who is either an armour-bearer or holds an umbrella. The leader or chief of these troops is called "'TTJ^bTl"?! aJst"^ 2 Sam. 23, 8, and with the fuller form d^OJ^bll'n UJx-1 1 Chr. 12, 18; and the same person seems to be denoted by C'^birn, >ft' f^oxr,v, as spoken of one of the nearest attendants of the king, 2 K. 7, 2. 17. 19. 9, 25. 15, 25. Hence plur. s-'trJbuJ Prov. 22, 20 Keri, perh. pj-inci- palia, i. e. things honourable, princely : comp. 8, 6. See more in Thesaur. p. 1429. '^TD'^b rn. ord. adj^. (from ttJb) f n^ttj-'baj, r-^aJ-^buJ; plur. c^tiibttj ; third, the third; Aram. Tnibn, ^^L^^Z, Arab. 9 24. Is. 19. 24. Job 42, 14. al. saepe. Plur. D'^ttJb^ has several uses ; Num. 2, 24 5\3:&7 D"^UJbttJ they shall move forward the third, i. e. the third in order. 1 Sam. 19, 21 and he sent the third messengers, i. e. the third time. 2 K. 1, 13. Thrice as subst. cells or chambers of the third story Gen. 6, 16. 1 K. 6, 8. Ez. 42, 3. Fem. spec, as subst. a) a third, the third part, Num. 15, 6. 7. 2 Sam. 18, 2. b) the third day, the day after to-mor- row; 1 Sam. 20, 12 n^ttj^b^'ri in^ rra about this time to-morrow or the third day. c) the third year. Is. 15, 5. Jer. 48, 34. see in Tih^v no 2 ; comp. in Engl, 'the third of queen Victoria.' d) With He parag. nnit3"'baJ adv. the third time. Ez. 21. 19. ' ' ' '' ^blB 1074 bbiB * "^5^ in Kal not used, kindr. with nbttJ. Arab. i^^^Xm^- PiEL. inf. n2^^ as subst. see in its order. HiPH. T^^^ttin, fut. rf^tt):, very fre- quent. 1 . to cast, to throw, c. ace. of pers. or thing, Gen. 21, 15. Ex. 7, 10. Lev. 1, 16. 2 K. 2, 21. ier. 41, 9. al. Also to cast o^ as a tree its blossoms, Job 15, 33 ; to cast away 2 K. 7, 15. Ez. 20, 7. 8. Ecc. 3, 6; of stones, to cast away, to scatter, opp. 0_33. Ecc. 3, 5. bnia Ts'^h^.fi to cast lots, sc. in dividing land, Josh. 18. 8. 10; hence in Mic. 2, 5 thou shall have none to cast a line by lot, sc. in marking out land. Constr. with ace. of place upon or into which any thing is cast, as the ground, a pit. water, etc. Ex.4, 3. Dan. 8, 12. Gen. 37, 24. Ex. 1, 22 ; with bx of place, Gen. 37, 22. Ex. 15, 25. 2 K. 4, 41. al. 3 of place, Gen. 37. 20. Ex. 32, 24. Is. 19, 8 ; with ace. of thing and bs of pers. upon or at whom. Num. 35, 20. 22. Josh. 10, 11. Judg. 9, 53. Nah. 3. 6. Job 27, 22 T'^J r|W^ he shall cast at him sc. deadly weapons. Ez. 43, 24. 2 K. 23, 6. 2 Sam. 20, 12 ; with 3 of place, 2 Chr. 24, 10. 30, 14, also c. ace. Ex. 22, 30 irx 'ttin absb ye shall cast it (the flesh) /o the dogs ; with )r: of place, to cast out a person or thing/rbTn a place, Neh. 13, 8. Deut. 29, 27. Judg. 15, 17. Job 29, 17 t]-iq Ti^^ttJx T'l^^^ from his very teeth least (plucked) out the spoil; also to cast down from 2 Chr. 25, 12; with *135S13 , T^b^ia , to cast away from oneself to throw off, to lay aside, Ps. 2, 3. Ez. 18, 31. Deut. 9, 27. Trop. in the following phrases: a) ia3?3 iaSBS r^^^ttjn he cast his life from him, i. e. exposed it to great danger, Judg. 9, 17 ; see in ^153 no. 3. a, and comp. Gr. TKtQtt^akXiad^txL ttjv j/zij^^v H, 9. 322, whence Lat. parabolanus. b) T^'^^'tJsi I'^'nnN Ps. 50, 17, and 1>a "i-^nx 'n, to cast behind one, behind one^s back, i. e. to neglect, to contemn, 1 K. 14, 9. Neh. 9, 26. Is. 38, 17. Ez. 23, 35 ; also of God as pardoning (forgetting) the sins of men, Is. 38, 17; comp. Mic. 7, 19. The Arabs have the same expression, see Thesaur. p. 1419. c) ^^ bs 1\'-^'b^n to cast upon Jehovah one's burden, i. e. to commit any thing to his care, Ps. 55. 23 ; comp. Ps. 37, 5 and r. nn^ . d) Tbiun "^"i Vje hs'Q 'b Jehovah casts one from his presence, i. e. rejects him from his fa-* vour, 2 K. 13, 23. 17, 20. 2 Chr. 7, 20. Jer. 7, 15. Ps. 51, 13; also simpl. T^-^buin Ps. 71, a. 102, 11. 2. to cast down, to overthrow, as a house Jer. 9, 18 ; to destroy, as a locust the vine Joel 1, 7. Metaph. Job 18, 7 in:js ^ns'^bttin^ and his own counsel shall cast him down, destroy him. HoPH. Tjbttjn and TjbcJM '[.to be cast out OT forth, to be thrown, Jer. 22, 28. Is. 14, 19 but thou art cast forth {Vp\m) from thy sepulchre like a despised branch, i. e. art not laid in the sepul- chre, as thou hadst hoped or appointed, art without the burial due to thee. With 2 and bx of place, 2 Sam. 20, 21. 1 K. 13, 25. Jer. 14, 16. Ez. 16, 5; also with b , as y^^^ '^ to be cast down to the ground Ez. 19:' 12. Jer. 36, 30 and his dead body shall be cast forth to the heat (a-inb rsboJn) by day, and to the cold by night. Trap. Ps. 22, 11 "^nabttin Tj-'bs DH'iTa / was cast upon thee from the womb, i. e. I have committed myself to thee. 2. Pass, of Hiph. no. 2. Dan. 8. 11. Deriv. the two .following. ^?'T?m. Lev. 11, 17. Deut. 14, 17, a sea-tbwi, Sept. xarixQdxJTjg or najctq^a- xitfi, i. e. a species of pelican which casts itself from high rocks into the water aller fish, a diver, prob. the gan- net, Pelicanus Bassanus Linn. Vulg. mergulus, Syr. and Chald. 'fish-catcher.' Comp. Bochart Hieroz. P. II. lib. 2. c. 21. (Edmann Verm. Sammlungen aus der Naturkunde, III. p. 68. Rosenm. Bibl. Alterthk. IV. ii. p. 308 sq. riD^TD f. (r. -r^bttj) pr. inf fern. Piel. 1. a casting down or felling of a tree. Is. 6, 13. 2. Shallecheth, pr. n. of a gate of the temple, 1 Chr. 26, 16. ^5^ sometimes with the regular form, and sometimes with that of verbs 55 ; as bbtu , sibbtij , "^nibiD ; inf bb;s and bit) ; fut. b;i , c' sufF. r\^'it'^ Hab. 2, 8 ; pr. to relax, to loosen, to let go ; see the roots b!id, nb;::; comp. nbt, bbn, ribn, Chald. itbtJ . ' Hence bbizi 1075 Dbti 1. to draw or pull out, ec. stalks of grain from the handfuls, Ruth 2, 16. Arab. Juw id. Kindr. are Aram. 6<^^, iL., Heb. bta, C]bi^. 2. ^0 5^nl/) o/f, fo despoil, to spoil, to plunder; rarely in the Aram, dialects, as Chald. part, bbiw , Nasor. "C^, to spoil. Constr. c. ace. of thing, Ez. 26, 12; or of the person plundered 39, 10. Hab. 2, 8. Zech. 2, 12. bVi^ bbu: to spoil the spoil, to seize the spoil, Is. 10, 6. Ez. 29, 19. 38, 12. 13. NiPH. here some refer fut. b^7 Deut. 28, 40; but see in r.ht^. HiTHPO. bbindx Aram, for bb-indn to be spoiled, plundered, Is. 59, 15. Deriv. bbio) and T ^^tj m. constr. bbiti . 1. spoil, plun- der, booty ; Is. 33, 23 bbaJ ns a prey of spoil, from which connection of the words it appears that "15 is the more general word, and bbaJ the more spe- cial ; yet the latter is often general, prey, booty. Gen. 49, 27. Num. 31, 11. 12. 1 Sam. 14, 32. Jer. 50, 10. Prov. 1, 13. al. also of flocks and herds driven off, 1 Sam. 15, 19. 21. 11^ VbaJ David's spoil, driven off by him, 1 Sam. 30, 20; but ^'2'^X bbu3 the spoil of thine enemies, taken from them, Deut. 20, 14. Josh. 22, 8. 1 Sam. 14, 30. To seize or take the spoil is bba bbtti see the root no. 2; 'a5 K-^an to bring the spoil 2 Sam. 3, 22. 2 Chr. 15, 11. 28, 8; bbllj T3 Deut. 3, 7. 20. 14. 2 Chr. 20, 25. Es'th. 3, 13; once bb3 xb3 2 Chr. 14, 12. Contra, bbaj pbn to divide the spoil, to distribute the boo- ty, Gen. 49, 27. Ex. 15, 9. Judg. 5, 30. Ps. 68. 13. al. Jer. 21,9 and his life shall be unto him for a. booty, i. e. he shall be preserved alive ; and so 38, 2. 39, 18. 45. 5. In the difficult passage Judg. 5, 30, bbiB "'ns^^b C^n^sp-) sn^ a dyed gar- ment, two vestments of divers colours, for the neck of the spoil, there is no good meaning. Hence Gesenius and others take bbaj for bb5 ttj^x a spoiler, and render: /or the neck of the spoiler, i. e. Sisera or any warrior; so Syr. Schnur- rer, Rosenmueller, etc. Others, as De Sacy. Studer, read bbttj i^nx-i^lb, a spoil for his neck, sc. Sisera's; and so Sept. Toi TQu/riXa) amov axiXa. Boettcher, in Spicileg. p. 21. proposes to read 'ixji:b bbtC , a spoil for my neck, as the wish of a woman expecting a portion of the spoil. This perh. is best. 2. gain sc. by labour, profit, Germ. 9 .' Ausbeute, Prov. 31, 11. So Arab. ^JLc. prey and gain ; comp. Gr. Xr/iXf a&ai to plunder, also genr. to get, to gain. * Db'iT or Q^^ fut. cbd") 1. to be whole, entire, integer ; hence a) to be sound, safe, secure; Arab. lA-ww, Syr. >-i^A>, id. Kindr. are r. nbtfi , ibai . Job 9, 4 who hath set himself against him, Dbia"^] and been secure, in safety. 22, 21. b) to be completed, finished, ended ; 6. g. the temple, 1 K. 7, 51 ; the walls of the city, Neh. 6, 15 ; also of a period of time, Is. 60, 20. Chald. n-^biD q. v. Syr. >aiLA, id. 3. Denom. from Diba3 , to be at peace, in friendship with any one. Part. c. suff. "i^bit) Ps. 7, 5 my friend, ally, i. q. i^ibd lij-'x Ps. 41, 10. Part. pass, n^ibd pacified, peaceful, 1 Sam. 20, 19. See Pu. no. 2. Syr. >nS4, c. 2::^, to consent, to accord. PiEL D^ll3, 3 pi. in pause l^b;^, to make whole, entire, integrum fecit, viz. a) to make secure, safe, c. ace. of thing. Job 8, 6. b) to complete, to finish, e. g. the tem- ple, 1 K. 9, 25; comp. Kal no. 1. b. c) to make whole, to make good; e. g. to restore a thing lost Joel 2, 25, or stolen Ex. 21, .36. 22, 2 sq. Lev. 5, 25 [6, 5]. Ez. 33. 15 ; to repay a debt 2 K. 4, 7. Ps. 37, 21. Prov. 22, 27. Job 41, 3. d) to pay, to perform, to render, c. ace. of thing, e. g. vows 2 Sam. 15, 7. Is. 19, 21. Nah. 2, 1. Ps. 22,26. Prov. 7, 14. Job 22, 27 ; prai>e as sacrifice, Hos. 14, 3 [2], see in art. iQ, comp. Ps. 56, 13. Trop. to render or impart comfort, Is. 57, 18. e) to requite, to recompense, to re- ward, sc. like for like, both good 1 Sam. 24,20. Ruth 2, 12, and also evil Gen. 44, 4; with b oT pers. Deut. 7, 10. 32. 41. Judg. 1. 7.' 2 K. 9. 26. Ps. 41, 11 ; ace. of thing. Is. 65, 6. Jer. 16, 18. 32, 18; with b of pers. and ace. of thing, as bnisa cbttS b see in b^iTaa no. 1, b brs obttJ Job 34, 11. Dbti 1076 dbti Jer. 51. 24; b? ofpers. and ace. of thing Joel 4, 4; also i^rss 'tih n^U or 's> 'ttJ 1ib2j^3 ^0 reward any one according to his works 2 Sam. 3, 39. Jer. 25, 14. 50, 29. Ps. 62, 13. SonnetimeS, though rare- ly, with ace. of the pers. rewarded, Ps. 31, 24; and also with ace. of thing add- ed, Ps. 35. 12 n^i-J nnn ny^ "^iJi^Vr'; , as Engl, they rewarded me evil for good; so Prov. 13, 21. PuAL 1. Pass, of Piel lett. d, to be paid, performed, as a vow, Ps. 65. 2. Also Pass, of Piel lett. e, to be repaid, requited, recompensed, Jer. 18. 20. Prov. 11, 31 D^d'i 7-1N3 p-^-nzs -,n to, the right- eons is recompensed upon earth, much more the wicked and the sinner. 13, 13. 2. ' To be brought into a state of peace,' to be at peace with any one, to live in friendship, i. q. Kal no. 2. Part. cbtli^ a friend, ally, sc. of God, i. e. Is- rael, Is. 42, 19; parall. with nin^ nns. Conip. Hiph. no. 2. Hi PH. 1. to complete, to perform,, to execute, Job 23. 14. Is. 44, 26. 28 ; to make an end- of any one. Is. 38, 12. 13. 2. to make peace with any one, to seek and cherish peace; as Chald. Aph. cbri^, comp. Kal no. 2. With nfi< Josh. 10, 1. 4; Dr Deut. 20, 12. 1 K. 22, 45. But with bx, to submit oneself in peace to any one, i. e. by a treaty of peace. Josh. 11, 19. Comp. adj. uh^ no. 3; Arab. jv-Lw Conj. IV, to submit oneself to the dominion of any one, spec, to commit one's affairs to God, c. c. ,^1, whence *jLuwj)f el-Isldm, i. e. obedi- l = ence to God and Muhammed. the true G I o 9 Mus- religion, Muhammedanism : lim. 3. Causat. to make a friend of any one Prov. 16, 7. HoPH. to become the friend of any one< c. h Job 5, 23. Deriv. nhv. abtt3, dfilJ, c^ai or D^i^, nr^^ij . n-^STabtiJ . cibtti ; pr. n. iaba3 or ti^V-J. "i^ibTr. n'b'biD, ^'0-V>j3, "itfbtL', bx^ab^a, sirri^cbiri , tr^'a^'b^', nb^-q, nTsbd^a, !in;ia|i'ira and n^^^d^ , n^iab'iji , ria'?d:Q . nbt^ Chald. i. q. Heb. q. v. to com- plete, to fnish. e. g. the temple; once Part. Peil c-ba) finished Ezra 5, 16. Aph. 1. to finish^ to make an end of c. ace. Dan. 5, 26. 2. to restore, to give back, Ezra 7, 19. D^ (2 Chald. m. i. q. Heb. Diblfi , pros- perity, peace, Ezra 5, 7. Dan. 3, 31. 6, 26. D^^ m. adj. (r. cbt^) f n^bir ; plur. 1. whole, soimd, perfect, i. e. a) 01 full and just weight and measure, as niabaj 'iSX a full weight, perfect, Prov. if, 1. Deut. 25, 15; comp. Gen. 15, 16 where it is spoken of the full measure of one's sins, fi^bd ribs the whole num- ber of the captives Am. 1, 6. 9. b) ichole, safe, unharmed, Gen. 33, 18, see in no. 4. c. So of an army Nah. 1, 12. C^S^x n"?3btt) whole stones, i. e. not hewn, Deut. 27,6.^1 K. 6,7. 2. completed, finished, e. g. an edifice, 2Chr.8,16. Chald. D-^bd, Syr. ^oll*.. id. 3. living in peace and friendship, peaceful, friendly, see the root in Kal no. 2; Gen. 34, 21 ^isnit en f^^bu) they live in peace with vs. Spec. T^^T^'^ cr 'ui at peace with God, devoted to him, 1 K. 8, 61. 11, 4. 15, 3. 14 ; and so simpl. sba cbd 2 K. 20, 3. 1 Chr. 28, 9. 2 Chr. 15, 17. Comp. Hiph. no. 2. 4. Salem, pr. n. a) i. q. cb^rii"^ Je- rusalem, for the etymology of which, see in its place; Gen. 14, 18. Ps. 76, 3. Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 2 T^v pivToi ^uhfia vinfQov f'xiiXfauv 'isQoaoXvfia. So Arab. |V-Lw , (V-Lii , id. but very rarely. b) Another city Sal^m, the residence of Melchizedek, Gen. 14. 18. Josephus and many others regard fhis also as Je- rusalem ; but this accords neither with the geographical circumstances of the narrative, which point to a place fur- ther north, nor with the tradition pre- served by Jerome : " Salem, non, ut Josephus et nostri omnes arbitrantur, Jerusalem, ... sed oppidum juxta Scy- thopolim. quod usque hodie appellatur Salem, et ostenditur ibi palatium Mel- chisedech. ex magnitudine ruinarum ve- teris operis ostendens magnitudinem"; Ep. 73 ad Evang. T. I. p. 446, ed. Val- lars. This Salem, Jerome elsewhere says, was eight miles south of Scythe- polis; Onom. arts. Salem. JEnon. It is probably also the same place mentioned ciiti 1077 !aiti John 3. 23. Judith 4, 4. See Relandi Fa- lsest, p. 976. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 134 sq. Tuch Comm. in Gen. ad loc. and in Zeitschr. der morgeni. Ges. I. p. 194. [In 1852 the translator sought diligently in the south of Scythopolis ; but found no trace of name or ruins by which to identify the Salem thus de- scribed by Jerome. R. c) In Gen. 33, 18 cbaJ is by many taken as an adjective, see above in no. I. b ; while Sept. Vulg. and others treat it as a pr. n. Shalem^ Salem. A village jvJLa/ , Sdlim, exists at the present day among the hills on the eastern side of the plain opposite N^blus or Shechem ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 102. Wil- son Lands of the Bible II. p. 72. R. ^v? m. (r. cbd) 1. Pr. peace, con- cord, a state of peace and friendship ; plur. C^^bd id. expressing a continued state, like' the plurals D"''?3 , D^n3^bi<, D'^'sri , and others. Spec, of a state of seekfMg peace and favour with God ; hence Q-'isb'J n3T,wiih art. B'^^^^'n Hat, plur. C'a^'ii "^^"21, a peace-offering, peace- offerings, Vulg. sacrificium pacificwn, Sept. &vaia tloTjvixTj, Lev. 17, 5. Josh. 22, 23. 1 Sam. 10, 8. Prov. 7, 14 ; more rarely n-^pbttJ DTjat Ex. 24, 5. 1 Sam. II. 15; c. sutf. cn^ibui "^nat Ex. 29. 28. Such sacrifices were offered as a testi- monial of seeking peace and favour with God, either publicly or by private per- sons, Lev. 3, 1 sq. 4. 10. 26. 31. 35. 7, 11 sq. 10, 14. 19, 5. 22, 21. 23, 19. Num. 7, 17 sq. 10, 14. 19, 5. 22, 21. 23, 19. Num. 7, 17 sq. Also t:"^ab^ nnin nnj Lev. 7, 13. 15, i. q. nnin nsT v. 12, a peace-offer- ing of praise or thanksgiving, a thank- offering, the same with that called by the more general name c^^D nat v. 18. 2>9. Hence 2. Without nat , a peace-offering ; once sing. Db^a Am. 5, 22 ; usually plur. n-i^abd , peace-offerings, Ex. 20, 24. 32, 6. Levi 6, 5. 7, 14. 9, 4. Num. 15, 8. Josh. 8, 31. al. So Sept. and Vulg. Some- times these were offered in a time of distress and calamity, for appeasing the wrath of God and conciliating his fa- vour, Judg. 20, 26. 21,4. 2 Sam. 24, 25 ; once before a battle, 1 Sam. 13, 9. Note. Many at the present day ren- der C^aViJ nat by thank-offering; comp r. cbiaiPiel. u?W m. (r. aViJ) 1. requital, recom- pense, retribution, Deut. 32, 25. 2. Shillem, pr. n. of a son of Naphtali Gen. 46, 24. Num. 26, 49; for which 1 Chr. 7, 13 Dii^tti .Patron ^t2))^ a Shil- lemiie Num. 1. c. D'btj , see Dibi^ . D^Ti? and D^^t? m. (r. nh^J 1. re- quital, retribution, Hos. 9, 7; plur. Is. 34,8. 2. a reward, gift, by which one is corrupted, a bribe, like D'^aabd, Mic. 7,3. D^l? (retribution,, r. tsboi) Shallum, pr. n. a) A king of Israel, 772 B. C. 2 K. 15. 10 sq. b) A king of Judah, son of Josiah and younger brother of Je- hoiakim and Zedekiah, prob. the same with tnxin^ no. 2. Jer. 22, 11. See Rosenm. ad h. 1. c) The husband of Huldah the prophetess, 2 K. 22, 14. d) Of several other men, Ezra 2, 42. 7, 2. 10, 24. 42. Neh. 3, 12. 7, 45. 1 Chr. 2, 40. etc. Comp. obllS no. 2, and "jsi^aj . rra? r. i. q. Db^j , retribution, punish- ment, Fs. 9\, 8. R. Db^. TVDbt} (pacific, Irenaeus, Germ. Frie- derich, from Dib;z; with the syll. ri i. q. 1, "(i, comp. 1 Chr. 22, 9, and Heb. Gr. 83. 15) pr. n. Solomon, the tenth son of David, 1 Chr. 3, 5, comp. 2 Sam. 3, 5 ; born of Bathsheba ; the successor of his father, and the third king of the Hebrew nation, r. 1005-975 B. C. and celebrated throughout the world for his wealth, splendour, and wisdom, see 1 K. c. 2-n. 1 Chr. c. 23. 28. 29. 2 Chr. c. 1-9. Prov. 1, 1. Cant. 1, 1. Ecc. 1, 1. Sept. 2(xX(afA()iv, in N. T. 2oloii(av, and so Josephus. "labl? (my thanks, r. ^ht) Shalmai, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 46 Keri, where Keth. ''la? (pacific) Shelomi, pr. n. m. Num. 34, 27. bK^^b (friend of God) Shelumiel, pr. n. m. Num. 1, 6. 2, 12. Wttb (i. q. n^-c^ht-q) Shelemiah^ pr. n. m. i Chr. 26, U.' )2bii 1078 ribti t^'^lCibW (pacific, abstr. 'love of peace') Shelomilh, pr. n. R. Dbir . 1. Fern, a) Lev. 24, 11. b) 1 Chr. 3, 19. 2. Masc. a) A son of Rehoboam 2 Chr. 11, 20. b) Ezra 8, 10. c, d, e) 1 Chr. 23, 9. 18. 26, 25. I^VtO Hos. 10, 14; fully "^?r^'?^ 2 K. 17, 3. 18, 8, Shalman, Shalmane- ser, pr. n. of a powerful king of Assyria, about 730-716 B. C. by whom the ten tribes were carried into exile, B. C. 722. Vulg. Salmanassar. Bohlen com- pares Pers. (^| ^Loww verecundus erga ignem. See more in Thesaur. p. 1426. D^i^bbi? m. plur! (r. o^tJ3) rewards, gifts by which any one is corrupted, Is. 1, 23. ^i^% , see in nbt^ no. 2. "^i^lD, see i3"'b'^tt5. Sbir >|:^'^ imper. w]*bttJ 1. to draw out or forth, to pluck out ; Chald. rjbttj , Sam. ^i"^^, and Nasor. ^1x4., id. Syr. Ethpe. to be torn out; comp. Arab, and Eth. y^,/X*M. AAA to draw out, espec. a sword from the sheath. Kindr. are bbtti, buis, nbttJ no. 3. E. g. a weapon from a wound, Job 20. 25. Judg. 3, 22 ; espec. a sword from its sheath, iS'in qb^ to draw one's sword Judg. 8. 20. 9, 54. ISam. 17, 51. 31,4. 1 Chr. 10, 4 ; also Num. 22, 23 1T;2 f^S^ibtlJ ia'^n his sword drawn in his hand. v. 31. Josh. 5, 13. 1 Chr. 21. 16: and so n-nn ^cbilj those drawing the sword, armed with swords, Judg. 8, 10. 20, 2. 15. 2 Sam. 24, 9. al. Also to draw off the shoe, Ruth 4, 7. 8. Of grass growing on the flat roof of a house, to pull, to pluck up, Ps. 129, 6 as grass of the housetops, l3n^ qbllj nan;3tt5 which, before one plucketh (gatherethj it, withereth. Sept. og nqo xov exana- a&rjvai i^rjQav&i]. Vulg. priusquam evel- latur. So too Rashi. Sheleph, pr. n. of a tribe in Ara- bia Felix. Gen. 10, 26. 1 Chr. 1, 20; perh. the 2aXani]vol, whom Ptolemy (VI. 7) reckons among the tribes of the interior. See Bochart Phaleg lib. 2. c. 16 "ID^^D a root of uncertain signif. whence the numeral CJbai three; see Thesaur. p. 1427. Hence PiEL denom. from aJVlJ, as ttJan from ~ T 1. to divide into three parts, e. g. a land, Deut. 19,3. Arab, and Eth. viJLj, UJAftid. 2. to do the third time, 1 K. 18, 34. Chald. r^n, Syr. ^2, id. 3. to do on the third day, 1 Sam. 20, 19 *i"in mc^t^l and on the third day thou shall go down. Sept. igiaanasig. PuAL denom. Part. ^b^TQ 1. three- fold, triple; as ' I3W a threefold thread. or a cord made of such thread, Ecc. 4. 12. 2. of three stories, three stories high, sc. a building, Ez. 42, 6. Comp. C^ttibttJ Gen. 6, 16. 3. of three years, three years old, spoken of beants, Gen. 15, 9. Sept. TQurll^oiv, Vulg. triennis. Deriv. ttJbtti niaJbttS . b rarely and later TCibtD, constr. tobaj , before Makkeph once "aJbttJ Ex. 21, 1.1, joined with feminines; also HObtD, rarely nciblD. constr. roibtt) , joined with masculines,except twice, Gen. 7, 13. Job 1, 3 ; card. num. three ; Arab. oJLj or vi>^*, Chald. nbpi, xnbn, q. v. Syr. ^Z, l^^l^kZ. For the construction and syntax of this numeral, see Heb. Gr. 95, 118; comp. Lehrg. 144, 181. Fem. in various constructions, as tlibtfi Dins three cities Deut. 4, 41. 19, 2. 7. 9; ttibif D-^-iS id. Josh. 31, 32; definite QJbttS D'l'irn Num. 35, 14. D'^Daj oJbttJ three years hev. 19, 23. Deut. 14, 28. al. and tlJbi^ o-^sttj id. 2 Chr. 11, 17. niax lubtlj three cubits Ex. 27, 1. Ez. 40, 48. 41' 22, and OJbttJ niax id. 2 Chr. 6, 13. ttSbtti n^a^Q three times, thrice, Ex. 27, 17. 34, 23. .Num. 24, 10. al. and hence ellijn. \t5bi^ D'l'srD two or three times, twice or thrice, i. e. often, Job 33. 29; n^ban ttJbt^ three timesEx. 23, 14. Num. 22, 28.' ^hi r|bx m'xia three hundred thousand Num. 31, 36; OS'^K nix^ tUbuS three hundred men Judg. 7, 6; natij nix^ ilSbtJJ three hundred years 11, 26 ;' D^brJiis) nixia tiibttS tb^ 1079 DIS three hundred fuxts 15, 4 ; nis^ ttj^ttj -ij?3 oj.'en three hundred 2 Chr. 35. 8. Masc. C^ajrx ncb^ three men Gen. 18, 2. Josh. 18, 4 ; defin." C^'Jirxn niJ>uJ ^;ie ;Aree men Job 32, 1. n^a^ nbb three days 1 Sam. 30, 12. 2 K. 2, 17 ; naj'bttj Q-a^ id. 1 Chr. 12, 39. Neh. 2, 11 ; c^:q;! rtlibcj id. Gen. 30,36. Ex.3, IS. D^bnn'p'ib;!: three months, 2 Sam. G, 11. Am. 4, 7; whence Cd'^n iabTl3T33 about after three months Gen. 38, 24, where "o is prep. yQ , see art. 1^ no. 4. c. nidbd D'^:Tr /ico or three Is. 17, 6. 2 K. 9, 32. With suff. n=ndbb ye three Num. 12, 4; DPi^abd they three Ez. 40, 10. 41, 16. Withart. Deut. 19, 9 thou shalt add three cities dbTsn~b5 nkxn to these three. 1 Chr. 11, 20. Absol. 2 Sam. 24. 12 T^-ibr b'Jia "'sbx Jb;^ f/iree things loffer thee.' 1 Chr. 2*1, lo'. Prov. 30, 18. 21. 29. Ellipt. 1 Sam. 30, 13 noJbtlJ ci'n "in-ibn I fell sick these three daijs, i. e. three days ago. For plfibp UJbttJ see in art. "jiaibp. Some- times the cardinal is put for the ordinal number; espec. in the phrase tcb?^ nsttJa c. b before the name ofa king, or "isbiab, or 'b pJisbisb , in the year of three, in the third year, 1 K. 15, 28. 2 K. 18, 1. 2 Chr. 17, 7. Esth. 1, 3. al. Also nnTU5^"bttJ with fem. ncbtj ^W with masc. thirteen. Fem. ^"^'"0^ 'x6 T - ! . D'^nr thirteen cities Josh. 21, 19 ; n-^s '5 'tiJ id. V.33; 's 'ttj n-i-ir id. 19,6. 21,4; and 80 1 K. 7, 1. Masc. cna nbr ntljbttj thir- ' T r T I ftfen bullocks 'Num. 29, 14. For the ordi- nal, the thirteenth, Esth. 3, 12. 9, 1. 17. Plur. D'^tpbTJJ comm. gend. thirty; Aram, "pribpi, Arab. ^.J^o, Eth. UJAil, id. Gen. 32, 16. Ezra 1, 9. 10. So lli-^X 'llJ thirty men Judg. 14, 19, and n"tt:3i< 'iij id. Jer. 38, 10. bpilJ 'tti Ex. 38, 24, and C^bl?':) 'UJ 21, 32; ni-> 'tti ^AiWy days, Num. 20', 29. njaj 'a3-,2 iTie san o/" <^/r/i/ years, thirty years old, Gen. 41, 40. Num. 4, 3. 2 Sam. 5, 4. For the ordi- nal, the thirtieth, 1 K. 16, 23. 29. t?';?T (triad) Shelesh, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 35. iCblD, see tt5-'btS3. C'^tJ only plur. U'^tO^W m. (r. tlJbai) descendants of the third generation, great-grandchildren, Ex. 20, 5. 34, 7. Num. 14, 18. Deut. 5, 9. w^^b^ "^aa Gen.- 50, 23 children of great-grand- children, i. q. D''?3"i the fourth genera- tion. Some have wrongly taken D'^llJbaJ for the grand-children themselves ; but their name is 0*^3^ ''sa, and in Ex. 34, 7 they are expressly distinguished from the D^llJbtlJ . In Ex. 20, 5 the grand- children, i. e. D'132 "33, seem to be omit- ted. TVDbW Shalishah, pr. n. of a district in the vicinity of the mountains of Ephraim, 1 Sam. 9, 4 ; in which appears to have been situated the city rutjboj-bsa Baal- shalishah, 2 K. 4, 42. This city Euse- bius calls Deth-shalishah, and says it was 15 Roman miles distant from Dios- polis, towards the north. R. 'iJbd. ncblD (triad) Shilshah, pr. n. m. IChr. 7. 37. R. irbb, DibTp and ttht adv. (r. t\t, after the form DXPB ; or comp. from bb'j i. q. ^'bia and Di^) three days ago, the day be- fore yesterday, i. e. before, Prov. 22, 20 Keth. opp. Di'H v. 19. Elsewhere al- ways coupled with biBPi, as ctiibd bi?3n yesterday and the third day Ex. 5, 8 ; also Diirb>r ca bi^nx oa id. 2 Sam. 5, 2 ; i. e. heretofore, formerly, tiwhxb bH^ns as before, as formerly. Gen. 31, 2. 2 K. 13, 5. Di'lJbcJ biania 6 there, aJ then; Chald. DPI, Syr. '^i;^^' In the Indo-European languages kindred forms are Gr. Trjfiog then, Lat. turn, tunc, Anglosax. thcenne, whence Engl, then. Germ, dann, all of which have been transferred to time; see no. 2. Spoken 1. Of place, there, i. e. a) in thai place, inn, Gen. 2, 8. 12. 11,2. 31. 12 7. 8. 10. 13, 4. 18. al. ssepiss. With the sign of relation prefixed, oyj "itJX where Ex. 20, 18-; often with one or more words interposed, ^t... "i^ax Gen. 13, 3. 2 Sam. 15, 21. Db..'.c:; here. ..there Is. 28, 10. b) After verbs of motion i. q. naia thither, as ixu for iHuas, 1 Sam. 2, 14. 2 K. 19, 32 ; whence D^ . . . -im whither 1 K. 18, 10. Jer. 19, 14.' diD 1080 nii 2. or time, then, at that time, like Gr. ixu, Lat. ibi, illico, Ps. 14, 5. 132, 17. Judg. 5, 11. Comp. the remarks above on the affinity of other languages. 3. therein, in that thing ; Hos. 6, 7 they have transgressed the covenant; therein (i. e. in doing this) they have been treacherous towards me. 4. With prep. ]^ , i. e. n^"73 ,/ro?7i theie, e. thence. a) Of place Gen. 2, 10. 11, 8. 9. 1 Sam. 4, 4. D^'^ . . . "irx whence Deut. 9, 28. b) Of'timo Hos. 2, 17. c) i. q.from that thing, thereof, thence; Gen. 3, 23 to till the ground cis?3 njsb -;ri< whence (from which) he was taken. 1 K. 17, 13 my Q^*a "^b -^bJ make me thence (therefrom) a cake. Ez. 5, 3. Unusual is Gen. 49, 24 bx-ib"" -px nrn CTSJ^ from, thence, froih iAe shepherd, the rock of Israel, come, etc. 5. With He parag. fiaSJ, pron.ahdm- mah. a) ^/iiVAer Gen.' 19. 20. 23, 13. Is. 34, 15 where render : thither shall she place her nest. b) i. q. ctlj , there, so that fi has a merely demonstrative power, Jer. 18, 2. Ps. 122, 5. With the relative, n^^...^Tr5t whither Gen. 20, 13. Ex. 29, 42 ; rarely where 2 K. 23, 8. DT? m, (r. HTSt^) constr. Dt^ , and so be- fore Makkeph, as n"i?n-cJ , Dipisn-cttj , Gen. 19, 22. 22, 14, but before an ac- cented syllable "o^., as iaa-noi Gen. 16, 15, ^'5-='^. Ex. 39, 16, "iB'^-otti 1 K. 16, 24 ; c. suff. -^attS , iatJ , r\-nh in p. T^^tti , D372A1J ; plur. riaa3 , constr. ni:Qtt) , c. s'uff. Drn73tt). Once fem. Cant. 1, 3'; see in r. p1"i Hoph. 1. a sign, monument, a memorial of a person or event ; 2 Sam. 8, 13 Ti'n bs*1 Dtfi and David made (set up) a monu- ment, a memorial of victory. Is. 55. 13 dbiv niwsb DJb nin-'b n^ni and if sAa/^ 6e to Jehovah for a memorial, for an everlasting sign, Comp. Ciri '^'^ a monu- ment and sign Is. 56, 5 ; see in *i^ no. 8. So too Gen. 11, 4 according to some; but this belongs rather to no. 2. a. 2. a name, pr. a sign or designation of a person or thing; see the root. Go, S G., 6 > Arab. ^\ , rarely ^, ^, jv**' , Eth. fl^b for his name^s sake^ according to nis name and attributes, what these lead us to expect; see more in '^'S'Q A. 1. Hence* also put for the glory of God. ""lau) '(5^^ for my name\f sake. i. e. that the glory and honour of the divine name be not obscured, Is. 48, 9. 1 K. 8, 41. Ps. 79, 9. 106, 8. Ez. 20, 44. Ps. 138, 2 r,7:p-b3-b? above all thy name. i. e. above all the glory which can be ascribed to thee. /5) For God himself as the object of invocation, praise, worship; as ^'^ D'rn xnj5 to call upon {imx)ke) the name of Jehovah ^ i. e. to praise or worship God, see in r. X"ip no. 2. g; and so "^"^ niD-PX bkpj Ps. 113, 3. 135, 1; ^^ Dt^'nx Tp2 145, 21 ; also T]i:tu nnijt, T\^t nn^Ti?^, and other like j)Iirases in the Psalms. 'So Tj'^tli "^anx those who love thy name, i. e. who de- light in thy praise, Ps. 5, 12. 69, 37. 119. 132; T(q^ ^r'li^ those who know thy name Ps. 9.' U. 'jer. 48, 17. /) For the deity, Godhead, as present to mor- tals, nearly i. q. njn-j -^SB . . Ex. 23, 21 ia-jpa "^latlj "^3 for my name (divinity) is in him, in the angel. 1 K. 8, 29 n'Ti'- Dd iiaU) my name (divinity) shall be there sc. in the temple. 2 K. 23. 27. 1 K. 3, 2 there was yet no house built unto the nam.e of the Lord. 8, 17. 20. Is. 18, 7. So i^^^r ("jS^lJ) DTJ, said of Jehovah, to place or cause his name to dwell any where, i. e. to fix his abode there, see in cib and "3^3. Often spoken of the aid which the present deity vouchsafes to men ; Ps. 54, 3 O God, ^3?"''i2in Tj^da save me by thy name, by thy presence and aid. 44, 6. 124,8. 89,' 25. 20, 2; once as present for punishment. Is. 30, 27. Also ca3, c'i-n, absol. for T\ir\'i nttj, Lev. 24. 11. 16. Deut. 28, 58. Here too be- longs 1 Chr. 13, 6 the ark of God . . . "i^JX wt i<'}p3 at which (where) the Name w called, invoked, comp. 2 Sam. 6, 2. For the superstition of the later Jews in respect to the name f^in*^ , see in t^)'^'] inft. and r. 2J33 no. 3. 3. Shem. Sem, pr. n. of the eldest son of Noah. Gen. 5, 32; from whom (Gen. 10, 22-30) are derived the Semitic na- tions,.!, e. the nations of Western Asia, the Persians, Assyrians, Aramaeans, He- brews, and part of the Arabs. See#Ge- sen. Gesch. der Heb. Spr. u. Schr. p. 5, 6. Knobel die Volkertafel der Genesis, p. 131 sq. For Gen. 9, 27, see above in no. l.a. Compound pr. names with Dt^ are : D Chald. m. c. sufT. ^-qt (from CL*), a name. Dan. 2. 20. 26. 4, 5. 5, 12. Ezra 5, 1. 14 n7:u3 H^air^rb itn-^n^^ and they were delivered to^Sheshbazzar by his name, i. e. to one whose name was Sheshbazzar. Plur. 'in^Ti? , constr. rn^ or nniaa), Ezra 5, 4. 10. Syr. >aA, )lax, id. i^TStD (desolation, r. CTair) Shamma^ pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 37. ^SXtttD (for ^3X^a lofty flight, from Dii or m:tlj height, and ^2K) Shemeber, pr. n. of a king of Zeboim, Gen. 14, 2. nijiair (perh. i. q. ns732J fame) Shi- meah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 32 ; for which in 9, 38 0X73 CJ Shimedm. l^latD Shamgar, pr. n. of one of the judges of Israel. Judg. 3, 31. 5, 6. The etymology is unknown. Comp. "la^D- * ^/J^ in Kal not used, i. q. D^d to be astonished, desolate, cast down; comp. i:^^. Arab. Jl!mw to be astonished. Rabb. I^TT extinction, persecution. Hence HiPH. T^BttJn to destroy^ i. e. a) to lay waste, e. g. cities, altars, Lev. 26. 30 Num. 33, 52. Mic. 5, 13 ; a kingdom Am. 9, 8. b) Oftener to cut off, to destroy, persons and nations, Deut. 1, 27. 2, 12. 21. 22. 23.' 31, 4. 1 K. 15, 29 ; also to de- stroy one's name or race, 1 Sam. 24, 22. 2 K. 10, 28. Inf liaUJn subst. destruc- tion Is. 14. 23. NiPH. pass, to be destroyed, i. e. a) to be laid waste, as fields Jer. 48, 8 j high^ ti'j: 1082 t:7^lD places Hos. 10, 8. b) to be cut off, to perish, of nations Deut. 4, 26. 28, 20 ; of single persons Gen. 34, 30. Ps. 37, 38 ; also the name of any one, Is. 48, 19. 11QW Chald. id. Aph. to destroy, Dan. 7,26. ' *tl'2'^ obsol. root, i. q. Arab. to be high ; hence 37^^^ the heavens. Kindr. is j^m/* to sign, to mark with a sign, spec, as burnt in ; 2L^ a sign, mark; j^jm^ a sign, designation, name; comp. "i^D, "jisj, to mark off, designate. Hence niB name. riTDTDj see in cti no.^^.^ n'BtO f. (r. c^tU) 1. astonishment, Jer. 8, 21. Meton. object of astonish- ment, something stupendous, Jer. 5, 30. 19, 8. 25, 9. 29^ 18. 51, 37. 2 Chr. 29, 8. Deut. 28, 37. 2. a laying waste, desolation, ruin, Is. 24, 12. nsipb n^n to be fovdesola- iion, to be desolated, Is. 5, 9. Jer. 4. 7. 25, 11. 50, 23. Zeph. 2, 15; 'oJV n-aJ, 'ttjb D^ia, to lay desolate, Is. 13 9. Jer. 2, 15.' 51, 29. Joel 1, 7; 'tl)^ "jna to gir^ over to desolation 2 Chr. 30, 7. Plur. nisilJ desolations Ps. 46, 9. Ez. 36, 3 csrx qkuJT miatB jr^'a because of desola- tions and panting after you, i. e. because they lay waste and pant after your de- struction. Others here regard m'B'^ as an anomalous inf Kal of r. D73t^ as tran- sitive; see Thesaur. p. 1436. 3. Shammah, pr. n. m. a) A son of Reuel Gen. 36, 13. 17. b) A son of Jesse, brother of David, 1 Sam. 16, 9. J 7, 13 ; elsewhere written ri:^yz^^ Shi- mea.h 2 Sara. 13, 3. 32, and xrad 1 Chr. 2, 13. c) 2 Sam. 23, 11. d) 2 Sam. 23, 33. e) ib. v. 25; for which niattJ Shammoth 1 Chr. 11, 27, and nsinaa Shamhuth 1 Chr. 27, 8. n^ma , see nad no. 3, e. nratJ Chald. plur. constr. names; see Dtt3. bKl^iaTlD pr. n. m. Samuel, prob. comp. from b6< and si^ia i. q. od , as bxJir^ from >i< and i|S"} i. q. S"!; comp. sir.^ in comp. names i. q. nia , also "30 in biV)Z, Arab. ,j^U>, Eth. il^^. Spec. fern. n''3''^\l'n the eighth, the octave, Ps. 6, 1. 12, 1 ; a tech- nical musical term, of which the signifi- cation is doubtful. According to Gese- nius it denoted the lowest and gravest notes, as sung by men, the modern bass, basso; opp. to niiabr-br 1 Chr. 15, 21, which is equally obscure ; see in r. ns3 Pi. no. 2, and art. ?^^b5 . Others regard it as a musical instrument. "T^iair m. (r. -11203 no. 1) c. suff. ii'^ia^iJ. 1. a thorn, collect, thorns, so called as bristling, prickly ; found with n'^tti Is. 5, 6. 7, 23. 24. 25. 9, 17 ; with ^ip 32, 13 ; trop. of enemies to be consumed. Is. 10, 17. 27, 4. Arab. y\ t-- collect. -4^^ a thorn- tree, spec, the Egyptian thorn. 2. adamant, the diamond, so called from its hardness, see the root no. 1 ; "duritia inennarrabilis est" Plin. H. N. 37. 15; or from its cutting and perforat- ing other substances. Thus the point of the writer's stylus was of diamond, Jer. 17, 1 "I'^iattJ "^s^- As an emblem of hardness, Ez. 3,9. Zech. 7, 12. Vulg. adamas. Arab. s^Lww id. Perhaps we may compare Gr. (Tfugig, af^vgog, i. e. diamond-dust used for polishing. Bohlen suggests an Indian origin of the word, and compares asmira, stone which eats, lapis rodens, spoken of gems, iron, etc. See Winer Realw. L p. 234, edit. 3 '7J125 1084 Q^TD 3. Shqmir, pr. n. a) A city in Jn- dah Josh." 15, 48. b) A city in the mountains of Ephraim, Judg. 10. 1. 2. c) A man 1 Chr. 24, 24 Keri, where Kelh. "isi^tU. ni'Q'I'^'aTO (name most high, or hea- ven most high, Semiramis?) Shemira- moth, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 15, 18. 20. 16, 5. 2 Chr. 17, 8. "h'QlD Shawlai, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 46 Keth. prob. corrupted from ''^^^'^ Keri ib. or from -abb Neh. 7, 48. * D"^^, 3 fern. pret. in pause n^ortti ; fut. ci'7, phir. siBttiv A fut. A d;j see under r. CIZJV 1. io be astonished, amazed; Chald. with 5 inserted ciaraJ causal, to aston- ish ; kindr. are *t:J, nrn. The pri- mary idea is that of closing, shutting- up ; then the shutting of the mouth im- plies silence ; and this is transferred to astonishment, q. d. 'to be struck dumb ;' comp. the kindr. roots Dcn, DO-n, cin ; Hupfeld in Zeitschr. fiir d. Kunde des Morgenl. III. p. 397. Jer. 18, 16. 19. 8. 50, 13. 1 K. 9, 8. Ps. 40. 16; with hs Lev. 26, 32. Job 17, 9. al. So 2 Chr. 7, 21. see art. b A. 6. b. 2. to be laid waste, to be made desolate, since desolate places are silent and quiet, in contrast to the noise and turmoil of inhabitants ; Ez. 33, 28. 35, 12. 15. Part. CTsiD, D^ittj, f n^^iu, plur. c^pirJ, n'i:a7:iij, desolate, Lam. 1,4. 3, 11. Is. 49, 8; of persons, wasted, perishing. Lam. 1. 13. 16, also solitary 2 Sam. 13, 20. Is. 54, 1. Plur. f nii3T3ilJ desolate places, ruins, Is. 01, 4. Dan. 9, 18. 26. Note. A transitive signification, to lay waste, is usually assumed, jen ac- count of ni^'r Ez. 36, 3 and Q?.itJ Dan. 8, 13. 9. 27. 12, 11. But for the former see art. n^tlj ; and for the latter see in Poel. NiPH. DizJa 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to be astonished Jer. 4. 9. Ez. 4, 17 ; c. b5 Job 18, 20. 2. i. q. Kal no 2, to be laid waste, made desolate. Am. 7, 9. 9, 14. Is. 54, 3. Jer. 12. 11. Ps. 69. 26; to be wasted, to per- ish, of persons Lam. 4. 5 ; to be desolate, solitary, of a way Lev. 20, 22. Is. 33, 8 ; also Joel 1, 17. PoEL 1. i. q. Kal no. I, to he aston- ished, part. wdQ-Q Ezra 9, 3. 4. 2. Trans, part." c?:tDa Dan. 9, 27. 11, 31. and also cisiu or CTsiil), the "O being dropped, Dan. 8. 13. \ 27. 12, 11, pr. something astounding, horrible, revolt- ing, almost as a subst. and sometimes joined with yp^, as Dan. 12, 11 rn D^ttJ I'flpai the setting up of the abomi- nable, the horrible, comp. 11, 31. 9, 27. Something thus abominable and horri- ble is said by the prophet to be set up in the sanctuary in Jerusalem by the conqueror, after the sacrifices were abol- ished ; and this can only refer to idola- try, for which ^ip'a is always ustd. We may therefore understand an idol. or an altar to idols, which Antiorhus Epiphanes set up in the temple. S('j)t. ^Sih'Ypu f{)i,fnuaiuiq. Vulg. abominatio desolationis. 1 Mace. 1, 54 ojxodoiAinTixv ^dilv/fiu f()rf(joiaibtg inl to x^vaiuair- (iiov xtk comp. 2 Mace. 6, 2 sq. Matt. 24, 15. Mark 1-3. 14. The same seems to be also ctiii: 5CBn Dan. 8, 13, win it> Sept. 7) tifiuQiia ^(i/^jUo'MJ'foi'^ bann Jiatli and the yoke (of Israel) 7*6' broken from fatness, the figure being taken from a fat ox which breaks and casts off his yoke ; comp. Deut. 32, 15. Hos. 4. 16. Also fertility of the earth, e. g. &4*'> QijTaaj. valley of fatness, i. e. most fertile. Is. 28*, 1. 5, 1 l^^J'^a "i"^)? a fertile hill. 2. oil, spec, olive-oil, P":! )^^ Ex. 27. 20. 30, 24. Lev. 24, 2; comp.'-i^d r>^} Deut. 8, 8. 28, 40; simpl. id. Deut. 32. 13. 2 K. 4, 2. 6. 7. Jer. 40, 10. Job 29,6. al. So as exported to Tyre and Egypt. Ez. 27, 17. Hos. 12, 2 [l]; as applied to wounds. Is. 1, 6, comp. Luke 10, 34; used in the sacred candelabra, Ex. 27. 20. 35, 8. 14. 28. Num. 4, 16; for pre- paring food, 1 K. 17, 12. Ez. 16, 13. 19, and also sacrifices, Mic. 0. 7. Lev. 8, 26. Num. 6, 15, espec. the sacrifice without blood (nnaia) Ez. 29, 40. Lev. 2, 1 sq. and as a libation. Gen. 28, 18. 35, 14. Also "i^sia yv oil-tree, the olive, or rather the wild olive, oleaster, the olive being n''T ; so Neh. 8, 15. Is. 41, 19. See Celsii Hierob. II. p. 331 sq. 3. spiced oil. ointment, unguent, for anointing, 2 K. 9, 6. Is. 61, 3. Ps. 23, 5. 45, 8. 141, 5. Ecc. 9, 8. Cant. 1, 3 sec in pi"! Hoph. So ails "(pd precious ointment, 2 K. 20, 13. Ps. 133, 2. Ecc. 7, 1 ; npi"i *"':i:J unguent of the perfumer Ecc. 10, 1, kept in a flask (-Q) 1 Sam. 10, 1. 2 K. 9. 1. 3, or horn {'r,p,) 1 Sam. 16, 1. 13. 1 K. 1. 39. Also l^'d Ti^D to anoint oneself with oil 2 Sam. 14, 2. Mic. 6, 15. Spec. oH/ie holy oil or oint- ment, for anointing the sacred vessels and furniture, the priests and espec. the high priest, and composed of olive-oil, myrrh, cinnamon, sweet cane, and cas- sia, see Ex. 30. 23-25 ; called nn^r^n )^t Ex. 25, 6. 29, 7. 40, 9. Lev! 8,* 2. IC rem 1086 Ty^ Num. 4, 16. al. rarely ^npn 'd Num. 35, 25. Ps. 89, 21 ; or Trip nniiiTa 'v Ex. 30, 25 ; or nin'^ i^niri3 'd Lev. 10. 7, comp. 21, 12. Plur. D"^?^^" ointments, wnguents. Hos. 6. 6. Cant. l.'s. 4, 10. Also '^'^r -ijari ointment of myrrh, fragrant with myrrh. n*^2)2Tp ra. plur. (r. '^qt) fatness of the earth, i. e. fat fields, fertile regions. Gen. 27, 28 God gave thee y-jxn '^vq'Srq fertile fields, pr. of fertile fields, as the other hemistich has 'n b:373 of ihe, dew of heaven. But v. 39 7\^rn y-^xn ''.S^TIJ^ T]3di73 without the fatness of the earth shall be thy dwelling, pnrall. >jba73. In both places Q-^S^Uia is for 0^21:1213 ; but there is a play of words arising from the twofold use of "I'a , which in v. 28 is taken in the partitive sense, see 1*0 no. t : and in V. 39 in its privative sense, see l^no. 3. f. *n5^'^r^ also njiisr, joined with feminines; npblp, rarely np-aizJ , constr. n:td. joined with masculines ; card. num. eight. Arab. ^UJ; ^U-J ; Aram. ^VCT] and ""S^n, |JicZ, with fern. X^S^Pl, ff'v^^, with masc. Eth. 1^^, etc. So c^D'4 ^.^^^ ^^Sht years Judg. 3, 8. 2 Chr. 34. 1 ; riD^ nst'i; id. 2 K. 22, 1. 8. 17 Keth. D^32 nsbir eight sons 1 Sam. 17. 12; D-^il'sfij; '\a e/^/i/ me^z Jer. 41, 15. nst-r c,^-i3 e/g-^i bullocks Num. 29, 29; nj52n r3b':3 e/^/ii o.re;i Num. 7, 8. "la 0113^ r3i2"r a son of eight days, eight days old, Gen. 17. 12. 21. 4. Put in- stead of the ordinal, for the eighth, as ^db-zh ti^'a'j rsra in the eighth year of his reign 2'K. 24, 12 ; dnhb r\pt ni^3 on the eighth day of the month 2 Chr. 29, 17. Also n'ltolj njbtD with fem. "liys n:b^ with ma?c. (once ^U>T nsta Judg. 20, 25.) eighteen; so nsir nn^'S nstd eighteen years Judg. 3,' 14 ; n-ib5 n's^d n-^ira eighteen wives 2 Chr. 11, 21. For the ordinal, eighteenth, 2 K. 3, 1. 2 Chr. 35, 19. Plur. D'^Sb and D'^pi'a" Gen. 5. 26. al. eighty; Chald. 'jj'an or )^tzT\, Syr. ^^*1^Z. Arab. (j^Ui, Eth. A^"5JP, id. So '*a'^!S B'^s^'j e/g-Zi^y men Jer. 41, 5 j njd D-'StTr c?>A/y y-ar.26. r^ro), xr^ii, n^^aiij, nr^tt3, nsrtti, ^r^a, -.iyia'j. n-irrb, 'jin-^rTad.'sbn'ist, !5?')3TS Chald. to hear, c. ace. of thing, Dan. 3. 5 ; c. bs o/" or concerning any one. Dan. 5, 14. 16. Ithpe. to show oneself obedient, to obey, D:in. 7, 27. S^TOTD (hearing, obedient) Shama, pr. n. ra. I Chr. 11, 44. 2?"aTS m.'(r. S^ttJ) c. suff. V^tlS. 1. the hearing: as opp. to the sight; Job;l2, 4^>. Ps. 18. 45 "^b nsr^7 -(Tk rrtt3b rt/ //te hearing of the ear do they obey me, k e. I am obeyed as soon as heard. 2. Something heard, report, rumour, fame ; Is. 23. 5 D"^":!::^ r^tti ^<^X3 icAen congre- gation, xv^i; rrtt) a false report Ex. 23, I. With gen. ofpers. ofwhom the report is spread, as nbblli ?rl^, the fame of Solo- mon, 1 K. 10, 1 ; ^'s 5a t^ a3) Shimea, pr. n. m. a) A son of Jesse, brother of David, 1 Chr. 2, 13 ; for which is read nsrai 2 Sam. 13, 3. 52 ; and also nata Shamwah 1 Sam. 16, 9. 17, 13. b) A son of David, 1 Chr. 3. 5 ; for which is read r^iau) Shammua2 Sum. 5. 14. I Chr. 14, 4. c) A Levite. 1 Chr. 6, 15. d) ib. V. 24. T^TZXd (id.) Shimeah, 2 Sam. 13, 3. 22 ; see ns) no. 3. b. Patronym. is "^nyaaJ a Shimeathite 1 Chr. 2, 55. TM^IQIO Shemaah, pr. n. m. c. art 1 Chr. 12, 3. n^lS , see ns!i73tt3 . 1*i:?^TD (a hearkening, r.3?a!^)pr.n.m. Simeon, Gr. 2v^f(xiv. a) The second son of Jacob, born of Leah Gen. 20, 33, the progenitor of the tribe of the same name. The cities of this tribe were within the territory of Judah, and are enumerated Josh. 19. 1-9. b) Ezra 2, 31. Patronym. of lett. a, is "^337^03 a Simeonite, Num. 25, 14. Jossh. 21, 4. ^^"QID (renowned, r. 5a^) Shiniei, Shimi. pr. n. m. a) Ex. 6. 17. Num 3, 18. b) 2 Sam. 16, 5. 1 K. 2. 8. 36 sq. c) 1 K. 1, 8. 4, 18. d) Esth. 2 5. Also of several other persons of less note. Patronym. of lett. a, ^r?sui a Shi- mite for '^'?3f'2J Num. 3, 21. n;:'^ptD and ^n;*5''52 (Jehovah hear- eth him) Shemaiah, pr. n. m. a) A prophet in the time of Rehoboam, 1 BL S^^J" 1088 ^:iiD 12, 22. 2Chr.ll,2. 12;5.7. i5. h) An- other in the time of Jereniiah. Jer. 29, 31. 32. c) Of several other persons of less note; see Simonis Onom. p. 546. f\mtD (i. q. n^73ll)) Shimeath, pr. n. f. 2 K.'l'2, 22. 2 Chr! 24, 26. * Y":?^ obsol. root, i. q. Arab. (j^7"-j io thnist, to cast, to throw ; comp. IJ'atU . Then intrans. ' to thrust oneself]' to hasten^ comp. Arab, ^[.^mu a hasten- ing; espec. in speakifig, to speak hur- riedly, to mutter, to whisper, like Arab. (jn tw J which also seems to be trans- ferred to derision and pleasure in the misfortunes of others. Hence the two following. I^'Q ID . a transient sound, a whisper, rapidly uttered and swiftly dying away, Job 4, f2. 26, 14. Symm. if^i&v(juTfinc, Vulg. susurrus. In the Talmud y^P^ is a little, which the Targum and Syr. have expressed in the above passages. n2)2tj f. (r. 7^uJ) pr. a whispering, and that enviots and malicious; hence, 'joy in others' evils,' malicious plea- sure, or a jeering-, mocking, whispering derision, once Ex. 32, 25 cJT^iopa n::B5b for a derision among their enemies. Sept. and Theodot. inl/agfitx. Jewish interpreters, s^ame, reproach; Gesenius and others, rout, overthrow; see more in Thesaur. p. 1442. * *^"5"^ fut.n73tti7,c.suff.""D'nc37,once before pause accent D";)!ii3tiPi Prov. 14, 3. 1. Pr. i. q. n'CD , "iriD , to be stiff, rigid, to stand erect, to bristle ; whence "I'^'S^ thorns, as bristling; also adamant, a diamond, as rigid, hard, comp. 'silex ri- gidus' Ovid. Met. 10. 242. Then trans- ferred to fixedness of look, to stare, to look at earnestly. Hence 2. to watch, to guard, to keep; comp. synon. ">:i3, ^^3. a) /o keep, in the narrower sense, as a garden Gen. 2, 15. 3, 24 ; a flock 30, 31 ; a house Ecc. 12. 3; a gate, 1 K. U, 27. Neh. 13, 22. Part, "niait^ subst. a keeper, watchman, Cunt. 3, 3 ; of a flock i. e. a shepherd I Sam. 17, 20 ; "^nb ^ritJ jie.ld-kei'per Jer. 4. 17 ; c^ba 'u3 keeper of the women Esth. 2, 3. 8.' 14. 15. 'tt5 C'^^n baggage-guard 1 Sam. 17, 22 D-^naa 'ui keeper of the wardrobe 2 K.22 14 ; vi&rt ^'^^aJ keepers of the threshold or door of the temple, the priests. 2 K. 12, 10. 22, 4. 2 Chr. 34, 9. Trop. the prophets are called cn^silj keepers Is. 21, 11. 62, 6, comp. C^Bbt in r. ns:i ; also Jer. 20, 10 "^rb:? 'ittb the keepers of nnj side, who do not leave my side, my fa- miliar companions; see in sb^ no. 2. b) In a wider sense, to keep safe, to protect, to preserve, c. ace. of pers. or thing, 1 Sam. 25, 21. 30, "23. Prov. 13. W. 21, 23. Deut. 23. 24; with V? of pcrs. Prov. 6. 22. Often of God, as keepintr. protecting, preserving men, c. ace. Gin. 28, 15. 20. Ex. 23, 20. Jer. 31, 10. Ps. 12. 8. 16, 1. 121, 7. 145. 20. Job 2, 6; with ace. and 'ita, to keep or protect fro )ii. Prov 3, 26. 21, 23. Ps. 121, 7. Is. 50. 2. c) Spec. iaJB3 "^^a, one keeping hia spirit, 1. e. circumspect, prudent, Prov. 16. 17. 22,5; also r^tt^ ^buj , seq. ID, beware lest, Dput. 4, 9. Hence ellipt. nisuj . to beware, to abstain from, c. "p . like Engl, to keep from doing any thiiiL'. Josh. 6, 18; comp. Niph. no. 2, 3. 3. to keep, to reserve, to lay up; ne grain, Gen. 41, 35; food, 1 Sam. 9, 21; goods, property, Ecc. 5. 12. Ex. 22, 0. Ezra 8, 29. Also to keep, to observe, to practise, e. g. good faith. Is. 26, 2 ; dis- cretion. Prov. 19, 8; mercy, 1 K. 3, 6. Neh. 10, 30; anger. Am. 1, 11 "in-^aj ns3 rr^TSiiJ his anger, he kt^epeth it for- ever, where 0*^7:113 before pause is for nni2j (as S2 nnsjr for N2 f^^Ep?, Ez. 7, 25); ellipt. Jer. 3, 5 n:i:h rt^r^'cx will he keep his anger forever? Ps. 39. 2. Spec, to keep in mind and memory. Gr. (fvXdi Tf a &ui 11, c. ace. of thing Gen. 37, 11 ; especr words, counsels, Prov. 4, 21. 7, 1. 22. 18; sins. Ps. 130, 3. 4. to keep in view, /o observe, to mark, to regard, c. ace. of thing; e. g. admo- nition. Prov. 13, 18. 15. 5. 1 Sam. 1. 12. Job 39, 1. Ecc. 11.4; so of migratory birds Jer. 8. 7. Mic. 7. 5 rfS ^nro -72> mark the doors of thy month, be careful as to thy words. iVov. 2, 20 nin-,xi "ibrn D"h''^^ f^'f^ff mark the ways of the righteous, sc. in order to Ibllow them ; but in the opp. sense, Ps. 17, 4 "^nn^i^ jr-t-iQ rin-ix / have marked the nays of the oppressor, sc. in order to avoid them TiSlS 1089 ^!aTD Is. 42, 20. Alo n'lTsaj^ ^^tl3 ;o Tceep the clutrge^ to observe one's duties, to attend upon one's office, comp. in ITiraiia no. 3. ill. 3, 10 cnsns-px si-^.^di aW/ they .ill attend upon their priesVs office^ {Mitbrm it. 18, 7; and so with br of tiling, Job 14, 16 -"nitan-bs -ib^Jn sra3) icafcA, guard, Ps. "jilia (watch, guard, r. tiatfi) iSAim- row, pr. n. 1. A son of Issacher, Gen. 46, 13. Patronym. '3'"^a) a Shimronite, Num. 26, 24. 2. "jii^ "I'i"*^^ Shimron Meron Josh. 12, 20 Keri (Keth. y.^iTa 'ttS), elsewhere simply "ji">'3ttj Shimron Josh. 11. 1, and 60 19, 15, a city of Zebuion. According to the Talmud (Megilla fol. 70, col. 1) this place was the later n'^''3ia''D Sifna- rlag, a village in Galilee mentioned by Josephus, Vit. 24 ; now Xju>.m^ SemH- nieh, Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 201. Comp. Relandi Palaest. p. 1017. jiliailj f. (watch-post. r. -T3t^) pr. n. Shomeron, Samaria. With n loc. \. A hill, 'aj ^n Am. 4, 1. 6, 1, with a city built upon it by Omri, in the terri- tory of Manasseh. and named by him after Shemer the former owner of the soil. 1 K. 16. 24; afterwards the rapital ofthekingdomof Israel. 2K.3, 1. 13,1. 18, 9. 10. Is. 7. 9. 28, 1. Ez. 16. 46. al. Chald. "i"^"?^^, whence Gr. Sa^taqua, Lat. Samaria; rebuilt by Herod the Great and called by him 2f(iaairi in honour of Augustus, Jos. Ant. 15, 7. 7. It is now a small village called SebUs- tieh; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 138 sq. Relandi Palsest. p. 979. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 112 sq. b) In a wider sense, the kingdom of Samaria, i. e.cf the len tribes, of which Samaria was the metropolis. Tin^ilJ "^"ns the cities of Samaria, i. e. of the king- dom. 2 K. 17, 26. 23, 19^ and by prolep- eis even under Jeroboam, 1 K. 13, 32. jin^sitJ -^nn Jer. 31,5; '^ "bia 1 K. 21, 1 ; also 'iB ^^V the calf of Samaria, i. e. the calf at Bethel 'Hos. 8, 5. 6. Gentile n. is '^shiaiti a Shomeronite, Samaritan, 2 K. 17,29! ^^)2t} (watchful, r. "i^^) Shimri, pr. n. m.' a) 1 Chr. 4, 37.' b) 26, 10. c) 2 Chr. 29, 13. d) 1 Chr 11,45. n^^ltttp (whom Jehoval! keeps) She- mariah, pr. n. m. a) A eon of Reho- boam 2 Chr. 11, 19. b) Ezra 10, 32. c) ib. v. 41. ^nj"liaTD (id.) Sheinariah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr." 1.2,'5. l^'l'aW Chald. Samaria, the city, Ezra 4,'l0. 17, i. q. Hebr. -,i-iciD. Vm^t (watchful, r. notli) pr. n. f Shimrith, 2 Chr. 24, 26 ; see in nocj b. n^'QTp (watch, guard, r. "^ou)) Shim- rcUh, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 21. * W'^Xlj obsol. root of doubtful signifi- cation ; perh. from a reduplicated form nt^TSta (comp. in r. ttJ^ttJ) from the sim- ple root DttJ (see DCttj). and expressing the idea of astonishment, stupor. Hence cSnt^ the sun, as causing stupor of the eyes, and so drejd, terror, in the minds of rude nations, leading them to pay to the sun divine honours. Hence perh. Aram. ttJattJ to -minister, from the idea of wonder and reverence. W'QID Chald. only Pa. ttJnti, to minis- ter unto, to wait upon, c. ace. Dan. 7, 1(. Syr. id. For the primary idea, see in r. tti^t^ . Qtp, in pause. ttStttg, c. suff. m^Jk':: . romm. gend. as m. Ps. 104, 19. f Gen. 15,17. R. tliisi^. 1. the sun, so called from the stupor. amazement, with which men look at him, see the root. Others as pr. high. celestial, comp. n^tlj, z*]^^^. Chald. tliiQtxJ, emph. KOJ^Q^; Syr. > aVia,, emph. I ^v^A.. comm. id. Arab, ^jm^^^ fem. id. Ex. 16. 21. Jer. 31, 35. Cant. 1, 6. al. seep. tti?.^!r! f^n^) under the sun, i. e. on earth, an expression frequent in tjie book of Ecclesiastes. as 1, 3. 9. 14. 2, 11. 18. 19. 22. 4, 1. 3. 7. 15. al. tU!l3 "'JEb be- fore the sun,.i, e. in the sunshine, Job 8, 16; but for Ps. 72, 17 see "^SEb no 1. p. 854. J?.^'n ^.2'^yb in the sight of the sun. i. e. the sun being as it were present- and looking on, 2 Sam. 12, 11. ttJrTSn nai id. v. 12. Num. 25, 4. The rising of the sun is expressed by the verbs s:^, nnt ; its setting by the verb xis ; see these verbs. For the worship of the sun, see Deut. 4, 1^* 17, 3. Jer. 8, 2. iri')2^ 1091 5\ri 2z. 8, 16. 2 K. 23, 5. 11 ; comp. Job 31, 56. Metaph.Mal. 3, 20 [4,2J Mj^n^E ttS^si^ /le sMTi of righteousness shall rise. So od is called "laTSI 8373^^ a sun and shield, l>s. 84, 12. 2. Plar. nitt)^, battlements, sc. ser- ated, notched, q. d. suns, rays of the run, Is. 54. 12. Sept. ijiuX^sig. Deriv. the two followiiig, jiOiaiC (sun-like, denom. from ttiiattJ) Shimshon, Sainson. pr. n. of a judge of srael, of the tribe of Dan, celebrated or his strength, Judg. c. 13-16. Sept. JSa/jmJv, which Josephua (Ant. 5. 8. 4) xplains by iaxi'Qog, but against the ety- mology. See Winer Bibl. Realw. art. JSimson. Ewald Gesch. des Volkes [srael II. p. 401 sq. ''a (sunny, from ttJ^aJ) Shimshai, pr. n. m. Ezra 4, 8. 17. '''ITDiatD Shamsherai, pr. n. 1 Chr. 8, 26. It seems to have sprung from a double orthography, ^'^'O^, and "'ttJ^ttJ. '^tyQW a Shitmathite, patronym. or gentile n. from a pr. n. M^'IJ (garlic) 1 Chr. 2. 53; elsewhere unknown. R. 1^^, constr. "jt^, c. Makk. "\ti and ""Jt^., c. suff. istlS , fem. Prov. 25, 19, as in Aram, and Arrib. but masc. in signif no. 2. Dual D-'SttJ , constr. ""Stti . R. )^^^ . 1. a tooth, of men or animals'j Aram. * * S "i, 5<3aJ, ^, lii., Arab. ,j^, Eth. tli, id. Ex. 21, 24. 27. Lev. 24, 20. Deut. 19, 21. 32, 24. Spec, elephant's tooth, ivory, (comp. n"'3n3ttj,) Cant. 5, 14. 7, 5. Ez. 27, 6. iQi r\i:'\p_ horns of ivory, elephant's tusks, Ez. 27, 15, see in ni^ lett. b. "jilJ X&3 a throne of ivory, i. e. inlaid, ornamented, with ivory, 1 K. I 10, 18. * 'tt} nap conches of ivory, inlaid, etc. Am. 6, 4. "^ "'na, It^ "^^^^l, ivory palaces, i. e. with walls inlaid or cover- ed with ivory, 1 K. 22, 38. Ps. 45, 9. Am. 3, 15. Dual C^rJ teeth, pr. two rows of teeth, Gen. 49, 12. Num. 11, 33. Mic. 3, 5. Cant. 4, 2. al. T'SUJ p-nn to gnash one's teeth, Ps. 37, 12. 112,' 10, comp. Lam. 2, 16; also I^3p3 'n id. Job 1 6, 9. Proverbial are : Job 1 9, 20 nobpns^ "^W '.'isa / am escaped with the skin of my teeth, i. e. scarcely do my gums re- main from disease and wasting ; comp. 'Engl, 'to escape with a whole skin.' 13, 14 "^rra ^"iba X'^X J take my flesh in my teeth, i. e. expose my life to danger; since what is thus carried in the teeth is apt to be dropped ; comp. in art. C]3 no. 1. c. 2. Any thing like a tooth, e. g. a) a tine or prong of a fork or flesh-hook; 1 Sam. 2. 13 n^sirn dbizj abian a fiesh- 2 hook of three teeth. So Arab, ^^sum tooth of a comb. b) a sharp rock, peak, point of a hill or mountain, Job 39, 28. 1 Sam. 14. 4. 5. Syr. ^J]^ id. Arab. Juj^ l:>^ ^^' Comp. Fr. dent applied to mountains, as Dent de Midi, etc. 3. Shen, pr. n. of a place, prob. a rock, c. art. ITSn 1 Sam. 7, 12. Comp. pr. names with '|1^ are i!<3^, * 5^ J ^, seer. n3\a I. J Chald. fut. ^y&] 1. i. q. Heb. nj'^ I. no. 2, to he different, diverse, c. IB Dan. 7, 3. 19. 23. 24. 2. i. q. Heb. T\vc I. no. 3, to be changed, to change, Dan. 6,' 18. 3, 27. Espec. for the worse, as the countenance, to change, to he altered, Dan. 5, 6. 9. Pa. "^Sd 1. Trans, to change, to alter; Dan. 4, 13 let them change his heart, im- pers. for let it be changed. Part. pass. different, diverse, Dan. 7, 7. 2. to transgress Bilaw, mandate,decree, q. d. to change it, Dan. 3, 28. Syr. id. Ithpa. '3n;:;x, to he changed Dan. 2. 9 ; espec. for the worse, to be altered, disfigured, Dan. 3, 19. 7, 28. Aph. ^3T2Jx, fut. ^y^n'] 1. to change^ to alter, Dan. 2. 21 ; a royal mandate, Dan. 6, 9. 16. 2. to transgress a statute, ordinance, Ezra 6, 11. 12. ^?T?. see innaaj. ^^5^, see in ns^. ^?^ (father's tooth) Shinah, pr. n. of a Canaanitish king. Gen. 14, 2. 1^3T? m. (r. njlij) repetition; Ps. 68, 18 1X3^3 ifibx thousands of repetition, i. e. thousands upon thousands. "^SiKp (perh. fiery tooth) Shenaz- zar, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 18. nDt) 1092 n:t * 12 J IT obsol. root, Arab. v^^Jui fo be cool, spoken of the day ; see Schult. ad Prov. 7, 6. Hence aallfK q. v. *L nj'oj fut. n3^-, and J^J^ fut. ttailj^ onoe Lam. 4, 1 ; cornp. Pi. Pu. and deriv. jiJSltJ . Pr. to bend, to fold, to double up or over ; like Arab. ^i3 to fold together, to bend, Jo the folding of a garment, folds of a serpent, a coil of rope, etc. To this notion of folding; doubling; may aptly be referred the other meanings of the verb ; as also the numeral D'^SttJ two. '3tt) second. Hence \. to do the second time or again, to repeat, Arab. .^X3, Chald. nsn q. v. Syr. iJZ. Neh. 13, 21 ^D\Un DX if ye do it again. 1 K. 18, 34. Job 29,22. With h , 1 Sam. 26, 8 once will I smite him ib riDllJX xbn and will not repeat it to him, i. e. there shall be no need of smit- ing him twice. 2 Sam. 20, 10. With a Prov. 26, 11 a fool inbiixa nsitj who re- peatelh (persists in) hi'^ folly. 17, 9 nDilJ "^::'il who repeateth a matter, i. e. rakes up anew unpleasant things which should be Ibrgotten. 2. Intrans. to be different, diverse from any thing, c. ^^ Esth. 1,7. 3. S. 3. to be changed, altered, espec. for the worse. Lam. 4. 1 ; of the mind, Mai. 3, 6 / Jehovah change not. Part. plur. D'^silj changing sc. the mind, changeable, fickle, spoken of discontented persons, turncoats, who change from party to party, Prov. 24, 21 ; comp. Jer. 2, 36. NiPH. to be repeated, e. g. a dream Gen. 41, 32. PiEL nsilj , once it2[3 2 K. 25, 29. 1. to change, to alter, e. g. garments 2 K. 25, 29. Jer. 52, 33 ; a promise Ps. 89, 35 ; right, justice, i. e. to pervert, Prov. 31, 5. Also to change often, to vary, e.g. a way Jer. 2, 36 : to change the countenance of any one, i. e. to cause it to change to sadness. Job 14, 20. 2. to transfer to another place, ace. of pers. and h of place, Esth. 2, 9. 3. I'^sa-Pii n2) , to change i. e. to dis- figure one^s understanding, to feign one- self mad, play the madman, 1 Sam. 21, 14. Ps. 34, 1. Syr. jJ^oL.^ v-lL^, and ellipt. iJL4/, to be mad. PuAL to be changed for the better, cc. 8. 1, where KSttS-" fornsuJ->. HiTHP. to change oneself i. e. one's garments, to disguise oneself 1 K. 14. 2. Deriv. -(X?, n:^, D")3iu, 'St^, nstlia. * II. nj^ i. q. Arab, til, to shine, to be bright; hence "^3^. njO (r. naaj I,) constr. nsO) ; plur. fi'^attj , constr. ^3ttJ ; poet. plur. ni: , constr. n'3aj ; dual DTyttj ; a year, pr. repetition sc. of the course of the sun, or of the seasons, as spring, harvest, winter, etc. comp. Gr. iviavTog, .^rah. V- J.^. orbit, year. Chald. X3Tr, empli. xniU, Syr. JJL^, emph. f/^J-fc/. Gen. 5. 3. 4. 5. 6, and very often, nstt; n:tij Dcut. 14, 22, ns'ja nj^ 15, 20, n:u32 n:aj ^np 1 Sam. 7, 16, i. e. every year, from, year to year. ri:Tr3 in evenj year Ex. 23. 11. 17. al. njira rnx once in a year 30, 10. Lev. 16, 34. 2 Sam. 21, 1 nit D--:!!) ttJb^; nst^ '^'^nx three^ years year after year , three years in succession. Repealed nm'a . . . n:;i'a in one year.. . in another year Jer. 51, 46. Years are numbered thus: XDxb c^nd r3ra in the year two of Asa. i. e. in his second year, 1 K. 15. 25 ; "ia^^^ mboj rsttia in the year eight of his reign 2 K. 24, 2 ; and so on He- brew coins. Sometimes n:ui is pleon. repeated, as nb '*nb n3tt3 ni.sia ttJtt) r3'i;z ?>i ^Ae six hundredth year of Noah\s life. Gen. 7, 16. Often of the years of life ; hence D'^:OJ a*"i multitude of years. oKi age. concr. aged men, Job 32, 7. "'risttJ my years, my life, Ps. 31, 11. Is. 38, 10. 15. ^is^nisttj "^7 the days of our years, of our life, Ps. 90, 10. Ecc. 6, 3. Also r>itT} UJx'na in the beginning of the year eV 40, 1 ; 'Tt'n nxsa at the end of lh>^. year Ex. 23, 16. For bai^n r_3UJ and nis^^'n nsiii see arts, bai-", n::pttj. Plur. C"^3;i) indef some years, 2 Chr. 18, 2 ; comp. C^a^ some days. Trop. year for the produce of the year Joel 2, 25. Dual c^nsttJ two years, biennium., Gen. 11, 10. 45, 6! 1 K. 15, 25. Am. 1, 1 ; also Qiio'i D'^njtt) pr. two years of time, see ^'^'qi no. 1. b, under art. oi"' Plur. nj f. (for risd"!^, r. ya;>) once ^JT? by Chaldaism Ps. 'l27. 2, 'constr. nsitS, c. sufT. '^njttJ, plur. m'3UJ ; sZf'e^, Arab. 'n^w 1093 'DID Gen. 31, 40. Prov. 3. 24. 6, 4. 9. 20, 13. al. Plur. Prov. 6, 10 ri:tt3 -JST3 a lillle sleep. 24, 33. Spoken of any- thing transient, Ps. 90. 5 m^^ n: iheij are (as) asleep; others here a dream, but without good reason. r\:t or S2T? Cljald. f. I. i. q. Heb. nsilj a T/ear, Ezra 4, 25. 5, 13. Dan. 7, 1 ; plur. "frai Dan. 6. 1. Ezra 5. 11. II. i. q* Heb. n:i^ sleep, c. suff. fnnaO) Dan. 6. 19. D^'^nSTD m. plur. ivory, only 1 K. 10, 22. 2 Chr. 9, 21. Sept. udovTfg iXfcpav- tivoi, Targ. b"'E'n yii elephant's tooth. It is prob. compounded fom "(d tootk, and some foreign word for elephant; but as to what the latter word should be, there is great variety of opinion. Ewald regards C'an as contr. for oiabin , and this (like Gr. iXi(pag) for Sanscr. karabha or kalabha elephant. Or perh. for c-ianrr should be read D^:nn -.'^ ivory and ebony, see art. "^^^n. For various other opinions, see Thesaur. p. 1453 sq. t3?l? , see n-jir . ^p m. (r. nad II,) crimson, rose col- our, the colour obtained from a certain insect, Arab. yoJ Kermez, Coccus Ilicis Linn, which adheres with its eggs to the twigs of a species of oak, and is re- lated to the cochineal or coccus cadi ; comp. art. biTS'ns, and see Comm. on Is. 1, 18. Rosenm. Alterthumsk. IV. ii. p. 447. Winer Realw. art. Carmesin. From Arab. Kermez comes Ital. creme- sino, Engl, crimson. So "^STSn lasin a crimson thread Cant. 4, 3, and simpl. 'SIC id. Gen. 38, 28. 30. "^iTrn -jJin nij^rn a cord of crimson threadiosh. 2, 18, and 'STsn nij5n id. v. 21 ; fully "^ad rsbin pr. crimson-worm Ex. 25, 4, and nrbin "^iX^ worm-crimson Lev. 14, 4. 6. 49. 51. 52. Num. 19, 6. From thread of crimson, purple, and byssus, were woven the hangings and cloths of the tabernacle, Ex. 26, 1. 31. 36. 27, 16. 36, 35. Num. 4. 8 ; and also certain vestments of the priests, Ex. 28, 5. 8. 33. 39, 1. 3. 8. 24. Meton. "'3T2J crimson for crimson gar- ments 2 Sam. 1, 24. Jer. 4, 30. Plur. ciy:3 crimson cloths, garments, Is. 1, 18. Prov. 31. 21. It signifies, pr. ' a bright 92 colour,' from r. MyJ II ; comp. Aram. "^i"nT, |iu9a*"j, coccus, also from "iHT to be bright ;' comp. y^'n no. 2. Others suppose 'aaJ to be pr. i. q. di^acpof, twice dyed, from r. nsUJ I ; but only purple cloths or garments were dyed twice, never those dyed with coccus. See Braun de vestitu Sacerd. p. 237 sq. Boch. Hieroz. III.. p. 527 sq. ed. Lips. ^ZIO m. (r. njuj I.) n-^std f adj. ordinal. 1. the second, Gen. 1,8. 2, 13. Ex. 2, 13. Num. 1, 1. al. saep. So n^?^:^^ and the second, i. e. again, once more, 2 Sam. - s -- 16, 19. Arab, ^jli, f. iujli*, Chald. l^jn, Syr. ji^^i. Fern. niDiy also as adv. a second time, again, Gen. 22, 15. 41, 5. Lev. 13, 5. 6. Jer. 1, 13. Mai. 2, 13. al. 2. second, secondary, of a second rank or order ; comp. Arab. ^3 and Jo id. also second or next to the prince ; Chald. ,^5n, Syr. ^^5 id. So plur. n-^^attj the second, those marching second in order, in the second place. Num. 2, 16, comp. vv. 24. 31. In Gen. 6, 16 C'SttS are cells or chambers of the second story. Sing, in the difficult passage Judg. 6, 25 'S^Kn "IS1 , prob. to be rendered : lake thy father^s young bullock, even the second bullock of seven years old ; here "^iT^'H marks a bullock of the second birth, inasmuch as such were regarded as more valuable than' all others; so R. Tanchum ad 1 Sam. 15, 9, see in The- saur. p. 1451. But in Num. 8, 8 ^iq ns is simpl. another bullock. D^?tJ m. dual, (r. njl^ I,) constr. i.3tl3, (fem. see below.) card. num. two, Gen. 44, 27. 1 Sam. 11, 11. Ecc. 4, 11. Am. 3, 3. al. ssep. c. art. D'^siljn the two Ecc. 4, 9. 12. Sometimes the twofold, double, Ex. 22, 3. 6. 8; and this seems to be the primary idea, see the root. Arab. Aram, ^i-^, 'p'^Pi, which two latter vary from the primary form by changing n for r. It is put either before or after a noun plural ; the former being more usual in the earlier books, and the other in the later books; as D'^3'*'3 D^sir Ex. 25, 18; c-i? a-^s Deut. 17,6.; and 0123 1094 5>5T23 eo Judg. 11, 37. 1 Sam. 25, 18. 1 K. 5, 28. Ez. 21. 24. al. but c^'DttJ n-^nii-S 2 Chr. 3, 10. 15. 4, 12. Lev. 23.' 18^ also C^3tt3 Q^!1J3X Josh. 2, 1. and o-^s'lj c^tlisx Ex. 29, 1. Sometimes put with a collective noun, Gen. 46, 29. Num. 7. 17 sq. Very" often constr. "^3 is put before a genit. plur. as csa ""Stti two sons Gen. 10. 25 ; C'la'ns 'StlJ /ii?o cherubs, Ex. 37, 7; ^303 D"''7S /rco witnesses Deut. 19. 15; and so Josh^ 2, 4. 1 Sam. 1, 3; or before a genit. dual, as T\'!T4 '^^'^. ^^V ^^^ breasts Cant. 4, 5. 7, 4 ; or a genit. collect, as 23"i '^3 two chariots 2 K. 7, 14 ; or a suff. pron. plur. as 13''3'l3 both of us 1 Sam. 20, 42. Job 9, 33 ; crj^S both of them Gen. 2, 25. 21, 27. al. a^ruj D-^SJU /ico and two^ by pairs, Gen. 7, 9. 15. 1 Chr. 26, 17. n73b n'lS and c^ouJ^ "i!5 , /o cm^ i?i ^w?o, Jer. 34, 18.' 1 K. 3, 25. Also two 1 K. 17, 12, and two or three 2 K. 9, 32. Is. 17, 6, for a few; comp. Am. 4, 8. Fem. D'^PTD by sync, for D*]n3tti , (Arab. jjUcoi .) Dag. lene being put irregu- larly after a movable Sheva. as if Aleph were prefixed (C^nuix) ; constr. "'RaJ ; c. pref ^n^2 Gen. 3L 41, ^nojb Ex. 26, 19; but ^n^"^ Judg. 16, 28, contra o"'FitlJia n-nb^/jon. 4, 11. So Lev. 23. 17 c^n'Z) c^ais /;o women 1 K. 3, 16 ; n^iax 'UJ two cubits Ez. 40, 9 ; D''3)i: ';ij two years 2 Sam. 2, 10; constr. ni32 ^nia /iro daughters Gen. 19, 8 ; CSIU 'd 1 Sam. 13, 1; and so ESx. 28, 11. beut. 9, 15. With suff. )ty^n'r) they two, both, Ez. 23, 13. 1 Sam. 25, 43; also ^snsst o-^nid we two 1 K. 3. 18. Simpl. Q-^nd firo 12?, see bsnttb . D-'nb:? Judg. 1, 35. 1 K. 4, 9, and jiab^T? Josh. 19, 42, (city of foxes, for the fuller 'ttJ n'^a, comp. Arab. v_>JLjtS* i. q. briitt) fox,) Shaalbim, Shaalabbi)i, pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Dan, see Relandi Paliest. p. 988. Gentile noun "pnbsttJ (as if from "p-brc) a Shaalbo nite, 2 Sam. 23, 32. 1 Chr. 11, 33. 0*^55 (foxes' region) Shaalim, pr. n. of a district 1 Sam. 9, 4; prob. i. q. 1'"1X br^^^ q. V. in byvj) no. 2. "D?* obsol. root, Arab. aJUm, fo go swiftly, sc. a camel, ^[jumjo a swift tor- rent. Hence perh. DS . * "j?*^ to lie down, to rest ; see kindr. "(XC, )zt. In Kal not used. riiPH. "iyttj? . fut. ,?Tr7 1. to lean uj)- on, torest upon, e. g. a spear, c. br 2 Sam. I, 6. 'fi ^i: br )yt^: to lean upon the hand of any one, said oi" kings who lean upon their hii;h officers and attend- ants in public, 2 K. 5., 18. 7, 2. 17. M( - taph. to rely upon, to trust in any per.^oii or thing, c. b? Is. 10, 20. 31, 1. Job 8. 15. 2 Chr. 13, 18. 14, 10. 16. 7. Mic. 3, 1 1 ; bx Prov. 3, 5; a Is. 50, 10; absol. Jo!) 24. 23. 2. to lean against, e. g. a column, c bs Judg. 16, 26 ; of a country, to be ad- jacent, to adjoin, c. b Num 21, 15. 3. to recline, pr. to be leaning upon the elbow. Gen. 18. 4. Deriv. "i>t:;^, r:?a5^, *;?, J^sJiao, and pr. n. "i^'^i^x. *>*5'?, imper. pi. iritJ, pr. to stroke, also to overspread, to smear; comp. r. nr^^ II. Chald. and Syr. rrttJ and rs^ttJ, ^jk. and "C-fc,', id. In Kal once intrans. to be smeared together, e. g. the eyes, to be blinded. Is. 29, 9 ; see in Hithp. HiPH. imp. ydn to smear, i. e. to blind the eyes. Is. 6, 10. PiLP. rsiirilj 1. Trans, to delight, to rejoice, pr. to stroke, to soothe, Ps. 94, 19. 2. Intrans. to delight oneself to be de- lighted. Is. 11,8; c. ace. in or with any thinir, Ps. 119, 70. PoLP. 3rr?^ to be soothed, to be ca- ressed, dandled on the knees. Is. 66, i2 t\^^ 1097 "i:?;d HiTHPALP. rttJrntlSn to delight oneself, to take one^s pleasure ; Is. 29, 9 Jispsnajn ^5tt3T delight yourselves and be ye blind- ed, i. e. indulge, if ye will, in your de- lights and pleasures ; but soon ye shall be blinded with astonishment at the things which shall happen. For this use of two imperatives, of which the first is .permissive while the second as- serts and threatens, see Heb. Gram. 127. 2. With a in or with any thing Ps. 119, 16. 47. Deriv. D^rttJrir . ^ \ -t - ^H?*? obsol. root, prob. i. q. ^TO. to divide. Hence ??^ (division) Shaaph, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 47. b) ib. v. 49. * I. n 5 ID I to cleave, to split, to di- vide; Arab, intrans. JL> to be cleft, to open in fissures, JlS cleft, aperture ; Eth. Cl\JZ, to break, then to loosen, to destroy. Hence "^S^ gate ; for part. ^iji'tt) see in its order. 2. to estimate, to fix the value of any thing. Prov. 23, 7. Verbs of cleaving, dividing, readily pas's over to the idea of deciding, judging. Arab, jlww II. to Go '^ fix a price, jLav price of grain, Chald. -^rttJ id. Hence nruJ no. 2, and pr. n. * II. ^'^^ i. q. -iS'r q. v. to shudder^ not in use in the verb ; but hence the deriv. "ir^r, ^nrai, "^"inrui. ySft comm. gend. but f. Is. 14, 31, comp. Neh. 13, 16; in pause '^V^i ^oc. STir ; plur. n^'nrttJ, constr. '^^^y". 1. agate, Syr. and Chald. by transpos. 5np!, ihZ. E. g. of a camp, Ex. 32, 26. 27; of a city Gen. 23, 18. Josh. 2, 7; of the temple Ez. 8, 5. 10, 19; of a palace Esth. 2, 19. 6, 10, whence "i?J for the palace itself (comp. the Porte) Esth. 3, 2. 3. 4, 2. 6. 6, 12 ; see in ^^T\ . Once of the gate of a larger public building, where the city magistrate dwelt, 2 K. 23, 8 ; but never does it denote the door of a house or tent, except perh. once Prov. 14, 19. Hence ^ytt) gate differs from n^"n a valve, door, and from nns 92*' "' door-way, opening ; so that we find -i-irn nraj nine's the doors of the gate of the city Judg. 16, 3. I Sam. 21, 14. Neh. 6, 1 ; also i""??! ^^J nrs the entrance (opening) of the gate of the city Josh. 8, 29. Judg. 9, 35. 2 feam. 10, 8. 1 K. 22, 10 ; comp. Prov. 1, 21. Further, n'^'Q^n nyai the gate of heaven Gen. 28, 17 ;' '^'i^ttj bixi;^ or ni^ 'itJ , the gates of Sheol or of death Is. 38, 10. Ps. 9, 14. 107, 18. Job 38, 17, i. q. 'A'ldao nvkai Horn, nikui adov Matt. 16, 18. Also Nah. 2, 7 ^^^t ninnsn tfie river-gates, perh. sluices from the Tigris with which they had G - o ' fortified Nineveh; comp. Arab. 2L&0 gate, sluice. So 7'^5Stti , thejish- gale, so called from the fish there sold, Neh. 3, 3. 12. 39. Zeph. 1, 10 ; also 2 Chr. 33. 14, where Manasseh is said tx) have rebuilt the wall of the city, be- ginning on the west and proceeding around the southern side to the fish- gate ; perh. that now called St. Ste- phen's gate. c) i'^';^''^^ "^rna, the old gate. TJeh. 3, 6. 12, 39; perh. the nsaj ittJsnn the first gate Zech. 14, 10. d) "^73^:2 "^^UJ , the gate of Benjamin, as leading to the territory of that tribe, Jer. 37, 13 comp. 12. 38, 7. Zech. 14, 10 ; oftener called D"]nBX nruJ , the gate of Ephraim, as leading also to the coun- try of Ephraim, Neh. 8, 16. 12,39. 2 K. 14, 13. 2 Chr. 25, 23; the same now called the Damascus gate. But the upper (high) gate of Benjamin, irtti 1'^^^^:^ "r^??^ Jer. 20, 2. belonged to the temple, i. q. "li"^:^;?^ ^'jr^'j n^3 lyiu the upper (high) gate of the house of the Lord 2 K. 15, 35. 2 Chr. 27, 3. Ez. 9, 2. e) nrsn nr 2 K. 14, 13. 2 Chr. 20, 9. Jer. 31, 38, also D^ssn 'ttj Zech. 14, 10, the pinnacle-gate or corner-gate, 400 cu- bits, distant from the gate of Ephraim, 2 K. I. c. The naisri 'tij 2 Chr. 25, 23 seems to be corrupted from nssJn 'itj , as appears from the parall. passage 2 K. 14, 13. Towards the west we find: f) tf^r-n "^T^, the valley-gate,\(ia.ding out into the upper part of the valley of Hinnom, where now is the Yafa gate, Neh. 2, 13. 1 5. 3, 1 3. 2 Chr. 26, 9. From this point he wall was carried southward along the steep brow of Zion, where gatea were not needed. g) nbttJxn njc , the. dung-gate, Neh. 2, 13. 3,' 14. 12, 31, and contr. nb^n '^ 3, 13 ; it was 1000 cubits, i. e. a long interval, distant from the valley-gate. Josephus calls it the gate of the Essenes. B. J. 5. 4. 2. Some suppose it to have been the present portal in the valley of the Tyropteon. now called the dung-gate by travellers; but this is in the modern wall, which is there farwithin the ancient line. Others place it on the west or southwest. Tiie remaining gates all seem to have been on the southeastern part of the city, in that part of the walls which surrounded the hill Ophel after the lime of Manas- seh, 2 Chr. 33, 14. Neh. 3, 27. They are as follows : h) "Jn "irt^ , the fount- ain-gale, near the king's pool and gar dens, Neh. 2. 14. 3, 15. 12, 37. fhi.>; doubtless took its name from Siloam ; and is described as the gate between f/tf two walls 2 K. 25, 4. Jer. 39, 4. n2, 7. i) c^an "^yio, the water-gate, northeast of the fountain-gale. Neh. 3. 26. 8, 1. 3. 16. 12. 37; perh. the same with that which in the time of Jeremiah was call- ed : k) n^O-inn '^rq the pottery-gate. Jer. 19, 2. by which one went out to go to the valley of Hinnom. Others hold it to be the same \yi(h the valley-gate. Several other gates are quite uncer- tain ; as nntan 'tij , the east-gate, Neh. ^ 29; which may peril, be either the water-gate or the horse-gate. This latter, D^psiDn 'ttJ, the horse-gate^ Neh. 3, 28. Jer. 31, 40. 2 Chr. 23. 15 comp. 2 K. 11, 16, is commonly reckoned as in the walls of the city ; but belong- ed more prob. to ih-e wall enclosing the temple; and so also the following: ^jTafin 'tiJ , Vulg. porta judicialis, Neh. 3,31 ; tt>*inn nin-j 't,the new gate of the Lord, Jer. 26, I'o. ' 36. 10 ; ';"i^^3:n '^ . see above in lett. d ; iT^lsisri 'ir, the prison- gate, Neh. 12. 39; "^lO 'd 2 K. 11, 6, for which ^iD"n '!: 2 Chr. 23, 5, see in art. n^D no. 3;* n=kj '^. the gate of over- throw, 1 Chr, 26, 16; rria^jsri 'v , the inner , gate, Ez. 8, 3. With the king's pala( was prob. connected C^s^n "i?b, the gate of the rxmners or body-guard, 2 K. 11, 19. And finally, the middle or interior gate, TjIPf!! "15; ^ Jer. 39, 3, seems ^^w 1099 ISt) to have led from the upper to the lower city. The difficalt question as to the gates of Jerusalem, has heen variously- treated ; see espec. Lightfoot Opp. II. p'. 184 sq. Rosenm. Bibl. Alterth. II. ii. p. 216 sq. E. Robinson in Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 471 sq. 2. a measure, see r. "iri:5 no. 1. 2. Gen. 26. 12 c^-iria nxp a hundred measures, i. e. ixaiov nXaaifai, a hundred Ibid. l?t) adj. horrid^ i. e. had, foul, loath- tome, of figs, Jer. 29, 17; comp. 24, 8. R. ^?5D II. 15?Tt?, see iJl'TlJ. *T1"I? adj. (r. -i?d II) horrible; fern. something horrible, Jer. 5, 30. 34. 14. ^yr\Vp_ id. Jer. 18, 13; fern. nj-il-iJD Hos. 6, 10 Keri. R. -ird II. ^?'!^?^ (whom Jehovah estimates, r. -iS'sT I) Sheaiiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 38. 9, 4^1. 0?"^?^ (two gates) Shaaraim, pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Judah. Josh. 15, 36. 1 Sam. 17,52. 1 Chr. 4, 31. "^y'^.VW adj. i. q. n^^?lB ; fern. Hos. C, 10 Keth. '^^WyW Shaashgaz, pr. n. of a Persian eunuch, the keeper of the women in the court of Xerxes, Esth. 2, 14. Bohlen conTpares Pers. t;jCwwLww beauty's ser- vant; but this is doubtful. D''!?!? plur. delight, pleasure, Prov. 8. 30. Ps. 119, 24. Jer. 31, 20. R. 5sd Pi! p. 't'"^ in Kal not used, pr, to rub, to scratch, to scrape, then to scrape or pare of. Chald. XDlD to rub, file, polish ; Syr. \^SLjk> to file. pr. to make smooth, bald: |J..j^a^ file, jiwwiA,^ a filing, par- ing. Kindr. are Cjid, qslj ; also Arab. Lft.a t^ be bright. NiPH. Part. nsTiJs, bare, bald, pr. abraded, of a mountain, Is. 13. 2. Sept. 0(}0Q nfvivov. PuAL, to be worn away, wasted^ of one wasted with disease and ready to die; Job 33. 21 Keri 'iini^:? !|Q!l3 his bones are wasted, Jixn xb they are no more seen. i. e. he pines away and disappears. So Ibii Ezra, comp. Chald. iI52 nisi), according to Targ. Syr. and the Heb. intpp. cheeses of kine, so called as being rubbed, grated, ground fine, in order to be eaten; so the Arabs of the desert to this day, see Burckhardt Notes on the Bedouins I. p. 60. 'iStD (smoothness, r. fiSi^) Shepho,j^r. n. m. Gen. 36, 23; for whidi "'EO) Shephi 1 Chr. 1, 40. tSIBtD 171. (r. UBl^) judgment, punish- ment, 2 Chr. 20, 9. 'Plur. ta-^l^siEtl) Ez. 23, 10; i being shortened to ^i, Heb. Gr. 27. n. 1. DB^StD (perh. i. q. '(iB^E'li serpent) Shephupham, (Engl. Vers. Shupham,) pr. n. of a son of Benjamin. Num. 26, 39. In Gen. 46, 21 written D^E^, perh. for IB^iBt? (id.) Shepuphan, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 5. m'BTD Neh. 3, 13. see in rBL\s. ' '?'^ obsol. root, to spread out, to e.vpand, i. q. noD, ns:2, nzuj ; also to adjoin, to associate, comp. r. nsD no. 4. Hence nnsr^ family, and nnSlO f constr. rnEOS , plur. rvnEO), fimula, 'one of the family,' a fimily servant, i. e. a maid servant, handmaid, espec. as waiting upon the mistress ; so called from associating with the family; Gen. 16, 1.8. 30, 7. 10. Ps. 123, 2. comp. Is. 24. 2. Prov. 23, 23 ; so the i=r ser- vant waited upon the master, with whom the nnsilJ is often joined. Gen. 20, 14. 32, 6. Esth. 7. 4. Jer. 34. 9 sq. Some- times the nnsaj was given by the mis- tress to her husband as a concubine, Gen. 16, 2. 30. 18. Ex. 11, 5 -inx nnsil) C'"~f; fhe maid servant behind the mill, the mill-wench, see in r. "nia, In ad- dressing a superior, a Hebrew woman from modesty or humility spoke of her- self a.s ^nnEU) thy handmaid, for /; just as a man spoke of himself as T^rizv thy t:'0 1100 t3tD servant see in "125 no. 1 ; so 1 Sam. 1, 18. 25, 27. 28. 21.' 22. 2 Sam. 14. 6 sq. Ruth 2, 13. al.-l Sam. 25, 41 Tjnrx nsn nnsnil? /o Ihy handmaid '\sfor a servant etc.is ready to render service. * ti5U3 fut. 122^7, 3 plur. in pause once si-j'^Qd-^ Ex. 18, 26; imper. parag. n::Bll). 1. to judge; not found in the other Semitic dialects, except Phoen. part. Dsa a judge, see in no. 2. The primary- idea seems to be to set vprigJH. to erect^ like Germ, richten, and Eth. ^ii to judge, i. q. Heb. lais from r. ",13 ; comp. the kindr. nsTT, astf , nad, q. v. Ab- eol. Gen. 19, 9. Is. 11, 3. Job 22, 13. Ez. 44, 24 ; c. ace. of pers. whose cause is judged, Ex. 18, 22. 26. Deut. 16 18. Is. 11, 4. Joel 4. 12; rarely c. ace. of thing, Ex. 18, 22. 26. Also p^S aOTO Pfov! 31, 9, and o^nilJ^^ 't Ps. 7?, 3, to judge justhj, vprightly, to do justice^ equity, comp. Ps. 58, 2 ; contra bns WDd to judge uujiislly Ps. 82, 2. Further, tiStli^ liBttJ to give judgment, to pro- nounce sentence, 1 K. 3. 28; aoiSia 'x5 n?2X to judge (execute) true judgment, in accordance with truth, 7,ech. 7, 9; also 8. 16. Ez. 16, 38 ""aB^:?^ ^"^PaECn niBxb / will judge thee (according to) the judgments of adulteresses. Also 'OJ yz^ 72 to judge between, i. e. to be arbi- ter umpire. Gen. 16,5. Ex. 18. 16. Deut. 1, 16. al. V-- '? '"^^-'^r '<^- Ez. 34, 20. Gen. 31, 53 let God judge irra between us. Comp. Judith 7, 2. Part. weC), UB^a , fiubst. a judge, Ex. 2, 14. Deut. 16, 18. Josh. 8, 33. Is. 1, 26. Job 9, 24. al. sa?p. Often of God as the judge of men or of the whol6 world, Gen. 18, 25. Is. 33, 22. Ps. 7, 12. 50, 6. al. See also in no. 2. Spec, to judge any one, like r. V^ no. 2, is : a) i. q. to condemn, to punish the guilty. y.max()lt%i, 1 Sam. 3, 13. Ez. 7, H.^'s. 22. 2. Obad. 21. Ps. 109, 31. al. Comp. uisttJ. b) to do justice to any one. to defend or vindicate his cause, espec. the poor and oppressed ; Is. 1, 17 Din"' n'JE^a defend the cause of the father- less^. Ps.^ 10. 18. 26, 1. 82. 3. 'b lasdia 'd Jer. 5. 28. Lam. 3, 59. With l^ and n^l^a prjpgn. to defend o?ie's came and deliver him from his enemies, 1 Sam. 24, 16. 2 S:im. 18, 19. 31. Ps. 43, 1. 2. to govern, to rule, as connected with judging; since to dispense justice was the part of kings and chief magistrates; comp. 1 Sam. 8, 20. 1 K. 3, 9. 2 K. 15.5. Prov. 29, 14. 2 Chr. 1, 10, and see -j-^ no. 1,2. So Judg. 16, 31. 1 Sam. 8. 5. % Hence Part. 'JEiU . "JErj, a judge, for a ruler, prince, chief, Ps. 2, 10. 148, 11. Am. 2, 3. Is. Ij6, 5. 40, 23. Prov. 8, 16. Spec, of the leaders and chief ma- gistrates of the Israelites from Joshua to Samuel, who led out the people to war against their enemies, and, after having delivered them from the oppres- sion of the neighbouring nations, exer- cised' during peace the office of chief ruler aiid judge, (comp. Judg. 3. 10. 4, 4 sq. 10, 2. 3. 1 Sam. 7, 6. 15.) Judg. 2. 16. 18. Ruth 1, 1. 2 K. 23, 22. al.-The same name, mfet or sufes. plur. sufeles\ was borne by the chief magifetraies of the Carthaginians, Liv. 28. 37. ib. 3(. 7. Movers, das Phoen. Alterth. I. p. 516. 534. NiPH. 1. to^be judged, Ps. 9, 20. 37, 33. 109. 7. 2. Recipr. to go to law, to plead, to contend before a judge, with any one, Prov. 29, 9. Is. 43, 26 ; with 05 of pers. Joel 4, 2 [3. 7] ; rx (nx) Ez. 17, 20. 20, 35. 36 ; \ Jer. 25. 31 ; also c. ace. of thing about which, 1 Sam. 12.7. Ez. 17.,20; rx of pers. and b? of thing. Jer. 2. 35. Where Jehovah is thus said to plead or contend with men, it has sometimes the sense to punish, see Ez. 38, 22. Is. 66, 16; comp. 2 Chr. 22, 8 PoEL. to go to law with, to prosecute, to a.9sail, comp. Niph. no. 2 ; part. c. suff. "aBilir my assailant. Job 9, 15. Comp. ',Trib to assail with the tongue, to slan- der, r. L'b. Others in Job 1. c. i. q. ^::Eiu my judge. Deriv. ::2'j, a-^E'r. I3Q1373, and pr. n. t:S Chald. part. 131^ a judgfi, Ezra 7, 25. This is a Hebraism, since the verb itself is wanting in Chaldee. t2ST23 ( judge, r. I3B^) Shaphat, pr. n. m. ' k) Num.' 13. 5." ' b) 1 Chr. 3, 22. c) 1 K. 19, 16. d) 1 Chr 5, 12. e) 27. 29. tSSTD m. only plur. n'^'Jt^^,ju.dgme7it8, punishments, Ex. 6, 6. 7,4. Prov. 19,29. t:sTD '.. 14, 21. a D-i-jBia nb to do judg- iit upon, to inflict punishment, spoken God. c. a of pers. Ex. 12, 12. Num. 1. Ez. 5,10. 15. 28, 22. 26^2 Chr. 24, :tl. R. -JBOf. "C'?'^^ (whom Jehovah defends i. e. _...i cause, r. i3BtB) Shephatiah, pr. n. m. ) A son of David, 2 Sam. 3, 4. 1 Chr. ?, 3. b) Jer. 38, 1. c) Neh. 11, 4. d) zra 2, 4. 57. e) Ezra 8, 8. Neh. 7, 9. 59. rin^iIpSO (id.) Shpphaiiah, pr. n. m. a) A son of Jehoshaphat, 2 Chr. 21, 2. b) IChr. ]2, 5. c) 27, 16. Vi^V (judicial, r. MBOJ) Shiphtan, pr. H. m. Num. 34, 24. "^B m. (r. nfici) plur. D'"'BttJ and D'^BttJ . 1. a rubbing, wearing away. i. e. ei- ther a wasting, or nakedness, Job 33, 21 Keth. But see r. riEil) Pu. 2. a TiaArerf hill, i e. 6are, destitute of trees, or abraded, (comp. noda in Is. 13 2,) Jer. 12, 12 "lanaa o^eU) hills in the desert. 3, 2. 21. 4,' 11. 7,29.' 14,6. Is. 41, 18. 49, 9. Num. 23, 3 "SJt^ r\Y^ he went upon a hill. 3. Shephi, pr. n. m. see iBtlJ . D'lBTD (perh. serpents, r. tiBtti) Shup- pim, pr. n. m. a) A family of Ben- jamites, 1 Chr. 7. 12 n'^em c^ottSi. v. 15. b) 1 Chr. 26, 16. ' " I'S'^SO m. (perh. a dimin. form, like ;rri<. comp. -pu^^s, Heb. Gr. 85. 4; S^U) a species of serpent, Jerome cerastes, with which the tribe of Dan is compared, Gen. 49, 17; comp. Judg. 18, 27. Prob. coluber cerastes Linn, coluber cornufus Kasselquist, p. 354 ; a small serpent with two antennaR like horns, venomous. and dangerous, lying in wait in the sand and near paths ; see Plin. H. N. 8. 23 8. 35. Bochart Hieroz. II. S 3. 12. Arab. v^Lww a kind of speckled ser- pent with black and white spots. n''&T9 (fair. r. IB) Shaphir, pr. n. of a place in Judea. Mic. 1. 11. Accord- ing to Eusebius, it lay between Eleu- theropolis and Askelon; prob. the mod- ern Sawdfir, r^\y^ ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 370. 'T'ST? Chald. adj. /air, beautiful, Dan. 4, 9. 18. R. iBtti. 1101 -qsti *'?I5^ fut. 'r|baj7 1 . to pour out ; r]Btt3, Syr. Arab. {^^Am^, Chald. .,__, .^^.. ^ Sam. ii^-^^, id. also ^^Um, and Eth. Uinfl to pour out metals ; kindr. are nsG. ^.Q.M,. E. g. water, Ex. 4, 9. C" Am. 5, 8. 9,6; broth, Judg. 6, 20; 7(303 T\^l to pour out a libation Is. 57. 6, and so ^T-njg^ 'SQ id. 1 Sam. 7, 6. Also t:^ r^Bo; to pour out blood, not only of a slaugh- tered animal Deut. 12, 16. 24. 15, 23. or of a sacrificial victim Ex. 29, 12. Lev. 4, 7. 18. sq. but especially that of men, to shed blood, to kill, to slay, Gen. 9, 6. Lev. 7, 4. 13. 1 Sam. 25, 31. Is. 59, 7. Joel 4, 9. Ps. 79, 3. al. ssep. Metaph. TttJE? TiBQi P.S. 42, 5, and lab '05 Lam. 2, 19. to pour out one's soul sc. in tears and complaints; with "^^ "^asb 1 Sam. 1, 15. Ps. 62.9; comp. Lam. 1. c. Ps. 102, 1. 142, 3. 'b bs Tia "BttJ to pour contempt upon any one Job 21, 21. Ps. 107, 40. 'b b5 inn 'ttS to pour out his (God's) spi- rit upon any one, Joel 3, 1. 2. Ez. 39, 29. Zech. 12. 10. 'b bs in^n 'tt3 to pour out his (God's) anger upon. Is. 42, 25. Jer. 6, 11. Lam. 2, 4. 11. Ez. 7, 8. al. saep. bx for bs Ps. 79, 6 ; b? ii3?T 'i id. Ps. 69, 25. Zeph. 3, 8. Ez.'21, 36. 22, 31. Part. pass. T\^Z^^ poured out, e. g. human blood, shed, Ps. 79, 10 ; divine wrath. Ez. 20, 33. 34. 2. Of things dry, to pour out. to cast out, e. g. dnst, Lev. 14, 41, comp Nipli. and art. T|E^ . Spec, a mound, nbbb 'a to throw or cast up, 2 Sam. 20, 15. 2 K. 19. 32. Jer. 6, 6. Ex. 4, 2. al. Ntph. T\'S^} 1. to be poured out, e. g. human blood, to be shed, Gen. 9, 6. Deut. 19, 10, comp. Lam. 2, 11 ; ashes 1 K. 13, 3. 5. Metaph. Ps. 22, 15 I am poured out like water, as describing a person unable to rise from weakness. 2. to be poured out, i. e. profusely ex- pended, sc. money, Ez. 16, 36. Comp. fx^fc'w Tob. 4, 18. PuAL to be poured out, e. g. human blood, to be shed. Num. 35, 33. Zeph. 1, 17. Trop. of one's steps, i. e. to slip, to fall, Ps. 73. 2 Keri ; comp. Lat. fundi for prosterni. HiTHPA. lit. to be poured out, e. g. stones thrown down and scattered, Lam. 4, 1. The phrase his soul (life) is pour- ed out signifies : a) he pours himself TjSti 1102 lE^ out in complaints, Job 30, 16. b) his blood is shed, he dies. Lam. 2, 12. Deriv. the two following. ?pD^ m. place of pouring out, Lev. 4^ 12. R. rB. riDBlT f (r. r,BlS) /A^ p-iry member^ pr. urethra, through which the urine is poured off. once Deut. 23, 2. Vulg. vere- trum. Others wrongly, testicle, see T|CS< . * bS^ fut bod-) , inf. boo Ecc. 12, 4, for Prov. 16. 19 'see lJDO;'pr. 'to fall down, to fall together,' kindr. with bE3, bnD , bB5{ , bax ; hence to be made low, to be depressed, cast down, e. g. a mount- ain, Is. 40, 4; a city 32, 19; trees 10, 33; any high thing, also men of high degree, the proud, to be humbled, abased^ Is. 2. 9. 11. 12. 17. 5,- 15. 29,4; sea sound or noise, which becomes low, Ecc. 12, 4. Arab. JlAaw to be humble, low; comp. Heb. bco, Aram. bcti. HiPH. ^''B^n. to bring low, to cast down, to make humble, e. g. any thing high Job 40. 11; a tree Ez. 17, 24; a strong city, Is. 26, 5. 25, 12. Also to lay low, to humble, to abase, sc. pride, arrogance, the proud, Is. 13, 11. 25, 11. I Sam. 2, 6. Ez. 21, 31. Ps. 18. 28. 75, 8. So Prov. 25, 7. Job 22, 29 J^b-^crn " when they cast thee down, i. e. when the proud humble thee, and thou sayest^ O insolence ! then (God) shall help thee walking humbly, pr. with downcast eyes. A dilferent explanation see in art. Mlj I. 1. Intrans. Is. 57, 9 bi.HW ns "'^"'pOnT and wentest down even to Sheol. Joined with another verb it forms a periphrase for an adv. Jer. 13, 18 laS nb-'pon make low, sit down, i. e. sit ye down in a low place. Deriv. bsir , bB^ , nVfiia , nbBW , n^bfi . bSTS Chald. i. q. Heb. bB^\ but rarely found in Pea! ; Syr. "^Ca^. to be hum- ble, inferior. A PH. to make low, to humble, to abajte, e. g. kings, powerful persons. Dan. 5, 19. 7, 24. Also with naab . to humble one's heart, to become humble, Dan. 5, 22. ^Bt? m. adj. (r. bfl^) conslr, bfid ; fern, hbeia , constr. ribp'^ ; low, depressed, of t tree Ez. 17. 24; a vine v. 6 ; a spot in the skin Lev. 13, 20. 21. 26, comp. 14, 37. Metaph. a) low. humble,bu$^ 2 Sam. 6, 22. Job 5, 11. Mai. 2, 9. b) n^n bfiO humble in spirit lowly. Prov. 29, 23. is^57, 15; also Prov. 10. 19; fto without n^'i id. Ir. 1. c. Masc. c. He parag. accus. nbisn the humlMe man, Ez. 21, 31 [26];'8ee"Heb. Gr. od. 16, 88, 2. bfitj Chald. m. adj. tow, humble, Dan. 4, 14. bm m. (r. bcc) c suff. wbttJ, low- ness, i. e. low condition, low place, Kcc. 10, 6. Ps. 136, 23. rhtW f (r. bB) lownets, a low pUu e, Is. 32. 19. nbCTD f (r. ht'^) low country^ at opp^ to mountains, Josh. 11, 16 fin. Witl art nbficn the low country or pla\% along the Mediterranean from Joppa to Gaza, Josh. 9, 1. 12, 8. 1 K. 10, 27. Jer. 32, 44. 33, 13. Gr. ^ SiiffiXa 1 Mace 12, 38. See Onomast. art Sephela. Pi^bctp f (r. bfio) a letting dmcn, c lt 07*17 'b a letting down of the hands, i . remissness, slothfulness, Ecc. 10, IS. * DB^ a spurious root, or at h .i>t very doubtful ; similar to r. D2b. Ar d*. aaam. to be cold. Hence perh. the thri e following pr. names, of which the i ty- tnulogy is obscure. DfitD (r. BB^, or perh. bald, shavrn, r. nfiis) Shapham pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 5, ]2. DBtC (r. cptfi , or bareness, place na- ked of trees, r. HBI^) Shepham, pr. n. of a place on the northeastern border of Palestine, north of Riblah, Num. 31, 10. 11. nittfi (r. Dp^, or bare places, plur. of MTr) Shiphmoth, pr. n. of a place in the south of Judah, meat ioned with Aroer and Eshtemoa, 1 Sam. 30, 28. Others read ni^aBb, Siph moth. ^GeniWe n."T:B8S a Shiphmite 1 Chr. 27, 27. * 1 1^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. ipto , '(BD , "ip^, to cover, to hide, espec. unoer ground, whence "jD^. Arab. ^^\JUm *o look askance ; i^vAXw cunning. jST^ m. plur. n''Sp^ 1. A quadruped, supposed to chew the cud in the man- yr^ 1103 nsTs r of the hare, Lev. 11, 5. Deut. 14, 7; iiig in flocks among the rocks, and tinguished for its cunning, Ps. 104, Prov. 30, 26. The Rabbins render It the coney or rabbit. The LXX in r'.ose places have xoiQo/QvXkio^^, hedge- ', which is indefinite. Some refer it the mii3 V. dipus jacuUis of Linn. \ vb. ^>-> jerboa. The animal is ihtless correctly specified by Saadias, () renders "BT^ by o icabr. i. e. the rax Syriaciis, a small animal like a rmot, (bund in Lebanon, Palestine, ibia Petrtea, Upper Egypt, and Abys- i;i; and still called in the Himyaritic !ect of Hadramaut ^^vAJ thofun^ kindr. Ii ,D^. It is scarcely larger than a hit; has almost no tail; and in its is. feet, and snout, resembles the hedgehog. It lives in Himilies among the rocks, making its bed in the clefts; but does not burrow. It is lively and quick to retreat on the approach of danger ; and is difficult to capture. The name might come either from its hiding itself, or from its cunning. See more in Thesaur. p. 1467; also Seetzen in Rit- fer's Erdkunde XV. p. 596. Wilson Lands of the Bible II. p. 28 sq. Fresnel in Journ. Asiat. Ser. III. T. V. p. 514. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 1001 sq. 3. Shaphan, pr. n. m. a) The scribe or secretary of king Josiah. 2 K. 22, 3. 12. Jer. 36, 10; comp. Ez. 8, 11. b) 2 K. 22, 12. 25, 22. Jer. 26, 24. 39, 14. * ^?^ ol^ol. root, to onerJloiDy to be ntperabundant, as in Chald. and Syr. -Hence the three following. 2^^ m. abundance; once Deut. 33, 19 the abundance of the sea, i. e. wealth obtained from the sea. n^BTD f (r. SBi^) constr. nSBtt), abun- dance, i. e. multitude, as of waters Job 22, Ih 38, 34 ; of men 2 K. 9, 17 bis; of camels Is. 60, 6 ; of horses Ez. 26, 10. ^^B (abundant, r. 5BJ) Shiphi, pr. n. m.l Chr. 4, 37. * H?^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. Aram. tp_ . .su^ , to scrape, to rub ; then, to rub along, to creep, to glide. Hence 'jiB'^Ettj , and pr. n. DBiEOj , ")BiBd , n^DTS . B" 1. Pr. ^o scratch, to scrape^ to rub, kindr. with lED, -*B2 II; hence to polish. 2. Intrans. to be polished, i. e. to be bright, shining, comp. Arab. Jum I. IV, illuxit aurora, and Chald. X-iQ"iB5 ; hence to be fair, beautiful, i. q. Chald. and Syr. With b?, to be pleasant, ac- ceptable, to any one, Ps. 16, 6 ; comp. Chald. nfittJ Dan. 4, 24.-The notion of brightness may perh. be transferred to sound, as in Engl, a brilliant tone, i. e. clear and sonorous (comp. b^n) ; whence iBioJ trumpet. Deriv.ifitii , n-iEttJ , i-^nBttS , BittS, iBttiK. "^B'O Chald. fut. *iBtt)^ to be fair, beautiful; c. b? Dan. 4, 24, and ttj^^ 3, 32. 6, 2, to please, to be acceptable to any one. Syr. id. Hence K'^B'JEttS . "^fi^ m. (r. *iBTS) 1. brightness, i. e. beauty, pleasantness, of words Gen. 49, 21. 2. Shepher. pr. n. m. of a mountain in the Arabian desert, Num. 33, 23. 24. *^ttj , see "iBitti . ry^tXO r ( r. -lEtt) ) l . brightness, beau- ty; Job 26, 13 rrnBttJ C^^cj insi^a by his (God's) spirit the heavens are bright- ness, i. e. are bright, splendid, beauti- ful ; so A. Schultens, Simonis, Gesenius, and all recent writers. But most earlier intpp. take n-ifid for nnD'J (Piel of lEi^) to make bright, beautiful, to garnish sc. with stars and constellations; and sup- pose there is a mingling of two con- structions, nnoiii 'tti inn and d'jbd -inn^ "iDttJ, Vulg. spiritus ejus ornavit ccelos. But Dag. forte characteristic is very rarely if ever dropped from the letters 2. Shiphrah, pr. n. f Ex. 1, 15. *^''"^Bl? m. (r. "lEtr) splendour, orna- ment, tapestry, with which a throne is spread- and adorned, Jer. 43, 10 Keri; for which Keth. nsiiB'Jj id. K'ncnB Chald. ra. (r. nBOS) the dawn, aurora, Dan. 6, 20. Syr. IfS^ id. * mi ID fut. r*BJ7 1. to set, to fi.v. to put, to place, i. q. kindr. nsiuS , see fully in rr. 'cy6^ and nai^ .2 K. 4. 38. Ez. 24, 3. Ps. 22, 16 'anDttin m ^Bsb thoit dost set me in the dust of death, i. e. dost rs'vs 1104 !p^ bring me down to the grave. Comp. Ps. 88, 7. 2. to place to or for any one, i. q. to give, with ace, of thing and \ of pers. Is. 26, 12. Deriv. nbcJX, D^ner^, and D*^nBO m. dual from a lost sing. perh. nEJ , pr. a stake, pale, pin, see r. rtXi ; then a series of pales set in the ground and forming an enclosure; hence dual 1. a forked pin or peg, a hook, affixed to the wall in order to hang up any thing; Ez. 40, 43 and forked pins (i. e. hooks projecting) a hand-breailth were fixed in the inner part round about, i. e. in that part of the court where the vic- tims were killed. These hooks were prob. for suspending the victims in order to take otf the skin. The dual is here put for the plur. as c-nbsia Ezra 3, 10, L-^a-ia-bs, etc. Heb. Gr. 86 6. 2. 2. a double enclosure, surrounded with pales ; spec, folds, enclosures, made with pales or hurdles, often in two parts, into which the flocks are gathered at night. (Enclosures with walls are nnns, the common word is nvx^sp.) Hence Ps. 68, 14 ^iPE^ "r^ -2'^ ' ''* among the folds, spoken proverbially of shepherds and husbandmen living in leisure and qniet, remote from the turmoil of war; and so c^nstTa ^a zzt id. Judg. 5, 16. Gen. 49, 14; romp, also Judg. 5, 11, and Mic. 4, 4. Many intpp. pftts ; J. D. Michaelis and others, drinking-troitghs. The true view was long since given by Ludolf in his Lex. ^Ethiop. p. 76. See Thesaur. p. 1471. * Wj-i"^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. ti'^'Si to pour out, to overJlo^D. Hence qSTD m. once Is. 51, 8 ?,s;5 riStli. o7d- pouring of anger, effusion of wrath ; i. q. C15< q-j;>JJ Prov. 27, 4. The form q:?U was perh. chosen instead of qiad for the sake of paronomasia. ptj Chald. i. q. pi^li . the leg, from the knee to the ankle, plur. c. suff. '^nipa) Dan. 2, 33. Theod. well xvr,fim. *^|2'^ fut. "ip^"^, prob. pr. 'to lie down,' comp. '^PJii and "lao. Hence 1. to lie in wait, as a leopard, c. V? Jer. 5. 6. 2. to watch, to keep watch ; so of watchmen in a chy Ps. 127. 1 ; at doors, niP^T by Prov. 8. 34. Ezra 8. 29 ^ipn; n-^ncn watch and keep sc. the go' silver. Also to be watchful. ir- Ps. 102, 8. Hence "i;?!^ . Trop. with b5, to watch over any thing, to give attention to it. Jer. 1, 12. 31, 28. 44. 27. Dan. 9, 14. Job 21, 32. Ironically. Is. 29. 20 l^X ^'y?^ they who watch over iniquity, i. e. who sedulously take care that wrong and not right shall be done. Chald. ip5> id.' NiPH. ''P3 in some Mss. Lam. 1, 14; see in r. tpb Niph. PoAL part. "5^^, denom. from ''P^,] m/ide like almonds, i. e. having the! form of almond-flowers, Ex. 25, 33. 34i ^TptD m. plur. O'^'ipW 1. aji almond'^ tree, pr. 'the waker,' so called ns bein^ the earliest of all trees to awake Iromi t^e sleep of winter, Jer. 1, 11. There* is also here an allusion to the haste and ardour thus implied, comp. v. 12. See Plin. H. N. 16. 25 or 42. Celsius Hie- robot. I. p. 297. 2. an almond, almond-nut. Gen. 4!?, 11. Num. 17, 23. Ecx. 12.5 np::3 yxri and the almond is spumed, rejected, sc by the old and toothless man. althoujrii in itself a delicate and delicious fruit; or, he spurnelh the almond. Otlurs less well, the almond-tree shall fourish. which they refer to white hairs ; though the flower of the almond-tree is not white, but rose-coloured. * n 15^ in Kal not used, to be water- ed, to drink, i. q. T^r^"^^ and m-^. Aral). Jlww , Eth. A4>P , to let drink, to water ; and so Aram. Aph. ''P^X, ^.^.om] . HiPH. rip^'::ri. fut. npr^ apoc. pr-'. 1. to water the ground, to irrigal'\ e. g. a field, garden, grove. Gen. 2. n. 10. Joel 4, 18. Is. 27. 3. Ps. 104. 13 a1. iba">3 ^p'^,^ to water with one^sfoM. i. c. to raise water by a wheel turned wiili the foot. Deut. 11, 10; see in ^5") no. 1. 2. to give to di-ink, to let drink, c. an-. of pers. Gen. 21, 19. 24, 18. 45. Jer. 2'). 17. Ps. 104. 11. Also c. dupl. ace df pers. and thing. Gen. 19, 32. 24. i:>. Judg. 4. 19. Num. 5. 24. Ps. 60, 5. Job 22, 7. Jer. 9. 14. 35. 2; c. lo o/ any ^pm 1105 bpti _i...ijg Cant. 8, 2 ; c. 3 of thing with which one is made to drink or is over- whelmed, poet. Ps. 80, 6 ; but also 3 of the cup or vessel, Esth. 1, 7. Gen. 24, 43. Part, n;?^^ causing to drink, Hab. 2, 15. As subst. a cupbearer, etc. see in its order. 3. to water cattle, Gen. 24, 14. 46. 29, 2.3.7.8. 10. Ex.2, 16. 17. 19. NiPH. according to some in Am. 8, 8 Kethib ; but see in r. rpd Niph. PuAL to be moistened, irrigated. Job 21, 24 the marrow of his bones is moist, i. e. fresh, vigorous ; comp. Prov. 3, 8. 15, 30. 17, 22. Deriv. njJtb, n;5iriT3, and the two fol- lowing. ^P^ m. (r. n;?i^ ; for iiptti , after the form ^iisp) drink, only in plur. C^lptti Ps. 102. 10. ^'^P'O m. (r. nj5ll5) plur. c. suff. ''sipai Hos.2,7. " ^' 1. a watering, moistening of the bones, i. e. refreshment, Prov. 3, 8. See r. n;? in Pual. 2. drink, Hos. 2, 7, where some deli- cate drink, as wine, is to be understood ; Sept. ed. Aid. o ohog fiov. pp>0 or y:^V m. (r. 7pi^ ) plur. D-'^nptti or c^^psJ , an abomination, abominahle thing, spoken of things unclean^ e. g. filthy garments Nah. 3, 6; of meats offered to idols, udoiXod^vra, Zech. 9. 7; espec. of idols, 1 K. 1 1. 5 Milcom D"^3a5 'oJ the abomination (idol) of the Ammonites, 2 K. 83, 13. Dan. 11, 31. 12, 11.. Plur. of idols 2 K. 23, 24. Ez. 20, 7. 8. Is. 66, 3. 1 Chr. 15, 8. al. Once of idolatrous men, Hos. 9, 10. * ^12^ fut. pttS^ to rest, to have or keep quiet, to be still; pr. 'to be cast down, to lie down, to recline,' Arab. iaJLww to fall. Chald. i:ptt; to rest, Syr. i L.Uk. id. Kindr. is nso to be silent, i Arab. c^jCuw id. perh. pnttJ q. v. also r|3(l!, 33j, laai. Spoken: a) Of one who is troubled by no one, Jer. 30, 10. 46, 27. Job 3, 13; of a land not harassed by enemies, Judg. 3, 11. 5, 31. 8, 28; whence n^nbs^D aptij Josh. 11, 23. 14, 15 ; also of one who troubles or harass- es no one, Judg. 18, 7. 27. Ez. 16, 42 ; which sometimes arises from fear, Ps. 93 76, 9. b) Of one who does nothing, remains inactive, idle, Is. 62, 1. Jer. 47, 6 ; hence of God, as not affording aid, Ps. 83, 2. Hi PH. \. to cause to rest, to quiet, i. e. to appease strife Prov. 15, 18. Also {o give quiet, to render tranquil and se- cure. Job 34, 29 ; c. b of pers. and '{Q of thing, 1. e.from danger. Ps. 94, 13. 2. Intrans. to find restj to be quiet, pr. to quiet oneself, Is. 7, 4. 57, 20. Jer. 49, 23. Inf ispojn subst. rest, quiet, Is. 30, 15. 32, 17. Trop. the earth is said to be quiet, tranquil, when the air is still and sultry, Job 37, 17. Hence I3JT m. rest, quiet, 1 Chr. 22, 9. * ^i?.^ fut. Vptti^ , c. Vav conv. nVpuJxi Ezra 8, 25 Keri (Keth. nb-ipttSx^^y, once nbptlJxT as if. from bpui") Jer. 32, 9; to poise, to weigh, 2 Sam. 14, 26. Is. 40, 12. Spec, to weigh out to any one, e. g. met- als, money, c. ace. of thing and b of pers. Gen. 23, 16. Ex. 22, 16. 1 K. 20, 39. Is. 46, 6. Je/. 32, 9. Ezra 8, 25 ; with 'b ^T'^^. into the hands of any one, Ezra 8, 26. Esth 3, 9; with bs over to or into the king's treasury, Esth. 4, 7; with 3 /or a thing, Is. 55, 2. 2 Sam. 18. 12 though I might weigh a thousand shekels into my hands, i. e. though they should be weighed out to me. Part, bp'ij a weigher, i. e. a collector or receiver of tribute. Is. 33, 18. Trop. to examine, to try a per- son Job 31, 6; a thing 6, 2. The pri- mary idea is 'to poise, to hold suspend- ed'; Eth. A^A to suspend, spec, on the cross, fl^A. suspended, also weigh- ed ; Arab. Jjii* to weigh ; also JJlw to weigh coins. Chald. bpn, Syr. Vaa/, Sam. i?A , i- q. Heb. But also Chald. bptt) Jto carry by poising, to bear ; Syr. ^ n ^ id. but also to migrate, whence perh. pr. n. llbpttSx . Niph. to be weighed, trop. Job 6, 2 ; to be weighed out Job 28, 15. Ezra 8. 33. Deriv. birti3^ , b-ipoj^ , nbpiiia , nbpttjj: , pr. n. "pbpliix.'and m. m pause bpT^; plur. d"'b)ra5., constr. '^bpttJ ; a shekel, siclus, a certain weight, according to which the weight and price of things was determined ; e. g. bread Ez. 4, 10 ; hair 2 Sam. 14, bpiD' 1106 !ap:23 26', espee. metals, as brass, iron, sil- ver, gold, and things made of metal, as arms, vessels, etc. Ex. 38, 24. 25. 29. Num. 7, 13 ^q. 31, 52. 1 Sam. 17, 5 (Goiiah's corslet), v. 7. Josh. 7, 21. 2 Chr. 3, 9 ; ellipt. with h^t impl. Gen. 24, 22 two bracelets for he/ hands, nnbr Db;:?'^^ ZT^l ten shekels of gold their weight. Num. 7, 13. 19, 25. 31 sq. Especially did the Hebrews use silver weighed by the shekel as money; and often it was actually weighed out. al- though they n)ay have had pieces or bars of silver marked with the weight, T!^^ ^52? w;D3 current silver^ see in i?? no 2,; Gen. 23, 16. Jer. 32, 9. 10. E.x' 21, 32. Lev. 5, 15. 27, 3-7. 2 Sara. 24, 24. al. Hence bp*r. even where "03 is not added, is a silver shekel, 2 K. 7, 1. ]6. 18. Am. 8, 5; and vjce versa, the numeral only is often given with rjDS, implying a certain number of shekels, as TjOS qbx a thousand shekels of silver Gen.20, 16, and so 37, 28. Deut. 22, 19; comp. Acts 19. 19. r,D3 bpd rzn the fourth of a shekel of silver, 1 Sam. 9, 8; bp.Ti;n n^d^VtD the third of a shekel Neh. 10, 33. Hall" a shekel is b;5TlT| n''^nT3 Ex. 30, 13. 15, or rpa Ex. 28,' 26. From the common shekel is distinguished the sacred shekel, ^^]^T} ^^'^,, somewhat heavier, it would seem, or at least of just and full weight, according to which all contributions and tribute for sacred uses were to be reckoned, Ex. 30, 13. 24. 38, 24. Lev. 5, 15. 27, 3. 25. Num. 3, 47. 50. 7, 13. 19. 25 sq. 18, 16; whether in 2 Sam. 14. 26 r\?.^'n "|3i<2 bpt the shekel by the king''s weight, is still different, cannot be determined. Nor can the ex- act weight of the shekel be fully ascer- tained. The sacred shekel contained twenty gerahs, beans, carob-bea^s, as some suppose (see art. rrna) Ex. 30, 13. Lev. 27, 25. Num. 3, 47. 18, 16. Ez. 45, 12. More to the purpose is the speci- fication of the Rabbins, that the shekel was' equal to 320 barley-corns ; since this accords tolerably with the actual weight of the Maccabsean shekels still preserved. In the time of the Macca- bees (1 Mace. 15, 6) silver coins were struck, each weighing one shekel, and stamped with the words bxi^"" bp^L"; see Bayer de Nummis Hebrceo-Samaritanis, Valent. 1781. 4to. p. 171 sq. Eckhe. Doctr. Numor. vet. L III. p. 465 sq. Some of the specimens still extant, though worn by age, weigh 266 or 270 Paris grains ; so that the full Marca- bspan shekel must have been at least about 274 grains, and thus equivalent to the didgn/fiov of ^gina. Hence the LXX render it sometimes alxloQ. and sometimes didfjn^r/^ov or didoa/ftn. But Josephus and later writers give the va- lue of the shekel nifour A ttic drachnite ; Antt, 3. 8. 2 6 di aixXog, ro/atafiu *J,(iun'n,y utv, 'Antxug dfxtiui i5(>;jf/is' Ta(T(/^u^\ Hesych. aixXoi leTfindtja/ftov ^Airixur. Hieron. ad Ez. p. 43 ed. Vallars. In their time, however, the Attic drachma had depreciated, and was reckoned as equal to the Roman denarius, i. e. 7jrf. ster- ling, or 15 cents; Plin. H. N. 21. 109 'drachma Attica denarii argentei ha- bet pondus." The Maccabcean shekel, therefore, may be estimated at 2^^. 6d. sterling, or 60^ cents. See Boeckh Metrol. Untersuch. p. 55-57, 62, 63. 299. Smith's Diet, of Antt. art. Denarius. Robinson's Lex. N. T. art. ctQyvQiov no. 2. Hence the half shekel, which was to be paid yearly to the temple (Ex. 38, 26), is called didfjaxfiov in Matt. 17, 24. Some suppose that the earlier com- mon shekel was less than the Macca- bcean by one half; Boeckh I. c. p. 63. Bertheau Abhandll. p. 26. Of le.<^s weight and value was also the alxXo^, alykog, used by the Persians, and con- taining 7^ oboli (six oboli make on' drachma) Xen. Anab. 1. 5. 6. At Ephe- sus a shekel of gold was in use, accord- ing to Alexander .^tolus ap. Macrob. Sat. 5. 22. Some understand such a coin in 1 Chr. 21, 25; but the words imply rather weight. * D|2^ obsol. root, of doubtful signi- fication ; perh. to recline or to contract, comp. thekindr. roots CD2), r;pu3, -3ili . Others comp. Arab, j^iuw to be ill, sick. Hence rrajptj , only plur. D'^opOi 1 K. 10. 27. Is. 9, 9. Am. 7, 14. 1 Chr! 27, 28. 2 Chr. 1, 15, once nirpd Ps. 78, 47, (the sing, occurs in the Mishna.) a sycamore-tree. Gt. avxofioqoq, avxa^ivoq, very frequent in the level parts of Palestine, resem rp'j: 1107 ppti ^..ag the raulberry-tree in its leaves and general appearance, with fruit simi- lar to the fig grovvinor directly from the stem and larger boughs, and very diffi- cult of digestion ; Dioscorid. 1. 182. The fruit is used only by the poorest class- es; and its ripening could be hastened by artificial nipping. Am. 7, 14 ; see in r. 0^2. See Theophr. Hist. Plant. 1.24. ib.4.2. Celsii Hierob. I. p. 310. Winer Realw. II. p. 62, ed. 2. *^E*? fut. ?;^CJ7, kindr. with T,=t^, also pp?^, perh. pr. 'to sink in a cleft;' hence to sink down, to subside^ as wa- ter, see Hiph. no. 1; fire Num. 11, 2; of a land, to be submerged, overflowed^ drowned. Jer. 51, 64. Am. 9, 5 nrp'iJ D^n^TS "1X^3 it is overflowed as with the river of Egypt, where it is coupled with an ace. of abundance. Chald. 5pai Ith- pe. id. NiPH. to be submerged, overflowed, as a land, Am. 8, 8 Keri. In Keth. for nrpira stands ri;?ir3 , the ? being elided ; see in 3?, p. 737, col. 2. Hiph. \. to cause to subside, as wate r Ez. 32, 14. 2. to sink, i. e. to press down; Job 40, 25 ilifib ?'^p'lin ^^h^ canst thou press down his tongue with a cord ? i. e. canst thou tame him (the crocodile) by a thong or rein thrust into his mouth? or, better, the line to which the hook is fastened. Deriv. ypd^. tTTl^l^piD f plur. sunken places, hol- loTCs, in a wall Lev. 14, 37. Sept. xoi- ^a^f?, Vulg. valliculcE. This quadrilit. comes from rpia to sink, and rnjD to be deep. ^\K^ in Kal not used, pr. to bend, to incline, comp. CDtij , nsuj , and Arab. '_qo ! to be long and curved, e. g. the neck of the ostrich ; then to lay upon or over, to lay or cover with beams, joists, etc. Arab. viJLww, Chald. S^a^ipD lin- tel, Gr. (jxfTrwo), axfTtu^b). Hence C)pl2J, NiPH. to lie out over any thing, to pro- ject ; hence to bend forward, Gr. ttqo- xvmBiv, espec. in order to see, and thus i. q. to look forth or abroad, comp. in rtE^, Cant. 6. 10; spec, f^-om a window. "(i^nn nsa Judg. 5, 28. 2 Sam. 6, 16 ; from heaven Ps. 85, 12. Also of a moun tain, to overhang, to look towards, Num. 21. 20. 23, 28. Metaph. Jer. 6, 1 evil im- pendeth (approacheth) from the north. Hiph. ^"^ptlJii. pr. 'to make inclina- tion ;' hence to look forth, to look out, to look. 2 Sam. 24, 20 X-i*i . . . ?]p^"*T and he looked... and saw. So through a window, T^nn n?a, Gen. 26,- 8. 2k. 9, 30. 32; with '';E"bs, to look towards Gen. 18, 16. 19, 28. Of God as looking down from heaven, Ps. 14, 2. 102, 20. Ex. 14, 24. al. Deriv. see under Kal. Sl^'? m. (r. wiptli) in pause Clpt , a layer of beams or joists, etc. once 1 K. 7, 5 all the doors and the posts were C]pa3 n''?^"i made square with layers of beams, i. e. were not arched but covered above with beams, and therefore square. n^p^W m. plur. (r. C^p'-^) beams or bars laid over, frame-work, 1 K. 7, 4. 6, 4 C'^ux CBptt) "^si^n windows with closed (fixed) bars, lattice-work. See under r. c:: . - T VE^ in Kal not used, pr. to be cast or thrown down, i. q. apiB ; hence to be cast away, rejected, to be unclean, abomi- nable. Arab. ^JLm to fall off, IV to cast away, to reject; pass, to be contemned. Chald. yptti Pa. i. q. Heb. Pi. Pi EL 1 . ^o reject^ to despise, Ps. 22, 25. 2. to loathe, to abhor, to detest, any thing unclean, defiled, Lev. 11, 11. 13. Deut. 7, 26. So i^rsi-nx y^^p^ , to make oneself unclean, to defile oneself, c. 3 of thing, Lev. 11,43. 20,25. Deriv. pp'ii, and T?? m- ^ abomination, abominable thing, spoken of things (and persons) unclean, polluted ; espec. of things re- lating to idolatry, Lev. 11, 10. 12. 13.20. 23. 41. 42. Is. 66, 17; once it^a y^^^ Lev. 7, 21 ; in apposit. Ez. 8, 10. f)5U?, see y^p'Ji. * pP* fut. p^'l, pr. 'to cleave,' like r. p^itij, Arab. (^-Cw, Syr. ^ nn^, comp. ) nn A> fissure ; hence, as derived from this idea of cleaving (see in 2SQ3 note), or perh. from throwing apart the legs npU) 1108 fc^'n^ (comp. pi and r. pCB), it comes to signify : 1 . to run up and down, to and fro. to run about, spoken of those who eagerly seek any thing, e. g. of locusts Joel 2,9; c. 3 of the prey, Is. 33. 4. Hence 2. Pr. to roam about, to range, as in search of prey ; then, to be greedy, ra- venous, of a bear Pro v. 28, 15 ; to be ea- ger, to longj of a person thirsty Is. 29, 8. Ps. 107, 9. HiTHPALP. pirj^ncn i. q. Kal no. 1, of chadots, Nah. 2, 5. Deriv. P^*^, pr. n. p^t6, *"'2^, fut. 'l'pti^ to lie, to (ell lies ; c. dat. to lie to any one, to deceive him. Gen. 21, 23. Chald. Pa. ijJlti i. q. Heb. Pi. Syr. ^n^^ id. The primary idea is peril, that of colouring, painting; comp. JLi to be red. ruddy, SjiLi red colour. paint, falsehood ; Chald. ">pD to paint red ; see Tsepregi in Diss. Lugdd. I. p. 154. PiEL, to lie, 1 Sam. 15, 29 ; c. a of pers. to lie to any one, to deceive. Lev. 19, 11. Also c. a of thing, as n-'naa -]5tti to be fahe to a covenant, i. e. treacher- ou^^ly to break it, Ps. 44. 18. n:5xa 'xb to be false to one^s faith, fidelity, Ps. 89, 34 ; absol. id. Is. 63, 8. Hence ^5 m. in pause ipoi, plur. D^^{?td, c. suir. cn-^-ij^^r Jer. 23,' 32. 1 . a lie, falsehood, false words. Ps. 52, 5. Job 36, 4. n;;?^^^^ a false word Ex. 23, 7. Prov. 13,' 5. Jer. 9, 4; if3ti^ 'W false, words Ex. 5, 9. Jer. 7, 8 ; "ij^'j -la^i to speak falsehood Mic. 6. 12. Is. 59, 3. and c^"}plj '"n id. Ps. 101, 7. Poet, yitb np;2J ajfalse t(fngue Prov. G, 17. 12, 19*. 22. Ps. 109, 2; and -pttJ nei lying lips Ps. 31. 19. 120, 2. Prov! 10, 18. 'ttJ bc'J see in r. bsia. Also "ipd ir a false wit- ness Deut. 19. 18. Ps. 27, 12. Prov. 6, 19. 14. 5. and ta"^"!)?^ i? id. Prov. 12, 17. 19, 5. 9 ; ""r?^; n35 to test fy falsehood, false- ly, Deut. 19, 18. -\p.u: nrad a false oath Zech. 8, 17 ; -'p^:b y^'Ja /o sicear falsely Lev. 5, 24. 19, 12. Jer." 5, 2. Zech. 5, 4. Mai. 3, 5 ; once -^i^i:;: b? 'a id. Lev. 5, 22. "^P^ n'li o lying. , p. 950) a sceptre, a form of the later Hebrew, Esth. 4, 11. 5, 2. 8. 4. The n is without Dag. after ") ; comp cinnna. 93 * I. n^TD in Kal not used, i. q. Chuld. K-n^ to loose, to solve. The form innd^ Job 37, 3, belongs to r. "ns^ Pi. no. 2. PiEL nniL* to loose, to let go free. Jer. 15, 1 1 Keri niab r,"'n''nd I will loose thee for good, i. e. will set thee free. The Hebrews would seem to have used this word also in a bad sense (y^b) for desert- ing any one ; whence here the adjunct niab is added. For Kethib see in r. "iir I - T no. 3 ; which perh. is to be preferred. Deriv. nJiiTU, nnd^, perh. pr. n. "'"^C. * II. rrniD i. q. n-niy , nnD. to connect, to interweave; kindr. are *''^b, comp. i-ito. Hence fi^"?^, 'O"'";^?, 1'^']^., coat . of mail, armour. n^TJ f (r. ISJO II,) pr. part. Kal, and then subst. 1. a band of travellers, spec, of mer- chants, a caravan, like nnik ; see the root no. 1. Ez. 27, 25 d-idnn m*3X "T^'^nTiiS the ships of Tarshish are thi, caravans, i. e. fleets by sea instead of caravans by land. Arab. soLwy and ?.-, - "^ SnLum a band of comers and goers. Others wrongly princes comp. ib ; or gifts; or even female singers. 2. Plur. mid, wall, from the root no. 2, i. q. ninrij, Jer. 5, 10. So Sept. Aquil. Chald. Syr. Vulg. and so the con- text demands. ST^T? f (r. ^'naJ) plur. n-iid chains bracelets. Is. 3, 19; so called as being twisted together, intertwined. Chald. "i'Ta id. comp. also'JTndn q. v. in its place. )TIT\1D (perh. for in r.n^, pleasant lodging) Sharuhen, pr. n. of a place in the tribe of Simeon, Josh. 19, 6. yhW (for -ji-it;'; plain, r. ^ir;") always with art. '('i"'^^! Sharon, pr. n. of the level tract along the Mediterranean be- tween Mount Carmel and Joppa, cele- brated for its rich fields and pastures. Josh. 12, 18. Cant. 2, 1. Is. 33, 9. 35, 2. 65, 10. 1 Chr.5, 16. 27,29. Some sup- pose another plain of the same name to be meant in 1 Chr. 5, 16 ; but this is not necessary. See Reland Palsest. p. 188, 370. Hence gentile n. ''3'ii^ Sharonite 1 Chr. 27, 29. ^niD 1110 DniC nip^n^ Jer. IS, 16 Keth. i. q. Tiip^yo q. V. r^TO f. perh. bediming, Jer. 15, 11 Keth. Chald. Slid id. R. nn'r I, comp. Chald. xnd Pa. no. 2. See more in r. ind no. 3. ' ''^nip, see '^y^.^,. '''^T? (perh. Jehovah frees him, r. nnd I, so Simonis) Sharai^ pr. n. m. Ezra 10, 40. n^n f. a coa< of mail, corslet, Job 4], 18 ; so called as woven with threads of iron, see r. rrnTb If. P"}^ m. (r. nnoj IT,) 1. a coat of mail, corslet, 1 Sam. 17. 5. 38. Plur. D-^rntt) Neh. 4, 10; na^^ttj 2 Chr. 26, 14. Syr. |Xi-4' id. The same is also "ii"'-ip q. V. 2. Shirion, pr. n. by which Mount Hermon was known among the Sido- nians, Deut. 3, 9. Ps. 29, 6. Comp. 113b. This name would seem to be derived from some fancied resemblance to a breastplate ; as also Gr. Otogd^ is the name of a mountain near Magne- sia. Some editions in Deut. 1. c. read *i"n*v2:J Sirion. Ijnt? m. (r. rrnd II.) a coat of mnil, corslet, 1 K. 22, 34. 2 Chr. 18. 33. Is. 59, 17. Chald. l^-)\a, Syr. ^^, id. mp^lTS f plur. (r. pn'd) 1. whist- lings, or rather pipings; Judg. 5, 16 a'^i'is nip'^nd pipings of the flocks, i. e. of the shepherds who play on the pipe while guarding their flocks. 2. hissings, i. q. scorn, derision^ Jer. 18, 16 Keri. In Keth. nip^nb. n'i'ltj adj. (r. ^y^Jfirm, hard, tough; Chald. -^^-ib, Syr. j-^j-^., id. Only in plur. constr. 'iD^ "^yy^ the firm parts of the belly, the sinews, brawn, e. g. of the hippopotamus, Job 40, 16. Comp. lil3 no. 1. T\r\^^lt and r\Tr\lt f. (r. -i'n\!3)Viarrf- ness. firmness, and coupled with Db and sn 3^ ^ hardness of heart, stubbornness, Deut. 29, 18. Ps. 81, 13. Jer. 3, 17. 7, 24. 9, 13. 11, 8. Aram.nin-i-ib. fzSjIj-^, in a good sense, firmness, truth. f^'^'^^j see in n"!"!!?^. tyrcr^tO Jer. 31, 40 Keth. prob. an error of the copyists for ri^snir fields, which is read in the parallel passage 2 K. 23, 4, and also in Jer. 1. c. in Keri, in six Mss. and in several printed editions. Tiiat the common reading (which the LXX also give by uaa^ij- fi(>^&). may be justified in the sense of fields cut up or overfiowed, has been at- tempted to be shown by Kuypers in Dissert. Lugdd. I. p. 537. comparing Arab. *va; f^y^, to cleave, to cut ; but with little success. *Y!^'?, fut. J''")d7 1. to creep, to crawl, spoken of reptiles and the small- er aquatic animals, Gen. 7, 21. Lev. 11, 29. 41. 42. 43. 46. Ez. 47, 9. Sometimes a place, as the earth or the sea. is said to creep with creeping things, reptiles, i. e. to teem or swarm with them, c. ace. comp. in T^^n no. 3. Heb. Gr. 135. o. b ; e. g. the sea with aquatic anininls Gen. 1, 20.21; Egypt with frogs, Ex. 7, 28. Ps. 105, 30. This root perh. is originally onomatopceetic from the nois(> of reptiles crawling and scratching tho ground. Then 2. to breed abundantly, to swarm, to multiply, of animals Gen. 8, 17. 9, 7 ; of mankind Ex. 1, 7. Eth. UJi^Apulhi lavit. Hence T^tD m. collect. 1. reptiles, cret^iiig things, Gen. 7. 21. Lev. 5, 2. 11. 29. v. 20 S3")i<-bs T;Vnr| C]i5n y-jd winged rep- tiles going upon all fours, i. e. bats, not crickets, which latter have six legs, though they are said to use only four in going. V. 21. 23. Deut. 14, 19. 2. the smaller aquatic animals Gen. 1, 20 ; fully n-^an yyii Lev. 11, 10. * p ^ TD fut. pna 7 l.to hiss, to whistle, an onomatopoeetic verb, like Gr. avQi^oi, avglaaoi, avqixTta, whence avqiyl, avQi- ypa, avfji/yiov, Sansc. svri to sound, svara sound. Chald. p"^^, P'lJttJ, id. Syr. Aph. wij-Jl, id. a) With \, to hiss or whistle for any one, to call by a hiss or whistle, e. g. bees, flies, in the manner of bee-keepers, Is. 5, 26. 7, 18: trop. nations Is. 11. cc. Zech. 10, 8. b) to hiss in scorn and derision, 1 K. 9, 8. Lam. 2, 15. 16; c. V? of pers. or thing p-i'j: 1111 tD"l^ Zeph. 2, 15. Ez. 27, 36. Jer. 19, 8. 49, 17 ; praegn. Job 27, 23 iTs'pap T'bs phTr*^ they shall hiss him out of his place, drive him out wifh hisses. Hence npiCJ. 2. to pipp, I e. to whistle, not with the mouth, but with an instrument; hence nip^inaJ , Chald. sn-^pH'::^ . nj^"! f. (r. p'HO) a hissing, derision; n^'^^h, n'^n to become a hissing, i. e. an object of scorn, Jer. 19, 8. 25, 9. 29, 18. Mic. 6, 16. 2 Chr. 29, 8. _^ 1. to twist, to twist together, in the manner ofa cord, kindr. with the roots "lie: II, i^n, i!i:3, iiD. "iit, -mn, all of which contain the primary idea of turning, turning about, going in a cir- cle, in various modifications. Hence itti and ">1tt5 the navel, pr. the navei-corrf, D'^'i^ntfi nerves, sinews, rind , nnir'it^ , n^"!^, chain, q. d. cord made of metal. Hence 2. to be firm, hard, tough, espec. in a bad sense ; whence n^ii'^itlJ hardness of heart. Chald. Pa. int^ to make firm, to strengthen ; Syr. t^i-^ firm, true; Eth. 1^/^ to found, pr. to make firm. 3. to press together, and hence to op- press, to affiict, to treat as an enemy, i. q. "ins no. 2. a. Here we may refer Jer. 15,' 11 Keth. aiab :^ni-ia5 / tpiil affiict thee for thy good ; others read ?]n!ina3 thy beginning; Keri is ?jn'^"}t^, see r. n-nia I, Pi. Part, "i-niu an adver- sary, enemy, ^s. 5, 9. 27, 11. 54. 7. 56, 3. 59, 11. Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2. Also "^"^TH Sharar, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 23, 33; for'nsb 1 Chr. 11, 35. *yy^ m. i. q. lizS no. 2, where see. n^^'ITp . see nJiiino) . iS^lT onomatop. root. i. q. l^nttj, pr. ' to rub or scrape the ground ;' then to creep ; comp. r. Y*\^^ . Hence perh. ir-iiz5 a root, as creeping ; comp. Eth. IU^& to germinate, to put forth, WCjS' germ, shoot, trunk. Others regard ^"nOJ as contracted for the quadrilit. "Ulind from nniU ; and hence TTniU with the idea of firmness. PiEL tt-H^li denom. from tt3")ia, comp. kindr. f^D, to root out, to extirpate see Heb. Gr. 51. 2.c; Job 31, 12. Metaph. Ps. 52, 7. PuAL ttJ'ittJ pass, to be rooted out, Job 31, 8. PoEL ttJ'ittS denom. to root, to take root, as a tree. Is. 40, 24. PoAL tt5']it3 , to be rooted, to have taken root, Jer. 12, 2. HiPH. Ui'i'iajn denom. i. q. Poel, to strike roots, to take root, with ace. n^dntg , of a vine, Ps. 80, 10 ; absol. and trop. ofa person or people in prosperity, Is. 27, 6. Job 5, 3. Deriv tU-ittS , pr. n. ttJ^id , Chald. sittJ"ttJ . t?"?!? (root, i. q. tt5-itt3, Syr. U^r^) Sheresh, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 16. fOyO m. (r. to'ntlj) c. suff. -^tiSn!^ ; plur. D"tt5ntl5 (pron. shorushim) c. suff. "I'^'^^'^lg , constr. "^"^y^ . 1. a root, from its creeping; Chald. id. see below; Syr. Wr^ i^l- Eth. V^QiXT 9 o ' root, nerve. Arab. ,j*w& id. Job 30, 4. 8, 17. 14, 8. Ez. 17, 6. 7. 9. Spoken both of plants and trees, as vitiio) nbic to send out its roots Jer. 17, 8 ; 'uj nsn to strike its roots Hos. 14, 6; 'ttS C]D'n to in- crease (enlarge) its roots 2 K. 19. 30. Is. 37, 31. In poetry persons and nations are often compared to a plant or tree, and then the root is a chief part men- tioned ; e. g. the wicked Is. 5, 24 ; Ephraim Hos. 9, 16 ; and so Am. 2, 9. Is. 14. 30. Ez. 31, 7. Mai. 3, 19. Job 18, 16. Deut. 29, 17. al. Trop. a) The roof for the lowest part, bottom, as of a mountain Job 28, 9, comp. ^/^ tov oqov? Judith 6, 13; for the sole of the foot. Job 13, 17; the bottom 'of the sea, 36, 30. b) For a stock, race, genus, like Gr. ^i^u, of animals, Is. 14, 29. c) For the seat, abode, dwelling, of a people, Judg. 5, 14; so nations are said to be planted and take root in a land ; see in S'q'i . d) "ta^ 'iJ"!^, the root of controversy, ground of dispute. Job 19. 28. 2. a shoot, sprout, springing from the root, Is. 53, 2 ; called c^tti-ittJ "i^3 a branch of the roots Dan. 11, 7. Metaph. of the Messiah, Is. 11, 10 '^aj'^ aJnil3 the sprout of Jesse, of the lineage of David ; synorv with ^S?5 and iiah v. 1 ; comp. ^l^a ^- ^18 Rev. 5, 5. 22, 26. U:-)tD 111*2 C tO'^'tf Chald. m. i. q. Hebr. a root. Dan. 4, 12.' 20. 23. rnjntO f. (for quadril. ""^ttS-l-rti) plur. constr. nil3~^, chains, small chains, Ex. 28,22. R.T^tt). W^W (pron. sroshu), Keri ''Tl?"ltJ Chald. f a rooting out., i. e. expulsion, banishment, Ezra 7, 26 ; comp. 10, 8. R. tint, see Pi. and tania no. 1. c. nnlt? f. (r. -intti) only plur. miOinti chains, small chains, Ex. 28, 14. 39, 15; see on these passages in art. n^bna. Arab, with the letter r softened y ^ nr Aw ; Chald. rhtht , Kb8)b!l5 ; Syr. il\"\h^l. Hence by contraction najnti q. v. * T\'yL in Kal not used ; pr. prob. 'to go about, to travel'; then to minis- ter; kiiidr. with r. "^ittJ II. PiEL.pi^d. inf. nnttj and with the' tone drawn back nn'^ Deut. 17. 12, fut. con- vers, r"?.'-")?, to wait upon, to serve, to minister unto. c. ace. of pers. Gen. 39, 4. 40. 4. Num. 3, 6. 1 K. I, 4. 19, 21 ; c. b Num. 4. 9. 8, 26. Here rn^_ differs from *ia5, in that it implies the more honour- able duty or function of a free attendant ; while "125 pertains rather to the condi- tion of a servant. So in the court of Solomon, the n"^n-ittJ73 attendants, minis- ! T I iers. are distinguished from the 0'''?3? senmnts, 1 K. 10, 5; so the nephews of king Ahaziah ministered to him, 2 Chr. 22, 8 ; and so Joseph, having found fa- vour with Potiphar, and being made overseer of his house, ministered to his master, Gen. 39, 4 ; while, being in pris- on, and being set over the prisoners, he is yet said to minister to them. Gen. 40, 4, comp. 39, 22. Often of the priests and Levites as performing the sacred rites, to minister unto Jehovah, ' "^^'Hij^ nnir Num. 18, 2. Deut. 17, 12. 1 Sam'. 2, 11. 3, 1 ; once nin-^b 'u5 id. 2 Chr. 13, 10 ; ^'^^ ^SQ-nx 'a3 id. 1 Sam. 2, 18; absol. n"illj to minister, to perform the sacred rites, Ex. 28, 43. 29, 30. 39, 1. Num. 3, 31. 2 K. 25, 14. al. Once of the worship of idols, Ez.20, 32 '{l^^ 7? nn;rb to serve wood and stone. Inf n")lt3 as subst. see art. nnQ3 .Different is '^'^ wrs trnd to minister in the name of Jehovah. Deut. \8, 5. 7, i. e. to worship Jehovah with invocation, after the analogy of the phrases "^^ ct^a rj'^ia, "^-i nttJa K^;?. By a bold figure it is said Is. 60. 7 the rams of Nebaioth r^slPnC'^ shall minister unto thee, i. e. shall serve as victims for the sacrifices. Part. r'^ttiT^ subst. a minis- ter, attendant. Prov. 29, 12. 2 Sam. 13, 17. 18. Esth. 2, 3; so Joshua was the minister, assistant of Moses, Ex. 24, 13. 33, 11. Num. 11, 28. Josh. 1. 1 ; of the attendant of Elisha the prophet, 2 K. 4. 43. 6, 15. Spec, of the priests and Le- vites as the ministers in sacred ihinrrs. Is. 61.6. Ez. 44, 11. 45.4.5. Ezra 8. 17. Neh.-lO, 37. 40. Joel 1, 9 '^ "'P-Jt^r the ministers of Jehovah, v. 13 naTO 'q min- isters of the altar. Fem. r'^ttJ'C contr. for nn")t3, Lehrgeb. p. 133, a fmale attendant 1 K. 1, 15. f^'!?tD m. (pr. inf Pi. r. tr^ti) serrirt^. ministry, c. art. n":5\L*n Num. 4, 12. 2 Chr. 24, 14. ntDTD, see r. notf. I. XDW (contr. for ttJ'iri, r. tind) once c. Makk. ^^Ji Prov. 6, 16, joined with feminines; and HtBTD (contr. lor nryr) constr. ptitti (like n^rx constr. nt^x) joined with masculines; cardin. num. 2 six. Chald. nti q. v. Arab, o*^ an. I 9 as Q o o 'iXjM id. contr. for ^d^jM and jLm Ju^ Eth.A^f-flcontr.flA-and fl.^'fl't. Id. For the syntax see Heb..Gr. j 95, lis. Lehrg. 144, 181. So max )) si.r cubits 1 Sam. 17, 4 ; nii:i tXO six trou- bles Job 5, 19; D'^ad 'd si.r years Gen. 31, 4. Judg. 12, 7. ai. saep. B'^'orD 'ttS si.r times 2 K. 13. 19. tUi^ nl'sa six daugh- ters 1 Chr. 4. 27. nixia tSl^ six hundred 2 Chr. 29, 33. Ellipt. n^-nrb tir six measures (D-HO) of barley Ruth 3. 15. 17. For the ordinal, 2 K. 18, 10 nsda llJT^ in the year si,r (sixth year) of H^ze- kiah.Whh. masr. C^ttJJX rnfq six men Ez. 9, 2 ; C^sa T^^t six sons Gen. 30. 20. 1 Chr. 8, 38 ; a'^ci'in msitS six months 2 K. 15.8; D-'nP'isn n^r^'n the other si.r Ex. 28, 10. c"^^^ rt^\ix days Ex. 20, 9. 11. 23. 12. Josh. 6. 3. 14. al. seep. Pt^.t^ D"'Bbx six thousand 1 Sam. 13, 5. Job 42, 12. Also n'lips? WXD with fem. ^W mSfd with m^sc. sixteen ; as ri3ii3 !T^b5 tUd ID ID 1113 ^tJia sixteen years 2 K. 13, 10 ; Misa '5 'd si:r- ieen daughters 2 Chr. 13, 21. ''5 'tti D--iS sixteen cities Josh. 15, 41. HDt^ '5 )l3^"")2 the son of sixteen years, i. e. sixteen years old, 2 K. 14, 21. With masc. ->i^^ ri^; tj^X sixteen thousand Num. 31, 40 ; '5 'oS cnx sixteen bases Ex. 26, 25. 's 'ttj D-^aa sixteen S07is 1 Chr. 4, 27. For the ordi- nal, 2 Chr. 29, 17 's 'ttJ Di'^a in the six- teenth day of the month. Plur. D'^OT sixty ; as ttJ'^X cisti sur- ?!/ men 2 K. 25, 19; '^''S '5 sixty cities Deut. 3, 4. 1 Chr. 2, 23 ; n^^'S 'tti id. 1 K. 4, 13. nias 'u3 s/>;y daughters 2 Chr. 11, 21. niBwS '05 ia:/y cwfti'/g 1 K. 6, 2, and 'd max jd. 2 Chr. 3, 3. -ja njUi a-'lSttJ 8i>/y years old Gen. 25, 26. ^Deriv. n^ttJ , 'iSttJ , Chald. P.tl5 . II. TD ra. (r. ttSlttJ) ;/a7e marble^ Esth. 1,6. Cant. 5, 15. Syr. U^. III. tD an Egyptian word, prob. a|6nc s/ierw, so altered by the He- brews as to seem derived from r. ttSlttJ , and to take the signification of white- ness ; (as y^2. byssus is derived from yi3 to be white; comp. similar changes in the Egyptian words niisna, nai73;) byssus, cloth of byssus, i. e. cotton, white, fine, and costly ; comp. Syr. {.^ a cheap- er kind of cotton, Sept. every where (imaog. As an Egyptian word, tt5^ re- fers chiefly to the Egyptian byssus, which was brought to Tyre Ez. 27, 7 ; the Syrian byssus is there called y^2 V. 16; though in the later books only j^ia is in general use; see in art. y^^. In Exodus U3it5 occurs more than thirty times ; it was brought voluntarily by the people, Ex. 25, 4. 35, 6. 23 ; was spun and woven by skilful artisans. Ex. 35, 25. 35. 38, 23, comp. ntttS^^ ttji^ in r. iTl^ ; and was then used for the hangings and veils of the sacred tabernacle, Ex. 26, 1. 31. 36. 27, 9. 16. 18. 36, 8. 35. 37. 38, 9. 16. 18 ; as also for the sacred vestments, espec. the ephod of the high priest, Ex. 28. 5. 6. 8. 15. 39. 39, 2. 5. 8. 27. 28. 29. Vestments of byssus were worn, not only by the priests, but also by nobles ; as by Joseph when prefect of Egypt, Gen. 41, 42; and by women of rank, Prov. 31, 32 But iaj is used also of linen cloths, as appears from Ex. 39. 28, where the ^a?i ''OSSa, linen drawers, are said to be made of ^^J^i)^ ^''^ ; and. further, ^*^)r\ti^ fax, linen, is sometimes rendered in the Targums by y^:2 bys- sus, Is. 43, 17. The bandages of Egyp- tian mummies have also been examined with the microscope ; and found to be of linen; comp. art. y^:^, and see Wil- kinson Mann, and Cust. of the anc. Egyp- tians. III. p. 115. See genr. Celsii Hie- rob. II. p. 259. J. R. Foster de Bysso antiquor. Lond. 1776. Rosenm. Alter- thumsk. IV. i. p. 175 sq. * KlTTC in Kal not used, logo, to walk. There is in it a reduplication of a sim- pler verb ; as appears from the Ethiopic cited below. PiEL x\rtl) , to lead, to bring, c. ace. of pers. once Ez. 39, 2 rpnxisitil Tj'^naailS rpn'^bsni I will turn thee again, and will lead thee, and will bring thee up, etc. Sept. xa&odrj/i^aa) as, but Complut. x- Ta^w crs. Targ. ' errantem te fliciam.' Vulg. seducam te. The signification of leading is quite clear from the context ; as to the etymology, comp. Eth. AOTl'ltD contr. jfijKD , whence A^jfiflCD to walk or go about, to traverse countries, and rtCD'iKD' a ladder, as aiding to go up. n-IS0 Sheshbazzar, Pers. pr. n. borne apparently in Persia by Zerubba- bel, Ezra 1, 8. 5, 14. Perh. contr. from si^\ ^jLa-wmc>. fire-worshipper. HOT PiEL denom. from Oili) I, pr. to make six, to divide into six parts ; Ez. 45, 13 ^^''^y[ fin'i^^, which however should prob. be written ns^xn n^tad the sixth part of an ephah, as in the pre- ceding clause. 'T? (perh. whitish, r. mt) Shashai, pr. n. m. Ezra 10, 40. ^lOt} (id.) Sheshai, pr. n. of an Anak- ite,Num. 13,22. Josh. 15, 14. Judg. 1, 10. "^tt Ez. 16, 13 Keth. for m, byssus. The writer seems to have chosen this unusual form for the sake of a parono- masia with the word ''12J^ . "^W m. (fr. llSttS I,) fern. m\aw, ordin. adj. the sixth; Arab. yj^^Lw, i:i>Lu, s v:i>Lww,id. Aram. "'H'^ri^, ^LiBwA^jid. ']^W 11.14: "in'iD Gen. 1, 31. 30, 19. Ex. 16, 5. 26, 9. Lev. 25, 21. Josh. 19, 32. 1 Chr. 3, 3. Ez. 8, 1. Fem. subst. the sixth part, a sixth, Ez. 4, 11. 45, 13. 46, 14. [TDTD Sheshach, a name of Babylon, Jer. 25,26. 51,41. Its etymology and proper signification are doubtful. The Hebrew intpp. as also Jerome, suppose T^T^Jd to stand for bsa , according to the secret or cabbalistic mode of writing call- ed ^jbrTx, i. e. in which the alphabet is inverted, so that n is put for K , T23 for n , etc. and this Jerome thinks was done by the prophet through fear of the Chal- deans. Such a method of writing may indeed be admitted in these passages, if not by Jeremiah himself, yet by some later writer. This is assumed by Ewald, Maurer, Hitzig ; and is perh. the more probable, because the LXX have not expressed the name "H^^ in either pas- sage ; implying that it was not in their manuscripts. Other explanations see in Thesaur. p. 1486. TCT? (perh. i. q. -,u3^0 lily) Sheshan, pr. n. m. I Chr. 2, 31.34.35. "jtrtj . see "(T^itt! . pTStD (perh. for pl^p?^ eagerness, longing; so Simonis.) Shasfiak, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 14. 25. R. p|?a. *11LW obsol. root, i. q. iTd, Arab. ;r" to twist, to turn, e. g. a cord, the hand in hurling a spear, brandishing a sword, etc. hence * to look askance ' ; and then transferred to changeable colours, to be versicoloured, to play from one col- our into another. Comp. aiolog agile, also versicoloured, changing hues ; Hes. ofjq)axEg aloXXoi'TUL 'the grapes begin to colour, they change colour.' Arab, ywil ruddy, rubicund. Hence llDtC' m. in pause "tCJia, red colour, spec, red ochre, rubrica, Jer. 22, 14. Ez. 23, 14. Vulg. sinopis, i. e. rubrica Sino- pensis, which was the most celebrated, see Plin. H. N. 35. 5 or 13. Sept. filXrog, which in Hom. is i. q. -rubrica. The Heb. intpp. understand by it cinnabar, vermilion. f^T? m. (r. n^3) only pl'ur. nlni^ co- lumns, pillars, and metaph. princes, wo- 6/e, i.e. pillars of a state. Ps. ll.SirA^ th pillars are overthrown, i. e. when the noblest, the firm supporters of what is right and good, have perished. Is. 19, 10 and her (Egypt's) pillars are broken down, i. e. the nobles of her state ; opp. hired labourers, i. e. the vulgar. So s Arab. (> * % ^ pillar, for a nobleman, prince. Others, foundations. L riTD m. (r. nn^ III.) the buttock. U. 28, 4; plur. c. suff.'nn-'n'intij their but- tocks 2 Sam. 10, 4. Arab. v:>JLl , Syr. plur. f^^f id. II. ntD f. (r. nxti, contr. for nxtti Lam. 3, 47) noise, tumult; Num. 24, 17 no "^32 the sons o/^ (warlike) tumult, i. c. the tumultuous enemies of Israel. In Jer. 48, 45, which is imitated from Num. 1. c. it stands TixttJ ''33 . III. nC (r. n-'ti) Seth, pr. n. of tlu'. third son of Adam, Gen. 4, 25. 26. 5. M sq. In the first of these passages, it is derived from n^ttJ to set, to place, to r - place, q. d. 'compensation.' ri and TO Chald. i. q. Heb. ttJlfi si.r. Dan. 3, 1. Ezra 6, 15. Plur. pnilS si.rhj Dan. 3. 1. B, 1. Ezra 6, 3. i^ri Chald. see nrnj . * I. nr)ti , fut. hnw'i , apoc. nw;; ; ii.i: m'nttj, once "irtti Prov. 31, 4 ; with pref. nincb ; inf absol. nho , "intJi , and nin'j 18.22,13. 1. to drink; Chald. nnttj. xro) , q. v. Syr. wLA^f , part. fluL, Eth. tl^P , id. Synon. is nj^tJi not used in Kal and Niph. but Hiph, Hj^lIJJi is used ^s the causative of ^T^^. Often absol. espec. as joined with bix to eat, Ecc. 2, 24. 3, 13. is. 29, 8. 1 Sam. 30, 16. Job 1,4 ; mostly of per- sons, but also of animals, Gen. 24,22. 30, 38. Num. 20, 11. 19. 2 K. 3, 17. Ez. 39, 17. 18. With ace. of drink, as water, wine, Ex. 7, 21. 34, 28. Lev. 10, 9. Judg. 13, 4. 7. 14. 1 Sam. 1, 15. Ecc.O, 7; me- taph. to drink the cup, Is. 51, 17. Jer. 49, 12; with 'i^a, to drink of, Gen. 9. 21. Ruth 2, 9. Jer. 51, 7. Job 21, 20; comp. in Dis no. 1. With s ofwine, with the notion of enjoyment, Prov. 9, 5 ; also c. 3 of the vessel in which one drinks, see ;rt: 111 rn^ n art. 2 A. 1 . b, Am. 6, 6. l^^ "'n&S wine- irinkers Joel 1, 5. Ps. 69, 13. Metaph. ob 15, 16 nbir o-^aa nniu drinking in niquity like water, i. e. wholly filled and )verflowing with iniquity; comp. 34, 7. 3ut in Prov. 26. 6 the same phrase is to )e taken in a passive senee, the lame nan drinkelh in injury, i. e. must suffer t. cannot avenge it. 2. to drink together, to banquet, Esth. r. 1. Comp. nn-ji^a. NiPH. pass, of kal no. 1, Lev. 11, 34. HiPH. see n;5tt3. Deriv. ^n^ L ri^naj , nnr^a. * II. nniD obsol. root, Arab. JL^ -of -of ^ IV, ^JLm\ i. q- ;^ntli , a plant, shoot, Ps. 128, 3. D'^mU ^tco, see in D'^sd. * bniD fut. c. suff. ^S^nilJX Ez. 17, 23 ; to plant, a poetic word, synon. with rD3 , Ez. 17, 22. Part. pass, bwaj planted Ps. 1, 3. 92, 14. Hos. 9, 13. Jer. 17, 8. Ez. 17, 8. 19, 10. 13. Chald. bntt3 , Syr. ^IwA* , id. Arab. JOui id. * d^^ prob. i. q. onb, QnG, to shut, to close, twice, in the phrase with part, pass. J'^sri DDttJ closed of eye, or with closed eye, Num. 24, 3. 15. This may here be taken in a literal sense of the prophet's eyes as closed in sleep for re- ceiving and reporting visions ; and this is best, see Hupfeld in Zeitschr. f. d. Kunde des Morgenl. IV. p. 145; comp. bsb in V. 4. Or it may be referred to the mind of Balaam as before obscured, so that future things were shut up and unknown to him, until God opened his mind and he became t3'^3*is isiba open of eyes, with open eyes, Num. 24, 4. 16 ; comp. 22, 8. 38. 23, 3. 12. 24, 13. So Vulg. cujus obturatus est oculus. Many intpp. espec. Jewish, assume a directly contrary signification, with open eye, so that then )y_r\ end is nearly i. q. "^siba D"^pr which follows it. They appeal to Talm. Dnu3 , which certainly in one passage is to perforate or to open; and in a gloss on'.^ is defined by -1:3 to per- forate. See more in Thesaur. p. 1488. 1^^ a doubtful root, to which some refer Hiph. T^ncJn minxit. But see un- der r. I^O) . ' * pnifl fut. ph;r'?, i. q. ajjai, to sub- side, to settle down ; hence to be still, to be hushed; of waves Ps. 107, 30. Jon. 1, 11. 12; of strife Prov. 26, 20. Chald. pntt5 or P"'ntt5, Syr. ^^bjk>, id. Sam. ii5^-^ to stiil, to be still. ^ri (i. q. ^Ijua; Pers. a star) Shethar, pr. n. of a Persian prince, Esth. 1, 14. ''DTia n (i. q. Pers. (^Ub nUu*; shining star) Shethar-bozenai, pr. n. of a Persian governor, Ezra 5, 3. 6, 6. '^'!!? i.q.T\'^^,iosetJoplace; hence twice prcet. plur. ^n^' . Ps..49, 15 impers. !in;a bktlJb -(Xas like sheep they put them in Sheoi, i. e. they are driven or thrust down thither ; comp. Ps. 88, 5. Ps. 73, 9 dn^B 0773 \23 iin'J they set their mouths against the heavens, i. e. they assail the heavens, and as it were provoke them, with proud and impious language. Note. Some refer to this root the forms: sinis? Is. 19, 5; nn^3 Is. 41, 17; nn;r3 Jer. 51, 30. But see m r. niys and r. ni3 1. in 1116 dnn Tav or Tau^ the twenty-third and last letter of the Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral denoting 400. For the signifi- cation of the name, see under art. in. As to the pronunciation, n without Dag. lene is an aspirate and seems to have had a lisping sound, like Gr. i5-, Engl. th. With Dag. lene (n) it is a slender ?, differing from W ; for which difference see under 13 . In Arabic the corresponding letter is ;^, as in |3F) j^wo, nnin o^ ; rarely vd), as in Cipn oiiiS'. It is sometimes interchanged with j p. 1021 ; a p. 358 ; and n p. 208. In Aramaean n often stands where the Heb. has 123 and the Arab, vi) ; see in lett. ui p. 1021. The n has also some affinity with the breathing K ; comp. 2ix. n^iia, niin, to return; nix and nin to dwell, also to mark. etc. So also in Arabic often. At the end of a word n is sometimes dropped ; as in nia'n, lan, p. 959 ; n!i3^^, Aram. siDb??, etc. fi5P\ m. (for in, r. nin III,) pr. an abode ; then a chamber, room ; spoken of the guard-room in the king's palace, 1 K. 14, 28. 2 Chr. 12, 11 ; of side cham- bers in the gates of the temple as des- cribed Ez. 40, 7. 12. 13 ; plur. D^sn id. V. 7. 16 ; constr. "^S^n v. 10 ; c. suff. ixn V. 21. 29. 33. 36 ; once plur. nisn v. \2. Chald. itin, -jin, id. Syr. 'oZ,'lJo2, id. * I. 3!S5n or nj^STl ^0 desire, to long after, only 1 pers. pret. "^nsi^n c. \ of thing, Ps. 119, 40. 174. Chald! :3Xn id. It seems to be a secondary root, formed from Hithp. of r. nai< ; as in Arabic. See Thesaur. p. 1489. ' II. ^Kr) softened from r. msn, see in lett. i<, p. 1. Hence PiEL to abominate, to abhor ; part. n^5.n^ once Am. 6, 8 ; parall. S3^. So all the ancient versions. ^^i^P) f. (r. aNn I,) desire, longing, once Ps. 119, 20. Chald. nniix^n id. * I. t^?^ i. q. f^JP I ; kindr. is r. r.\x, see in lett. n above. In Kal not used. PiEL (nxn) fut. 2 plur. ixnn Num. 34, 7. 8, to mark out, to describe, e. g. the borders of a land. Num. 1. c. In v. 10 ia the same context is Hithp. Dn^lS build- ing of Jehovah, from r. naa. rr^psn f (r. n:a) l. structure, mode of building, Ps. 144, 12. 2. a model, pattern, after which any thing is built, Ex. 25, 9. 40. 2 K. 16, 10. al. 3. image, form., likeness of any thing, Deut. 4, 16. 17. 18. Ez. 8, 10. Hence Ez. 8, 3 1^ n'^satn nbir^i and he put forth the form of a. hand, something like a hand. 10, 8. Comp. MTa-n no. 3. n'l^nn (a burning, r. ^?a) Taberah, pr. n. of a place in the desert, Num. 11, 3. Deut. 9, 22. fin (brightness, r. y^"^) Thebez, pr. n. of a place near Shechem,' Judg. 9, 50. 2 Sam. 11, 21. Prob. mod. Tiibds jj*-L Je , Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 158. I. ^^^P) obsol. root, prob. i. q. "laia q. v. and "la^, to heap up; comp. Sam. ^3^ mount; Chald. "1^:3, Syr. f^a^, Eth. Jf-flC , id. Hence pr. n. "lian . * II. "^nn fthald. i. q. Heb. lar, to break; Syr. ji^, Sam. ^3A, i^l- Part. pass. "I'^SPi broken, also fragile, frail, Dan. 2, 42'. nC^bfi nbjn pr. n. m. Tiglalh-pile- ser, king of Assyria, who about B. C. 741 conquered Damascus and part of the kingdom of Israel ; 2 K. 15, 29. 16, 10. Written also ->bbB nban 2 K. 16, 7; -iDXsbD nsbn 1 Cifir.' 5, 6.' 2 Chr. 28, 20 ; and -lOpbe rsbn 1 Chr. 5. 26 The first part of the name seems to be equivalent to Diglath, the river Tigris, see b)5^n ; pr. acer, swift. The latter part, which appears also in the name Nabo-polassar, is -prob. i. q. Pers. ^*3\^ magnus rex, comp. Sanscr. pAla lord, king, from r. /)m) a benefit, i. q. bsi^S , Ps. 116, 12. Tl^R f (r. fTnS.) strife, contention; Ps. 39, 11 ''P'^ba "lax r,"!^ rrn^riTa/rom the contention of thy hand (thy strokes, judgments) lam consumed. Chald. id. TO^l^n Gen. 10, 3, and rDS'l^in l Chr. 1. 6. Ez. 27, 14. 38, 6, Togarmah, pr. n. of a northern region and people sprung from Gomer, i. e. the Cimmerians, and abounding in horses and mules. Most prob. Armenia, which was noted for its horses, Imio^oioq aifoSqa Strab. 11. 13. 9; or at least a part of it. Such too ifi the tradition or opinion of the Arme- nians themselves, who claim to be de- niT\ 1120 bnn ecended from Torgom great grandson of Gomer, and call themselves the house of Torgom ; comp. Sept. II. cc. where hy transpos. of the letters we find also Oooyoi^Uy. OfQyafxu, Ovgyafid, as likewise some Heb. Mss. have n^ain . See J. D. Michaelis Spicileg. Geogr. T. I. p. 67- 78. Winer Realw. art. Armenien. nn'in m. name of a tree growing in Mount Lebanon, Is. 41, 19. 60,13. Vulg. ulmus, elm; Chald. "i^?"^^ i- e. a species o^ plane-tree^ called by the Arabs ^Lm* Better, hard oak, holm, nex, pr. lasting, firm, from r. in'n no. 2. Comp. fi^'^^'jn. See Celsii HierJb. T. II. p. 271. Gesen. Comment, on Is. 41, 19. NTin Chald. f. (r. nn) circuit, hence rontinuity, perpetuity, i. q. "T^^JF) . Adv. K'l'^'ina pr. in a circuit, continually, Dan. '6, 17. 21. Freq. in Targg. ^^71? 1 K. 9, 18 Kerf, and 2 Chr. 8, 4, Tadmor, pr. n. of a city in a fertile spot of the Syrian desert between Diimascus and the Euphrates, founded by Solo- f 6 9 mon, and still called by the Arabs -xjo Tadmiir. Prob. for "^tnn 'city of palms;' hence Gr. Jlidfivgu and IluXfiiqa, Pal- myra ; see Schultens Inl. ad Vit. Salad. So vice versa the Arabs railed Palma a city of Spain -jyo Jo Tadmir. The same city is called ^^n (palm) 1 K. I.e. Keth. which seems to have been less usual. In the numerous AramsRan and Greek inscriptions which are still found on the ruins of Palmyra, the name is written both "i^nn and inTann. See Wood The Ruins of Palmyra. Lond. 1753. fol. Swinton in Philos. Transac- tions. Vol. XLVIII. RosenmuIIer Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 274 sq. Irby and Man- ofles p. 267 pq. [82 sq.] Thesaur. p. 345. ^?7'^ (fear, veneration, r. i>rri) Tidal, pr. n. of a king, Gen. 14, 1. * nnri obsol. root, Chald. S\n Pi.) constr. rVr-r c. suff. 'nbrin ; plur. riinn . 1. praise, i. e. the singing of ])r;iise. 2 Chr. 20, 22. Ps. 100, 4. Also soug of praise, a psalm, hymn. Pe. 147. 1; c. b to any one. in his honour. Ps. 40. 4. 65, 2; b of the author. Pp. 145. 1 "inVs n^nrj a hymn of David. With sutl. Pe. 22, 26. 71, 6. Plur. ribrin p.mlms. hymns Ps. 22, 4 : also a^^pri as t he later name of the Pealter. Hence praise laud eepec. as sung; Ps. 106 12 "irinn '(-^^c^ they sing bnn 1121 n*in J^ praise. Ps. 34, 2. 66, 2. 8. Plur. praises Ps. 78, 4. Is. 60. 6. 63, 7. Melon. a praise, i. e. object of praise, he who is lauded, Deut. 26, 19; comp. Jer. 13. 11. 33. 9. Zeph. 3, 19. 20. Jer. 51, 4r n^nn ynxn-bs the praise of the whole earth, i. e. Babylon ; and so Jerusalem Is. 62, 7. Jer. 49, 25. 2. praise in which one stands in re- spect to others, glory, renown, Ps. 48, 11. 51. 17. Is. 42, 8^ 48,9. 61, 3. Jer. 48,2. al. Hence of a person or thing as the object of one's glory, that in which one glorifes ; Jer. 17, 14 nnx ^n^nn thou (Jehovah) art my glory. Deut. 10, 21. For the form ^^Tjbnn Ps. 9, 15, see Lehrg. p. 215. 527. The Yod is superfluous. nbnri \\ an. Xfyoft.folly, and then sin, Job 4, 18 ; Sept. (TaoXiov tt, Vulg. pra- vum quid. Targ. iniquitas. The opi- nions of interpreters as to the etymology have been various ; but the Hebrews, and among them Kimchi, have long ago suggested the true one, to wit, that n^nn is fem. of bnh or ^n'n, from the root bbn no. 4 ; as DW . b^in. "i^n , from 00^ , bba, "sn . Nor is it an objection that the b is without Dagesh forte, comp. 03T3 from DD3, fem. n03T3, see Lehrgb. p. 503. Others, as Schnurrer, refer it to the root s o JjO* to wander, to err, whence Jj6* I error ; and from this they derive the noun nbnip\, nbn'n, and thence nbnn ; as vice versa nbrh for s^bsn Judg. 6, 28, mar/T for nart Num. 23, 7. nD^bnri f. (r. T^bn) a procession^ plur. Neh. 12. 31. niDSrin f plur. (r. 7^B?7) 1. perverse- ness, folly, Deut. 32, 20. ' 2. deceit, falsehood, fraud, Prov. 2. 12. 14. 6. 14. 8. 13. 23. 33. al. msQJ-in ",i;i:b a deceitful tongue 10, 31. *\7\ m. (r. Hin I.) c. sufF. ^yF\ ; a mark, sign, espec. in the form of a cross, a) On the forehead of any one, Ez. 9, 14. b) As subscribed to a complaint or charge ; hence mark, signature, Job 31, 35, parall. "iso . It is related of the synod of Chalcedon and other oriental synods, that the bishops who could not write their names affixed the mark of the cross instead of them ; and this is 94* common at the present day in the case of j>ersons who cannot write. Much more must we suppose it to have been so in the infancy of writing ; and thus to have passed into the common usage of lan- guage. Chald. ".n, N^n, nxin,asign, terminus; Arab. i^yi^. ^ty>) a mark, i. e. a cross burnt in upon the neck or thighs of horses and camels ; whence the name of the letter T\, which has the form of a cross in the Phenician alphabet and on the coins of the Maccabees. See Gesen. Monumm. Phoen. p. 47. xin, see ixn. *nin Chald. fut. nwj, i. q. Hebr. SittJ q. V. to turn back, to return, Dan. 4, 31. 33. Aph. nT^ri (with Heb. form) fut. I'^n'; Ezra 5, 5, and n-^nn^ 6. 5, i. q. Heb. 2'^ttJn, to return, to restore, Ezra 6, 5. Dans n"nri i. q. Heb. "iS"! ^^tn, to re- turn answer, to answer, c. ace. of pers. Ezra 5, 11. Dan. 3, 16. cr-j^i X'jr ^'vn to return counsel and wisdom, i. e. to answer considerately and wisely, c. b ol pers. Dan. 2. 14. comp. D?a 3*^^:1 Prov. 26, 16. nann^S 'n to return a letter, i. e. to answer by letter. Ezra 5, 5. bnin Ez. 27, 13. 38, 2. 3. Is. 66, 19, and bnr\ Gen. 10, 2. Ez. 32, 26. 39, 1, pr. n. Tubal, i. p. the Tibareni, a people of Asia Minor dwelling on the southeast- ern shore of tjae Euxine, on the west of the Moschi ; see TJ^?. no. 3. Thesaur. p. 1491 sq. 1?]? bl^n Tkibal-cain, pr. n. of a son of Lamech, the first who wrought in iron and brass, Gen. 4, 22. Perh. sco- riarum faber, compounded from Arab. ^jLJj faber, and Pers. JL}J metal li sco- riae, the genitive being put first, which savours of an Assyrian or Persian origin. HDnin Job 26, 12 Keth. for ns^i^C) insight. nj^n f. (r. na^) grief sorrow, vexa- tion, Prov. 14, 13. 17, 21. Ps. 119, 28. Meton. cause of grief Prov. 10, 1. n^'lSin see HTa-iah. Tlin f (r. ni^ Hiph.) constr. n'lin, plur. niiin. ^' <. niri 1122 )l)n 1. confession Josh. 7, 19. Ezra 10, 11. Syr. id. 2. thanksgiving, praise. Ps. 26,7. 42, 5. Is. 51, 3. nnin n'lnbxb nnj to offer thanks to God as sacrifice Ps. So'u. 23. 107,22. 16. 17 ; but this formula is not to be un- derstood of actual thank-offerings. nsT nnin Lev. 22, 29 ; c^Tsb^sn nn-in nnt 7', 13. 15,comp. 12; and ellipt. rriin Ps.'56, 13. 2 Chr. 29, 31. Jer. 17.26: all imply- ing thank-offering, sacrifice of thanks- giving. Syr. id. 3. a choir of singers, celebrating God in songs of thanksgiving, Neh. 12, 31. 38. 40. n^n Chald. kindr. with PTW, to be astonished, Dan. 3, 24. * I. niri in Kal not used. i. q. nsjn I, to mark, to delineate ; comp. nix III. PiKL fut. conv. "^n^?, to mark, to make marks; 1 Sam. 21. 14 of David feigning madness, ^ri^'n ninb^-b? in'jn he made marks, scrawled, on the doors of the gate, in the manner of mischievous boys. Hi PH. in ninn to make a mark^ c. b? to set a mark upon any one, Ez. 9, 4. Deriv. in. * [1. n^iF) to repent, to be grieved. Syr. id. Hi PH. causat. to grieve, to afflict^ e. g. as a people God, Ps. 78, 41. * III. n jri obsol. root, i. q. n^K I, and Arab, ^y^- to abide, to dy^ell ; whence SPi chamber, for IPi. Tj_^y\ obsol. root, i. q. Hittj, to sink down, to settle, to incline backwards; comp. Arab. ^vJ and ^w mid. Waw, to sink, to be immersed. Hence to be depressed, to be low, to be underneath. Comp. r. "itn . Deriv. rrm , "^nnn , linnn, Chald. nnn , ninn , and nin (perh. inclined, or lowly) Toah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6. 19 [34] ; for which in V. 11 [26] nris Nahath; and I Sam. 1, 1 sinh Tohu. "^yf^^ f (r. bn;") c. suff. "^Fl^-rJin, ex- pectation, hope, Prov. 10, 28. 11,' 7. 13, 12. Lam. 3, 18. Job 41, 1. With i , hope in any one Ps. 39, 8. ^^ri obsol. root. i. q. HT , to sink, to be sunk, immersed, in any thing, kindr. are mo, nn^, T|3.. Hence adj. 'ps-^n, and jf^P^m. constr. T^^n , c. suflf. ''a'in ,C3D-;n , Dsin. the inner part, interior, mid^t, the middle of any thing; as H'^sn Ti'Tl the midst of the house, perh. the inner court, 2 Sam 4, 6, but comp v. 7 ; else- where r'^2n r^^n is the midst of the house itself 1 K. 6, 19. 11, 20; see below. Also 7\^V\2 in the midst, in the middle, e. g. between two things or parts, Juiig. 15, 4. Josh. 8, 22. Num. 35, 5. Gen. 15, 10. Put also in the genit. after a noun. Judg. 16, 29 T^^nrr "^nias the middle pil- lars. With Prefixes. 1. I^ina a) in the midftt or middle of any thing, as Tpra n^sn in the midst of the house 1 K. 11, 20. "jsn T^l'na in the middle of the gar- den Gen. 2,' 9. 3, 3. B^bcsjn^ "i^-rs Zech. 8. 8. Neh. 4, 16. n'VQn rpra in tlu> midst of the field Gen. 37. 7 ; and so 1 K. 3, 20. "1 Sam. 9, 'l4. Job 2. 8. Also aficr verbs of motion, D*n Tpna in the midst of the sea Ex. 14, 22. 27. Sometimes it does not differ from a A. no. 1, in a plarr. Gen. 9, 21. 18, 24.' 26. Am. 3.9; also as in 2 A. no. 7, into a place Ps. 57. 7. Further, "n^ra -as to pass through f/i^' midst of any thing Ez. 9, 4. Ex. 14. 2!. Num. 33, 8. b) As referring to sev- eral, among, pr. in the midst of; carTS among you, in the midst of you. Gen. V>'). 2. Prov. 17, 2. Ez. 2, 5. Also for ',-?. between, to express distinction, separ;i tion, Gen. 1, 6 072?! Tpna between the waters, sc. above and below the firma- ment. 2. T^SpjiQ out of the midst of amy thinir ; hence simpl. out offrom, Jer. 51. 6. Ex. 33, 11. al. 3. Tj'n'bx into the mid^t of any thing, Num. 17, 12. 19.6. Comp. synon. a-jps. ^ir\ i. q. r^n oppression, q. v. nnDin f (r. ns^) chastisement, pun- ishment, i. q. nna^n no. 3. 2 K. 19, 3. Is. 37, 3. Hos. 5, 9. Plur. ninain Ps. 149, 7. nilDin f (r. na;;) c. suffl ''nnaiin; plur. ninsSn , constr. ninai'n . 1. Act oi" proving, proof, demonstra- tion that one is in the right, Job 13, 6 ; !D^n 1123 ?^n argument, appeal, Hab. 2, 1. Plur. oronfs, arguments, Job 23, 4. Ps. 38, 15. Hence Prov. 29, 1 ninsin d-ix a man of arguments, i. e. who when censured (iefends himself. Others: 'one often re- proved,' from signif. no. 2. 2. reproof, admonition, correction by- words. Prov. 1, 23. 25. 30. 3, 11. 5, 12. 27, 5. 29, 15. C^n nnsin reproof of life, life-giving, Prov. 15, 31. Plur. 101^ rinain reproofs of instruction, in- structive, Prov. 6, 23; comp. in iDl^a no. 3. 3. correction, chastisement, punish- ment, Ps. 73, 14. Plur. Ps. 39, 12. Ez. 5. 15 HTsn n-inain . 25, 17. T - I ' O'^^D^n 2 Chr. 9, 21, see o"'?3n. ibin (birth, r. nV^) roZad, pr. n. of a place in Simeon. 1 Chr. 4, 29; called also "ib-in^sx Eltolad Josh. 15, 30. 19, 4. nnbin and ninbh f. plur. r. ^bv 1. generations, families, descents. Num. 1, 20 sq. cnnbinb according to their gen- erations, families, descents, Gen. 10, 32. 25, 13. Ex. 6, 16. al. Hence nibin nco a book of genealogy, a genealogical reg- ister or tree, Gen. 5, 1. Hence 2. history, es^tec. family history, since the earliest history among oriental na- tions is mostly drawn from the genealo- gical registers of families. Gen. 6, 9 nb rSbin nbx ^^/^ is the family-history of Noah. 25,19. 37,2. Then also for the origin of any thing, i. e. the history of its origin ; Gen. 2, 4 this is the origin of the heavens and the earth, i. e. the eiory of their origin. Comp. bn^ and Syr. tg.l' family, genealogical tree, history. ^ib^n, see in "p^rj. bbin m. (r. bb^) a vexer, tormentor, pr. abstr. ' vexation,' the acts of one who extorts lamentation from others, verbal of Pil. after the form bapri, rriXEn . Once in Plur. Ps. 137, 3 ^S-^bbin our tormentors, oppressiws. Sept. ana- yuyovjt; tjfiag, Vulg. abducenies nos ; Targ. "pripdatores nostri,' bbiin being taken for bbiia (by interchanging the letters 'iJ and r), which however has a passive sense. yj'ip m. (r. yb^) 1. a worm, so called from licking, swallowing, comp. pbv, comp. in r. rbn. Plur. crbin Ex. IG, 20. 2. Spec, the coccus worm or insect, coccus ilicis Linn, and hence coccus colour, crimson, and so crimson cloth Is. 1, 18. Lam. 4, 5. See in nrbin no. 2. Hence part. Pu. denom. D"'5bnia , see under r. rbn. 3. Tola, pr. n. m. a) The eldest son of Issachar, Gen. 46, 13. 1 Chr. 7, 1. b) A judge of Israel Judg. 10, 1. Patronym. of lett. a, -^Sb"'" Tolaite Num. 26, 23. nybin f (r. :?b^, like nannn) Job 25,' 6. Is. 14, 1 1 ; and DlTbin both absol. and constr. 1. a worm, i. q. sbin ; as generated in putrid substatices, Is. 14, 11. 66, 24, or gnawing plants, Jon. 4, 7. Deut. 28, 39. Trop. of man as feeble and despised, Ps. 22,7. Is. 41, 14. Job 25, 6. 2. Spec. "^3^ nrbin crimson-worm, and nsbin "^sd worm-crimson ; hence crim- son colour, and crimson cloth ; see in 'ad; comp. b^an3. Din, a spurious root to which some refer several forms belonging to r. ciari. DIP, see Dh. D^'^in twins, see okn . jTain CjTjin) Gen. 36, 15 Keth. for (TS'^Fi q. v. nni^i'n f (r. s?n) constr. nnsin ; plui . nissin, constr. nisrir. ; an abomination, an abominable thing, pr. ' what causes loathing, abhorrence'; so of a slander- er, Prov. 26. 25 for seven abominations are in his heart. Chiefly of things to be abhorred because of religious pre- cepts or customs, Prov. 21, 27. 28, 9. Lev. 18, 22. 26-30. Gen. 43, 32. 46, 34. Deut. 14, 3. al. So nny-Pi nbr or nbs nis^'in to do or commit abomination, Lev. 20, 13. .Ter.6, 15. 8, 12. Ez. 16, 50. 18, 13. 24. al. Also nin-; ^3Bb nssin Deut. 24, 4, and oftener Viiril narin an abomination before or to Jehovah, Prov. 6, 16. 11, 1. 15, 8. 9. 26. 20, 10. 23, comp. Jer. 1, 13. So of a person whom God abhors, Deut. 25, 16. 11, 20. 16, 5. 17, 15. Also of a person as an abomination to men, Prov. 29, 27 ; once I plur. emphat. Ps. 88, 9; of wrong deeds :?'in 1124 mn and the like, Prov. 8, 7. 16, 12. 24, 9. Spec, of every thing pertaining to the worship of idols (synon. ^H)^, V"*^^*) Deut. 7, 25. 26. 20, 18. 1 K. 14, 24. 2 K. 16, 3. 21, 2. Jer. 2,7. 7, 10. Ez. 5, 11. Ezra 9, 1- 11. al. saep. ninrin "'B? nations of abominations, given to idola- try, Ezra 9, 14 ; also of the heathen view of the Heb. sacrifices, Ex. 8, 22 [26] ninib nsts c-cid nasJin we sacrifice to Jehovah what is an abomination to the Egyptians sc. to sacrifice, i. e. animals which the Egyptians worship as gods. Also of idols themselves, is. 44. 19. Jer. 16, 18. Ez. 11, 21. Deut. 27, 15. 2 K. 23. 13 ; comp. Ez. 7, 20 and 16, 36. T\T\T\ f (r. n^n) 1. error in respect to things of religion, impiety^ wickedness^ Is. 32, 6. See the root lelt. b. 2. a wandering, i. e. perturbation^ disLurbance, Neh. 4, 2 [8]. nilDirin f plur. (r. qj;) constr. nifirin , pr. 'fatigues, wearinesses;' hence 1. labours, toils. Job 22, 25 niCJin qoa) the silver of labours^ i. e. got with toil. Then, product of labours, treasures, wealth, i. q. ^"'37 no. 2 ; Ps. 95, 4 nitsin D'^'^ii the labours of the mountains. i\ e. treasures of the mountains obtained with toil. 2. swiftness, speed in running, as cxn nicrin the swiftness of the buffalo, Num. 23, 22. 24, 8. Sept. d6^uv, Vulg. Onk. Syr. Arabs Erp. Kimchi strength, which does not accord with the etymo- logy. Note. Some interpreters compare this word with the Arab, root ij to go up, to grow up; IV, to be tall. Hence in Num. 1. c. 'the tallness of the buffalo.' Ps. 95, 4 the heights of the mountains. Job 22, 25 silver oC heights, heaps of sil- ver. But the etymology above given is to be preferred, as resting on the cer- tain and demonstrable usage of the He- brew language ; comp. in r. rjJV * Cj^ri obsol. verb, to spit out, like Talm. qin; kindr. Eth. 't^h to spit. Pr. it would seem, ' to pound, to thrust, to thrust out. to eject,' comp. qsn and pj5'i I. II. Comp. also r. bsn , and Arab. 3 dirt of the nails, etc. Hence riBPi, nnen. nii^Sin r plur. (r. XS^) constr. M'xr:^, t 1. a going forth ; mctaph. from dan- ger, i. e. escape, deliverance Ps. 68, 21. Comp. r. x^^ Ecc. 7. 18. 2. place of going forth or exit, e. g. a gate Ez. 48, 30 ; a fountain, Prov. 4, 23 D"'*n niXS-n the fountain of life, of happiness. Also of the exit or termina- tion of any thing, i. e. extremity, end, Num. 34, 4. 5. 8. 9. Josh. 15, 4. 7. 17, 9. 18. al. nnpin, see in T\tJ^T\. * "^^P^ , prtet. 1 sing. 'rnv\ , fut. 2 pli sintrn . The form ^^n^ is subst whii see in its order, p. 438. 1. to turn about in a circle, to movei in gyrations ; see kindr. "^W, nsio, n^sj, nn^. -txn, ''A'S II, -ind. Hence perh. "'"in I. q. v. a turtle-dove. 2. to go or travel about, i. q. ^"n and nnti II ; Arab. Tli id. E. g. a) For the sjike of traffic, as a mer- chant, to go abroad, to travel aboidy comp. bs-i , ino ; 1 K. 10, 15 and 2 Chr. 9, 14 n""?rn ': men of the merchants^ merchantmen. b) For the sake of exploring, e. g. as a scout, spy, to spy out, to reconnoitre a land, c. ace. Num. 13, 16. 17. 21. 14, 6sq. c) For inquiry, /o search out, to find Old any thing, c. ace. of thing and b of pers. Deut. 1, 33. Num. 10, 33. Ez.'20, 6. Trop. to investigate, to examine, c. ace. Ecc. 7, 25; also c. by Ecc. 1, 13 j iaba "uin to turn in one^s mind, to think to do something, to think how one shall do it, with inf c. b , Ecc. 2, 3. d) With "''^nx, to go about after, i. e. iofollow, metaph. Num. 15, 39. HiPH. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2. b, to cause to spy out, to let reconnoitre, Judg. 1, 23. Others i. q. Kal no. 2. b. 2. to lead one about, espec. in order to show him the way in places where he is unacquainted; hence to shoxc the way, to guide; com|). Chald. "i*n a guide. Here may be referred fut. ^r^ for "''^n^, c. ace. Prov. 12, 26 p*'^:? 1^?1^ ^^^^ the righteous showeth his friend the way. Also fut. ^n^l 2 Sam. 22, 23, put for ^n*"! , as n'^S"' for n-^r from r. n!i3 , see nin 1125 ttri aeb. Gr. ed. 16. 71. n. 9; hence with wo ace. of pers. and way, D^ian 1F)?1 iS'i'n and (God) showeth the upright his way, i. e. the way in which he should walk. So at least this passage may be iptly explained; although it is not im- prob. corriipted for the parall. 'Jtn'^l Ps. 18, 33. Deriv. t^ni , and 1. nin or "I'm l. Fem. plur. C-jh. a urlle-dove, so called from its flying in gyrations ; comp. 'nii'n a swallow, from ^'^'7 ; others refer the name to its coo- ng. ben. 15, 9. Lev. 1, 14. 5, 7. 1 1. Num. \. 10. al. As a term of endearment, Cant. 2. 12, comp. n3T> id. v. 14. 5. 2; and so of the people of Israel, Ps. 74. 19 T^yin thy turtle-dove, i. e. the people dear to thee and now afflicted and affrighted. 2. "ih, a row, order, turn, eepec. of what goes round in a circle, Esth. 2, 12. 15. 3. Plur. C^ni'n, a. row or string of pearls, or beads of gold or silver, as an ornament for the head, Cant. 1, 10. 11. II. nin 1 Chr. 17, 17, i. q. nnSn in the parall. passage 2 Sam. 7, 19, mode, manner. If the reading is genuine, the form would seem to be apoc. from nnin i. q. nnin. "^in Chald. m. an ox, i. q. Heb. "liD. Plur. "Cir^ oxen, cattle, Dan. 4, 22. 29. 30. 5, 21. Ezra 6, 9. 17. rnin f. (r. nn^ Hiph.) constr. Pin-in, c. Buff". -^nn-in ; plur. rin-n. 1. instruction, precept. Job 22. 22. a) Human, as of parents, Prov. 1, 8. 3, 1. 4. 2. 7, 2. Ps. 18, 1. b) Divine, through the prophets, Is. 1, 10. 42, 4. 21 ; hence an oracle Is. 8, 16. 2. law. a law; the same Heb. word is retained for the Mosaic law in Arab. siTo Kor. 5.47; Chald. NPi')'ni5t, Syr. f^lho] , Eth. b&^.K, g. a) Of sin- .gle laws and precepts, Ex. 12, 49. Lev. ' 7. 7. 37. 14, 54. Num. 5, 30. 15, 16. 29; with genit. of object, as Lev. 6, 2 n^in nbij'in the law of the burnt-offering. 12, 7.' u', 2. Ez. 43, 11. 12 the law of the hoHse, i. e. the description which the builder is to follow. Plur. m'lin laws Ex.18, 20. Lev. 26. 46. b) Of tlie whole law of Moses; fully ^^p trnin 1 K 2, 3. 2 K. 23, 25 ; also T\)n^^ nn-in Ps. 19. 8. 37, 31. Is. 5, 24; c, suff. id. Is. 51, 7. Ps. 40, 9. 78, 10; also xar i^oxiv nninn Deut. 1. 5. 4, 8. 17. 18. 19. Josh. 1, 7 ; poet, without art. Deut. 33, 4. Is. 2, 3. 8, 20. The book of the law of Moses is called nqr) n-nin -^ED 2 K. 14,6. Josh. 8, 31 ; D-'n'bx 'n 'o Josh. 24, 26; nin'^^ 'n 'o 2 Chr. i7r9. 34, 14 ; nninn nso Deut. 28,61. 29,21. 2K. 22,8\ 11. ai 3. a custom, manner, comp. MB^'p in 2. K. 11, 14 ; so 2 Sam. 7, 19 nnin nXT D'lxn this is the manner of man, not of God, i. e. to deal with me thus, so fami- liarly, as man with man ; comp. v. 14. nin m. (r. 3^^) c. suff". T^nt-'in, plur. D'ladin, constr. ''li^n, Kamets impure ; pr. ' habitation,' concr. an inhabitant, dweller, usually a sojourner, stranger, from another country without the rights of a citizen. Lev. 22, 10. 25, 47. Ps. 39, 13. Plur. constr. 1 K. 17, 1. njTD^n and njTlJn f (r. n\r7) a poe- tical word. pr. ' a setting upright, up- rightness;' hence 1. help, succour ; see the root. Job 6, 13 ''3^p nn^3 n^Tr^ni and succour, is it driven from me? parall. with T^ys in the other member; Sept. ^oii&Hn. Prov. 2, 7. Sept. aanrtQia. Mir. 6. 9 r^^^^.^r^ Tifi'd 'itT', as in several Mrs. and in the versions, comp. in no. 3. Job 30, 22 Keri. 2. purpo., lja.^(>, etc. Hence irnn perh. a bad- ger, from its burrowing ; or, better, a seal, or other sea animal, from its div- comp. Arab. ju*^t> ing, submersion or ^j*j>^ dolphin. > '^n^ , in pause izJnn , an obscure word. 1. As an appellative, found only in the connection : irnn *Ti5 skin of Ta- hash Num. 4, 6. 8. 10. 11. 14 ; Plur. m'-iis D^trnn Tahash-skins Ex. 25, 5. 26, 14. 35, 7." 23. 36, 19. 39, 34; also, in the same sense, simpl. Num. 4, 25. Ez. 16, 10 ; in the Pent, spoken of the coverings of the tabernacle, the ark, and the other sacred furniture, as made of this kind of skin ; in Ez. 1. c. of the shoes of females as made of the same. The ancient in- tpp. understand by it a colour given to the leather, e. g. Sept. vaxiv&ivu, Aqu. Symm. 'xv&iva, Chald. and Syr. rubra, Samar. black; and these are followed by Bochart, Hieroz. I. p. 989 sq. But this Gesenius supposes to be mere con- jecture, having no support either in the etymology, or in the kindred dialects. On the other hand, the Talmudists and Hebrew interpreters almost unanimous- ly hold the UJnn to be an animal, the skins of which were used for covering the sacred tabernacle and also for shoes or sandals. To this view Gesenius ac- cedes, and following the opinion of R. Solomon ad Ez. 1. c. with Luther [and the Engl, Version] understands here ei- ther the badger, taxus v. taxo, the me- les of Varro and Pliny ; or else the seal, phoca. Besides the context, which seems to demand an animal, this view is sustained : a) By the authority of the Talmudists, Tract. Sabb. cap. 2. fol. 28, where in treating of this animal they say it resembles the viverra or marteii "jbix 5 Arabic ^ju^3 tuhas, and j^j^O duhas, are indeed translated dolphin by the Lexicographers ; but this name has a wider extent and embraces also seals, which in many respects resemble the badger, and were frequent on the shores of the peninsula of Sinai, Strabo XVI. p. 776. See Beckm. ad Antig. Caryst. c. 60. The Lat. name taxus or taxo, whence in nfodern languages Span. taxon, tasvgo, Ital. tasso, Fr. taisson, Germ. Dachs, is indeed not found in Latin writers before Augustine ; but it must not on that account be regarded as a word newly coined, but only adopt- ed from the vulgar tongue and of for- eign origin. c) The etymology which the Hebrew itself presents, and which is satisfactory, viz. that TL'np) may be regarded as put for n^;nn , from the root n\rn to be silent, to rest, which would apply well to the badger in respect to his six months' sleep ; nor is the seal less somnolent. d) The skins either of badgers or of seals might doubtless have been used both for covering the tabernacle and for shoes ; those of seals are made into shoes at the present day. But not improbably the Hebrews de- signated under this one name both the seal, the badger, and also other like animals which they did not know nor distinguish accurately. Thus far Gesenius, whose arguments on this diffi- cult topic it has seemed better to let stand. But though it were admitted, that seals and dolphins might have been called by one name, yet it is scarcely credible that the badger should be in- cluded under the same ; the Arabic for the badger is ^s^l ,vU-fc or Jl^Uj. That the ancients covered their tents with seal-skins in order to protect them from lightning, is related by Pliny, H. N. 2. 56, comp. Plut. Symp. 5. 9. Sueton. Octav. c. 90. And as a finer kind of shoes can be also made of t^kins of this sort (Ez. 1. c.) it seems probable that the nnn 1128 nnn seal is the animal intended. But the hairy skin of the badger has also its ar- guments ; espec. if we regard the con- jecture of Maurer, see in r. ^nn. The- od. Hase held the \rnn to be 'the Tri- chechus manatus Linn, or vacca marinus or homo marinus of others, Fr. Laman- iin, from the thick and hard skin of which the Arabs of the present day- make pandals ; see Hase Diss, philol. Sylloge. X. 17. Mus. Bremens. II. p. 312. Ruppell Reise in Nub. p. 187, 196. Burckhardt Trav. in Syr. p. 532. Bibl. Res, in Palest. I. p. 171. See more in Thesaur. p. 1500 sq. 2. Tahash or Thahash. pr. n. m. Gen. 22, 24. f^J^r), in pause nnn, pr. subst. from r. nsin, like nna from r. nia, nnvi from r. 1. Subst. the loxoer part^ what is un- G o - aerneath. Arab. o.^\J id. comp. de- nom. Eth. A^/h'l' to let down, to lower, 'I'^Al't' to be lowered, depress- ed, ^ifr^ low ; also Arab. v::,c^VJclt men of low condition. Hence a) Ace us. as adv. below, beneath, Gen. 49, 25. Deut. 33. 13; nnn^ id. (see y^ no. 3. h.) Ex. 20, 4. Josh. 2,' 11. b) Constr. as Preposition, (for which once h nnin Cant. 2. 6,) also c. suff. chiefly as attached to the plural, "^nnn, ^'I'^^n'^ ' rarely as attached to the sing. as ^:r}nn 2 Sam. 22, 37. 40. 48, nsnnn Gen. 2, 21, cnnn, cn-innn, see Heb. Gramm. 101. n. 3 ; below, beneath, un- der, vno, Arab. viL^-SXi', Eth. d'^'l', id. E. g. D'^Taisn nnn under the heavens Dan. 9, 12. ^^^^n nnn under the sun, see \i:bt^ . -inn nnn under the mount- ain, at its foot, Ex. 24, 4. li^lbn nnn under the tongue Ps. 10, 7. 66, 17, and D'^nsia nnn under the lips 140, 4, i. e. in the mouth, 'b n;; nnn under one's hand, i. e. in his power or keeping, 1 Sam. 21, 9. Of a woman who commits whore- dom or adultery under a husband, i. e. while married and owing fidelity to her husband, Num. 5, 19. Ez. 23, 5; comp. in nst and below in aa. "(^X nnn under affliction, impending calamity, Hab. 3, 7. In Hab. 3, 16 we may render "ttx^ n^K / tremble under me, i. e. in my knees and limbs. With verbs of motion a) beneath, under any thing, 2 Sam. 22 37. 40. 48. Gen. 18, 4. Judg. 3, 30. P) under, i. e. down, downwards, xajn. i. q. niso ; Am. 2, 13 M'^nnn p^5c 'sax pr. / press yoti downwards. Job 40, 12. Hence With Prefixes : aa) nnnia adv. 6( - low, beneath^ see above in a. As Prt j). vn ix.from under, from beneath, spoken of persons or things wbich come out from under any thing. Ez. 47, 1 watt is came out 'jPiEan r>nH)P from under (he threshold. Prov. 22, 27 why should one take away thy bed ^''FlHr)^ froin umh r thee 1 i. e. on which thou liest. Ex. 6, 6. Deut. 7, 24. Hence B rnnp n:T. 8( .' above in lett. b, and njT. Rarely ti>r b nnn:? belvw, under any thing, Job L^t>. 5. Ex. 42. 9. Another nnnp e loco, s. .; in no. 2. init. bb) h nninT3(opp. b hy'o) below, wu/rr any thing ; as S^P"^? r^H^P under th>' firmament Gerl. 1, 7. Ex. 30, 4. nnr-s bx r-'ab under or below Bethel, I e. 1. - low the hill on which Bethel stood, G n. 35.8; comp. 1 Sam. 7, 11. cc) b nnn^b i. q. the preccdinir. af[< r a verb of motion, 1 K. 7, 32. dd) nnn-bfi< under, pr. 'to under.' nf place whither, Jer. 3, 6. Zech. 3, 1M; b nnn-bs< Ez. 10, 2. Of place wht n , i Sam. 2i, 4. 2. What is under any one, i. e. pl(i< >\ stead, in or on which one stands or is ; Zech. 6. 12 na^"^ T^nnno/rom hisplarr. he shall spring up, i. e. in his own na- tive land; comp. Ex. 10, 23. Hence a) Ace. in one^s place, in loco. Ex. 16, 2'J Vnnn l'^X ^lad abide ye every one in h is place. Judg. 7,'21. 1 Sam. 14, 9. 2 Sam. 2, 23. 7, 10. 1 Chr. 17, 9. Job 36, 16 inn n'^^^P' P^''^ ^^ ^ broad place, uhtjc (in which) there is no straitness. b) in place of instead of spoken of a persoa succeeding in the place of another, Lev. 16, 32. Esth. 2, 17. Ps. 45, 17 T]^nini< nnn T^-^an 1^177 in the place of thy fathers shall be thy children. Hence of thing* exchanged for others, e. g. of price, in- stead of for. Gen. 30, 15. 1 Sam. 2, 20. 1 K. 21,2 ; also after verbs of requiting, 1 Sam. 25, 21. n^ rryr\ for what? why? Jer. 5. 19. nnn 1129 n'^n With a relat. conjunct, e. g. ^^^^ f^Hn r) instead of that, whereas. Deut. 28, 132. /?) instead of, in return for, because, Deut. 21, 14. 2 K. 22, 17. Also "^3 nnn id. Deut. 4, 37. The same is likewise rnn c. inf Is. 60, 15 ; comp. Job 34, 26 c-rdn nnn for the fuller Dni"'n nnn C^yd"^ because they are wicked. 3. Tahath. (place, station.) pr. n. a) A station of the Israelites in the desert, Num. 33. 26. b) A man ) 1 Chr. 6, 9. 22. /?, y) 7, 20. Jnnn Chald. prep, under, Dan. 4, 11 ^ninnn va i. q. Heb. T>nnn73. The more usual form is rinn. jipnn m. adj. (from nnn) f HDinnn, lower, lowest, i. q. ""rinn, Josh. 18, 13. 1 K. G. 0. Is. 22, 9. Ez'. 40, 18. al. ''nnn m. adj. (from nnn) f n*nnn and n-rnnn ; plur. Q'nnn. ri'^nnn ; low- er, lowest, Ps. 86, 13. Deut. 32, 22. Gen. 6. 16. n^nnn nbs the lower millstone Job 41,16. ^Trnr\^T\r^T\thelowerj)artofthe mount, at its foot, Ex. 19. 27. -p-i^nnn ' I - V"!^ Ihe lower parts of the earth, Sheol, Hades, Is. 44 23 ; poet, for any hidden place, e. g. of the mother's womb Ps. 139, 15. The same is ni'innn-^nx Ez. 26, 20. 32, 18. 24 ; comp. ri?nnn -lia the lowest (deepest) pit, Ps. 88, 7. Lam. 3, 55. T'^n a doubtful root, see in r. tTn. liD*^r\ m. adj. (from r\^r\) f. riais'^n, mid, middle, inner; naisTin T^Jn the mid city, the midst of the city, 2 K. 20, 4 Keth. and genr. Ex. 26, 28. Judg. 7, 19. 1 K. 6, 6. 8. Ez. 41, 7. 42, 5. 6. 'jib'^n (for lib-'ns gift, according to Simonis,) Tilon, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20 Keri, where Keth. -libsin. R. bn3. i^TQ'^ri Is. 21, 14. Jer. 25, 23, and Xiari Job 6, 19, (r. "i^;", I'^iD^) Tema, pr. n. a) A son of Ishmael, Gen. 25, 15. b) A tract and people in the Arabian des- ert, so called from Tema (lett. a) : and still called by the Arabs Ljo Teima, corresponding to the 0(xljxu of Ptol. 6. p. 179. But the Arabian Teima is only about three days' journey northwest of Medina. Prob. therefore Heb. ^i^"'^ is i.q. )"a''n no.2.b ; and so the LXX always write It Ouifxuv. See Thesaur. p. 600, 95 V?^'^ J once T9^ Job 9, 9, coinui gend. (masc. in signf 2, Obad. 9; fern, in sig- nif 1, Is. 43, 6. Cant. 4, 16,) pr. ' what is on the right hand,' denom. from "f^J^ . Hence 1. the south, the southern quarter, see -fn^ no. 3; Josh. 12, 3. 13, 4. Job 9, 9. Is. 43, 6. Hab. 3, 8. Zech. 6, 6. al. With n loc. n:^^n southward, to the south, Ex. 26, 18. 35. 27, 9. Num. 3, 29. Ez. 47. 19. nsTS-'n'ro^ Ez. 21, 2. b njio-'n southwards of on the south of Num. 2, 10. Poet. |i3-'n for )^^v\ n^-i , the south wind, Ps. 78, .26. Cant. 4, 16. Comp. 2. Teman, pr. n. a) A grandson of Esau, Gen. 36, 11, 15. b) A city, re- gion, and people on the east of Idumea, sprung from Teman (lett. a), Gen. 36, 42. Jer. 49, 7. 20. Ez. 25, 13. Am. 1, II 12. Ob. 9. Like other Arabs ( 1 K. 5, 1 1 ) the Temanites were celebrated for wis- dom, Jer. 49, 7. Baruch 3, 22.23; comp. Job 2, 11. 22, 1. Patronym. '^:7?'^n Te- manite, Job 1. c. Gen. 36, 34. 1 Chr. 1, 45. '^D'Q''n (comp. patronym. '^^''T\ in "V^}) Temeni, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 6. rriia'^nj see in nn^an. Y"*? a doubtful root, whence the following. ^'V'^ the Tizite, gentile n. 1 Chr. 11, 45 ; derived from yn, the name of some place elsewhere unknown. Simonis re- gards it as for y'^T\'l from r. "j^Pia , Onomast. ttJil'^n and CTn m. (r. UJn;;') new wine, so called because it gets possession of the brain, and inebriates ; comp. Syr. I'kljjlo, Chald. n-j^a, id. Hos. 4, 11 ih npi 'djinini -p^l n^st whoredom and wine and new wine take away the hrart, i. e. the understanding. Judg. 9, 13: Mic. 6, 15. al. Often coupled: 'nn "Sn corn and new wine Gen. 27, 28 ; '^'n y^yt, TlJ'^'ini a land of corn and new wine, i. e. abounding in them, Deut. 33, 28. Is. 36, 17; also more fully, corn, wine, and oil, Deut. 28, 51. 2 Chr. 32, 28. Joel 2, 19. al. Of the juice of the grape. Is. 65. 8. [All the passages go to show, that ;UTi"'n is new wine of the first year, the wine- crop or vintage of the season ; and hence it is mostly coupled with wine and oil as a product of the land. That it was n^n 1130 b^n regarded as intoxicating is shown by Hos. 4, 11 ; see above. R. ^?T^ (fear, r. i^yj TYria, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 16. OTn m. Tiras, Gen. 10, 2. pr. n. of a northern people sprung from Japhet ; according to Josephus, Jerome, Jonath. apd Targ. of Jerusalem, the Thracicpis, Thrace. See Bocharti Phaleg. II. 2. Thosaur. p. 1501. * IDT^ obsol. root, prob. to ftmite, to beat, to bruise, i. q. TT) or ttn q. v. and t-J_} .Hence TD?P) m. plur. D-r^pi, a he-goal, buck, so called from its butting; Prov. 30, 31. Gen. 30, 35. 32,15. 2Chr. 17, 11. Arab. 6 o" \j*^ caper, Chald, ^Ijn, XTC^n, hircus; Syr. }!a-.Z id. ^J^ m. (r. T]3n) oppression, violence, Ps. 10, 7. 55, 12 fully r[iv\ Ps. 72, 14. J? T i" Kal not used, according to the Heb. intpp. 'to be fitted, joined;' better to lean upon, to lie down, comp. Arab. ^Uo Conj. VIII. PuAL Deut. 33, 3 r,ba-)b stsn cm and they (the Israelites) are laid down (en- camped) at thy feel, i. e. at the foot of Mount Sinai. Some prefer to read I2n they abide, from Syr. ^Z to abide. 1. nj-^Dn f. (r. -,^3) place, dwelling, Job 23, 3. II. nj^Dn f. (r. "(Sn) 1. arrangement, fashion, Ez. 43, 11, i. q. n-^ssFi in v. 10. 2. costly furniture, splendid equipage^ Nah. 2, 10. Comp. n-33)n no. 2. D'^^^n m. plur. 1 K. 10,22, and D''!'3^n 2 Chr. 9, 21, peacocks, according to the Targ. Syr. Arabs, Jerome, and the Heb. intpp. Corresponding are Tamil tdgai or tdghai, Sanscr. gikhin. This would seem to have been the domestic name of this bird in India; and hence comes also Gr. xamg, raatg, pr. tFo5?, Athen. IX p. 397, (whence Arab. ^JJo, Chald. D^a , Syr. jjosl^ and also Lat. pavo, the letters t and p being interchanged ; comp. Xaixi;, lapis, Xi&og. See Bochart Hieroz. T. II. p. 135 sq. A. Benary in Berliner litt. Jahrbiicher 1831. no. 96. kj obsol. root, pr. to trample vp- on, to crush; then to oppress, to harass. Arab, vjjo to crush under foot; comp. Syr. 'fZ to injure, i. q. Heb. bn. Chald. ^rp. 7jn id. Kindr. are T^s'n, p;r^. nnn. also yyn, n^n. Hence T\T\, and D'^DDn m. ]p\\JiT. spoilings. oppressions, espec. of the poor; once Prov. 29, 13 Cx D"'33Pi an oppressor of the poor, Sept. dav(taTt,g, Vulg. creditor. In the siinilar passage Prov. 22, 2, it is 'T'C:? the rich man, prob. usurer. xDri obsol. root, prob. to shell, to peel, I. q. ^Tvd II, whence rbnb a shell- fish, muscle. Hence nbspj. njDn f (r. nbs) completion, perfec- tion. Ps. 119, 96. Others hope, confi- dence, from r. ^sn, ^^^, to hope. rr^bsn n (r nbs) l. perfection, com- pleteness. Job 11,7. Ps. 139, 22 rr^brn ns<3b per/ec^ Aa^rec/. For Is. 10,25, sic in P.''!?an . 2. cnrf, extremity. Neh. 3, 21. Job 20. 10 "ncn-DS -iSx n-ibspi-n? lit. unto (hr end of the light with the darkness, i.e. where the light terminates in darkness. 28, 3 ipn xin n-'ban-bsb he searchtlh even to all ends, i. e. into the deepest recesses of the earth. f^^?P\ f. (r. ban) a shell-fish, viusch\ helix ianthina Linn. i. e. a species of muscle found in the Mediterranean, ad- hering to the rocks, with a cerulean shell, Rabb. Titbn ; from which is pro- cured the blue or cerulean purple. Hence for cerulean purple, violet, dark blue, Fr. bleufonce ; and also for cloths, garments, yarn or thread, dyed with this purple; espec. of the hangings and other cloths of the tabernacle, in which this colour was combined with reddi.^h purple, scarlet, and gold, Ex.26, 1. 31. 36. 27,' 16; nban ^aa a cloth of blue, for covering the sacred table and olher fur- niture. Num. 4, 6. 7. 9. 11. 12 ; 'n nxbb loops of blue, for connecting the hang- ings, Ex. 26, 4. 36, 11. The same mix- ture of colours was employed in the ephod of the high priest, Ex. 28, 6. 8. 15. 28. 39, 2. 5. 8 ; while his robe wa wholly of blue, Ex. 28, 31. 39, 22. See also Ex. 25, 4. 5 ; 28. 33. 35, 6. 23. 36.. 8. I pn 1131 r^bn 39, 24. Also precious cloths and gar- ments of this colour are mentioned, Ez. 23, 6. 27, 7. 24. Jer. 10, 9. Esth. 8, 15. n b-'riD a cord of blue Ex." 28, 37. 39, 21. Num. 15, 38, comp. Ex. 35. 25; also n;3n 'n an embroiderer in blue Ex. 35, 35. 38, 23, comp. 39, 3. 2 Chr. 2, G. 13. Sept. and Vulg. well, vdxtv&og^ vaxlv&ivo(^ hyacinthina. Ibn Ezra, Rashi. and Lu- ther, wrongly, pale or yellowish silk. See Bochart Hieroz. 11.720-742; or III. 655-686 Lips. Braun de Vestitu sacer- dot. p. 187-200. Thesaur. p. 1502 sq. ')?\) I. Pr. to make eren, to level, see Niph. Kindr. is "jpn . 2. to poise, to weigh^ by the equilibri- um of the balance ; metaph. to weigh, i. e. to prove, to try, Prov. 16, 2 "jsn nirr^ ninin Jehovah proveth the minds. 21, 2. 24, 12. Niph. pr. to be made even, to be equal, level, as a way ; trop. of a way of con- duct, to be equal, right, comp. r. "^p^, Ez. 18, 25. 29. 33, 17. 20. 1 Sam. 2, 3. Comp. in Kal. PiEL "|3n 1. to weigh, e. g. the wa- ters Job 28, 25 ; metaph. to prove, to try, Is. 40, 13. 2. to measure ; U. 40, 12 who hath measured the heavens with a span ? in the other clause tits, bf?. 3. to set up, to fix, to adjust, e. g. by a level or plumb, Ps. 75, 4. PuAL part, isn^, weighed out, e. g. money 2 K. 12, 12. Deriv. iDPi, n::iDn II, r^'^3=n, nasria. pn m. (r. "pn) 1. a task, as weighed or measured out. Ex. 5, 18. 2. a measure Ez. 45, 11. 3. Tochen, pr. n. of a place in the tribe of Simeon,! Chr. 4, 32. tr^DDri f (r. "iDt^) 1. arrangement, palter?}., Ez. 43, 10.' 2. completeness, perfection, sum, Ez. 28, 12. y'^'IDPl m. (r. "^iS) o, wide robe, man- tle, pallium, the long and flowing robe of an oriental monarch, Esth. 8, 15. Chald. id. ^n m. (r. b^tn no. 2) c. suff. n^Pi , a hill. Josh. 11, 13; espec. a mound, a heap of rubbish, Deut. 13, 17. Josh. 8, 28. Jer. 30, 18. 49,2. Arab. Jj* Tell, Chald. bn, Syr. t^l and |32, id. also Egypt. T<^X, O^A, OeA, id. Hence come the fol- lowing names of Babylonian cities, called after hills or mounds in their vi- cinity, see Assemani Bibl. Orient, ind. geogr. T. III. 2. p. 784 sq. Burckhardl's Travels in Syria, etc. p. 69 sq. 14i2. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. Ind. p. 232. a) 3"'2X hv\ Tel-abib, i. e. corn-hill, Ez. 3, 15, ip Mesopotamia on the ri- ver Chabat^as, perh. the Thal-labba on D'Anvillc's map, ' I'Euphrate et le Ti- gre.' But this is doubtful. b) St'^nn bn Tel'harsha, i. e. forest- hill (see ionn), in Babylonia, Ezra 2, 59. Neh. 7, 61.' ' c) nbrj hp. Tel-melah, i.e. salt-hill. also in Babylonia. Ezra 2, 59. Neh. 7, 61. * U^ JX^ i. q. nbjn, to hang up, to sus- pend, 2 Sam. 21. 12'Keri Dnjtbn they had hanged them ; Keth. D^bn from r. nbn. Part. pass. K^i^n twice : a) Deut. 28, 66 thy Ufa will hang (be suspended) be- fore thee, i. e. will ever be in present and pressing danger, b) With \i_, hang- ing after, bent, inclined; Hos. 11,7 "^25 'n^sOttb D'^xibn my people are bent (in- clined) to defection from me. njjbp f (r. nxb, as nbrtn from r. nbr ; for n^xbn, JiKxbn, see Lgb. p. 509) travail, trouble, distress, Ex. IS. 8. Num. 20, 14. Neh. 9, 32. Lam. 3, 5. nn^Sbn f (r. 2X^) thirst; once Hos. 13, 5 ni2Nbn ynx a thirsty land, i. e. dry. "iteKbn 2 K. 19, 12, and '^fe'rH Is. 37, 12, Telassar, pr. n. of a region in Assy- ria or Mesopotamia, which also further occurs in Targ. Hieros. Gen. 14, 1. 9, for Heb. "i&^fi^, and likewise in the same Targ. and in Jonath. Gen. 10, 12 foi Heb. jD'n . Prob. for ^^nrx Vpi Assyrian Tel. Ewald regards it as perh. the same with the Theleda of the Peutin- ger Tables, near Palmyra. msabn f (r. dab) a garment, Is. 59, 17. ' " ^bn Chald. m. snow, i. q. Heb. abilj, Dan. V, 9. nODbs f^^'pt?, see 's nbiPi. nbn 1132 :cbn nWn, see ninbin. * nbn fut. pi. !ibn7 , J- ^0 ^^^^ ^Py to suspend, Chald. and Syr. xbn, jfz, id. The primary idea is that of being loose, pendulous; see nbu, bbd, brJ, bbpi; comp. Gr. tAww to suspend in a bal- ance, whence taXavrov. 2 Sam. 18, 10. Job 26, 7. Ps. 137, 2. Cant. 4, 4. Ez. 15, 3? ysr\ b:? 'd nbn /o /ia?2^ ?(;}on a stake or C706S, /o crucify, a species of punish- ment among the Hebrews Deut. 21, 22. Josh. 8, 29. 10, 26, comp. 2 Sam. 4, 12 ; the Egyptians Gen. 40, 19. 22. 41, 13; and the Persians Esth. 5, 14. 6, 4. 7, 9. 10. 8, 7. 9, 13. 14. 25. 2. Inlrans. to hang upon, to adhere to, c. br Is. 22, 24. Syr. Ethpe. v-J^Zzf id. NiPH. pass. Lam. 5, 12. Esth. 2, 23. PiEL i. q. Kal, Ez. 27, 10. 11. Deriv. ^bn. rC'^bri f (r. 'I'lb Niph.) a murmuring, r/)mplaining, e. g. of a people, only plur. nirbn (others less well nisbn) Ex. 16, 7. 9. 12. Num. 14,27. 17,25.' * -^2^ obsol. root. Talm. to be broken, ruptured, perh. kindr. with Arab. aJLj and iJo to break the head ; Chald. 5bn to cleave. Hence nbri (breach) Telah, pr. n. m. I Chr. 7, 25. "^n m. (r. nbn, like "'b^ from r. nb^) T. Xeyop. Gen. 27. 3, a quiver, according to most of the ancient intpp. so called as being suspended from the shoulder or girdle. So Sept. Gr. Venet. Pseudojon. Vulg. But Onk. and Syr. render it a sword. "'ri'i^ri Chald. ord. num. emphat. nxn-^bn , the third, Dan. 2, 39. R. nbn three. ^ :: V 1 . ^0 sway to and fro, to vi- brate ; kindr. are bb-n, bbj, bbo, which see; also nbn, Arab. Jo to loosen and let down the rope in a well, Eth. 't'^'l' to vibrate ; comp. Gr. TaXccvTsisa&ni, rav- juXfifa&txi^ to sway to and fro. Hence D-^bnbn. 2. fo raise up, to lift up, pr. any thing pwayiiig to and fro, loose, unsteady; then to heap together, e. g. loose earth, Gr. jifoo), xf^vvvfii, whence jifw/ia. Hence genr. to heap up, to cast up, e. g. a mound ; comp. bbo id. nbbb a mound. Part. pass, bibn heaped up, made high, lofty, of a mount, Ez. 17, 22. Chald. b'^bn elevated ; Syr. JT W^^ erect. Hence bn. 3. to be cast, projected, prostrated ; or trans, to cast upon the ground, to pros- trate ; like Arab. Jl> and Heb. b'^on and b^b:3 from r. b^ia . Hence HiPH. bpn . and with tone drawn back bnn Gen. 31 , 7 ; 2 sing, praet nbnn Judg. 16, ""lO. 13. 15; inf brn Ex.' 8, 25. Job 13, 9; fut. 2 plur. i^rnn (comp. rr^'y^^,, 5''t;in'j) Job 13, 9, also before a pause and neglecting the Dagesh ibrn*^ Jer. 9. 4, and under the great pause-accent bnn^l 1 K. IS, 27 ; pr. to prostrate any one, to trip up his heels. Hence 1. to deceive, to dupe, to cheat, sc. with guile, c. a of pers. Gen. 31, 7. Judg. 10. 10. 13. 15. Job 13, 9. Jer. 9,4. 2. to mock, to deride. 1 K. 18. 27. See the derivatives D^'inn and nibnnia. HoPH. bnin, to be deceived, e. g. the heart. Is. 44, 20. Note. Others refer the above forms of Hiphil and Hophal, as also the deriv- atives c^nn and n'^fenn^a, to the root bnn, where see. But this is less well. See espec. Ewald Krit. Gramm. d. Heb. Spr. 1827, p. 487 ; also his Lehrb. d. Heb. Spr. edit. 5, 127. d. Deriv. bn, cbnbcri, o'^bnn, nibrna. ^?V obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab aJLj', to break, to cut in. Hence tlu' two following. Djr^ m. plur. constr. ""^bn, a furrow, UoB. 10, 4. 12, 12. Job 31, 38. 39 10. Ps. 65. 11. Arab, fij, Chald. obn. R. Dbn. ''^r^ (furrowed, r. nbn) Talma i. pr. n. a) A king of Geshur, the lather- in-law of David, 2 Sam. 3. 3. 13, 37. b) An Anakite Num. 13, 22. Josh. 15, 14. Judg 1, 10. '^"''Qbn m. (r. *T^b) a disciple, scholar. 1 Chr. 25, 8. Syr. i^^^\^Z, Arab. Juw-o, id. Dbn 1133 n^2T\ n*13jn, see in nsnbn rbn in Kal not used, Arab. JU> 1. q. *JLb , to be long-necked, to be stretch- ed out long. Hence many derive 55in a worm ; but see in sbipi. PuAL part, y^n^, denom. from rbin q. V. clothed in crimson, Nah. 2, 4. For Tirana teeth, see in its order. W|^r} obsol. root; Arab. ^_4 JU> to pe- rish ; IV, to destroy ; \uiXj destruction. Hence perhaps "^Ebri adj. destructive; only plur. ni'^Ebri the destructive, the deadly ; po- etic for uceapons, arms. Cant. 4, 4 as the tower of David m^obrb '^sa built for the weapons, i. e. on or in which the weapons are suspended ; comp. Pz. 27, 10. 11, also 1 K. 10. 16. 14, 26. 1 Mace. 4, 57. 6, 2. Plin. H. N. 35. 3. So Gese- nius. Others, in nearly the same sense, take n'S'sebn as compounded from bin (r. M^n to hang) and ni^B edges sc. of swords, comp. Prov. 5, 4 and Ps. 149, 6 ; i. e. suspended weapons, and hence an ar- senal. Vulg. propugnacuJa. The form ri"sQbn ir.ay also be referred to the root nsV Arab. vflj to roll up, to congre- gate ; hence a tower for bands of sol- diers, where to deposit their arms. See more in Thesaur. p. 1506. "I^J? , see -I'^xbn . * nbn Chald. with fem. and J&t i/i^y looked with astonishment at one another ; comp. Gen. 43, 33. Sometimes in a stronger sense, to be struck with fear and amaze- ment, to be in consternation. Ps. 48, 6. Jer. 4, 9. Ecc. 5. 7. Poet, of the pillars of heaven, Job 26, 11. HiTHP. fnrnn id. Hab. 1, 5. Deriv. Tin^Pi, and, n^n Chald. m. a iconder, miracle, plur. "rn^n, emphat. ^ni3P, Dan. 3, 32. 33. 6,' 28. nBH f, (r. c?2Pi) i. q. masc. oh, integ- rity, \nnocence, Job 2, 3. 9. 27, 5. 31, 6. lirrari m. (r. n^n) constr. 'pn^n, a^- lonishment, consternation^ terror^ Zech. 12, 4; 23b 'n astonishment and terror of mind, Deut. 28, 28. T^ISn Tammuz, c. art. TJiann , pr. n. of a Phenician deity, the Adonis ("(*iix) of the Greeks ; for whom the Hebrew women also were accustomed to hold an annual lamentation in the fourth month, called "i^isn, beginning w^ith the new moon of July, Ez. 8, 14. Sept. Otxftfjovg^ Vulg. Adonis ; and so Cyrill, Alex, in Jes. 18. Hieron. ad Ez. 1. c. For this Syrian solemnity, celebrated chiefly at Byblus, see Lucian de Dea Syra 6 sq. Comp. Selden de Diis Syris 2. 31. Creuzer vSymbolik des Alterthums, T. II. p. 91 sq. ed. 2. MoveTvS Phoenic. I. p. 191 sq. Winer ReaUv. II. p. 601 sq. ed. 3. The ety- mology is obscure ; see Thesaur. p. 1507. bi'an and V^n adv. (for Vi^lnx q. v.) yesterday ; 1 Sam. 20, 27 Di*n oa Viian nt both yesterday and to-day. 2 Sam. 3, 17 oitJbd oa bi^n or- both yesterday and the day before.^ i. e. formerly, in time past; and so cilibtJ bi^n id. Ex. 5. 8. Ruth 2, 11. Also with a prefix, cicbir bians as before, as formerly, "Gen. 31, 2. 5. Ex. 5, 7. 14. Josh. 4, 18. 1 Sam. 21, 6. 2 K. 13, 5 ; also c\tJb\r birrrq /rom time pa-st, before, formerly, Ex. 21, 29. 36. Deut. 4, 42. 19, 4. 6. Josh. 3, 4. Syr. \L>4, ^Svzf; Chald. ^brins, binni<, 'b^an; Eth. ^^Ash. as victims Ex. 12, 5. Lev. 1. 3. 3, 1.6. 9, 2. 3. Num. 6, 14. Ez. 43, 22. 23. al. scsp. b) sound, in health, of men, Prov. 1, 12. Hence 4. Trop. in a moral sense, Lat. integer, whole-minded, i. e. ^ a) upright, innocent, blameless, good, Gen. 6. 9. 17, 1. Job 12. 4. Prov. 2, 21. 1, 5. 28,- 10. Ps. 37, 18. r,nn-T3^73Pi the upright in life Prov. 11, 20. Ps. 119, 1. bx C3J D^ispi upright with (towards) God, devoted to him, Deut. 18, 13. Ps. 18. 24; c. b 2 Sam. 22, 24; comp. u\t no. 3. Neut. subst. integrity. Josh. 24, 14. Judg. 9, 16. 19. Hence c^^na r}ir^ to walk {live) uprightly Ps. 84, 12; and so c^-Qn -bn id. Ps. 15, 2. Prov. 28, 18; also D-^rn '-"J'lS Ti^n id. Ps. 101, 6; comp. cha "bn . b) true, subst. tnUK verity. Am. 5, 10 cpn nn^ one speaking the truth. 1 Sam. 14, 41 D-ian nan give the truth! D'^BP m. for Q"!l2XFi , pr. plur. of a form nxn q. V. twins; hence twain, coupled, Ex.' 26. 24. 36, 29. See r. cxn. * '^^ri fut. r^^n": ; kindr. with "^^^D. 1. to take, to lay hold of, e. g. one's hand, c. ace. Gen. 48, 17. Prov. 5, 5 ; c. S Is. 33, 15. Prov. 28, 17. Job 36, 17 T-n sisiir.';' ^S'J^l justice and judgment lay hold sc. on thee; where Gesenius and others less well, take hold on each other, Bee in "f"^ no. 1. c. Here too may be re- ferred Ps. 16, 5 '^nia r^^ain nnx thou takest hold of my lot, dost guide and maintain it ; the form ""'^'in being a participle tor Tj^^n or Tp^in, like S'^a'^ 2 K. 8, 21 ; see Heb. Gr. 49. n. 1. 2. to obtain, to acquire, e. g. honour, c. ace. Prov. 11, 16. 29. 23. 3. to hold, to hold fast, c. ace. Prov. 3. 18. 31. 19 ; 'laa'd Tj^i'n one holding the scepfre. a prince. Am. 1. 5. 8 ; comp. Horn. (TXTjTiToiJ/og (SaaiXevg. Metaph., Prov. 4. 4; also Ps. 17, 5 ^"lim r^n ^'pnbjrTsa my steps hold fast in thy paths, i. e. I continually follow thee; here the inf Tj^Pi implies a finite verb, or fills the place of one ; Heb. Gr. 128. 4. b. Others, as Targ. take Titn as imperat, hold up my goings in thy paths. 4. to hold up, to support ; c. a Ex. 17, 12 they supported his hands. Often of God who is said to uphold a person or thing, c. a Ps. 41, 13. 63, 9. Is. 42, 1 ; c. ace. of pers. Is. 41, 10. NiPH. pass, of no. 3, Prov. 5, 22. ^^r\, see bian. * D'^XJ, 3 sing, praet. on, 1 pi. MS^an Num 17, 28 (but also sisari for Si^n Lam. 3, 22) ; inf nh , c. suft'. "'an . Fut. ch"^ , once cnn Ez. 24, 11 ; 1 sing, once cn->x for onx Ps. 19, 14 ; plur. si^n"; Deut. 34, 8, oftener iBn*^ (which others refer to Niph.) Num.'u, 35. Jer. 14, 15. 44, 12. Ps. 104, 35, in pause ^^F!7 oi* ^s in some Mss. Sinn: Ps. 102, 28. 1. to make whole, i. e. to complete, to perfect, to finish ; Ps. 64, 7. Jer. 27, 8 'iT'a cnx 'an-^5 until /shall have fin- ished iAem (wholly delivered them) into his hand. With b e. inf to finish doing any thing, to have done; Josh. 3, 17 Tn'^!n"^^< "2rb si:n iu;x^ n? xmtil they had finished passing over Jordan. 4, 1. 11. 2 Sam. 15. 24. Josh. 5, 8 ^^Pi -tsa biTsnb ^ian'ba when the people had done being circumcised, were all circumcised. Deut 2. 16 r^^b sian when they all had done dying, i. e. were all dead. Often intrans. to be complete, to be finished ; 1 K. 7, 22 and- the work of the columns was finished, ohFil . Is. 18. 5. Dsn nj until they were finished, i. e. wholly, Deut. 31, 24. 30. 1 K. 6, 22. Josh. 3, 16 the waters in'nsa *i5atn were wholly cut off. a-' Arab. (vJ> id. trans, and intrans. The primary idea is doubtless that of shut- ting up, closing; corr^p. the kindr. roots t3^ -f , onn , cax . cpd . and also the same primary force in synon. t^ba. 2. to be finished, ended, to hare an end, to cease, Ps. 9. 7. Is. 16, 4 (pa rail. nba and OSX). Josh. 4, 10. Lam. 4, 22 "3"? en thine iniquity has ceased, i. e. thy punishment is at an end. Also of time, Gen. 47. 18 x^nn r^'^'^^r^ chnn and when that year wa.s ended. Lev. 25. 29. Deut. 34, 8. Jer. 1. 3. Ps. 102, 28 r^-n-iyii^ Q'2T\ 1136 t^2T\ JlTan"^ i<^ and thy years have no end. Ez. 47" 12 i'l^ia D"iP>'? i^^"? whose fruit shall never fail ' Job'si, 40 ni'X ^"i^T^isn ^/le words of Job are ended. Ps. 72. 20. 3. fo 6e consumed, exhausted, spent, I q. nVs no. 3; e. g. bread Jer. 37, 21 ; money Gen. 47, 15. 18 ; a roll as burned Jer. 36, 23; the rust of a boiling pot, Ez. 24, 11. So Lev. 26, 20 p^-}b Dm nsnb anri yowr strength shall be spent in vain. Num. 14. 35. 32, 13 =h-nr ^irin-b^ until all thai generation was consunied. Deut. 2, 14. Jer. 14, 15. Ps. 104, 35. Hence to perish, to be destroy- ed, (like nbs no. 3,) 2 K. 7, 13. Josh. 5. 6. Ps. 73, 19! Jer. 44, 12. 18. 27; so "i? i^n until it be destroyed 1 K. 14. 10. and ti53n *i:3 unlil they were destroyed Deut. 2.Y5. Josh. 8. 24. 10. 20. Jer. 24. 10. i. q. n^3":3J, see nbs no. 3 and Pi. no. 3. 4. to be complete, whole, e. g. a) In number. 1 Sara. 16, 11 cinssn Jinrn are these all thy sons 7 Num. 17, 18. b) In mind, to be whole-minded, upright, blame- less, Ps. 19, 14. Num. 17, 28 ^rn cxn si^b even if blameless, must we die 7 here cxn is ' even if although' ; and so prob. in Job 6, 13. Others refer this passage to lett. a. Comp. ctn, c^tsfi. NiPH. here many refer the form ran"^, which belongs rather to Kal ; see init. HiPH. cr^ri; inf onn. once ~'3'^nn for T^^nn Is. 33. 1; fut. cn^. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, but only trans, to complete, to perfect ; e. g. flesh in cook- ing, to make ready, to prepare^ Ez. 24, 10 ; counsel, to execute 2 Sam. 20, 18. 2. to finish, to cease ; Is. 33, I Tj^^nqs *^'}^^ when thou shall cease to spoil. Causat. to cau^e to cease, and c. yo to remove from any one, Ez. 22, 15. 3. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to make whole, to complete, e. g. a) Of a number ; Dan. 8, 23 tJ-^riasn nnns when the trans- gressors shall have completed so. the number of their sins. Dan. 9, 24 Keri, see in r. dnn no. 3. Hence to pay out in full, as money, i. q. ob^, 2 K. 22, 4. b) Of a way of life, to make upright; Job 22, 3 riiann DFin ^3 if thou livest up- rightly. HiTHP. D/SFiH to show oneself upright, to deal uprightly with any one, c. 05 Ps. 18, 26. 2 Sam. 22, 26. Deriv. fin, nh. n^n, c^'on, oh^. n21pr\ (portion assigned, r. T^Z'2) Gen. 38, 12. Josh. 15, 10.57. 2 Chr. 28, 18; with n local nrs^ri Judg. 14, 1. 5, and with n parag. Josh. 19, 43. Judg. 14. 5 ult. Timnah, Timnath, {Oapva&a 1 Mace. 9 50.) pr. n. of an ancient Canaanitish city Gen. 38, 12; first assigned to the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 10. 57, and after- wards to Dan Josh. 19, 43. It remain- ed long in possession of the Philistines, Judg. 14. 1. 2 Chr. 28, 18. Comp. Jos. Ant. 5. 8. 5. Now &JLo Tibneh, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 343. Gentile n. "^attn 7Vmni7c Judg. 15, 6. [Josephue speaks of a Timnah or Oupvu in con- nection with Gophna and Lydda. as giving name to a toparchy. Ant. 14. 11. 2. B. J. 3. 3. 5. Now called Tibneh. lying northwest of Gophna on the Ro- man road to Antipatris ; see Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, p. 484. R. nj'QR, Bee in hj^TSFi. '^yiyp^ , see '^"n . ''Iian, gentile noun, see njBin. VyOT\ (one withheld, inaccessible, r. "Svo) Timna, pr. n. of a concubine of Eliphaz the son of Esau, Gen. 36, 12. 22. 1 Chr. 1, 39. From her the name passed over to an Edomitish tribe. Gen. 36, 40. 1 Chr. 1, 51. nriS'pinj see in H3Bn. D'in"n3'QP, see the next article. niC"P27an (portion of abundance, i. e. remaining portion, see n:i3n) Timnath- sernh, pr. n. of a town in the mountains of Ephraim, assigned to Joshua, and the place of his burial. Josh. 19. 50. 24, 30. The same is called in Judg. 2, 9 'P^^F? Dnn (portion of the sun) Timna th-heres. The former is prob. the correct read- ing; since a possession thus given to Joshua after the rest of the land was distributed (Josh. 19, 49) would strictly be a portion remaining; see Studer in loc. [Prob. i. q. Onfiva Timnah of Jo&c- phus, the head of a toparchy lying be- tween those of Gophna and Lydda; see above in "^J^F?- R* D12n m. (r. DD13) a melting away, Pa 58. 9. See inb^ibso. ^)2T\ 1137 ^52n * ^"Dl^ obsol. root, pr. prob. to creak, to give forth a creaking sound, kindr. with i^at II, "I73X; then to stand forth (all, high, to be lofty, since things tall and slender, like trees, masts, easily jribrate and creak ; comp. ""^'tn a pole, mast, from r. "3'7 to creak ; "I'^^N top of tree, from r. ^^fit . Hence iian palm tree, n-i73n or ST^^'^ri colunm of smoke, Di-itnan columns as waymarks. So Arab. jj^U and 5njoU tower of a church, ^Lij'l riguit hasta, membrum virile. For the Talmudic usage, see in nn^n. Comp. "itnn. Deriv. see above, also la'm , sri'sri ; hence 1)3 P m. \. a pahn-tree, phcenix dactylifera, date-palm, a tree always green, tall, and slender, from r. lan q. V. Chald. "i^Pi id. Arab, -^j date, Eth. "tiPQ.^ palm. Joel 1, 12. Ps. 92, 13. Cant. 7, 8. 9. Plur. C^n^n palm- trees Ex. 15, 27. Lev. 23, 40.' Num. 33, 9. Neh. 8, 15. This beautiful and most useful tree, now found throughout Egypt and Arabia, was anciently like- wise frequent in Palestine, at least in the depressed tract along the Jordan and the shores of the Dead sea ; " Judea inclyta palmis," Plin. At the present time it is not found in that region ; and is elsewhere very rare in that country. See Theophr. Hist. Plant. 2. 6. Plin. H. N. 13. 4. Celsii Hierob. II. p. 566 sq. Rosenm. Bibl. Alterth. IV. i. p. 297 sq. Winer Realw. art. Datlelpalme. 2. Tamaf, W- n. of place: a) A town on the southeastern border of Palestine. Ez. 47, 19. 48, 28 ; prob. the Oai^nfjbi of Ptol. 5. 16, the Thamaro of the Tab. Peut. and Thamara of Euse- bins, see Onomast. art. Ilazazon Tha- war. Perh. the sile of ruins now called Kurnub, about a day's journey south of el-Milh (Maiatha). on the ancient way between Hebron and ^lana; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 616. 622 sq. b) i. q. ^^"TPiq. V. Tadmor. Palmyra, 1 K. 9, 18 Keth. c) n^n ^53, see in ^53 no. 6. k. d) ^'an l':s^n, see on p. 338. e) c-irnn 1"^ the City of palm-trees, . e. Jericho, see in art. i"'S dd. 3. Tamar, pr. n. f a) The daugh- ter-in-law of Judah, Gen. 38, 6 ; Odfiag Matt. 1, 3. b) A daughter of'David 2 Sam. 13, 1. 1 Chr. 3, 9. c) A daugh- ter of Absalom, 2 Sam. 14, 27. Comp. *i7an''X Ithamar pr. n. m. p. 46. ^^P^ m. (r. ^^tn) a palm-tree, e. g. that of Deborah between Ramah and Bethel, Judg. 4, 5. Also of the trunk of a palm-tree, Jer. 10, 5. Comp. Epist. Jerem. v. 70. nnisn f (r. -ixsn, related to "itn as n73)53 to 0)53) a pillar, column, twice in the phrase "{^^ ni-i^api columns of smoke, y^oeiic, Cant. 3, 6. Joel 3, 3 [or 2, 30], like '\t'S n^X!5 Judg. 20, 40. For ni"ii3n in both places many Mss.^and editions have piiia'^n or ri"i^"'n, insert- ing Yod ; or at least nii^Pi with Me- theg. These latter forms would strictly come from r. "i^^, as di'^Fi from r. ^y^. In the Talmud is read nan bd "^ii^^Fi the column of the rising sun, and "i^^Tl njsb the column of the moon ; where i!iia"^n may be alike referred to r. "larn and r. i^"^, since according to the later mode of writing it may be for in^aPi. We find also in'iTDn T\\'J7\ its column (of incense) ascends; and there is a. verb in Piel, "i^an, to ascend like a col- umn sc of incense. All these may in- deed have come from the biblical word ; but, on the other hand, the biblical ni'^an may have been changed into n'l^'^n to conform to the later ortho- graphy ; see Lehrgeb. p. 145. It is therefore doubtful, whether the word belongs to r. ">?3ri or r. *i^^; though the former is more probable. The signifi- cation is certain. nn^n, see in n-ni^Pi. rri'ian n (r. nan) plur. Dinian Ez. 40, 16; and rinjari Tk. 6, 29. 32. 35. Ez. 41, 18. 19, palm-trees, i. e. artificial, as an architectural ornament. pTI^n m. (r. p'n^) plur. constr. '')5''"''^n? , c. sufT. n"')55l"i^n, ",n">p'n^ri ; purif cations, e. g. of the virgins admitted into the harem of the Persian king, Esth. 2, 12. Meton. precious ointments, perfumes, for thei^ purifications, Esth. 2, 3. 9. Me- taph. a cleansing-, remedy, by which one is corrected and amended, sing. Prov 20, 30 Keri. T2r\ 1138 r.T\ L D'^'l^n'Sar) m. plur. (r. ^'^'0) bitter- nesses; e. g. D'^n^ii^n '33 bitter weep- ing Jer. 31, 15. 6," 26. Adv. bitterly Hos. 12, 15. II. D'l'l^nian m. plur. (r. 'nsn) wp- rig-/i^ columns, pillars, or perh. heaps of stones, as way-marks, Jer. 31, 21. p^i^l^n i. q. p!i-iX3n q. V. Prov. 20, 30 Keth. ' in or 1^ m. (r. ):t\ I.) only plur. D^SFl , (a sing. o'^Sri see below.) once with Aram, form ^sn Lam. 4, 3 Keth. (perh. niSFi. see in nsn Rn.) jackals, an animal dwelling in deserts Is. 13,22. 34.18. 35,7. 43, 20 (whence n^sn cipis Ps. 44, 20, and Q^sn -0573 Jer. 9, 10. 10,22. 49, 33, for the desert,) suckling its young Lam. 4, 3, and uttering a wailing cry like that of a child, Job 30, 29. Mic. 1, 8. Bo- chart, Hieroz. II. p. 429. understands huge serpents, as if i. q. T'sr) ; but R. Tanchum Hieros. correctly interprets the word by the Arab. ^^J ^^\ jackal, wild dog, so called in Arabic from its howl (also in Heb. "^X, plur. D-i^X) ; comp. Arab. ^jUJ wolf The name prob. comes from the outstretched neck and body in running ; see r. 13P. I. ^pr) a doubtful root, see in fiir; . * I. 5J%' to reach out, to give, to dis- tribute gifts, espec. in order to get the service of any one, /o hire; kindr. are |?l^ 1, 'i?!? , 1^? Once Hos. 8, 10 "'3 Da Q^iai ^27)"^ although they give presents (hire) among the nations ; where others read ^^n"] from r. ")r3. Vulg. well, et cum, mercede conduxerint nationes. HiPH. i. q. Kal, once Hos. 8, 9 Cinsx D'^3tiX !i3rn Ephraim hireth lovers. Deriv. nsnx, "i^^Ji^, and pr. names * II. '^ V ^^ repeat, i. q. nad, Aram. Wn,nDn,lJZ. Not found in Kal; since the form ^2n Prov. 31, 31, which some refer here, belongs rather to "na . For the form nan Ps. 8, 2, see r. 'jna init. and no. 2. aa. ^ PiEL pr. to repeat often, to rehearse ; hence to commemorate, to praise, to cele- brate, c. ace. Judg. 5, 11 ; c. 5 Judg. 11, 40. Aram. ''Sn, \2Z, I q. iBp to re- count. Arab. JLj IV, to celebrate with praise, pr. to utter. npn Chald. i. q. Heb. naa, to repeat, whence Tjan, nia^an. *^}T^ f (r. 'an I.) only plur. nirn . abodes, dwellings ; once Mai. 1. 3 and I made his (Esau's) mountains a waste, and his heritage "^a^^ r^isnb for dwellings of the desert. Sept. dwfjiuia igtifiov, and so Syr. This signif is readily derived from r. "lan, either from the e.rtent o\ the tracts inhabited, or from the dura- tion, comp. r. 'p'^. Kindr. is Arab. Uj to abide, to dwell ; whence 5eUJ a dwelling, ^U dweller. Hence Gcsc- nius supposes risn to be for mxsn with Dag. forte euphonic, i. q. nixapi ; comp. nbaa for nx^DO , and mrpp for nxiap^: ; referring it to a root xan i. q. Arab, abode. But Vulg. the Heb. intpp. Rosenm. Ewald, and others, take nisn as a plur. of "n.^i. q. o^Sn jackals, or as i. q. D'^rsn dragons; and render the words "^snTa r'^mh for jackals of the des- ert, or for dragons of the desert. [ The signif yac/ca/* seems to give the easiest and best interpretation. R. nijian c (r. x) c. suff. t^j^-p)- p'^r. n-ixJian . 1. a holding back of oneself with- drawal, alienation, of God from men, Num. 14,34. Hence 2. enmity, Job 33, 10 "'b? rixnan in x^^7 lo ! he seeketh enmity against me. Comp. Arab. ^\j mid. Waw, Conj. Ill, to rise up against any one in a hostile manner. ni^5ri f (r. 35ia) constr. r3!i:n . plur. rinian, produce, increase, Deut. 32, 13. Judg. 9, 11. Is. 27, 6. Ez. 36, 30; plur. Lam. 4, 9. ^^2I|\ m. (r. T\^V\) end, extremity, and with ITX added, tip of the ear Ex. 29, 20. Lev. 8, 23. 24. 14, 14. 17. 25. 28. rra^Sri f (r. c^a) slumber, plur. Job 33, 15 ; espec. from indolence, sloth, Prov. 6, 10. 24. 33. Ps. 132. 4. al. HBIiri f (r. Ti^a) constr. nB^iari, a wai^' ing, a moving to and fro, e. g. a"^ Of isn 1139 nr^ the hands, as a gesture of threatening, Is. 19, 16. b) Of a sacrifice before Je- hovah, a certain ceremony or rite, for which see in C]>13 Hiph. no. 2. Hence nssjpin nm the wave-breast^ i. e. offered or to be offered with waving to and fro. Ex. 29, 27. Lev. 7, 31 ; nE^irnrj n^>' the wave-sheaf hey. 23, 15; and so v. 17. Ex. 38, 24. 29. ns!i3nn nriT Ex. 38, 24. c) i. q. tumult; Is. 30,' 32 HD^SF) nianb^ wa?-s of shaking, i. e. of tumult, tumultu- ous. "^^3r\ compounded from "n i. q. Nasor. N3xn (see in r. "iDn II) or Chald. "iJinx, and Chald. i^ia q. v. pr. 'furnace of fire;' plur. D'^nisn , m. but fem. perh. Hos. 7, 4. 1. a furnace, oven, Gr. xkl/iavog, Gen. 15, 17. Is. 31, 9. Ps. 21. 10. Lam. 5, 10. Mai. 3, 19. Spec, for baking bread or cakes, Ex. 7, 28 [8, 3]. Lev. 2, 4. 7, 9. 11, 35; not only that of the baker Hos. 7, 4. 6. 7; but also that used by the housewife for baking bread. Lev. 26. ?6. Chald. fc<';i5l2P!, Syr. (ioJZ, Arab. yj, id. The Tanntir is a large round pot of earthen or other materials, two or three feet high, narrowing towards the top ; this being first heated by a fire made within, the dough or paste is spread upon the sides to bake, thus form- ing thin cakes ; see Golii Lex. Arab. p. 398. D'Arvieux Mem. III. p. 270 sq. Niebuhr Beschr. von Arabien p. 51, and Plate I. Of the Gr. xh'Pavog Jerome says on Lam. 5, 10 " Clibanus est co- quendis panibus aenei vasculi diducta rotunditas, quae sub urentibus flammis ardet intrinsecus." Comp. the Greek Lexicons s. v. 2. Pr. n. Di-^Ji&nrj ^"lap, Tower of the furnaces, upon or near the walls of Je- rusalem, Neh. 3, 11. 12, 38. D'lp^nDri m. plur. (r. Dns) 1. pity, compassion, Ps. 94, 19. 2. consolations, comfort, Is. 66, 11. Jer. 16. 7. ni'Q'inDn f plur. (r. ona) consolations, Job 15, 11. 21, 2. riansn (comfort, r. Gna) Tanhumeth, pr. n. ra. 2 K. 25, 23. Jer.' 40, 8. D'^sn sing. Ez. 29, 3. 32, 2, a great sc-rpent, dragon, i. e. here the- crocodile as the emblem of Pharaoh and Egypt ; i. q. I'^Sri, which latter is read in several Mss. and from which this form has been corrupted by the writer, or by copyists, who had in mind the plur. Q'^Sn from sing. "iH. T^t^ m. (r. latn I,) plur. S^pDn, Arab. jJjO^, Chald. T^an, Syr. ^2; a great serpent, dragon, so called from its ex tension, length. Spec. 1 . a water-serpent, sea-monster, drag- on, comp. Am. 9, 3 ; so Gen. 1, 21 where Sept. x^To?. Job 7, 12. Ps. 148, 7. 2. a land-serpent, dragon, Ex. 7, 9. 10. 12. Deut. 32, 33. Ps. 91, 13. Jer. 51, 34. For T^3F)n 'J'^5 Dragon-fountain Neh. 2, 13, see in 'J'l? no. 2. cc, and Bibl. Res. in Pal. I. p. 514. 3. Put for the crocodile, for which the Heb. and Aram, have no vernacular name ; every where as the emblem of Egypt or her king. Is. 27, 1. 51, 9. Ps. 74, 13; also Ez. 29, 3. 32, 2, in Mss. where the comm. reading is o^sn q. v. 1;?^ Chald. the second, Dan. 7, 5. R. pyp\ to repeat. Comp. 073^. Hence tr^D^pri adv. a second time, agaiuy Dan. 2, 7. * 1]5 ri obsol. verb, Syr. Ethpe. ^"^4, to come to an end, to cease. Hence T^'ian. * I. 1?^} obsol. root, the native force of which may be gathered from its de- rivatives and from the kindred roots ; to stretch out, to extend; comp. in the Se- mitic tongues Eth. "ili length, "|n3 and nsn to give, pr. to extend the hand (comp. "1^, nn;"), 'jn;;' to extend itself) e. g. time, to endure, to be perpetual ; and in the Indo-Europ. tongues, Sanscr. tan, Gr. juvta, ravvoi, tituIvo), Lat. tendo (comp. Diss. Lugdd. II. 852), whence tenuis (Sanscr. tanu), tener, Goth, than- jan, Germ, dehnen, with many others, as old High Germ. Tanna fir-tree. Hence ytiX-\ a great serpent, sea-monster so called from its length ; comp. raivlo (from Tilvbi) a long fish, Lat. tcenia. Also "(P) a jackal, from its running with outstretched neck and body. Deriv. in, n3n,D''SF), ^-^i^. I^n ii4U n^n * II. "JJPI Chald. i. q. ^Z, to smoke; whence Eth. "Tl , wt/u/c, vapour ; Chald. j<33Fi,Syr.|aJZ,|-lJoZ, Sam.'^P^Aj smoke; Nasor. & nini br Ez. 44, 10. 15; with '"inx-3 nin"* from following God, from his wor- ship, Ez. 14, IJ. Comp. Chald. xr-j spec. *to be giyen to idolatry,' Syr. to be a heretic, c) Of those who miss their aim and fail in their efforts; Prov. 14, 22 S"! "^tyi wn"^ Xibn do they v<>t rr (from their mark) wAo devise evil? Others, do they not perish. NiPH. to wander, pr. to be made to wander, to staggei' about. Is. 19, 1 1. Metaph. to be deceived, to err, in a mor- al sense. Job 15, 31. Hiph. fut. apoc. 3?n^ 1. to cause to wander Job IS, 24. Is. 19, 13. 14. Gen. 20, 13. Ps. 107, 40. Jer. 50, 6; like a drunken ma 1 Job 12, 25. Is. 30, 28 -D-} nrna a bridle causing to err. Metaph. to cause to wander or err from the paths of virtue and piety, e. g. a nation into impiety, ungodliness, Is. 3. 12. 9. 15. Am. 2. 4. Hos. 4, 12. Jer. 23, 13. 32 ; or into idolatry, 2 K. 21, 9. 2 Chr. 33, 9; with "(0 Is. 63, 17. 2. Intrans. to err, pr. to let oneself wander, Jer. 42, 20 Keri Prov. 10, 17. Deriv. nsin, and ^3?n (error) Ton, pr. n. of a king of Hamath or Epiphania, 1 Chr. 18, 9. 10; written "^yn Toi 2 Sam. 8, 9. 10. n'l^r^n f (r. n^i:? Hiph.) a divine pre- cept ; hence an oracle Is. 8, 16 ; /aw, ijn 1141 5in '. 20; in both cases parall. with rrnin. Viso custom, as having the force of law, luth 4, 7. nB^3?n f. (r. qsis) darkness, Job 11, 17 n 3 Mss. See in r. q^5 no. 3. ''2?r\, see inirh. nbyn f. (r. nbs) constr. nbrri. plur. ;. RufF. rr^n'brn; comp. nxbn from r. 1. a channel^ trench, in which water 15 raised from a stream to water or in- undate the fields, 1 K. 18, 32. 35, 38. 2 K. 18, 17. 20, 20 ; a conduit, aqueduct Is. 7, 3. 36, 2. Ez. 31, 4. Poet. Job 38, 25 nbrn q-J\sb a^SJ-^r: t/jAo hath divided channels for the rain? i. e. distributed the rain-water to all parts of the heavens. 2. a plaster, bandage, something put upon a wound, Jer. 30, 13. 46, 11. Comp. nsix nbsn . D^'b^bl^n m. plur. (r. bbs I,) 1. vexa- tion, adverse destiny, Is. 66, 4. See the root Po. no. 3. 2. boyishness, for concr. D''bbi5,-.6oys, babes, Is. 3, 4. ^?PI f (r. cb5) a AtWen thing, secret, Job 28, 11. Plur. ni- Job 11, 6. Ps. 4'I, 22. ^^25r\ m. (r. 52?) Prov. 19, 10; plur. tJ-^asrn Cant. 7, 7, and m- Ecc. 2, 8, deli- cate living, delights, Mic. 2, 9. Prov. 1. c. Mic. 1, 16 "n^assn "^aa children in whom thou del igh test. Espec. pleasure, enjoy- ment, i. e. sexual Cant. 7, 7. Ecc. 2, 8. n-'pSjn f (r. nar II,) pr. 'self-affliction,' i. e. fasting, Ezra 9, 5. See the root Pi. lett. b. ^J)?n and ?fJ2pn (sandy soil, r. '^35) Taanach, Tanach, pr. n. of a royal Ca- naanitish city Josh. 12, 21, in the territory of Issachar, but assigned to Manasseh. Judg. 1, 27. 5, 19. 1 K. 4, 12. Josh. 17, 11. 2 1 , 25. Now dUxJ) Ta^annuk, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 156. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, p. 76. Comp. in n35 lett. b. ^t.% in Kal not used ; pr. to thrust, to push, to strike upon, like rtsn ; comp. TjSP . Arab. *j) and %3 vomit, pr. a breaking forth, ejection, c3 to thrust. ^ 96 PiLp, ?inyri, part. ?n:?na, to mock, to scoff, Gen. 27, 12; pr.' 'to burst into laughter,' like Arab. ^^*j ; or, what ac- cords better with the duplicated form, ' to trip with the tongue, to stammer,' comp. :i?b no. 2, like Arab. *axj>, ax*j , ^^HiTHPALP. pr. 'to shew oneself a mocker' ; hence to mock, to deride, part. plur. D-'rnrnTa , c. a 2 Chr. 36, 16. Arab. XxXj to stammer. ^Deriv. D-^ynsn . ' \ i " tm^Vr\ f. plur. (r. 02!?) strength powers, Ps. 68, 36. ^?V obsol. root, i. q. 151a q. v. and Arab. Ju, to cleate, to split. Hence -irn II.'' L ^?n m. (r. n'ns) a razor, sharp knife, so called as making naked or bald ; Num. 6, 5. 8, 7. Ps. 52, 4. Is. 7, 20. Ez. 5, 1. "isbn i?p) a writer^s knife, with which he sharpens the calamus, q. d. pen-knife, Jer. 36, 23. II. '^Vi^ m. (r. n:?p)) c. suff. Jn-nyn the sheath of a sword, (pr. cleft,) 1 Sam. 17, 51. 20, 8. Jer. 47, 6. Ez. 21, 8. 10. 35 [21, 3. 5. 30]. Others refer this also to r. n-is. T nn^n^n f. (r. a-ns I. 3) suretyship; plur. 2 k. 14, 14 nia-nrn 133 hostages^ given as surety. Di^n:pn m. plur. (r. ryn) mockery, de- lusions, Jer. 10, 15. 51, 18 D'i3?n3;n n^5o i. e. idols; Jerome, opus risu dignum ; better, works of delusion. 5l'n m. (r. C]BPi) plur. D^Btn, c. suff. ' - s 2 , 1. a drum, tabret, timbrel, Arab. OtS, whence Spanish aduffa; in the East it consists of a thin wooden rim covered with a membrane, and hung around with brass bells or rattles ; it is used chiefly by dancing females. Ex. 15, 20.- Judg. 11, 34. 1 Sam. 10, 5. 2 Sam. 6, 5. Is. 5, 12. 30, 32. Jer. 31, 4. Job 21, 12. ai. comp. Ps. 68, 26. See Niebuhr's Reise beschr. I. p. 181. 2. Ez. 28, 13 the drum or hollow in which a gem is set. bezel; comp. aj53. So Jerome, whom Gesenius follows ; others, tabret, as above. sn 1142 bsn nilSjSn n is. 28, 5. Jer. 48, 17, else- where rriS^Sn f. absol. and constr. in pause nnsEn,c.suff."'n-)irowd beaiUy of the Chaldees, i. e. Babylon, Is. 13, 19; the beauty of Israel, i. e. Jerusalem, Lam. 2, 1 ; the ornament of children are their parents Prov. 17, 6 ; comp. Ez. 24, 25. So Is. 4, 2. Jer. 13, 11. 33, 9; comp. Deut. 26, 19. 1 Chr. 22, 5. Also mx rinxsn the beauty of a maUyi. e. ihe human form in its beauty, Is. 44, 13. 2. splendour, magnificence^ glory, Esth. 1, 4. Is. 60, 19. -n-iKEn n^a my glorious house Is. 60, 7 ; 'n sint 63, 12 ; 'n n^ V. 14 ; often of the divine glory, the light and splendour of the divine presence. Is. 46, 13. 1 Chr. 29, 11. Poet. of the ark of the covenant, as the seat of the divine glory, Ps. 78, 61 ; see in T3?. 3. honour, glory in a moral sense, Judg. 4, 9. Prov. 19, 11. Also a glory- ing, boasting, Is. 10, 12. Zech. 12, 7 ; concr. the object of it, Is. 20. 5. Ps. 89, 18. n^Sn m. (r. nS3) plur. D'^nsjDn, constr. ^nsiBn. 1. an apple, so called from the fra- grance which it exhales; Cant. 2, 5. 7, 9. Prov. 25, 11. Also an apple-tree Joel 1, 12. Cant. 2, 3. 8, 5. Arab. l\ju pr. apple, but also of the lemon, peach, apri- cot, etc. 2. Tappuah (apple-region), pr. n. a) A city in Judah, Josh. 12, 17. 15, 34. Now ^ySLi TefHh, northwest of He- bron ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 428. b) A city on the confines of Ephraim and Manasseh, Josh. 16, 8. c) Of a man, 1 Chr. 2, 43. nsi&n f (r. jrtiQ) pi. c. suff. t33'in'i:siBr) your dispersions, Jer. 25, 34. But other copies read Tiph. a5''ni:iBn , which is better; see in r. y^B note, p. 839. D'^S'^Bn m. plur. (r. nts) cookings cooked pieces; after the form fiJip, n^TTJin, with Nun formative, as 'pzcp from ns;3. Once in the difficult pas- sage Lev. 6, 14 [21] of a cake for sacri- fice, fried (in oil) shall thou offer it, D'^PiD nnaa "i'^tn lit. as the cookings of ihe meat-offering in pieces, i. c. cooked or prepared like the meat offering, and broken up into pieces, comp. Lev. 2. 4 sq. 7, 9. The construction is a romnion one in Hebrew; see Lehrg. p. 810. * DSr) obsol. root. 1. i. q. C)itn q, v. and Arab. J^*, to eject spittle, to spit out; Arab. J^fti', to emit a smell, to he fetid. Hence, to have a bad smell, to be ill-seasoned, unsavoury, insipid ; comp. rmVri -i-'-j Job 6, 6; see in art. nsio^n. Hence bein no. 1, nbtn . 2. i. q. icia, to fit on, to stick on. to make adhere; Talm. htv\ and ofteiur bco to adhere. Kindr. is "'Bn. Heiu e bsn no. 2. lime, cement. Deriv. bcn , nbctn. pr n. htv\ . '^J? m. (r. bfin) 1. any thing vn- seasoned, unsavoury, Job 6. 6; meta{)li. insipid, foolish, vain, Lam. 2, 14. Sec nbtn. 2. lime, hence mortar, plaster, or raiher whitewash, as spread upon w;ills Ez. 13, 10 sq. 22, 28; in both pasKMi^r^ contemptuously. . See r. bBtn no. 2. A i ; i : > Jlib and JLIIo, Chald. b-^B'J , id. ^fin (lime, r. Vbh) Tophel, pr. n. of a place in Edom, on the east of the 'Ara- bah, Deut. 1,1. Now kLji^ Tuftloh ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 570, 600. nbfil^ f. (r. ^BPh) pr. insipidness ; hence folly, i. q. impiety. Job 1, 22. 24. 12. Jer. 23, 13. Comp. in bsD. n^Sn f (r. bbe Hithp.) constr. n^EH, plur. ni^Etn . 1. intercession, supplication for any one, 2 K. 19, 4. Is. 37, 4. Jer. 7, 16. 11, 14. 2. Genr. supplication, prayer, to God Ps. 65, 3. 80, 5. Is. 1, 15. Job 16, 17. al. With b of pers. Ps. 42. 9. 69, 14; bx 2 Chr. 33, 18. Ps. 109, 4 n^Bn "^sstT but I am all prayer, poet, for 'I give myself to prayer.' ri|>BPl rr'S house of prayer^ bsn 1143 nsn he temple, Is, 56, 7. To offer prayer is XTD3 Is. 37, 4 ; 'n bbsnn Neh. 1, 6. )f God as hearing and answering prayer s said : 'n nj^b Ps. 6, 10 ; 'n bx njs Ps. 02, 18; 'n sad Ps. 4, 2; 'n 'j'^txr! Ps. 7, 1. Prayer is also said to come (Kia) lefore God, Ps. 88, 3. Jon. 2, 8. So n^sn las'the sense o^ prayer in the titles of salms 17. 86. 90. 102. 142. In a wider vense 3. a hymn, sacred song. Hab. 3, 1. So s. 72, 20, where the whole preceding )ook of Psalms, 1-72, is Called iTi ni^cn . I similar usage is found in the verb lorn 1 Sam. 2, 1. nsbsn f. (r. ]rbB) terror, c. suff. r^nxben thy iem'bleness, Jer. 49, 16. '^??J^ (passage, ford, r. nOB) Tiphsah, Thapsucus, pr. n. ,) A large and opulent city on the western bank of the Euphrates, situated at the usual point of passing that river, 1 K. 5, 4 [4, 24]. See Xen. Anab. 1 . 4. 11. Arrian. Exp. Alex. 2. 13. ib. 3. 7. Strabo XVI. p. 1082. a Curt. 10. 1. 9. b) A place in Palestine, 2 K. 15, 16. T|Sri /o strike, to beat, Engl, to tap, e. g. the tabret, Ps. 68, 26. Kindr. are ncrr, pB-i, qnn, q-ia, Arab. *34>, etc. From the same stock are Sanscr. tup, to smite, to kill; Gr. Tvitta, root tl'tt, whence iipiiavov i. q. w]h. Po. to heat, to smite, pr. to drum, to tabor, e. g. upon the breast, c. bs Nah. 2, 8. . ' ' Deriv. t\T\. 'SP) to sew together. Gen. 3, 7. Ecc. 3, 7. Job 16, 15 ; i. q. bsa and bsn no. 2. PiEL id. Ez. 13, 18. ' iCSrifut. JQn7, i. q. Chald. Dsn. 1. fo lay hold of, to seize, to catch, to take; c. ace. of pers. Gen. 39, 12 (with iiwa by his garment). Deut. 22, 28. 1 k." 13, 4. 18, 40. Ps. 71, 11. Is. 26, 8. 37, 13. 1 K. 20, 18 D^'spj DiibBPi take them alive.- 2 K. 7, 12. 10, 14; less freq. with a of pers. Is. 3, 6. Jer. 37, 14; with 2 of thing, Deut. 9, 17. Ez. 29, 7. 30, 2L 1 K. 11, 30. Hence to take in war, to take captive, e. g. men Josh. 8, 23. 1 Sam. 23, 26. 2 K. 7, 12. 14, 13 ; cities, Josh. 8, 8. Deut. 20, 19. 2 K. 14, 7. 16, 9. 18, 13. Trop. '^^ D bPi Prov. 30, 9 to lay hold upon the name of Jeho- vah sc. unlawfully and wrongfully, to do violence to the name of God by false- hood and perjury; comp. t'ns in the preceding member. 2. to hold, to have in possession, as a city Jer. 40, 10 ; a fortress 49, 16 ; then, to handle, to wield, e. g. the sickle Jer. 50, 16 ; a shield 46, 9; a sword Ez. 3S, 4 ; the bow Am. 2, 15. Jer. 46, 9 ; an oar Ez. 27, 29; also a musical instrument, as a pipe. harp, to play. Gen. 4, 21; So nanVsn "^bEp taking hold of war, i. e. performing military service, Num. 31, 91 ; rrn-inri ^bEh handling the law, \. e. occupied with the law, the priests, Jer. 2,8. 3. to make fast in gold and silver, for to overlay ; Part. pass. 3fiT b^isn over- laid with gold Hab. 2, 19. Comp. tnx no. 5, 6. NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 1, to be taken, seized, Num. 5, 13. Ez. 21, 23 ; to be captured, e. g. men Ps. 10, 2. Jer. 34, 3. Ez. 12, 13. 19, 4. 8 ; cities Jer. 48, 41. 50, 24. 46. 51, 32. 41. PiEL, i. q. Kal' no. 1, to take hold, to lay hold, sc. repeatedly, Prov. 30, 28. rein r (r. nsin) l. spittle; meton. one spit upon. Job 17, 6 n^^K o^DEb nfih lam become as one in whose face men spit, [. e. the vilest and most contemned of mortal men; comp. ^nxu Matt. 5, 22, i. e. perh. Xjsn from r. pp"! to spit out. 2. With the art. PEnri, (thrice with- out art. Jer. 7, 32. 19, 11. 12,) Tophet, pr. n. of a place in the valley of the sons of Hinnom (see in S^a lett. a), near Je- rusalem, noted for the human sacrifices there offered to Moloch and finally abol- ished by Josiah, 2 K. 23, 10. Jer. 7. 32. 19, 6. 13. 14. nBhn niaa Jer. 7, 31 the high places of Tophet, i. e. the artificial mounds, tumuli, on which those sacri- fices were offered. See in art. TJ^b . Hieron. in Jer. 7, 31 " Topheth, quee est in valle filiorum Ennom, ilium locum significat, qui Siloe fontibus irrigatur, et est amoenus atque nemorosus, hodie- que hortorum praebet delicias." See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 202-204. As to the etymology of the name PSn, it is commonly and best referred to r. q^in to spit, and rendered 'place to be spit r.sn 1144 bpn upon,' to be abhorred; as in no 1, Job 17, 6. Others with Noldius in Vind. p. 948, and with Lorsbach, regard nBh as i. q. nnsn q. v. denoting the place of burning- dead bodies in the funeral rites. See more in Thesaur. p. 1497. nr\Bri f place of burning, bustum, i. e. where the slain of the Assyrians were to be burned, once Is. 30, 33. The pro- phet by this word seems to indicate a place equally impure and polluted with Tophet, see nE'n no. 2; and as nnDP comes from rBFi, it signifies something of the like kind; as mrt< from ;sx de- notes sacrificial fire. Hence nrjEP, im- plying a place for burning dead bodies, takes this idea rather from its likeness to the well-known rann ; and need not be referred to the Pers. ^^wXio to burn, as is done by some. R. 7\^r\. S))r\Sn Chald. m. pi. emphat. persons learned in the law, lawyers, Dan. 3, 2. 3. Arab. Conj. IV .JiJ>\ to give a response concerning the law ; whence yo^'t the Mufti, pr. a wise man. one whose response is equivalent to law. Sept. 01 fV fioi/iftaJv, Vulg. prcefecti. niS22r\j see in niit:in. ^Pv obsol. root, Arab, .-iu, to fear, to beware; hence pr. n. X)?nbx. ^npl? (r. nn;?) Tokhath, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 34. 22 Keri ; where Keth. nr|;?in Tokahafh, from r. njD^. The parall. passage in 2 K. 22. 14 has H^pn q. v. '^vi?'^ f (r. n^'i^) constr. nip:n, c. sufT. 1. i. q. i;? , a cord, line. Josh. 2, 18. 21. 2. expectation, hope, Job 11, 20. 19, 10. Prov. 23, 18. al. ^b nipn ^^ there is hope to tne, I have hope. Ruth 1, 12. Job 5, 16. Zech. P, 12 niprnrn 'i-)'^ox the pris- oners of hope, i. e. cherishing hope of deliverance. For Job 4, 6, see under 1 no. 1. bb. fi. p. 267. Meton. for what one hopes, Job 6. 8 ; for the person (God) from whom one hopes any thing. Ps. 71,5. 3. Tikvah. pr. n. m. 2 K. 22, 14, for which in the parall. 2 Chr. 34. 22 r,n;?Fi q. V. Keth. prpir. nia^pn r (r. csip) power of standing i. e. o^ resisting, Lev. 26, 37. niaipn m. (r. C!ip) i. q. oaipnTa, one who rises up against, an adversary, plur. c. suflf. Ps. 139, 21. ^'ipn m. (r. Spn) pr. inf to blow the trumpet ; hence subst. c. art. Ez. 7, 14. Comp. art. nno c. art. ?1pn (r. 2rpn, a pitching of tents ; perh. trumpet-clang, comp. Jer. 6, 1) Tekoa, pr.* n. qf a fortified city, the birthplace of the prophet Amos, Am. 1. 1, in the tribe of Judah 2 Chr. 11, 6. six Roman miles south of Bethlehem on tlie margin of the desert (^'ipn '?'^^ 2 Chr. 20, 20, comp. 1 Mace. 9, 33), 2 Sam. tV 1. Jer. 6, 1 in paronomasia, ^"SpT) J-pra ^Bib Am. 1, 1. Gr. Otxm 1 Mace. \\ 33; in Josephus Otxm, Ofxuc, &fy.n,(. In the genealogy of the tribe of Jnd h. it is said that Ashur, the posthumous son ofHezron, was Jipn "SH the father of Tekoa. implying that he was the founder or at least the possessor of t!i' city, 1 Chr. '2, 24. 4, 5; so Machir is called n?ba -ax 1 Chr. 2, 21, comp. v. 22. In Josh. 15, 60 Tekoa is not named among the cities of Judah ; but Sept. has Oexoh Its ruins are still called c*iu Tekii^a i see Relandi Palcest. p. 1028 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 182 sq. The gentile n. is 'rpn the Tekoite 2 Sam. 23, 26 ; fern, n-iypn 2 Sam. 14, 4. 9 ; pljir. D-'S'ipn Neh. 3, 5. nC^pP f (r. t]ip) constr. rcipPi, plur. ncpn , a circuit, as of the sun Ps. 19, 7. Hence the coming about or return of the seasons, lapse of time, 1 Sam. 1, 20. npisn PBippb at the return of the year, i. e. after a year, 2 Chr. 24, 23 ; comp. Ex. 34. 22 where b is omitted. Jl'^pr) m. adj. strong, mighty, Ecc. 6, 10. R. cipn. ri'^pn Chald. m. (r. tj^n) i. q. Heb. strong, mighty, Dan. 2, 40. 42. 3, 33. * ^15^ Chald. to poise, to weigh, i. q. Hebr. bpd. Part, pa.^s. bpn for bipn weighed Dan. 5, 25. Hence Peil pass. 2 sing. m. praet. xnbpn, or as in some Mss. Knbpn, thou art weighed, Dan. 5 27. ]pT\ 1145 )IiV J"^- "Ip^i 'o be or 6e 7narf straight, kindr. with "jsn ; a word of the later Hebrew, and usual in Chaldee and the Talmud. Ecc. 1, 15. PiEL 'lisn, to make straight, c. ace. Ecc. 7, 13. Hence to set in right order, to compose, e. g. proverbs, parables. Ecc. 12, 9. ]pn Chald. id. only Hoph. ipnn, witn Heb. flexion, to be set upright, estab- lished, Dan. 4, 33 [36]. In Targg. also Pael and Aph. * ^E^ Alt. sjrn'^ L to strike, to smite, spec, with ace. C)?; i. e. a) to clap the hands as a token of rejoicing, Ps. 47, 2 ; also at the calamities of others, c. by Nah. 3, 19. b) to strike hands as a pledge of suretyship, Prov. nnn 17, 18. 22, 26 ; c. b for any one, Prov. 6, 1. Without qs id. Prov. 11, 15. 2. to strike or drive a thing into ano- ther, i. e. to fix or fasten by driving, e. g. a nail Judg. 4, 21. Is. 22, 23. 25 ; to fasten with nails, 1 Sara. 31, 10. 1 Chr. 10, 10. Judg. 16, 14; hence bnk yj^n to pitch a tent, by fastening it with pins driven into the earth, Gen. 31, 25. Jer. 6, 3 ; to thrust, e. g. a spear, sword, dart, Judg. 3, 21. 2 Sam. 18, 14 ; also to cast into the sea. Ex. 10, 19. 3. 1B11S3 rpn Josh. 6, 4. 8. Judg. 3, 27. 6, 34. 1 Sam. 13. 3. al. and -lEi 'n Ps. 81, 4. Jer. 4, 5. 6, 1. 51, 27. Joel 2, 1. 15. al. also nn^jsna ri?n Num. 10, 3." 4. 2 K. 1 1, 14. al. fo strike up the trump- et, i. e. to give one blast, to blow the trumpet once, as a signal, Arab. v>wO i%y^\ ' It differs from T^y\ and 3?pn nnin to sound an alarm ; see in 5"''nn no. 2. p. 971, comp. Num. 10, 7. NiPH. 1. Reflex, of Kal no. 1. b. Job 17. 3 rj^n-^ "^n^b XMn-ia who is he that will strike with my hand ? i. e. that will strike hands or pledge himself/or me. 2 Pass, of Kal no. 3. Is. 27, 13. Am. 3.6. Deriv. Sipn, pr. o. 5ipn, and 2?pn m. Ps. 150 3, a blast, clang of the trumpet * "iE^ fut. c. suff*. iJnBi^nn, pr. to thrust down, to smite, to crush, comp. *"~ri ; then to overpower, to oppress wholly, c. ace. Job 14, 20. 15, 24; to prevail 96* against, to assail, Ecc. 4, 12. Comp. Chald. wljrn ; Arab. i_/^.q'^ id. Deriv. rpi^n , C]|5n . 5]pn and ?lpn Chald. to be or become great, strong, powerful, Dan. 4, S. 19. In a bad sense, of the mind, to become firm, hardened, obstinate, Dan. 5, 20. Syr. waiz, Sam. ^SA, id. Pa. inf. to make strong, to confirm, Dan. 6, 8. Deriv. Chald. q'^isn, Cipn. tl^'n m. (r. qpn) c. suff'. iBj?:^, might, power, authority y Esth. 9, 29. 10, 2. Dan. 11, 17. 5]pn Chald. m. emphat. XBpn id. might, power, Dan. 2, 37. 4, 27. R. Ci;?n . ^&^r^, see nt^iprj. "^ri , see "lin . ^^^"^^ (perh. i. q. nby-in a reeling) Taralah, pr. n. ol a place in Benjamin. Josh. 18, 27. n^"iri f (r. ns'n) a brood, progeny. in contempt. Num. 32, 14. rr^anri f (r. Ha"!) increase, interest, i. q. n-'anr q. v. Lev. 25, 36. Prov. 28, 8. Ez. 18^ 8. 13. 17. 22, 12. ^1*^1? Tiph. denom. from ban, r. bin. where see, p. 961. ^^'^^ Chald. quadrilit. to translate from one language into another, to ?- ierpret. Arab, and Ethiop. id. For the origin of this word, see can no. 4. Pual part. pass, nsnnia translated Ezra 4, 7. f^^l*?!? f (r. nnn, Tsere impure) consti*. riTDn-in , deep sleep, Gen. 2, 21. 15. ]2. 1 Sam. 26. 12. Put for deep lethargy, sluggishness, Is. 29, 10. Prov. 19, 15. ^PO*?^ Tirhakah, pr. n. of a king of Ethiopia and Thebais, Is. 37, 9. 2 K. 19, 9; the Tiuqy.M' of Strabo 15. 1. 6,/7^V- aog or Taoaxoq of Manetho ap. Syncel- lum ed. Paris p. 74, 75. ed. Dind. p. 139, 140. This name, written in the hiero- glyphic-phonetic characters, is found in Ethiopia and in a temple at Thebes; see Lepgius Briefe aus Egypten p. 238 eq. Wilkinson's Mann, and Cust. of the anc. Egyptians, I. p. 140 sq. Rosel- lini Mon. Stor. II. p. 109 sq. See more in Thesaur. p. 1518 sq. inn 1146 rnn rrainn r. (r. tan Hiph. no. 3) constr. P^a^-Fi, plur. ni^nn. 1. an offering, a present; e. g. Prov. 29. 4 ni^!i~n h'-^K a m.an of presents, i. e. a judge loving presents. Hence 2. an oblation, an offering to God or to idols Is. 40, 20 ; spoken : a) Of the oiferings of the Israelites for erecting and ornamenting the sacred tabernacle, Ex. 25, 2. 3. 35. 5. 21. 24. 36, 3. 6; also of other offerings to the temple 2 Chr. 31, 10. 12. 14. Ezra 8, 25. b) Of the annual offering of a half-shekel. Ex. 30, 13-15. c) Of an offering made to Je- hovah after a victory, Num. 31, 52; comp. vv. 29. 41. d) Of the offering of the first-fruits. Num. 15, 19. 20. 21. e) Of the tenth of the tithes, v^rhich was to be paid over by the Levites to* the priests. Num. IS, 26. 28. 29. f ) Of the portions of the sacrifices which belong- ed to the priests, and which it was un- lawful for others to eat (Lev. 22, 12), Lev. 7, 14 ; espec. niasi^nn pi^r the obla- tion-shoulder, which together with the v>ave-brPMst (nsiDnn nm) in sacrifices of thank-offering was the portion (nj^al of the priests, Ex. 29, 27. Lev. 7, 32-34. 10, 14. 15. Num. 6, 20; see also Num. 5, 9. Neh. 10, 38. 12,44. 13,5. g) Of the territory reserved for the priests. Ez. 45, 1. 48, 8-10. 12. 20. 21. Coupled with a genit. of him to whom the obla- tion is made, ^:^ n^si-Pi Ex. 30, 14. 15. 35, 5. 21 ; c-^rribr! 'n Neh. 13, 5; with genit. of thing offered Neh. 10. 40. Ex. 35, 24. Ez. 48, 12. So too t^p 'n a holy offering Ex. 36, .6 ; *t;! 'n an offering of the hand, as that with which the offering is brought and presented, Deut. 12, 11. 17; comp. i;; PiPi^ Deut. 10, 17. Also niTamn "^"ib felds of offerings, i. e. fertile fields, yielding rich fruits, suitable for oblations to God as first- fruits or tithes, 2 Sam. 1, 21. 3. a present exacted by a prince, i. e. tribute, i. q. nnsri no. 2. Ez. 45, 3. 16. Note. The origin of this word, as stated above, is from the idea of offering in D-i-^n no. 3, just as X'a?3 and r5<^^ are from sbs ; not frftm the idea of taking away in ni"ir| no. 4, although there is once an allusion to this power in Pual, Ex. 29, 27; comp. Num. 18, 26. Many of the Rabbins, though not all. assign to n^1"in the signif elevation, and refer it to a certain rite in sacrifice, the heave- offering so called, consisting in present- ing the offering with a motion up and down; comp. .n^;n i^are-offering, and see in t:]l3 Hiph. no. 2. p. 659. But this signification is supported by no certain example. See Thesaur. p. 1276 sq. njia^nn f. i. q. nansn no. 1. g, Ez. 48, 13. Ti^TlVi f (r. Si"i), constr. r?il^n. 1 . loud noise, tumult. Spec, a) shouts of joy, rejoicing, Job 8, 21. 33, 26. r-^nri ns^^n 1 Sam. 4, 5. Ezra 3, 11. 13. nr^mn tibTa the shouting for a king. i. e. joyful acclamations with which a king is wel- comed. Num. 23, 21. b) a shovt for battle, war-cry, Am. 1, 14. Job 39, 25. Jer. 4, 19. 49, 2. ns'si-n ^_^y}, to raise the shout of battle, Josh. 6, 5. 20. 2. sound, clangour, of trumpets Lev, 25, 9. Zeph. 1, 16. Also a signal, alarm. as sounded, e,. g. nj'!|"in rjrn to somidthe alarm, to give the signal with sound of trumpet. Num. 10, 5. 6. n>'!|-^n "^si':: a signal-trumpet Lev. 25, 9 ; and so Num. 31, 6. 2 Chr. 13, 12. Also 'n "^^lEba clanging cymbals Ps. 150, 5. nr^n oi"' i. e. the first day of the seventh (after- wards the first) month, which was an- nounced by the sound of trumpets, Lev. 23, 24. Num. 29, 1-6. nrti^n ^nz\ sacri- fices offered with the sound of trumpets, Ps. 27, 6; comp. Num. 10, 10. nS^nn r medicine^ Ez. 47, 12. Vulg. medicina, Sept. vyliia, comp. Rev. 22, 2 dsQUTifla. Prob. pr. medical powder, from r. h^ to crush. Others assign to this root the signif. 'to heal,' i. q. !J, S'nn, gent. n. "^ns-in. 5^"]!? Chald. m. i. q. Heb. is;a, ag-afc, door, e. g. of a furnace or oven Dan. 3, G 9 26. Syr. '^iz, jlu, Arab. &^*, id. Spec, the gate of the king, i. e. of the royal palace, put for the palace itselfj or rather for f/ie court of the palace, into which there was only one entrance, Dan. 2, 49; comp. Ti^.Jsn ^St Esth. 3, 2 sq. see in "i^ia no. 1. Comp. also Arab. (oL?, Turkish .JO Kapu, for the court of the Khalifs and Turkish sovereigns; Engl, the Porte. Gr. al \}vQtti for the Persian court, Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 2. ib. 8. 3. 2, 11. ib.8. 6.7. 5?^"^ Chald. (for r^tn, after the form n^?2, n^::.) plur. emphat. i^^^'^n. the door-keepers, porters, Ezra 7, 24. '^r?*'^? f. (r. bs*}) reeling, drunken- ness ; whence nbrnn "^^ wine of reel- ing, pr. 'M5^V^e even reeling, i. e. which causes it. Ps. 60, 5. Hbjnnrt Dis the cup of reeling Is. 51, 17. 22! See for the metaphor under Dis. ''riy'in TiratUte, gentile n. from a place n?np (gate) otherwise unknown, 1 Chr. 2.V55. ^ JV otsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab. oo to live in comfort; whence RiJ) prosperous and comfortable life. With this accords Sanscr. trip to delight, Gr. Tigjiofxai. Other explanations see in Thesaur. p. 1519 sq. Hence D'^S'nin m. plur. Teraphim. i. e. house- hold gods, domestic idols, the Penates of the Hebrews, brought from Syria Gen. 31, 19, comp. Ez. 21, 26 [21];'perh. so called as the supposed guardians and givers of prosperous life; see the root. Although not sanctioned by law, they seem especially in the earlier times to have been greatly venerated and wor- shipped, Judg. c. 17. 48?- They were J^ prophetic images, which were supposed to give response in respect to things doubtful and hidden. Ez. 21, 26. Zech. 10, 2; and had at least the head and face of the human form, 1 Sam. 19,4^23^ From this passage, however, it does not appear, whether they had the whole form and stature of the human body; or only had the human head upon a square trunk or column in the manner of the Hermse. Nor is it certain, whether they had the full dimensions of a man, or were of various sizes; for while in 1 Sam. I.e. a larger image is spoken of as repre- senting a man, yet in Gen. 31, 34 small- er images seem to be indicated, since Rachel hid them in or under a camel's saddle and sat upon them. Constr. c. plur. Gen. 31, 34 ; but in 1 Sam. 19, 13. 16 under the plur. ciS'inn only one image is implied. The passages in full are, Gen. 31. 19. 34, 35. Judg. 17, 5. 18, 14. 17. 18. 20. 1 Sam. 15, 23. 19, 13. 16. 2 K. 23, 24. Ez.21,26. Hos.3, 4. Zech. 10, 2. For a review of all thes, and of the literature, see Thesaur. p. 1520 sq. n^'^n (delight, r. nsn) Tirzah, pr. n. a) A city of Israel situated in a pleas- ant region. Cant. 6, 4 ; and from Jero- boam to Omri the capital of the kingdom of Israel, Josh. 12,24. IK. 14, 17. 15, 21. 2 K. 15, 14. al. Prob. mod. Tiillu- zah, 8\-Lb, about six miles north of N&blus. b) One of the daughters of Zelophehad, Num.26, 33. 27, 1. 36, 11. Josh. 17, 3. XO'\T\ 1148 iirn '^'^'^ Teresh, (perh. Pers. ji.J> se- vere, austere,) pr. n. of a eunuch at the court of Xerxes, Esth. 2, 21 6,2. '^UJ^in (perh. a breaking, subjection, i. e. subdued country, r. ^irn) pr. n. Tar- shish. 1. Tartessus, Gr. Tagtrjffaog, more rarely Tagaifiov Polyb. and Steph. Byz. a city of Spain with the adjacent coun- try, situated between the two mouths of the river Baetis or Guadalquivir, a flourishing colony and mart of the Phe- nicians, Gen. 10, 4. Is. 23, 1. 6. 10. 66, 19. Jon. 1, 3. 4, 2. Ez. 38, 43. Kings of Tarshish are spoken of, Ps. 72, 10. From hence silver (comp. Diod. Sic. 5. 35-38. Strab. III. p. 148 Casaub.) iron, tin, and lead, were brought to Tyre, Jer. 10, 9. Ez. 27, 12. 25. See Bochart Geogr. Sacra hb. III. cap. VII. p. 165 eq. J. D. Michaelis Spicileg. geogr. Hebr. extersB P. I. p. 82-103. Gesen. Comm. on Is. 23. I. Hence ;r'''rnn ni*3K ships of Tarshish. Tarshish-ships. spoken pr. of ships employed by the Tyrians in voyages to and from Tarshish, Is. 23, 1. 14. 60, 9; but also genr. for all large merchant vessels, although sailing to other and different countries, Is. 2, 16. Ps. 48, 8 ; comp. the Engl. East- India- rnen. So in 1 K. 10, 22. 22, 49, of ships sailing from Ezion-geber on the Red Sea to Ophir: although the writer of the Chronicles seems either not to have known or not to have approved this usage, see 2 Chr. 9, 21. 20, 36. 37. See more in Thesaur. p. 1315. 2. A precious stone, so called as brought from Tarshish, just as Ophir also is put (Job 22, 24) for the gold brought from thence, Ex.28. 20. 39, 13. Ez. 1, 16. 10, 9. 28, 13. Cant. 5, 14. Dan. 10, 6. According to the Sept. and Josephus, the chrysolite, i. e. the topaz of the moderns, which is still found in Spain; so Braun de Vestitu Sacerd. II. 17. Others understand amber.hut con- trary to Ex. 28. 20. 39, 13. 3. Tars/iM,pr. n. of persons: a) A Persian^prince, Esth. 1,14. b) 1 Chr. 7, 10. , Sntjnn, always with art. S^n^nnn, (comp. Pers. jio^ors^, severe, austere.) the Tirshatha, the title of the Persian governor of Judea, q. d. your Severity, comp. Germ, gestreiiger Herr, a li formerly given to the magistrates oft free and imperial German cities; so Zerubbabel, Ezra 2, 63. Neh. 7, 65. 70, Also of Nehemiah, and put after his name, Neh. 8, 9. 10, 2; comp. 12, 26 where for it is nnori the governor. See Thesaur. p. 152lV iri*ir) Tartan, pr. n. of a general un- der Sargom and Sennacherib kings of Assyria, Is. 20. 1. 2 K. 18, 17. For the possible etymology see Thesaur. p. 152. pri'^ri Tartak, pr. n. of an idol of the . Avvites (n-^^s) 2 K. 17, 31. In Pehlvi, ? /ar-/Aa/fA might be 'deep darkness,' or J. 'hero of darkness.' ni2^ten f (r. Dlto) with gen. l^ added, 'something put into one's hand,' i. e. a d^posil^ trusty Lev. 5, 21. niKn f. plur. (r. KIW) noise, e. g. a crashing of thunder Job 36, 29; uproar, tumult of a multitude. Is. 22, 2 ; clamour, bawling of ah ass-driver, Job 39, 7; shouting, shouts of rejoicing, Zech. 4, 7. ''atrn m. a Tishbite, 1 K. 17, 1. 21, 17. gentiie n. of the prophet Elijah, from a city of Naphtali called nacn or nacn. Gr. Oia^^ Tob. 1, 2. See Reland Pa- Isest. p. 1035. Thesaur. p. 1352. R.nrr. faTDn ro. (r. y^^J tesselated stuff, i. v. cloth (byssus) woven in checker-work, see the root ; hence y^tx^ nana a tunic of checker-work, Ex. 28, 4. nSl'lTDn only plur. nixn , where see. nn^irn n (r. avs) l. a return to a place, 1 Sam. 7, 17. 2. a return of time, recurrence, as of the season or year, 2 Sam. 11, 1. 1 Chr. 20, ]. 2 Chr. 36, 10. 1 K. 20. 22. 26. 3. a response, answer, Job 21, 34. 34, 36. Comp. nirn no. 4. b. njTDn f. (r. KiTS) the raging, roaring, of a tempest, i. q. nxJiirri ; so prob. Keth. mian Job 30, 22. See more in r. rv\lb Pi. note. ny^HJn f (r. 'SW 11.) deliverance, help, salvation, Is. 45, 17. 1 Sam. 1, 9. 13. Ps. 60, 13. 146, 3. Prov. 11, 14. 24, 6. Often of help and deliverance, salva- tion, from God, Ps. 37, 39. 38 23. 4C iirn 1149 ann 11. 17. 51, 16. 71, 15. Is. 46, 13. Jer. 3, 23. al. Spec, deliverance in war, victory, 2 Sam. 19, 3. Pro v. 21, 31, com p. Ps. 33, 17. 2 K. 13, 17. So ''^ nm nViia ns^ttjn, or 'a 'n "^^ -,n3, Jehovah hath wrought or given great victory, Judg. 15, 18. 1 Sam. 19, 5. 2 Sam. 23, 10-12. 2 K. 5, 1 ; and so Ps. 144, 10. nj^Cri f. (r. pw no. 3) desire, long- ing, c. bx Gen. 3, 16. 4, 7 j c. b2) Cant. 7,11. nniTDn n (r. -mw II,) a gift, present^ 1 Sara. 9, 7. Soo too in the Heb. ver- sion of Daniel, Dan. 2, 6. 5, 17, for Chald. n2T33. See r. -ilHJ II. 1, with a ; comp. espec. Is. 57, 9. njCn Job 30, 22 Keri, see in n^ttJnn. ''^'^ipn m. (from SW) f. n'^S'^^n, ord. adj. the ninth, Ezra 10, 9. 1 Chr. 12, 12. Jer. 36, 9. Zech. 7, 1. Aram. ''''ttJn, nxSJ-'ttJPi, f.StV^, Arab. amjIJ, Eth. dbflO, id. So ''5'^ttJnn Di^a on the ninth day Num. 7, 60. Jer. 39, 1 n''''L'nn naisa in the third year sc. of Zedekiah. 2 K. 17,6. ^~v constr. 5Fi with fem. and llS^TCn constr. n5\rn with masc. cardin. num. nine, Gen. 11, 19. Deut. 3, 11. Josh. 15, 44. 2 Sam. 24, 8. al. Arab. >-wo , &x*ao , Aram. s\i?n , n\2jn , "^^z, ^1, Eth. ^AO, -tilOli, -l-frO, id. Hence niM^ SttJn nine hundred^ Gen. 5, 5. Judg. 4, 3. tt3nnb nSttina on the ninth of the month Lev! 23, 32.' 2 K. 25, 3. Jer. 39, 2. Also nite5"2^P^ with fem. and ni^TDri *1W with masc. nineteen, Gen. 11, 25. Jo'sh. 19, 38. 2 K. 25, 8. 2 Sam. 2, 30. Pldr. C^^TDR comm. ninety, Gen. 17, 1. 17. Ez. 4, 5. 41, 12. ^iT\X^ Tatnai, pr. n. of a Persian governor, Ezra 5, 3. 6, 6. Perh. i. q. ^C>\<^ gift. INDEX GRAMMATICAL AND ANALYTICAL. The references to Sections (^) in this Index are to the Hebrew Grammar of Gesenios, as tevised by Roediger, seventeenth edition, Halle 1864; English by T. J. Conant, New- York, 1854. They were formerly made to the fourteenth edition of that work, with the same divisions, Halle 1845 ; English, by M. Stuart, Andover, 1847 ; also by T. J. Co- nant, New- York, 1847. In all the examples of verbs and nouns. Prefixes with Sheva only, Vav conversive (-5), and the Article, are omitted. T^nax Ez. 28, 16 for T\"]^^^ 1 fut. Piel from r. ISH, the first radical K being dropped by Syriasm, Lgb. p. 378. jnnx Chald. /a/Aer, plur. of ax. N^Sit Is. 28, 12 for 6< they will, by Arab- ism, 44. note 4. Lgb. 265. R. nni$ . lui^K, see diav 'ax for K-'Sfit 1 fut. Hiph. fi-om r. Sfla 1 K. 21.29. Mic.1,15. 75.2.f. Lgb. 436. nyax 1 fiit. Hiph. from r. nax, for nn-'axx , nn"3Xi< . 67. note 1. Lgb. 377. ^ribxax I pra't. Hiph. for ''nbKari from Isxa il. 52. note 6. Lgb. 319. n^-nx' 1 fut. Hithp. from rri^. Also with suft*. D^^x See p. 215. Dp-^nx 2 Sam. 22, 43 for Djsnss; 1 fut. Hiph. c. suff. D-, from r. pj^n, the Dag. of a short syllable being resolved into a long vowel, Lgb. 145, 369. na'nx 1 fut. Hithp. from Jno"n I. sisnirix 1 fut. Hiph. c. suff. is- for iS'iix, a form not contracted, from nn^ Hiph. to praise Ps. 28, 7. Comp. nni.-Ti 52. note 7. ''nx 1 fut. apoc. from n^n to be, for n^nx . re^'or^i^^ 1 fut. c. n parag. for i'i')^y^i< from n-cn to sigh, to complain, Ps. 77, 4. 74. note 4. nbiinix Jer. 4, 19 Keth. see in r. bn'j Hiph. no. 2. p. 395. ^ ^^Dix Hos. 11, 4, 1 fut.* Hiph. for V-iaxx, !9^DXX. from r. bsx. 67. note 1. rj"^^ix 1 fut. Hiph. c. n parag. by Chal- daisrn for nn^six, rrii^xx, from r. -^:sx; 67. note 1. VTX i fut. Hiph. for rtxx from r. ItX no. I. 67, note 1. Lgb. 378. btx Chald. Ezra 5, 15, imp. Pe. from r. ^1^., ty Syriasm ^tx, c. Makk. "btx. nx , see in r. fitn init p. 303. ^'i'^^, 1 fut. Piel, c. sufi*. for MSXisnx from r. xon, Gen. 31, 39. ri^nx f plur. sisters, see sing, mnx p. 33. bnx 1 fiit. Hiph. from r. bhrt, I will pro- fane Ez. 39, 7, (pr. with Dag. forte impl..22. 1,) differing from bnx I will begin Deut. 2, 25. Josh. 3, 7 ; just as brr Num. 30, 3 he breaks (his word) differs from bn'j he begins Judg. 10, 18. 13.5. 66. 5." Lgb. 370,371. 1-inx 3 plur. prsBt. Piel lor nnx from r. inx, Judg. 5, 28; comp. ''?f^^n^ and Lgb. 170. nnx Chald. imp. Aph. from r. nns to descend. nnnx l fut. Kal from r. nnn , c. n parag. Jer. 17, 18. ox 1 fut. Hiph. apoc. for nax from r. nM3 Hos. 11, 4. Job 23, 11. Comp. 13^ , an , imp. ran . na^x whre art thou? from 'X and suff. nsb-'X , see in r. Ty^n init. p. 253. nn-^x Ps. 19, 14, i. q. Dnx , which is read in several Mss. 1 fut. (A) Kal from r. Diatn /shall be upright. Lgb. 52, 366. bax 1 fut. apoc. Piel from r. nbs Ez. 43, 8. * ?|bDX Ex. 33, 3 for ?jV3X 1 fut. Piel c. suff. the Dag. being dropped and Pattahh passing over into Segol, comp. 27, note 2. b. Sept. i^ocvaXcjara ae, Vulg. disperdam te. Lgb. 164, 433. C13X for ?13X 1 fut. Niph. from nS3, Mic. 6,6. n-^sx for r.-isx l fut. Kal c. suff. from r. rrns , c. Dag. forte euphon. Hos. 3, 2. Lgb. 87. ^( 1152 P*3J< Deut. 9, 21, 1 fut. Kal from Jnn3, '66. note 5. Lgb. 370, 371. t^Xbijax Hos. 4, 6, 1 fut. Kal (r. DS^) c. He parag. and sufF. ?]. perh. correctly- pronounced T^NOX^X . The n parag. before the suffix seems to have passed over into X, as elsewhere into n, see T^nxiin. The Arabs also retain the sound a in the fut. antithet. before a suffix, (jxiJCfiJ. niniax f plur. from na5< maid^ q. v. rta:i< Chald. for nax its fruity the Dag. being resolved, from the noun 3X, Dan. 4, 9. 11. 18. Lgb. p. 133. r^3K, see S-n:*!. nnrox by Syriasm for I3']3>t55< 1 fut. Pi. from r. "^SD . 23. note 2. ' Lgb. 152. r\t(ok 1 Sam." 15, 6, 1 fut. Kal from r. qpx ; but 2 K. 22, 20 the same form is Part. Kal. n-iox fut. Kal from r. ^GV 70. Lgb. 390. Dn-'XiDX 1 fut. Hiph. from r. nxQ, c. suff. on. 1B!< imp. Kal for !1BX cook ye Ex. 16, 23, from r. riSX, by Syriasm. 23. note 2. HQX , and with ^ conv. nSXl, 1 fut.Niph. apoc. for i^nSN , from r. nns . nr"^2IX 1 fut. Hiph. from 3?^^. 70. pSX 1 fut. Kal from p^s.^. (lO. 1SX 1 fut. Kal from n^^. 70. njsx 1 fut. Kal from npb . nnp?s Is. 56, 12 in some Mss. i. q. nripfi< 1 fut. Kal from r. nj^b ; see the follow- ing form. nx'^p^N 1 Sam. 28, 15, for Knpi* with n- (for n-) parag. Lgb. 286." ' nnx Num. 22, 6, imp. Kal from r. -("ix. oa^-l^? l fut. Hithpal. for c^Jiinx , from r. en . ^D?"!!^ transpos. for T^^l^.X 1 fut. Pi. from iij"!. Others suppose a Piel JTs") in- t?tead ofii|ti. D'^S^X inf absol. Hiph. from no^. 1U3X Ez. 3, 15 Keth. "lOwVi, read 'imi and I beheld, from r. "^W II. no. 3. 'i'^nm Chald. 3 plur. prset. Kal, for T^nia; see nnia. S'Dllf?!!?. 1 fut. Hiph. from r. sn;;. ^ViN imp. Kal from r. nnsj to come, for I'^rx , by Syriasm. 23ynote2. Lgb. 152. ^i< 1 plur. prset. for the usual ^-^nx we are come, from r. Mnx. It imitates the forms of verbs ^ . ?|5;5rifi< 1 fut. Kal from pna to tear of, with Nun epenthet. and sufT. n3J<2 Ruth 1, 19. Jer. 8, 7, inf from r. ttia , c. suff. of 3 pers. plur. fem. witli He parag. Lgb. 213. -psna 2 Chr. 1, 4 for vanna, from ^rn (Hiph. of '|Ji3), n art. for relat. and 2 ; comp. rann 2 Chr. 29, 36. n-nna Ez. 26, 15 for 5-inha inf. Niph. from r. ^'^rn (Dag. fort, impl.) for innna. Lgb. 331. njsilJna ' Lev. 26, 43, for n^aTL^na inf. Hoph. from D^i^ to lay waste. D3Diria inf Po. from 0^3 , q. v. Others take it for inf Kal for QSp^a (comp. nsi<:b), but in forms of^ this kind Hholem is always defectively written. fa Zech. 4, 10 i. q. ta, from t^ia. ^^ni^p-^a Ps. 45, 10,' see in ^^-^ no. 3. p. 420. ^riria plur. constr. from Ma or rather n'^Si , see naa p. 139 note. *i3a for fiDxa we are come, from Xia, 1 Sam. 25^ 8. Tj'?n'i33 thy building for T^nisa inf constr. c. suff. Ez. 16, 31 ; an irregular form, which seems to have come from taking the termination ri as a plural fem. which it is not. Lgb. p. 463. i-'nutsia for i-'nisa, see nsa. Q-ia, tD-nab Ecc. 3, 18, inf Kal from -nna, c. suff. Q . i^\ya , see under h^ . ba imp. for ba from r. bbs to roll Ps. 119, 12, comp. Josh. 5, 9; but in v. 18 the same form is for n|a imp. Pi. from nba. nra inf constr. Kal, from ^a: to touch. m , -m , n^a , imp. from t^{. But Josh. 3, 9 in plur. we have ^ida goshu, and Ruth 12, 14 fem. '^m goshi. nttJa inf Kal, from ^aa to approach. si'^^'n for ^^"n from r. b^'n, where see. 55'n imp. from r. yn V ns^ or nsttT Prov.'24, 14, i. q. 5^ c. n parag. Hence ^^^JS?^ i^^^n nrrt ia so learn {get) wisdom for thy soul. Sept. ala&r^ari. Lgb. 286. R. rn;i . 1153 n n IT^StwSrt Is. 19, 6 for warn; see mj H'iph. in , n jH , imp. from sn'^ . r5<2h a corrupted form Is. 30, 5, where the context demands d^nin from r. TlJn^ , which also 12 Mss. read. pn, Hos. 4, 18 rj"^!-)^ Ti^i? ''^n 'i^iri^; here the Heb. intpp. take ^nn for *l2n'j (r. jh;;, comp. Ti for in;;, nnn for nnns), and render: her princes love to give reproach J Jerome : dilexerunt af- ferre etc. But this is languid; and the context requires ; they love reproach. Hence the letters isn are prob. spuri- ous, and arose from an error of a copy- ist, who let them remain rather than mar the beauty of his manuscript, isn Inf Niph. from r. ppa. an Inf Hiph. from r. "nna . jh'inf Po. from r. r\^n I. ^an for nnbin 3 f prset. Hoph. from r. hba, by Aramaism. attj^n Hothp. from "i^rn to be fat. nnin Chald. inf Aph. from r. "ins* to perish. nsin Chald. Hoph. from r. "Jnx . finn Hiph. c. suff. from r. m^, Lam. 1, 5. .^nn Hiph. r. n'];: . rtSsin inf Hophrfrom r. ^^;!, for n^^in. Un Ps. 78, 63. see bbn Pu. i)ri Gen. 8, 17, imper. Hiph. of r. 5<^V The pointingbelongs to the Keri 6<^'|'n; the Keth. would be read 5Sin . i-'P.iTrin Zech. 10, 6, Hiph. from r. ai;?:;, for D'lpia'ili'in ,' which also some Mss. exhibit. This form imitates the ana- logy of verbs *i3J , and the poet or copy- ist would seem to have had in mind the similar form n">n'ia' , Dag, being dropped. 66. note 11. b3?n imp. apoc. for nbrn , Hiph. from r. nbrn Vor r^^^^, Hiph. from r. n^^ . 57. Vote 4. Lgb. 170. nbsrh for n^yri Hoph. from r. nbs , ibid. na'isrj Lev726, 15, for os^isri, inf. Hiph. c. suff. from r. "ins I, q. v. n^Dsn Hithp. denom. from fTJ^S, q. v. i3''BSn for i3''B^5d to besmear. ninndn Hithpal. from r. nnia. sfeniirn Hithpal. from r. sii, q. v. t^n^anfi Chald. inf Aph. c.'sufT. from 3S1FI to rettirn. n^inn Hithp. from r. JTi;; . bnnh imp. apoc. Hithp. from r. M^n to be sick. ^"^nri imp. Hiph. from nnx to come, for T;^inri Is. 33, 1, for ^ann inf. Hiph. from r. D^n, c. suff. ^nri , see r. bnti Piel, and r. b\'F\ Hiph. niasnn inf Hithp. for Sn inf of r. pph, with suff. 66. not. li. l-jn and nxDn inf Kal from r. NDn . y^n Piel from r. S^n . rr^n Ex. 1, 16 let her live, in pause for n^n, 3 prset. fem. from "^^n, Daghesh being dropped because the syllable is prolonged by the pause, 66. note 11. Comp. ^^^1 for m-^ 1 Sam. 2, 9 (r. D^-n), sipH'J for sipn^ (r. ppn) Job 19, 23, nssr-FTkuth 1, 13, for nsarjn . In'jn constr. form with i parag. from n^n a fieasi, for n?n. 88. 3. b. Lgb. 548", 549. in for hsn inf Piel from M^n fo expect. rnibn Ps. 77, 11, inf Piel from r. hbn I. ''l^^n c. Dag. euphon. for ''p^n plur. constr. of p^n . crr^-in 2 K. 18,' 27, see art. d'^X'nn p. 341. n5t3 inf Kal from r. 5133 to plant. ^'', ^^^H, ftt. .apoc. Hiph. from r. n^K to swear. ^^1 , i^fi13']!5 and they smote. TlJia^ fut. Kal from tJia , a form peculiar to this one verb. Lgb. 403. nn;i?3'^, *inttJa^5 for inwai^'^n, Nah. 1, 4, fut. Pi. from ca;; to' be dry. 68. note 6. ,.. M 1155 ^11, !^?i?^j fut. Pi. forna'i'j;) fromr. nj^ I. ' 68." note 6. ^ri!!) ^5?)!!i fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. fibi. "la'"^ fut. Niph. r. "Tna. ^ ^1!) J J^l?!! J fut. apoc. Kal from r. hi^'n ;o si^"!, ii-n^l for 5in'i''V fut. Pi. from n^'^ io cas?. 68. note 6. KS^": fut. Hithp. from r. &<5'n. Dsn;: and 13^;:, for DD']^ and )y]':, your hand, Gen. 9, 2. D^7 plur. fi^'n'^ by Chaldaism, fut. Kal fromr. ta^^. 66. 5. n. ii^^"" fut. Niph. in pause, for JiM^"; (r. aia'n) ; see the form n^fi above. i . Lgb. 170. niari;] 3 plur. fem. fut. Kal, for the usual hj^nn, from r. csn;) or DTsn , Gen. 30, 38.' 47. note 3. Lgb. 276. ^^.^'^^,^. Ps. 51, 7 for 'Sn^n^ prait. Pi. with sufF. from r. tsn^. Comp. ''^'nN. l*!!?) in!!?) fut. apoc. Kal from r. "^JJ^. i\:f]'^ for ^ian*^ fut. Kal from r. "jsn ! Lgb. '171,366.'" ^pH^ in pause for ^iprij ? fut. Hoph. from r. Pi^n; see above under the form ""H":' ^J^Jfli fut. apoc. Kal. from r. nnn. nn;) fut. Kal from r. nns , and fut. Niph. from r. rnn . i:^ , fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. nws . 13^ , l:);i , fut. apoc. Kal from r. nD3 , for n-ji"^, n^v b"J^ fut. Hoph. from r. brj, Job 40, 1. ^T.'] Ps. 138, 6 for rn;: fut. Kal from r. 5']^. Comp. on these and the fql- lowing forms Lgl p. 388, 389. A. note. S'^a;:^ for S'^M^n'? , n'l-J'i;] , fut. Hiph. from 313 IJ . See as before. h^h'21 for b'^b^'^';, t^lsi;;, fut. Hiph. from bb^ to tcm7. See as before. ?!'''? /tl^^l , fut. apoc. Kal from r. ns^ . m'? 5 T|!!^ , fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. n33 . '^DnsD'; Ps. 50, 23 he will honour me, fut. Piel from r. ^33 c. sulT. et Nun epenthet. JiiSO-i he fashioned us Job 31, 15, for "tissiis*; fut. Pil. from*. 'siS, c. suff. 1 plur. The two Nuns coalesce into a double one, and i is shortened into ^ . ^37 Chald. fut. Peal from r. ba"; . sia^DS"; for i^^&s^ or iasi&D'^ Ex. 15, 5, fut. Pi. from r. fi&S . Here *ia is writ- ten for ia on account of the preceding vowel u. T'3'^, iina;;', fut. Hoph. by Chaldaism from nnS , for n?!!"' , WSSii . 66. 5. I'ns:^ for ^ns^, and this for sins;; fut. Hiph. from nn3 to pound. 66. 5. n. ilT'i^'i for sit''^^ fut. Hiph. from r. t^ib. 71. note 9.' ^a-i^n ^ !i3n^;5_T ^ fut. Hiph. from r. )^h ; see in )^h Hiph. no. 2. na-:, n^a^l Gen. 7, 23, fut. apoc. Kal from r. nna . But other very respect- able copies, both Mss. and editions, e. g. the edition of Van der Hooght, read n^*5 fut. Niph. of the same verb. n^.^"; fut. Pi. from r. xba , for ah-q'^ . ^b;: fut. A, from r. ^'^^\o be bitter, for "''^^'? . 66. note 3. ' Lgb. 366. risi-na'i for ^!iiri!<'' fut. Kal from r. i!a&^, Ps. 139, 20. 1156 ^XD^ fut. Hiph. by Syriasm for yi^^'^ fromr. 7wX3. Lgb. 411. 5113'^ Chald. fut. Pe. from 5-'"i'J to know, for y^'!, the Dag. forte being resolved into Nun. Comp. yW for r'n^ . ''r fut. Hiph. from r. i<^3 , for sf^?^ . Ps. "'l41, 8. n'^r fut. Hiph. B, from r. n^3 . sb^ fut. Kal by Chaldaism for nb^, from r. ::nD. S;) fat. Hiph. from r. nsD by Chalda- isn, for nG'J . '^Vr , "'?^^ ^^ fut. apoc. see in r. n^d no. 3. DiiJ^ fut. Kal by Chaldaism, from r. D^ i^ . DTatJ'i forniaibn') fut. Hithpo. from r 073\i. i3)r'i made up from tt'}, there is, and suff. 3 sing. masc. with Nun inserted. ^t:-i_ , ^t;^^ ^ fut. apoc. Kal from MrttJ . njnir'i 1 Sara. 6, 12, 3 fem. plur. fut' Kal for n3-i^'n from r. nb;> . 47. note 3. sinnti-i , ^r\T\W , fut. apoc. sing. Hithp. from fut. ninn'::i . R. r\r\t . iipyipnuj'i fut. Hithpal. from pp;^. ^^ J ^^!!) . fut. Kal from r. nnx \o come^ for nnN^, and nnxn . nsin^i fut.Hithpa. from r. ns;;. "ptri'i Chald. fut. Ithpe. from yi to nour- ish, Dan. 4. 9. &2n7 fut. apoc. Hithp. from r. nbS . ch"! plur. iian'i , in -pause ^lapi'i , fut. Kal from r. tspn . iiJan"^ fut. Nipii. from r. Diari . dirn'i Chald. fut. Ithpe. from r. Q^iia , inx3 Ps. 22, 17, see under "i^lS L "jiinis for I'iin'is with the vowels after the Aramiean manner, Ecc. 2. 13. Lgb. 151. niibDall of them, from bb with the un usual suffix Cii for t3 . nsnbs id. but fem! 1157 5 in^3 , 3 sing. fern, prset. Piel, r. n^3 , c. euff. ibr!inn|3. T^nibss Is. 33,' 1, see under r. n^3 . rj'iarss Is. 23. 8 her merchants, plur. with light sufF. from 1533 no. 3. inflected in the manner of "i??. a-i^ixb inf Hiph. contr. for S'^'ixnls, from r. nnx. nnxb for "lixnb inf Niph. from r. ^I'x. "I'lnb, "i^^nb, see in Chald. n^'n note p. 247. '' " nirnb 2 K. 19, 25, contr. for nix^fn^ Is. 37' 26, inf Hiph. from nx'iJ. Ottnb Is. 47, 14, inf in pause from r. D^n, after the form bap ; comp. DSSSn^ Is. 30,18. lits^b 2 Chr. 31, 7, inf Kal from r. ^d;, for the usual liD-^b Is. 51, 16. nHJ?"^^ for rnp'^b by Syriasm, from the noun nn;?") ,Prov. 30, 17. Lgb. 151. T^b imp. from "r^l to go, see T\^t} . nab, ^^, see in Tj^rj init. 253, 255. and no. 7, p. nsb inf fem. Kal from T(^^, see T|^n. nsb for nsb it lodgeth, 3 fem. praet. from ')^h Zech. 5, 4. nia^b contr. for niasnb inf Hiph. from r. "na: . xnb for KT^b inf Kal from xn;; to fear. nb, c. b pref nbb, inf Kal contr. for n'lb, from "ib,^ to bear. Lgb. 133. in^ part. Hiph. for S'^n^J from r. Sfia. ?]n3.;^^ tor r^nnrn^ part. Pi. fem. from r. n:?3 Pi. to terrify, 1 Sam. 16, 15. nsidxns^ 1 Chr. 15, 13, compounded from n^ , a , njiWit-in the former. See n^ note, lett. c. p. 541. j-^^TS Judg. 5, 10, plur. of *Tq garment, after the Chaldee form. jinnnTS Chald. part. Aph. from nns to descend. "l^-^rtia Chald. part. pass. Aph. r. )Vift . r\ryq Chald. inf Pe. r. Ty^ri to go. n^^'a part. Hoph. from r. nia to die. nOiiTS part. Hoph. from r. 320. n-|S^73 part. Kal for nnsia", r. *i?a to waver, p. 594. XS!l?3 part. Hoph. from.r. NSV D"'^"'")'!^ plur. of ani^ threshing-sledge, foro^ani^. Lgb. 145. 07* 6tTD, c. sufF. ^':\q, Chald. inf Pe. from r. ntx ^o kindle. n-T^ oc^ai is iAi9? for W'Tiiq, see MO note, lett. c. p. 541. "pt^ for "pTX^ part. Hiph. from r. "itij I. xriD Chald. part. Aph. from r. K^jn to live. yvQ Chald. inf Pe. from r. ")5n . D^-i:i':in^ , see ^^bjn p. 338. col. 2. *in 1373 part. Hithp. from r.^ina , for '^^)I3^l^. d'^DxbTS 2 Sam. 11, 1, i. q. n-^ab^ (which also 31 Mss. and 7 early editions ex- hibit) kings, the &< being redundant, as a 'mater lectionis.' tib^a for ^xbia prset. Kal from r. Kb^ . n^:*^^!? part. Hiph. from r. "jib no. 2 inflected in the Rabbinic manner, Lgb. 407. v)b?a for qbi*?? part, from r. ti\i< to learn, after the Syriac. nbia for "^Pi^b^a praet. Kal from Nb^ . ^?a^ m. T|53^ f from thee, from '|P q. v. n")"^!?^ Nah. 3, 17, see tai-^TS^ p. 588. n2^ part. Hoph. from Hiph. B, from r. ni3 . n'^s'^ part, of Hiph. B, from r. nsis. rf^atjTa forn-^jtr^ Is. 23, 11, from Tira q. v. bra,' see b? p. 782. ora , see or p. 792. D3X:a Gen. 32, 20, for t33.saa, inf Ka! from x:a . Comp. ttbrW for nbrn . ''aibbpa Jer. 15, 10, a form made up, as it would seem, from two readings, lib'bpa and ^3lbbp, and attributable to copyists rather than to the writer. inS2|?a Jer. 22, 23 Keth. part. Pu. f from Pi. "|Sp, with Yod parag. which is omitted in Keri. 88. 3. ^P'lpa part. Pil. from r. "i^ip. fininninda Ez. 8, 16, prob. an oversight of copyists, for niinnda worshippers. Some have supposed that the ending on is for onx you, so that the whole form may be a contraction from this word and from the particip. by Syri- asm ; but we should here hardly ex- pect the second person, on account of the preceding nan . fibxh3 Is. 59, 3. Lam. 4, 14, see Niph. h^j. II. n^-ns Jer. 8, 14 for nsa-ns fut. Niph. from D^'n II. Comp. 66. 5. and note 11. ^rvi , "^rsi . 1 plur. fut. apoc. Kal from n\'n . n'^il3 , constr. '^S!i3 , fern. ni:isi3 , part. Niph. from r. fiS'^ , for Q'^wiis etc. inV'2 P'set. Niph. from r. nb^, for J|lbi3 c. Dag. euphon. JnB53 Ez. 23. 48, see in r. 'nD'j Nithp. p. 407. bns prfEt. Niph. from r. bbn, also praet. Pi. from r. bn3. nns pra3t. Niph. and Pi. from r. DH3. D"'^n3 part. Niph. plur. from r. D^n , for D-^^n:. 66. not. 11. nsns 2 pra?t. Niph. from r. "jsn. nns pr;ft. Niph. from r. 'T^n. rns pra?t. Niph. from r. nnn. op3 1 plur. lut. Kal from r. ns^, c.suff. D . 0-1-^3, DT^SV 1 plur. fut. Kal from r. n^'^, c. euff. C , fiS, "S^, 1 plur. fut. Hiph. apoc. from r. n23. .n3l33 part. fem. Niph. from r. 'tis, nnrb part. fem. Niph. from ns'^ io con- vbice. *nQ2: Deut. 21,8, Nithpa. from r. ">a3. Lgb. 249. los praet. Niph. from r. "iia, the form being derived from r. i^T3. n3D: f()r na03 prset. Niph. from r. 33&. V'66. 5. and 'not. 11. Lgb. 372. nD3 Ps. 4, 7 for t5 . Nan Prov. i, 10, by Chaldaism for nan , naxn , fut. Kal from nax ^o iz?i7Z. riD'^xan 3 plur. fut. fem. Kal from r. 5